Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 732

1

.**

|5

oo

'

bo"*

s^

.J.O

,/V

"

''

_r^Nv

V*

PRACTICAL GRAMMAR

LATIN LANGUAGE;
WITH PERPETUAL EXERCISES

IN

SPEAKING AND WRITING,

USE OF SCHOOLS, COLLEGES, AND PRIVATE LEARNERS.

BY
G.

J.

ADLER,

A.M.,

LATE PROFESSOR OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE IN THE UNIVERSITY OF


THE CITY OF NEW YORK.

Iter

autem per experientiae

et

rerum particularium

silvas

perpetuo faciendum

est. ,;

Eranciscus de Verulamio.

STON:
SANBORN, CARTER, BAZIN, &
m r>ccci,vm.

CO.

>**

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1857, by


G.

J.

ABLER,

in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the District of Massachusetts.

"

Atque hoc mode-

rum

inter empiricam et rationalem facultateni (qua-

uiorosa et inauspicata

familia turbavere)

divortia

conjugium verum

repudia omnia in

et
et

humana

legitimum in perpetuum nos

firmasse existimamus."
" Iter
silvas

autem

per experientiae et rerum particularimn

perpetuo faciendum

est."

Franciscus de Verulamio,

D^= A Key to
and

will

the exercises of this

Instaur.

Grammar, by the

author,

soon be published.

CAMBRIDGE

Magn. Praef.

ELECTKOTYPED Br METCALF ASD COMPACT.

is

in preparation,

NOTICE
The author
the Latin

of this

Grammar

containing terms,

Boston.

literatures.

&c, may be obtained of

al*o at the bookstore of


St.,

gives practical instruction in

and German languages and

Ticknor

Applications

may

&

Circulars

the Publishers, and

Fields,

135 Washington

be addressed per Post

Office.

TO

CYRUS MASON,

D.D., LL.D.,

LATE PROFESSOR OF POLITICAL ECONOMY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF THE CITY OF

IN ASSOCIATION

NEW YORK,

WITH WHOM THE AUTHOR CHERISHES THE MEMORY

OF MANY A PLEASANT HOUR DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF THE


CLASSICS,

AND TO WHOSE KIND ENCOURAGEMENT HE

CHIEFLY INDEBTED FOR HIS FIRST SUCCESS AS AN

INSTRUCTOR

IN

THE CITY OF NEW YORK,

fjjta

IS

Uolume

RESPECTFULLY AND GRATEFULLY INSCRIBED.

IS

PREFACE
The

preparation of a text-book for the study of the Latin, similar

by me, some twelve years ago, on the German, has since


been repeatedly suggested to me by various persons interYears however elapsed before I
ested in the progress of education.
could even think of entering on such a task, partly on account of
to that edited

that time

other time-absorbing occupations, partly because I

with

many

others,

some

hesitation to undertake the

felt,

in

common

somewhat

delicate

part of treating a so-called dead language like a living organism, yet


in vogue as an element of national existence.
It was not until after I
had completed what I considered myself bound to render, as professor
of a modern language in the city of New York, that I could give the
question a serious consideration; and in the winter of 1854, after my
secession from the University of that city, some of my leisure hours
were devoted to the collection and construction of exercises similar to
those contained in my edition of Ollendorff's German Method.
These tentatives, which were commenced for recreation merely, and
without any direct reference to publication, were some months after
I had, however, proagain suspended and postponed indefinitely.
ceeded far enough to convince myself perfectly of the feasibility of the
plan, and felt assured, that, if the student in this practical pursuit of a
new language would find a pleasure at all commensurate with the
satisfaction I myself experienced in my attempts to explore and point
out the road to him, my task would prove a promising and successful

one.
It

was under

took up

my

this conviction,

that,

in the spring of 1856, I again

papers, and resolved to begin the

work

in earnest.

I ac-

cordingly revised and enlarged upon what I had already collected,


until

my materials amounted

to ten fascicles of phrases

and

exercises, of

PREFACE.

IV

about the extent of those contained in

my edition of Ollendorff's

Ger-

man Method. Soon after, I concluded an arrangement for the publication


of a complete practical Grammar of the Latin upon the basis of these
preliminary studies, and after many months of new researches both
into the theory

the volume

and practice of the language, the

now

But although

final result

has been

offered to the inspection of the public.

was intended that the book should upon the whole

it

pursue the course indicated by the methods on modern languages

now

almost exclusively in vogue, and to

make

constant repetition and

the perpetual construction of connected sentences and phrases from

English into the language to be acquired the chief exercise of the student, yet I could not

make up my mind

to surrender system to

empirical practice to the extent to which this

is

mere

done by Mr. Ollen-

dorff.
My aim was rather to sacrifice nothing of the theory, to leave
no point of grammar unexplained or unconnected, but to make the
student advance with equal pace from practice to theory, and from
theory to practice, until he makes himself the master and conscious

possessor of the entire structure of the language, as far at least as this

can be effected by a Grammar.


I

have therefore commenced with the simplest elements, and with


comprehend and learn from repe-

exercises which a child even could

As the course advances, and the rules of concome gradually more and more into requisition, the syntax

tition or dictation.

struction

commences, of which I have prefixed connected portions to each lesson, to be committed either entirely or in part, as the student proI have thus succeeded in incorporating by
gresses with his exercises.
degrees a complete syntax of the language, to the rules of which perpetual reference

is

made

in subsequent parts of the book,

and with

which the student must become familiar before he can reach the end
of the volume. In regard to the etymology, I have naturally treated
the declension of substantives, adjectives, and pronouns in the
lessons.

first

These, with the practice given, are soon completely in the

power of the

learner.

But the doctrine of the gender of substantives,

the declension of Greek nouns, the derivation of adjectives and adverbs, &c, which would only have embarrassed and retarded the

student in the beginning, are deferred until nearly the close of the

book.

"With the verbs I have proceeded in a similar manner.

I first

give only the present tense active, then in another lesson the passive,

and

in a third the present of

deponent verbs.

the formation of tenses follows, in Lesson

general outline of

XXVIII., from which the

PREFACE.
student

is

referred to the paradigms of conjugation on pages 664-665,

which may be read and committed, as


a time, on which he practises until he

Grammars

in ordinary

the regular order of the book, he learns

and

is lit

but in

applies only one tense at

and

for another,

so

on

to

the end.
I have retained the division into Lessons, as the most suitable ar-

rangement

for a

book of

this description.

etymology and syntax, and a connected


principles of

grammar, however desirable

strict

separation of the

scientific

treatment of the

would have

in themselves,

destroyed the characteristic feature of the method, which begins with


sentences instead of isolated vocables, and thus applies the simpler
principles of construction at the very outset.

means intended
all

is

The judgment

invariably assigned to the student.

must in

It

however by no

that those divisions called Lessons should be the task

of the teacher

cases determine the proper pension of the learner, accord-

ing to the capacity or proficiency of the latter, and that


times be more, and perhaps oftener

which

is

less,

may some-

than the pensum of the book,

not unfrequently considerably longer than the average

sons in similar manuals on

les-

modern languages.

In the use of the book care should be taken to keep the main design

steadily in view,

exercises

appended

to

which

each

is

the writing and memorizing of the

lesson.

In these the student applies

rectly the principles already acquired,

and undergoes as

self-examination on what has gone before.

Hence

it

it

is

di-

were a daily
much more

important that he should properly attend to those, than that he should

be kept too long upon the mere mechanical committing of barren


lists of words, or of rules which, without application, always remain a

dead

letter in the

Much

memory.

benefit can be derived from the guidance of the instructor,

lesson, in explaining and removing difficulties, in separating the essential points from those of
minor importance, will not fail to contribute greatly to the encouragement and rapid progress of his studiosL As in many lessons of the
book the principles advanced are far from being exhausted in the exercises at the end, the teacher or scholar can easily expand them by
a practice which cannot be too
adding others similar to those given,

whose aid in reading over the advance

strongly

recommended.

To insure a correct pronunciation, I give directions at the very beginning for the accentuation of Latin words, and in the examples preceding the exercises, as well as in those given under the principal rules,

PREFACE.

VI

the use of the accent

practically exhibited.

is

To

enable the student

quan-

to accent according to the rules set forth in the first lesson, the
tity

of

the words given in the vocabularies, as well as of those de-

all

clined or conjugated,

In

ness.

is

indicated with almost lexicographical minute-

this respect I

have rendered what I think

is

found in no

Grammar of the Latin, and am persuaded that this system, without which we can scarcely conceive of a correct pronunciation, will
commend itself to the approbation of all competent to judge upon
other

the subject.

As many
course,

it

of the exercises relate to the familiar talk of daily inter-

has sometimes become necessary to designate objects either

unknown to the Ancients, or known under a different form.


The words employed for this purpose are either modern, as cojfea,

entirely

tabacum, bibliopegus (bookbinder), or else genuine Latin terms, but

employed

in a sense

somewhat

different

from that in which they occur

in classical Latinity, as, for example, calceus for our " shoe,"

our "hat," sjieculum for our "looking-glass," &c.


understanding or confusion on

this subject,

all

_/;*7eus

To prevent

for

mis-

the words of this de-

modern or applied to objects of modern life,


with an asterisk before them e. g. *coffea, *piletfs, &c.
This imporI have one word to add with reference to the syntax.
tant part of grammar has been treated much more comprehensively
than one might suppose from its somewhat disjointed appearance.
scription are

marked,

as

Thg

subject of agreement, the syntax of the oblique cases, the use of

the infinitive, the somewhat complicated doctrine of the subjunctive,

and other equally important

Grammars

topics, are

developed as fully as in

of larger size or greater pretensions, and

it is

many

hoped that

nothing of any moment will be found omitted. All the


and remarks are illustrated by numerous examples carefully selected from the classical authors of antiquity.
The examples under

on

this point

rules

the rules are separated from the rest of the book by a different ar-

rangement, the Latin on the right and the English on the


in the general oral exercises this order

expected to carry

its

own

authority in

is

inverted.

itself,

and

left,

The book

while

is

thus

to justify the imita-

and constructions adopted in the exercises. The


is fully developed and elucidated in Lesson
LXXXV. the order or arrangement of words and sentences, in
Lesson XCVII. Both these lessons the teacher will do well to consult before he sets his students to work.
tive combinations

doctrine of questions
;

In the elaboration of

this

volume, I have availed mvself of the

PREFACE.

Vll

acquaintance with the philology of

best authorities "which a long

modern Germany had made familiar to me. On the etymology I


have freely used Zumpt on the syntax, the somewhat larger and
On tfye orthography of
completer manuals of Ramshorn and Kriiger.
;

words, and on the subject of quantity, I


last edition

am

chiefly indebted to the

of Dr. Georges' Lateinisch-Deutsches Hand-Worterbucli

(Leipsic, 1855).

On

thorities already

mentioned, examined a number of other sources,

the use of the particles I have, besides the au-

For correct Latin


and constructions employed in the
book, I have diligently consulted the German-Latin Lexicons of Scheller, Kraft, and especially the more recent work of Georges.
On
doubtful or difficult points I have also had an opportunity to consult
the more comprehensive works of Freund, Facciolati and Forcellini,
and several others. From these authorities I have, however, adopted
nothing but what I could justify by classical examples and analogies,
and I have given no Latin equivalents for English terms or phrases,
without testing them by comparing all the connections in which they
especially the

of Tursellinus.

treatise

original

equivalents for the English terms

The

are recorded as occurring in the classical writers.

and answers

subject of

examined by a careful reading of the


comedies of Terence, from which I had made numerous extracts before I was in possession of the sources from which I afterwards derived what I have advanced upon this point in Lesson LXXXV.
I have thus had rather a redundancy than a lack of materials on

questions

I myself

the majority of topics connected with the theory of grammar, while

on the practical application of many principles, I was more than once


my Terence or my Cicero in order to obtain

forced to the reading of


the desired light.

In

this

connection I have publicly to express

obligations to several gentlemen of


in extending to

brary, to which I

I submit

means

now

trivial

it

for

the result of

my

of America.

As

my

their j>oliteness

me the privileges of their valuable University


am indebted for several of my authorities.

labors to the candor

classical scholars

Cambridge

Li-

somewhat protracted and by no


and enlightened judgment of the

to the plan I

have pursued, although

aims at nothing short of a radical change in the teaching of the

language, I scarcely feel as if


learning a language

road to

its

by writing

it

needed an apology.

it, is

complete acquisition.

Methods analogous

to

some extent

still

use, the Latin as

to this,

though

who have used, and


a medium of written com-

unrecorded, must have been employed by those

who

The plan of

not only the surest, but the only,

PREFACE.

Vlll

munication, and not unfrequently with an elegance that reminds us

Let the reader think of an Erasmus, of Ficinus,

of the Ancients.

of the learned family Stephanus, of Calvin, and other luminaries of


the age of the revival of letters and of the Reformation, of others

have since reflected


ancient

Rome.

and strength from the manly

light

who

literature of

think experience will prove, that the labor of ac-

any rate be more attractive and remumethod here proposed, which makes the student

quisition, if not easier, will at

nerative, with the

were in the production of his Latin, instead of forcing him


up barren lists of words or unproductive rules.
I have in conclusion to add, however, that the course here pointed
out does not by any means pretend to be the ultimate goal of the
journey to be pursued. No method in the shape of grammar, or
manual of any kind, can teach completely any language, ancient or
modern. It can only be acquired by familiarity with those written
monuments, which are at once the flowers and conservatories of the
assist as it

to lay

idioms, in

have

left

which they breathe a


us

many

life

Of

immortal.

Romans
we must ever

these the

of imperishable excellence, to which

point as the most perfect exponents of their language, as the armories

Roman

of the

mind.

And

these are yet to add wholesome vigor to

the intellect of youth, and consolation to the failing strength of age.

G. J.

ADLER.

Boston, February, 1858.

ABBREVIATIONS.
Cf.

Compos.
e. g.
i.

The
to

e.

stands

j"or

"

"

compositum, compound, or composita, compounds.

"

"

exempli gratia, for example.

"

"

id est, that

confer, compare.

asterisk (*) before a

a modern object.

is to

word shows

say.
it

to be of

modem

origin, or applied

ADLEITS

NEW LATIN METHOD


Lesson

I.

pensum primum.

INTRODUCTION.

Latin Grammar, considered as a science, has for


object the investigation of the laws which govern
the forms and the construction of the language. When
destined for the practical purposes of instruction, it becomes the art of learning to read, write, and speak the
Latin language with correctness.
A.

its

OF THE ALPHABET.

The

B.

letters of

the Latin alphabet are twentyF, f


G, g;
O, o P, p

five: A, a; B, b; C, c; D, d E, e
H, h I, i J, j K, k L, 1 M, m N, n
;

Q, q

R,

S, s

T,

U, u

V, v

X, x

Y, y Z, z.
vocales) and conso;

Letters are divided into vowels (litterae


nants (litterae consonantes).
The sound of vowels is complete in itself, whereas that of
consonants becomes distinct only in conjunction with a vowel.

OF VOWELS AND DIPHTHONGS.

The simple vowels

C.

To

these
els or diphthongs ae (),
a, e,

t,

o, u, y.

of the Latin alphabet are six:


be added the double vowai, au, ei, eu, oe (), oi, and id.

may

1. The vowel y (ypslloii) is only found in words adopted from the


Greek, as Cyrus, tyrannus, syngraphus.
2. The diphthongs ci, oi, and ui occur only in a few interjections,

LATIN GRAMMAR.

[LESSON

1.

hci, eia, viei, hid, and in dein, prom, Jiuic, and cui, when these
words are contracted into one syllable.
3. The diphthong eu is found in words originally Greek, and in the
Latin ceu, sen, heu, heus, neu, and neuter.
4. Respecting the proper sounds of these vowels, there is at present no uniformity of usage, the common custom in vogue among the
different nations of Europe being that of following the analogy of

such as

This has given rise to a diversity


their respective vernacular idioms.
of pronunciations, among which the English and the Continental are

The following table exhibits the difference


the most conspicuous.
between the English and the German sounds of each of the vowels,
both long ( - ) and short ( ~ )
:

GERMAN SOUND.

ENGLISH SOUND.

manna*

a always

ah, a as in am.
a in fate, e as in fre

mater,

deleo, fessus
finis, mirabilis

corona, dominus

o as in bone,

usus,

ae

Caesar, caestusf

ai

Maia,J aio
aurum, causa
eia, omneis
Orpheus, neuter
poena, foedus

i,

y,

au
ei

eu
oe

e like

duumvir

sound short.
a in fate.
broader, with the sound of both vowels.
like ou in house.
like

huic, cui

ui

i as mfin.
as in shone.
like oo in moon, u the same

like ee in keen,

like

in shine.

nearly like oi in foil.


like the French eu in feu.
like ooi rapidly sounded.

||

Remark.

In

the above examples, the learner is expected to


sound the vowels as he would under similar circumstances in English

words.

OF THE CONSONANTS.

D. The consonants are divided into


and double consonants.

liquids, mutes,

The liquids are m, n, r.


The mutes comprise the remaining
I,

simple consonants of the


alphabet, with the exception of the sibilant s.
The mutes are again subdivided, with reference to the organ
by which they are pronounced, into labials (v, b, p,f), gutturals
(<7, c,

k,

qu),

and Unguals

(d, t).

* A final is generally sounded broad, like all ; but this is not prolonged unless
Musah.
the vowel is long, as Jlusa
Musah, but Musd
t In the diphthongs ae and oe (which are also printed ce, ce) the sound of
e (long) only is heard.
X But ai is also written aj, as Achaja, Maja, &c.
The same is true
Orpli'ei.
This may become, by 'diaeresis, 'Orpheus, gen
of other vowels usually treated as diphthongs, as Lahis, Laertes, &c.
Pronounced in English hike, hi.

j|

LESSON

CONSONANTS.

1.]

The double consonants are x and z (called zeta). The former combines the sounds cs, the latter ds.
E. The power of these consonants is upon the whole the
same as that of the corresponding English letters.
Nor are
there as many international discrepancies of pronunciation as
The following remarks will illustrate their force
in the vowels.
more particularly
:

a consonant has the hard sound of k, as


e, i, y, ae,ei, eu, and oe the soft sound
of s, as Ceres, civis, caelebs, coelum.*
2. Ch has the force of k, as pidcher, machtna.
3. G before a, o, u, or another consonant is likewise hard, as in
English, e. g. garrulus, guttus, gleba ; but it is soft before e, i, y, or another g, e. g. gener, gingiva, gypsum, agger.]
4.
is a mere aspiration, and not regarded as a consonant.
In
some words it is either expressed or omitted, e. g. have or ave, alienum or aenum, mild or mi.
5. The ancient Romans made no distinction of form between the
consonants j, v and the vowels i, u ; but the same characters / and
had sometimes the power of vowels and sometimes of consonants.
has now become a superfluous letter, and is only used in
6.
certain abbreviations, as K. for Kaeso ; Kal. for Calendae.
7. Mat the beginning or in the middle of a word is sounded as in
English. But m final,, when preceded by a vowel, was not so distinctHence, when the following word
ly pronounced by the Ancients.
commenced with a vowel, the
final was either entirely silent (in
poetry always so) or regarded as a mere connecting link between the
vowels.
8. Q occurs only in connection with u followed by another vowel,
1.

before a,

o,

caput, cult us, clavis

u, or

and before

as quwn, qui, coquus.

Among
9. has upon the whole the same power as in English.
the older Latin writers, however, it seems to have had the stronger
sound of ss, as they wrote cassus, caussa, accusso, &c, instead of the
later casus, causa, accuso.
10. Ti and ci short, when followed by another vowel, are generally
sounded like slice, as in Horalius, nantius, justitia; Fabricius, novicius, &c.
But ti retains its proper sound, a) when the i is long, as in
islius, totius ; b) when the t is preceded by an s, x, or another t, as in
ostium, mixtio, Bruttii

Aegyptius
&c.

c) in

words originally Greek,

d) before the er of the infinitive passive, as


e) at the beginning of a word, as in tiara.
;

as Miltiades,
nitier, jlectier,

is, however, probable that the Romans once sounded the letter c always
But the above distinction is too old and general to
as the Greeks did.
be disregai'ded.
words
of Greek origin it retains the hard sound of the original y,
f But in
as gigas, giyno, &c.

like

It

1c,

LATIN GRAMMAR.

[LESSON

1.

OF THE HIATUS.

The concurrence

of two vowels, either in the middle of a


one and the beginning of another, gives
rise to what is called an hiatus.
This the Romans avoided,
especially in poetry, a) by the contraction of the two vowels into
one long one, as in audlsti for audiisti, deprtndo for dejjrehendo* &c. b) by Synaeresis, i. e. by pronouncing the two vowels

F.

word or

at the close of

rapidly like a diphthong, as deinde, hide, omnia ; and c), when


the hiatus occurred between two words, by the elision (i. e. by
the suppression in reading) of the final vowel of the first word,
as in at que ego, sapere aude, which as thus elided read atqiC
ego, saper' aude.

OF SYLLABLES.

syllable may consist either of a single vowel


G.
or diphthong, or of the union of a vowel or diphthong
with one or more consonants, e. g. o-vum, du-o, i-ste,
con-stans.
1. The Latin language generally tolerates no more than two
consonants at the end of a syllable or word when there are
;

three, the last


2.

Nor

is

always an

s,

as in stirps.

does a syllable commonly

commence with more than

two consonants, except where at the beginning of a word sc,


sp, and st are followed by an r, or where in the middle of a
word one of the letters c, p, or s is followed by a mute and
liquid, as scri-ptor, spre-tus, stri-ctim ; do-etrina, clau-strum,

sthmus, magi-stri, corru-ptrix.


3. The division of words into syllables
the following laws
a)

may

i-

be regulated by

consonant between two vowels belongs to the

last,

as e-go,

pa-ter, so-ror.

b)

The consonants which may begin a Greek or Latin word


Remark 2) belong together in the division of a word

cording to

(acinto

its component syllables, as pa-tris, i-gnis, a-ctus, o-mnis, i-psi, pastor,


po-sco,fau-stus, sce-ptrum, ca-strum, &c.
c) Combinations of consonants which never occur at the beginning

* The h, not being regarded as a consonant, does not prevent the hiatus.
In verse this is equally true of m final, so that multuin Me et is pronounced
mulf iir el, &c. In a similar manner the older Latin poets elided the final s
of the terminations us and is, but only before consonants, as nuntiu mortis for
1

nuntius mortis, &c.

LESSON

QUANTITY.

1.]

ACCENT.

of a word are treated according to the analogy of the rest, e. g. Daphne, rhy-thmus, smara-gdus, &c.
d) Compounds are usually divided according to the parts of which
they are composed, as ab-est, abs-condo, inter-sum, ob-tuli, red-eo, &c.
But where the composition is uncertain or obscure, or when the first
component has lost a part of its original termination, the division is
effected as in simple words, e. g. am-bages, ani-madverto (contracted
for

animum

adverto), long-aevus, po-tes (for

Words

4.

pods

es), &c.

consisting of one syllable are called monosyllables

those of two, dissyllables

and those of more than two, polysylla-

OF THE QUANTITY OF SYLLxVBLES.

The quantity

H.

of a syllable is the relative time


pronunciation.
It is upon this principle
that the entire fabric of Latin versification depends.

occupied in

Every
(-),

i.

its

syllable

e.

is

either long

(-), or

short

sometimes long and sometimes

(-),* or common

short,

as

am act,

le-

gere, volucris.

long by nature, when its vowel is naturally long, as


is long by p>osition, when its vowel is followed by
two consonants or a double consonant, as stirpis, sermo, discessit.
2. All diphthongs and such simple vowels as have originated in a
contraction are by nature long, as caedo, proelium, audax ; cogo (from
1.

syllable

causa, concldo

is

it

codgo), bvbus (for bovibus).


vowel before another vowel is commonly short, as meus, dea,
3.
pius, velio.
4.
vowel before a mute and liquid is common, as lucrum, tene-

bra, tonitrus.
5. The quantity of the simple vowels under other circumstances
can only be determined by the authority of the poets, and is commonThe rules respecting the quantity of final
ly given in the Lexicon.
syllables, &c. belong to Prosody.

OF THE ACCENT.

Accent is the peculiar tone or emphasis with


I.
which a particular syllable of a word is uttered.
Every Latin word has one principal or leading accent, and
only one.
The leading accent is either the circumflex ( a ) or the
acute (').

* The short syllable being taken as the unit of measure, the pronunciation
of a long syllable would occupy double the -time of a short one.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

There

But
is

also a subordinate

is

[LESSON

accent called the grave

this denotes rather the ab.-ence of the principal accent,

In words of several

scarcely used.

ble but one

).

and

syllables, the last sylla-

called the penult or penultima (sc. sylluha),

is

1.

and

the last but two, the antepenult or antepenultima.


The place of the accent is determined by the following

laws

when their vowel is long by


vowel is short by nature or long by
position, as fids, spes, mans, fons, but drs, dux, fax, purs.
2. In words of two syllables the accent is always on the penult, and
it is a) circumflex, when the penult is long by nature and the last
syllable short, as juris, luce, musd, spina; but b) acute under all
1.

Monosyllables have the circumflex,

nature,

and the

acute,

when

their

other circumstances,* as focus, homo, villa, axis, debs, miisd.


3. Words of three or more syllables are accented either on the
penult or on the antepenult
a) When the penult is short, the antepenult has invariably the
acute, as accendere, cae'dere, homines.
b) When the penult is long by nature and the last syllable short,
the former has the circumflex, as humdnus, amdsse, audisse.
c) When the penult is long by position, or when the last syllable
is likewise long, it has the acute, as modeslus, eductus, humdnls.
4. The antepenult is the limit of the accent, and polysyllables are
all treated like words of three, e. g. po'tmdtlbus, Consiantlnopolis,
:

sollicitudimbus.

But
5. Some words are entirely unaccented, as ne, que, ve, ce.
these never appear alone, being always appended to other words, of
which they often change the place of the accent,f e. g. musdque, musdque, habesne, plerdque, &c.
6. The quantity of a word being given (as it commonly is in Lexicons), its accent can be easily determined according to one of the
The beginner should carefully distinguish between
above rules.
quantity and accent, which in Latin are not only distinct, but often
apparently at variance.
The former is the principle of versification,
the latter the indispensable condition of a correct pronunciation and
the very soul of living discourse.

OF THE PARTS OF SPEECH.

The words of the Latin language, arranged acJ.


cording to their signification, may be reduced to nine
classes, usually called parts of speech^ of which five are
inflected,

* That
is

short

only

and four

invariable.

when both

2) when the first


is long by position
are long (musd).
generally thrown back upon the next syllable preceding them.

is,

1)

and the second long

{axis, villa)

f This

is

4)

syllables are short (focus, homo)


(deos, meos)
3) when the first

when both

LESSON

The

1.

THE FIRST DECLENSION.

2.]

declinable parts of speech are Substantives or Nouns,


and Participles.
:

Adjectives, Pronouns, Verbs,

The

Adverbs, Prepositions, Conjunctions,


All these are termed Particulate or Particles.
3. To these classes may be added the Gerunds and Supines,
two forms of verbal substantives peculiar to the Latin.
2.

and

indeclinable are

Interjections.

OF DECLENSION.
Nouns and

K.

and their
be conjugated,

adjectives are said to be declined,

inflection is called Declension.

Verbs are said

to

and their inflection is called Conjugation.


In the declension of substantives and adjectives, the relations
of Gender, Number, and Case are indicated by certain changes
of termination.
Latin nouns have three genders, the Masculine, Feminine,
and Neuter ; and two numbers, the Singular and the Plural.
They have six cases the Nominative, Genitive, Dative, Ac:

cusative, Vocative,

The Nominative
a

finite

and Ablative.
is,

as in English,

employed as the subject of

verb.

The Accusative corresponds upon

the whole to the English

Objective.

The remaining
which
of, to,

in

cases serve to express various relations,


English are usually denoted by such prepositions as

for, with, by, &c.

There are

five different modes of inflecting substantives,


the first, second, third, fourth, and fifth declensions.
These are distinguished from each other by the termination of
the genitive singular, which in the first declension is ae, in the

called

second

i,

in the third

Lesson

is,

II.

in the fourth us,

and

in the fifth

ei.

pensum alterum.

OF THE FIRST -DECLENSION.

The

declension comprises all substantives


their genitive in ae.
The
nominative of such of these words as are of purely
Roman origin ends in a, that of a few Greek words
Those in a and e are mostly femin e, eSj and as.
The singular of a noon
inine, the rest are masculine.

A.

first

and adjectives which form

LATIN GRAMMAR.

in a in connection
"

your,"

is

with mta, " my," and

thus inflected

my paper

ISTom.

meu

Gen. of my paper
Dat. to or for my paper
Ace. my paper
Yoc.
my paper
Abl. with or by my paper

Nom. your

[LESSON

thy " or

tua, "

charta

meae chartae
raeae chartae

meam
mea
mea

chartam

charta
charta.

tua niensa
tuae mensae
tuae mensae

table

Gen. of your table


Dat. to ov for your
Ace. your table
your table
Yoc.
Abl. with, from, or

2.

table

tuam mensam
tiia mensa

% yozw fa&fe

tua mensa.

So decline taenia, fascia, Aura, penna.

The

Remark.
long,

a of the ablative of the

and sometimes printed

clined, the final a

candlesticks

is

a.

But

first

is always
words de-

declension

in all other cases of

generally short, as charta (Xom.)

candelabra,

templet, temples.

In the vocabularies of this Grammar the quantity of every Latin


will be given, and the paradigms of inflection will show the quantity of
From these data the student will accent acthe different case-terminations.
Examples of the application of
cording to the Rules of Lesson L, page 6.
these principles of accentuation are furnished in the phrases of each Lesson.

N. B.

word

< Habesne ? *
JEstnetibl?

TT
Q
HaTeyou?

^r

habes

habes?

ddmine, habeo.
qufdem? ddminej dst
Habesne (til) pile
urn ?
*
> -L 1 g
*,
T
Estne tibi
pileus i

( Ita est,f

Q
T
les, bir,
1 7have.
.

-uHave
vou

Num
An

| gdn

,,
,
,
the hat ?

* In asking questions, the Romans usually employed certain signs of interrogation, of which the most common are the enclitic ne (always affixed
either to the verb or to some other word of the sentence), the particles num,
The enclitic ne and ecquid can be
an, ecquid, numquid, utrum, nonne. Sec.
used in questions of every description, whether the expected answer be affirmative or negative; num and numquid, only when it is expected to be "no"
nonne. only when it is to be "yes"
an and utrum chiefly in double questions.

The most current Latin adverbs corresponding

to

our English "yes" are

ettam (= even, even so-), vero (indeed), rede (vou are right), certe (certainly),
Ud, itd est, sic est (it is so), sane or sane quidem (indeed, surely), immo or
immo vfro (yes. yes). But the Romans frequently replv by a simple repetition of the verb or of the emphatic word of the inquiry, e.
g. here with a
simple Habeo and Est.
The ceremonious use of a word like our " Sir" was
unknown to the ancients. To ddmine, however, the vocative of dominus (master, lord), there can be no objection.
t The Romans have no article.
Its place is in certain cases supplied by a

LESSON

THE FIRST DECLENSION.

2.]

ot i
l
i
t
les, Sir, I have the hat.

xr

(
{

B.

Obs.

The

Sic est, ddraine, habeo pileum.


?
u
,
_
,
t
,,^
Etiam, clomine, est mini pileus.
'

pen.

The

hat.

Taenia, ae,f.

Mensa, ae,/.

is

fol-

and the neuter

fascia, ae, y.

*Charta, ae,/.
us i
S
">
| !5j!
Af' P
( *rileum, i, n. {Nam. & Ace.)
Saccharum, i, n. (Norn. & ^4cc.)
Sal,* ^/en. salis, m., ace. salem.
(
Sal, gen. salis, n., ace. srd.
(

paper.

'

i,

Obs.

,,

*Penna, ae,/.

table.

ryi

Words

inative, accusative,

always

object,

ribbon.

The sugar

C.

'

-,

being transitive,

verb habeo,

lowed by the accusative of the


verb est by the nominative.
The
The
The
The

T' f

'.

of the neuter gender have the nomand vocative, singular and plural,

alike.

Nom.

My.

| Ace.
(

Nom.

V \V MV'|Acc.

Mnsc.

Fern.

Kent.

mens

mea

meum

media

meum.
meum.

Masc.

Fern.

Neut.

turn

tud

fwwm

2wam

tuum.
Zww.

D. Rule. Adjectives and adjective pronouns agree


with their substantives in gender, number, and case.

Thus

My
My
,t

Meum
Nom.

Ace.

meam pennam,

Nom.

sal

Nom.

hat.

Ace.
j

yP

ylour salt.
i,

| Acc>

saccharum (Nom.

pileus

mens

tuum

o-

'

'

have your ribbon.

j.

(
>
(

(.)<

meam.

tiium gaL

Habesne

hat.
les, Sir, I have your
^

Have you my ribbon

(in.),

or pennam
(or m. tiius).

sg j tiium} o/

Have you my hat?


xt

&

Ace).
pileum meum
pileum meum, or meum pileum.
mea penna, or penna mea.

sugar.

meum

pileum?

tiium haVero, ddmine, pileum


x
,

'

beo.

Habesne taeniam meam


Habeo tiiam taeniam.

demonstrative pronoun, by unns, one, aliquis, some one, &c. But ordinarily the
distinctions expressed by our articles must be mentally supplied from the context.
Tbe learner will also notice the omission of the pronouns ego, tu,
which tbe Latin language employs only for the sake of emphnsis or contrast.
* The substantives pileus and sal have two form?, i. e. the masculine and
neuter, without any difference of signification.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

10
TT

Have vou

3.

( Estne tibi pcnna?


K
A TT

,,

the pen
1

[LESSON

| Habesne pennain
Est mi'hi penna.

have the pen.

Habeo pennam.

Exercise

1.

the table?
Yes, Sir, I Lave the table.
Have you
my table ? I have your table. Have you your pen ? I have my
Have you my
pen.
Have you the sugar ?
I have the sugar.
Have you the paper ?
I have the
sugar ?
I have your sugar
Have you
Have you your paper ?
paper.
I have my paper.
I have the salt.
I have your salt.
the salt ?
Have you my salt ?

Have you

Lesson

III.

pensum tertium.

OF THE SECOND DECLENSION.

The second declension comprises

A.

and adjectives which form

all

their genitive in

substantives

The

l.

ter-

minations of the nominative are us (generally mascu-

sometimes feminine),

line,

Examples

(neuter).

Meus domiims,

Nom my master
.

Gen
DAT.
Acc.
Voc.
Abl.

m.,

my

(masculine),* and

cr, \r

Liber

master.

tiius,

m., your booh.

your hook
of your booh
of my master
to your booh
meo domino
to my master
meum dominilm your booh
my master
your booh
my master mif domine
with your booh
tvith my master meo domino.

Saccharum bonum,
good sugar
of the good sugar
to the good sugar
the good sugar
good sugar
with the good sugar

Nom.

these

n.,

must be added one

liber ttius
libri

tfii

libro tiio

libriim tutim
liber tiie
libro tuo.

good sugar.

the

Gen.
Dat.
Acc.
Yoc.
Abl.
* To

metis dominus
mei do mini

um

adjective in

saccharum bonum
sacchari boni

saccharo bono
saccharum bonum
saccharum bonum

saccharo bono.
v.r,

viz. saiur, saiura, sat&rum,

sated, satisfied.
t This vocative is sometimes meus and sometimes ml, after the analogy of
proper names in ius, which have always i, as, Virgillus, Viryili; Horatius,
Horatl; so also fUiu$,f~d~i; geniics, gerii.

LESS ON

THE SECOND DECLENSION.

3.]

11

Like dominus decline pileus, pannus, equus, ccdceus, and all nouns
and adjectives of this declension which end in us. After the mandecline ager, culler, fiber, mdgister, &c. ;* like sacchaneuters in urn, as aurum, cdrlum, lignum, plumbum, &e.
(Cf. Lesson IV.)

ner of

liber,

all

vurn,

Bemark

The

1.

final

Latin words generally,

of the genitive of this declension, and of

long;

is

except in vuhi,

tibl,

sibl,

where

it is

common ( )
2. The final
i

o of the dative and ablative singular of this declenalways long. But in Latin words generally it is common, as
scrmo, amo, htibeo.

sion

is

Ace.
j

Which (of two)?

Nom.

Bonus,

Ace-

Bonum, am, um.

e. worthless.

Mains,

Ace.

Malum, am,
Vilis,

Ace.
Or:-

Vilem, vilem,

(Also:

good sugar.

Your bad sugar.


The fme table (paper, ribbon).

(
(

iim.

vilis,

Nequam

vile.
vile.

(indeclinable).

Pulcher,
pulchra, pulchriim.
Pulchriim, pulchram, pulchriim.

Formosus,
Turpis,

a,

um

turpis,

turpe,

Turpem, turpem, turpe.


Saccharum meum bdnum (Nom. & Ace.)
Saccharum tuum vile (nequam).
Nom. Mensa (charta, taenia) pulchra.
Ace. Mensam (chartam, taeniam) pulchram.
I

My

Nom.

iim.

um.

a,

Nom.

} Ace.

urn.

a,

Magnum, am,

Nom.

fNoM.
Beautiful, fine.

iim.

a,

Magnus,

cc.

Bad.

utriim.

utra,

Uter,

Utriim, utram, utrum*

(N(
Nom.

Great, large, big.

i.

Nom.

(Ace.

Good.

Bad,

Fern.
Masc.
Neut.
Qul(s), quae, quod or quid.
Quern, qucim, quod or quid.

Nom.

Which (of many)?

Ace.

Nom. Pileus (liber, sal ) turpis.


(book, salt).
{ Ace. Pileum (librum, salem) turpem.
Which hat? 'Which ( Nom. Quis pileus ? Quae % charta ?
The ugly hat

(Ace. Quem pileum? Quam chartam?

paper?

Which

sugar

\
I

Qu

"T

?f sacchan
Quid

Nm

&A

C,)

,
I S
l
\
(Nom.
& Ace.)

* Some nouns (and

adjectives) in er retain the e in the genitive, and have


liber, -eri,
a son-in-law piier, -eri, a boy
a man, has viri, and so its compounds, as decemvir, -viri;

eri instead of ri, as gener, generi,


free,

&c._

Vir,

levir, -viri.

t Malm
worthless ;
J

is said of persons, and is morally bad ; vilis chiefly of things


nequam of persons and things both.
Diphthongs receive the accent upon the second vowel.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

12

[LESSON

4.

B. Obs. The interrogative quod is always used adjectively, and


agrees with its noun in gender, number, and case quid is more like
the English whatf and is either used independently or has its noun
The masculine which ? is more commonly qui than
in the genitive.
guts when a substantive is expressed with it.
,

Have you good

v
Yes,

sugar

Estne

tihave good, sugar.

o.

Have you

the fine ribbon


I have the fine ribbon.
i
to-,
\\ Inch

Sir, I

have

T
hat have
t

my

you?
J

-I

vou

saccharum bdnum

bdnum.
Habesne taeniam piilchram
Habeo taeniam piilchram.
C Qui est tibi pi'leus ?
r

ugly hat.

i
1V1Inch
-i u
i
ribbon
have
\\

ti'bi

Sane, ddmine, est nu'hi saccharum

'j

I have your fine ribbon.

Quern pileum habes i


Pileum meum tiirpem habeo.

Quae

est

'

taenia?

ti'bi

n
Quam fi.habes

''

taeniam oi
Taeniam tiiam piilchram* habeo-

Exercise

2.

Have
the fine hat ?
Yes, Sir, I have the fine hat.
you my bad hat ?
Have you the bad salt ?
I have your bad hat.
1 have my
I have the bad salt.
Have you your good salt ?
Have you

Which
have your good
have you
Which sugar have you? have my good sugar. Have you my
good sugar? have your good sugar. Which table have you?
have the
have your
Have you my
Which paper have you have the bad paper.
Have you my ugly paper have your ugly paper. Which bad
Which
hat have you
have my bad
ribbon have
you
have your
ribbon. Have you my
pen

good

salt

salt.

salt.

fine table ?

fine table.

fine table.

'?

hat.

fine

fine

have your

fine

fine pen.

Lesson IY.

PENSUM QUARTUM.

OE THE THIRD DECLENSION.


A. Substantives and adjectives of the third declenThe terminations of the
sion have their genitive in is.
nominative are numerous, some ending in one of the
vowels a, e, i, o, y, and others in one of the consonants
c, (d),

/,

w, r, s,

t,

x.

This declension comprises nouns

of every gender,
* In writing his exercises, the learner should be careful to select the proper
case and gender of the adjectives, which must always correspond with that of
the nouns with which they are to be connected. In this and the following
lessons, the nominative and accusative are the only cases used.

LESSON

THE THIRD DECLENSION.

4.]

13

Nouns ending in a, e, i, ?/, c, Z,* and t are neuter.


Nouns in o, or, os, and eus are generally masculine, but sometimes
of-other genders.
Those in as, ans,

es, is, ys, bs, ns,

and ps are generally feminine,

sometimes masculine.

Those in er and n are masculine and neuter.


Lapis,

Now.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

?n.,

stone.

a stone
of a stone
to a stone
a stone

lapis

lapidis

lapidi

lapidem

stone

lapis

with a stone

lapide.

Qmis, m. &/.,t
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

the dog.

dog
of the dog
to the dog
the dog
dog
with the dog
the

f, a garment.
garment
vestis
vestis
of the garment
to the garment
vest!
the garment
vestem
the garment
vestis
with the garment
veste.
Vestis,

the

*TibiFile, n., the stocking.

canis

the stocking

tibiale

cams

of the stocking

tibialis

cam

to the stocking

tibial!

canem

the stocking

tibiale

stocking

canis

cane.

Caput,

Sartor, m., the tailor.

Nom.

the tailor

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

of the

sartor

sartons

tailor

to the tailor

sartori

the tailor

sartorem
sartor

tailor

sartore.

ivith the tailor

Frater, m., the brother.

tibiale

ivith the stocking


n., the

head
of the head
to the head
the head
the head
with the head
m.

&

head.

caput

the

Sal,

tibiali.J

capitis

capltl

caput
caput
capite.
n.

the salt.

Nom.

the brother

frater

the salt

sal

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

of the brother

fratris

of the

sails

to the brother

fratri

to the sedt

the brother

fratrem

the salt

brother

with the brother

* Nouns

in

salt

frater

salt

fratre.

with the

neut.

sail

salem, sal
sal
salt

sale or

-I.

are generally neuter, but sometimes masculine.

t Nouns which are sometimes masculine and sometimes feminine, according


to the context, are said to be of the common gender.
So adolescens and juvenls,
m.
conjux, m.
f., a husband or a wife ;
f., a young man or woman ;
and a number of others.
infans, m.
f., an infant
Nouns of which the
gender is unsettled are said to be of the doubtful gender; as dies, m.
f.,
a day penus, m., f.,
n., provisions.
\ Neuters ending in e, dl, and dr have I in the ablative instead of e ; as

&

&

&

&

&

LATIN GRAMMAR.

14

Remark.

The

final e

always short, and the final

j-

[LESSON

4.

of the ablative of the third declension

is

long.

Masc.

Fem.

(Nom.

Is

ea

id.

| Ace.

Eiim

earn

id.

Neut.

B. Obs. The pronoun is, ea, id must be put in the


same
me case
c
and gender as the substantive for which it
stands.
Not:

Non; non

no.

Have you

the table

AT

-i

No,

ct
Sir, I

fmnime.

vera,

Non habeo.
Non (minlme)

I have not.
No, Sir.

have

-,_

it

?
,

not.

<

vero, ddrnine.

Habesne mensam ?
Mmime, ddmine: (earn) non habeo.

At-

~
m i habeo,
clomine,
non.
'

( jN'on

Have you

the hat ?

An

No,

have

Mi'nime, ddmine

Sir, I

Have you
I have

it

it

not.

the sugar

habes pileum

Num
Non

not.

(aim) non habeo.

habes saccharum
habeo.

D. Obs. The English idiom requires here id non


In Latin, however, the pronoun is, ea, id is
habeo.
frequently omitted, when it would have to stand in
the same case as the no an to which it relates.
The coat.
The cloth.
The horse.
The shoe.
The thread.
The candlestick.
The wood.
The leather.
The lead.
The gold.

*Toga, ae, f.
Pannus, i, m.
Equus, i, m.
*Calceus, i, m.
Fllum, i, n.
Candelabrum,
Lignum, i, n.
Cdrlum, i, n.

Plumbum, i,
Aurum, i, n.

E.

Obs.

fore

n.

The

preposition e or ex is followed by the


put before consonants only, ex beconsonants both.

E can be

vowels and

Of gold.
Of cloth.

Ex

aureus,

aiiro,

a, urn.

panno.

animal, ammall ; calcar, calcarl.


;
h'par, and nectar, which retain the e.

mare, marl

n.

e, ex.

Of.

ablative.

i,

Except

sell,

far, baccar, jubar,

LESSON

THE TIITRD DECLENSION.

4.]

15

F. Obs. The materia of which anything is made


ma~y either be expressed by the ablative of a substantive with e or ex, or by means of an adjective in ens.

Thus:
Wooden

Ligneus, a, um.
Chartaceus, a, um.

or of wood.

of paper.

Paper

Leaden
Linen

of
of
of

Stone

of stone.

Leather

leather.
lead.
linen.

um, or e
um, or
Linteus, a, um.
C Lapideus, a, um.
\ Saxeus, a, um.

plumbo.

um.
a, um.

Pileus chartaceus.

Ace. Pileum chartaceum.

table.

The horse of stone.

The

Bellus, a,

Nom.

The linen (thread) stocking.


The golden candlestick.

The golden

a,

\ Venustus,

hat.

The wooden

corio.

Pretty.

The paper

Scorteus, a,

Plumbeus,

ribbon.

Nom. Mensa

lignea.

\ Ace. Mensam ligneam.


Nom. & Ace. Tibial e hnteum.
Nom. & Ace. Candelabrum aureum or ex aiiro.
^
(

Nom. Equus

\ Ace.
j

lapideus.

Equum

lapideum.

Nom. Taenia

\ Ace.

aiirea.

Taeniam

aiiream.

Nom. Toga e # panno.


\ Ace. Tdgam e panno.
j

cloth coat.

Have you

the paper hat ?

Have you

the stone table ?

Num
Eum

habes pileum chartaceum ?


non habeo, ddmine, non.
Non, ddmine eum non habeo.
An habes mensam lapideam ?
(Earn) non habeo.
;

have

it

not.

OF THE GENITIVE OF THE THIRD DECLENSION.

From the paradigms of this lesson it will be


perceived, that substantives of this declension vary considerably as to the manner, in which they assume the
characteristic termination of the genitive.
The following rules are intended to give the learner some insight
into the extent of this variation.!
G.

1.
2.

Nouns
Nouns

in a
in e

change a into Ms, as poema, poematis, n., a poem.


change e into is, as cubile, cubllis, n., a couch.

* Prepositions before their cases are not accented.


f These rules, though not directly connected with the exercises of this
lesson, are yet recommended to the careful attention of the student.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

16

[LESSOX

4.

Those in i* are generally indeclinable, but sometimes have


mead.
4. Those in y add os, as misy, misyos, n., vitriol.
5.
commonly becomes orris, as sermo, sermonis^ m., speech. But
do and go become dims and gtms, as grando, grandinis, f., hail; origo,
3.

as kydromeli, hgdromelitos, n.

itos,

origims,

f.,

origin.f

in c, d, I, n simply add is, as Jialec, lulled*, n. & f.,


a sort of pickle David, Davidts, m., a man's name; cubital, cubitcllis,
ren, renis, m., the reins.J
n., a cushion
7. Those in ar, er, or, and ur commonly add likewise is, as nectar,
nectdris, n., nectar; anser, anseris, m., a goose; lector, lectoris, in.,
a reader; sulphur, sulphuris, n., sulphur.
8. Those in as generally change as into citis, as Veritas, veritdtis,

Nouns

6.

truth.

f.,

||

The only nouns

9.

in aes are aes, n., brass,

and praes, m., bonds-

man, which have aera and praedis.


10. Nouns in aus have audit, as

faws, laudis, , praise; fraus,


fraud.
11. Those in es generally change es into is, as fames, famis, f.,
hunger; rupes, rupis, f., a rock; but sometimes into ec/Is, itis, or
em, as Jtaeres, liaeredis, m., an heir; mlZes, m~ditis,m., a soldier; Ceres,
Cererls, f., the goddess Ceres.
12. Nouns in is have commonly is, as apis, is, f., a bee; oris,
is, f., a sheep
but sometimes also eris, mis, itis, or idis, as pulcis,
pulveris, m., dust; sanguis, sanguinis, m., blood; lapis, lapidis, m., a
Semis, in., one half, has se~
stone; Quiris, Quiritis, in., a Roman.

fraudis.

f.,

missis.

Those

13.

nepos,

in os

change

os into

a grandson
m., a keeper;

m.,

-otis,

custos, -odis,

otis,

as sacerdos,

but also into

iitros,

-ois,

odis,

-Otis,

ois,

m., a hero;

m., a priest;

and om,
ros,

as

roris,

dew.f

The termination

14.

as corpus, -oris, n., a

* Nouns
t

in

number

nobody

ws becomes

body;

oris, eris, uris,

o/jws, -eWs, n.,

udis

Cutis'),

a work; crus,

or odis,

cruris, n.,

and y are Greek, and so are their genitives ilos and yos.
of other nouns in o have likewise inis, as /<()mo, a man
nemo,
Cdro, flesh, f., has cartas, aud Anio, m., the name of

Apollo, Sec.

river, Anienis.

But

lae, n.,

numinis, n.,
iconis,

f.,

lactis, and those in men have minis, as numen,


Greek nouns in on have onis and o^"s, as icon,

miik, has

the

deity.

an image

Acheron,

But those in her


p'atris, m., a father.

Jecar, n., the liver,


or hepdtos ; cor, n.,
Jupiter, m., Jdis.

-ontis,

m.,

name

of a river.

have oris and Ms, as October, Octobris; 2)dlr,


Some in ur have oris, as er, e&om, n., ivory, &c.
has jecuris or jecindris, and /ir/jar, n., the liver, hepatis
the heart, has cordis; iter, n., a journey, itlneris, and

and

ter

Greek nouns

in as have cwrfis and &Zzs (or oc/os), as /Ttyfls, gigantis, m., a


r7s,
Other exceptions are
lampas, lampadis or lampados, f, a lamp.
oss?5. m., a coin
mas, maris, m., a male vds, vctdis, m., a surety, and yds,
vasis, m., a vessel.
The genitive of
1F os. n., the mouth, has <~m, but os, n., a bone, has ossis.
bos, m.
f, an ox or cow, is bach.
||

giant

&

LESSON

DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES.

5.]

the leg; incus, -udis,

f.,

an anvil;

stilus, -utis, f,

17

safety; trXpus, -odis,

m., a tripod.

Greek nouns in ens have eos, as Orpheus, Orpheos, &c


Nouns in Is, ns, and rs change s into tis or dis, as jsw/s,

T5.
1G.

a sort of pap; pars,


serpens,

-tis,

f.,

a part; glans,

-dis, f.,

any

-/, f.,

kernel-fruit;

a serpent

-tis, f.,

and ms have 6.9, pis, and mis, as wr&s, -5w, f.,


m. & f., offspring; hiems, hiemis, f., winter.*
18. The only nouns in t are caput, capitis, m., the head, and its
compounds, occiput, -itis, &c.
19. Nouns in x change this letter into cis or gis, as vox, vocis,
f., the voice; calix, calicis, m., a cup; ?*ex, ra/w, m., a Icing; codex,
Those

1 7.

a city;

stirps, -pis,

m., a book.

codlcis,

noctis

in bs, ps,

senex,

aclj

But

nix,

f.,

snow, has

old, sem's or senicis ;

and

mm;

nox,

siipellex,

f.

f.,

night,

furniture,

swpellectilis.

Exercise

3.

table ?
No, Sir, I have it not.
Which
have the stone table.
Have you my golden
Which stocking have you ?
candlestick ?
I have it not.
I have
Have you my thread stocking ?
I have not
the thread stocking.
Which coat have you ?
I have my cloth
your thread stocking.
I have the wooden horse.
Which horse have you ?
coat.
I have it not.
Have you the
Have you my leathern shoe ?
Have you your good wooden
I have it not.
leaden horse V
Which wood have you ?
I have your
I have it not.
horse ?
I have it not.
Have you my good gold ?
Which
good wood.
Which stone have you ?
I have the good gold.
gold have you ?
Which ribbon have you ?
I have
I have your fine stone.
Have )ou my fine dog ?
I have it.
your golden ribbon.
I have it not.
Have you my ugly horse ?

Have you

the

have you

table

wooden

Lesson Y.

pensum quintum.

OE THE DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES.


Adjectives are inflected like substantives of the
Those in us, a, um
second, and third declensions.
and er, , um belong to the first and second declension ;
those in er, is, e, those in is, is, e, and all the adjectives
of one termination, to the third.

A.

first,

* But
have

ipis,

the adjective caelebs, single, has caelibis, and the compounds of ceps
The genitive of anceps, doubtful, is
as princeps, -xpis, the foremost.

ancvpUis.

2*

LATIN GRAMMAR.

13

[lesson

5.

B. Some adjectives have a special termination for


each of the three genders (e. g. bonus, a, um, deer, dens,
acre), some have one common form for the masculine
f., vile, n.), and others
and feminine (e. g. viUs, m.
have but one ending (in the nominative singular) for
The following
every gender (e. g. felix, dives, &c).
paradigms exhibit the declension of bonus, pulcher, and

&

turpis, in the singular.

Bonus, bona, bonum, good.

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.

Voc.
Abl.

good
of the good
to the good
the good
the good
ivith the good
the

Masc.

Fern.

Neut.

bonus

bontim

bono

bona
bonae
bonae

bonum

bonam

bone
bono

bona
bona

bom

bonl

bono
bontim
bontim
bono.

Pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum ,* beautiful,


Masc.

Nom.

the beautiful

pulcher

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.

of the beautiful

pulchri

to the beautiful

the beautiful

Voc.
Abl.

the beautiful

by the beautiful

Fern.

Neut.

pulchrum

pulchro

pulchra
pulchrae
pulchrae

pulchrum

pulchrum

pulcher
pulchro

pulchra
pulchra

pulchrum
pulchrum

pulchri

pulchro

pulchro.

Turpis, turpis, turpe, ugly.


]\[asc.

Fern.

Neut.

Nom.

the ugly

turpis

turpis

turpe

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

of the ugly

turpis

turpis

turpis

ugly
the ugly
the ugly
with the ugly.

turpi

turpi

turpi

turpein

turpem

turpis

turpis

turpe
turpe

turpi

turpi

turpi.

to the

Like bonus decline mollis, a, um; mens, a, um ; formosiis, a, urn, &c.


Like pulcher : aeger, sick; integer, entire; niger, black; jnger, slow,
Like turpis : brevis, short deformis, deformed dulcXs, sweet
&c.
omms, all uMis, useful, &c.

* Some

adjectives of this declension retain the e of the root-termination,


tenerum; miser, misera, miserum. But the majority reject it.
of the third declension have e or i in the ablative singular, but
Adjectives
T
those whose neuter ends in e have i only.
e. g. tener, tenera,

LESSON

,--

DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES.

5.]

The trunk.
The button.
The money.
The cheese.
The silver.

*Biscus,

Estne

Esiiriens,

Thirsty.

Sltlens,f

Cupidus

(Vide Lesson YI. B.)


iim.

esurlo.

Sitisrie ?

(Ego vero)

not thirsty.

Non

am

sleepy.

am

not sleepy.

Are you

a,

um) somni.

(a,

(Ego vero)

tis.
tis.

thirsty.

sleepy

aliquid ?

Esiirisne ?

thirsty

am
am

(tii)

Pessiis (defessus), a, iim.

hungry.

Are you

tibi aliquid ?

Somniculosus,

Tired.

i,

Habeo aliquid.
Niim quidquam * habes ?
Niim est tibi quidquam ?

Hungry,

Are you hungry ?

am
am

(Adj.).

( Est mihi nihil.


| Nihil rei habeo.

Sleepy.

um

m.
m.

i,

Habesne

n.

Est mihi nonnihil.

I have nothing.

Are you

m.

Aliquid, quidquam, nonnihil.


Nihil (indecl.); nilvdum, i, n.

have something.

am

a,

Proximus,

Have you anything?

i,

Vicinus,

neighbor.

Have you anything

Argentum,
Argenteus,

i,

Pistor, oris,

Anything, something.
Nothing.

area, ae,/".

*Orblculus fibulatoiius,
Pecunia, ae, f.
Caseus, i, m.

Of silver.
The baker.
The

i,

19

Esne

sitio.

sitio.
tii

somniculosus

An es cupidus sdmni ?
Sum cupidus sdmni.
Non sum

cupidus sdmni.

Ego somniculosus non


Esne

tired ?

tu.

siim.

fessus ?

ISJum es fessus ?

Sum fessus.
Non siim fessus.

tired.

not tired.

When

C. Rule.
a substantive expresses the relation
of property or possession, it is put in the genitive; as,

* Quidquam is generally put, when the sentence contains a negation (either


expressed or implied), a condition, comparison, &c, and also in connection
with the particle^ vix, scarcely, and sine, without. (Compare Lesson VI. C)
f Emi-k-ns and sitiens, properly the present participles of the verbs esiirio,
When hungry and thirsty are in the predI am hungry, and sitio, I am thirsty.
icate of the sentence, it is necessary to use the verbs, and not the participles.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

20

The dog of the baker.


The baker's dog.
The coat of the tailor.
The tailor's coat.
-,,

MyJ

,,

r
My

Ti,
salt.

1
o-ood
neighbors

The

old bread.

The
The

pretty dog.
silver ribbon.

Pistoris

canem (Ace.)*

Tdgam

sartoris

(Ace).

Sartoris toga (Xom.).

brothers paper.
x
l
.

5.

Canis pistons (Nbm.).

I
-

[LESSON

-I

Charta mei fratrisf v(Xom.).


,.
,,, '
<
mei chartam //(
(Ace).

.,
P
Iratns
.

Mei
r,.i

vicini sal
-

-,

bdnum.
,

bonum vicini mei.


\ Nom.
Panis vetulus.
Panem vetulum.
( Ace.
Canem bellum (venoistum).
)

Sal

Taeniam argenteam

(Ace.).

D. Rule. Adjectives (and the adjective pronouns


mens, tuns, &c.) may stand either before or after their
substantives but when the substantive is a monosyllable, the adjective comes always last.
;

Have you the

neighbor's good salt ?

have it not.
Have you my brother's

silver can-

Num

habes

Non

habeo.

An

habes

sal

bdnum

fratris

vicini ?

mei candelabrum

argenteum ?

dlestick ?

Exercise

4.

Have you the leathern trunk ?


I have not the leathern trunk ?
Have you my pretty trunk ?
I have not your pretty trunk.
Which trunk have you ?
I have the wooden trunk.
Have
I have it not
you my old button ?
Which money have you ?
Which cheese have you ?
I have the good money.
I have
Have you anything ?
the old cheese.
Have
I have something.
I have it not.
you my large dog V
Have }-ou your good gold ?
Which dog have you ?
I have it.
I have the tailor's dog ?
Have you the neighbor's large dog ?
I have it not.
Have
you the dog's golden ribbon?
No, Sir, I have it not.
Which
I have the tailor's good coat.
coat have you
Have you the
neighbor's good bread ?
I have it not.
Have you my tailor's
I have it.
golden ribbon ?
Have you my pretty dog's ribbon ?
Have you the good baker's good horse ?
1 have it not.
I have it.
Have you the good tailor's horse ?
I have it not.
Are you
hungry
I am hungry.
Are you sleepy ?
I am not sleepy.
Which candlestick have you ?
I have the golden candlestick

'?

my

'?

of

good baker.

* The common rule is that the genitive (and in general every word governed)
should be put before the word governing it. This, however, is bv no means
may safely use either of the formulas in the sense of

invariable, and the learner


their English equivalents.

f Instead of the possessive genitive, the Romans sometimes


jective; as, ddmus paterna for domwpatris, the father's house
_

for

homo

ingenii,

man

of talent, &o.

emplov an adhomo ingeniosus

LESSON

DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES.

6.]

21

PENSUM SEXTUM.

Lesson VI.

The adjectives in er, is, e are but few in numThe nominative masculine has sometimes Is

A.
ber.

instead of

er.

Acer or

acris, acre, shar p.

acris,

Masc.

Fern.

Nom.

acer or acris

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

Neut.

acris

acre

acris

acris

acris

acrl

acrl

acrl

acrem

acrem

acer or acris

acris

acre
acre

Fieri

acrl

acrl.

So decline alacer or
ce/er or ceteris, swift

alacris, cheerful

celeber or Celebris,

famous

scduber or salubris, wholesome.

ADJECTIVES OF ONE TERMINATION.


Adjectives of one termination do not differ essenfrom other words of the third declension, except
that they may have either e or l in the ablative.
The

5.

tially

present participle in ns
ples

Dives,

& Fern.

Neut.

included in this

Vetus,

-vitis, rich.

Jlasc.

is

Masc.

&

-teris, old.

Neut.

Fern.

Sitiens, -ntis, thirsty.

Masc.

& Fern.

Nom.

dives

vettis

sitiens

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

divitis

veteris

sitientis

cliviti

veteri

divitem
dives

vetus
vetere or

divite.*

So decline

felix, fellcls,

doubtful sollers,
amans, amantis, loving, &c.

ancipitis,

happy

sollertis,

Neut.

sitienti

veterem

dives

Exam-

class.

vetus

sitientem

sitiens

sitiens

sitiente or

i.

i.

pauper, pauperis, poor anceps,


prudens, prudentis, wise
;

clever

REMARKS ON THE ABLATIVE.


Participles in ans or ens have always e in the ablative, when
they are used as participles proper or as substantives as, sole oriente,
when the sun rises infans, abl. infante, the infant. But when used
1,

as adjectives,

they have rather

See

than

e.

Remark

5.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

22
2.

Comparatives have rather

3.

Praesens, present,

sons,

when

than

[LESSON

as major, majore, greater, &c.

l,

when

said of things, has I;

said of per-

e.

Proper names derived from adjectives have always

4.

6.

as Clemens,

e,

Clemente.

Those that have

5.

the majority of those in


superstes.

Axluna
Am
J
J
-

exclusively are pauper, senex, princeps, and


as dtves, sospes, d'eses, pubes, impubes, and

es,

Aliquid (quidquam, nomuJul) barium.

J
y x ~
.,,( lw .
\ Altquid (quidquam, nonmhd) bom.
bdnum.
.7
Nihil
x
(
A
7
7
Nothing
or wo* anything good,
& ^_
j
dl

or sometime/
J Jgood.

it

Something bad (worthless).


Nothing bad (worthless).
O.

OZ>s.

, 7

>.

^^

<

The

Aliquid vile (nequam).


Nihil vile (nequanij.

partitive genitive of neuter adjectives

&c. can only be used when the adThus we can onlyof the second declension.
say aliquid vile, turpe, &c, and not aliquid turpis ; but
indifferently either aliquid bdnum or aliquid boni.
after aliquid, nihil,

jective

is

Have you
T
1

anything

I have nothing ugly

We you

wi
+
What

i
^
^ goodioi
have
you
ta

17

have the good


bread.

That or $e one.

D. Obs.

bdnl

bdnum

aliquid

est

The English

?
vile.

Niim est tibi quidquam


,,,_,,. H
~
r
/,
.

An

-,

tiirpe ?
*

habes aliquid turpe t


\ Non est mihi quidquam tiirpe.
\ Nihil tiirpe habeo.
(

Quid

What

Non

{ AT ,, M

,itt
Have
you
anything
ugly
J
J
^

What

tibi aliquid

mini quidquam
(Nihil nequam hambeo.

i
i
have nothing
bad.
i.i

Estne

\ Habesne

}$?'
Quid

est tibi bdnl ?


,,_
,
.
habes bonum ?
dbeo h6 um **""
?
\( JDonum panem
habeo.
^

\ pt ,,
( Quid

-,

j"

Nom.

\ Ace.

Masc.

Fem.

Neut.

itte

ilia

illud.

ilium

Mam

that, or the one, is,

illud.

among

the

Latin authors, expressed by the demonstrative ille,


ilia, illud.
By the earlier classical writers, however, the
noun is either itself repeated or to be supplied from the
later

context.

DECLENSION OE ADJECTIVES.

LESSON C]

Which book Lave you


I

23

Quern librum habes

?
(

have that of the baker,

Habeo ilium

pistons.

Pistons librum hiibeo.


Quod saccharum habes ?
| Quid est tibi sacchaii ?
(

"Which sugar have you


I

have that

of

myJ

brother.

Habeo

lllud

mei

fratns.

f mihi saccharum
Est

,-,

*..

tratris.

An.

Or.

E. Obs. In double questions, the first member is


introduced by utrum (whether) or by the enclitic -tie,
and the second member by an (or). Thus
:

Are you
J

-,

tired or sleepy
lJ

S utrum es fcssus
A -^
.* ff ,

am

sleepy.

Have you my book


the neighbor

pirn
cini

Est mihi liber vicini.


\ TT
I

^
you your i^-^+i^
nat or tne
hat
the

Are you
hungry
or
^
J

am

(
)i

baker's

an somniculosus ?
_ .*
,
Esne tu lessus an somniculosus i
Somniculosus sum.
tne *** libermeus an vlcim ?
_
W
hllbes llbmm meum aw V1"

(%

or that of

have that of the neighbor.

ti
ilave

i
(

thirsty
J ?

hungry.

,,

Habeo
Utrum
.

ilium vicini.
tibi est liber tiius

an

o
?

ns
Tiuimne librum habes dn
rum ds * ris
iS ?
Esunsne an sitis i

pistol

pistoris ?

ff

EsiiriOo

Exercise

5.

Which book have you


Have you my book have
have my good book. Have you anything ugly? I have
have you
nothing ugly have something pretty. Which
have the baker's. Have you the baker's dog or the neigh have the neighbor's. What have you? I have
have the good
nothing. Have you the good or bad sugar
Have you the neighbor's good or bad horse have the good
candlestick
have
(one).* Have you the golden or the
the
candlestick. Have you my neighbor's paper, or that of
have that of your
Are you hungry or
my
am
I am hungry, Are you sleepy or
What have you pretty have nothing
Have you
Have you the leather
anything ugly I have nothing
What have you good I have the
shoe
have
?

it

not.

table

bor's ?

silver

silver

tailor ?

tailor.

tired ?

thirsty ?

tired.

ugly.

pretty.

it

not.

good sugar.

* The words
cises.

included in parentheses are not to be translated in these exer-

LATIN GSA1MAR.

24

Lesson VII.

pexsoi

[LESSON

7.

septimttm.

OE THE FOUETH DECLENSION.

The

A.

fourth declension comprises

substantives

all

which form their genitive in us. The nominative singular has two terminations, viz. us for masculine and
Examples
feminine nouns, and u for neuters.

Fructus, m., the

fruit.

Cornii, n., the horn.]

Domus, f.,

thehov.se.

Nom.

fructus

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Yoc.
Abl.

fructus

comus

fructui

cornu (cornui)

fruetiun

coruii

domus
domus or dorai*
doniul or domo
doraum

fructus

cornu

domtis

fructu.

cornu.

cornu

Like fructus decline

domo.

adltus, access

cantus, a song

currus. a charmotus, motion


rlsus, laughter
a stroke
sendtus, the
rictus, living.
Also the feminines acus,
senate
sumptus, expense
Like cornu decline
a needle; man us, a hand; tribiis, a tribe, &c.
gelu, ice
genu, the knee veru, a spear toruiru, thunder.
iot

ictus,

Remark.

The

final

of Latin words generally

v.

is

long.

Have you my coat

or the tailor's

Estne tibi toga mea an sartoris


< Ufa-cm habes tdgam meam an
lam) sartoris V
(
( Est mihl tiia.
| Tuam habeo.

?
(il-

I have yours.

Masc.

Fern.

Neufc

Nom.

mens

mea

meum.

"(

Ace.

meum

meam

nit

<'

Nom.

tuiis

id a

tiium.

Ace.

Warn

tUGJJl

tiium.

Mine.
Yours.

"(

am.

B. Obs. The possessive pronouns mens, tuns, situs,


&c. may either be joined to nouns in the sense of the
conjunctive my, your (thy), Ms, &c, or they may stand
absolutely, like the English mine, yours (thine), his, &c.
They are inflected like bonus, a, inn. (Cf. Lesson V.)
iyn-

* The
is

the

genitive dorai

is

Masc.

Fem.

Kent.

CNom.

htc

Tiaec

ltitc.

\ Ace.

hunc

lianc

Mc.

The dative domvi


noun is always domo.

only used in the sense of at home.

more usual form; but the ablative of this

irregular

LESSON

EXERCISE SIXTH.

7.]

25

your hat

?
fetne hie pileus tdus ?
not mine, but yours. Minime, ddrulne, non est meus,
sed tiius.
Is this my ribbon ?
!Num haec est taenia mea ?
No, it is not yours, but mine.
Non est tiia, sed mea.
Is this your sugar ?
An hoc est saccharum tiium ?
It is not mine, but that of my Xon est meum, sed mei fratris.

Js this

No,

Sir, it is

brother.

The man.
fu
JLne

ct:\r

stick,

Homo,

Baculum.

J.

n.

m.
fratris mei.

Sutor. oris. m.

Mercator,
l1

friend.

i.

-
onis.

6:

Frater meus, gen.

The shoemaker.
The merchant.

Neither

viri

mis, m.

So-.
( bcipio,

,
cane.

My brother.
The

^n.

Ylr,*

oris,

Nee
Neque
Neque

nor.

m.

nu

!' }>

} amihans,
^

is,

m.

nee.

neque

nee.

The

disjunctive conjunction? nee and neque


same sense, except that the former
more frequently stands before consonants and the latter before vowels.

Obs.

C.

are used in the

Have you

the merchant's stick or Tenesnef baculum mercatoris an


tiium ?
I have neither the merchant's Nee mercatoris baculum ne'e tiium
stick nor yours.
teneo.

yours

Are you hungry or

thirsty ?

am

neither hungry nor thirsty.

tnim

mine

sins

Ego neque

Exercise
Have you your

*
*?
f
an

Esunsne

is ?

esiirlo

nee

sitio.

6.

I have

neither yours nor mine.


have neither my bread nor the tailor's.
Have you my stick or
yours
I have mine.
Have you the shoemaker's shoe or the
merchant's ?
I have neither the shoemaker's nor the merchant's.
Have you my brother's coat?
I have it not.
Which paper
have you
Have you my dog or unI have your friend's.
friend's ?
I have vour friend's.
Have vou mv thread stocking or

'?

'?

* Vir

cloth or

used with reference

is

to the sex,

and homo with reference

to the

species.

t Teneo
especially
retain,

is

and

may be

may

signify

properly " I hold,"

where "to have"

keep."

used in these exercises for variety,


"to hold in one's hand," or "to

[LESSON

LATIN GRAMMAR.

26

8.

Have
I have neither yours nor your brother's.
I have
good baker's good bread or that of my friend ?
Which bread
neither your good baker's nor that of your friend.
Which ribbon have you ?
I have
I have mine.
have you ?
I have neither
Have you the good or the bad cheese ?
yours.
I have nothing.
Have you anything ?
the good nor the bad.
I have neither your pretty
Have you my pretty or my ugly dog ?
I have it not.
Have you my friend's stick ?
nor your ugly dog.
I am neither sleepy nor hungry.
Are you sleepy or hungry ?
I have neither the good nor
Have you the good or the bad salt ?
I have neither yours
Have you my horse or the man's ?
the bad.
What have you ?
I have nothing fine.
Are you
nor the man's.

my

brother's ?

you

my

I am not

tired ?

tired.

Lesson VIII.

pensum octayum.

OF THE FIFTH DECLENSION.

Nouns of

declension have their genitive


fifth declension
is a mere modiDies, m.
fication of it.
/., the day, res, /., a thing,
and species,/., the appearance, are thus inflected:

A.

the

fifth

and the nominative in es. The


differs but slightly from the third, and

in ei

&

No

So decline
f.,

die!

reT

die!

re!

specie!

diem

rem

speciem

dies

res

species

die.

re.

specie*

acies,

the image, effigy


the series.

Remark.

species

dies

:.i.

Gex.
Dat.
Acc.
Voc.
Abl.
f.,

f.,
;

the edge or point

merldies,

The e of the

in.,

specie!

fticies,

midday, noon

the face

spes, f,

effigies,

hope

ablative of the fifth declension

is

series,

always

long.

B.
which

Nouns of

this declension are feminine,

except dies,
generally masculine and sometimes
Its compound,
feminine,f but in the plural always masculine.
merldies, is masculine, and used in the singular only.
Ohs.

* The

in the

singular

is

of the genitive and dative

after a consonant,

e. g. aciei,

faciei,

is long when a vowel precedes, but


&c, but spei, rei,jidei, Sec.

short

feminine when it denotes, 1) duration of time, e. g. diem perexiguam,


integrant, (for) a very short day, an entire day
2) an appointed day, e. g.
cerid (constitutd, dicta, &c.) die, on the appointed day.
t It is

LESSON

PHRASES.

8.]

The

27

* Embolus,

i,

m.

*Instrumentum *

(i,

cork.

The corkscrew.

embolis cx-

n.)

trahendis.

The

*Mummentum

umbrella.

ale

The boy.
The Frenchman.
The carpenter.
The hammer.
The iron.
Of iron, iron.
The nail.
The pencil.
The thimble.
The coffee.
The honey.
The (sea) biscuit.
The sweet

i,

n.

Piier, eri, ?n.

*Francogallus,

Faber

i,

Malleus,

i,

m.

Ferrum,

i,

n.

Ferreus,

a, urn.

Claviis,

i,

m.

tignarius.

(ri, ?n.)

m.

*Stilus cerussatus,

*Munimentum

(i,

i,

m.

n.) digiti.

*Coftea, ae,/.
Mel, gen. mellis, n.
Panis nauticus (castrensis).

Panis dulciarius, m.
Buccellatum, i, n.

biscuit.

Habeone

Have I?

You

n.) capitis pluvi-

(i,

umbraculum,f

An

have.

Ecqiiid ego lidbeo f

(ego) Tidbeo

Estne mihi?

Habes.

Tenes.
Tibi est.
Quid (ego) habeo (teneo) ?
What have I ?
Quid est mihi ?
You have the carpenter's ham- J Malleum flibri tignarii habes (tenes).
mer.
Est tibi malleus ftlbri tignarii.
(

Have

You have
Have

Habeone clavum

I the nail ?

it.

Estne mihi clavus ?


Habes. Est.
An ego habeo panem castrensem
(naiiticum) ?

I (the) biscuit ?

Estne mihi panis (die) castrensis


Habes. Tibi est.

You have it.


1 am right (correct).
Vere (recte) loquor.
Erro.
I am wrong (incorrect)
You are correct, wrong.
Recte loqueris, erras.
I am right (i. e. morally in doing so). Est mihi fas.
I am wrong (morally in doing so). Est mihi nefas.J
.

* The Ancients having no term for such an instrument, it must be expressed


by crrcumlocution. On the dative embolis extrahendis, for extracting corks,"
compare Lesson XXV., Obs.
The same remark applies to munimentum capitis pluviale (where pluviale is an adjective in e), to munimentum digiti, and to a
host of other names of modern objects. In all the cases, we can only approximate by description.
t The word umbrciculvm (from umbra, shade) was used by the Ancients in
''

the sense of our " parasol."


t The expressions vere or recte loquor nnd erro have reference to language
or opinions simply
whereas fas and nefds involve the moral distinction of
right and wrong in action or in speech.
The latter phrases are often followed
by an infinitive, as, Estne mihi fas (or licelne mihi) hoc facere ? Is it right for
;

LATIN GRAMMAR.

28

[LESSON

9.

Am I right

(i. e. correct) or wrong ? Rectene ldquor an erro ?


are neither right nor wrong. Xeque recte ldqueris, neque erras.

You

Am I right
You

Loqudrne recte ?
Vere (recte) ldqueris.

(correct) ?

are correct.

Am I right

Niiin ldquor vere ?

(correct) ?

tmmo vero*

No, vou are wrong.

Am I right
Is

it

It is

(morally)

right tor

me

&tae

|
)

Est

wrong.

Which

biscuit

You have

have

that of

brother.

tibi nefas.

Quod

I ?

my

erras.

^^

buccellatum habeo ?
mei buccellatum habes.

Fratris

Exercise

7.

have neither the baker's dog nor


Are you sleepy am not
am hungry.
of my

You are not


You are not hungry. Am I
Have the carpenyou have
Have the cork No,
Have the Frenchman's good
wood You have
Have
the carpenter's iron
umbrella You have
or
yours You have mine. You have neither the carpenter's nor
You have of the Frenchman.
mine. Which pencil have
You have neither
Have your thimble or
of the
Which umbrella have You have
of the
mine nor
my good umbrella. Have the Frenchman's good honey You
Which
You have of my good
have
have
or that of my boy
have
neighbor. Have you my
of your good boy. Have you your cork or mine have neither
have my good
yours nor mine. What have you

Am
You are
good
Am wrong (morally) You are wrong. You are not wrong.
Am
or wrong You are neither
nor wrong. Am
You are
hungry You are hungry. You are not
What have good You have
neither hungry nor
What have You
nor the good
ther the good
have nothing. What have vou have something
Which dog have you

that

friend.

sleepy.

thirsty ?

ter's

sir,

it

not.

it

thirsty.

not.

it.

nails

that

I ?
that

that

tailor ?

I ?

tailor.

it

biscuit

not.

that

I ?

coffee

'?

that

brother's
right (correct).

I right

I right (correct) ?

pencil.

right

sleepy.

thirsty.

nei-

sugar.

coffee

Lesson IX.

I ?

beautiful.

PENSUM NOXUM.

of PROXOUXS.
A. The pronouns of the Latin language are divided into the following classes
1. Personal
ego, tit,
:

Am

lUud dlcere tibi nefas est, It is wrong


me to do so ?
I right in doing so ?
for you to say so, You are wrong in sa}*ing so.
Fas and nefas are both indeclinable, like nihil.
* Immo vero corresponds to the English "nay, rather," "nay, on the contrary."

LESSON

PRONOUNS.

9.]

(and ipse).
B^elatives

3.

qui, quae, quod.

noster, vester.

turn, suits,

quid?

Demonstratives

2.

sui

quod?
Patrials

5.

qui, quae,

quisquam.

7.

29

6.
:

hie, iste, ille, is.

Possessives

4.

nostras, vestras, cujas.


tu,
:

thou,

sui,

ego

thou

tu

Gen. of me
Dat. to me
Ace. me

mei

of thee

ttii

of himself

mihi or mi

to thee

tibi

to

me

thee

te

The

nominative tu; as

and

fyc.

siii

himself S?c.
himself fyc.

se

with himself

se.

fyc.

sib!

sometimes emphatically added to the


thou thyself: and the suffix met in the same

suffix te

sense to all the cases of ego,


So also meme,
myself, &c.
tive

thou
tu
with thee te.

tute,

of himself,

Nom. I

Remark.

mens,

B. The personal pronouns ego, I,


of herself, of itself, are thus inflected

ego
Yoc.
Abl. with me me.

Interrogatives
quis ?
Indefinite: aliquis, qiiis,

is

tu,

and sui;

tete,

as egomet, tutemet, sulmet, I

sese, for

me,

te,

se,

in the accusa-

ablative singular.

The Latin language has no pronoun of the third


C.
person corresponding in every respect to the English
he, she, it, the termination of the verb being commonly
deemed sufficient to indicate the relation of personality.
But when perspicuity or emphasis requires a pronoun,
one of the demonstratives hie, iste, ille (most commonly
the latter) is used for the nominative, and the oblique
The procases of is, ea, id for the remaining cases.
noun of the third person would thus be something like
the following
:

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

D.

he, she, it

of him, of

her,

him, to her,
him, her, it
to

of

it

to it

Masc.

Fern.

Neut.

ille

ilia

illud

ejus

ejus

ejus (rei)*

el

ei

el

(rei)

eum

earn

id

(illud)

eo

ea

eo (ea re).

with him, with her, with

The pronoun

it

ipse, ipsa,

ipsum

may

be joined to

* The Romans are fond of employing the word res, " thing." instead of the
neuter of adjectives and pronouns.
This becomes necessary in cases where
ambiguity as to gender would otherwise arise, as here in the genitive, dative,
and

ablative.

So also cujus

rei, cui rei,

3*

qua

re, for cujus,

&c.

30

LATIN GRAMMAR.

every case of ego,

tu,

English self (myself,


is thus declined
:

and

ipse

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Yoc.
Abl.

9.

with the force of the


himself &c).
Its singular

sni,

thyself,

Masc.

Nom.

[LESSON

Fern.

Neut.

ipsa

ipsum

ipsfus
ipsi

ipsum

ipsam

ipse

ipsa
ipsa

ipso

Thus: ego ipse (ipsa), I myself; tu ipse


ipse, he himself; mihimet ipsi, to myself;

ipsum
ipsum
ipso.
(ipsa),

thou thyself; (ilk)

temet ipsum, thyself;

sui

Ferreiimne clavum habeo, an

aii-

ipsius, of himself.

Have

I the iron or the golden

reum

nail ?

You have

neither the iron nor


the golden nail.

iNeque ferreum habes clavum, ne-

que aiireum.

The sheep.
The ram.
The hen.
The chicken.
The ship.
The bag (sack).
The painter.
The young man.
The youth

Ovis, is,/

Vervex,

The

E.

Kom.

ecis,

m.

Gallina, ae,/.
Pullus galllnaceus (gen.

i),

m.

Navis, is,/'.
Saccus, i, m.
Pictor, oris,
(

(lad).
(

flected

m.

Juvenis, is, m.
Adolescens, tis, m.
Adolescentulus, i, m.

substantives ovis, navis, and juvenis are thus in-

ovis

Gen. ovis
Dat. ovi
Ace. ovem
Voc. ovis
Abl. ove.
The words

navis
navis
navi

juvenis
juvenis
juveni

navem

juvenem

or navim
navis
navi or nave.

juvenis
jiivene.

have usually em in
pupph, vestis,
securis, and turris have often er im than em.
Those which have regularly im are: a) the substantives amussis, ravis, sitis, tussis, and vis;
F.

Obs.

navis, messis,

the accusative, sometimes im.

* The
ders.

and

clavis

The nouns febr is,

pelvis,

genitive ijislus and the dative ipsi are here intended for
applies to all the subsequent paradigms.

The same

all

the gen-

LESSON

TUONOUNS.

9.]

31

b) a variety of norms and proper names derived from


paraphrasis, Osiris, Zeuxis, Ckarybdis, &c.

Greek, as

(lie

basis, jwcsis,

Who ?
Who

has

the trunk

lias

?
(

The man
The man

lias

Who

it

has the trunk.


not the trunk.

has

The youth has


The youth has

it.

it

not.

est)

Cut est?

Who

Cut (with

Qiits ?

Quis habet

Quis habet arcam ?


Cui est riscus ?
Vir riscum habet (tenet).
Vir riscum non habet (tenet).
Quis eum habet ?
Adolescens eum habet.
Adolescentiiius eum non habet

(te'-

net).

He

has.

Habet, tenet

\ Est

He
He

has the knife.


has not the knife.
Has the man ?

Is (rile) ciiltrum habet.

Ciiltrum non habet.

Habetne

mo

habet

homo

lid-

Niim habet
Estne (an, niim est)

pi'ctor ?

ctor?

the painter

Ecquid habet

vir ?

An

Habetne

Has

(is, hie, ille).*

ei.

pi-

pi-

ctdii ?

An habet ami?
Estne (ecquid, an est)
(Cf. Lesson II. note *.)

Habetne amicus

Has

Has the boy


mer ?

He

cus

the friend ?

has

the carpenter's

amico ?
Tenetne piier malleum

ham-

Yero (eum)

has it not.
Is he thirsty ?

Is

He
Is

is

An

est fessus.

Rectene loquitur, an errat ?


\ IJtruin vere lo'quitur, an errat ?

is

right (correct).

Vere

is

not wrong.

Non

he hungry ?
is not hungry.

loquitur.
errat.

Esuritne

Non

He

Exercise
he thirsty or hungry

my

hat

fessus est ?

He

Has the friend

is si'tit ?

est fessus V

Non

not tired ?

he right or wrong ?

Is

(ecquid)

sitit.

Niim (niimquid)
?

lie
Is

An

Sititne ?

Ita est,

thirsty.

he tired

tenet.

Eiimne tenet adolescens


(Eum) non tenet.

it ?

He

is

fabii tigna-

rii ?

it.

Has the youth

He

He

He

Niim

esiirit ?

esiirit.

8.

neither thirsty nor hungry.


Who has
has it.
He has it not.
is

* The pronoun of the third person, like that of the second and
monly omitted, except where perspicuity requires it.

first, is

com-

LATIN GRAMMAR.

32

[LESSON

10.

Your friend has Who has my large sack

Has the youth my book He has


What has he He has nothing. Has he the hammer or the
Has he my umbrella
He has neither the hammer nor the
Has
He has neither your umbrella nor your
or my
nor your
or my sugar He has neither your
he my
or that of
sugar he has your honey. Has he my brother's
the Frenchman He has neither your brother's nor that of the
has he
Frenchman he has that of the good boy. Which
Has he the old sheep or the ram
He has my good
my

sheep

The baker

it.

has

it.

it

not.

nail ?

nail.

stick

stick.

'?

coffee

coffee

biscuit

ship

ship.

Exercise

my

9.

knife or that of the painter ?


He has
Who has my brother's fine
neither yours nor that of the painter.
What has my friend ?
Your friend has it.
dog ?
He has the
baker's good bread.
He has the good neighbor's good chicken.
Have you my bag or yours ?
AVhat have you ?
I have nothing.
Have I your good knife ?
I have that of your friend.
You
Has the youth it ?
have it.
You have it not.
He has it not.
What has he ?
He has something good.
He has nothing bad.
He has nothing.
Is he sleepy ?
Has he anything ?
He is
is hungry ?
not sleepy.
He is hungry.
The young man
Your brother's boy is hungry.
Your friend is hungry.
is hungry.

Has the young man

Who

My shoemaker's brother hungry. My good


boy
Which man has my book The big (procerus) man has
Which man has my horse Your friend has He has
Yes, he has
your good cheese. Has he

is

tailor's

it.

it.

it ?

Lesson X.

The husbandman.
The peasant, rustic.
The

ox.

The

cook.

The

servant.

The

bird

* Many nouns in
;

divitiae, riches

XVII. B.

sir,

it.

pensum decimum.
Agricola, ae, m.
Rusticus, i, m. homo agrestis.
( Bos, gen. bovis, m. &
f.
\ Taurus, i, m. (a bull).
Coquiis, i, m. coqua, ae,/.
famulus, i, m.
\ Minister, ri, in.
Mi
Ministra, famula, ae,/.
I
;

The broom.
The eye.
The foot.
The rice.

ties

is

thirsty.

%!'

\61ucris,

*?>

is, m. &/.
Scopae, arum,*/, pi.

Octilus,

i,

m.

Pes, gen. pedis, m.

Oryza, ae,/

Latin are never used in the singular, as angustlae, difficulferiae, holidays


liberi, children, &c.
Compare
Lesson
l
;

LESSON

PRONOUNS.

10.]

sua, siium.

( Suits,

.
,.
,
v
rr (conjunctive).
His

<

33

'

'

Ejus, Mius.

(.

The

possessive pronoun s^ws is declined


It corresponds to the English
reflexive sense of "his own," the
subject of the sentence is meant
but when another

A.

Obs.

mms

and tfwws.
"his" when, in the

like

person

referred to,

is

(of

ejus

him) or

illius

(of that

man) must be employed.

As

Has

Tenetne pileum siium ?


Tenesne tu pileum ejus

(illius) ?

Habetne minister scdpas

siias? (Cf.

lie his

Have you

(own) hat

his (the other

man's)

hat?

Has the servant

broom

his

Lesson XIII. B.)


1

(
i
I

lie has his broom.

Has the cook

(own) chicken

his

or that of the rustic


i
TT t
lie has his

own.

His or

his

Habet scdpas
'

'

*.

Suam

Habet suam prop nam.

Suits, sua, siium

< rt,,

own

siias.

o
'u
Scopas
suas u
habet.
Habetne cdquus gallinam suam,
an (lllam) riistici ?
habet.

< Proprius, a, um.\

(absolute).

{Ejus,

illius (jpsius).

B. Obs. The absolute possessive pronoun suns is


declined like the conjunctive.
Instead of it, proprius
There is here the same distinction
is sometimes used.
between situs {proprius) and ejus (illius) as in Obs. A.
f

Has

the servant his (own) trunk,

or mine ?

[_

TT

He

tin

meum ?

meum

Siium f
prdprium habet.
/
^ tj,,
( Habet suummet.
f TJtrum tiium habes calceum,

has his own.

Have you your (own)


man's)

shoe, or j
1
L

* The

prium),

Suiimne riscum habet famulus, an

<

his (that

Habetne famulus riscum siium (pro-

suffix met

is

Tuiimne habes calceum, an

ejus

(illius) ?

sometimes added to

the English "own," and


Suummet librum ipse tenet,

an

ejus (illius) ?

all

the cases of

suits, in

the sense of

commonly in connection with ipse, himself; e.g.


He himself has his own book. To the ablative singu-

sua (and also to meo, mea, tuo, tua, &c.) the syllable pte may be anmeopte ingenio,
nexed in the same sense; as suapte manu, with his own hand
by my own genius nostrapte culpa, by our own fault.
t Both these words are sometimes put together, in order to render the notion
of possession still more prominent
suits pvoprius, precisely like the English
"his own."
C

lar suo,

LATIN GEAMMAK.
Ejus (habeo).
Habeo (calceum) ejus

I have his (that man's)

Somebody or anybody, some one


or any one. (Indefinite Pro-

10.

(illius).

( Aliquis ; quis ; quispiam.


< Quisquam, ullus ; non nemo.

nouns.)

The

[lesson

Nam

quis

Ecquis ?

pronouns aliquis, quis, and quispiam


are always positive, and differ but little from each other, except
that quispiam is more general (= "some one or another").
Quisquam (like quidquam of Lesson VI., q. v.) and nullus, on
the other hand, are only used where the sentence contains a
Quis may stand for
negation, either expressed or implied.
aliquis, but only after particles like si (if), nisi (unless), num
(whether), and ne (lest).
HJcquis ? and num quis ? are interC.

Obs.

indefinite

rosrative.

Has any one

(Yes.)

Has any one

(No.)

5 Habetne aliquis (quispiam) ?


( Ecquis habet ?
( Num quis (quisquam) habet ?

Habetne quisquam

Some one

has.

Nor

has any one.

If (unless, whether)

any one

has.

(ullus)

'?

Aliquis (quispiam) habet.


Non nemo habet.
Neque quisquam habet.
Si (nisi, num) quis or aliquis habet.

The

D.

indefinite quis,

and

compounds

its

quisquam, and quispiam are thus inflected

No

quis
cujus
cui

alicui

ecquis
eccujus
eccui

quern

aliquem

ecquem

m:.

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

aliquis

alicujus

quo.

aliquo.

Somebody has

No

aliquis, ecquis,

quisquam
cujusquam
cuiquam

quispiam
cujusplam
cuipiam

quemquam

quempiam

quoquam.

quopiam.

Has any one my hat

has

Nobody

ecquo.

my

has

Habetne

aliquis

'i

Habet eum

it.

aliquis (quispiam,

nemo).
Quis tenet scipionem meum
Cui est baciilum meum ?

stick ?
(

it.

meum pileum ?
< Ecquis habet pileum meum
( Num quis habet pileum meum ?
(

Who

Nemo

(nullus)

\ Nemini (niilli)
'Nemo, nullus.

one, nobody, or not anybody.

Nemo

eum

tenet.

est.

homo, nullus liomo.

Nee quisquam, neque


* The Romans

non

ullus.*

frequently emplo}- quisquam or ullus in connection with nee

LESSON

PRONOUNS.

10.]

The

35

nemo is seldom used in the


employed in its stead.
The
word homo is sometimes added to nemo as well as to
These words are thus inflected:
nullus.
E.

Obs.

indefinite

genitive, nullius being

Who

Nom.

nemo

ullus

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

neminis
nemini

ullius

has

my

neminem
nemo
nemine.

ribbon

Nobody has

Who
No
Is

is

one

ulll

nulll

ullum

nullum

ullo.

nullo.

Q.ui's

Cui

habct taeniam

est taenia

Nemo
it.

is right.

is

hungry.

Nor

is

meam

Nemo

qui's

esu-

An

qui's-

esurit ?

esurit.

Esurit nullus.

Nee quisquam (neque

any one hungry.

(niillus) earn habet.

quam

No one

mea

(Ea) nemini (null!) est.


Cui est fas ?
Q.ui's loquitur vere ?
Fits est nemini (milll).
Nemo vere loquitur.
Esuritne aliquis V Niim
rit ?
Ecquis esurit ?

right ?

any one hungry

nullus
nullius *

ullus)

homo

esurit.

Exercise

10.

Have you

the ox of the peasant or that of the cook ?


I have
Has the peasant
neither that of the peasant nor that of the cook.
Has his
Have you it ?
I have it not.
his rice ?
He has it.
He has it.
Who has the boy's penboy the servant's broom ?
Has your brother my stick or that of the
cil ?
Nobody has it.
He has neither yours nor that of the painter he has his
painter ?
He has neither the good
Has he the good or bad money ?
own.
Has he the wooden or the leaden horse ?
nor the bad.
He has
neither the wooden nor the leaden horse.
What has he good?
He has my good honey.
Has my neighbor's boy my book ?
He
has it not.
Which book has he ?
He has his fine book.
Has
he my book or his own ?
He has his
Who has my gold
button ?
Nobody has it.
Has anybody my thread stocking ?
Nobody has it.

nunqaam, instead of nemo, as in English we likewise say, " nor was there ever
any one," instead of "no one ever was," &c.
* Ullus and nullus are properly adjectives in us, a, um. But they deviate
from the inflection of adjectives by having their genitive in lus (instead of
i, ae, i) for every gender, and their dative in i (instead of o, ae, o).
Compare
units of Lesson XVIII.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

36

Exercise

[lesson

11.

11.

He

has his own ?


Which
Has he his dog ?
He has mine.
horse has my friend ?
He
Nobody has it.
Who has my
Who has his dog ?
has it not.
Which (quas) broom has
Somebody has it.
brother's umbrella ?
Is anybody hungry ?
He has his own.
the servant ?
Nobody
Nobody is sleepy.
Is anybody sleepy ?
Is any one
is hungry.

Which, ship has the merchant

Who right Nobody


No one
You have not. Have I good brother's
Which chicken have You have
You have
anybody wrong Nobody wrong.

Have
his.

tired ?

ox

is

tired.

it

is

I his biscuit ?

is

not.

Is

I ?

is

'?

Lesson XI.

right.

his

it

pensum undecimum.

OE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.
A. The Latin language has three demonstrative
pronouns, with special reference to each of the three
persons, viz.
Ate, haec, hoc, this (of mine)
iste, ista,
:

istud, that (of

these

yours)

ille, ilia, illud,

that (of

must be added the determinative

"is,

sometimes has the demonstrative force of


These words are thus inflected
:

Hie, this {of mine).

NOil.

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Yoc.
Abl.

To

which

this or that.

Ille, that

(of his).

Masc.

Fern.

Neut.

Masc.

Fern.

Neut.

hie

haec
hujus

hoc

ille

ilia

illud

illfus

linic

hunc
hie

hoc

hanc
haec
hac

Iste, that

Nom.

his).

ea, id,

ill!

hoc
hoc

ilium

illara

illud

ille

ilia

illud

hoc.

illo

ilia

illo.

(of yo irs)

Masc.

Fern.

Neut.

iste

ista

isttid

Is, that, this.

Masc.
IS

Fern.

ea

Neut.

id

ejus

istius

ei

isti

istiim

istarn

isttid

eum

earn

id

iste

ista

istud

is

id

isto

ista

isto.

eo

ea
ea

eo.

LESSON

DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.

11.]

37

Remarks.
1. The demonstrative force of hie, &c. is often increased by the
With
addition of the syllable ce, as hicce, haecce, hocce, hujusce, &c.
the interrogative particle ne, the pronouns become hiccuie (or with
one c, hicine) ? haeccine ? hocclne ? &c.
lo
see here !), these pro2. In composition with ecce and en
nouns have given rise to the following forms, frequently used in common discourse eccum, eccam (pi. eccos, eccas) eccillum or ellwn,
ellam (pi. ellos, ellas), and eccistam, "there he (she) is," "there they
Ea, in connection with re and the affix
come," " see there," &c.
pse, gives rise to reapse, " indeed."
3. Hie implies proximity, either of space or of time, to the person
Ille, on the other hand, refers to something remote, and
speaking.
also to something well known, already mentioned, or distinguished.
When directly opposed to each other, ille signifies " the former," and
hie, " the latter."
4. Iste has always reference to the person spoken to, and is hence
called the pronoun of the second person as iste liber, istud saccharum,
this book, that sugar (of yours or mentioned by you).
It sometimes conveys the notion of disapprobation or contempt, as ille does
that of honor as iste homo, this fellow ille Socrates, the well-known
(illustrious) Socrates.
5. Is, when used as
a demonstrative, points to a person or thing
already mentioned, in the sense of the English " this man," " that
thing" (of which I am speaking or have just spoken), or of an emphatic " he, she, it"; e. g. Is est, an non est? Is it he (is this the man) or
not ? In the oblique cases it is the pronoun of the third person (liis,
See Lesson IX. C.
him, hers, her, &c).
6. The pronoun hie, in connection with ille and iste, gives rise to
the compounds istic (or isthic), istaec, istoc or istuc, and illic, illaec,
illoc or illuc, both of which are declined like hie, haec, hoc.

(=

The

sailor.

Homo

\ Nauta,

The chair.
The seat (of honor).
The looking-glass.
The light.
The light, candle.
The lamp.
The tree.
The garden.
The foreigner.

nauticus.
ae,

m.

Sella, ae, /.
Solium, i, n.

^Speculum,
Lux, lucis,

Lumen,

sedes,

is,

f.

n.

i,

/.

inis, n.

lumen,
;

inis, n.

candela, ae, f.
lampas, adis,/.*

Lucerna, ae, /
Arbor, or arbos, oris, f.
Hortus, i, m.
Peregrinus, i, m.
advena, ae, m.
;

(just arrived).

The
* Lampas
flection.

stranger (guest).

is

Tims

Hospes,

itis,

m.

a word of Greek origin, and sometimes retains its original inN. lampas, G. lampddis or -ados, D. lampadi, Ace. lampadem
:

or -ada, V. lampas, Abl. lampa.de.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

38

The glove.
The ass.
The hay.
The grain (seed).
The corn (grain generally).
The

letter.

The
The

note

*Digitabulum,
Asinus, i, m.

Foenum,

i,

n.

Granuni,

i,

n.

i, n.
annona, ae, f.
(one year's produce).
Epistola, ae, f. litterae, arum, f.
(Cf. Lesson XIII.)
pi.
Schedula or scidula, ae, f.
*S6lea ferrea (ae, /.) equi.
;

(billet).

Nom.

hie liber

Ace.

hiinc librum

sci-

illud

Istud foenum.

An

est is

That

Ea

est causa.

Homo
Vir

the cause.

this,

iste

ille

Non
Non

but that one.

nequam.

magnus.

Habesne

hat or that one ?

this

have not

This (that) hay (of yours).


That worthless man.
That great man.
Is he (this) the man ?

ille liber.

ilia scidula.

that note.
This hay that hay.

Have you

ilium librum.
(Nom. haec scidula
^ Ace. banc scidulam illam
dulam.
Hoc foenum
foenum.

that book.

This note

is

11.

n.

i,

Trumentum,

horse-shoe.

This book

[LESSON

homo

hiinc pileum an ilium ?

hiinc, sed ilium habeo.

hiinc habeo, sed ilium.

Sed, verum

But.

autem.

The

adversative conjunctions sed and vesynonymous, and are always placed


at the beginning of the clause introduced by them.
Autem, like the English " however," generally stands
after the first, second, or third word.
Examples

B.

Obs.

rum*

are nearly

Not

I,

Non

but you.

ego, sed

(verum)

tu.

You

are neither right nor wrong, Tu. neque recte ldqueris, neque erbut (however) your brother is
ras, errat autem fritter tiius.
wrong.
Has the youth this book or that Tenetne adolescentiilus hiinc lione ?
brum an ilium ?
He has this, but not that one.
Hiinc quidem tenet, ilium aiitem
non.
He has not this, but that one.
Tenet non hiinc, sed (verum)
ilium.

tt
you
Have
J
,

xi

this
9

(utrum hoc speculum


habes an
l

lookmoj-mass
or ]

<

* Verum gives preponderance to


may be rendered by but rather," "
''

M1

illud

Hoccine speculum habes, an

the second

member

but in reality."

illud ?

of the sentence,

and

LESSON

INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.

12.]

u e hdc M
%
^ nd5ne
Habeo neque hoc neque lllud.

I have neither this nor that one. 5


r-

Have you

this

39

man's light or that Tenesne lumen hujus hdminis an

one's ?
I have neither this man's nor that

illius V

Teneo neque lumen hujus hdminis


ndque

one's.

illius.

go non hujus

I have not this man's, but that

sed (verum)

one's.

Exercise

lumen teneo,

viri
illius.

12.

has that of the peasant.


He has
Have you
one have
one. Have you the hay of my
candle or
of yours
have neither
of your garden nor
garden, or
Which glove have you
of the
of mine, but
Which chair has the foreigner He has
have
Who has
own. Who has my good candle This man has
That foreigner has What has your
of
garden. Has he
man's book?
vant He has the
He has not the book of man, but of boy. Which ox
peasant He has
of your neighbor. Have
your
has
You have neither mine nor but of your
or
Have you
hay
have not
hay, but
Has your brother my note or own He has of the
Has foreigner my glove or own He has neither
Are you hungry or
own, but that of
yours nor
he
am neither hungry nor
but

neither sleepy nor hungry, but


sleepy or hungry He
nor wrong, but your
Am
or wrong You are neither
wrong. Have
the good or the bad knife You
good boy
have neither the good nor the bad, but the ugly (one). What
You have nothing good, but something bad. Who
have
The peasant has
has my

Which hay has the foreigner


Has the sailor my looking-glass ?
that
that

it

not.

this

this

that

that

that

He

foreigner.

his glove.

that looking-glass

it.

ser-

it.

tree

that

this

that

this

that

this

that

his ?

letter

this horse's

shoe.

his

that

his

this

his

friend.

sleepy.

thirsty,

I right

its

its

his

thirsty ?

that

his,

friend.
sailor.

his

Is

tired.

is

right

is

I ?

ass ?

it.

Lesson XII.

pensum duodecimum.

OF INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.
There are three interrogative pronouns in Latin,

A.
viz.

1) the substantive quis ? (rnasc.

quid?

"what?"

2)

the

"which?" and 3) ufcr,


They are thus
two ? "

utra,

&

fern.)

"

who ? "

quod?
utruml "which of the

adjective

inflected

qui,

quae,

[lesson

LATIN GRAMMAR.

40

Who? what?

Quis? quid?

Nom.

who? what?

quis??
quis

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

whose? of what?
to whom ? to what
whom ? what ?

cujus

Nom.

which ? what ?
of which or what ?
to which or what ?
which ? what ?

with

whom ?

quern

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Yoc.
Abl.

Which

what

quae
cuj us

quod

quern

cm ?
quam

quod

quo

qua

quo ?f

Which of the
utra

ut

qua re

quo

rei

quid ?

qui

with which or what

Nom.

cm

with what

Uter, utra, utrum

quid?
cujus rei

Qui, quae, quod

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

12.

utrius

tiro ?

utrum

? j

utri ?

utrum

utram

utrum

utro

utra

utro

Remarks.
pronouns gives
1. The emphatic nam
animation to the inquiry as quisndm? who, pray ? quidndm? what
then ? quinam, quaenam, quodndm ? which, pray ?
2. The general rule is that quis should stand substantively for
as, quis? who? qui vir?
both genders, and qui, quae adjectively
But this
which (or what) man ? quae femina ? what woman ?
distinction is frequently disregarded, especially for the sake of euphony e. g. qui (for quis) sis considera, consider who you are quis
(for qui) iste tantus casus ? what is this great calamity of yours ?
3. Instead of quod in the same case with its substantive, we may
affixed to either of these

* On this use of rei, see note, page 29.


t There is an obsolete ablative qui for every gender, yet in use in forms like
qulcum (= quocum or quftcum, with whom, with which), and adverbiallv in the
sense of how f e. g. Qui fit ? How comes it ?
Qui tibi idfacere limit ? How
could that have been lawful for you ?
| The following nine adjectives are pronominals, and their compounds form
the^ genitive in tits, and the dative in I: anas, solus, totiis, ulliis ; titer, neuter,
alter, mdlus, and alius.
Of these, alter alone has alterius, the rest have lus in

prose and sometimes ius in poetry.

LESSON

RELATIVE PRONOUNS.

12.]

41

quod saccharum

use quid partitively with the genitive

saccKari ?
4. Instead of the genitive cujus,
relative), the adjective cujus, a, urn

sometimes employed; as cujus

liber?

as

"whose" (both
is

or quid

interrogative

cujamensa? cujumfoenum? whose book, &c.


is antiquated, and scarcely used except

of expression

But

this

and

mode

in law.

To

quis ? correspond in the answer the pronominal adjectives


To uter?
another (one) id/us, any one; and nullus, no one.
we reply with alter, the one of two, the other; neuter, neither of
alteruter, the one or the other
utervis and uterlibet, each
(the) two
of the two and the compound relative utercimque, whichever of the
5.

alius,

two.
G. These pronouns are used precisely in the same manner when
the question becomes indirect, in which case, however, the verb must
be in the subjunctive e. g. Quis est ? who is it ? nescio quis sit, I do
not know who it is (may be) die mini, uter habeat, tell me who has
uter habeat, nescio, I know not who has (lit. may have).
(Vide Lesson XXX. C.)
;

OE RELATIVE PRONOUNS.
B. The relative qui, quae, quod, "who," "that or
which," is inflected like the interrogative of the same
form.
Relatives always agree with their antecedents
in gender and number
The man, who, whose, to, whom, Vir, qui, cujus, cui, quern, quo.
whom, by whom.
The woman, who, whose, to Femina, quae, cujus, cui, quam,
qutL
whom, whom, by whom.
The affair, which, of which, to Negdtium, quod, cujus, cui, quod,
:

quo.

which, which, with which.

Have you

the
brother has ?

hat

which

my

Habesne tu pileum, quern


metis habet

frater

f Non

habeo pileum, quern frater


tuus habet.
Quern habet frater tuus pileum
brother has.
non habeo.*
[_
Have you the gold which I have ? An habes auruni, quod ego habeo ?
( Habeo aurum, quod tu habes.
I have the gold which you have. < Quod tu aurum habes, id et ego
habeo.*
(

have not the hat which your J


j

C. Obs, Of the relative qui, quae, quod there are two compounds,
quicunque and quisquis, " whoever," " every one who," of which the

* The

general rule is that the Relative should be placed after its antecedent,
The clauses, however, are frequently inverted ;
as near as possible to it.
as, Terra, quod accepit, (id) nunquam sine usurd reddit, The earth never returns
has
received.
it
without usury what

and

4*

42

LATIN GRAMMAR.

[LESSON

12.

is declined like the simple pronoun (with the syllable cunque


affixed to each case)
as, quicunque, quaecunque, quodcunque, gen.

former

cujuscunque, &c.
The latter has a double inflection quisquis (masc.
& fern.), quidquid or quicquid (neut). E. g. Quisquis ille est, "whoever he is (may be)." Quicunque is est, ei me profiteor inimicum,
" Whoever he may be, I profess myself an enemy to him."
:

OF DETERMINATIVE PRONOUNS.
D.

Determinative pronouns are such as serve to point out


They are in Latin: is, ea, id,
the antecedent of a relative.
"he, she, or it," "that or the one"; the demonstrative ille,
ilia, Mud, " the," " that or the one "
and the compound idem,
eadem, idem, " the same." They are thus inflected
;

Is, ille

qui,

&c,

Feminine.

Masculine.

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

qui
cujus
cui
eum, illam quern
quo.
is,

ille

ei,

ei,

illo

Neuter.

ilia

ejus,

eo,

quae

cui
illam quam
qua.

ea,

ejus, illius
illi

that or the one, which.

cujusj ejus, illius

illius

illi

earn,
ea,

illud

id,

ilia

ei,

ilh

id,

illud

eo,

illo

quod
cujus

cm
quod
quo

f Habeo eum or ilium (earn or illam),


quern (quam) tu habes.
the one which
j

I have that or
you have (masc. Si/em.).

Est mihi
(quae)
[

is

or

ille

(ea or

ilia),

qui

have that or the one which


you have (iieut.).
i
r
Inch ihorse have vou or

-tvn

vY

I have that which your friend

j
(

<

Habeo

tibi est.

id (illud),

quod

til

Est mihi id (illud), quod


Quern equum habes V
*
*
r\
*t.
o
Quis est tibi equus ?

habes.
tibi est.

'>

Habeo eum

(ilium),

quem amicus

tiius habet.

has.

Have you not

the light which I


have ?
I have that (the one) which you

Nonne habes lumen, quod ego


beo

ha-

Habeo

id (illud),

quod tu habes.

have.

The determinative idem, eadem, idem, "the same,"


very one," is a compound of is, ea, id and the syllable dem.
It is thus inflected
E.

" the

Idem, eadem, idem,

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

same
of the same
to the same
the same
the same
the

with the

the

eadem,
ejusdem
eidem
eundem, eandem,
eadem,
idem,
eadem,
same, eodem,
idem,

same

qui, which.

cujus
cui

idem

idem
idem
eodem

qui,

quem,

quo,
qui,

quae,

quod

quam, quod
quae,
qua,

quod
quo.

LESSON

DETERMINATIVE PRONOUNS.

12.]

til eiindem equum, quem


ego habeo ?
1 Estne tibi idem equus, qui mihi
(est)?
I
/
( Habeo eiindem.
,, a
< -a
( Est mini idem.
< Quam tdgam habet vir ille ?
Apt ^ , , - u ,
( Quae est viro llh toga r

Habesnc

Have you
have

I
T
I

the same horse which

,,

have the same.

W1
Which
,

,1

He

has
have.

the

-,

man

coat has the

same which you

43

Eandem

\ Est

habet,

eadem dc

ei

quam

tu.

(habes).

tibi.

The pronoun idem serves to express the


two things, and is followed either by the
relative qui, quae, quod, or by one of the particles ac,
atque, ut, quam (= the English " as "), cam (= " with "),
F. Obs.
identity of

quasi
TT

(=

" as if"),

,,

&c.
.

-,

Has he the same corn which you


-i
havero TT
Has ihe the
same corn

fHabetne
,

you
*

as

-<

ille

idem frumentum, quod


L
'

,,

-,

,
,
Estne ei idem c
irumentum ac (or al,
x ,,, ,
^we, quam) tibi (or tecum *) r
Non idem habet, quod ego habeo.

+,

,.

-,

..-,

(with you)
y
v

tu habes

[_

He

has not the same which I (


have.
He has not the same Ei non est idem atque mihi (mecum).
as I (with me).
(
<

The

carriage.

The

Which

Curriis, us,

house.

carriage
J
have you

j
:

/.
,,
,
(
T ,
i
I have that which your friend j
,

-.

Has he
have

He

the same house which I

pilentum,

i,

1 is

l5

'

'

'

n.

Quem

habes ciirrum ?
pilentum ?
habeo, quem
amicus
1

Quod

Eum

est tibi
'

^
Mihi

est id,

Num. habet

quam

quod
ille

est

habeo
habet.

Exercise

ha-

amico

tiio.

eandem ddmum,

et ego

13.

?
I have not the one that
have you ?
I have the one
Has he the book that your friend has ?
which your brother has.
Which candle has he ?
He has not the one which my friend has.
He has the one that I have.
He has that of his neighbor.
He has neither this nor that, but
Has he this tree or that one ?
Which ass has the man ?
the one which I have.
He has the

Have you

you have.

the garden which I have

tiius

(Eandem) non

has not the same.

in.

" s / ^edes^ ilim


(Vide Lesson XVII. B.)

L)6l

Which

looking-glass

* The preposition cum, " with," generally stands before the case governed
by it but it is suffixed to the pronominal ablatives me, te, nob's, vobis, which
,

are always

mecum, tecum, nobiscum, vobiscum.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

44

[LESSOSF

13.

He
Has the stranger your chair or mine ?
one that his boy has.
has neither yours nor mine but he has his friend's good chair.
Have you the glove which I have, or the one that my tailor has ?
I have neither the one which you have, nor the one which your
Has your shoemaker my fine shoe, or that
tailor has, but my own.
He has neither yours nor that of his boy, but that of
of his boy ?
Which house has the baker ?
He has neither
the o-ood stranger.
Which carriage have
yours nor mine, but that of his good brother.
You have neither
Have I mine or that of the peasant ?
I?
yours nor that of the peasant you have the one which I have.
I have it not but the Frenchman
Have you my fine carriage ?
He has nothing.
What
has it ?
AVhat has the Frenchman ?
He has something fine.
What has he fine ?
has the shoemaker ?
Is the shoemaker right ?
He is not
He has his fine shoe.
wrong but this neighbor, the baker, is right.
Is vour horse hungry ?
It is not hungry, but thirsty.
Have you my ass's hay, or yours ?
Has your friend the same
I have that which my brother has.
He has not the same horse, but the
horse that my brother has ?
He has it not.
same coat.
Has he my umbrella ?
;

Lesson XIII.

pensum

tertium decimum.

OF THE PLURAL OF SUBSTANTIVES AND ADJECTIVES.

The nominative plural of the five declensions


by the following terminations

A.

characterized

is

1. Substantives and adjectives of the first declension have


the nominative in ae, and the genitive in drum ; as mensae, mensdrum ; bonae, bondrum.
2. Masculines (and feminines) of the second declension form
their plural in 1, neuters in a.
The genitive of both is drum.
E. g. domini, dommorum ; pueri, puerdrum ; fild, fildrum
bom, neut. bona, bondrum.

3.

the

The

Masculines and feminines of the third declension change


is

of the genitive singular into es

genitive of this declension

is

um

neuters, into

or turn.

E.

g.

a or

id.

lapidis,

lapidum ; vestis, pi. vestes, vestium ; pistdrts, pi. pipistorum ; capitis, pi. capita, capitum ; turpis, pi. turpes,

pi. Idpides,

stores,

neut. tiirpid, gen. turpium.


4. Masculines and feminines of the fourth declension retain
the us of the genitive singular, and neuters (in u) assume the
termination ua.
The genitive plural of this declension is uniformly uiim. E. g. fructus, fructuum ; comua, cornuum.

LESSON
5.

PLURAL OF SUBSTANTIVES AND ADJECTIVES.

13.]

Nouns

of the

their genitive in

fifth

erum ;

declension form their plural in


as res, rerum ; dies, dierum.

es,

45

and

The following list exhibits the nominative and genitive plural of


the majority of substantives thus far used in this book, according to
their respective declensions
:

First Declension.
The husbandmen.

The
The
The

candles.
letters.

hens.

The lamps.
The grains.
The pens.
The notes.
The brooms.

The
The

chairs.

horse-shoes.

Agrlcolae,
Candelae,
Epistolae,
Galllnae,

Lucernae,
Mlcae,
*Pennae,
Schedulae,
Scopae,
Sellae,

*S5leae ferreae,

arum.
"

"
u
"
"
"

"
"
"
"

Second Declension.
The friends.
The asses.
The cheeses.
The nails.
The cooks.
The knives.
The corks.
The carpenters.

The

servants.

Amici,

orum

Asini,

u
n
a
u
a
a
u
u
a
a
u
a
a

Casei,
Clavi,

CSqui,
Cultri,

*Emboli,
Fabri tignarii,
j" Famuli,
( Ministri,

The Frenchmen.
The gardens.

Francogalli,
Horti,

The books.
The hammers.

Libri,
Mallei,

The eyes.
The buttons.
The strangers.
The hats.
The chickens.
The bags.
The pencils.
The men.
The neighbors.

Oculi,

*Orbiculi fibulatorii,
Peregrini,
*Pilei, m.

u.

a
a
u

Ylcini,

a
u
a
a
a

Tlie canes.

Baciila,

The
The
The
The
The

gloves.

Digitabula,

threads.

Flla,

grains.

Gran a,

carriages.

Pilenta,
Scalpra,

knives.

Pulli gallinacei,
Sacci,
*Stili cerussati,

Viri,
>

LATIN GRAMMAR.

46
The looking-glasses.
The umbrellas.

[LESSON

13.

orum.

*SpecuIa,

*Umbracula,

"

Third Declension.
The

youths.

The

trees.

Adolescentes, mm, m.
Arbores, um, f.

Ares, mm, f
Boves, bourn, m. & f.
Canes, um, m. & f.
F nitres, um, m.
Homines, um, m.

The birds.
The oxen.
The dogs.
The brothers.
The men.
The strangers.
The young men.
The 'lamps.
The merchants.
The ships.
The sheep.
The {different
The feet.
The bakers.

The

Hospites, um,

in.

Juvenes, um,

in.

Lampades,* um, f.
Mercatores, um, m.
Naves, mm, /.

sorts of) bread.

Oves, mm, /.
Panes, um, m.
Pedes, um, m.
Pistores,
Sales,

(different sorts of) salt

The tailors.
The canes.
The shoemakers.
The rams.
The garments.
The birds.
The heads.
The lights.
The stockings.

um, m.

mm,

Salia,

m.

"

n.

Sartores, um, m.
Scipiones, um, m.
Sutores, um, in.

Verveces, um, m.

Vestes, ium,
Yolucres, um,

in.

*Tiblalia, mm,
Fourth Declension.

/.

n.

The carriages.

Currus, linm, m.

Tlie houses.

Ddums, uum,

The following paradigms may

B.

&

um, n.
Lumina, um, n.
Capita,

f.

serve as examples

of the declension of the plural number.


1.

Mensae,

Plural of the First Declension.


tables ; filiae, the daughters ; nautae, sailors.

Nom.

mensae

filiae

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

mensarum

filiarum

nautarum

mensis

filiabus

nautis

mensas
mensae

filias

filiae

nautas
nautae

mensis.

filiabus.f

nautis.

nautae

* The plural of this noun is likewise partly Greek N. lampades, G. -ddum,


D. -adibus, Ace. -ddes or -ddas, V. -ddes, Abl. -ddibus.
t This form of the dative and ablative is the best for dea and flia, in order
:

LESSON

In the plural of every declension

Eemaek.
vocative,

PLURAL OF SUBSTANTIVES AND ADJECTIVES.

13.]

and the dative and

end always

ablative,

the nominative and


alike.

Plural of the Second Declension.

2.

Equi, the horses

libri, the

books

candelabra, the candlesticks.

Nom.

equi

libri

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

equorun

librorum

candelabra
canclelabrorum

equis

libris

candelabris

equos

libros

equi

libri

candelabra
candelabra

equis.

libris.

candelabris.

The

47

pi. liberi, children,

thus declined

and the plural of deus, a god, are

Nom.

liberi

del, dii

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

liberorum or liberum*

deorum or deum *

liberis

dels, diis or dis,

liberos

deos

3.

or di

or di

liberi

del, dii

liberis.

dels, diis or dls.

Plural of the Third Declension.

Homines, men

bakers

pistores,

vestes,

garments

naves,

the ships.

Nom.

homines

pistores

vestes

naves

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

hominum

pistorum

vestium

navium

hominibus
homines
homines

pistoribus

vestlbus

pistores

vestes

pistores

vestes

navibus
naves
naves

hominibus.

pistoribus.

vestlbus.

Lumina,

lights;

ti

bialia, stockings ;

navibus.

poemata,

n.,

poems.

Nom.

lumina

tibialia

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

luminum

tibialium

poematum

luminibtis

tibialibus

poemaiis

lumina
lumina

tibialia
tibialia

poemata
poemata

tibialibus.

poematis.

luminibus

poemata

them from the same cases of deus nnd/7#sof the second declenSo the words anima, the soul liberta, a freed-woman
nata, daughter
asina, a she-ass,
inula, a she-mule
equa, a mare
may have dbus instead of
The numerals duo, two, and ambo, both, have
7s, and for the same reason.
duobus and ambabus regularly.
* So also fabrum, socium, decemvirum, instead of fabrorum, &c. This conto distinguish

sion.

48

LATIN GRAMMAR.
Adolescentes, young

No

31.

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

men

canes, dogs

[LESSON
;

13.

boves, oxen.

adolescentes

canes

adolescentium

canum

adolescentibus
adolescentes
adolescentes
adolescentibus.

canibus
canes
canes

boves
boves

canibus.

bubtis or bobus

boves
bourn
bubtis or bobus

Rem ARKS.
The normal termination

for the Nom., Ace., and Voc. pi. of


Some, however, have always id. They are: 1.) Those
ending in e, at, ar, as maria, sa.Ua, calcaria, from mare, the sea, sal,
salt, and calcar, a spur; 2.)
All participles in ns and such adjectives
as have either l or else e or i in the ablative singular, comparatives
excepted, as dmantia, esurientia, pdna, facllXa, turpia, from amans,
esuriens, par, facile, turpe.
But we say mdjora, doctwra, from the
comp. major, greater, doctior, more learned.
1.

neuters

is a.

2. The general termination of the genitive plural is um; but the


following have
:
a) All those which have ta in the nominative plural, as murium,
calcarium, dmantium, fdcilium, turpium.
b) Words in es and is which do not increase in the genitive singular (i. e. which receive no additional syllable), as ncwis, navium;

mm

vestis, vest aim:

nubes, nublum; except votes,- strues, canis, pdnis, and


which have vatum, struum, canum, &c.
c) Of nouns in er some have mm, as imber, imbrium; linter, linti'ium ; venter, ventrium ; liter, Tilrlum ; others again have um, as patrum, matrum, frairum, accXpitrum, from pater, mater, &c.
Cdro has
carnlum, and senex, senum.
d) Many monosyllables, especially those ending in s and x with
a consonant preceding; as dens, dentuim ; mons, montium; merx, mercium ; lis, litium : os, ossium; nox, noctium; vis, virium, &c.
e) Dissyllables and polysyllables in ns and rs have generally
ium and sometimes um ; as editors, cohortium ; cliens, clientmm ; ddolescens, adolescentium; sapiens, saplentium ; but parenies, parentum.
3. In the dative and ablative plural, Greek nouns in ma have
usually is, sometimes however ibus ; as poema, poema&s or poematibus

juvenis,

diploma, diplomatis or diplomcitibus, &c.


4. The accusative plural of those words which have ium in the
genitive is among some writers is or eis, instead of es ; as artls, civls,
omnls, instead of artes, dues, &c.

tracted genitive (commonly but incorrectly printed um) is the common form of
names of measures, weights, and coins, as" nummum, sestertium, denarium, caelum, viedimnum, modium, jiujerum, talentum. the regular genitive plural of
nummus, sestertius, &c
The poets extend this form to names of nations,
and say Argivum, Danaum. &c, in lieu of Argivdmm, Sec.

LESSON

PLURAL OF SUBSTANTIVES AND ADJECTIVES. 49

13.]

Plural op the Fourth and Fifth Declensions.

4.

Fructus, m., fruits

cornua,

7ii.,

days

n.,

horns

res, f.,

domus,

f.,

houses; dies,

things.

Nom.

fructus

cornua

domus

dies

res

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.

fructuum

cornuum

doraiium

dierum

rerum

fructibus

cornibus

domlbus

diebus

rebus

fructus

res

fructus

domos
domus

dies

Yoc.

cornua
cornua

dies

re

Abl.

fructibus.

cornibus.

domlbus.

diebus.

rebus.

Some nouns of the fourth declension have ubus instead


1
bus in the dat. and abl. pi. as arcus, arc ubus ; veru, verubus, &c.
2. The plural of the fifth declension is regular throughout.
Rem.

of

5.

The Plural of Adjectives.

The plural of adjectives is subject to the same laws


as that of substantives.
Those in us, a, um. and er,
ra, rum, follow the inflection of the first and second declensions, and the rest that of the third.
Examples
:

1.

Bom,

bonae, bona, the good ; pulchri, pulchrae, pulchra, the


beautiful.
Masc.

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

NeuL

Fern.

boni

bonae

bona

bonorum

bonorum

bonarum

bonis

bonis

bonis

bonos
boni

bonas
bonae

bona
bona

bonis

bonis

bonis.

Nom.

pulchri

pulchra

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

pulchrorum

pulchrae
pulchrariim

pulchris

pulchris

pulchris

pulchros
pulchri

pulchras
pulchrae

pulchra
pulchra

pulchris

pulchris

pulchris.

pulchrorum

decline met, meae, mea, my, mine tin, tuae, tua,


thy (your), thine (yours) &c.
Like pulchri, rae, ra : miser l, miser ae,
miserd, the miserable, &c.

Like

2.

boni.

a,

Deformes, deformla,
Masc.

& Fern.

the ugly ; acres, acria, the fierce.


Neut.

Masc.

&

Fern.

Neut.

Nom.

deformes

deformla

acres

acria

Gen.
Dat.

deformlum

deformlum

acrium

acrium

deformlbus

deformlbus

acrlbus

acrlbus

LATIN GRAMMAR.

50

[lesson

deformia
deformes
Ace.
deforniia
deformes
Voc.
deformibus.
deformibus
Abl.
The general rule is that all
Remark.

13.

acres

acria

acres

acria

acribus

acribus.

adjectives of the third dein the genitive.


Like
clension have ict in the neuter plural and
deformes are inflected viles, turpes, and all adjectives in is, e ; like

ending in

acres, all those

3.

mm

Felices, felicia,

er, ris, re.

happy

veteres, Vetera, old

sapientes, sapi-

entia, wise.

Nom.

veteres

felicia

felices

Vetera

sapientes

-tia

Gen. felicium felicium veterum veterum sapientmm or -am


Dat. felicibus felicibus veteribus veteribus sapientibus
veteres
felicia
Vetera
sapientes -tia
Ace. felices
felicia
veteres
Vetera
sapientes -tia
Voc. felices
Abl. felicibus felicibus. veteribus veteribus. sapientibus.
Adjectives of one termination, including participles
Remark.

have id in the neuter plural and mm in the genitive.


Some, however, have a instead of id in the nominative and accusative, as veterd, plura, and comparatives generally; e. g. fellcldra,
Exceptions to the genitive in ium are
majurd, &c.
1) such as
have e only in the abl. sing., as pauperum, superstitum ; 2) compounds of facio and capio, or of such nouns as have urn in the gen.
pi., as ancipitum, inopum, quadrupedum, &c.
3) the following adjectives have likewise um : caelebs, celer, ciciir, compos, impos, dives,
memdr, immemdr, supplex, uber, vetus, and vigil; 4) participles in ns
sometimes have um among the poets.
in ns, generally

C.
The following table exhibits the terminations
of the five declensions through all the cases, singular

and

plural.
1.

Terminations of the Singular.


Neut.

Neut.

Nom. a
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
* Of
given.

f Of
hall.

(e, as, es)*

aef

(es)

ae

am

(en)

a (e)
a (e).*

iis, er,

um

a, e, o, c,

(os,

on)

r, s,

1,

n, US,

IS

us

5
iim

Ul

em, im
Like Nom.

iim,
us,

e(i).

u.

6.

er,

um

u es

t,x

e,

V.

IV.

III.

II.

I.

ei
el

u
u

em
es
e.

the nouns in e, as, es of this declension no examples have as yet been


are mostly of Greek origin, and will be considered hereafter.
this there is also an ancient form in ai,
auldi, for aulae, from aula,
But this is not used except in poetry.

They

LESSON

PLURAL OF SUBSTANTIVES AND ADJECTIVES. 51

13.]

Terminations of the Plural.

2.

II

I.

No

NT.

ae

',

Gen. arum
Dat. is (abus)
Ace. as
Voc. ae

Abl.

es,

a.

(la)

us,

ila.

uum

Is

ib us

ibus

a
a

es,

a.

es,

(la)

us,

(la)

us,

ibus.

IS.

V.

Neut.

um (mm)

h
(abus).

Neut.

6mm
6s,

is

IV.

III.
Neul.

erum
ebus

ua
ua

ibus.

Remark. With respect to the quantity of the


of the plural number, the following rules may serve
learner

es

es
es
ebiis.

terminations
guide the

to

1.

bond

always long, and a

final is

final

always short, as dominl,

libri,

fila.

2. The is of the dative and ablative plural of the first and second
declensions is long, as taenils, domiriis, candeldbrls.
3. The terminations es and os are long, as canes, lapides, ddminos,
libros.

final in all Latin words is generally


4. The vowel before the
considered short, as lapidem, cdnem, jmnem, dominorum.
5. The us of the plural of the fourth declension is long, but in

abus, ebus, ibus

it is

short; asfructus,

mdnus ;

fructibus, diebus, liomini-

bus.

Examples.
("

The good
The

boys.

1
\

fine tables.

Nom.

Piierl bdnl.

Ace. Piieros bdnos.

Nom

Mensae pulchrae.

Ace. Mensas piilchras.


j Nom. Pueri nequam.
( Ace. Piieros nequam.
( Nom. Canes veniisti.
\ Ace. Canes veniistos.
Nom. & Ace. Canes defdrmes.
Nom. & Ace. Tibnilia Vetera.
Nom. & Ace. Candelabra mea arI

The bad
The

boys.

pretty dogs.

The ugly dogs.


The old stockings.

My

silver candlesticks.

Your good

Have you
I have

books.

Have you

| Ace.

lllas piilchras ?

Non

not.
(

pretty dogs ?
(

* When the noun


the singular est.

gentea.
Libri tul bdnl.
Libros tiios bonds.

Num habes mensas

those fine tables ?

them

Nom.

is

habeo.
^Icquid tibi siint * canes veniisti ?
Habesne canes veniistos ?

in the plural, sunt, " there are,"

must take the place of

LATIN GRAMMAR.

52
T

Sunt mini canes

mheQ

,.

I have pretty dogs.

Have you my good books


I

have your good books.

Have you my
have them

silver candlesticks ?

14.

veniisti.

(cfaea vemistos)

Tenesne tii libros meos bdnos ?


Teneo (libros tiios bdnos).
Halesne candelabra inea argentea

Non

not.

Have I them ?
You have them

[LESSON

An

habeo.
ego habeo ?

Non

not.

Exercise

habes.
14.

Yes, sir, I have the tables ?


Have you
I have not your tables.
Have I your butHave I your fine houses ?
You have my buttons.
You
tons ?
Has the tailor the buttons ?
He has not
have my fine houses ?
Has your tailor my good buttons ?
the buttons, but the threads.
What has the boy ?
He
tailor has your good gold buttons.
has the gold threads.
Has he my gold or my silver threads ?
Has the FrenchHe has neither your gold nor your silver threads.
man the fine houses or the good notes ?
He has neither the fine

Have you

my

tables ?

the tables

No,

sir,

My

houses nor the good notes.


friends.

Has

this

man my

He

What has he
has
good
He has not your

Has any one my good


Has the
son my good knives
?

his

fine umbrellas ?

fine

letters ?
umbrellas, but your good coats.
No one has your good letters.
tailor's
or my good thimbles ?
He has neither your good knives nor your
Have I your
good thimbles, but the ugly coats of the stranger.
friend's good ribbons ?
You have not my friend's good ribbons,
but my neighbor's fine carriage.
Has your friend the shoemaker's
pretty sticks, or my good tailor's pretty dogs ?
friend has my
good shoemaker's fine books but he has neither the shoemaker's
pretty sticks nor your good tailor's pretty dogs.
Is your neighbor
right or wrong ?
He is neither right nor wrong.
Is he thirsty or
hungry ?
He is neither thirsty nor hungry. Is he tired or sleepy ?
He is sleepy.
You are not sleepy.
I sleepy ?
What have
I ?
You have my fine notes.
You have the chairs of my neighbor.
Have you the knives of my friend ?
I have not the knives
of your friend, but the dogs of my neighbor.

Am

Lesson XIV.

My

pensum quartum decimum.

OF THE PLURAL OF PRONOUNS.

The

A.
is

nos,

are

plural of the personal pronouns ego

"we," and

vos,

"you."

The remaining

and

tu

cases

LESSON

PLURAL OF PRONOUNS.

14.]

31asc.

ISTojl

we

& Fern.

Masc.

ye or you

nos

&

Fern.

vos

nostrum or nostri of you


to you
nobis
you
nos

Gen. of us
Dat. to us
Acc. us
Voc.
Abl. with us

Bemark.

53

vestrum or vestrl
vobis

vos

ye or you vos
with you
vobis.

nos
nobis.

The

difference between nostri, vesiri and nostrum,


that the latter are chiefly used as partitive
genitives after interrogatives, numerals, comparatives, and superlatives, and the former after other words
e. g. uter nostrum? which of
us two ? nemo vestrum, no one of you vestrum primus, the first of
you but miserere nostri, pity us amor nostri, love of (towards) us
vesiri similes, your like (those like you).

vestrum consists in this

B. The pronoun of the third person


of which the remaining cases are
:

Masc.

they

illl

Gen.
Dat.
Acc.
Voc.
Abl.

of them
to them
them

eorum

Neut.
ilia

earum

eorum

or eis

eos

eas

ea

illl

illae

ilia

lis

or

eis.

same in the plural as in


intensive ipse has ipsi, ipsae, ipsa.

reflexive sui is the

the singular.

Thus:

" they,"

ilia,

illae

lis

by them.

The

Mae,

Fern.

Nom.

C.

is illl,

The

Ipsi, ipsae, ipsa, ourselves,

Sui,

of themselves.
For every
gender.

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.
Voc.
Abl.

of themselves

sui

to themselves

sibi

themselves

se

by themselves

Remark.

your

selves, themselves.

se.

Masc.

Fern.

Ne.ut.

ipsi

ipsae

ipsa

ipsorum

ipsarum

ipsorum

ipsis

ipsos

ipsas

ipsi

ipsae

ipsa

ipsis.

We

thus say, as in the singular, nos ipsi (or fem.


ourselves; vos ipsi (or fem. ipsae), you yourselves; and
illi ipsi (or fem. illae ipsae) or simply ipsi, they themselves
ea ipsa,
these things themselves, &c.

ipsae),

we

54

LATIN GRAMMAR.

[LESSON

14.

D. The plurals of the demonstrative pronouns Mc,


Me, iste, and is, are hi, illl, isti, and tt. The remaining
genders and cases are as follows

Hi, hae, haec, these.

Nom.

Neut.

Masc.

Fem.

hi

hae

haec

ill!

illae

ilia

harum

horum

illorum

illarum

illorum

his

haec
haec

illos

illas

ilia

illl

illae

ilia

mis.

his.

Isti, istae, ista, these

Masc.

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Yoc.
Abl.

Neut.

illis

has
hae

In

Nom.

{of his).

Fern.

Gen. horum
Dat.
Ace. hos

Yoc.
Abl.

Ilh, illae, ilia, those

Masc.

(of yours).

eae, ea, these, those.

Ii,

Masc.

Neut.

Fern.

isti

istae

ista

!I

istorum,

istarum,

istorum

eorum

Fem.

earum

istis

ils

istos

istas

ista

eos

isti

istae

ista

II

Neut.

ea
eoriim

eae

(el)

or els

eas
eae
lis or

(el)

istis.

ea
ea
els.

E. The relative qui, quae, quod (and also the interrogatives of the same form) makes its plural in qui,
quae, quae, "who, which, or that," or interrogatively

"which? what?"

Thus:

Qui, quae, quae, which, that

which
of wh ich
to which
which

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

Remark.

For

what

qui

quae

quae

quorum

quarum

quorum

quo?

quibus
quas

quae

quibus.

quibus, in the relative sense, there


quels,

Neut.

by which.

quated form guts or

which
Fem.

Masc.

Nom.

which

is

is

an

anti-

not unfrequently employed by

prose-writers of a later period.

The plural of the determinative is, ea, id is the


as that of the demonstrative that of idem is as
follows
F.

same

LESSON

PLURAL OF PRONOUNS.

14.]

55

Iidem, eaedem, eadem, the same.


Fern.

Ma.sc.

Nom.

same
of the same
to the same
the same
the same

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.

Voc.
Abl.
same

is

eorundem

The

true of Us,

eis,

eadem
eadem

easdem
eaedem

iidem

iisdem or eisdem.

form iisdem

it,

eadem
eorundem

iisdem or eisdem

eosdem

by the same.

Remark.

Neut.

eaedem
earundem

iidem

the

and

is

more common than

The

eisdem.

ei.

G. The plural of the relative in connection with the


determinative is, ea, id (vide Lesson XII. D.) is as
follows
:

Ii,

eae, ea

Masculine.

Noil
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

qui, quae, quae, those which.


Feminine.

qui

eorum

quorum

lis

quibus
quos

lis
IIS

quibus

lis

eos

Neuter.

quae
earum quarum
quibus
eae

ii

ea

eorum
iis

quas

eas

In the same manner decline ilh


* those which"; and iidem
qui,

ea

quae
quorum
quibus
quae

quibus

qui,

quibus.

Mae

eaedem

quae, ilia
quae, eadem

quae,

quae,

"the same which."

fHabeo
I have those

which you have.]

(Masc.)

[_

eos

Sunt mihi

you have.]

(Fern.)

[_

(ill!,

ii

&c),

qui

tfbi

sunt.

rHtibeo eas
I have those which

&c), quos tu ha-

(illos,

bcs.

(l'llas,

&c), quas tu ha-

bes.

Sunt mihi eae

(l'llae,

&c), quae

tibi sunt.

I have those (things) which you ( Habco ea (ilia, &c), quae tu. habes.
(Neut.)
have.
\ Sunt mihi ea, quae tibi siint.

The Roman.
The German.
The Turk.
The Italian.
The Spaniard.
Large

(tall,

Tall, high.

big).

Eomanus, i, m.
Germanus, Theodiscus,
*Turca,

ae,

m.

i, m.
Hispanus, i, m.

Italus,
(

\ Hispaniensis,

is,

Grandis, is, e.
Procerus, a, um.
Altus, a,

um.

m.

i,

m.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

56

[LESSON
um.

C Parvus, a,

Small,

little.

-<

Parvulus,

urn.

a,

( Pusillus, a,

um.
um.

Long.

Longus,

The
The

small books.

Libri parvi, libelli.*

large horses.

Equi grandes

Weyto-

a,

\ Sunt

Have

14.

(or proceri).

lis.

Habentne Angli

piilchros Francogallorum equos


Noa Franeogallorum sed Romanorum equos habent.

the English the fine horses


of the French
They have not those of the
French, but those of the E,o-

*?

*?

mans.

Have you

Habesne tu (illos libros), quos


bros homines habent ? f

the books which the

men have ?

li-

G. Obs. The antecedent of the relative is sometimes


repeated in connection with the pronoun of the second
clause.
Sometimes it is expressed with the relative
only, and sometimes (though rarelv) it is entirely omitted.

Xon habeo

I have not the books which the


men have, but those which

you have.

Have you

not

which I have
I

the

same books

quos ego habeo

have the same.

i
I

W Inch 1.11
books have

you
J

I have those of the

Romans.

-TTTi-

(illos libros),

? 6sclem ( Mb *

(Ii-

)
,

n
Ego vero eosdem habeo.
'

Quos libros habes ?


,,, _
^n
,,,.,,
Quid Jibrorum habes

o
?

quos

bros) homines habent, eos aiitem


habeo, quos tu habes.
Xdnne tu edsdem libros habes,

Libros

Romanorum

habeo.

(Vide

Less. VJ. C.)


TJtrum hos libros habes an illos ?
r

Have you

these books or those

} Hoscine libros
( Vide Less.
(

habes an
A. Bern.

XL

t
,~:+i
^
have neither
1 -Uo^~
these

nor *a
those.

<

have neither those of the Spaniards nor those of the Turks.


Have you what I have ?

* From the diminutive


XX. E. 7.)

libellus,

i,

Habeo neque
hos neque
x
L
,-&

,.

illos ?
1

.)
illos.

,_

,,,.,

(Ego)s neque hos neque

Neque Hispanorum nee Turcarum

illos

habeo.

libros habeo.

An

m., a

(Cf. Less. VI. C.)


habes (id), quod ego habeo ?

little

book, a pamphlet.

(Compare

Lesson

The

question, " Have you the books which the men have ? " mav thus
f
be expressed in several ways
1) Habesne tu illos libros, quos homines tiabenl i
:

2) Habesne tu illos libros. quos libros homines habent? 3)


libros homines habent 1
The first of these is the most general.
is

entirely suppressed in

4) Sunt qui (or quos). for

lhere are those who," " There are

men whom."

Smt

Habesne tu quos
The antecedent

homines qui (or quos),

LESSON

PLURAL OF PRONOUNS.

14.]

57

II Rule. Adjectives and pronouns of the neuter


gender, both singular and plural, are frequently employed substantively, as hoc, " this (thing)," Mud, "that
(thing,)" haec, " these things," ilia, " those things,"
multa, " many things," omnia,
triste, " a sad thing,"
" all things," summum bonum, " the chief good."
I

Non habeo

have not what you have.

Have

the

men

you have

(id),

^;oV tu babes.
ea, quae tu ha-

Habentne homines

those things which

They have

the same things which ('


I myself have (the same things }
with myself).
(

bes

Eadem habent, quae ego ipse habeo.


Eadem habent dtque ego ipse. (Cf.
Less. XII. F.)

Exercise

15.

Have you these horses or those ?


Have you the coats of the French or

I have not these, but those.


those of the English ?
I have
not those of the French, but those of the English.
Have you the
pretty sheep of the Turks or those of the Spaniards ?
I have neither those of the Turks nor those of the Spaniards, but those of my
brother.
Has your brother the fine asses of the Spaniards or those
of the Italians ?
He has neither those of the Spaniards nor those
of the Italians, but he has the fine asses of the French.
Which
He has those of the Germans.
oxen has your brother ?
Has your
friend my large letters or those of the Germans ?
He has neither
the one nor the other (neque has neque Mas, or neque Mas neque alteHe has the small letters which you
ram)
Which letters has he V
You have neither these
have.
Have I these houses or those ?
You have those of the Engnor those.
Which houses have I ?
lish.
Nobody has the
Has any one the tall tailor's gold buttons ?
tailor's gold buttons, but somebody has those of your friend.

Exercise

16.

of the foreigners or those of my boy.


You
have neither those of the foreigners nor those of your boy, but those
of the great Turks.
Has the Turk my fine horse V
He has it
not.
Has your neighWhich horse has he ?
He has his own.
bor my chicken or my sheep ?
My neighbor has neither your
chicken nor your sheep.
He has nothing good.
What has he ?
Are you tired ?
Have you nothing fine ?
I have nothing fine.
I am not tired.
He has that of his
Which rice has your friend ?
merchant.
He has that which I have.
Which sugar has he ?
He has
Has he your merchant's good coffee or that of mine ?
Which
neither that of yours nor that of mine; he has his own.
He has the ships of the English.
ships has the Frenchman ?
He has the same which you
Which houses has the Spaniard ?
He has your good knives.
have.
Has he my good knives V

Have

I the notes

LATIN GRAMMAR.

58

[LESSON

15.

Has he the linen stockings "which I have ?


He has not the same
Which books have you ?
that you have, but those of his brother.
I have those of the Romans.
Are those men hungry ?
They are
not hungry, but thirsty.
- They are neither tired nor sleepy.

Lesson XV.

pexsiuvi
(

The

glass.

The

goblet.

quintum decimum.

Yas

(gen. vasis)* vitreum, n.

\ Scyphus, i, m. (wine-glass).
Poculum, i, n.
(

The comb.

Have you my small


I have them.
I have them not.

combs

Peeten, mis, m.
Pectunculus, i, m. (small comb).

Habesne meos pectunculos

(Eos) habeo.
(Eos) non habeo.
J

Tliem (those).

Xom.

u, eae, ea.

Ace.

eus, eds, ea.

A. Obs. The pronoun them is commonly not put in


Latin, when it would have to stand in the same case
as the substantive to which it relates.
(Cf. page 14,
D.)

My

Mei, meae, mea.

or mine (plural).

Your (thy) or yours.


His (own).
His (another man's).

m
1

ui

Tin,
Siii,

tua.

Ejus, UUus (gen. sing


(

heir v(own)
J or theirs.

Their or theirs (of a


son )-

tilae,

suae, sua.

<
\
tliird

per-

).

Sixg. Suus, sua, suiim.


~~ .
-r>
c ~
TT
bui, suae,
Plur.
sua.f

(Masc. Eorum, illoriim


\ Fem. Eariim, illarum

(gen. pi.).
"

B. The plural of the possessive pronouns mens,


suits is inflected like

that of the adjective bonus.


Masc.

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Yoc.
Abl.
* The
D.

my or mine
of my or mine
to my or mine
my or mine
my or mine
with my or mine.
plural of vas

is

Fern.

mei
meortim

tuns,

Thus

Neut.

meae

mea,

mearum

meortim

meis

meos
mei

meas
meae

mea
mea

meis.

vasa, from another singular, vdsum.

(See Lesson XIX.

2.)
f

The

reflexive adjective

pronoun suus

is

equivalent to the English "his/'

LESSON

Have you my
Has he

He
He

PLURAL OF PRONOUNS.

15.]

my

Ecquid habes vas vitreum

fine glass ?

has them.
has them not.

Those men have them.


Have those men them ?
They have them not.
Have you my books or his

Habesne

(i. e.

book,

(Eos)

(own) houses
They have them not.
Have you yourself their (i. e.
those people's) good comb,
good combs ?
I have myself their good little
'?

illius libros

siium, libros suos ?

htibet.

siiam,

ddmos

sii-

(Eas) non habent.


tu ipse habes pectinem eorum
bdnum, pectines illorum bdnos ?

An

Ego

ipse pectunculos

eorum bonds

habeo.

carriages have

my

(illi-

^as?

combs.

have

neque

tiios

Habentne ddmum

(own) house,

their

their

ejus

Habetne librum

his

has them.

Which

meos an

libros

piil-

habeo.

his (own)
(own) books ?

Have they

us )

Ego neque

yours nor his

Has he

He

meum

piilchrum ?
An file habet vasa vitrea mea
chra ?
Habet.
(Ea) non habet.
Virl ill! ea habent.
Numquid ea virl ill! habent ?
Ea non habent.

fine glasses ?

that man's) ?
I have neither
(books).

59

you

own.

They

Quds habes ciirms ?


Quae pilenta habes ?
Habeo meos prdprids.

<

(those).

Mea

propria habeo.
llli, illae, ilia.

C. Obs. The pronoun they is in Latin commonly


omitted with the verb. But when the verb sum is employed to denote possession, the dative Us or Mis must
be put. E. g.
:

C Habent (with the Ace).


1 Est iis (illis) (with the Nbm. Sing.).

They have.

I
(

Have they

the good book

They have

the good book.

Are they hungry ? thirsty ?


They are not hungry (thirsty).
when

bonus

Estne

<

Habent librum bdnum.

iis (illis)

liber

\ Est iis liber bonus.


Esuriiintne ?
Sitiiintne
Non esuriunt (sitiunt).

the subject of the sentence is in the singular, and to ''their" when it is


E. g. Has he his book, his hooks ? Habetne librum suum, libros
Have they their book, their books ? Habentne librum suum, libros

in the plural."

suos
suos

Sunt iis (illis) (with the Norn. PL).


Habentne (illi) librum bdnum ?

LATIN GRAMMAR.

60

Are they

tired, sleepy ?

They are sleepy.


Are they right
"wrong ?
They are neither right nor
'?

rant.

Estne Us

right (morally) ?

15.

Siintne fessi (fem. fessae), somnlculdsi (fem. ae) ?


Ciipldi (fem. ae) sdmni sunt.
Loquuntiirne recte ? Errantne ?
Ne'que recte loquiintur neque er-

wrong.

Are they

[LESSON

Licetne

fas ?

lis ?

OF COMPOUND SUBSTANTIVES.
The compound

I).

or double substantives of the Latin lan-

guage are comparatively few,* and of these even, many are


most commonly treated as separate words. With respect to
their declension, they are divided into two classes.
1.

Those of which the

= juris +

last

component alone

is

inflected, as juris-

the administration of justice; jurisconsultus, or jureconsultus, i, m., a lawyer; plebiscltum,


n., a vote
of the people senatusconsidtum, i, n., a decree of the senate.
2. Those of which both components are inflected, either separately
Such are
or combined.
dictio (

dictio), unis,

f.,

?',

a) Jusjurandum,

??.,

an

oath.

Singular.

Plural.

Nom.

jusjurandum

jurajuranda

Gen.
Dat.

jurisjurandi
jurijiirando

jurumjurandorum

Acc.

jusjurandum
jusjurandum

j uribusj urandis
jurajuranda
jurajuranda

jurejurando

juribusjurandis.f

Yoc.
Abl.

b) Pater familias, or familiae

Singular.

Nom.
Gex.

DAT.
Acc.

Yoc.
Ael.

Plural.

pater familias

or -ae
"
"
patris familias
"
patri familias
"
patrem familias "
"
"
pater familias
;

'

patre familias

"

"

patre s familias
patrum familias
patribus familias
patres familias
patres familias
patribus familias

or -arum
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"

In the same manner decline mater familias, f., the mistress of a


family; fdais familias, m., and fllla familias, f., the son, the daughter,
of a family or house.

* This remark applies only to such compounds as ai-e formed by the union
Compounds with particles (i. e.
of a noun with another or with an adjective.
prepositions and adverbs) are quite numerous.
The
Genitive,
Dative,
and
Ablative
plural
do not occur.
f

LESSON

IRREGULAR NOUNS.

15.]
c)

Res

Gl

publica, /., a commonwealth.

Plural.

Singular.

Nom.

res publica

res publicae

GejNT.

rei publicae

re rum

Dat.

rei publicae

rebus publicis

Acc.
Voc.
Abl.

rem publicam
res publica

res publicas
res publicae

re publica

rebus publicis.

pu bl ic ar urn

OF IRREGULAR NOUNS.*
E. The irregular nouns of the Latin language may be dividthe Indeclinable, the Defective,
ed into three general classes
:

and the Redundant.


Those which do not admit of any
gether indeclinable, are
1

beta,
2.

inflection,

e.

i.

are alto-

Greek and Latin names of the letters of the alphabet, as alpha,


gamma, delta, &c.
A number of substantives adopted from foreign languages, as

manna, pascha, gummi, &c.

Greek neuters in os and plurals in e, as Argos, chaos, cetos or


a sea-monster, Tempe, &c.
4. Many Hebrew proper names, as Bethlehem, Gabriel, Jerusalem,
liuth, &c.
Jesus has Jesum in the Acc. and Jesu in the remaining
3.

cete,

cases.

The

following Latin neuters: fas, right: nefas, wrono- instar.


mane, morning nihil, nothing parum, too little pondo,
These are generally
a pound (or pounds) seciis, sex senils, half.
used in the Norn, and Acc. only, except mane, which occurs also in
5.

likeness

the ablative.

and other particles, used substantively, as


your knowing (knowledge) ultimum vale, the last
farewell hoc ipsum diu, the very word " a long time " istud cras,
that to-morrow of yours, &c.
7 To these may be added the indeclinable adjectives: frugl (the
obsolete dative offrux, which is not used), useful, fit, honest; nequam,
bad praesto*, present, ready potis or pote (obsolete, and only with
6.

Infinitives, adverbs,

scire

tiium,

esse, to be), able, capable


law), guilty.

semis,

and a

half;

and damnus (only

F. Nouns are defective in case or in number.


tive in case are
1.

Those which want the nominative,

in

Those defec-

as ddpis, of food; dicionis,

* This examination of the irregular nouns in this and the following lessons
has no necessary connection with the exercises, but is nevertheless recommended to the attention of the learner.
6

LATIN GRAMMAR.

62

[LESSON

15.

of dominion femmis, of the tliigh frugis, of fruit internecwnis, of


carnage; opts, of power; pollinis, of meal-dust; vicis, of alternation;
Many of these genitives occur in the
verberis, of a lash (stripe).
remaining cases of both numbers.
number of monosyllables -which want the genitive plural, as
2.
glos, gloris, the husband's sister
vas, vadis, bail
as, oris, the mouth
pax, pads, a treaty, &c.
3. Those which occur in the Nom. and Ace. only, as the indeclinaable fas, nefds, &c, to which may be added the plurals colla, the
neck; fiamina, breezes; grates, thanks murmura, murmurs, &c.
number of substantives, which occur only in certain cases, as
4
astiis, cunning, Abl. astu, Nom. & Ace. PL astiis ; fors, chance, Abl.
lues, disease, Ace. liiem, Abl. lue ; prices, pi., prayforte, by chance
ers, Abl. Sing, prece : satids for satietas, satiety, occurs only in the
Nom. Sing.
in the remaining
Vis, might, power, wants the dative
cases it has G. vis, A. vim, V. vis, A. vi ; PL N. vires, G. virium, &c.
;

5.

ways

number of words used

in a particular case, as

in certain connections are al-

a) The Genitives dicis and nauci in dicis causa, for form's sake
non nauci facer e, not to value a straw.
b) Certain Datives with the verb esse, to be, as despicdtui, dwisui, ostentui, diici esse, to be an object of contempt, to serve for di;

vision, for display, as a guide, &c.

The Accusatives

c)

ferre, to bring help;


(to offer for sale)

d)

infitlas

venum with

w ith
r

suppettas with
to deny
dare), to be offered for sale

Ire,

ire (or

The

Ablatives ndtu (by birth) in connection with major, mielder, younger, oldest, &c. (by birth)
sponte, with meet, tiia, sua, of my, thy, his own accord in promptu
and in procinctu w ith esse and stare, to be ready, to stand prepared.
e) Verbal substantives in Abl. Sing, with one of the possessives
meo, tuo, sad, &c, as admonilu, concessu or permissu, mandatu, jussii
(and injussu, &c.) meo, tuo, sua, at my, thy, his own request, with
my, thy, his own permission, command, order, &c.
f) The Abl. PL grafts (from gratils), without reward, gratis
ingrdtlis, against one's will foris, out of doors (to the question where ?),
which to the question whither? becomes fords, Ace.
nor,

maximus, &c, the

6.

Many

nouns do not admit of the Vocative from the nature of

their signification.
7.

The

adjectives defective in case are

a) Those w hich do not occur in the nominative as (sons') sontis,


"hurtful" (semmex) seminecis, "half dead"; and a few other similar
compounds. To these add (ceterus), a, urn and ludicrus, a, um, of
which the Nom. Masc. does not occur.
b) The genitive primoris, " the fore," " first," which wants the
Nom. and neuter forms, and the plural plerlque, " most," which borrows the genitive of plurimi.
r

LESSON
c)

INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.

16.]

G3

Necesse and the obsolete


necessum, "necessarv"

^c

withes* &c

'

agreeable,

Exercise 17.
Have you my good combs ? 1 have
thpm
-

goo,] cheeses which vou havo


have, but those which
He has them.
tire

n~
yoaWk:?
- H^he

'T

likewise used only

TT*

not

,1

the Itahan
,

t,10se

which z

theTa^^ S'V'"^

%^

"~
- The En
^? has

- togt^'J^]*?

the Spaniards ?
these fhips
those

I 1

'

- Have Tw MT 7
,ook,n

aVe ne her raine nor those <>f


,"
glasses or those (7//) of his
cook ?

neitW tl,.
.f
neither
the one nor the
other (neither these nor those).*

Lesson XVI.

ti,e S,

"P S ot

English.
_ You
have
tl,e

PENSUM SEXTOI DECIMUM.


AKquis, -qua, -quod or

Some, any (some one, any one).

r
J

Quldum.

quaedum,

-yuitf.

quotidian

//""Mum.
Uutis, a.

__

wl,;,i,

um.

NonmMSs,

IMiqutit

(pi.

a, ion.

indeclinable).

or

[lesson

LATIN GRAMMAR.

64

Does any ? Whether any


Jf ami (if any one).
Lest any (= that no).

16.

EcquXs, ecquae, ecquod or ecquid ?


Si quis, si qua, si quod or quid.
Ne quis, ne qua, ne quod or quid.

The indefinite pronouns allquis, quidam, ullus,


A.
either
nonnullus, si quis, ne quis, and ecquis ? are used
someas substantives in the sense of some one, any one,
or
some
of
sense
the
in
adjectives
as
or
thing, anything,
They are thus inflected
any.
:

Aliquis, -qua, -quod or -quid, some,

Singular.
-

Nom.

aliquod

alicl ua

aliqui 3

aliquae aliqua

aliqua

jaliquid}

aliquibus

alicui

Acc.

allque

Voc.
Abl.

aliquo

wlv

aliquam

aliquod

")

aliquos

d j

aliquibus.

idiquo

aliqua

Quidam, quaedam, quoddam or quiddam, a certain


Singular.

quaedam

quidam

quiddam

cujusdam
cuidam

Gen.
DAT.

Acc.

quendam*

Voc.
Abl.

quodam

Gen.
Dat.
Acc.
Yoc.
Abl.

one.

quoddam

Nom.

aliqua

aliquas

Like Nom.

Like Nom.

Nom.

-orum

aliquoram -arilm

alicujus

Gen.
DAT.

any (generally).
Plural.

( quoddam
\ quiddam

quandam

Like Nom.

quodam.

quadam

quidam
quorundam

quosdam

Plural.
quaedam
quaruhdam
quibusdam
quasdam

quaedam
quorundam
quaedam

Like Nom.
quibusdam.

Ecquis, ecquae or ecqua, ecquod or -quid

any one (interroga-

ti very).

Plural.

Singular.

^ 0M

"

(ecquis
\ ecqul

* The n
euphonic.

ecquae
ecqua

instead of

in

ecquod}
|

ecquid

>cqui

ecquae
H

<

ecquae
x
^
ecqua

quendam, quandam, quorundam, and quarundam

is

LESSON

QUID AM.

ALIQUIS.

16.]

Gen.
DAT.

ECQUIS.

ULLTJS.

-arum

ecquortim

ecciijiis

-oriim

ecqulbus

eccui

fecquod)

Acc. ecquem ecquam

<

~a

ecquos
1

ecqnas
1

(
<

Yoc.
Abl. ecquo

ecqua

ecquo.

Ullus, ulla, ullum,

Gen.
Dat.
Acc.
Voc.
Abl.

ulla

ullus

ecqnae
^ _
ecqua

ecquibtis.

any (negatively).

Plural.

Singular.

Nom.

65

ullum

ulllus

ulli

ullae

ulla

ullorum

ullarum

ullorum.

ullos

ullas

ullls

ulli

ullum

ullam

ullum

ullo

ulla

ullo.

ulla

ullls.

Eemarks.
The neuter aliquod is always used adjectively in agreement with
noun, whereas aUquid generally stands substantively as aliquod
detrimentum, some detriment; but aliquid, something; cdlquid boni,
Aliquls is both substantive and adjective,
something (of) good, &c.
and is sometimes joined with unus , as (unus) aliquls, some one; liber
aliquis, some book.
2. Quidam is said of individuals or objects, of the nature of which
we are either ignorant, or which we do not wish to specify: "a cerE. g. Quidam de
tain (one)," u a sort of," "a certain degree of."
meis amicis, a certain one (some one) of my friends quodam tempore,
at a certain time quoddam commune vinculum, a certain (a sort of)
common bond quiddam, boni, (a certain) something good, a certain
This pronoun may stand either substantively or
degree of good.
adjectively, and quiddam differs from quoddam, like aliquid from aliThe plural quidam, quaedam, quaedam is often used simply
quod.
with the sense of aliquot or nonnulli, " some," " several."
3. Between the forms ecquis and ecqui, ecquae and ecqua, there is
no appreciable difference, ecquis and ecqui being both used either independently in the sense of " any one," " some one," or adjectively
in the sense of" any"; as Ecqirts (or ecqui) hie est ? Is there any one
here ? Ecquis (or ecqui) est tibi liber ? Have you any book ?
The
same may be said of the neuters ecquod and ecquid. The latter, however, (ecquid,) frequently loses all pronominal force, and serves
merely to introduce a question.
4. Ullus is generally an adjective, and is only used in sentences
involving a negation or uncertainty
Hence it is frequently preceded
by non, nee, sine, si, num or numquid ; as sine ulla spe, without any
hope si tibi est ullus amicus, if you have any friend nerjo tibi esse
ullum amicum, I deny that you have any friend, &c.
Ullus, how1.

its

'6*

LATIN GRAMMAR.

66

[LESSON

16.

becomes positive by a double negation in nonnullus, a, urn,


"some," as does also nihil in nonnihil, "something."
5. Quis is commonly put instead of aliquis in all sentences involving a condition, a negation, or comparison. When thus employed in
the sense of any or any one, it is preceded by si, nisi, ne, num, quo,
quanto, or quum ; as si qua ratione, if in any way
si quid est tibi
bonum, if you have anything good ne quod periculum incideret, lest
(= that no) danger might occur quanto quis est doctior, eo modestior, the more learned any one is, the more modest he will be.
Siever,

and nequis are declined exactly like


siqua or slquae, and the neut. slquod or

ecquis,

quis
is

i.

e.

the fem. sing.

siquid.

When

the substantive denotes a quantity or mass in the singular,


the English "some" or "any" may be expressed by aliquantum or
aliquantulum (with the genitive), and when it denotes number in the
plural, by the indeclinable aliquot (in the same case with the noun).
E. g. aliquantum sacchari, some sugar
aliquot libri or libros, some
books.
7. The English word "any" is often entirely suppressed in Latin.
6.

Thus

The wine.

Vinum,

i,

n.

merum,

i,

n.

{pure

ivine).

Some
Some
Some
Some

(any)
(any)
(any)
(any)

Vinum
Panem

wine.
bread.
paper.
books.

or aliquantum vmi.

or aliquantum panis.
Chartam or aliquantum chiirtae.
Libros or aliquot (nonniillos)

li-

bros.
<"

Some good

cheese.
(

Have you any wine

Caseum bdnum.
Aliquantum casei boni.
vinum ?
Habesne vinum (aliquantum vmi)?

j Ecquid est tibi

Est (milii nonniillum).


(Aliquantum) habeo.
T Ecqua (ecquid) est tibi aqua ?

I have some.

Have you any water

aquam

Habesne

(or

aliquantum

aquae)
Est (mihi nonniilla).
(Aliquantum) habeo.
'?

have some.

Have you any good wine

?
(

I have some.

Has he any good

He

cloth ?

has some.

Have you any

shoes ?

have some.

Ecquid est tibi vinum bdnum ?


Habesne aliquantum vini bdni ?
Est (mihi aliquantum).
(Nonniillum) habeo.
Ecqui(s) est el bonus pannus ?

\ Habetne bdnum pannum


Est.
Habet.
( cqui sunt tibi calcei ?

Habesne calceos aliquot (aliquos) ?


j Sunt mihi aliquot (aliqui).
( Nonniillos (quosdam) habeo.

\
I

LESSON

NOUNS DEFECTIVE

16.]

TT
Have
you some good
-,

v.

-<

-,

or tbad

(Ecqui

tibi
o

,?_
quam

)
"^

NUMBER.

IN

G7

sunt equi
bdni an ne^

Habesne equos bdnos an nequam

JSiint

niihi (aliqui) bdni.

Habeo

(nonmillos

quosdam)

or

bdnos.

fEcquae

Have you good

or bad water ?

have some good.

TT
Have
you good
,

j
,

or bad wine

aqua bona an ne-

g^

quam Mbes bdnam fa

vi .

,lem?

T
I

est tibi

(Est mihi) bona.


habeo.

Bdnam

tibi vinum bdnum an vile ?


M~
Utrum vinum habes bonum an vile?

Estne

< T'T
(

,,

(Est mihi) vile.


j
\ Vile (nequam) habeo.

have some bad.

OF NOUNS DEFECTIVE IN NUMBER.

Words

B.

defective in

number

are either such as

have no plural, or such as have no singular.


Those which do not admit of a plural are called

They

tantum.

are

singulciria

1
Abstract nouns, or such as denote a quality or intellectual existence considered as general or indivisible asjustitia, pietas, temperantia, senectus, fames, sitts, &c, justice, piety, temperance, old age, hun;

ger, thirst,* &c.


2. Names of materials or of a mass without subdivision
as auruni,
gold; argentum, silver; argilla, white clay; coenum, mire, mud; sabulum, sand sanguis, blood, &c.
3. Collectives, i. e. such as denote a totality or mass of individuals
or things as plebs and vulgus, the vulgar popiilus, the people suvlriis, poison (of every kind).
victus, food, support
pellex, furniture
So also indoles, natural parts; and scienUa, the totality of a man's
knowledge. &c.
4. Proper names, except when they are common to several indiBut Caesar, Caesares.
viduals as VirgXlius, Cicero, Plautus, &c.
justilium, suspension of business (in
5. The following words
specimen, example ver,
letum, death
meridies, noon
courts, &e.)
spring vesper and vespera, evening.
;

* Abstract terms, however, frequently do occur in the plural, a) when they


denote different kinds of the same quality, as exeettentiae, quietes, trdcundiae,
fortitudlnes, mortes, metus, different kinds of excellence, rest, anger, bravery,
death, fear, &c.
and b) to express a repetition of the same thing in different
subjects, as adventus, effusion? s, arrivals, eruptions
interitus, exitiis, odia,
aniuii, destruction, exit, odium, courage, as experienced or incurred by differTo these may be added the idiomatic Latin plurals nive's, grandinis,
ent men.
imbres, pliwlae, falls of snow, hail, rain, and soles, spells of sunshine.
;

"

LATIN GRAMMAR.

68

[LESSOX

17.

6. To these may be added the peculiar use of names of vegetables


and fruits, where in English we employ the plural as fabam, lentem,
rapum serere, to sow beans, lentils, turnips ciceris catlnus, a bowl
;

of peas

nux, uva, the nut, grape,

i.

e. nuts,

Exercise

grapes, &c.

18.

I have some. Have you any good


Have you any
have some. Have
fee
You have some. Have any shoes You
any good
any pretty dogs You have some. Has
have some. Have
the man any good honey He has some. What has the man
He has some good bread. What has the shoemaker He has
Has the
He has some.
any
some pretty
Has your friend any good pencils He has some. Have you
have some good. Have you good or bad
good or bad
good or bad oxen You
wood have some good. Have
have some bad (ones). Has your brother good or bad cheese
He has neither good nor bad. What has he good He has some
Who has some cloth My neighbor has some.
good
Who has some money The French have some. Who has some
gold The English have some. Who has some good horses
The Germans have some. W ho has some good hay This
That Spaniard has some.
has some. Who has some good bread
Who has some good books These Frenchmen have some.
Those Englishmen have some. Has
Who has some good
anybody wine Nobody has any. Has the
or ugly
horses He has some ugly (ones). Have you wooden or stone
tables?
have neither wooden nor stone (ones). Has your boy
the
books of mine He has not those of your boy, but
own. Has he any good thread stockings He has some. What
has the Turk He has nothing. He has (a certain) something
Who has something good A certain
bad (quiddam
stranger has something good. Has any one hay Certain husHave you any

sugar
I have some.

salt

cof-

salt ?

'?

sailor

shoes.

biscuits ?

coffee

'?

friends.

ass

'?

ships ?

Italian fine

fine

his

malt).

'?

bandmen have some hay and

Lesson XVII.

(et) corn.

PENSUM

SEPTULUM decimum.

f Nullus, nulla, nullum.


at
J\o, not any,
J
.

none.

-I
j

Nihil (with
the s
<xen.).
v
.
I,

Ar
JSumquis,
-quae, -quod or -quid10
?

Sometimes simply Non.

A. Obs. The pronominal adjective nullus is declined like


uttus.
(Vide Lesson XVI.) Its masculine singular is also employed substantively in the place of nemo, " no one, nobody
(Lesson X. C.)
Numquis is declined like ecquis, and is used

LESSON

NULLUS.

17.]

NIHIL.

NUMQUID.

69

which nullus is expected in the answer. Instead T)f the adjective nullus, nihil is frequently put
partitively
with the genitive, singular and plural.
Sometimes the Eno-lish
in questions to

none,

no,

is

expressed by a simple non.

Have you any book

I have none.

Have you any wine


I

have none.

Non

Nullum habeo.
Niimquid

Num

Non

An
An

Nihil.

some.
shoes ?

Have you any

tibi

nihil

ve'ro habes.

sunt

Has he any good books

Niimqui

am

non

sunt

ullos) habeo.
?

Num

aliquos (lillos) habes ?


sunt.
Niillos habeo.

Non

sunt.

( Niillos habet.
j Ecqui sunt ei libri bdni ?
( Habetne libros aliquos bo'nos ?

I have no money, no books.

Are you an American

tibi

Niim qui sunt viro illi ?


Niim vir llle lillos habet

The American
The Irishman.
The Scotchman.
The Dutchman.
The Russian.

calcei ?

Non

J Sunt

has some.

lilli

calceorum habes

ndnnihil.

tibi

An

man any

(one).

Est

has none.

am

Niimquid est mihi nihil chartae


chartam millam habeo ?

Non

Num

He

(vini) ?

est tibi nihil panis ?

j Niilli.
( Nihil (niillos,

I have none.

He

vinum

nullum panem habes

\ Nonmillam

I have none.

the

est tibi

habes aliquantum vini


(nullum) est.

Has

(Nullum (habeo).

I no paper ?

Have you no

est.

I have none.

You have

\ Nullum habeo.

Have you no bread

Have

Examples

j Niimquis est tibi liber ?


\ Habesne librum aliquem

ei aliqui (nonniilli).

Non niillos

(aliquot) habet.
Nihil pecuniae, nihil librorum habeo.

*Americanus, i, m.
Hibernus, i, m.
Scotus, i, m.
Batavus, i, m.
*Russus, i, m.

Esne tu Americanus

Slim.

not.

Non

siim.

fUtrum libros tenes Batavorum an


of the Dutch
Eussorum ?
J
or those of the Russians ?
1 Batavoriimne libros tenes an Rus-

Have you the books

l_

sorum

LATIN GRAMMAR.

70

The

B.

which are pluralia tantum,

substantives

in the plural

number

[lesson

only, are

i.

e.

17.

used

of certain determinate days of the Roman month,


Nonae, the nones Idus, the ides.
To
;
these add nundinae, a fair (held every ninth day)
and ferXae, holidays.
2. The names of festivals and public games, as Bacchanalia, Florcdia, Saturnalia, &c, festivals in honor of Bacchus, Flora, Saturn,
&c, Olympla, the Olympic games, and ludi, public games generally.
So also natalXtXa, birthday festival repotXa, drinking-bout after a

The names

1.

as Calendae, the Calends

feast

sponsalXa, espousals.

3. Many names of towns and countries, including such as are


properly names of nations, e. g. Arbela (orum), Erbil Athenae, Athens Gades, Cadiz Leuctrd (orurri) Delphi ; Trevirl, the country of
the Treviri Pdrlsii, Paris Syraciisae, Syracuse Persae, Persia.
4. The following substantives, which, with a plural form, commonly
preserve a plural signification :
;

Alpes, the Alps.

inferiae,

ambages,

justa,

quibbles, subterfuges.

funeral

rites.

gods below.

argutiae, subtleties, wit.

inferi, the

arma, arms.

insldiae, snares.

artus, limbs.

lamenta, complaints.
lemures, departed spirits.

bellaria, dainties.

cani,

gray

hairs.

liberi, children.

coelites, the celestials.

majores, ancestors.

consentes, the twelve highest gods.

manes, shades (of the dead).


minae, menaces.
moenia, icalls.

crepundia,

toys.

deliciae, delight; darling.


divitiae, riches.

donaria,
lautia,

'\P"**t*>

excubiae, watches.
exta,

parietinae, dilapidated walls.


penates, household-gods.
posteri, descendants.
praestigiae, jugglers' tricks.
preces, prayers.

primores,
}
77
7
7
r
y nobles, leaders.
proceres, j
reliquiae, the remains.
salebrae, impediments.

intestina, y th
viscera,

'

exuviae,
spolia,

facetiae, pleasantry.

sentes,

fori,

vepres, j
serta, garlands.

)
>

foruli,

book-cases.

j7

thorns.

foria, excrements.

superi, the upper gods.

grates, thanks.

tormina, the gripes.

gemini, twins.

tiicae, fooleries,

gerrae,
J/n
quisquiliae,

utensilia, necessaries

7
r

nonsense.

)
ilia, the entrails.

impedimenta, baggage,
induviae, articles of clothing.

valvae,
fores,

gewgaws.
(of life).

door-folds.

'I
verbera, blows.

LESSON

PLUKALIA TANTUM.

17.]

71

5. The following substantives, which, though plural in form,


have^niore or less a singular signification :

mimicitiae, enmity.

altaria, the high altar.

a casket.
manubiae, booty.
nuptiae, a wedding.
obices, a bolt, bar.
pantices, the paunch.
praecordia, the diaphragm.
loculi,

t_,i

'

casses,

clitellae,
'

lattice-work, grating.

hunter's net.

plagae,

nates,

pack-saddle.

Y the buttocks.
)

pugillares,

")
cunae,
eunabula,
> the cradle.
incunabula,
exsequiae, the funeral.

> writing-tablets.
)

scalae, the ladder.

seopae, the broom.

fauces, the throat.


fides, the lyre.

sordes, the dirt.

tenebrae, darkness.
virgulta, the brushwood.

induciae, armistice.

C.

")

tabulae,
cerae,

Some

plural,

substantives assume a different signification


and sometimes also a different gender. Thus
:

in the

Plural.

Singular.

fastus,

the calendar.

fastus, pride.
fasti,

forum,

gangways.
dens of wild beasts.
tempora, the temples {of the

the market-place.

fori, the

lustrum, a period ofJive years.

lustra,

tempus, time.

D. Others modify their signification in the plural without


abandoning that of the singular
:

Plural.

Singular.

aedes,

is,

a temple.

aedes, ium, a house.


aquae, mineral springs.
auxilla, auxiliary troops.
bona, property.
careeres, the lists (barrier).

aqua, water.
auxilium, help.
bonum, something good.
career, a prison.

castrum, a castle.
comitium, a part of the

castra,

Roman

forum.
copia, abundance.

power.

fortuna, fortune, luck.


hortus, i, a common garden.

election-meeting.

cupedia, n. \
epulae, the food, meal.
facultates, property, means.
fortunae, gifts of fortune.

epiilum, a banquet.

littera (or litera),

an

copiae, military forces.


ciipediae
or) 7
,
7 .,
~ r _ -,
Y dainty
J bits.

ciipedia, daintiness.

facultas, ability,

a camp.

comitia,

letter

of

the

4.-V

a garden for pleasure.

litterae (literae),

letter,

alphabet.

ludus, pastime, school.

ludi,

a public

spectacle.

writings.

72

LATIN GRAMMAR.

[LESSON

mm,

18.

or the nose.

naris, the nostril.

nares,

natalis

natales, the birth (icith respect to rooky.

(i. e.

dies), birthday.

tire

nostrils,

power : property.
operae, operatives.

(ops), help.

opes,

opera, trouble, pains.


pars, the part.
rostrum, a beak, bill.

partes,

sal, salt.

sales, witty sayings, repartee.

a party ;

role.

rostra, the orator's stage.*

E. The

Adjectives defective in number are pauci, a few, and plerique, most, which in ordinary language want the singular.
Of paucus, the neuter diminutive pauxillum or pauxillulum only occurs in
"
the sense of some little."
The singular plerusque was anciently
used in the sense of " the greater part of," but is now only put in the
neuter (plerumque), and adverbially, " for the most part."

Exercise

19.

Has the American good money ?


He has some.
Have the
Dutch good cheese ?
Yes, sir, the Dutch have some.
Has the
Russian no cheese ?
He has none.
Have you good stockings ?
Have you good or bad honey
I have some.
I have some good.
Have you some good coffee ?
I have none.
Have you some
bad coffee ?
I have some.
He
Has the Irishman good wine ?
has none.
Has he good water ?
Has the ScotchHe has some.
man some good salt
He has none.
What has the Dutchman ?
He has good ships.
Have I some bread ?
You have none.
Have I some good friends ?
Who has good
You have none.
friends ?
The Frenchman has some.
Has your servant any coats
or brooms ?
He has some good brooms, but no coats.
Has any

'?

't

one hay Some one has some. Who has some My servant
has some. Has
man any bread He has none. Who has
good shoes My good shoemaker has some. Have you the good
have neither those
hats of the Russians, or those of the Dutch

of the Russians nor those of the Dutch,


have those of the
Which sacks has your friend He has the good sacks of the merchants. Has your boy the good hammers of the carpenters
No,
boy some sugar He
he has them not. Has
has none Has the brother of your friend good combs The
brother of my friend has none, but
have some Who has good
wooden chairs Nobody has any.
?

this

Irish.

this little

sir,

Lesson XVIII.

pensum duodevicesimum.

OF NUMERALS.

The numerals

A.

of the Latin language are either

adjectives or adverbs.

* The
from

its

platform or desk from which the ancient Eomans spoke, so called


having been adorned with the beaks of captured ships.

LESSON

NUMERALS.

18.]

73

Numeral adjectives are divided into five classes


Cardinal,
Ordinal, Distributive, Multiplicative, and Proportional.
Of adverbial numerals there is but one class, which answer
to the question hoiv many times f as semel, once, ter, thrice.
:

Cardinals contain the answer to the question quot ? how


Of these
as units, one, duo, two, centum, a hundred.
the first three are susceptible of declension, and those from
quattuor (four) to centum (a hundred), inclusive of both, are
The multiples of 100, as far as mille (a thouinvariable.
sand), are declined like the plural of bonus ; as ducenti, ae, a,
Units, duo, and tres are thus inflected
two hundred, &c.

B.

many?

Unus, a,"um,
Singular.
Masc.

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

Plural.

unum

una

uni

unae

unortim

tin

uniim

unam

unum

unos

una
una

uniim

uni

Duo

duorum
duobus
duos or
duo
duobus

uno.

dtio

unoruiii

una
una

tinis.

Tres,
Masc.

Neut.

Fern.

Nom. duo

arum

unas
unae

duae, duo, two.

Masc.

una

tinis

tine

uno

Neut.

Fern.

Ifasc.

unius
urn

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

one.

Neut.

Fern.

unus

duae

duo

Nom.

duarum

duorum

duabus
duas
duae
duabus

duobus
duo
duo

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

duobus.

tria , three.

& Fern.

Neut.

tres

tria

tr lum

tribus
tres

tria

tres

tria

tribus.

Remark 1. The plural uni, unae, una, can only be used, a) when
joined with substantives that are pluraUa tantum, i. e. used in the
plural only as unae scopae, one broom unae litterae, one letter una
b) when it assumes
castra, one camp in unis aedibus, in one house
the sense of "only," "alone," "one and the same," "like," &c. as
unis moribus, with one and the
steps
ifres uni passus, only three
same kind of manners, &c.
2. Like duo is inflected ambo, ambae, ambo, "both."
Instead of
the genitives duorum, duarum, the contracted form duum is frequently
employed, especially with milium, thousand.
;

The numeral mille, thousand, is indeclinable in the singuregularly inflected in the plural, e. g. milia, milium, milibus,
&c.
It is generally followed by the genitive (sometimes by an appositional case) of the objects enumerated, as mille liominum, duo (tria,
C.

lar,

Obs.

but

is

LATIN GRAMMAR.

74

[LESSON

18.

This is its
quattuor,* &c.) milia hominum (more rarely homines), &c.
construction as a substantive ; but mille is far more frequently used as
an indeclinable adjective in all the cases, singular and plural; e. g.
mille hominum numero, a thousand
mille equltes, a thousand knights
men in number mille modis, in a thousand ways.
;

The Romans have a separate class of numerals in anHow many each (apiece)? or How many

D.
swer

to the question,

These are always in the plural,


each time ? ( Quoteni, ae, a ?)
and are called Distributives. E. g. vini (terni, quciterni, &c),
'
two (three, four) each" or " two (three, four) each time" " two

by two "
Examples
;

singuli, "
:

one each," " one by one," " one at a time."

Boys of sixteen or seventeen


years each.
They met with one interpreter
each.

Pueri senum septenumve

Cum
si

He

gave us three books apiece.


His daughters have each a son.
He does not know how much
twice two is.

denum\

annorum.
singulis interpretibus congres-

sunt.

Dedit nobis ternos h'bros.


Filiae ejus singulos filios habent.

Non

dfdicit, bis

bina qudt essent.

E. Obs. These distributives are employed instead of the cardinals,


a) in connection with such substantives as are used in the plural
only.f as binae (not duae) scopae, two brooms, quaternae nuptiae, four
weddings, &c.
b) with substantives whose plural assumes a simple
signification different from the singular, as castrum, a castle, duo
but una castra (pU peculiar), a camp, bina
castra, two castles
castra, two camps ; aedes, a temple, Ires aedes, three temples
but
aedes (a pi. with singular signification), a house, unae aedes, one
house, trlnae aedes, three houses; littera, a letter (of the alphabet),
quattuor litterae, four letters (of the alphabet)
but litterae (pi-), a letter (epistle), unae litterae, one letter, quaternae litterae, four letters, &c.
;

The hatter.
The joiner.
Round.

ov an (one).
K
y

*Opifex (gen. -icis) pileorum, m.


Faber (ri, m.) scriniarius.
Rotundus, a, um.
$ fMs,^, um.
( Aliquis,

-qua, -quod.

* It is also customary to use the distributives instead of the cardinal numerals, and to say bina {terna, quaterna, &c.) milia for duo milia, &c.
The
accusative of the objects enumerated becomes necessary when one of the declinable numerals diicerii, &c. is added; as, habet tria milia trecentos milites,
he has three thousand three hundred soldiers.
f The plural in um is the regular form for this class of numerals, instead of
the orum, arum, orum of other adjectives.
| This applies only to such nouns as have a singular signification with this
plural form.
Plurals like Ubcri, children, follow the general law.
In all these cases, where the distributive is thus used for the cardinal
numeral with nouns of a plural form, the English u one " must be expressed by
uni, ae, a, and " three" by trini, ae, a.
Singuli and terni remain distributive

always.

LESSON

NUMERALS.

18.]

75

F. Obs. The indefinite article a or an is generally


omitted in Latin.
When expressed, however, it is
units, a, um, " one," or aliquis, qua, quod, " some "one."

Examples
Have you
J

a looking-glass
&

( um speculum
|^
Habesne (unum) speculum

Est mihi unum.

e tibi

tt
one.

I have
?

TT

,,

Habeo unum.

tih
nus *$** ?
ff \(unum)) librum
Habesne

T
1

nave
one.

I have none.

fEstne

Have you
a good
round
J
&

hat

bdnum unum pileum

tibi

*
An^^T'"
habes bonum unum

\
j

pileum ro-

tundum ?
5 ? st mibi unus.
[_

I have one.

Unum

!Niim

habeo.

ddmus

est ei

piilchra ?

Niimquid llle habet


pulchram ?

none

I have two of them.

^st

di

or

N6n

'

e st )'

Ego (earum) duas habeo.

Habet (earum),

^lint

has three of them.

mllla

ddmum unam

Nullam habet (or Non habet).


Mihi sunt duae

He

Est mihi unus.


.
.
^ TT/ ,
, ,, u
( Habeo unum (aliquem).
Est mihi niillus (or Non est)
\
( JNullum habeo.
("

I have

.'

-^

Have you
a book
'

f^

8'

A
f
tres.

G. Obs. The partitive genitive after numerals is


commonly omitted in Latin, when the quantity denoted by them is equal to the whole. But the relative
pronoun may stand in the same case with the numeral.

You
~

( Siint tibi

have. four of them.

Ofn which you have


,

r
five.

quattuor.

\ Quattuor (earum*) habes.


( Quae tibi quinque sunt.
Quasf qui^ que\^bes
Siintne tibi quinque equi bdni ?
j
qufnqi/e h QS dq\10S bdnos
tmmo vero mihi sunt sex..
-j

Have you

Nay

five

rather, I

* Earum can
alluded
t

good horses
have

six of

them.

only be correctly put

mm

Habeo (eorum)
when

it

sex.

refers to a larger

number already

to.

Quae and quas, because the numeral quinque denotes the entire number
but qudrum if a larger number is meant.

possessed

LATIN GRAMMAR.

76
T

I have six good

and seven bad

C
}

[lesson

^^

18.

Sunt mihi sex bdni e't septem viles.


.
bdnog septdm e Vlles

beo.

And.

(Copulative con-

Et, ac, atque, -que.

junction.)

H. Obs. The conjunction ac cannot be used when


Et
the next word begins with a vowel or the letter h.
and atque stand before vowels and consonants both.
The enclitic que, like the interrogative ne, is always
suffixed to the word which it serves to connect.
Have you

a (one) letter

tibi una epistola ?


Habesne unas literas ?
( Sunt mihi decern.
( Ilabeo (earum) denas.
"
Sunt mihi decern epistolae

Estne

I have ten of them.

et

(ac,

dtque*) quinque schediilae.


I have ten letters and five notes. < (Ego) denas litteras e't (ac, atque)
quinque schedulas habeo.
(See
Obs. E.)
L
Titus and Cajus have each of Titus et Cajus libros singulos hathem a book
bent.
They have five looking-glasses Sunt iis quina specula.
apiece.
Quina specula habent.
Sunt mihi aedes trinae et mille
I have three houses and a thoupennarum.
sand pens.
Ego aedes trinas atque mille pennas habeo.
I

I.

The

distributive

following Table exhibits a list of the cardinal and


numerals of the Latin language
:

Cardinal.
1.
2.

unus, a, urn, one.


duo, ae, o,
two.

Distributive.
I.

II.

3.

tres, tria,

three.

III.

4.

quattuor,

four.

IV.
V.

5.

quinque,

five.

G.

sex,

six,

7.

septem

8.

octo

9.

nSveni

0.

decern

&c.

VI.
VII.
VIII.

IX.
X.

singiili, ae, a,

bini, ae, a,

one each.
two each.

terni (or trini), ae, a, three each.


quaterni, ae, a,
four each,
quini, ae, a,
five each.
seni, ae, a,

six each, &c.

septeni, ae, a.
octoni, ae, a.

noveni, ae, a.
deni, ae, a.

* Atque (= ad + que) is emphatic, and may be rendered by " and besides."


Et connects objects considered as distinct, que things belonging to, or resulting
from, each other. Ac has upon the whole the same force as atque, but it is
often employed instead of a simple et, to prevent a repetition of the latter.

LESSON

NUMERALS.

18.]

77

Cardinal.
11.

undecim

12.

duodecira
tredecim or
decern et tres

13.
14.

15.
16.
17.
18.
19.

viginti

unus et viginti
viginti unus f
duo et viginti
viginti duo

23.

tres et viginti

28.

octo et viginti
duodetrlginta

novem

29.

40.

quadraginta
quinquaginta
sexaginta

80.

nonaginta
nonaginta

90.

99.

100.
109.

200.
300.
400.
500.

XVI.
XVII.
XVIII.

septeni deni, ae,


(
(

XIX.

J
I

XX.

a.

octoni deni, ae, a.


duodevlceni, ae, a.

noveni deni, ae,

a.

undeviceni, ae, a.
viceni, ae, a.

viceni

XXII.

singiili, ae, a.

viceni bini, ae,

a.

viceni terni, ae, a.

XXVIII.

viceni octoni, ae, a.

XXIX.

viceni noveni, ae,

a.

trlceni, ae, a.

XL?

quadrageni, ae, a.
quinquageni, ae, a.

L.

LX.

sexageni, ae, a.
septuageni, ae, a.
octogeni, ae, a.

LXX.
LXXX.
XC.

novem

undecentum
centum
centum et novem
centum novem

IC.
C.

CIX.

ducenti, ae, a

cc.

ccc.

trecenti, ae,

a.

seni deni, ae, a.

XXIII.

septuaginta
octoginta

70.

XV.

XXX.

triginta

60.

quaterni deni, ae,


quini deni, ae, a.

30.
50.

terni deni, ae, a.

XIV.

XXI.

et viginti |

undetiiginta

XIII.

\ undevlginti

21.

undeni, ae, a.
duodeni, ae, a.

XII.
)

quattuordecim
quindecim
\ sedecim (sexdecim) or
\ decern et sex
( septendecim or
\ decern et septem
decern et octo or
duodevlginti*
\ decern et novem or
|_

20.

22.

Distributive.

XI.

quadringenti, ae, a
quingenti, ae, a

cccc.
13 or D.

nonageni, ae, a.
nonageni noveni, ae,
\ undeceni, ae, a.
\

a.

centeni, ae, a.

centeni noveni, ae,


duceni, ae,

a.

treceni, ae, a.

quadringeni, ae,
quingeni, ae, a.

a.

* For 18, 28, 38, &c. and for 19, 29, 39, &c. the subtractive expressions
duodevlginti^ duodetriginta, undevlginta, &c, as far as undecentum, are more common than the compounds decern et octo, &c, and neither the duo nor the un of
these words is inflected.
f The rule for the juxtaposition of the intermediate numbers is, that from
20 to 100 either the smaller may precede with et, or the larger without et, as
But beyond 100, the larger always comes first, with or within the case of 21.
out et ; e. g. ducenti quadraginta sex, or ducenti et quadraginta sex, 246.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

78

[LESSON

Cardinal.
600.
700.
800.

Distributive.

DC.

sexcenti, ae, a
septingenti, ae, a
octingenti, ae, a

nongenti, ae, a
noningenti, ae, a
mille
duo (or bin a)* milia
quinque (or qulna) milia
decern milia
centum milia

900.
1,000.

2,000.
5,000.
10,000.

100,000.

18.

DCC.
DCCC.
DCCCC.

nonageni, ae,

M.

singula milia.

CIO

or

MM.

a.

bina milia.
quina milia.

100.

CCIOO.

dena

CCCI000.

Exercise

sexceni, ae, a.
septingeni, ae, a.
octingeni, ae, a.

milia.

centena milia.

20.

I have a good letter and a good book.


a good letter ?
He has six brooms and five
your servant a broom ?
He has some.
Has your friend any houses ?
He
chickens.
What has the youth ?
has ten houses (aedes) and five gardens.
Who has a
He has a thousand books and two thousand notes.
The hatter has one.
The friend of our
beautiful round table ?
Have you a good
tailor has ten round tables and twenty chairs.
Has your hatmaker a beautiful house ?
I have one.
servant ?
Have I a pretty gold ribbon ?
You have
Pie has two (of them).
He has beautiful tables.
Has he
What has the joiner
one.
He has one.
Has the baker a large
a beautiful round table
Has the Scotchman the friends that
He has one.
looking-glass ?
He has not the same that you have, but he has good
I have ?
He has them. Have I their
friends.
Has he your good books ?
You have them not, but you have your good iron
good hammers ?
He has not yours, but his
nails.
Has that hatter my good hat ?
You have not yours you have
own.
Have I my good shoes ?
Somebody has them.
lias anybody two
his.
Who has mine ?
Has your cook
The brother of my neighbor has three.
letters ?
He has
He has four. Has he six good chickens ?
two sheep ?
Has the merchant good wine V
He
three good and seven bad.
He has none.
Has the tailor good coats?
Has the
has some.
He has some.
What has the carpenter V
baker good bread ?
What has your merchant ?
He has good penHe has good nails.
Who has good
cils, good coffee, good honey, and good biscuits.
iron ?
My good friend has some. Am I right or wrong V You
are wrong.
Is anybody sleepy ?
The shoemaker is sleepy and
thirsty.
He is not tired.
Has your servant the
Is he tired ?
He has not
glasses of our (nostrorum, vide next Lesson) friends ?
Has he my
those of your friends, but those of his great merchants.

Have you

Has

wooden
thirsty ?

chair

He has

am

'?

'?

not yours, but that of his boy.


Are you
not thirsty, but very hungry (veJiementer esurio).

* Vide page

74, note

'

LESSON

QUAM MULTUM.

19.]

Lesson XIX.

QUOT.

QUALIS.

79

pensum undevicesimum.

How much ?

Qucim multiim

quantum

(with

the gen.).
( Qucim multi, ae, a ?
\ Qudt f (indeclinable).
vi'ni, aquae ?
( Quam miiltum panis,
l
A
: ,
^
< 7? ,
Quantum pams, vim, aquae i
I

TT
man y a
How
-

TT

How much
TT

How many
TT

How many

bread, wine, water

, i

Qudt (quam
v

imilti) ciiltri?

Qu[im multi

CT1 i tr 5r U

Qudt (quam

miiltae)

4 Pi

How many^

looking-glasses

1
(

'

How many^
T
I

Tantum, solum,* non nm, duntaxdL


taxdt.

have you

( Qudt
idt tibi me'nsae
mensae sunt 9?
,
< /r ,
,,,
,
i.lnnin miiltas
mnlras
moncaa
mensas
habes ?

Mihi non sunt nisi diiae.


-n,
*
i. 'i
Unas *tantum
habeo.

have only
two.
^

1-t,

knives have you

of

Qudt

<

T r

TT

How manyJ

glasses
fo

have you
^

,
T ,
1 liave but six.
,

A.

Obs.
et,

those

Quam

"

tibi

vasa vitrea ?

^ - i. >t~
'u vasa
q
multa
vitrea habes r
( Sunt mihi duntaxat sex.
< a
,,
( oex tantum habeo.
indeed)
Decern
mihi
(and
sunt, e'aque (et ea,

1 7K

The demonstrative

and indeed,"

m
vbonum ihabeo.
'i
solum

Qudt sunt
>

que
is,

quidem,

e'a)

cit-

bona.

ea, id is often

put with the conjunc-

and nee by way of explanation of


precedes, in the sense of the English " and that,"
nor indeed," " and not indeed" (nee is).

atque, que,

something that
"

T
Unum

have ten, and


good ones.

tions

<
(

siint tibi ciiltri ?


.
,,
i,,

,
r\ uum
multos cultros habes Qr
Est mihi Cuius solus bonus.

good one.
1 have but one &

'

rr
How
many
^

'J Quam

tables

mensae ?
:*

'

|
TT

m?

'u
mensarum
multae
Qudt (quam multa) specula?
r\
'u speculorum
o
Quam multa
i

(Adv.)

Only, hut.

'

>

Quam

TT

'

-j

knives
tables

o
?

et

have a hundred books, and those Centum libros (librorum) habeo,


good ones.
et eos bdnos.
I have but one table, and that a Unam tantum mensam habeo, etimpoor one.
que tenuem.
I

What? What land of?


What sort of ?

J
)

[_

quod or quid.
Qui(s)nam, quaencim, quodnam
Quis, quae,

or quidnclm

Quails, quails, quale?

In connection with a substantive, and especially with one denoting a per"only" is frequently expressed by the adjective solus or
unus ("alone"); as, ego solus habeo, I only (alone) have ; solos' jjoetas legit, he
reads only poets.

son, the English

LATIN GRAMMAR.

80

[LESSOX

19.

B. Obs. The pronominal adjective quails denotes the


nature or quality of a person or object, and is the correlative of Wis, "such," "so constituted/'
It is inflected like turpis (Lessons IV. and XIII.)
The pronoun qui, quae, quod agrees with its noun in gender,
number, and case, but quid stands substantively, and is
followed by the genitive.
.

^ Qualis (qm's) est tibi liber ?


/
What (v sort ofj?\-ui-l
aJ) book nave you oi A /: M
-\
>j m
r
o
i-u
r
( Qualem hbrum (quid libri) liabes ?
-i-in

i.

T
I

nave a

r-

fine book.

i
(

Est mihi liber piilcher.


t
n ^
v
-i
Labrum
pulchrum
habeo.
-i

Qualis (quae nam) est ei mensa?


he ? -] Quid mensae habet
( Quam or qualem mensam habet ?
('

What
tt

He

(kind of a) table

-i

has a

i
wooden

lias

'?

ui

(
r

What

Tt
He

has fe
goodi su^ar.
c

Quale (quod)

(sort of) knives has

he

est

amico

tiio

sac-

Quales (quosnam) libros habet


6

f^

xi es

(nequam)

\ Libros \habet nequam (viles).


I
('
Qualis (quae) est tibi charta ?
) Quidnam chartae habes ?
(

I have beautiful paper.


1

*.

3 Quid librorum habet ?


(

has bad books.

What paper have you

h'gnea.

est amico tiio sacchari ?


Quale (quod) habet amicus tuus
saccharum ?
( Est ei saccharum bo'num.
J t>
i~
i -i
( -Donum saccharum habet.
( Quales (qui) sunt ei libri ?

He

mensa

Quidnam

What

ei

char um

(sort of) sugar has

friend

Est

,,

,,
T ,
Aiensani
ligneam habet.

< A

table.

(Qualem (quam) chartam habes


eh
P lu5 h ra
T
chartam habeo.

f* f
rulchram

Our, ours.
Your, yours (plural).

Nosier, nostra, nostrum.

Vester,

veslra, vestrum.

The possessive pronouns noster and vester are


C.
declined like pulcher.
Thus
:

Noster, nostra, nostrum, our, ours.

Singular.
No^r. noster

nostra nostrum
nostrae nostri
nostrae nostro

Gex. nostri
Pat. nostro
Ace. nostrum nostrum nostrum
Like Nom.
Voc.
Abl. nostro nostra nostro.

Plural.
nostri

nostrae

nostra

nostrorum

-arum

-orum

nostros

nostras

nostris

Like Nom.
nostris.

nostra

LESSON

REDUNDANT NOUNS.

19.]

Have you our candlestick or his

81

Nostnimne candelabrum habes an


ejus (illius) ?

have his.
Has he his own hats or ours
I

!Ejus (habeo).

TJtrum

file

tenet pileos suosmet an

ndstros ?

lie has ours.

Which paper have you

Ndstros (tenet).
Quam chartam habes ?
Familiarium nostrorum chartam ha-

1 have that of our friends.

How many are


D.

Obs.

beo.

there of us

When

Qudt (quam multi) siimus

quam

quot or

multi denotes the entire

number, they do not admit the partitive genitive after


them. The latter can only be put where in English we
use among.

How many
How many

are there of you ?


are there of them ?
There are twenty of us, of you,
of

Qudt e'stis ?
Qudt sunt llli

Vigmti siimus,

e'stis,

sunt.

them.

How many

are there among us,


among you, among them ?
There are twelve among us, you,

Qudt sunt nostrum, vestrum,

rum

illd-

Duo'decim sunt nostrum, vestrum,

them.

illorum.

OF REDUNDANT NOUNS.
E. Redundant nouns are such as exhibit a superfluity
of
This may take place in several ways

forms.
1

There may be two forms

for the nominative and one only for the


remaining cases as arbor or arbos, gen. arboris, f., a tree honor
or
honos, gen. honoris, m., honor, &c, &c.
.

2.

There may be one form

for the nominative, and two forms of


different declensions for the genitive and remaining cases
as laurus,
gen. i & us, f., the laurel-tree * cupressus, i & us, f., the
cypress ficus,
i kus, f, the fig-tree
plnus, i
us, f., the pine; and coins, i & us, f.,
_

&

a distaff. Among these may be included jugerum, i, n., a Roman acre,


which has a redundant ablative sing, jugero & jugere, pi. jugerls &
jugeribus f ; and the plural Ilia, the entrails, which in the gen. has
:

& Illorum, and in the dat. and abl. ilibus & tins. Vas, gen. vasis,
a vessel, has its plural from the secondary form vcisum, i, n.
vasa, vasorum, &c.
ilium
n^,

* The remaining cases are, Dat, lauro, Ace. laurum, Voc. laure. Abl. Imiro
and laurw, PI. Nom. lauri and laurus, Gen. laurorum, Dat. and Abl. laurls,
Ace. lauros, Voc. lauri. Other names of trees prefer the
second declension,
except quercus, which is entirely of the fourth.
t The forms of the second declension are to be preferred in prose.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

82
3.

ders,

One and

the

i,

n.

m.
m.
catillus, i, m.
catinus, i, m.
clipeus, i, m.
cubitus, i. m.
intubus, i, m.
balteus,
callus,

jiigulum, i, n.
lupinus, i, m.

porrum,
4.

8c

f.

n.

i,

One and

callum,

"

catillum,

i,

"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"

catinum,
clipeum,
cubitum,

a small

i,

n.

i,

n.

a
a

i,

n.

i,

n.

porrus,

i,

and

n.

i,

sort

n.

m.

i,

m.

delphinus, i, m.
elephantus, i, m.

may have two

alley, lane.

cingula, ae,/.

a bow ; an arch.
a horn, trumpet.
a girdle, belt.

consortium, i. n.
delphin, inis, m.

partnership,
a dolphin,

buccmum,

i,

n.

elephas, antis, m.
esseda, ae,yi

hebdomas, adis,/.

"

juventus, utis,/.

"

hebdomada, ae,/.
(juventa, ae,/

i,

n.

forms of different

aliment,

"
"

essedum,

of hat.

leek.

alimonium, i, n.
angiportum, i, n.
arcus, % i, m.

"
"
"
"
"
"

consortio, onis, f.

the collar-bone.

m.

i,

dish, platter.
shield.

lupine (a plant).
the palate.
the papyrus (reed).

n.

i,

callus.

dish.

the fore-arm; a cubit.]


succory (a plant).

m.

i,

papyrum,
pileus,

hard flesh,

n.

lupinum,
palatus,

girdle, belt.

n.

intubum,
jugulus,

n.

i,

i,

alimonia, ae,/!
angiportus, us, m.
arcus, us, m.
buccina, ae, f.
i,

balteum,

the same substantive

declensions, as

cingulum,

"
"

i,

i,

palatum, i, n.
papyrus, i, m.
plleum, i, n.

19.

same noun may have two forms of different gen


Such are
and baculus, i, m.
a staff, st id:

but of the same declension.

baculum,*

[LESSON

an

elephant.

a war-chariot.
a week.
(the age

| juventas, atis,/

menda, ae,/

of) youth.

afaidt, error.

palymbus, i, m. 7
\ palumba, ae, / \
pauperies,
ei,/
pavus, i, m.
( penus, us & i, m.
j"

palumbes,

is,

m.

8c f.

paupertas, atis,yi
pavo, onis, m.

"

penum,

"

i,

ll

n.

plebs, gen. plebis,/! "


"
senectus, utis,/

tapete,

is,

* In this
gender.
f
j

case

||

T[

a peacock.

&/

\ penus,

"

n.

list

the ling-dove.

poverty.

||

provisions.

oris, n.

plebes, ei,/
senecta,^|

tapetum,

the

ae,/
i,

n.

tapestry; carpet.

(tapes,) etis, m.
the form most generally in use

common people.

old age.

is

put

first,

without reference to

The measure is commonly denoted by cubitum, especially in the plural.


The latter chiefly of the rainbow. But this noun may also be referred
2.

Chiefly in poetry
poetical form.
:

youth personified.

The

This latter

is

poetical.

to


LESSON

;;

REDUNDANT NOUNS.

19.]

83

'

tonitrus, us, m.

and

tonitru, us, n.

"

'

'

vespera,
ae,,Jf.
1
5.

tonitriium,

i.

vesper(us),
eri *
K ^V
*
vesper, ens, m.

in.

'

")

eveninq.
J

y
)

number of feminine nouns have two

the other of the

declension f

fifth

barbaria, ae,
duiitia, ae,
luxuria, ae,

and

maceria, ae,
materia, ae,

"

"
"

forms, one of the

barbaries,

hardness.
profusion, luxury.
a garden-wall.

luxuries, ei,/

maceries, ei,/
materies, ei,/!

mollitia, ae,

nmria, ae,

"

murles, ei,/.

segnitia, ae,

"

segnities,

matter, materials.
suppleness, softness.

ei,/

mollifies,

first,

barbarity.

el, f.
duritles, ei, f.

"
"

6.

thunder.

n.

/.

salt liquor, brine.

ei,/

sluggishness.

Verbal substantives of the fourth declension with a secondary

um

form in

conatus, us, m.
eventus, us, m.
praetextus, us,
rictus, us,

and
"

conatum, i, n.
eventum, i, n.
praetextum, i,

"

rictum,

"

m.

an effort, attempt.
an issue, event.
an ornament, a pretext.

n.

the

n.

i,

jaws, open mouth.

Among

redundant nouns we must include those which,


in the plural, assume another gender and another form, partly
F.

Such are

in addition to the regular form.


1.

form

Masculines, which
:

i,

locus,

i,

slbllus,

a jest, joke
a place;

m.
m.
i, m.

jocus,

Tartarus,
2.

i,

a
m.

whistling

ostrea,

ae,/

Neuters

balneum, i, n.
coelum, i, n.

"
"
"

sound

additional

a curtain,
a pearl

an

sail

Neuter

pi. carbasi

"
"

oyster

have an additional
pi.

the infernal region

Feminines with an

carbasus, i,/
margarita, ae,/

3.

in the plural

joci

the sky,

joca.

"

loca.

slbili

"

sibila.

Tartara (only).

form in the plural

and

carbasa.

margarltae "

margaiita, -orum.

ostreae

ostrea, -orum.

pi.

heavens

and

loci %

with plurals of different genders

a bath;

Neuter

"

"
:

balnea, n.

and

balneae,||

coeli (only), to.

* Of this form there is only the Ace. vesperum and the Norn, commonly vesThe ablative is vespere and vesperi. But vesper, eri,
per, sometimes vesperus.
m., the evening-star, is regular.
f But this form of the fifth declension is commonly used only in the Nom.,
Ace, and Abl.
% The masculine, chiefly of places or passages in books; the neuter, of localiproper.
Slbili denotes single or isolated whistling or hissing sounds, and slbila continued hissing (chieflv in poetry).
The latter more frequent, and in the sense of " public baths."
ties

||

LATIN GRAMMAR.

84
delicium,

n.

i,

pi

delight;

[LESSON

delieiae (only),/.
epCilae {only), f.
freni, m. and frena, n.

epulum, i, n.
frenum, i, n.
porrum,* i, n.

a public banquet;

"

the bridle, rein

"

leek

"

porri {only), m.

rastrum,

a rale, harrow;

"

rastri, in.

skinoort (a plan!)

" siseres {only), m.

i,

n.

slser, eris, n.

Exercise

19.

and

rastra,

21.

How many friends have you ? I have two good friends. Have
Has your friend ten good
1 have nine.
you eight good trunks V
He has only three. Has he two good ships ? He has
brooms ?
How many hammers has the carpenter V He has only
only one ?
How many shoes has the shoemaker? He has ten. Has
four
He has only five.
Has the
the young man ten good books ?
He has not seven, but one ? How
painter seven good umbrellas?
You have only three.
Has your neighbor
many corks have I ?
He has not ours, but that of his brother. Has
our good bread ?
Has the friend of our tailor
It has some.
our horse any hay ?
He has some. Has he gold buttons ? He has no
good buttons ?
How many oxen has our brother ?
gold (buttons), but silver (ones).
He has no oxen. How many coats has the young man of our
The young man of our neighbor has only one good
neighbors ?
Plas he our good
coat, but that of your friend has three of them.
He has them. Have I his ? You have not his, but ours.
rams?
How many good rams have I ? You have nine.

Exercise

Who has

22.

Our merchant's boy has them.


our silver candlesticks ?
He has not ours, but those of the great
Has he our large birds ?
Has the Italian great eyes or great feet ?
He has great
Irishman.
Who has great thread stockings ? The Spaneyes and great feet.
Has he any cheese ?
He has none ? Has he
iard has some.
He has some. What kind of corn has he ? He has good
corn ?
He has good rice.
What kind of rice has our cook ?
corn.
He has good pencils.
What kind of pencils has our merchant ?
He has good bread and wine. Who
Has our baker good bread ?
Our neighbor has some.
Has our tailor's friend
has good cheese ?

some cloth? He has some. He has none. What has he?


Who
Nobody
He has our bad
but
sleepy. Who has our iron knives
the friend of our neighbor

The Scotchman has them. Has he them He has them.


What kind of friends have you I have good

He neither right nor


the friend of our Englishman
and good
wrong. Has he good
sheep He has
He has nothing.
neither birds nor sheep. What has the
coats.

thirsty ?

is

is

thirsty

is

friends.

right ?

is

little birds,

little

Italian ?

* The

singular poniis,

m.

is

rarely used.

Is

LESSON

Has

MULTUM.

20.]

MDLTI.

COPIA.

85

lie lias nothing


boy anything beautiful ?
He has an
something ugly.
What has he ugly?
Has he an ugly horse?
He has no horse.
What
noiv dog.
Has he a good book ?
He has nothing.
has our young friend?
How many
He has none.
He has one ? Has he good salt ?
How many are there
There are fifty of us.
are there of us ?
How many
There are a thousand among them.
among them ?
There are twenty-live of us.
What sort of
are tliere of you ?
I have good combs.
combs have you ?

our

tailor's

beautiful, but

XX. pensum yicesimum.

Lesson

Multum (with the gen.).


Multus, a, um.
J'

Permultum (a good

deal).

Multi, ae, a.

Multum (with the gen.

Many, a

Non pauci,

large number.

magna,

Copia

pi.).

ae, a.*
ae,

f.

(with

the

gen.).
.

The

A. Obs.

indefinite

numeral midtus

is

declined like
instead of

But

bonus, and has the construction of adjectives.

midtus in agreement with its substantive, the neuter multum


is often put partitively, and followed by the genitive, either
singular in the sense of "much," or plural in the sense of
"

many."

Much

As
Multum

bread, money, sugar.


f"

ManyJ books, letters, candlesticks.


'

'

-<

Multi

panis, pecuniae, sacchari.

libri,

miiltae epistolae, miil-

*
,-,.
T M
ru
Multum
hbrorum, epistolarum, cantv

'

delabrorum.
( Multi homines (or hdminumYf
>
\
ir^'-zi'Copia (hominum) magna.
I
[_

t
Many
men.
J
t.

Many

(i. e.

men)

many

things.

Miilti

miilta

(neut. pi.)

res

miiltae.

Have you much good wine ?

J3stne

ti'bi

(habesne) multum vini

bdni?
T
I

( Est mihi permultum.


| Permiiltlun habea

j
have a good
deal.
j

* Non pauci is negative "not a few."


Copia or multitude* (gen. -dinis)
magna, " a large force, body, or multitude." Besides these, frequentes is also
"
used in the sense of numerous."
t Multi hominum is the same as the English "many among men," "many
:

of the

human

family."

[ LESSON 20.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

86

Have you much


_.

of the

Estne ti'bl (habesne) miiltum ejus


pecuniae V
( Est mini ejus satis miiltum.
j Sdds miiltum dj us hdbe0

_.

money

I have a good deal of

it.

iNimius,
Nirms

a, urn.

multiim,

nimium (with the

gen.).
mult i, ae, a.
Nimis multiim or minium (with the

JNimis

gen. pi.).

Nimis miiltum (minium) panis, pe-

Too much bread, money, wine.

cuniae, vini.

^
loo many

men.

Nimis

Nimium hdminum.

Nobis

e have

miilti

(Lesson IX. B.)

Nos.

We.

w
u

We are.
We are hungry, thirsty.

est {pi. siint).

Nos habemus (tenemus)


Nos siimus.
(Nos) esurimus, sitimus.

B. Obs. The pronoun nos, like


commonly not expressed before the

We are right

(correct), wrong.

T
have
We

much money.

Ye or you

Ye
Ye
Ye
v
Ye
Ye

Vdbis

(or you) are right, wrong.

Vos

i?.)

est (pi. siint).

estis.

(Vos) esuritis, sititis.


(Vos) recte loquimini.
i

^ ^^

(Vos)

(or you) are tired, sleepy.


-^

is

j Vos habetis.

(or you) are.


(or you) are hungry, thirsty.
,

(Lesson IX.

Vos.

(pi.).

(or you) have.

We, &c,

tit,

ego,
verb.

(Nos) recte ldquimur, (nos) erramus.


Nobis non est miiltum pecuniae.
.
,..
_ habemus.
m pecuniae
nft 5
hAlTllls
miiltum
Non m

not

homines (ho'minum)

estis fessi, somniciildsi.

( Satis,

adsatim

sat,

gen.)

pi. safts

(with

the

miuti, ae, a.

C. Obs. The adverb safe is often employed substantively, like


the pronouns mini, quid, quantum, multum, &c.,and is followed by the
E. g.
genitive singular or plural.

Enough

bread, money, sugar.

Satis

(sat)

panis,

pecuniae, sac-

chari*

* Satis may, however, also stand adjectively as satis otium, satis consilium,
leisure, advice enough ; so that Ave
likewise say, Satis pecunia, sacchdIn questions, sat hi for satisne is very common ; as Satiii'
rum, homines, &c.
;

may

Is all quite well V


salve t
tinctness ?

Satiii

plane audio

Do

hear with sufficient dis-

LESSON

Men

PARUM.

20.]

PAULUM.
(

enough.

87

FAUCI.

Sat (satis) hdminum.


multi homines.
Satis speculorum.
Satis nuilta specula,

( Stitis
<

Looking-glasses enough.

Have you money enough


have only a
enough.

Estne

Habesne

Parum

but (yet)

little,

pecuniae ?
pecuniae ?
tantum habeo, sed (tamen)

tibi satis

satis

satis.

Parum, paulum (with the gen.).

Pauxillum, pauxillulum.

Little.

D. Ohs. The construction of the adverb parum (paulum) is the


same as that of satis. Parum is frequently used in the sense of " too
little."

(But)

little

Parum (paulum)

bread, money, sugar.

panis, pecuniae,

sacchari.

not much, but

Only a

little,

(a small quantity).

little

little.

C Nonnisi parum ( paulum)


} Paulum (parum) tantum.
(Non mal turn. (All with the gen.)

Paulum, paululum,

aliquantiilum,

pauxillum.

A little

wine,

salt,

Aliquantiilum (paululum) vini,

bread.

lis,

Have you

little

sugar ?

(
(

I have.

You have

but

The courage

little

courage.

(spirit, gallantry).

Non

things.

Few men have money

enough.

(ye)

many

We have but few

Paiiei

homines (hdminum).

bent.
Paiica tantum habeo.

friends ?

(of them)

Perpaucl, ae, a (quite few).

\ Pauci (without homines).


Paiicae res or patk-a (neut. pi.)
Pauci (homines) satis pecuniae ha-

have only a few things.

Have you

aliquantulum sacchari

est tibi nniltum animi.


| Parum tantum habes fortitiidinis.
Animus, i, m.
fbrtitudo, inis, f.
(

(A) few men.

tibi

Habesne paululum sacchari


Est.
Habeo.

virtus, utis, f.
C Pauci, ae, a (pi.).

A few, few.
(A) few

Estne

sa-

panis.

Habetisne miiltos amicos ?


Paiicos tantum (eorum) habemus.

Habemus non

nisi paiicos.

Eorum, edrum, eorum.


Habetne peregrinus miiltum pecu-

Of them.
Has the stranger much money ?

niae?

He

has but

little

(of

it).

(
}
(

Parum tantum (ejus)


Non habet (ejus)
(pauxillum).

habet.
nisi

parum

[ LESSON 20.

LATIN GRAMMAK.

88

OF THE CLASSIFICATION OF SUBSTANTIVES.


Latin substantives are commonly divided into a

E.

of general classes, of which some are peculiar


The principle of division depends
to the language.
partly on their signification and partly on their derivaThese classes are
tion.
or species
1. Common Nouns, or such as denote a genus
comprehending a plurality of individuals or parts; as homo, a
man equus, a horse domus, a house.

number

Among common nouns may be


aufum, gold

sal, salt

argentum,

included

tlie

names of materials

as

silver.

2. Collectives, or those which, though singular in form, are


plural in signification; as populus, a people ; senatus, a senate.

3. Abstract Nouns, or such as denote some quality, activity,


or mode of existence ; as pulchritudo, -mis, beauty; pietas,
-mis, f., piety infantia, ae, f., infancy ; cursus, -us, m., a course ;
;

ftunes, -is,

f.,

hunger.

majority of these substantives are formed from adjectives or


Those derived from adjectives commonly end in Has (ietas),
vetustas,
vetus
bonitas, goodness
ia, tudo, itia, or edo ; as bonus
miser
miseria, misery
elegantia, elegance
oldness, age elegans
dulcedo,
justiiia, justice dulcis
tongltudo, length Justus
longus
sweetness.

The

verbs.

4.

Proper Nouns, or names of

places

as Ccesar, Cicero, Virgilius

individuals,
;

Italia,

countries,

and

Roma.

Patronymics, derived from proper names of persons, and


These generally end in ides (ides,
ades, iades) masculine, and in is (eis, ias), me, or ione * femiE. g. Priamides, a son of Priam Laertiades, a son of
nine.
Laertes Nereis, a daughter of Nereus Neptunine, a daughter
of Neptune.
5.

indicative of extraction.

Patrials or Gentiles, derived from proper names of counor places, and indicative of nationality ; as Anglus, an
Celta, a Celt ;
Tros (gen.
Englishman ; Arabs, an Arab
Trois), a native of Troy ; Troas, -adis, f., a woman born at
Troy ; Arpinds, -atis, a native of Arpinum.
6.

tries

The majority of

um ;

Patrials are originally adjectives

Syracusanus, a,

um

Antwchensis,

is,

as

Romdnus,

Atheniensis,

is, e,

a,

&c.

* Patronymics in el's and tie are of the first declension ; as Priamides, -dae,
Those in is and as, of
-dae, -den, -de, -de (da) ; Neptunine, es, -e, -en, -e, -e.
the third; as Nereis, -idis or -ides, &c. ; Thestias, -iddis, f., &c.

; ;:;
;; ;;
;

LESSON

CLASSIFICATION OF SUBSTANTIVES.

20.]

89

7. Diminutives, or such as convey the idea of littleness, and


sometimes of endearment as fraterciUas, a little brother; litterlula, a little (short) letter.
They arc
This class of substantives is very numerous in Latin.
formed from other substantives, and end (according to the gender of
their primitives) most commonly in iilus, ula, ulum, or cuius, aula,
cuktm ; sometimes also in olus, a, um; ellus (Jllus'), a, um, or unculus,
The following, formed from words already known to the
a, um.
;

learner,

may

serve as examples

servulus,

i,

hortulus,

i,

m.
m.

servant

from

garden

servus.
hortus.

hoy;

puer.

a
"
a

infant;

infans.

head

a
a

u
a
a
u
a
u
u

paper ;

caput.
opus.
charta.
aedes.

~)

piierlulus,

puellus,

>

m.

i,

puel lulus, )
iatantulus,

i,

in.

capitulum,

i,

ri.

opusculum,

n.

i,

chartiila, ae,

f.

aediciila, ae,/.

diecula, ae, /.

curriculum, i, n.
corculum, i, n.
corniculum, i, n.

m.
libellus, i, m.
cultellus, i, m.

ocellus,

little

i,

catellus, )
V
^;^,

i'.

icorfr

house

while
chariot

heart;

horn ;
eye;
hook ;
knife ;

a
a
a
a
a
a
u
a
a

dies.

currus.
cor.

cornu.
oculus.
liber.

culter.

dog:

u
u

son ;
daughter ;

hat

pileus (um).

wine

stone

domunciila, ae,/.
cqauleus, i, m.

u
a
a
u
u
a

baculum.
vinum.

m.

a
a
a
a

1,

'

catulus,

filiolus,

i,

m.

filiola, ae, f.

pileolus,

m.

i,

pileolum,
bacillum,

i,

n.

i,

n.

villum,

n.

i,

canis.

'

m.

i, m.
hSmunculus,

lapillus,

i,

stick

man
house ;
horse ;

filius.

tt

filia.

lapis.

homo.
domus.
equus.

Amplifcatives (usually in o), which convey the notion of


largeness and contempt as bucco, onis, m. (from hucca, the
cheek), a blubber-head; nclso, onis, m. (from nasus, the nose),
a man with a large nose.
9.
Verbal Nouns, or such as are de-rived from verbs.
These
are either common or abstract as lector, oris, m., a reader
amor, oris, m., love clamor, oris,
auditor, oris, m., a hearer
m., a clamor
contemptto, onis, f., and contemptus, us, m., contempt gaudium.
oruamentum, i, n., an ornament.
8.

8'*


90

LATIN GRAMMAR.

Exercise

[l.ESSON

20.

23.

Has your friend


Have you much coffee ?
I have only a little.
much water ?
He has a great deal. Has the foreigner much corn ?
What has the American ?
He has much
He has not much.
He has much salt. Have Ave
sugar.
What has the Russian ?
much rice ?
We have but little. What have we ? We have
Have we much gold ?
much wine, much water, and many friends.
We have only a little, but enough. Have you many boys ?
We have only a few. Has our neighbor much hay ? He has
Has the Dutchman much cheese ?
He has a great deal.
enough.
He has none.
Has this man courage ?
Has that foreigner
He has not a great deal, but enough.
money ?
Has the painter's
He has some.
Have we good letters ?
boy candles V
We have

some. We have none. Has the joiner good bread He has


some. He has none. Has he good honey? He has none.
Has the Englishman a good horse He has one. What have we
We have good
Who has a beautiful house The German has one. Has the
many pretty looking-glasses He
corn. Has my good
has a great many but he has only a
neighbor the same horse which you have He has not the same
Has the Turk the same
that we
but the same
have He has not the same he has those of the Russians.

horses.

Italian

little

ships

carriage.

horse,

Exercise

How many

24.

We

have only one, but our brothservants have we ?


have iron
What knives have you ?
ers have three of them.
He has a thread bag. Has
knives.
What bag has the peasant ?
He has them not. Who
the young man our long (longas) letters?
Has the
has our pretty notes ?
The father of the sailor has them.
carpenter his nails ?
The carpenter has his iron nails, and the hatHe has
maker his paper hats.
Has the painter beautiful gardens ?
some, but his brother has none.
Have you many glasses ?
have enough of
have only a few.
Have you enough wine ?
Has the
it.
Has anybody my brooms?
Nobody has them.
He has neither yours
friend of your hatmakcr our combs or yours?
He has
nor ours he has his.
Has your boy my note or yours ?
I haA e not yours, but
that of his brother.
Have you my stick ?
I have not yours,
that of the merchant.
Have you my gloves?

We

We

We

but those of my good neighbor.

Exercise

25.

Who has
He has it not.
servant my broom ?
Has any one
Our neighbor's little son has it.
my little paper ?
Nobody has your little daughter's
my little daughter's little book ?
What has the little
little book, but somebody has her little carriage.
Have you any little
He has the little work of his friend.
boy ?
I have ten little houses, and six young (little) horses.
houses ?
Who has my little stick ? Your little brother has it. Is any one
Has your

little

LESSON

NONNL'LLI.

PAUCI.

91

What has that


Tbe
daughter of the
He has
gardens, and
knives.
he
No, he not a Roman, but an Arab. Are you a
am not a
but a German. How many
eyes has
hats have
has two. How many
(infantulus)
_ have but one. Who right (correct) My
any one wron^
The young man (adolescentulus)

sleepy

tailor is sleepy.

little

man ?
Roman ?

little

ALIQUOT.

21.]

his little

his little

sir,

Is

is

Celt,

I
Celt ?
that child
I
y 0U ?

little

little

It

is

littl

Is

is~right.

is

wrono;.

Lesson

XXL PENSUM UNUM

The pepper.
The meat (flesh).
The meat (food).
The vinegar.
The beer.
The shirt.
The leg.
The head.
The head

ET VICESIMUM.

Piper, eris, n.
Caro, gen. carnis,/.
Clbiis, i, m.
esca, ae,y.
;

Acetum,

n.

i,

vinum acidum,

i,

n.

Cerevisia (cervisla), ae,/.


*Indusium, i, n. tunica lintea, ae,/.
Crus, gen. cruris, n. pes, pedis, m.
(the foot).
Caput, itis, n.
;

Ingenium,

(i.e. natural

i,

n.

indoles, is,/.

talent).

The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The

arm.

Bracchium,

heart.

Cur, gen. cordis, n.


Pectus, oris, n. animus,
Mensis, is, m.

heart (i.e. soul)

n.

i,

month.
work.
volume.

Opus,*

i,

m.

eris, n.

Volumen,

inis, n.

tomus,

i,

n.

*Florenus, i, m.
*Thalerus, i, m.
*Kreutzerus,f i. m.

florin.

dollar (crown).
kreutzer (a coin)

*Schillingus,

shilling.

i,

m.

f Aliquot (indeclinable).

A few,

some few.

Nbnnulll, ae, a.
Panel, ae, a ; perpaucl, ae, a (very
few).
L

A.
u

Obs.

The proper equivalent

for

the

English

panel, ae, , and is opposed to " many."


Instead of this, nonnulli and aliquot may be used in the
sense of " some, some few, several."

few "

is

* This word, like the English, signifies both


also a literary production.

work or labor

in general,

and

f I put these modern coins with a Latin termination, instead of the more
inconvenient circumlocution numus noinen f/crens kreutzer, schilling.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

92

Have you
I

a few books

Siintne
?

He

has a few.

Nonmillos habeo.

Slint ei aliquot (nonniilli).

'

You have

Nonmillos (aliquot) habet.


Pauei tantum cultri mihi sunt.
Ciiltros habeo non nisi paiicos.
Pauci modo (tantum) tibi sunt.

have only (but) a few knives.

21.

aliquot libri ?

tibi

Habesne aliquot libros


Sunt mihi aliquot.

have a few (some few).

[LESSON

only a few.

ILibes

Few men.
Few things.

non

nisi paiicos.

Paiici homines, pauci.

Paiieae res, pauca (n.pl.).

Very few (men),

Perpaiici, perpauca.

things.

erum (of two).


ud (of several)

Alter, era,

Other, the other, another.

Alius, a,

opposed to unus or another alter,


of two. Alius, on the other hand,
is applied to several or many, and is another (of many).
These words are thus inflected
B. Obs.

and

Alter

is

signifies the other

S. altei

:',

Nom. alter

P.

the other.

alterum

altera

alter!, the others.

alter!,

alterae,

altera

alterius
Gen.
alter!
Dat.
Ace. alterum alteram alterum

alterorum

alterartim

-drum

alteros

alteras

altera

Voc. alter
Abl. altero

alter!

alterae

altera

alteris

altera

alterum

altera

altero.

alteris.

P.

S. alius, another.

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.

alius

aliud

alia

alms

alii,

others.

alii

aliae

alia

alioriim

-arum

-drum

alii

allis

allam

aliud

alios

alias

alia

A"oc. alius

alia

aliud

alii

aliae

alia

Abl.

alia

alio.

{ilium

alio

The other horse

The

(of two).

other horses (of two troops)

allis
( Alter equus.
| Alter equorum or ex equis.

Equi

Another horse.
Other horses.
Another thing.

alteri.

Alius equus.
Alii equi.

Res

alia,

son

Other things.

Have you another


I

have another.

Res
horse

(or simply) aliud.

XV.

H.)

aliae, (or simply) alia.

Estne

Habesne alium equum

Est mihi

Habeo

tibi alius

alius.

alium.

equus

V
?

(Les-

LESSON

Have you
I

have

it

ALIUS.

21.]

ALTER.

CETERI.

93

( Estne ti'bi alter equorum ?


\ Habesne alteram ex equis ?
Non est. Non habeo.

the other horse ?

not.

Nom.
No

^Masc.
Fem.
(Neut.
( Masc.
3 Fem.
(Neut.

(none) other.

-J

No

other.

have no other horse.

have no other.

Have you

have no others.

have some others.

Has he another

shirt ?

He

has another.

He

has no other.

nullum aliud
nulll alii

nullos alios,

nullae aliae
nulla alia

nullds cdids.
nulla alia.

nulla alia

Est mini millus equus alius (or


aliorum equorum).
Alium equum nullum habeo.
Mihi est alius (aliorum) millus.
Alium nullum habeo.
Niim ti'bi sunt equi alii ?
Niimquid habes equos alios ?
Sunt mihi alii niilli.
\ Nullos alios habeo.
j Sunt mihi alii quidam.
\ Nonniillos alios habeo.
( Estne ei indiisium aliud ?

other horses ?

Ace.
nullum ciltiim.
nullum aliam.
nullum all lid.

null us alius

\ Habetne
(

(ille)

indiisium aliud ?

Est (ei aliud).

\ Habet
Est

aliud.

aliud nullum.
1 Nullum aliud habet.
(

ei

When

the words alter and alms are repeated


C. Obs.
in opposition to each other, the first alter signifies " the
one, " and the second " the other "
and the first alius
nnp
one, ancl the second " the other."
;

The one hates the other.


One (of many or of two parties)
hates the other.
hate each other.
It is one thing to asperse
another to accuse.

Alter (or unus) alteram


Alius alium odit.

They

The

odit.

Alii alios oderunt.

and

Aliud

est

maledicere

aliud

cusare.
Reliqui, ae, a.

rest (the others).

Ceteri, ae, a.

Have you

the other (the rest of ( Siintne tibi equi ceteri ?


the)"horses ?
\ Habesne equos ceteros (reliquos)
Non sunt. Non habeo.
I have them not.
**n

,i

What have the rest


,

^li

ii

\ n (

(the others) ?

They have nothing.


Has he the other things
rest,

He

remainder)

has them not.

(i. e.

the

^ ^ ^^
Quid habent

ceteri ?
(r ^ liquis) ?

Nihil habent.
An habet cetera (reliqua) ?

^Lesson

XV. H.)

(Ea) non habet.

(Vide

LATIN GRAMMAR.

94

[LESSON

21.

OF ORDINAL NUMERALS.
D. Ordinal numerals contain the answer to the question Quotus, a, um ? " Which of a certain number, rank,
or place ? " as primus, the first
secundus, the second
They are all of them adjectives of
decimus, the tenth.
the first and second declensions, and inflected like bonus,
;

Examples

um.

a,

primus an secun-

f Estne tibi liber

Have you
book

the

first

or the second

dus

Utrum librum habes prhnuni an


secundum

[_

T
I

,,

have the

TT7-,

Which volume have you


J

W1
Which
.

Quota

note have you ?

est tibi schediila ?

,
j Qudfcam sch( dCllam

Mbes ?

Est mmi qmnta.

<

fifth.

is

..

jgat?-

the hour (of the day)


It is ten o'clock (the tenth).
What day of the month is it ?
j

Quotum est tibi volumen ?


i- m ~
\.-ak o
habes i
Quotum volumen

< /r

fifth.

I have the

Which

r,

the

Est mihi tertius.


| Tertium habeo.
(

third.

| Habeo quintam.
Quota hora est ?
Hora decima est*
Quotus est dies mensis
Sextus est.
Dies est mensis sextus.
I

<"

.,

E. Adverbial numerals correspond to the question Quottens ?


The answer then is either,
or Quoties f " How many times ? "
aliquotiens (or
generally, totiens (or tuties), so many times
-es), several times ; or definitely, semel, once ; bis, twice ; decies,
ten times, &c.
;

F. The following table exhibits a list of the ordinals of the


Latin language, and of the corresponding adverbial numerals
:

Numeral Adverbs.

Ordinals.
1

the first
?
j primus, a, um,
prior, prius, oris, (ot two). \
(

secundus,

alter, era,

um,
erum

a,

the second. >

(of two)

ggmgl '
,

'

* Among

the ancient Eomans the tenth hour was four o'clock, P. M., the
being our six, A. M. The division of the days of the month was likewise
from ours (as will be shown hereafter). In writing and speaking the
Latin, however, it is now customary to follow the modern method. It is necessary to add here, that " at an hour," " on a day" (or, more generally, "time
when"), must be put in the ablative; as hora prima, at one o'clock; tertio
A date mav be written thus: Romae, tertio
Aprilis, on the third of April.
Octobris, a. p. Chr. MDCCCLVI.; Rome, October 3d, 1856.
first

different

LESSON

ORDINAL NUMERALS.

21.]

95

Numeral Advkrrs.

Ordinals.
3.

tertius, a, ura,

the ihitrd.

ter,

4.

the fourth,

5.

quartus, a, um
quintus, a, um,

the fifth,

quater,
quinqules,

five times.

6.

sextus, a,

the sixth, &c.

sexles,

67.r

7.

septimus, a, um.
octavus, a, um.
norms, a, um.
decimus, a, um.

8.
-9.

10.
11.

12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.

18.
19.

20.
21.

22.

23.
28.
29.
30.

um,

50.
60.
70.

80.

decles.

alter et vicesimus, a,

um.
um.
um.

vicesimus et alter, a,
tertius et vicesimus, a, um
vicesimus tertius, a, um.
vicesimus octavus, a, um.
du6detrlcesimus,f a, um.
et vicesimus, a,
a,

um.

um.

undecles.
duodecles.
terdecles or tredecles.
quaterdecles or quattuordecles.
quinqulesdecies or quindecles.
sexlesdecles or sedecies.
septlesdccles.
octlesdecles.

duodevicles.
novlesdecles.
undevicles.

semel et vicies.
vicles (et) semcl.
bis et vicles.

vicles (et) bis.


ter et vicles.
vicles (et) ter.
octles et vicles.

vicles (et) octles.

novles et vicles.
vicles (et) novles.

triceslmus, a, um.

trigesimus, a,

40.

octles.

et vicesimus, a,

undetriceslmus,

times, &c.

novles.

quintus decimus, a, um.


sextus decimus, a, um.
septimus decimus, a, um.
octavus decimus, a, um.
diiodeviceslmus, a, um.
nonus decimus, a, um.
undevicesimus, a, um.
vicesimus, a, um. )
vigeslmus, a, um.
vicesimus primus,* a, um.

nonus

limes.

septles.

undeclmus, a, um.
duodeclmus, a, um.
tertius decimus, a, um.
quartus decimus, a, um.

unus

thrice.

four

um

quadrageslmus, a, um.
quinquageslmus, a, um.
sexageslmus, a, um.
septuageslmus, a, um..
octogeslmus, a, um.

* The

tricles.

quadragies.
quinquagles.
sexagies.

septuagies.
octooies.

rule respecting; the juxtaposition of ordinals

is,

that either the smaller

numeral should precede the greater with " e<," or the greater the smaller without " et" as in this instance. To this, however, those from 13 to 19 must be
regarded as exceptions, tertius decimus or tertius et decimus, &c. being here the
only admissible forms. For 21st, unus et vicesimus, fem. una et vicesima (or,
So
contracted, unetv'icesima). are more common than primus et vicesimus, &c.
also alter et vicesimus {tricesimus, qucidrdgesimus, &c.) better than secundus
et vicesimus, &c.
f For 28, 38, &c, 29, 39, 99, &c, the subtractive expressions duodetricesimus,
dfiodequddrdgesimus, &c, undetriceslmus, undequddrdgesimus, undecentesimus,
&c, are used, without any change of duo or un, precisely as in cardinals.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

96

[LESSON
Numeral Adverbs.

Ordinals.
90.

100.
200.
300.
400.
500.
600.
700.
800.
900.
1,000.
2,000.
3,000.
10,000.
100,000.
1,000,000.

21.

noniigesimus, a, um.
centeslmus, a, um.

ducentcslmus,

a,

trecenteslmus,

a,

nongies, ninety times.


centies.

um.
um.

diicenties.

trecenties.

quadringentesimus, a, um.
quingenteslmus, a, um.
sexcenteslmus, a, um.
septingentesimus, a, um.
octingentesimus, a, um.
nongentesimus, a, um.

quadringenties.
quingenties.
sexcenties.

millesimus, a, um.
bis millesimus, a, um.
ter millesimus, a, um.
decies millesimus, a, um.
centies millesimus, a, um.
decies centies millesimus, a, um.

millies.

Exercise

septingentles.
octingentles.

nongenties.
bis millies.

ter millies.
decies millies.

centies millies.
millies millies.

26.

I have a few. Have you many rams


Has the friend of the great painter many

looking-glasses He has only a few. Have you a


How
have you have
have a few. How many
many kreutzers has your servant He has not many, he has only
The
of the
two. Have the men the
but we have them. What haA we We
men have them
have much money. Have you the carriage of the Dutchman or that
Has the
of the German I have neither the one nor the
He has neither the one
or the ugly
peasant's boy the
Has he the gloves of the merchant or those of
nor the
Which gloves
brother He has neither the one nor the
own. Have we the horses of the English or
has he He has

those of the Germans We have neither the one nor the


Have we the umbrellas of the Spaniards We have them not; the
Americans have them. Have you much pepper have only a
but enough. Have you much vinegar have only a
Have the Russians much meat The Russians have a great
Have you no other pepper
but the Turks have only a

have no other. Have


no other beer You have do
Has the
Have we no other good friends We have no
He has not many he has only two. Have
many

but a good
you a wooden leg have not a wooden
Has
man a good head He has a good head and a good
How many arms has that boy He has only on the other
has your boy He
of wood. What kind of head
Have you a few knives

have only a few.


?

feAv florins ?

florins

ten.

beautiful glasses

Italians ?

not,

other.

fine

letter ?

other.

his

other.

his

'?

other.

little,

little.

deal,

other.

others.

sailor

shirts ?

little.

heart.

leg,

this

heart.

is

talents)

(i. e.

has a good head.

Exercise

Which volume have you


ond volume of

my work

27.

Have you the


Have you the third or the

T have the
I

have

it.

first.

sec-

LESSON

22.

AMBO.

UTEIIQUE.

07

Have we the
I have neither the one nor the other.
fourth book ?
have neither the one nor the other.
fifth or sixth volume ?
have the seventh.
What day of
Which volume have we ?
Is it not {nonne) the eleventh ?
It is the eighth.
the month is it?
Have the Spaniards many crowns ?
No, sir, it is the tenth.
The Spaniards have only a few but the English have a great many.
Has the youth
The French have them.
has our crowns ?
He has not much head, but much courage.
much head (i. e. talent) ?
How many arms has the man ? He has two. How many shirts

Who

has he

We

He has only two. He has

Exercise

We

good and ten bad (ones)

six

28.

Have you

the crowns of the French or those o. the English ?


I
have neither those of the French nor those of the English, but those
Has the German a few kreutzers?
of the Americans.
He has a
He has six of them.
few.
Has he a few florins ?
Have you
What other stick have you?
another stick ?
I have another.
Have you a few gold candlesticks?
have another iron stick.
AVe
These men have none,
have a few.
Have these men vinegar?
Have our boys candles ? Our boys
but their friends have some.
have none, but the friends of our boys have some.
Have you some
other bags ?
Have you any other cheeses ?
I have no others.
Have you other meat?
I have no other.
I have some others.
Has your friend many other books ?
He has but very few
others.
How many shillings has that boy ? He has only five.
Have they the other
Have you the other horse ?
I have it not.
They have them.
Have you the other
(the rest) of the books ?
things (the remainder) ?
I have it not.
What is the hour ?
It

is

Lesson XXII.

Is it

not five

No,

pensum

twelve o'clock.

sir, it is

only four.

altepum et

vice-

SIMUM.
The

part, portion.

Pars, gen. partis, f.

m
The volume, tome.

Have you the


of my work
I

first

<

j7

Both.

Ohs.

Ambo

is

" both,"

" both " in the sense of "

the other."
uter.

(Cf.

n.

'

'

Arnbd, ambaei ambo.

J v ,
fT
Uterque,
utraque^.utrumque.
'

A.

Utrum dperis mei tdmum kabes


primum an tertium ?
Ambos (utriimque) habeo.

or third tome

have both.
-r,

Volumen, inis,
lomus, 1, m.

{ rp~

considered

as

united

uterque,

each of the two," " the one as well as

The former is inflected


Lesson XII. A.) Thus

like duo,
:

and the

latter like

[LESSON

LATIN GRAMMAR.

98

both

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Yoc.

of both

L.

to

ambae

ambo
amborum
ambobus
ambos (ambo)

both

both

ambobus

with both

ambariim
ambabus
arnbas

ambae
ambabus

ambo

both

Neut.

Fern.

Masc.

Nom.

22.

ambo
amborum
ambobus

ambo
ambo
ambobus.

Singular.
Masc.

Nom.

uterque

Neut.

utrumque

utriusque
utrique

GrEN.

DAT.
Acc.
Yoc.
Abl.

Fern.

utraque

utrumque

utramque

uterque
utroque

utraque
utraque

utrumque
utrumque
utroque.

Plural.

Nom.

utrique

utraeque

utraque

Gen.
Dat.
Acc.
Voc.
Abl.

utrorumque

utrarumque

utrorumque

utrosque
utrique

utrasque
utraeque

utrisque

utraque
utraque

utrisque.

Remarks.
1. Amid, like duo, ires, ducenti, &c, is a natural plural, and consequently wants tlie singular.
2. Uterque, although involving a plural signification's commonlyput in the singular as uterque polus, both poles utraque fortuna,
both good and bad fortune uterque parens, both parents. Sometimes,
however, also in the plural as utrique Dionysii, both the Dionysiuses
utraque oppula, both towns.
3. The plural utrique is regularly used, when two parties or collective bodies are spoken of; as Utrique (i. e. plebs et senatus) victoriam
crudeliter exercebant, They both (i.e. the people and the senate) made
a cruel use of their (respective) victories.
4. The remaining correlatives of uter, "which of (the) two?" are:
alter, " the one of two," or "the other" (Lesson
B.) alteruter,
" one or other of two," " the one or the other"; neuter, " neither of
the two " utervis and uterlibet, " any one of the two you please,"
" either of the two." All these compounds of uter are inflected like
the simple pronoun, except alteruter, of which either both components
are declined separately, as alter uter, altera utra, alterum utrum, gen.
alterius utrlus, &c, or the last only, as alteruter, alterutra, alterutrum,
gen. alterutrius, &c.
;

XXL

Have you my book


per ?
I have both.

or

my

pa-

habes meum librum


meam chartam ?
Ambo (utrumque) habeo.

"Utrum

an

LESSON

22.]

ADJECTIVES WITH

TWO OR MORE

NOUNS.

99

An adjective, participle, or pronoun,


B. Rule.
belonging to two or more nouns, is generally put in the
plural.
Its gender is determined according to the following rules
:

When

the substantives are of the same gender, the adjective, paror pronoun agrees with them in gender.
E. g. Pater mini et
father and brother are dead.
Soror ejus et
frater mortui sunt,
mater mortuae sunt, His sister and mother are dead.
2. When substantives denoting living beings are of different genders,
the adjective is masculine rather than feminine, and feminine rather
than neuter. E. g. Pater mini et mater mortui sunt,
father and
mother are dead. Soror tua et ejus mancipium (neut.) inventae sunt,
1.

ticTple,

My

My

Your

and her slave have been found.*

sister

When

substantives denoting inanimate objects are of different


genders, the adjective is neuter. E. g. Libros atque mensas multa pulchraque habeo, I have many fine books and tables. Labor voluptasque
dissimilia naturd sunt, Labor and pleasure are naturally unlike.
4. When there is a mixture of animate and inanimate objects, the
adjective either assumes the gender of the animate object, or is put
into the neuter.
E.g. Famulos et domos bonos multosgue habeo, I
have good servants and houses, and many of them. Canes miki et cornua venatica multa eaque bona sunt, I have many dogs and huntinghorns, and those good ones.
5. The adjective, however, frequently agrees (in gender, number,
and case) with the nearest noun, and is understood with the rest.
E. g. Amor tuus ac judicium (sc. tuum) de me, Your affection and
(your) opinion of me. Libros atque mensas multas easque pulchras
3.

habeo.

Which

of us (of you, of them)

two has

that

book

nostrum (vestrum, eorum)


librum ilium habet ?
Neuter nostrum (vestrum, eorum)
TJter

Neither of us (of you, of them)


has it.
One or the other of us (of you,
of them) has it.
-r,
c
N1
Both
of us (of you, of them) have

,,

r,

n.

,-,

eum

C
)
I

Which

of the two books have

you ?
have

either, neither, both, of


them.
Which of the two pens has your
brother ?

habet.

nostrum (vestrum, eorum) eum habet.


Uterque nostrum (vestrum,
eorum)J
v

Alteriiter

MbeL

l'lli) ambo eum habent.


Utrum f librum (librorum) habes

Nos

(vos,

Alteriitrum, neiitrum, utmmque


eorum (eos ambos) hdbeo.
TJtram habet frater tuus pennam

(pennarum)

Inventae, if the slave is a female, but inventi if a male.


this we must distinguish the interrogative utrum, which has no influence upon the construction of other words, except as the sign of a double
question.
1

From

TT

He

^
has both.
,

Have you my
I have

light or

my

-I

Pjlur.

aliquos, -quas, -qua).

Reliquus, a, urn.
f

any more bread, money,


jy,j
,

(^

anymore

3.)

Etiamnum (adhuc) aliquantum.


Etiamnum (adhuc) aliquot (o

Left, remaining.

(librorum)

(Vide A. Rem.

Utrique.

C Sing.

borne or

tibi libri

Etiamnum, adhuc * (adverbs).

Some or any more.

,,

sunt

IJtri

Still, yet.

or
wine.

habet.

habet.

Utrumque (litraque) habeo.


Habeo ea ambo.

have both.

Some

22.

Utriimne habes meuin lumen an


baeulum ?

stick ?

of the two sets of books

have you

Utramque (utrasque)

JAmbas

them both

Which
I

[LESSON

LATIN GRAMMAR.

100

Etiamnum (adhuc) aliquantum


pecuniae, vini.
Aliquantum panis, pecuniae,
reliquum.

pa-

nis,

vim

f Adhuc (etiamnum)
epistolas, visa vitrea.
books, letters ,1
,

^^ ^ ^

,.

asses.

Ahquas

aliquot libros,

epistolas reliquas.

l^Aliqua vasa vitrea reliqua.


f

Have you any more


bread

wine, water,

n s
have some more (lelt).
v
J

Has he any
books
J more

adhuc aliquantum

vini,

Habesne aliquantum
/

^ TJ
j

(_

T
1

tibi

aquae, panis

vini, aquae,
panis reliquum ?
( Est mihi adhuc aliquantum.
i tt'u
mi
ireliquum.
Habeo nonnullum
I
(etiamnum)
f Ecqui tibi sunt adhuc

(left) ?

[_

Estne

n ns
have some more (left).
v
J

i
I

'

/ M
(aliquot)
o.

,,,

Habesne ahquos

, -,

libros

reliquos ?

Sunt mihi adhuc


ttm
mi
Habeo nonnullos

aliquot.
mreliquos.

fEcqua (numqua) mihi sunt adhuc


TT

Have

T
1

..

31
i
any more candlesticks

o
.

<
]

T
n iv\
1rou have no more (left)
i

A7-

JSot

ami
J more, no more.

candelabra ?
-,-, u
,,.
,^
reliqua
ego aliquot candelabra

e
An

'?

NdUa

Nihil

habeo
Nulla (non) sunt.

j
J.

^^ ^^

am plats

(with the gen.).

* ?. J x
Ar ,,^ ,1 ~ o -^
JSullus (a, um) reltquus (a, urn).

* The primary signification of adhuc (= ad hue) is "hitherto,"' "thus


far," "as yet."
There is good authority, however, for its secondary senses of
praeterea, "besides," and etiamnum, "yet," " as yet," "still."

LESSON

22.]

NON MULTUM AMPLIUS.

PARUM RELIQUUM.

Niimquid

Has he any more bread, water,

aceti

Num

vinegar
L

He

has no more

have no more books.

have no more

have no more

ali

quantum

panis, aquae,

reliquum habet

Est

Nihil amplius epistolarum habeo.


Specula mihi nulla reliqua sunt.
Nihil speculorum amplius habeo.

letters.

ei nihil

sunt.

lookino-.o-lasses.

(left).

Not many more (left).


(Only a few left).

Have you much more wine

Non

Nonntsi panel

Niimquid

vini ?

have not much more.

Piirum (paulum) reliquum.


(haud) multum amplius (with
the gen. sing, and pi.)

Non

(
I

ille

aceti

Not much more

adhuc panis, aquae,

'?

reliquum.
( Nihil ejus amplius habet.
{ Libri nn'hi niilli rellqui sunt.
\ Nihil amplius librorum habeo
JEpistolae mihi niillae reliquae

(left).

est ei

101

-\

multi (ae, a) rellqui (ae, a)

est

vini reliquum ?
Est mihi ejus reliquum non nisi

parum.

Num
sunt
?

adhuc multum

tibi

Niim multum habes

Haud multum
Have you many more books

(ae, a) rellqui (ae, a).

Niim

dmplius habeo.

etiamnum multi

tibi

libri

libros

multos

adhuc habes

reliquos ?
I

Pauci tantum mihi reliqui sunt.


multos reliquos habeo.

have not many more.

Has

He

lie

Non

ei adhuc unus liber reliquus?


Habetne etiamnum unum librum ?
("Est ei adhuc unus liber bonus re-

JEstne

one more book?

has one

more good book.

[_

Have we a few more knives

liquus.

Habet etiamnum unum librum bdnum.


Habeimisne adhuc aliquot libros
(reliquos) ?

We have

Habemus (adhuc)

a few more.

nonniillos reli-

quos.

Have they any more


m,

letters ?

They have a rfew (some)N more,


,

Ecquae lis adhuc siint epistolae


Sunt lis adhuc aliquot.

^^ ^ ^
ndlla

f Siintne ei

Has

he

(left) ?

few

good

roblets

(_

liquas.

adhuc aliquot bona pd-

cula ?

Habetne nonnulla bona


liqua ?

pdciila re-


LATIN GRAMMAR.

102
tt

He

r
n av
has a few more (left).
-i

Sunt

mbet

Exercise

22.

^^ ^^

ei

adhuc aliquot.

29.

How
I have the second.
Which volume of his work have you?
many tomes has this work ?
Have you my work, or
It has three.
that of my brother ?
Has the foreigner my comb or
I have both.
my knife ? He has both. Have you our bread or our cheese ?
I have
Have you my glass or that of my friend ?
I have both.
Have we any more hay ?
We
neither the one nor the other.
He has
have some more.
Has our merchant any more pepper ?

'

[LESSON

He has some more.


Has he any more candles'?
some more.
We have no more coffee, but we have
Have you any more coffee ?
He has
Has the German any more water ?
some more vinegar.
Have we any more
no more water, but he has some more meat.
gold ribbons ?
We have no more gold ribbons, but we have some
more silver (ribbons).
Has our friend any more sugar?
He
has no more.
Have I any more beer ?
You have no more.
Has your young man any more friends ?
He has no more.

Exercise

30.

He has one more.


Have
Has your brother one more horse ?
Has the peasant one more ox ?
you one more ?
I have one more.
Have you a few more gardens ?
He has one more.
We have
What have you more ?
We have a few good ships,
a few more.
Has our brother a few more friends ?
and a few good sailors more.
He has a few more. Have I a little more money ? You have a
little more.
Have you any more courage?
I have no more.
Have you much more money ?
I have much more, but my brother
has no more.
Has he enough salt ?
He has not enough. Have
we buttons enough ?
We have not enough. Has the good son of
your good tailor buttons enough ?
He has not enough. Which of
you two has some money left ?
Neither of us has any left.
One
or the other of us has a good deal of it left.
Has the sailor my stick
or my sack?
He has neither (neutrum) of the two. Have you my
hat or my coat ?
Which of you (three) has my
I have both.
paper ?
I have it not.
He has
Has the youth anything left ?
nothing left.
Have you many more candles ?
I have not many

more.

* Instead of relzquus (a, um) est, and reliqui (ae, a) sunt, the compounds of
sum, superest and supersunt, may be employed in a similar sense. E. g. Superestne tibl aliguantum aquae, vini, pecuniae ?
Superest.
Non superest. Libri
mihi multi iique boni supersunt, &c.

LESSON

TANTUM

23.]

Lesson XXIII.

QUANTUM.

TOT

QUOT.

PENSUM TERTIUM ET

103

VICE.

SIMUM.

quam
quantum*
(quam), (with
the gen.).
Tarn
a quam
Tot

Tarn miiltam

As much

as.

As many

as.

multl,

ae,

multl,

quot (indecl.).

Tantum (tarn miiltum)


panis,
quantum (quam miiltum or
quam) vihi.

as wine.

Tot homines qudtf

As many men

ae, a.

(indecl.)

As much bread

(jnultum)

Tantum

Tarn

as children.

miilti

liberi.

homines,

quam

(miilti)

liberi.

Have you

as

much

gold as silver

have as much of the former as

have as much of the one as of

of the latter.
the other.

Habesne tantum aiiri, quantum


(quam) argenti ?
Habeo tantum illius, quantum
(quam) hiijus.
Tantum ex (de) altera (lino),
quam ex (de) altera habeo.

Obs. The partitive relation denoted by the Eng"of" is in Latin expressed either by the genitive
by the prepositions e, ex, or de with the ablative.

A.
lish

or

Have you as many hats as coats ?


I have as many of these as of
those.
I have as many of the one as of
the other.
Have you as many (wine-) glasses
as goblets

Habesne tot pi'leos qudt togas ?


Tot (tarn miiltas) illorum, qudt
(quam miiltas) harum habeo.
Habeo tarn miiltas (tot) ex linis,
quam miiltos (qudt) ex alteris. %
Siintne

tibi tot (tarn miilti)

scyphi,

qudt (quam miilta or quam) pdcula?

* In a similar manner the Romans say, tantus quantus, as great as ;


talis
as; toties
quails, such
quoties, as many times
as, &c.
Words
thus corresponding with each other are called correlatives.
quot, tantum
quantum are more frequent than tarn -multi, &c.
f Tot
The Romans are fond of inverting the logical order of these clauses, and of saytantum, &c, and sometimes the tot, tantum, &c. is
ing quot
tot, quantum
entirely suppressed; as Or as et quot dies (= tot dies, quot) erimus in Tusculano,
To-morrow and as many days as we shall be in Tusculanum.
J "The former" of two persons or things is commonly expressed by ille,
and sometimes also (especially when two persons are spoken of) by prior,
& f.,prius, gen. prioris. " The latter" may then be either hie or posterior,
"The one" may be expressed by alter
f, posterius, n., gen. posterioris.
or unus, " the other," by alter or ille.
The words may thus be used in every
gender and in any of their cases, singular and plural. The plural uni
alteri
is here employed precisely like utrique of Lesson XXI. A. Rem. 3.

m
m

&

LATIN GRAMMAR.

104

I have quite as many of the one


as of the other.
Quite (or just) as
Quite (or just) as

many
much

[LESSON

Sunt mihi tdtidem ex


ex alteris or illis.

23.

qudt

alteris,

Toiidem (indecl.)
quot.
Tantumd'em (or tantund em)

as.

as.

quan-

tum.

Totiden is a compound of tot and itidem,


B. Obs.
and tantumdem of tantum and itidem (= likewise). The
construction of these words is the same as that of tot
and tantum.
I

have just as much of this as of

st mihi tantiindem
turn

that.

have just as many of these as


of those.

hiijus,

quan-

illius.

Sunt mihi tdtidem horum,

qudt

illorum.
f

I have just as much wine as water.

Est mihi tantiindem vini, quantum

You have

aquae.
Tibi sunt tdtidem

just as

many

hats as

More.
C.

flected

qudt epi-

Plus,

])\.

plures, plura.

The comparative plus has

only the neuter in the


but a double form in the plural. It is thus in-

Obs.

singular,

pilei,

stolae.

letters.

Plural.

Singular.
Masc.

Neat.

Nom.

plus

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

pluris

plurfum

plus

pluribus
plures

plure or

Neut.

8? Fern.

plura (pluria)

plures

i.

plura (pluria)

pluribus.

Remarks.
The dative singular of plus is wanting.
2. The form pluria for pAura is obsolete, but
pound compluria, several.
1.

still

in use in the

com-

Plures and complures are the only comparatives which have


mm. All others have um. (Cf. Less. XIII.)
4. The neuters plus and plura are often used substantively,* and
then the former signifies "more " (in the abstract), the latter "more
3.

their genitives in

things."

D. Obs. The neuter singular plus stands partitively, and is


followed by the genitive of the noun, which may be either sin* And plus

also adverbially; as plus formosus

plusplusgue diUgere, to cherish more and more.

(=formosior), more beautiful

LESSON

QUAM, QUAM QUOT.

23.]

MINUS.

105

Plures and plura have the agreement of reggular or plural.


ular adjectives, but they are frequently employed in the sense
Thus
of " more than one," or " several."
:

More bread, water, wine.


More men.
More letters.
More goblets.

Plus
Plus
Plus
Plus

panis, aquae, vini.

hdminum, plures homines.


epistolarum, plures epistolae.
poeulorum, plura pdcula.

Quam * quam

Than.

tum

quod,

quam quan-

quot.

Plus aquae quam (quantum) vini.


Plus hdminum quam (quot) liberum (= liberorum).
Plures homines quam (quot) li-

More water than wine.

More men than

quam

children.

beri.

Plus hujiisce quam


Plus de (ex) hoc

More of this than of that.

illius.

quam de

(ex)

l'llo.

More

Plus ex (de) altera (uno), quam ex


(de) altero or lllo.
Plus horum (harum, horum) quam

of the one than of the

other.

illorum (illarum, illorum).

More of these than of those.

More

Plus (plures, plura) ex (de) his


1 quam ex (de) illis.
of the one than of the Plus (plures, plura) de alteris (li-

other.
I

quantum mei.
Ego plus de saccharo
quam quod de meo.

have more of your sugar than


of mine.

I have

quam de alteris or a His


mihi plus tul sacchari quam

nis),

("Est

more books than

tiio

habeo,

Sunt mihi plures librorum quam

letters.

quot epistolarum.

Minus

Less.

(neut. with the gen.).

Minus aquae quam (quam quantum) vini.


Minus panis quam (quod) sac-

Less water than wine.


Less bread than sugar.

chari.

How many

books have you

?
(

have more than

E.

O.hs.

are followed

* With
ally, see

five

When

Sunt mihi plus quingenti.


\ Plus quingentos habeo.
j

the comparatives plus, amplius, and minus


particle quam is often omitted.

by a numeral, the

reference to this quam, and the construction of comparatives generThe student will notice here the idiomatic use of quan-

Lesson XL1I.

tum, quod,

hundred.

Quot sunt tibi libri


Quot libros habes ?

and

quot.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

106
,,
,
T,
I have less than twenty.
,

Siint mihi

How much money


have

have you

than

less

ten

minus

23.

visjinti.

^^
^^ Uhe
Quantam

[LESSON

peciiniam habes ?
thaleros habeo.

Minus decern

dollars

(crowns).

have more than twenty thousand dollars.


Less (i. e. fewer) men than chil-

Sunt mihi amplius viginti milia


thalerum (== thalerorum).
Paucidres homines quam (quam

quot)

dren.

F.

Fewer

(less).

Obs.

The

&

f.,

pauciora, n.

neuter singular minus, " less," is construed


a, "fewer," like plures.

and the plural paucidres,

like plus,*

They

liberi.

Pauciores, m.

are thus inflected

Nom.

minus

pauciores

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

minoris
minori

pauciorum

pauciora

paucioribus
pauciores

minus
minore or

pauciora

paucioribus.

i.

f Minus hujiisce quam illius.


Minus de (ex) hoc quam de (ex)

Less of this than of that.

<

illo.

Fewer of these than of those.

Paucidres ex (de)

Fewer of

(de) illis.
Paucidres de alteris fiinisj,
'
de alteris or illis.

the one than of the

other.

Fewer

Paucidres nostrum
quot) vestrum.

of us than of you.

More than
Less than

than you, than

I,

I,

his

quam ex

quam

quam (quam

p>l ur u)
qudm\ ego,
quam tu, quam ille.
Minus quam ego, quam tu, quam

Plus (plures,

lie.

than you, than he.

ille.

More than we, than you, than

(plures,

quam

they.

Fewer than
Fewer

pliira)
quam
quam llli.
Paucidres quam ego, quam
quam ille.
Pauciora quam nos, quam
quam illi.

Plus

I,

things

than you, than he.


(less)

than we,

than you, than they.

As much

as

I,

Tdntum

you, he.

(quam)

* With
gular only.
t

nos,

vos,

(tarn

milltuiri),

ego, tu,

tu,

vos,

quantum

ille.

this difference, however, that minus is followed by the genitive sinIn the plural, pauciores, fewer, becomes necessary.

Or quam quantum, quam

quod,

quam

quot,

according to the context.

TOT

COMPLURES.

QUOT.

LESSON

23.]

As many

as we, you, they.

107

Tot (tdm multos), qudt (quam)


vos,

jios,

illi.

fTenesne tu plus librorum, quam

more books than I?


Have you
J

..
, ,
, ,
r, A
feuntne tibi plures librorum,
'

mihi

[_

T
I

-,

have more

Have

01

,-,

them +1
than you.
^

I less sugar

than they

1
(

Teneo edrum plus quam


,

illis

(on the contrary), you have


more.
f

we

[_

tt
He

/>

has less (fewer).


v
J

<

Have we as much bread

as they ?

-<

they.
J

[_

TT

Have you

as

many

-i

children as

'

jiivenis paucidres amicos,

Suntne

jiiveni

paucidres
quam nobis (sunt) ?
Paucidres habet.
,- x
/c
(bunt
ei)
,

amici,

pauciores.

Habemusne tantum panis, quantum


'

Estne

',',

nobis

quam

illis

habemus,

K
est

AT >, 1
JNobis

,,,

multum

tarn

panis

Tantiindem
'

-{

tibi plus est.

quam nos (habemus)

[_

We have iust as much as

vero

Habetne

Has the young man fewer friends j


than

tu.

,,.
,
A
K
,*
bunt mihi plures quam tibi.
Num est mihi minus sacchari quam

tmmo

Nay

quam

'

tantunuem,

(quam) illis.
Ecquid vos tot

quantum

quantum

^^

4^

^
Suntne

liberos

habetis,

vdbis tot liberi qudt

JTdtidem habemus, qudt

illis V

illi

(ha-

bent).

Nobis sunt tdtidem qudt illis.


(Plures, m. & f., plurd, n.
-< Complures, m. & f., compluria,* n.

Several.
\
4/7o
7 j-^r
Several
different (diverse).

(^Nonnulll, ae, a.
S Diversl, ae, a.

-'

Several men, women, children.

v&r ^

Plures (complures)

viri,

mulieres,

liberi.

Several

lights,

looking-glasses,

candlesticks.

Several (different) houses, books,

Phlra (compluria) lumina, specula,


candelabra.

Ddmus,

libri,

equi diversi (varii).f

horses.

The father.
The son.
The woman.
* Compare
f

C. Obs. and Remarks of


Compare Lesson XXII. B. Obs.

Pater, gen. patris, m.


Films, i, m.
Mulier, eris,/.
this Lesson,

LATIN GRAMMAR.

108

The daughter.
The child (infant).
The children.
The captain (of the army).
The sea-captam.

The
The

tea.

nata, ae,/.

tis,

j Navarchus,
Thea, ae,/

i,
;

m/

inf usuni

(i,

Placenta, ae,/.
Panlficia, orum, n. pi.
Inimlcus, i, m. hostis,
Digitus, i, m.%
Caliga, ae,/.

cake.
Cakes (of every kind).

"

The enemy.
The finger.
The boot.

23.

m. &/.
Liberi, orum, m. pi*
Centurio, onis, m.
Praefectus (i, ??*.) navis.

Infans,

rr,,

Filia, ae,

[LESSON

m.

is,

Exercise

n.) theae.f

31.

Has he a
have
What kind of
has he? He has
Who has my good cakes Several men
He has
Have
have them. Has your brother a
honey have
much of the one
of the
much
you
Has he much tea beer He has much of the one
man
of the
Has
many
enemies? He
Has the son of your friend
of the
has
many of the one
He has many of the one of the
many
Have we many boots shoes We have many of
We have more of the one than of the
the one
of the
Have we hay than he We have
much
he.
Have you a

He

coat
has several.

several.

looking-glass ?

looking-glasses

beautiful looking-glasses.

child ?

coffee as

as
other.

as

as

other.

coats as shirts ?
as
other.
as

as

as

as

friends as

as

this

as

several.

as

as

other.

as

other.

as

as

as

as

other.

less

just as

Exercise

as

32.

father as much gold as silver ?


He has more of the
latter than of the former.
Has he as much tea as coffee ?
He
has more of the latter than of the former.
Has the captain as many
sailors as ships ?
He has more of the one than of the other.
Have you as many rams as I?
1 have just as many.
Has the
foreigner as much courage as we ?
He has quite as much. Have

Has your

we
much good
bad paper We have
of
much of the one
the other. Have we
much cheese
bread We have more
of the
than of the former. Has your son as many cakes
books He has more of the
than of the former more of the
one than of the
How many books has he He has more
than
thousand. Has he more than twenty ships He has
than twenty he has only
Has
boy more than ten
He has no more than
as

as

as

as

as

as

latter

as

latter

other.

five

fingers ?

* On

ten.

this plurale tantum, see

Thea

This

less

this little

fifteen.

Lesson XVII. B.

4.

the Linnsean name of the plant; infusvm, an infusion generally.


the general name. The special names are: pollex, icis, m. (the
thumb); index, ids, m.; medius, i, m. (the middle finger); annularis, is, m.
is

is

(ring-finger); minimus,

?',

m.

(little finger).

LESSON

LATIN VERBS.

24.]

Exercise

109

33.

How many children have you ? I have only one, but my brother
he has five.
Has your son as much head as
has more than I
He has less head than yours, but he has more courage.
mine ?
children have more courage than yours.
Have I as much

My

Have you many books


you You have
than
have than you. Have
many enemies
your
Have the Americans more
father You have fewer than
children than we They have fewer than we. Have we
many
the English We have
than they. Have we fewer
knives than the children of our friends? We have fewer than
How
How many have they They have more than
many have we We have
than twelve.
money

as

less

as I ?

as

I.

I as

less

as

he.

as

ships as

less

they.

eighty.

less

Exercise

34.

Who has fewer friends than we ? Nobody has fewer. Have


you as much of my tea as of yours ?
I have as much of yours as
of mine.
Have I as many of your books as of mine ?
You have
fewer of mine than of yours.
Has the Spaniard as much of your
money as of his own ?
He has less of his own than of ours.
Has your baker less bread than money ?
He has less of the latter
than of the former.
Has our merchant fewer dogs than horses ?
He has fewer of the latter than of the former; fewer of the one than
of the other.
He, has fewer horses than we, and we have less bread
than he.
Have our neighbors as many carriages as we ?
have
fewer than they.
We have less corn and less meat than they.
We have but little corn, but meat enough. How many houses have
How many horses has
you V
I have more than thirty of them.
He has more than a hundred horses,
the brother of our friend ?
How much money have we ?
have
and less than fifty books.
Has your young man less (fewer) mirrors
less than ten shillings.
He has more than you he has more than a thousand.
than we ?

We

We

Lesson

XXIV. pensum vicesimum quarTUM.


OF THE LATIN VERBS.

Latin verbs are divided into three principal

A.
classes:

verbs
1.

3.

1.

Transitive verbs

Deponent

2.

Intransitive or neuter

verbs.

Transitive verbs are active verbs, the sense of which is


which is gener-

not complete without the addition of an object,

10

;;

LATIN GRAMMAR.

110
ally in the accusative

as amo, I love,

scrtboj I write, sc. epistolam,

[LESSON
amlcum,

sc.

my

24.

friend

letter.

Intransitive or neuter verbs are those which denote either

2.

a simple

mode

of existence, or such an activity as does not ter;


as dormio, I sleep, curro, I run.

minate in any object

3. The class of deponent verbs is peculiar to the


They have a passive form with an active (or reflexive)

fication

Latin.
signi-

as loquor, I speak, sequor, I follow.

4. Transitive verbs have two forms, called the Active and the
Passive Voices ; as moneo, I remind, moneor, I am reminded
audio, I hear, audior, I am heard.

Latin verbs have four Moods, viz.


; 3. the Imperative ; and
as, 1. amo, I love
2. amdrem, I might love
love
4. amdre, to love.
5.

2.

the Subjunctive

They have

6.

fect

6.

shall

amdto,

the Present;

let

;
;

him

the Imper-

2.

lias

four Participles

The present

active

the future active, in turns ; the perfect passive, in tas ;


the future passive, in ndus ; e. g. amans, loving ; amdturus,
;

about to love
8.

hear

The Latin verb

in ns

and

3.

I have heard ; 4. audlveram, I had heard


6. audlvero, I shall have heard.

3. audlvi,

audiam, T
7.

1.

the Indicative
the Infinitive

the Perfect ; 4. the Pluperfect ; 5. the First Future ;


the Future Perfect. E. g. 1. audio, I hear; 2. audiebam,

I heard
5.

4.

3.

and

six Tenses

1.

Among

amdtus, loved

amandus,

to

be loved.

the forms of the Latin verb are usually included


(vide Lesson XXV.), the active Supine in um,

the Gerund
and the passive Supine in u

e. g.

amdtum,

to love

amdtu, to

be loved.

OF THE CONJUGATION OF VERBS.

There are in Latin four Conjugations, distinB.


guished from each other by the termination of the
Infinitive Present, which ends as follows
:

1.

Examples

are

amure,

2.

ere

to love

3.

ere

monere, to remind

4. Ire.
;

legere, to

read

aurtire, to hear.

The
first

characteristic terminations of the Present Indicative in the

and second persons are


1.

Examples:

o, as

amo,

2.

eo, es

3.

mind, thou remindest


I hear, thou hearest.

lego, legis,

o (lo),

is

4. 10,

is.

thou lovest; moneo, mimes, 1 reI read, thou readest; audio, aud'is,

amCis, I love,

LESSON

To

C.

CONJUGATION OF VERBS.

24.]

the full conjugation of Latin verbs,

know four principal

is

it

essential to

parts, from which the rest are derived.

a) the Present Indicative ; b) the Present


the Perfect Indicative ; d) the Supine in um.
terminations of these parts are

These parts are


Infinitive

The

Ill

c)

1st

conj.

are,

avi,

2d
3d

conj.

eo,

ere,

ill,

conj.

ere,

4th conj.

(io),

Ire,

10,

factum

itum.

Ivi,

Exampless
1. amo, amare, amavi, amfitum
moniii, monitum; 3. lego, legere, legi, lectum
:

ill

moneo monere

2.

facio,

facere, feci,

audio, audlre, audivi, audi turn.

4.

Remark

1.

The

and

(indicative

invariable or

permanent part of the present

infinitive) is called the first or general root of the

verb

(am, mon, leg,aud) that of the perfect, the second root (amav,monu,
teg, audlv)
and that of the supine in um, the third root (amat, monit,
;

leet,

audit).*

Remark

2.

Many verbs are

irregular in the formation of these

which frequently follow the analogy of two different


conjugations (e. g. the verb do below).
In these cases the infinitive present determines to which of the conjugations the verb is to be

principal parts,

referred.

Some verbs again

are defective, the supine, or the perfect

and the supine both, being wanting.


(

To

To set in order,
To open.
To do.
To do (make).
To give.

are, avi,

see.

To
To
To

say, speak.

(ALIQUEM, ALIQUID).f

Ago,

ere, egi,

-,

vidi,

visum (aliquem, ali-

Dlco, ere, dixi, dictum (aliquid).


Porto, are, avi, atum (aliquid).
Lavo, are, avi (or lavi), atum (lautum
_ or lotum) (aliquem, aliquid).

wash.

actum (aliquid).

Facio, ere, feci, factum (aliquid).


Do, dare, dedi, datum % (alicui ali-

carry.

Io want, need.

atum,

Dispono, ere, posui, positum (aliquid).


Aperio, Ire, perui, pertum (aliquid).

arrange.

quid).
Video, ere,
quid).

To

rp

Amo,

< Diligo, ere, lexi, lectum.

love, cherish.

re).
(aliqua
/.?-A
(alicuJUS).

Eo-co, ere, ui,

ItIndigeo,
v -

ere, ui,

TT

* The manner in which the different tenses, &c. are formed from these primary parts is explained in Lesson XXVIII., which see. The student should
make himself familiar with the formula of every verb, as it occurs in this and
subsequent lessons.
See Rules F. and G. of this Lesson.
\ The verb do has the syllable da short; as dare, damns.
forms da and das are the only exceptions.

in

The monosyllabic

LATIN GRAMMAR.

112

[LESSON

24.

OF THE PRESENT INDICATIVE.

D. The present indicative -of Latin verbs corresponds


The distinctions,
in general to that of the English.
however, indicated by the English I love, do love, am
loving, are not expressed by any separate forms in
The present indicative of the respective conjuLatin.
gations

is

He

amamus

They

love.

I read
Thou

He

They remind.

I read.

Lego,

3.

Ye remind

amatis
amant.

Ye love

readest

reads,

Plur. We read

I hear

legis

Thou

legit,

He

hears,

audimus
audltis

legitis

Ye hear

legunt.

They

and indigeo, &c.

Like
sitlo,

lego

audlunt.

hear.

Like moneo

habeo, video,
diligo, dispono, dico, &c.
Like

do, porto, lavo, &c.

audio: aperio, esurio,

audit,

We hear

They

inflect

audio
audis

hearest

Ye read
Like amo

monetis
monent.

I hear.

Audio,

4.

lego

legimiis

read.

I remind.

moneo
Thou remindest mones
monet,
He reminds,
monemus
We remind

amat,

love

Moneo,

2.

I remind

am as

lovest

loves,

Plur. We

egeo,

I love
Thou

Sing.

Amo, Hove.
amo *

1.

SlXG.

thus inflected

&c.

E. Obs. Verbs of the third conjugation in io are inflected like


audio, except that the i of the different persons is short.
The verb
sum, I am, is irregular. The present indicative of facto, I make, do,
and sum runs thus
:

Sing.

/ do
Thou

He

dos

does,

Plur. We do
Ye do

They

do.

Do you

facio

Jam

facis

Thou

facit,

He

Rile.

* The

sum us

f acitis

Ye are

estis

faciunt.

They
Amasne

Yero,

tii

eum

are.

sunt.

fratrem tiium
amo.

The object

of an active transitive verb


This accusative may be either

o final of the present tense of all verbs is


short.

sometimes

est,

We are

put in the Accusative.


a person (aliquem) or a thing (aliquid).

is

es

is,

facimus

love your brother


I do love him.

F.

sum
art

As

commonly

long,

but in poetry

LESSON

PRESENT INDICATIVE.

24.]

JPuer librum legit.


tdeo hominem.

Aperi fenestram.

Does your brother arrange

his

books V
He does arrange them,
lie does not arrange them.
Desye see anything beautiful ?
We do see something beautiful.
What is that little boy doing
lie is doing something bad.

Disponitne frater

tiius libros siios V

Disponit.

Do you open the window ?


am opening it.

TVho is washing his stockings ?


The sailors are washing them.
the men say ?
nothing.
Does your father give

disponit.

Videtisne aliquid pulchri ?


Videmus vero quiddam piilehri.
Quid agit file puerculus ?
Agit aliquid nequam (mali).
Aperisne fenestram ?
Aperio.
Quis lavat tibhilia siia ?
Lavant ea naiitae.
Quid dicunt homines ?

What do

They say

crives

book.

Eos non

'?

He

The boy reads the


the man.
Open the window.

I see

good book

113

Nihil dicunt.
Datne ti'bi pater librum

you a

bdnum

me

Dat mihi librum bdnum.

a e;ood book.

In Latin, as in English, the immediate ob(whether they be active or deponent) is put in the Accusative (dllquem or dUquid), and
the remote object (i. e. that for or with reference to which
anything is done) in the Dative (alicui).*
As
G.

Obs.

ject of transitive verbs

Da mihi librum.
Mitto iibi epistolam.
Cdmmodal nobis cultrum.
Non schdlae, sed vitae discimus.
Dost thou love him

Give

do not love him.


(

the letter.

lends us the knife.


We learn not for school, but for

Do you want your money

the booh:

He

me

I send you

life.

Eiimne amas ?
Niimquid eum amas ?
Eum non amo (non diiigo).
Egesne tu peciinia tiia V

\ Indigesne pecuniae

tiiae ?

H. Obs. The verb egeo and its compound indxgeo are intransitive,
and are generally followed f by the Ablative, but sometimes by the
(Cf. Lesson XXVI. B.)
Genitive of the object needed.
* In connection with this rule it is necessary to remark, that many verbs in
Latin are neuter, while their English equivalents are transitive. No details
can at present be given, but the construction of every verb will be pointed out
as it is needed by the student of this method.
Of Latin verbs generally, some
are followed by the Nominative, others govern the Genitive, Dative, Accusative,
or Ablative.

In Latin the object comt I. e. they govern the Ablative and Genitive.
monly precedes the verb, and can only be said to follow in logical order.

10*


LATIN GRAMMAR.

114
T
n
1 really
J

-,

it.

e^eo.
~
bane, ejus mdigeo.

What do you

need

my

Qua

stand in need of?


I do not need anything.
Do you want any one (anything) ?
I

24.

Eao vero ea

(
<
I

.,

do need

[LESSON

-,*?

mdiges

re

Nihil egeo.
Egesne aliquo (aliqua re) ?

Patris* indigeo.

father.

Exercise

35.

He does love me. Do you love


Does your brother love you ?
Does your father love him ?
He does not
him ?
I do love him.
I love thee.
Dost thou love me, my good child?
love him.
I do not love him.
Does the serDost thou love this ugly man?
Dost thou open it ?
He does open it.
vant open the window ?
He does not open it.
Does he open the book ?
I do not open it.
I set them in order.
Does
Dost thou set my books in order ?
He sets both the one and
the servant arrange our boots and shoes ?

They do love us.


Do our children love us ?
the other in order.
do not love them.
What do you
Do we love our enemies ?
Do
give me ?
I do not give thee anything (I give thee nothing).
I do give it to him.
Do you give
you give my brother the book ?
What do you give him ?
I give
I do give him one.
him a hat ?
him something beautiful.
What does he give you ?
He gives me
nothing.

We

Exercise

36.

He does wash them. Do


Does the sailor wash his stockings?
I do wash them.
you wash your hands (manus tuas) ?
Does your
brother wash as many shirts as stockings ?
He washes more of the
Do you wash your shirts ?
one than of the other.
I do not wash
Do your brothers wash their stockings or ours ?
them.
They
neither wash yours nor theirs they wash those (i. e. the stockings)

What does your servant carry ?


of their children.
He carries a
What do these men carry ? They carry their wooden
large table.
chairs.
What books does the young man carry ?
He carries good
books.
Does he read them?
He does not read them ?
What
do you read ?
I am reading nothing.
What do the men say ?
They are saying something good.
What dost thou say? I do not
say anything.
What are you doing?
I am doing nothing.
What are the boys doing ?
They are doing something bad.
They are reading good books.
Are these men hungry or thirsty ?
They are neither hungry nor thirsty.

Exercise

7.

Dost thou hear anything ?


I hear nothing.
Does your father
hear anything ?
He neither hears nor sees anything. Dost thou

* The

genitive (especially of the person)

is

quite frequent after indiyeo.

LESSON

THE GERUND.

25.]

How

115

my large garden
He does not see but
We see a good many
you give me books
do give thee some. Does your father give you money? He
does not give us any. Does he give you hats He does not
We see more
give us any. Do you see many
than
(quam nautarum). Do the
see many
storehouses They see more gardens than storehouses. Do the
English give you good cakes? They do give us some. Do you
give me
much wine
beer give thee
much of the one
of the
Do you give me some more cakes pan
amplius) do not give you any more. Do you give me the horse
which you have do not give you that which I have Which
horse do you give me
give you that of my brother. Do you
Does your father want
want (need) your money do want
servant He does want him. Dost thou need anything
Do we want our carriage
(aliqua re)? need nothing
We do want Do our friends want
clothes They do
Do you see
see anything ?
I see nothing.
Does your father see our ship ?
do see it.
many ships do you see V
we see it.
we see more than thirty (plus triginta).
Do

it,

sailors ?

diers

sailors

sol-

soldiers

as

as

as

as

other.

ificia aliquot

his

it.

(nihil).

their

it.

want them.

Lesson

XXV. pensum vicesimum quintum.


OF THE GERUND.

A. The gerund is a verbal substantive of the second


declension neuter gender. It is formed from the present
indicative by changing the 1. o, 2. eo, 3. o (to), 4. io of
the respective conjugations into 1. andi, 2. endi* 3. endi
(iendi), 4. iendi; as, arao, amandi; moneo, manendi; lego,
audio, audiendi.
Its nominalegendi (faclo, faciendi)
tive is wanting, the present infinitive being commonly
used in its stead. The gerund is thus declined:
;

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Abl.

of loving
to

loving

amandi

amando

loving

amandum

by loving

amando.

So decline aperiendi, dandi


monendi, portandi, &c.
:

Gen. of seeing
Dat. for seeing
Ace. seeing
Abl. by seeing

videndl

\idendo

videndum
videndo.

dlcendi, faciendi, lavandi, legendi,

Gerunds generally govern the same eases as their verbs.


are in other respects construed like substantives, according to the following rules
B.

They

LATIN GRAMMAR.

116

[LESSON

25.

a) The Genitive is used


1. After certain adjectives implying an
operation of the mind as cupidus, diligens, gncu-us, ignarus, memor,
immemor, perltus, studwsus, &c. 2. After many substantives, especially after ars, causa, consilium, cupiditas, facultas, occasio, potestas,
spes, studium, tempus, voluntas, and the ablatives causa and gratia,
" for the sake of."
E. g. cupidus dicendi, desirous of speaking studiosus audiendi, fond of hearing ars pingendi, the art of painting
tempus abeundi, the time of leaving (to leave) discendi causa, for the
sake of learning.
b) The Dative of the gerund is employed after verbs and adjectives,
especially after intentum esse, operam dare, tempus impendere, and after
as, operam dat stuutilis, inutilis, noxtus, par, aptus, indoneus, &c.
dendo, he applies himself to study intentus est legendo, he is bent on
reading; aptus d'iscendo, apt to learn; utilis bibendo, useful to drink.
c) The Accusative of the gerund always depends on prepositions,
especially on ad (to, for) and inter (during, while)
sometimes also
on ante (before), circa, and ob. E. g. paratus ad videndum, ready to
see inter ludendum, while playing, &c.
d) The Ablative of the gerund is either used, 1. to denote the instrument in answer to the question ichereby ? ivhere-ivith ? or, 2. it is
dependent on one of the prepositions ab, de, ex, or in ; as, defessus sum
scribendo, I am wearied with writing justitia in suo cuique tribuendo,
justice in giving every man his own.
:

Examples
The desire of living well.
The science of avoiding unnecessary expenses.
Desirous, fond of hearing.
Sulphur Avater is useful for drinking (to drink).
He is not solvent (able to pay).
They were present at the registration.

He came

for the
seeing (to see).

He

keej)s dogs for

purpose of
hunting pur-

Cupiditas bene vivendi.


Sclentia vittindi siiinptus supervacuos.
Cupidus, studiosus audiendi.
Aqua nitrosa utilis est bibendo.

Non

(par) est solvendo (dat.).


Scribendo (dat.) adfuerunt.
law term.)
Venit ad videndum.
Alit canes ad

(A

venandum.

poses.

Easy to take (to be taken).


While walking, drinking, j)laying.

Inter

The mind of man

bendum, ludendum.
Hdminis mens discendo

is

nourished

by learning and thinking.

He

spends his leisure in reading

and

writing.

Facilis ad

capiendum.

eundum (ambulandum),
alitur

bi-

et

cogitando.
Otium siium in legendo consumit
inque scribendo.

OF THE FUTURE PASSIVE PARTICIPLE.


C.

The

future passive participle

is

formed according

LESSON

PARTICIPLE IN "

25.]

to the analogy of the gerund.


respective conjugations are
:

1.

andus,

um)

a,

um ;

2.

endus, a,

iendus, a, um.

Its

um ;

117

DTJS."

8.

terminations for the


endus, a,

As, amandus,

um,

um

(iendus,

be loved ;
videndus, a, um, to be seen legendus, a, um; to be read ; factendus, a, um, to be done
audiendus, a, um, to be heard.
This
participle is regularly inflected like bonus, a, um ; it is used in
all the cases, both singular and plural, and agrees with its substantive in gender, number, and case.
a,

4.

a,

to

Remark.

Verbs

of the third and fourth conjugations

may

also

have undus instead of endus, especially when i precedes; as dicundus,


Thus, regularly, poliundus, from potior,
faciundus, audiundus, &c.
I possess. In other verbs this form occurs chiefly in certain standard
expressions, such as In jure dicundo, In administering justice Injinious dividundis, In determining the boundaries, &c.
;

OF THE NOMINATIVE OF THE PARTICIPLE IN " DUS."


D. The nominative (and sometimes the accusative) of the
future passive participle has generally the signification of necessity or of propriety, more rarely also of possibility ; as amandus,
" one that must be loved, is to be loved, ought to be loved "
;
"that must be read, is required to be read," &c.
construction of this participle has the peculiarity of requiring the agent (by whom the action is to be performed) in the
dative case, instead of in the ablative with ab.
(Cf. Lesson
legendus,

The

XXXIV.)

Examples:

thou, he, must love.


you, they, must see.
I, you, they, must read.
I (thou, he) must write a letter
(I have a letter to write).
(ye, they) must write letters
(have to write letters).
I (you, they) have to read the
book.
(you, he) have to read
books.
I,

We,

We
We

Amandum

est mini, tibi,

Videndum
Legendum

est nobis, vdbis,


est mini, tibi,

Epistola mini

(tibi,

ei)

illi.

lllis.

lis.

scribenda *

est.

Epistolae (nobis, vdbis, eis)

bendae sunt.
Liber est mihi (tibi,
Libri sunt mihi

illis)

(tibi, illi)

scri-

legendus.
legendi.

* It was customary among the earlier Latin writers (and also among the
later poets) to employ the object accusative after the neuter form of the participle of transitive verbs, and to say, epistolam (or epistolas) mihi scribendum
est; as, for example, Lucretius: Quoniam aeternas poenas in morte timendum est,
instead of Quoniam aeternaepoenae in morte timendae sunt (Since we must dread
eternal punishment in death). But this construction is rarely used by Cicero,
and the rule should be to employ the nominative and the participle in the same
case.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

118
I,

thou, he,

must

Diligentia praecipiie colenda


nobis, et semper adhibenda.

ought especially to cherish

diligence,

and

to practise

2:

Quiescendum (eiindum,* dormiendum) est mihi, tibi, ei, &c.

rest (go, sleep),

&c.

We

[lesson

it

est

always.

Audendum

One must venture

(risk), one
must die.
Every one must (should) use his
own judgment.
I know that I must write a letter.

est,

moriendum

Siio cuique judicio (ahl.)

est.

utendum

est,

Scio epistolam mihi esse scriben-

dam.

OF THE OBLIQUE CASES OF THE PARTICIPLE IN " DUS,


OR OF THE GERUNDIVE.

The

E.

future passive participle rarely retains

its

original

signification of necessity or propriety in the oblique cases

in the genitive, dative,

&c), but

is

commonly employed

When

sense of a present participle or of the gerund.


Thus we say
it is called the Gerundive.

used,

The

design of writing a letter


of a letter to be written)

{lit.

(i.

e.

in the

thus

Consilium epistolae scribendae, instead of consilium scribendi epistolam. f

The

design of writing letters

(lit

of letters to be written).

Consilium epistolarum scribenddrum, instead of consilium epistolas scribendi.

A committee of ten on legislation


(lit.

Decemviri legibus scribendis

(dat.).

for the writing of laws).

One

of the committee of three on


grants of public lands.
He is born for the endurance of

-ir

Xatus

agro dando (dat.).

est miseriis ferendis (dat.).

miseries.

He

was sent to procure

He

comes

to

defend the

ships.

city.

Missus est ad naves comparandas


(for ad comparandum naves).
"Venit ad urbem defendendam (for
ad defendendum urbem).

* In intransitive verbs this neuter form of the participle with est, erat,
is
the only one in use.
The dative of the agent is often left indeterminate.
This
conversion
of
the
object
accusative
of
the
gerund
into
the
passive
t
construction of the gerundive may always take place, unless in those cases
where perspicuity would suffer from the change. "When the accusative after
the gerund is a pronoun or adjective of the neuter gender, the conversion usually does not take place, to prevent ambiguitv respecting the gender of these
words. Thus always: Studium illud efficiendi (the desire of accomplishing
that), and never ttlius efficiendi; Cupidus plura cognoseendi (desirous of knowing
more ),_ and never plurium cognoscendomm. Thus also: In suur/i cuique tribueivlo (in giving every one his own), more commonlv than, In suo cuique tribuendo.
In general, however, the rule is, that, when the verb governs the accusative, the passive construction with the participle is to be prej'erred to the gerund
with the accusative.

&c

LESSON

THE GERUNDIVE.

25.]

Fortitude In the endurance of


hardships and dangers.
I

am engaged

119

Fortitiido in labdribus periculisque


subeiindis (for in subeiindo labores, &c).
Occupatus sum in epistola
benda (for in scribendo

in writing a letter.

scri-

epi-

stolam).
I

am engaged

Occupatus sum in

in writing letters.

bendis

(for in

epistdlis

scri-

scribendo epi-

stolas).

The

plan has been formed of


destroying the city, of murdering the inhabitants, of blotting
out the Roman name.

tnita sunt consilia lirbis delendae,


ci'vium trucidandorum, ndminis

Romani extinouendi.

F. Obs. From the above examples, it will be perceived that the


gerundive agrees with its substantive in gender, number, and case.
Violations of this general rule, however, both with respect to gender
and to number, are not unfrequent in the genitive of substantives, and
especially of pronouns.
E. g.
:

Qudniam

Since there is an opportunity of


seeing you (fern.).
For the sake of exhorting you.

tui (fern.) videndi (for


videndae) est cdpia.
Vestri exhortdndi (for exliortando-

The

ruiii) causa.
Licentia diripiendi

liberty of plundering fruit.

pomorum

(for

poma).

Exemplornm (for exempla)

The power of selecting examples.

eli-

gendi potestas.

Exercise

38.

Who

am

fond of reading.
Are your
They are not fond of reading.
brothers fond of reading ?
The merchants are fond of hearing.
Does he
is fond of hearing ?
He does come for the purpose of
come for the purpose of seeing ?
Is it
seeing.
They come (yeniunt) for the purpose of hearing.
It is useful.
It is not useful to drink wine.
useful to drink wine ?
I am
Are you (esne tu) solvent (i. e. can you pay your debts) ?
solvent.
Is the place easy to take (easily
I cannot pay my debts.
taken) ?
It is difficult (difficilis) to be taken.
Do you read while
By what
you are playing ?
I do not read while I am playing.
It is nourished by learn(qua re) is the mind of man nourished ?
No, sir,
ing and thinking.
Does he spend his leisure in reading?
Does he read for the sake of learning (dishe spends it in playing.
cendi gratia) ?
He reads for the sake of writing.

Are you fond of reading ?

Exercise

39.

I am not obliged read. Must they sleep


Must your brother go? He must go. Who
The boys must Must
The
must
must go
Must one venture One must
the captains go They must
Must you read ?
They must sleep.

to

sailor

(cui) ?

go.

go.

go.

120

LATIN GRAMMAR.

[LESSOX

26.

venture.
One must not venture.
What must (should) one do
(quid est facu ndurri) ?
Every one must (should) use his own judgment.
Do you keep (alisne tu) dogs for hunting? I do not keep
any.
Must you write a letter (Have you a letter to write)?
I
must write one (I have one to write).
Have I any letters to write ?
You have some to write.
Who has (cui sunt) many letters to
write ?
The merchant has many to write.
I have none to write.
Who should practise diligence?
all (nobis omnibus') should
practise and cherish it.

We

Exercise
Have you

40.

I have the
design of writing several.
Has your father the design of writingletters ?
He has the design of writing letters and notes. Is the
time of departure at hand (adestne tempus abeundi) ?
It is at
hand.
The time of departure is not yet (nondum) at hand.
Is it
time to speak ?
It is time to speak.
Are you (esne tu) engaged
(occupatus) in writing a letter?
I am not engaged in writing a
letter, but in writing notes.
Is your son fond of writing letters ?
He is not fond of writing, but of reading them.
Is paper useful for
writing letters?
It is.
Have you an opportunity to speak?
I
have an opportunity to speak.
has an opportunity to read ?
Your son has an opportunity to read and to write ?
Who comes
to see?
I come (ego venio) to see.
was (quis missus est) sent
to procure ships ?
The captain was sent.
Have you the desire to
accomplish (i. e. of accomplishing) that?
What
I have (est).
must we do ?
must give every man his own.

(eslne tibi) the design of writing a letter ?

Who
Who

XXVI. PENSUM VICESIMUM SEXTUM.

wish, a mind,, desire.

Cupulttas, voluntas,

um, i,
Tempus,

Time, leisure.

?,

A mind

We

Lesson

citix,

f.

stadi-

n.
oris,

n.

spatium, dttum*

n.

Voluntas operandi.

(desire) to work.

Stiidium dperis faciendi.

Spatium ad laborandum.
(tempus) ad opus facienTime to work.
-I Otium
( r dum.
fEst mi'hi voluntas (cupiditas, stiidium) aliquid facie'ndi.
I have a mind (wish, desire) to!
do anything.
Ciipidus sum aliquid faciendi.
]

[_

Ciiplo aliquid facere.

* Tempus
Spatium

ment

is

is the proper word for "time" generally.


Otium is "leisure."
properly " space," " room," i. e. a certain portion of time, an allot-

or allowance of time for doing; anvthins;.

LESSON

VERBS OF PLENTY OR WANT.

26.]

121

The preposition to, which in English is


A. Obs.
always the sign of the infinitive, is not always so in
Latin. It is sometimes rendered by the infinitive, sometimes by the supine in um, and sometimes by one of the
The shade
oblique cases of the gerund or gerundive.
of difference in these expressions will readily be perceived by the learner.
I

have time to work (for work


ing).

have a mind (desire) to work.

have the courage to speak.

To

Cvipidus sum labonindi.


| Cupio opus faeere.
( Est mihi animus loquendi.
\ Audeo loqui (dieere).
j

To work.

Est mihi spatium ad laborandum.


Habeo dtium ad opus faciendum.

Luburo, are,

\ Opus faeere
(

speak.
(

To

desire.

To

venture, dare.

To

cut.

avi,

(to

alum.

do work).

Loquor, loqui, locutus sum.*


Dlco, ere, xi, ctum.
Cupio, ere, ivi (ii), Itum (aliquid

facere).
Audeo, ere, ausus sum f (aliquid
facere).
Seco, are, secui, sectum (ali_ quem, aliquid).

Emo,

To buy.

ere, emi,

emptum (aliquem,

aliquid).

To

lack (want, to be without)

Careo, ere,

ui,

itum (aliqua re).

B.

Rule.

erally followed
tive.

As

Verbs signifying plenty or want are genby the Ablative, sometimes by the Geni-

Egeo pecunia.

/ want (am

Caret ammo.
Liber sedtet vitas.
IncUget pdtris.

He

have not,

want of) money.

lie needs his father.

(Non habeo
I

in

lacks (Jias not) the courage.


The book abounds in errors.

(with the ace).

Mihi deest (with the nom.).


( Careo (with the abl.).

I lack.

* Loquor is a deponent verb of the third conjugation. The principal parts


1. the Present Indicative {loof verbs of the passive form are only three, viz.:
quor); 2. the Present Infinitive {loqui); and 3. the Perfect Indicative {locutus
sum).
With respect to the signification, loqui is properly "to speak," "to
talk," e. g. Latin, English; and dieere, "to say," or "to speak," in connected or formal discourse.

On

this

deponent

pei'fect, see

11

Lesson XXXIII. A. Eem.

4.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

122

cut

Non

aiideo ldqui (fari).


earn, id secure (secandi).
Ad eum, id secandum.
Ad earn secandam {/em.).
Eos, eas, ea secare (secandi).

Eum,

(of cutting, for cutting

it

it).

Ad
Ad
Ad

To

eos secandos (masc).


eas secandas (fern.).
ea secanda (neut).
Aliquid secure (secandi).

cut them (of cutting, for cutting them).

To

Ad
Ad

cut some (shu/.).

nonniillum secandum.

nonmillam secandam

Aliquot

To

(nonniillos,

{fern?).

&c.)

secare

(secandi).

cut some (plur.).

Ad
Ad

nonnuilos secandos, &c.


aliquot secanda.

Habesne dtium ad secandum

Have you

time to cut trees

have time

26.

Deest* mihi animus loquendi.


Careo ammo loquendi.

I have not (I lack) the courage


to speak.

To

[LESSON

bdres
?

ar-

Estne tibi spatium ad arbdres aliquas secandas ?


Habeo dtium ad secandum aliquas.
Est mihi spatium ad aliquot secan-

to cut some.

das.

Have you
bread

mind

to cut

Cupidusne

the

candi

panis

in frusta se-

Cupisne panem in frusta secare

mind

I have no

(desire) to cut

it.

To buy some more.

one.

Non

siim ciipidus ejus in frusta


secandi.
I Eum in frusta secare non ciipio.
(

Plus (dmplius) emere or emendi.

\Ad dmplius
(

To buy

es

]
(

Unum

{plus) emendum.

(-am, -urn) emcre or

emen-

di.

Ad unum

(-am, -um)

emendum.

f lino (-a, -o) dmplius (plus) f emere

To buy one more.

[_

Deest

ple verb.
hominibiis,

not, lack,

is

&c,

uno

(-, -o) j)lus

(am-

pttus).

of de + stirn, and is inflected precisely like the simconstrued with the dative of the person:
Deest mihi, tibi,
is wanting to me, to you, to the men"; i. e. " 1 have

compounded

It is

or emendi.

Ad emendum

" There

want."

Plus and amplius are here used substantively, like aliquid, nihil, and may
them be followed by a partitive genitive; e. g. plus equorum, more horses;
Uno is the ablative of excess " more by one."
amplius librorum, more books.
We thus can say either uno equo amjrfius, or uno amplius equorum, one more

|
like

horse.


LESSON
To buy

THRASES AND EXERCISES.

26.]

two.

mind

more horse
I

buy one

to

equorum ?
emere

have a mind to buy one more.

Have you
books
I

Diios (diias, duo) emere or emendi.


duos (diias, duo).
Dudbus (-fibus, -obus) amplius
(plus) emere or emendi.
Ad emendum duobus (-abus, -obus)
plus (amplius).*
Cupisne emere lino plus equorum ?
Esne ciipldus emendi lino amplius

Ad emend u m

To bur two more.

Have you

mind

to

right in doing so ? (Is


me to do so ?)

it

Ciipio

lino plus.

Sum

emendi uno amplius.

are not right.


for you.)

(It

is

wrong

li'bros

aliquos ?
aliquot

librorum

Ciipio

aliquot (nonmillos) emere,,


sed careo dtio (deest mihi spatium).
Estne mihi fas (or licetne milii)

hoc facere

right ibr

You

ciipldus

Cupisne emere
Cupidusne es
emendi ?

buy some

have a mind to buy some, but


I have no time.

Am I

123

Non
Est

Exercise

est tibi fas

(non

licet).

tibi nefas.

41.

a mind to buy the house of my friend ?


I have still
but I have no more money.
Have you time to
I have time, but no mind to work.
Has he time to cut
He has time to cut some.
some sticks ?
Have you a mind to cut
some bread?
I have a mind to cut some, but I have no knife.
Have you time to cut some cheese?
I have time to cut some.
Has he a desire to cut the tree ?
He has a desire to cut it, but he
Has he time to cut the cloth ?
has no time.
He has time to cut it.
Have I time to cut the trees ?
You have time to cut them ?
Has the painter a mind to buy a horse ?
He has a mind to buy
two.
Has your captain of the navy time to speak (ad loquendwri) ?
Have you a mind to buy
He has time, but no desire to speak.
Have I a mind to buy
a carriage?
I have a mind to buy one.
a house ?
You have a mind to buy one. Has your brother a mind
have
to buy a great ox ?
He has a mind to buy a little one.
a mind to buy little oxen.
How many horses have you a mind to
buy ?
Has any one a mind to buy a
I have a mind to buy four.
What has that man a
broom ?
This man has a mind to buy one.
mind to buy ?
He has a mind to buy a beautiful carriage, three

Have you

mind
work ?
a

to

still

buy

beautiful horses,

it,

good

tea,

We

and good meat.

* The learner must bear in mind that, although these formulas are arranged
with special reference to the expressions eupio, cupidus sum, and otium ad of this
Lesson, they are of general importance, as these same constructions will perpetually recur with other words in different parts of the book.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

124:

Exercise
Hare you a desire to speak ?
Have you the courage

speak.

27.

42.

have a desire, but no time to


your arm ?
I have not the

to cut

Am

[LESSON

You are not wrong


courage to cut it.
I right in speaking ?
Has the son
in speaking; but you are wrong in cutting my trees.
He has a desire to
of your friend a desire to buy one more bird ?
Have you a mind to buy one more beautiful coat ?
buy one more.
Have we a mind to buy a few
I have a mind to buy one more.
more horses ?
We have a mind to buy a few more, but we have no
have a mind
What have you a mind to buy ?
more money.
to buy something good, and our neighbors have a mind to buy something beautiful.
Have their children a desire to buy any birds ?
Their children have no desire to buy any.
Have you the courage
to buy the trunk of the captain
I have a desire to buy it, but I
have no more money.
Who has a mind to buy my beautiful dog?
Nobody has a mind to buy it.
Have you a mind to buy my
beautiful birds, or those of the Frenchman ?
I have a mind to buy
those of the Frenchman.
Which book has he a mind to buy?
He
has a mind to buy that which you have, that which your son has, and
that which mine has.
Have you two horses ?
I have only one,
but I have a wish to buy one more.

We

'?

Lesson XXVII.

pexsoi

vicesdium

SEPTIMUM.
OF COMPOUND VERBS.

The majority of Latin compound verbs are formed


prefixing certain particles to simple verbs.
These
particles are either the separable prepositions a (cib or
abs), ad, ante, circum, cum, de, e or ex, in, inter, ob,
per, post prae, praeter, pro, sub, super, supter, and
trans, or one of the inseparable prefixes amb {an), (lis
A.

by

(or di), re,

and

se.

Remarks.
frequently the case that the radical vowel or diphthong of
the simple verb is changed in the compound; as frango, dijfringo
laedo, collido, &c.
2. The final consonant of many of the above prepositions is often
assimilated, i. e. changed, into the initial of the verb.
The notes to
the following list of compound verbs will show to what extent this is
done.
1

It is

LESSON

COMPOUND VERBS.

27.]

Example

of Compound Verbs.
In
illklo, I strike

amitto, I
Ab abeo, 1 go away.
" aufugio, I escape.
Abs abscondo, I conceal.
Ad 2 addo, I add

I bring
assume.
assumo, I
Ante antepono, I prefer.
"
anticipo, I
Circum circumeo, I go around.
Cum comburo, I burn up.
"
compono, 1 compose.
"

I
" corripio, 1
"
conservo, I preserve.

1 blend
"
comedo, I up.
"
cogito (= co-agito), 7
De descendo, I descend.
E
I
" escendo, I disembark.
Ex exaudio, I hear.
" expono, 1 expound.
In
I
A

lose.

(to).

"
"~"

affero,

(to).

take,

anticipate.

colligo,

collect.

seize.

"

with.

cofilesco,

eat

think, reflect.

ejicio,

intro,

cast out.

125

immuto, / change.
irrumpo, I
Inter interpono, I put between.

I comprehend.
Ob
I stand
" oppono, 1 place
" ostendo, I show.
Per perlego, I read through.
"
7
Post postpono, 7 yaZwe
Prae praef
I prefer.
Praeter praetermitto, 7
Pro procurro, 7 run forward.
" prodeo,
I go
Sub u
7
" succedo, I follow.
" suspendo, 7 suspend.
Super superimpono, Iplace upon.
Supter supterago, 7
under.
Trans transeo, I pass over
yond).
"

7
"
transcribo, 7
against.

"

"

burst into.

"

intelligo,

obsto,

against.

against.

pelllcio,

allure.

less.

ero,

<wY.

10

subjieio,

forth.

subject.

rfr/fe

12

(be-

tradiico,

Zea<i ore/-.

transcribe.

enter.

B. The particle aw& (a??2, ?i) has the sense of around, ahout, conDis or di denotes separation or dispersion, sometimes also

cerning.

m and v

1
is put before
abs only before c and
au.
av

t.

; ab before vowels and the majority of consonants


In the verbs aufero, aufugio, the ab is changed into

2 Ad remains unchanged before vowels, and before d,j, v, m ; but before the
remaining consonants it is assimilated.
3 Ante changes its e into i only in the verbs anticipare and antistare.
4 Cum in composition never appears without a change of form.
Before b, p,
m, it becomes com; before I, n, r, it is assimilated into col, con, cor; before the
remaining consonants it is always con; before vowels it is generally co, but
sometimes com.
5 Before vowels, and before c,
p, q, s, t, generally ex ; before the rest of the

consonants, e; before/", assimilation.


6 In, before m, b, p, becomes im; before I and?' it is assimilated; in all
other cases it remains unchanged.
7 Inter remains unaltered, except in intelligo.
8 Ob is assimilated only before/",
The form ostendo is from the obsolete
g, p.
obs

and
9

10

tenclo.

Per
The

generally remains unaltered, except sometimes before r.


letter d is sometimes inserted between the prefix and the verb, to

prevent a hiatus; as pro-d-eo, re-d-eo, &c.


11

Sub before voAvels remains unchanged it is assimilated before the consoc.


f, g, in, p, and sometimes also before r.
Trans rejects the final s, when the verb begins with one it sometimes
becomes tra before consonants.
:

nants
12

11*

LATIN GRAMMAR.

126

[LESSON

27.

Be is generally back, again, but it sometimes likewise


denotes separation. Its form before a vowel is red.
Se is equivalent
to the English aside, apart.
These particles are called inseparable,
because they are never used as independent words. Examples:
intensity.

Amb ambio,

Re remitto, I send back.


" relego, / read again.
" recludo, / unlock.
" redeo, I
Se sevoco, 7
" seduco, 1 lead

I go about.

ambigo, I quarrel (about).


amputo, 1
"
anquiro, I
I
Dis
dispono, I arrange
" dimitto, I

JpwZ o^!
"
"

cut off.

return.

investigate.

disjicio,

call aside.

scatter.

"

"

dismiss.

"

sejungo,

aside.

I separate.

differo,

(7.
Verbs are also compounded with nouns, adjectives,
<9&s.
and with other verbs and adverbs as venumdare, from venum -\dare ; ccdefacere, from ccdidus -j- facere ; obstupefac ere, from
But the great majority are com06 -|- stupeo -\- facere, &c.
pounds with prepositions.
;

fFrango,

To

ere,

fregi,

fractum (ali-

quid and neuter).

break, to break into J

Confringo, ere, fregi, fractum.


^DifFringo (aliquid).
( Servo, are, avi, atum.
-| Repono, ere, posui, positum.

pieces.

To

keep, take care

To

pick up.

of.

(aliquid).

Tollo, ere,

sustiili,

sublatum (ali-

quid).
( Reptiro, are, avi,

To mend,

repair.

-j

To light, kindle.
To make (or light)

fire.

Ref Icio,

atum.

ere, feci, fectum.

(aliquid).
Accendo, ere, di, sum (aliquid).
Ignem (m.) accendere (facere).

( Uro, ere, ussi, ustum.


^ Ardeo, ere, arsi, arsum.
,
( Comburo, ere, bussi, bustum.
rr,
'_'_,'_
loo burn up, destroy by
~
} n
J
-i Concremo, are, avi, atum.
burning
<
n on cfire).
lo burn (be

rr

-,

-n

,.

-.-.

(
C

To

seek, look for.

To warm.
To make.

f Facio, facere, feci, factum.


Conficio, ere, feci, fectum.

-c

To

do.

(aliquem, aliquid).

Quaero, ere, quaeslvi, quaes! turn.


< Conqulro, ere, isivi, isitum.
(aliquem, aliquid).
(
Calef acio, ere, feci, factum (aliquid).

-^

w (aliquid).
Ago, agere, egi, actum.
Faeio, facere, feci, factum.

(aliquid).

LESSON

To

NOLO.

VOLO.

27.]

Volo,

be witting, to wish.

127
(aliquid fa-

voliil

velle,

cere).
D. Obs. The present indicative of the verb
is

volo,

which

is

irregular,

thus inflected.

Sing,

will,

i"

Thou

He

willing,

{you

ego volo
tu vis

or wish
&c.
&c.

will),

will, is loilling,

We

Plur.

am
wilt

ille vult,

nos volumiis
vos vultis

&c.
Ye will, luish, &c.
They will, wish, &c.

Remark.
stead of vult

will, wish,

The forms
and

volt

hi,

and

volunt.

ii, illi

occur in ancient authors in-

voltis

vultis.

?
Do you wish ? Are ( Visne ? iEcquid vis ?
you willing ?
\ An (tu) vis ? Num. vis ?
Will he ? Is he willing ? Does ( Viiltne ? Equid (is) viilt

Will you

(An

he wish ?
Do you wish to

am

willing to

make my
make

Visne tu mihi accendere

horse

ignem ?
Volo eum accendere.
E20 eum facere non nolo.
Nolo eum accendere.
Viiltne equum tiium emere

I do not wish to

tt
He

1
buy
does not wish to u
J

i.

To

j.

vult ?

fire ?

it.

make it.
Does he wish to buy your
He wishes to buy it.

Mm

(ille) viilt ?

Viilt
\

-i.

it.

Non

{ +,
-bum
I

eum
viilt

emere.
eum emere.
.

emere non

Nolo,

be unwilling.

(fiicere)

nolle,

,-..

vult.

(aliquid fa-

nolui

cere).
E. Obs. The verb volo is compounded of non
Thus
the inflection of 'the simple verb.
:

Sing.

/ am
Thou

He
Plur.

Remark.

volo,

unwilling, &c.

nolo

non vis
non vult,
nolumus
non vultis

unwilling, &c.
are unwilling
Ye are unwilling
They are unwilling.
is

Nevis and
and

and

art unwilling, &c.

We

stead of nonvis

and

follows

nolunt.

nevolt occur in the older Latin writers in-

nonvult.

F. Rule. The verbs volo, nolo, malo, cupio, soleo,


audeo, and others expressing willingness, desire, ability,
custom, duty, and the like, are followed by the infinitive

as,

LATIN GRAMMAR.

128

ri'ilt

dblre.

De'bes esse diligens.

You ought

Solet tristis esse.

lie

Potest liber esse.

He

Has

the tailor time to

has time to

mend

it,

the shoemaker time to mend


my boots ?
He has time to mend them.
I right in keeping (is it right

Has

'?

Am

for

You

me

keep) your money

to

are not right in keeping

servare (repdnere) ?
est ti'bi fas (tibi nefas est) earn
servare (repdnere).
Cui sunt tdgae ndstrae reparandae ?

Non

it.

Who

has to mend (who must


mend) our coats ?
The tailor has to mend them.

What have I to do
You have to warm

to be diligent.

wont to be sad.
can be free.
is

Habctne sartor spatium ad reparandum meam tdgam ?


Estne sartdri dtium ad tdgam meam
renciendam V
Est ei dtium ad earn reficiendain.
Estne sutdri spatium ad caligas
meas reficiendas
Est ei spatium ad eas reficiendas.
Estne mi'hi fas pecuniam tuam

mend my

coat.

He

27.

/ wish to become learned.


He is unwilling to go.

Vdlo fieri ddctus.*

Non

[LESSON

'?

Reparandae sunt sartdri.


Quid est mihi faciendum ?

our coffee.

Coffea nostra

Exercise

tibi

calefacienda

est.

43.

I have a desire keep


Am right keeping your money You are right in keep Has the
make my coat He has a deing
a desire
but he has no time. Has your
time to mend
to make
my coats He has time mend them. 'Have you courage burn
my hat have not the courage burn
have a mind to keep
Has the shoemaker's boy a mind mend my boots He has
no time
mend them. What has our
mend
He has mend our old
Who has mend our boots Our
shoemaker has
mend them. What has our hatmaker to do
Has your brother's joiner anyHe has to mend your great
thing
do He has
mend our great tables and our
Do you wish keep my twenty-seven crowns wish keep

them. Will you pick up that crown or that


pick up

both. Do you wish


cut
finger
do not wish
cut
Does the painter wish
burn vinegar? He wishes
burn some.*
Have you

a desire to keep

to

to

tailor

it.

sire

tailor

it,

to

to

to

it

letter ?

in

it.

my

it

to

'?

to

friend's tailor to

to

coats.

to

to

hats.

to

to

little chairs.

to

florin ?

to

his

I will

to

to

to

it.

to

After verbs expressing a desire or wish (such as vdlo, nolo, malo, cupio,
noun, adjective, or participle of the predicate is in the Nomiremains the same, but in the Accusative
pronoun of the same person repeated.
Thus Cupio esse clemens, I desire to be clement but Cupio te esse clementem, I
desire you to be clement; and also Cupio me esse clementem, instead of Cupio
And in the same way: Voh
esse clemens.
fieri doctum, T wish him to
become learned; and Volo me fieri ductum, instead of Yolo fieri ductus.

opto, studeo), the

native, ichen the subject of the sentence


when a new subject is introduced, or the
:

mm

LESSON

DERIVATION OF TENSES.

28.]

129

the peasant
burn
bread? He
not
burn
own, but that of
neighbor. Have you anything
do
have nothing
Have anything do We have
Do you wish speak wish speak.
warm our
work He
not
your son
work.
willing to

Is

his

-willing to

is

his

his

to

to do.

Ave

to

to

coffee.

willing to

to

to

Is

willing to

is

Exercise

44.

I wish to buy something.


Do you wish to buy anything ?
I wish to buy some good books.
What do you wish to buy ?
He has to buy a good horse. Will you buy
What has he to buy ?

buy neither this nor that.


Which house
He wishes to buy your brother's
does your friend wish to buy ?
Is your servant willing to make my fire?
great house.
He is
AVill your father buy these rams or these oxen ?
willing to make it.
He will buy neither the one nor the other. Does he wish to buy
my umbrella or my cane ? He wishes to buy both. Do you wish
do not wish to make any.
What do you wish
to make a fire V
I wish to make vinegar.
Will you seek my knife ?
to make ?
Have you to look for anything ?
I have nothing to
I will seek it.
Has he time to seek my son ?
He has time, but he will
look for.
What has he to do ?
He has to make a fire, to
not seek him.
wash my thread stockings, to buy good coffee, good sugar, good water,
Will he buy your good trunk ?
He will buy it.
and good meat.
I will buy neither
Will you buy my great or my little house ?
your great nor your little house I wish to buy that of our friend.
I will not buy them.
How
Will you buy my beautiful horses?
I will buy twenty-two.
Does the
many rams will you buy ?
He wishes to buy but little.
foreigner wish to buy much corn ?
wish to buy only a
Do you wish to buy a great many gloves ?
Will they seek
few,* but our children wish to buy a great many.
They will not seek those which
the same boots which we have ?
Will you look for my
you have, but those which my father has.
I will look neither for yours
coats, or those of the good Frenchman.
nor for those of the good Frenchman I will look tor mine and for
those of my good son.
this or that table ?

I will

We

We

Lesson XXVIII.

pensum

duodetkice-

SIMUM.
OF THE DERIVATION OF TENSES.
It has already been said (Lesson XXIV.) that the different tenses
and other parts of the Latin verbs are all formed from four principal
parts namely, from the Present Indicative, the Present Infinitive,
This formation takes
the Perfect Indicative, and the Supine in urn.
;

place according to the following laws


I

LATIN GRAMMAR.

130

[LESSON

28.

A. From the Present Infinitive (amdre, monere, legere,


audire) are derived

1. The Imperative Passive, which has invariably the same form; as


amdre, monere, leg ere, audire, be thou loved, admonished, read, heard.

2.

The

Imperative Active, by dropping the final re; as dma, mone,


admonish, read, hear thou.

lege, audi, love,


3.

into,

The Present

Infinitive Passive,

1. ari, 2. eri, 4. iri,

and

by changing,

3. ere into

i ;

1. are, 2. ere,

4. ire,

as amarl, monerl, legi, au-

be loved, admonished, read, heard.


Imperfect Subjunctive Active, by adding m ; as amdrem, monerem, legerem, audlrem, that I might be loved, admonished, read, heard.
dirl, to
4.

The

5. The Imperfect Subjunctive Passive, by adding r; as amdrer,


monerer, legerer, audirer, that I might be loved, admonished, read,
heard.

B.

From

the

audio) are derived


1.

The

Present Indicative
:

(cimo,

moneo,

lego,

Present Indicative Passive, by adding r; as amor, mdneor,


am loved, admonished, read, heard.

legor, audior, I

2. The Present Subjunctive Active, by changing the terminations of


the Present Indicative (1. o, 2. eo, 3. o (id), 4. to) into, 1. em, 2. earn,
3. am (jam), 4. iam; as arnem, moneam, legam (capiam), audiam, that
I may love, admonish, read (take), hear.
3. The Present Subjunctive Passive, by changing the final m of the
Active into r ; as dmer, monear, legar (capiar), audiar, that I may be
loved, admonished, read (taken), heard.

4. The Imperfect Indicative Active, by changing the terminations of


the Present into, 1. dbam, 2. ebam, 3. ebam (iebam), 4. iebam ; asamdbam, monebam, legebam (capiebam), audiebam, I loved, admonished,
read (took), heard.

The

Imperfect Indicative Passive, by changing the final


of the
in the Active into r ; as amabar, monebar, legebar (capiebar), audiebar, I was loved, admonished, read (taken), heard.
5.

same tense

6. The Fh'st Future Active, by changing the termination of the


Present into, 1. abo, 2. ebo, 3. am (jam), 4.
; as amdbo, monebo,
legam (capiam), audiam, I shall love, admonish, read (take), hear.

mm

7. The First Future Passive, by changing the final


of the same
tense in the Active into r ; as amabor, monebor, legar (capiar), audiar,
I shall be loved, admonished, read (taken), heard.

8. The Present Participle Active, by changing the terminations of


the Present Indicative into, 1. ans, 2. ens, 3. ens (iens), 4. iens ; as
amans, mdnens, legens (cajjiens), audiens, loving, admonishing, reading
(taking), hearing.
9.

The Future

tions into,

1.

Passive Participle, by changing the same termina2. endus, 3. endus (iendus), 4. iendus : as aman-

and us,

LESSON

DERIVATION OF TENSES.

28.]

131

dus, monendus, legendus (capiendus), audiendus, to

be loved, admon-

ished, read (taken), heard.

10. The Gerund, in a similar manner as amandi, monendi, legendi


(capiendi), audiendi, of loving, admonishing, reading (taking), hear;

ings
01
From the Perfect Indicative
audivi) are derived
:

(amdvi, monui,

legi,

1. The Pluperfect Indicative, by changing the final i into eram; as


amdveram, monueram, legeram, audlveram, I had loved, admonished,

read, heard.

The Future

2.

Perfect,

by changing the

vero, monuero, legem, audlvero, I shall

final i into ero ; as amahave loved, admonished, read,

heard.
3. The Perfect Subjimctive, by changing i into erim ; as amdverim
monuerim, legerim, audiverim, that I may have loved, admonished,

read, heard.
4. The Pluperfect Subjunctive, by changing i into issem ; as amdvissem, monuissem, leg issem, audlvissem, that I might have loved, admonished, read, heard.

The

Perfect Infinitive Active, by changing i into isse ; as amdmonuisse, legisse, audlvisse, to have loved, admonished, read,

5.

visse,

heard.

From

D.

Supine in "um" (amatum, momtum, ledum,

the

auditum) are derived


1.

The

a,

um;

a,

um,
2.

Perfect Participle Passive,

final

um

into us,

um, admonished;

lectus,

The Future
lecturus,

Remark.

by changing um

Participle Active,

um, about to love


a, um, about to read

as amdturus, a,
ish

by changing the

as amCitus, a, um, loved; monitus, a,


read audltus, a, um, heard.

into urus, a,

um ;

moniturus, a, um, about to admonaudlturus, a, um, about to hear.

The

Participle in urus in connection with esse serves


to form the Future Infinitive Active ; as amdturum (am, um) esse, to

be about to love
&c.

The same

moniturum (am, um)

Participle,

esse, to

be about to admonish,

compounded with the different tenses of


a new conjugation, by which the various

the verb sum, gives rise to


shades of a future or incipient action are indicated as amaturus sum,
amaturus eram, I was about to love amaturus
I am about to love
ero, I shall be about to love, &c.
;

M. In the Passive Voice several tenses are periphrastic


or compound, and are formed by combining the Perfect PartiThese compound
ciple with one of the tenses of the verb sum.
tenses are

Perfect Indicative, with sum; as amdtus (a, um) sum, I have


been loved monitus (a, um) su?n, I have been admonished, &c.
1.

The

LATIN GRAMMAR.

132

[LESSON

28.

2. The Perfect Subjunctive, -with sim : as amatus (a, urn) sim, that
I may have been loved; audUus (a, u?ri) sim, that I may have been
heard, &c.

3.

The

Pluperfect Indicative, with eram ; as lectus (a, urn) eram,


audltus (a, urn) eram, I had been heard, &c.

had been read

The

Pluperfect Subjunctive, with essem; as amatus (a,um) essem,


that I might have been loved monitus (a, um) essem, that I might
have been admonished, &c.
4.

5. The Future Perfect, with


have been heard lectus (a um)
;

6.

The

ero

as audltus (a,

ero, I shall

audltum (am, um)

ero,

amatum (am, um)

Perfect Infinitive, with esse; as

have been loved

um)

esse, to

I shall

have been read, &c.


esse, to

have been heard, &c.

7. To these compound or periphrastic parts of the Passive Voice we


must add the Future Infinitive, which is formed by combining the
Supine in um with iri; as amatum iri, tectum iri, &c, to be about to
be loved, read, &c. (See Paradigms, pp. 664, 665.)

To

(Discindo, ere, idi, issum.


4 Ldcero, are, avi, atum.

tear, lacerate.

I
(

To

(aliquid).

Bibo, ere, bibi, bibitum.


4 Poto, are, avi, atum or potum.

drink.

(aliquid).
(
( Fero, ferre, tiili, latum.

To

< Porto, are, avi, atum.

carry (take).

To

bring (carry).

To

go.

F. Obs.

(aliquid).

C Affero, afferre, attuli, allatum.


J Apporto, are, avi, atum.

_ (alicui aliquid).
Eo, Ire, ivi or ii, Itum (neuter).

The verbs fero, I bear, carry, and eo, I


The present indicative

irregular in several tenses.


inflected

I carry

fero

Thou earnest
He carries,
Plur. We carry

fers

Sing.

Sing.

I go
He

fert,

goes,

fertis

Ye go

They

ferunt.

They

To

carry.

be.

To be at home.
To go home.

goest

Plur. We go

Ye carry

thus

eo

Thou

ferimus

go, are
is

is
it,

Imus
itis

go.

Sum,

esse, fui, futurus.

D&mi

(gen.) esse.
(ace.) ire.

eunt.

Domum

G. Obs. 1. The English " at home " is in Latin expressed by the


genitive dorm, to which may be added meae, tuae, nostrae, vestrae, and
alienae, in the sense of "at my, thy (your), our, your, another man's
house or home" but when another adjective or pronoun follows, the
;

LESSON

CONSTRUCTION OF "DOMUS."

28.]

133

ablative with in is required as in ilia domo, in that home in clomo privately in a private house.
When the genitive of the possessor is added,
either domi or in domo may be used as domi or in domo alicujus, at
;

some one's house or home

domi or in domo Caesaris, at the house of

Ctesar.
2.

The English "home"

(after verbs of motion)

expressed by

is

the accusative domum, and so also domum meant, tuam, nostram, vestram, alienam, " to my, thy (your), our, your, another man's house or
home " but with any other adjective or pronoun the preposition in
is required
as in domum illam, to that house or home
in domum
novam, to the new house or home. When the genitive of the possessor is added, it is either domum or in domum alicujus, to some one's
;

house or home.

your father at home ?


is not at home.
Is his brother going home
He is going home.
Is

!Estne pater tiius

He

Non

With or at

the

house

to the

It

of.

-<

man

the

or at the

man's house.
To go to the man or to the man's

Ad (Prep, with the Ace).


Domum or in domum (with

(
j

Ad virum

Domum

To be

with one's friend (at the


house of one's friend).
J

A P ud

to one's friend or to the

domum

amicum

viri ire.
'

or

cum ami co

slio

'

Ad amicum (siium) ire.


Domum or in domum amici

(
\

Apud me,

te,

ire.

nos, vos esse.

Mecum, tecum, nobiscum,* vobiscum esse.


Domi meae, tiiae, ndstrae, vestrae

To be with me,

my

ire.

or in

U,
,,
( JJomi or in domo amici esse.

house of one's friend.

you, at

the

Gen.).

Apud virum or cum viro esse.


Domi or in domo viri esse.

house.

To go

(domum).

CApud (Prep, with the Ace).


< Cum (Prep, with the Abl.)
( Domi or in domo (with the Gen.).

house of.

To be with

Itne frater ejus do'mum ?

To or

domi

est (domi).

thee (you), us,


house, &c.

esse.

To be

at one's

Domi

own, at another

man's house.
To go to one's own, to another
man's house.

suae, alienae esse.

Domum

siiam, alienam ire.

fApud eum,

Cum

To be

with him, with them, with)


some one.
[

* The

preposition

cum with me,

eos,

aliquem

te, se,

esse.

aliquo esse.

or in domo ejus, eorum,


cujus esse.

ali-

always becomes mecum, tecum, secum ;

nobis, vobis, either nobiscum, vobxscum, or

12

lis,

Domi

with

eo,

cum

nobis,

cum

vobls.

m
lo

o-o

T.-

i.

to him, to

j.i

them, to some >

one.

Ad

.,,

be

-with

no one,
'

at

no ones

To go

no one,

to

to

no one's

house.

eorum,

ejus,

alicujus ire.

(nemine)

(_

Ddmi

ddmo

Ad

one's father, at one's X

28.

ire.

i *

domum

or in

^ n
f
; ,,
turn
nullo

To be with

aliquem

eos,

Apud
neminem (nullum)
L
,'
i

(
-I

eum,

Domum
-r^

M
To

[LESSON

LATIN GRAMMAR.

134

or in

esse.

nullius esse.

nullum (neminem)

ire.

Domum

domum

Apud

(eum putre)

or in
piitrem

esse.

nullius ire.
esse.

\ In ddmo paterna esse.


To go to one's father, to one's j Ad patrem ire.
father's house.
[ In domum paternam ire.
Is your little boy at any one's j Estne puerculus tiius apud aliquem
father's house.

hous.e ?

He

is

at

one)

Do you

(in

no one's house (with no


wish to

go

your

to

Non

ddmo

est

alicujus) ?

apud quenquam.

(In ddmo nullius est.


Visne ad amicum ttium (domum or

friend ?
I do not wish to go to him.

in

domum

amici

tiii)

ire ?

Nolo ad eum (domum or in

domum

ejus) ire.

At whose house

To whose house ?

With whom
To ichom ?

ddmo ? Apud quern ?


domum ? Ad quern ?
Ad quern (ciijus in domum)
Ciijus in

Ciijus in

To whom

(to whose house) do


you wish to go ?
I do not wish to go to any one
(to any one's house).
With whom (at whose house) is
your brother ?

He

is

with us (at our house).

ire

vis

'?

Nolo ad quenquam
jiisquam)

(in

domum

cu-

ddmo)

est

ire.

Apud quem

(ciijus in

frater tiius ?

g$5S&S2 est.

Exercise

45.

wish to tear my coat ?


I do not wish to tear it.
Does
He does not wish to
your brother wish to tear my beautiful book ?
What does he wish to tear ?
He wishes to tear your
tear it.
He is with his friend.
heart.
With whom is our father V
To
whom do you wish to go ?
I wish to go to you.
Will you go to
my house ? I will not go to yours, but to my tailor's.
Does your
father wish to go to his friend?
He wishes to go to him.
At
whose house is your son ?
He is at our house. Do your children
wish to go to our friends ?
They wish to go to them.
Is the foreigner at our brother's ?
He is there (apud eum). At whose house
is the Englishman?
He is at yours. Is the American at our house ?
No, sir, he is not at our house he is at his friend's.
Is the Italian at his friends' ?
He is at their house.

Do you

to

Is

46.

I do not wish
your father

wish to go home ?
go to the son of my neighbor.

Exercise

Do you

go home
at

home

I wish to

No,

sir,

LESSON

EXERCISES

28.]

135

46, 47.

he is not at home.
With whom is he ?
He is with the good children of our old neighbor.
Will you go to any one's house ?
I
will go to no one's house.
At whose house is your son ?
He is at
no one's house he is at home.
What will he do at home ?
He
will drink good wine.
Will you carry my letters home ?
I will

Who
carry them
my
carry my notes The
young man
carry them. Will he carry them
my house

carry them
No he
father
home
What have you
home he
He
not
the
drink? have nothing
drink. Has your son anything
drink
He has good wine and good water drink. Will your servant
my brothers' He
carry my books
carry them
you carry
house. What
my house
carry
your
house two chickens, three
good bread, and good wine. Will
my house
not carry
you carry these
but
What
the German do
home He
work and

to

father's.

will

will

to

to his brother's.

will

at

is

at

is

Is his

at

to

to

foreigner's.

to

to

to

will

will

to

to

I will

their

to

birds,

chairs to

these,

I will

will

those.

at

will

drink good wine.

Exercise

What have you

47.

home ?
I have nothing at home.
Have you
anything good to drink at home ?
I have nothing good to drink I
have only bad water.
Has the captain as much coffee as sugar at
He has as much of the one as of the other at home. Will
home ?
you carry as many crowns as buttons to my brother's ?
I will carry
to his house as many of the one as of the other.
Will you carry
great glasses to my house ?
I will carry some to your house.
Has
the merchant a desire to buy as many oxen as rams ?
He wishes to
Has the shoemaker as many
buy as many of the one as of the other.
He has as many of the one as of the other
shoes as boots to mend ?
He has as
to mend.
Has he as much wine as water to drink V
Has the Turk a desire to
much to drink of the one as of the other.
He has a desire to break some. Has he a
break some glasses ?
He has no mind to drink any. Will
mind to drink some wine ?
at

Of
I will buy nothing of you.
you buy anything of me (de me) ?
whom (de quo) * will you buy your corn ? I will buy it of the great
merchant.
Of whom will the English buy their oxen ? They will
They
Will the Spaniards buy anything ?
buy them of the Dutch.
will buy nothing.

* The

person ofivhom any is bought


; so that the formula is

preposition de
any one.

in Latin put in the Ablative with the


aliquid de aliquo emere, to buy any of

is
:

LATIN GRAMMAR.

136

[LESSON

29.

XXIX. pensum undetricesimum.

Lesson

OF THE CLASSIFICATION OF VERBS.


Latin verbs in general

A.

may

be divided into Prim-

and Derivative, and with reference


sition into Simple and Compound.

itive

to their

compo-

Primitive verbs are those which are not derived from any other
"word, but are themselves the roots for other parts of speech.
Derivatives are formed either from nouns, adjectives, or

other

verbs.

may be either primitive or derivative.


verbs are formed by the union of a verb with another
(See Lesson XXVI.)
verb or with some other part of speech.
Simple verbs

Compound

The verbs derived from other verbs are subdiB.


These classes are
vided into a number of classes.
:

Frequentatives, or such as denote -a reiteration or frequent


repetition of the action expressed by the primitive ; as dictare
(from died), to say often ; quaeritare (from quaero), to inquire
1.

repeatedly.

These verbs are all of the first conjugation, and are generally
formed from the supine of their primitives, by changing the atum of
the first conjugation into ito, itdre, and the um of the remaining conjugations into o, are ; as portdtum (the supine of porto, I carry)
portito, are, I carry often
downturn (the supine of dormio, I sleep)
dowitto, are, I am apt to sleep constantly, I am sleepy.
But others
again are formed from the present indicative of their primitive, and
some even from other frequentatives as agito, are (from ago, I drive),

are (from lateo, I am concealed), I hide


myself; dictlto, are, I say or tell often ; lecttto, are, I read again and
again (from the obsolete frequentatives dictare, lectare), &c.
to drive

up and down;

latlto,

denoting a desire for that


These verbs are likewise
derived from the supine of the primitive, and are always of the
fourth conjugation as esum (the supine of edo, I eat)
esurw,
ire, I desire to eat, I am hungry
emptum (from emo, I buy)
empturio, ire, I desire to buy coenatum (from coeno, I dine)
coendturio, Ire, I desire to dine, &c.
But a number of verbs in urio, urire (and urio, uriare) are no frequentatives and can readily be distinguished by the long u ; as ligurire, to be dainty prurire, to itch
centurtdre, to divide into cen2.

Desideratives, in urio,

which

is

by the

indicated

ur'ire,

primitive.

turies
3.

decurldre, to divide into companies.

Inchoatives or Inceptives in sco, scere, which serve to indian action or state ; as languesco, ere, I

cate the beginning of

;;

LESSON

CLASSIFICATION OF VERBS.

29.]

137

-am growing languid (from

languere, to be languid)
I begin to sigh (from gemere, to sigh).

ere,

ingemisco,

The

final sco of these inchoatives is asco from primitives of the


conjugation, esco from those of the second, and isco from those of

first

the third and fourth.


Inchoatives frequently occur
their primitives are simple verbs
timeo, I

am

afraid

conticesco, I

compounded with
;

prepositions, while

as pertimesco, I begin to dread,

become

silent,

from

taceo, I

am

from

silent

obdormisco, I fall asleep, from dormio, I sleep.


Some inchoatives are derived from substantives and adjectives as
maturesco, I grow ripe, from maturus, a, um ; puerasco, I am becoming
a boy, from puer, a boy, &c.
number of verbs in sco are no inchoatives, as cresco, I grow
nosco, I learn to know posco, I demand.
;

Diminutives, with the termination Mo, Mare, which is


annexed to the root of the primitive without any other change
conas cantillo, I sing a little, I trill (from cantare, to sing)
sorbillo, I sip (from
scribillo, I scribble (from scribere, to write)
The verbs of this class are but few
sorbere, to sup, drink up).
4.

in

number.
5. Intensities in sso, ssere ; as capesso, facesso, petesso

(from

capio, facto, peto), I seize, perform, seek with earnestness or

eagerness.

Verbs derived from nouns are called Denominatives.


C.
E. g. luceo, I shine fraudo, I deceive, defraud; vulntro, I wound
(from lux, fraus, vulnus), &c.
A large number of Latin verbs derived from substantives signify to
;

The majority of
be or to imitate that which is indicated by the noun.
these verbs are deponents of the .first conjugation; as dominus
cornicdri, to chatter
domindri, to act the lord, to domineer comix
graecdri,
furari, to be a thief, to steal Graeciilus
like a crow fur

to live

like

also pater

a Graeculus, to live luxuriously and effeminately; but


bubulo, are,
pcdrisso, are, I take after my father; bubo

to screech like

an owl, &c.

UM? UWnam?*

Where?
Whither

Where

to ?

Quo

Quorsum ?

(Adverbs.)
Quorsus ? (Ad-

verbs.)
Obs. 1. The interrogative adverb ubif implies motion or rest
in a place, and the noun of the answer generally stands either in the
genitive or ablative,f but sometimes in the accusative with one of the
prepositions ad, apud, super, or supter.

D.

* This nam is affixed with some emphasis. So also Ubi loci? Ubi gentium ?
Ubi terramm f Where in the world ?
t When this ablative is the name of a town of the third declension, it stands ivitliout a preposition; as Carthac/ine, at Carthage; but otherwise it has in before it.

12*

LATIN GRAMMAR.

138

[lesson

29.

Obs. 2. The interrogative adverb quo ? implies motion or direction


towards a place, and the noun of the answer is always in the accusative, either with or without a preposition.

There.

Ibi,

Thither (there).

Ed,

Hid, illuc

Eo

(illo, illuc)

To
To

carry thither.
carry it thither.

To

carry some thither.

carry them thither.

Where

my

is

son

Plur.

(illo,

illuc)

por-

tare or ferre.
"Cbi est filius meus ?

Is his brother there too ?

Estne

ibi et

He

Kon

home.
(

is

eo

(eas, ea)

suae

at

illuc)

tare (ferre).

Eos

j"

is

portare (ferre).

portare (ferre).
Aliquot eo (illo, illuc) por-

Ddmi
Ddmi

He

(motion).

(Eum, earn), id illo portare.


fSiNG. Aliquantum eo (illo,

[_

To

(rest).

illic, ictic

not there, but at the neigh-

est.

est.

est ibi

* frater ejus ?
apud vicinum

est.

bor's.

you carry my books to the


merchant ?
I do not wish to carry them to

Yisne tu

"Will

libros

rem portare

meos ad mercato-

Kdlo eos ad ilium portare.

him.

To

missum (alicui
ALIQUID AD ALI-

Mitto, ere, misi,

send.

ALIQUID,

QUEM).

To come.

( Venio, ere, veni, ventum.


} Pervenio, ere, veni, ventum (neu-

To

ter).
(
( Duco, ere, duxi, ductum.
} Deduco, ere, duxi, ductum.

lead.

(aliquem ad aliquem).

When 1 At what

Quando

time ?

E. Rule. Time when


out a preposition, as
:

is

Mora duodecimo,.
Hoc tempore.
Die

On

To-morrow.
To-day,

this

day.

Quo tempore

put in the Ablative with-

At
At

constitutd.

twelve o'clock.
this time.

the

appointed day.

Cras (adv.), crastino tempore.


Hodle (adv.), hoc die, hodierno
tempore.

usqudm, usptam

Somewhere, anywhere.

Alicilbi,

Somewhither, any whither.

Aliquo, qudquam, quoptdm (motion).

* The

conjunction

et

has sometimes the sense of

(rest).

also, too.

LESSON

29.]

NUSPIAM.

139

alicubi is compounded of cdtquis


in aliquo loco, " in some place," or "

The adverb

F. Obs.

synonymous with

is

NUSQUAM.

ALICUBI.

and

and

ubi,

somewhere,"

Uspiam may commonly stand in the same


usquam can only be employed in clauses involving a con-

" anywhere," generally.


sense, but

dition or negation, as after the conjunctions si, nisi, neque (nee), non,
The same distinctions apply to the corresponding

nunquam, &c.

adverbs of motion, aliquo, quopiam, and quoquam.

Nusquam, nuspiam

Nowhere, not anywhere.


Nowhither, not anywhither.

Nusquam

Do you

desire to go anywhere
(anywhither) ?
I do desire to go somewhere
(somewhither)
I desire to go to the house of my

Cupisne

(rest).

(motion).

ire aliquo

(quopiam)

Ciipio ire aliquo.

ddmum paternam

In

ire ciipio.

father.

Nusquam ire ciipio.


Neque ego quoquam ire ciipio.
Si ille quoquam ire ciipit.

I do not desire to go anywhere.

Nor do

I desire to go anywhere.
If he desires to go anywhere.

your brother anywhere

Is

Estne frater

am)

He
He
He

tiius

alicubi

(uspi-

Est alicubi (in aliquo loco).


In ddino paterna est.

somewhere.
at the house of his father.
is nowhere.
Nor is his friend anywhere.
Unless your friend is anywhere.
Will you conduct me to your
is
is

Nusquam (niispiam) est.


Neque amicus ejus usquam
Nisi amicus tiius

me ad

Yisne

usquam

est.

est.

sartorem tiium

dii-

tailor ?

Vdlo

I will conduct you to him.

ad e'um diicere

te

(dedii-

cere)

When

will

you lead me

to

him

Quando (quo tempore) me

eum
you

I will lead

to

Ego

him to-morrow.

te eras (crastino

eum

Who will
No

one

send

will

me good

books

Nemo

The physician.
To write.

as

write as

my

many

ad

tempore) ad

diicere vdlo.

Quis viilt mihi mittere libros bdnos ?

send you any

Have you

vis

diicere ?

tibi lillos

Medicus,

i,

mittere vult.

m.

Scribo, ere, psi, ptum (aliquid


alicui or ad aliquem).

letters

father ?

f Scribendaene tibi sunt tarn miiltae


litterae quam patri meo ?

to J
1

Habesne

tot

litteras

scribendas,

qudt pater meus ?


f Scribendae sunt mihi plus
[^

I have

more (of them)

than he.

to write J
j

(^

quam

(pliires)

ei.

Scribendas ego pliires habeo


ille

(ipse).

quam

LATIN GRAMMAR.

140

Exercise

[LESSON

29.

48.

I will go nowhither (no"WUl you go anywhither (anywhere) ?


He will go to no
Will your good son go to anyone?
where).
When will you take your young man to the painter ? I
one
w ill take him there {ad mm) to-day. Where will he carry these
Will you take the
He will carry them nowhither.
birds to ?
I will take him there (ad mm, to him).
physician to this man ?
When will you take him there ? I will take him there to-day.
They will not
Will the physicians come to your good brother ?
I will send you none.
Will you send me a servant ?
come to him.
I will send one to him.
Will you send a child to the physician ?
He is with nobody.
Do you
With whom is the physician ?
I wish to go to the good Americans.
wish to go anywhither ?
He has no time to come there.
Has he time to come to my house ?
He will write one more.
Will the captain write one more letter ?
Has your friend a
I will write one.
Will you write a note ?
.

as

to write as

many

letters as I ?

He

mind

mind

has a

to write quite

many.

Exercise

49.

home. Whither do you wish


Where your brother He
go home. AVhither does your father wish
go wish
your house. AVhither
you carry
go
go He wishes

my neighbor's. your son home


carry
He there. Whither the shoemaker carry my boots?
your house Will he carry them home
carry them
He
Will you send good sugar home
carry them
He
Will the baker send good bread home
send some
Will you come me
come
send some
He
go
the good Frenchgo wish
you. Whither do you wish
our house They
go
go nomen. Will the good
my house I
not take
whither. Will you take your son
When you take him
the
your house, but
him
take him there to-morrow. Have you many

the
How many
write have only a few
many
write He has
write
you.
has our old neighbor

write The youth has some to


Who has long
write He has
has he
How many more
more
How many has he send He has twenty send. Has he
send
father He has fewer
many
send. Has
send He has no more
the hatmaker some more hats
send.
write a long
Has your son the courage (audetne films
He has the courage write one. Will he write many
write quite
many. Will you buy
mine He
many
horses?
buy more of the
carriages
than of the
?

is

to

will

to

to

I will

letter ?

at

to

is

it

this

Is

to

at

will

is

will

to

will

thither.

thither.

will

to

thither.

will

to

to

to

Italians

to

letters to

will

will

will

captain's.

to

I will

to write.

to

letters

to

as

write.

to

letters

to

letters to

as

letters to

as

six

as his

to

to

tuns') to

to

will

as

former.

letter ?

as

as

I will

to write.

to

to

as

to

to

to

to
captain's ?

I will

letters

as

latter

WESSON

PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE.

30.]

Lesson

XXX. PENSUM

141

TRICESIMUM.

OF THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE.


A. The Present Subjunctive is formed from the
Present Indicative by changing the terminations of the
respective conjugations into, 1. em, 2. cam, 3. am (ia?n),

mm;

4.

(f'acio,

lows

amo, amem ; moneo, moneam; lego, legam


audio, audiam*
It is inflected as" fol-

as,

faciam)

First Conjugation.

Singular.

That I may love


That thou mayst
Tliat he

may

amem
ames

love

love,

ainet,

Plural.
That we may love
That ye may love
That they may love,

amemiis
ametis
ament.

Second Conjugation.
Singular.
Plural.
That I may remind
moneam TJmt ive may remind moneamus
ThatthoitmaystremindmonGks That ye may remind moneatis
That he may remind, moneat, That they may remind, moneant.

Third Conjugation.
Singular.
TJiat I may read
legam
That thou mayst read legas
TTtat he

may

read,

legat,

Plural.
That we may read
legamus
That ye may read
legatis
That they may read, legant.

Fourth Conjugation.
Singular.
That I may hear
audiam
That thou mayst hear audias
TJiat he

may

hear,

audiat,

Plural.
That we may hear
audiamus
That ye may hear
audiatis
That they may hear, audiant.

Like amem inflect ordinem, clem, portem, laborem, lave?n, &c.


Like moneam: Jiabeam, videam, foveam, &c. Like legam: dicam, disponam, scrlbam, faciam,\ &c. Like audiam: aperiam, esurXam, sitXam,
:

remain, &c.

Remark.
The present subjunctive of the first and third conjugations sometimes has im instead of em or am ; as edirn, commedim ;
duim, perduim ; % for edam, commedam ; clem, perdam.
But this anti*

See Lesson XXVIII. B. 2.


Verbs of the third conjugation in ?o have their present subjunctive
Thus, also, capio, capiam, calefacio, calefaciam, &c.
X From the obsolete forms duo,perdno (= do, perdo).
t

in tarn.

[LESSON

LATIN GRAMMAR.

142

quated form occurs only in a few verbs.


lar verbs esse

and

velle,

and

their

It is

compounds

30.

retained in the irreguas velim, nolim,

malim

sim, possim, prosim, &c.

B. The Present Subjunctive of the irregular verbs sum,

an&fero (affero)

nolo, eo,

Singular.
That I may be
That thou mayst he
That he may be,

thus inflected:

is

sim

TJiat

Plural.
we may be

That ye may be
That they may be.

sis

sit,*

volo,

simus
sitis

sint.

velim That we maybe willing vellmus


That I may be willing
That thou mayst be willing veils That ye may be willing velitis
That he may be willing, velit, Tiiat they may be willing, velint.

That I may go
That thou mayst go
That he may go,

That we may go
That ye may go
That they may go.

earn
eas
eat,

feram
That I may carry
That thou mayst carry feras
ferat,
That he may carry,

Remark.

That we may carry


That ye may carry
That they may carry,

The compounds of these verbs are

eamus
earls

eant.

feramus
feratis

ferant,

of them inflected
in the same way as desim, possim, prosim, from desum, possum, prosum ; mailing nolim, from malo, nolo : abeam, prodeam, transeam, from
abeo, prodeo, transeo ; afferam, differ am, circumferam, from affero,
diffe.ro, circumfero, &c.
all

OF THE USE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE.

The Subjunctive serves to denote various


C. Obs.
modifications of the action or state expressed by the
verb, and is often put in Latin where the English idiom
requires the Indicative or Infinitive.
It is chiefly employed
:

1st. After certain conjunctions, such as tit and quo, that, in


order that ne, that not, lest licet and quamvis, although utinam, would that; quin and quommus, but that, &c. E. g.
;

Ve'nia ut videam.

I come

to

see (in order that

I may

see).

sis. sit, the older Latin writers employ the forms stem,
from the obsolete fuo, the forms fuam, funs, filed;

Instead of sim,

siet;

and

also

sies,

fuant.
t
for

An

ancient form of this is mavelim, is, it, &c.


So the Imp. Subj. mnrellem
mcdlem; the Pres. Ind. mavulo for malo; the Future Indie, mavulam for

malum, &c.

LESSON
Cave ne

USE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE.

30.]

Take care

scribas.

Would

Utinam haberem.
2d.
qualis,

quotus

quoties,

quomodo

quis, qui,

cujas

To denote
command as

E.

quantum habeas.
sit.

g.

I do

not

know how much you

Tell

me

ivho he

Do

have.

is.

you know when he comes ?

See whether he

and

possibility in general,

3d.

in-

such as quantus,
ubi, quo, quorsum, quando,

or adverb,

an, ne, &c.

Die mild quis (quails)


Sclsne quando veniat ?
Vide an venturus sit.*

or

write.

I had.

In indirect or dependent questions, introduced by an

terrogative adjective, pronoun,

Ne'scio

you

lest

that

143

is

about

also

come.

to

an exhortation

I may possibly have acted


Buy what is necessary.

Forsitan temere fecerim.


JEmas quod necesse est.
Edmus. Scribdmus.

Let us go.

rashly.

Let us write.

f Venio ut videam.

I come

in order
sake of seeing,

to see
to see,

see).

Venio ad videndum.
(for the
about to \ Venio videndi causa,
Venio videre or visum.
{_ Venio visurus.
I

D. Obs. The compound conjunction in order to, in order that, is


commonly expressed in Latin either by ut with the subjunctive, or
(after verbs of motion) by the supine in urn ; but it may frequently be
likewise rendered by the accusative of the gerund or gerundive with
ad, by the genitive of the gerund with the ablative causa or gratia,
" for the sake of," by a mere infinitive, or, lastly, by the future participle in urus.
,i
C Visne ad fratrem tiium ire, ut eum
,~_
wish to go
& to Avour broth- <\
videas i
,
order
to
see
t
,
er in
*
) A7 .
s
r *.
( Visne ire visum fratrem tuum i
I desire to go to him in order to ( Ciipio ad eum ire, ut eum videam.
see him (for the sake of seeing \ Ego eum visum ire ciipio.
him).
( Ciipio ad eum ire videndi gratia.
f Estne fratri tiio ciilter ad secandum
Has your brother a knife to cut
panem suum ?
his bread ?
Habetne frater tiius ciiltrum, quif

Do vou
J
-r,

'

mm

[^

He

has one to cut


to cut it)

it

(wherewith

panem

siium secet

ad eum secandum.

Est

Habet unum, qui eum secare

ei iinus

pdssit.

* The direct questions involved in these examples are:


Quantum habesf
Qids {qualis) est?
Quando (quo tempore) vend?
Venturusne est?
t This qui is an old ablative, and may stand for every gender of that case
singular and plural (i. e. for quo, qua, quibus).
When thus used it represents
the instrument or means, exactly like the English "wherewith," "whereby."
Thus Nepos
ut, qui efferretur, vix reliquerit, so that he left scarcely enough,
wherewith he might be buried.

144

LATIN GRAMMAR.

[LESSON

30.

f Peciiniam, qui panem emam, non


no money to buy bread j
habeo.
(wherewith I may buy bread). Careo peciinia ad einendum panem.
Have you paper enough to write Estne tibi satis chartae ad litteram
a letter (for writing a letter).
scribendam ?
I have not enough.
Non est (mihi satis)

I have

(_

C Everro, ere, erri, ersum.

To sweep

(out).

Scopis purgo, are, avi, atum.

(aliquid,

Occido, ere,

To

kill, slay.

To

slaughter.

locum aliquem).
idi,

Isum.

< Interficio, ere, feci, factum.

(aliquem).

Macto, are,

avi,

atum (aliquem,

ANIMAL ALIQUOD).
To

Sallo, ire, ivi or

salt.

To

lend.

<

To be able.
To know how (to be

able).

Commodo,

li,

itum (aliquid).

are, avi, atum.

Credo, ere, crediti, creditum.

(alicui aliquid).
Possum, posse, potui.

Scio, ire, ivi or

ii,

itum.

(aliquid facere).

E. Obs. Possum signifies " to have the power or ability," scio, " to
have the knowledge or skill," " to know how." Both these verbs may
be followed by the infinitive of another verb. Possum is a compound
ofjiotis

and sum, and

is

inflected in the present as follows

Indicative.
Singular.

I can (am able)


Thou canst (art

He can

Plural,

We

possum
able)

(is able),

can (are able)


Ye can {are able)
They can (are able).

potes
potest,

possumus
potestis

possunt.

Subjunctive.
Singular.
That I may be able
That thou mayst be able
That he may be able,

Can you

Plural,
possis
possit,

write a letter ?

I can write one.

Can he work

That we may be able


That ye may be able
That they may be able.

possim

possimus
possitis

possint.*

Potesne scribere epistolam

| Scisne scribere epistolam

Possum (scio) unam scribere.


Niim ille laborare (opus facere)
potest ?

He

cannot work.
Can they come to us ?
They cannot come to you

* Antiquated

Laborare (opus facere) non potest.


Possuntne venire ad nos ?

Ad

forms of this are possiem,

vos venire non pdssunt.

es, et,

also potestur forjiotest, an&potesse for posse.

Sec, or potessim,

is, it,

&c.

So

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

30.]

To
To

Me
Me

me.

kill

see me.

145

accldere (interficere).
videre.

F. Obs. In Latin the accusative generally takes its place before


the verb on which it depends, and the dative before the accusative.*
The verb itself is commonly put at the end of the sentence.

To speak

To
To
To
To
To
To
To
To
To

to

me

Mecum

(with me).

speak to you (with you).


speak to him (with him).
speak to us (with us).
speak to you (Avith you).
speak to them (with them).
send to him.
send to his house.
send it to me.
send him (them, &c.) to me,

to

my

To send

house.
it

to

me

loqui,

Tecum f

Cum

ad me IdquL
ad

ldqui,

eo ldqui, ad

Nobiscum
Vobiscum

Cum

lllis

te ldqui.

eum

ldqui.

ad nos ldqui.
ldqui, ad v6s ldqui.
ldqui, ad lllos ldqui.
ldqui,

Ei mittere.

Ad eum (in ddmum ejus) mittere.


Eum (earn, id) mi'hi mittere.
Eum (eos) ad me (ddmum meam)
mittere.

Eum

to-morrow.

mihi crastino tem-

(earn, id)

pdre mittere.

Eum (eos) ad me (ddmum meam)


to me (i.e.
eras mittere.
my house) to-morrow
When will you send me the hat ? Quando vis mihi pileum mittere ?
(Cf Lesson XXIV. G.)
To send him (them)
to

send it to you to day.


Will you lend me some money

Ego

I will

tibi

eum

mittere vdlo hddie.

Visne mihi credere aliquantum pe-

I will lend you a little.


Do you desire to see my brother,
in order to speak to him ?
I do desire to see him, in order
to speak to him ?

Vdlo tibi aliquantulum credere.


Cupisne fratrem meum videre, ut

cuniae

Has he a broom

to

sweep

my

cum

eo (ad eum) ldquaris V


videre, ut cum eo (ad
eum) ldquar.J
Habetne sedpas ad ddmum meam
Ciipio

eum

everrendam

house ?
He has none.

Non

Have you anything to


to

write, to eat,

say?

I have something to write, to eat,

habet.

Habesne quod
quod dicas ?

Habeo quod

scrlbas,

quod edas,

scribam, edam, dicam.

to say.

I have nothing to write, to eat,

Non habeo quod

scribam, edam,

dicam.

to say.

Has he any money

to give

me

Habetne quid mihi det pecuniae

* Unless the accusative be a personal pronoun, which frequently precedes


the dative.
t
|

ris

Compare Lesson XXVIII. p. 133, note.


The present subjunctive of the deponent
or loquare, loquatur ; Pluk. loquamur,

Lesson

XXXV.
J

13

loquor is:
Sing, loquar, loqualoquamini, loquantur.
Compare

LATIN GRAMMAR.

146

He has no money to give you.


Do you lend us books to read ?

Non

"We lend you books and

Vdbis

[LESSON

30.

habet quid tibi det pecuniae.


Cominodatisne nobis libros legendos

letters

'?

legendos et

et libros

commodamus.

to read.

xxn.
Exercise

(Vide

litteras

Lesson

B. 5.)

50.

I can cut you some.


cut me some bread ?
Have you
I have one.
Can you wash your gloves ?
a knife to cut me some ?
Can the tailor make
I can wash them, but have no wish to do it.
He can make you one.
Will you speak to the phyme a coat ?
Does your son wish to see me in
sician ?
I will speak to him.
order to speak to me (ut mecum or ad me hquatur) ?
He wishes to
Does he wish to
see you, in order to give you (ut tibi det) a crown.
kill me ?
He does not wish to kill you he only wishes to see you.
Does the son of our old friend wish to kill an ox ?
He wishes to
kill two.
How much money can you send me ? I can send you
Will you send me my letter?
I will send it to
thirty crowns.
Will you send the shoemaker anything?
I will send him
you.

Can you

my boots. Will you send him your coats ? No, I will send them
He cannot send
to my tailor. Can the tailor send me my coat ?

it

to you.

Are your children able

They are

to write letters ?

able

to write some.

Exercise
Have you a

51.

your wine ?
I have one, but I have no
Will you give me money to buy some ?
wine I have only water.
I will give you some, but I have only a little.
Will you give me
that which (quod) you have V
I will give it to you.
Can you drink
I can drink as much of the one as of the
as much wine as water ?
other.
Has our poor neighbor any wood to make a fire (ad ignem
accendenduni) ?
He has some to make one, but he has no money to
buy bread and meat.
Are you willing to lend him some ?
I am
willing to lend him some.
Do you wish to speak to the German ?
I wish to speak to him.
Where is he ?
He is with the son of the
captain.
Does the German wish to speak to me ?
He wishes to
speak to you.
Does he wish to speak to my brother or to yours ?
He wishes to speak to both.
Can the children of our tailor work ?
They can work, but they will not.

glass to drink

one.
one.
any.
him.
you.
to

Exercise
Has

52.

He

the carpenter money to buy a hammer ?


He has some to buy
Has the captain money to buy a ship ?
He has some to buy
Has the peasant money to buy sheep ?
He has none to buy
Have you time to see my father ?
I have no time to see
Does your father wish to see me ?
He does not wish to see
Has the servant a broom to sweep the house ?
He has one

sweep

it.

Is

he willing

to

sweep

it ?

is

willing to

sweep

it.


^LESSON

CONSTRUCTION OF SENTENCES.

31.]

147

Have
enough
my meat? You have not enough of
Will your friend come my house order
me
neither come
your house nor see you. Has our neighbor
He
Will you
horse He has no
a
your

only my enemies. Do you wish


speak
the children of your shoemaker? wish
speak
them.
Will
What
you give them I
give them
you lend them anything I have nothing
lend them (quod
commodem). Has the cook some more
the meat? He
He has a great deal
more. Has he some more
has a
more. Will he give me some He
give you some. Will
He
he give some
my poor children
meis
give them some. Will he
or that hen He
both.
neither (neutram). Will he
or that ox? He
Who send us
The baker
send you some.
I salt

salt

to salt

will

to

it

to

it.

to see

in

to

desire to kill his


kill
friends V

desire to kill

it.

I will kill

to

to

will

to

large cakes.

will

to

to

its

salt to salt

rice ?

little,

will

to

kill

this

Have you anything good

to give

me

will kill

will kill

kill this

biscuits?

will

will

egenis) ?

(liberis

will

have nothing good

to give

you.

Lesson

XXXI. pensum unum et

trice-

SIMUM.
OF THE CONSTRUCTION OF SENTENCES.
A. A sentence is a thought or concept of the
expressed in words.
As
Piter

legit,

the boy reads.

est (erat, erit) Justus,

Every sentence

God
is

is

mind

Arbor floret, the tree blossoms.


(was, will be) just.

composed of

at least

Deus

one subject and one

predicate.
is the person or object of which
affirmed as puer, arbor, Deus.
predicate is that which is affirmed of the person or thing

The

subject of a sentence

anything

The

is

called the subject

as legit, floret, est (erat, erit) Justus.

always a substantive, or some other word used


substantively, and generally stands in the nominative.

The

subject

Remark.

is

But the subject of a verb in the

infinitive

mood

is

put

in the accusative.

The

predicate is either a finite verb* or else a noun, adjecor adverb, with one of the tenses of the copula

tive, participle,

sum ;

e. g. est, erat, erit,

&c.

* The term finite verb (verbum finilnm) includes all the verbal forms of
every mood, except the infinitive {verbum infinitum).

;;

LATIN GRAMMAR.

148

[LESSON

31.

B. The subject nominative may be variously modified or


expanded by the addition of other words, which are said to
stand in the attributive relation to

may

This

it.

be done,

By

another noun, either in the same case or one of the oblique


Deus, rex coelorum, Justus est, God, the king of heaven, is
amid nostri puer legit, the boy of our friend is reading.

1.

cases
just

as,

By an adjective, adjective pronoun, participle, or relative clause


puer noster studiosus legit, our studious boy is reading arbor, quam
Tieri in liorto vidisti, liodXe floret, the tree which you saw yesterday in
the garden blossoms to-day.
2.

as,

C. In a similar manner, the predicate may be modified or


expanded by the addition of other words, which are said to
These words may be,
stand in the objective relation to it.

1.

A noun in one of the oblique cases, or an adverb

suum bonum

as,

puer

librum.

arbor in liorto nostro


legit, the boy reads his good book
the tree blossoms in our garden; Deus semper erit Justus, God
will always be just.
;

floret,

2. An infinitive or another finite verb introduced by a relative, or


a conjunction expressed or understood as, cupw abire, I desire to
leave; (ille) idoneus non est, qui impetret, he is not fit to obtain care
(ne) cadas, take care lest you fall.
;

3. By a noun or adjective in the same case with the subject


as,
Pompejus imperator est appelldtus, Pompey was called commander
(tu) videris vir bonus esse, you seem to be a good man
incedo reglna,
I walk a queen.
;

Remark.
This construction takes place after certain neuter and
passive verbs of naming,
becoming, remaining, appearing, &c. (Cf.
~
Lesson XXXIV. C.)
_D.
The subject and predicate both are either simjrte
or compound.

A simple

subject consists of one substantive or

tively, either alone or modified

by

attributes

word used substanpuer

as Deus, arbor,

noster studiosus.

compound subject consists of two or more simple subjects, generally connected by a conjunction, and belonging to one common
predicate

as,

et tu diligentes

puer

et

puella legunt, the boy

A simple
panded
legit,

predicate consists of
into the objective relation

semper

and

girl are

reading

ego

sumus, I and you are diligent.

erit

A compound

one
;

finite

verb, either alone or exlibrum suum bonum

as, legit, floret,

Justus.

predicate consists of two or more simple predicates


depending on one common subject; as, Deus est,fuit, erit, God is, was,
will be; Id et nobis erit perjucund urn, et tibi non sane devutm, This
will be extremely pleasant for us, and surely not out of jour way.

LESSON

CONSTRUCTION OF SENTENCES.

31.]

149

Sentences, like subject and predicate, are also

E.

either simple or compound.

simple sentence is one which contains a simple predicate,


or one finite verb only.

There can be no sentence without a finite verb exRemark.


pressed or understood, and there are as many sentences as there are
finite verbs.

compound sentence contains two or more simple sentences,


which are commonly called its members or clauses.
The members of a compound sentence are either all coordinated as
independent, or else one of them assumes the rank of a leading clause,
to which the rest are subordinated as dependent.
Independent clauses are such as make complete sense apart from
their connection with each other as, Ego reges eject, vos tyrannos in;

ego libertatem peperi, vos partam servdre non vultis, I have


expelled the kings, you are introducing tyrants I have procured
liberty, you are unwilling to preserve it,
subordinate clause can make complete sense only in connection
with the main or leading clause, on which it is dependent ; as, Vita
brevis est, licet supra mille annos exeat, Life is short, and were it to exceed a thousand years Hoc ideo exposui, ut selves, I have explained
this, in order that you might know it.
troducitis

Remark 1. In these sentences the clauses commencing with licet


and ut are subordinate and dependent on the leading clauses, by
which they are preceded.
Remark 2. The members of a compound sentence are commonly
linked together by conjunctions, relatives, or adverbs.

F. Words are said to agree with each other when


they correspond in gender, number, case, or person, and
this relation is called Concord or Agreement.

Agreement may take place under the following circumstances


1.

Between one substantive and another;

as,

Cicero orator, Cicero

Augustus imperator, Augustus the Emperor.


as, vir Justus et
2. Between an adjective or participle and a noun
viri optrmi, most excellent men.
sapiens, a good and wise man
as, puer, qui legit, the boy
3. Between a relative and its antecedent
who reads puella, quae currit, the girl who runs.
as, ego lego, hi
4. Between a finite verb and its subject nominative
amas, nos sumus, homines dlcunt.

the orator

G. One word is said to govern another, when it requires it to be put in a determinate case or mood, and
this relation is called Government.

13*

LATIN GRAMMAR.

150

[LESSON

31.

word subject to another, according to the laws of concord


or government, is said to depend upon or follow it.
All the oblique cases of Latin nouns, except the vocative, are
commonly determined by some other word.
1.

The

genitive

governed by nouns, adjectives, verbs,

is

participles,

and adverbs.
2.

The

dative

governed by adjectives, verbs,

is

participles,

and

adverbs.
3.

The

ciples,
4.

accusative

is

governed by active

transitive verbs or parti-

and by

The

prepositions.
ablative is governed

by

adjectives, verbs, participles,

and

prepositions.

To iclwm

Cut ? Cutnam * ? Ad quern


Quern? Quemncim?
Quid ? Quidnam ?

Whom?
What

di, sum (alicui


epistolae ov ad
aliquid
epistolam).

'Respondeo, ere,
;

To

answer, reply.

Rescribo, ere, ipsi, iptum (alicui


Or AD ALIQUEM ; LITTERIS OT

AD LITTERAS).

m
To

Alicui respondere. f
answer or replv
/i~
t
r J to some one. -WiAlicui or ad ahquem rescribere.
I
5Epistolae or ad epistolam respondere.
answer a letter.
Litteris or ad litteras rescribere.
t

To

( Niim vis mihi respondere ?


\ Niim vis mihi (ad me) rescribere ?
Nolo tibi respondere.
I do not wish to answer you.
Nolo tibi (ad te) rescribere.
Cui vis respondere ?
To whom do you wish to reply ?
Ad quern (cui) vis rescribere ?
Amico meo bono respondere vdlo.
I wish to reply to my good friend.
Ego ad amicum meum bdnum re-

Do you

wish to answer

me ?

scribere vdlo.

What do you
him

desire to

answer

(
(

answer him only (in)


a few words.
To whom must we reply ?

I desire to

Quid cupis
bere)

Ei non

ei

respondere (rescri-

nisi

pauca rescribere

cii-

pio.

Ad

quern (cui) est nobis rescri-

bendum ?

We

must reply to the Englishman.

* Compare

Rescribendum
Anglum).

est nobis

Anglo (ad

Lesson XII. A. 1-6.

The verb respondere

is properly "to answer or reply orally," and is sometimes opposed to rescribere, which signifies " to write back or to answer in
writing."
But this distinction is not always observed, and respondere is often
used in the sense of rescribere.

LESSON

CONSTRUCTION OF

31.]

What have I to do ?
You have to reply to

" IN "

AND

" SUB.'

151

Quid est mini faciendum ?


Rescrlbendum est tibi litteris (ud

the letter

of the Frenchmen.

Francogallorum.

litteras)

The place (in general).


The garden.
The theatre.
The forest, wood.
The grove.
The warehouse.
The storehouse.
The magazine.
The store, provisions.

Locus, m. pi, loci or loca.


Hortus,* i, m. ; hortulus, i, m. dim.

Theatrum,

i,

n.

Silva, ae,/!

Lucus,f

m.; nemus, oris, n.


(i, n.) mercium.f

i,

Receptaculum

Cella penaria, ae,f

Horreum,

n.

i,

Penus, us or i, m. commeatus, us,


m. (of an army).
Copia, ae,/!
Conclave, is, n. ; diaeta, ae,
;

The supply, abundance.


The room.
The chamber (sleeping-

Cubiciilum,

i,

n.

room).

The

To go

butcher.

juanius,

into (an enclosed place).

1,

m.

f Ineo, Ire, li (ivi), itum.


j Introeo, ire, ivi (li), itum.
J

(LOCUM
QUEM)

Or IN

LOCUM, AD ALI-

In, into (preposition).

In (with the ace. and

Under (preposition).

Sub (with the

ace.

abl.).

and

abl.).

H. Obs. The prepositions in and sub, denoting a tendency


or motion towards a place, are followed by the accusative, but
when they denote rest or situation in a place, they are followed
by the ablative.

To go

In conclave inire (introire)


Conclave inire (introire).
In conclavi esse.
( In hdrtos inire (introire).
\ Hortos inire (introire).
In hdrtis esse.
(

into the room.

To be

in the

To go

into the garden.

To
To
To
To
To

within

room.

be in the garden.
go
be
go
be

in

(i. e.

into the house)


in the house).

(i. e.

under the
under the

||

1 ntro (adv.) ire.

Intus (adv.) esse.

Sub mensarn ire.


Sub mensa esse.

table.

table.

* The singular has commonly the sense of a " vegetable garden,"


plural horti or the dim. hortulus, "a garden for pleasure." (Cf.

and the
Lesson

XVIII. D.)
t Liicus is a sacred grove nemus a woody landscape laid out for pleasure.
X The genitive pi. of merx, merchandise.
eo), and are inflected
The verbs are compounds of eo (= in + eo, intro
(Cf. Lesson XXVIII. F.)
like the simple verb.
The compounds inire and introire have frequently the force of transitive
verbs, and then the preposition in before the object accusative is omitted.
;

||

To

go out

To be

out

To go

out.

Where

He

[lesson

LATIN GRAMMAR.

152

is

(i. e.

(i. e.

Fdras (culc.)
Exire ddmo

out of the house).


out of the house).

is

ire.

(&/.).

Fdris

(rtf/y.) esse.

Exeo,

ire, il (ivi),

itum.

TJbi est ndster films ?


(Est) in cubiciilo siio.

our son ?
in his room.
is

Where

31.

Quo (qudrsum)

the Englishman going

it

Anglus

'?

to?

He is going into the forest.


Do you wish to go into

(fnit) in silvam.

Num

the

theatrum inire

vis (in)

theatre ?

do

wish

not

Nolo eo

there

go

to

inire.

(thither).

Estne pater tuus intus

your father in (in the house) ?


he is out.
is not in
Does the stranger desire to go in
(into the house) ?
No, he desires to go out.

Is

He

Ndn

est intus

Cupitne advena

tmmo

fdris est.

ire intrd ?

vero fdras ire (ddmo exire)

ciipit.
is my dog ?
under the table.

Where

TJbi est canis

He

Sub mensa

is

Exercise

53.

will

mens

(est).

answer him.
But whom
Will you not
I will answer my good father.
you answer ?
I will answer them.
Who will answer
answer your good friends ?
Will the
The Russian wishes to answer you, but he cannot.
me ?
He will write you one. Can the
Russian write me a letter ?
They cannot answer us, but we can answer
Spaniards answer us ?
He has to answer a letWhat has the Englishman to do ?
them.
He has to answer that of
Which letter has he to answer ?
ter.
Have I to answer a letter ?
You have not
the good Frenchman.
Which note have I to answer ?
to answer a letter, but a note.
Have we to answer
You have to answer that of the great captain.
We have to answer them. Will
the letters of the merchants ?
I will answer it.
Will any
you answer the note of your tailor ?
No one will answer it. Will your
one answer my great letter ?
Will you answer your friend

will

He answer
good friends. Will he answer me my
you. Will your father go any whither He
go nowhither.
Where your brother He in the garden of our friend.
Where the Englishman He in
garden. Where do
we wish to go to We wish to go into the garden of the French.
Where your son He
in
room. Will he go to the magazine He
go thither. Will you go to the great theatre I
Where
but my son has a mind to go
not go

He will answer neither this nor


father answer this or that note ?
He will answer only those of
Which notes will he answer ?
that.
letter V

his

it

is

is

will

will

is

is

his little

is

his

thither,

will

the Irishman
est ?

is

will

He

is

He

there.

is

in the theatre.

thither.

Is the

American

is

in the for-

LESSON

1
32. J

AGREEMENT OF VERBS.
Exercise

153

54.

Will you come to me in order to go to the forest ?


I have no wish
To which theatre do you wish to go ?
to go the forest.
I wish to
Will you go into my garden, or into that of
go to the great theatre.
the Dutchman ?
I will go neither into yours nor into that of the
Dutchman I will go into the gardens of the French.
Will you go
I will not go thither.
into those of the Germans ?
Have the
They have some.
Americans great warehouses ?
Have the En gThey have some.
Have the Germans as many
lish great stores ?
They have as many of the latter as of the
warehouses as stores ?
former.
Will you see our great stores ?
I will go into your wareHave you much hay in your storehouses in order to see them.
r
houses ?
e have a great deal, but we have not enough corn.
wish to buy some.
Do you wish to buy some ?
Have we as
much corn as wine in our storehouses ?
have as much of the
Have the English as much cloth as paper in
one as of the other.
They have more of the one than of the other in
their warehouses ?
them.
Has your father time to write me a letter ?
He wishes to
write you one, but he has no time to-day.
When will he answer
He will answer it to-morrow. Will you come
that of my brother ?
to my house in order to see my great warehouses.
I cannot come to
your house to-day I have letters to write.
Where is the knife ?
It is under the table.
Is our friend in (the house) ?
He is in.
He is going in.
Do you desire to go out ?
No I desire to go in.
Is the painter out V
He is not out.

Lesson XXXII.

pensum

We

We

alterum et

tri-

CESIMUM.
OF THE AGREEMENT OF VERBS.

The verb must agree with


A. Rule.
nominative in number and person. E. g.
Ego dmo.

Tit Ugls.

Thou

Me

He

Nos

Piier scribit.
mittimus.

scrlbit.

dicunt.

Homines dicunt.

subject

love.

We

Vos hdbetis.
llli

its

reddest.

writes.

The boy

writes.

send.
have.

Ye
They

say.

The men say.

Remarks.
has already been noticed in several places, that the pronouns
Me, nos, vos, Mi are commonly omitted, and only put where
perspicuity or emphasis requires them.
2. The nominative is entirely wanting be*fore impersonal verbs and
verbs used impersonally as, Pluit, it rains. Pingit, it snows. Pudet
1

It

ego, tu,

LATIN GRAMMAR.

154
me

tui,

am ashamed

Orandum

me.

before you.

est nobis,

We

Actum

est

[LESSON
de me, It

32.

over with

is all

must pray.

3. An infinitive, either alone or modified by other words, an adverb, participle, and an entire sentence, may become the subject of a
finite verb, which then stands in the third person singular
as, Mentiri
est turpe, It is disgraceful to lie.
Dulce et decorum est pro patria
mori, To die for one's country is honorable and sweet. Dodo homhii
Cras istud,
vivere est cogitdre, To a man of letters living is thinking.
quando venit ? When will that " to-morrow " come ? Homines errdre
non mirum est, That men should err is not strange.*
;

4.

The

infinitive

sometimes supplies the place of the

finite verb,

especially in animated narration as, Arma, tela, equi, viri, liostes, cives,
permixti (sc. sunt) nihil consilio, neque imperio agi fors omnia regere,
Arms, weapons, horses, men, enemies, and friends were mixed in
;

promiscuous disorder nothing is now done by design or in obedience


This is called the historical
to command chance controls everything.
;

infinitive,

and

is

The verb

generally translated by the imperfect.

sometimes entirely omitted as, Bona verba (sc. lo~


not be angry! Softly! Da melwra (sc. dent)
God forbid! Quid plura (sc.dicam)? In short. Quot homines, tot sententiae
(sc. sunt), As many men, so many minds.
5.

is

Do

quere),

B. Rule.

After a

collective

noun the predicate

either in the singular or the plural.

Pars militum

cae'si,

pars cdpti

sunt.

Pars stiipet donum exitidle,


molem mirantur equi.

et

E.

is

g.

Part of the soldiers were Jailed, and


a part of them taken prisoners.
Some are transfixed with amazement
at the fatal present, and admire
the huge size of the horse.

Remarks.
1.

2.

The pronouns

is very common, especially among the


poets, after pars, turba, vis, mullitudo, exercitus, juventus, nobilitas,
gens, plebs, and vulgus.

verb in the plural

uterque,

each; quisque, every one;

alter

....

and alius .... alium, may likewise take a plural verb as,
Uterque eorum ex castris statlvis exercitum educunt, Each of them leads
Quisque suos patimur manes, Every one of
his army out of the camp.
us suffers the punishment due to him. Alius alii subsidium ferebant,
alterum,

One brought
C.

help to the other.

Rule.

Two

singular, connected

more subject-nominatives in the


by a copulative conjunction, ex-

or

* The infinitive or an entire clause may also stand as the subject of an


as, Te hilari animo esse valde me jurat, I am delighted (lit. it
delights me) that yon are in good spirits.
Jurat me, quod vigent studia, I am
glad that the study of letters is prosperous. This construction is very common.
impersonal verb;

LESSON

AGREEMENT OF VERBS.

32.]

155

pressed or understood, generally have a plural verb.

Kg.
Senatus populusque

Romdnus pa-

cem comprobave'runt.
mors,

Vita,

divitiae,

paupertas

dmnes homines vehementissime

The Roman senate and people approved of the peace.


Life, death, wealth, poverty, affect all

men most powerfully,

permdvent.

Remarks.
when the
ceived of as one complex notion or whole
1.

The verb

postulat,
intelligit,

is

compound subject is conas, Tempus necessitasque


Setiatus populusque Romanus

in the singular

Time and necessity demands.


The Roman senate and people understand.

When

the verb

referred to each of the simple subjects sepait is likewise in the singular


as, Conon
plurimum Cypri vixit, Iphicrates in Thracia, Timotheus Lesbi, Chares
in Sigeo, Conon lived mostly on the island of Cyprus, Iphicrates in
Thrace, Timotheus on Lesbos, and Chares in Sigeum. Aetas et forma
et super omnia Romanum nomen te ferociorem facit, Age and beauty,
and, above all, the name of Roman, render thee more warlike.
2.

is

emphatic one,

rately, or to the

et, turn .... turn (both ....


3. When the sentence contains et
and) or nee .... nee, the verb is commonly singular as, Illam rationem et Pompejus et Flaccus secutus est, Pompey and Flaccus both
pursued that plan.
.

When

the nominatives are connected by the disjunctive aut,


aut, " either .... or," the verb is commonly
as, Si Aedcus aut Minos diceret, If
singular, but sometimes plural
iEacus or Minos should say. Ne Sulpicius aut Cotta plus quam ego
apud te valere videantur, Lest Sulpicius or Cotta should appear to have
more influence with you than I have.
4.

" or," or

by aut ....

5. If an ablative with cum is put instead of a second nominative,


the predicate is generally plural, but sometimes singular as, Demosthenes cum ceteris in exilium erant expulsi, Demosthenes with the
Tu ipse cum Sexto scire velim, quid
rest had been driven into exile.
cogites. I should like to know what purpose you yourself and Sextus
have in view.
;

When the nominatives of a compound


D. Rule.
subject are of different persons, the predicate agrees
with the first person in preference to the second, and
with the second in preference to the third. E. g.
Si tu et Tullia valetis, ego
Cicero valemus.

Remark.
(e. g.
as,

Et

In

et

If you and Tullia are

and I are

well, Cicero

well.

sentences containing an antithesis or a division


the verb assumes the person of the nearest noun
tu et omnes homines sciunt, You yourself and all men know.

an

et

et),

LATIX GRAMMAR.

156

[LESSON

Postqudm in tuto ipse (ego) et ille in pcricido


self began to be safe and he in danger.

The market (-place).


The ball.
The country (as opposed

Forum,
to

i,

esse coepit,

32.

After I my-

n.

Saltatio, onis, f.
Rus, ruris, n.

city).

The
The

square, public place.

Campus,

field.

Ager, gen agri, m., or in


agri, orum.*

The nobleman.

Humo

i.

m.

locus publicus,

eques,

nobllis

itis,

i,

m.

the pi.

m. (a

knight).

The boatman.
The bailiff.
The judge.
People (in general).

Nauta, ae, m.
Quaesitor,

homo

nautlcus, m.

oris, in.

Judex, Icis, m.
Homines, }>l. m.

To, towards (prep.).

In, ad-\ (with the ace).

To
To
To
To
To
To

In
In
In
In
In
In

go
be
go
be
go
be

to the market.
at the market.
to the square.

in the square.

into the field.


in the field.

(ad) forum ire.


fdro esse.

(ad) locum publicum

ire.

loco publico esse.


agrum (agros) ire.

agro (agris) esse.

Verbs signifying motion or direction


E. Rule.
towards a place or object are generally followed by the
accusative with ad or in, or by an adverb of place. As,
Where

(in -what direction) are


these people going ?
They are going to (towards) the
square.
Will you lead us into the fields ?
I am unwilling to lead you thither.
Does your brother come to the

Quo (qudrsum)

eunt homines

illi

Eunt ad locum publicum.


Niim vis nos in agros due ere ?
Xdlo vos eo (llluc) diicere.
Yenitne frater tiius in forum ?

market ?

He

does not come there.


"Whither do you send your little
servant V
I am sending him to the city to

my
To go
To be

Non
Quo

venit.

mittis serviilum tiium ?

Mi'tto

eum ad patrem

in

urbem.

father.

into the country.


in the country.

Rus

(ace.) ire.

Riiri (or rure)J esse.

* Often in the plural, especially when opposed to a collection of houses, like


the English " fields."
f Ad properly implies approximation, and has something of the force of the
English " towards." It may thus stand before the names of persons as well as
of places; in (in this sense), before the latter only.
% The form run is preferable to rure.

XESSON
F.

and

CONSTRUCTION OF "RUS.

S2.J

Rus

Obs.

follows the construction of the

names of towns,

rejects the preposition in before the accusative

and abia-

As,

tive.

Do you desire to go anywhere ?


I desire to go into the country.
Is the bailiff in the country ?
No

157

he

is

at

present

ire aliquo ?

riiri

(rure) ?

Non apud nos est.


Immo vero ddmi ndstrae
;

our house.

To go to the ball.
To be (present) at the
To dance.
The (act of) dancing.

To be

Cupisne

Ego riis ire cupio.


Niim est quaesitor

est.

Saltatum ire.*
Saltatidni interesse (adesse).
Salto, are, avi, atum.

ball.

Saltatio, onis,/.
j

at.

Adsum,

esse, fui, futurus.

\ Intersum,f esse,

Are the younjj men

goin^; to the

Euntne

fui, futurus.
adolescentuli saltatum ?

ball ?

Yes,

they are going.


means, sir they are not

sir,

By no

Vero, ddmine, eunt.


Mi'nime gentium, ddmine

going._

non

eunt.

Adestne (interestne) sartor

Is the tailor at the ball ?

salta-

tidni ?

He

is

Adest

there.

(interest).

G. Rule.
Many verbs compounded with the prepositions ad, ante, con, in, inter, ob, post, prae, sub, and
super are followed by the dative.
As,
Praesum

reipublicae.

i"

preside over the commonwealth


excels every one.

Antecellit omnibus.

He

Jffcr (cidfer) mihi litteras.


Sidera sedibus suis inhaerunl

Bring me the letters.


The stars remain fixed in

their

abodes.
Objecit se telibus Jiostium.%

He

exposed himself

to the

weapons

of the enemy.

Apud, juxta, ad (cum ace).

At, near (prep.').

To
To

stand.

Sto, stare, steti, statum.

stand by or near.

Adsto, are,

stiti,

(alicui rei,

apud, juxta).

The window.

Fenestra, ae,

f.

Saltatum is the supine of salto, thus put with Ire to denote the purpose:
dance," " for the purpose of dancing." Cf. Less. XL VII. A.
Intersum conveys the adf Adsum is properly " to be near or present."
ditional notion of " participating in."
Both these compounds of sum are conjugated like the simple verb.
| Intransitive verbs comprehended under this rule are followed by the dative
of the tl red object (e.g. antecellit, inhaerent. praesum), and transitive verbs by
that of the remote object (e.g. qffer mihi, objecit telibus).
This rule includes
several compounds of sum:
adsum, insum, iatersum, praesum, subsuia, supersum.
'

to

II

LATIN GRAMMAR.

158

The

Ignis,

fire.

is,

[LESSON

m.

32.

carbones, pi. m. (the

coal fire).

The

To go
To

Focus,

fireplace, hearth.

to the

m.

i,

Ad

fenestram ire.
Adire (ad)* fenestram.
Apud (juxta, ad) fenestram stare.
Adstare fenestrae (juxta fenestram)

window.

stand at (near) the window.

To go
To

stand by the

Where

He

is

Ad fdcum

to the fire.

is

fire.

the boatman

standing by the

Are we

oino; to the

TXT
\V e are

not going.

To

?
fire.

window

Non

Scribere alicui or ad aliquem f


(with ut and the subj.).
Yisne dare (mittere) litteras ad

letter).

Are you

me ?

willing to write to

imus.

Litteras ad aliquem dare or mittere (absolutely).

write to some one (to send

one a

me

am unwilling to write to you.


To whom is you father writing
is

Nolo dare (mittere)

He

ire.

Adire (ad) fdcum.


Apud (ad) carbones stare.
Adstare fdco (apud fdcum).
17 binam est nauta ?
Stat apud fdcum.
Adstat carbdnibus (apud carbones).
Imiisne (adimiisne) ad fenestram ?

Ad

quern dat pater

ad

amicum suum

Litteras dat ad

writing to his best friend.

litteras

te.

tiius litteras ?

opti-

mum.
"What

He

is

Quid

is he writing him ?
writing him to come to the

ei scribit ?

Scribit

ei,

XXX.

city.

Exercise

Where

He

ut in

urbem

veniat (Less.

C. 1.)

55.

at the market.
?
Where is my
the country.
Do you wish to go into the
country?
I do not wish to go there.
Whither do you desire to
I desire to go to the market.
go ?
Is your brother at home?
Whither does your son wish to go ?
Xo he is at the ball.
He
wishes to go to the great place.
Does the Englishman go into the
country in order to see the fields ?
He does not wish to go into the
country in order to see the fields, but in order to see the forests, the
birds, the water, and to drink tea.
Where is the son of the peasant?
He is in the fields to cut corn (cutting corn
frumentum secerns),
Does the son of the nobleman wish to go anywhither ?
He does
not wish to go anywhither he is tired.
Whither does the son of

brother

is

our friend

He

is

in

* Ad commonly

The construction

when
is

implies motion towards a place; but sometimes also rest or


The compound adire of this sentence belongs to Rule E.
scribere alicui or ad aliquem can only be used properly
the contents of the letter are mentioned, or when a command or exhorta-

situation in a place.

tion

is

conveyed.

LESSON

EXERCISES

32.]

159

57.

56,

He wishes to carry some to the


the bailiff wish to carry corn ?
storehouse of your brother.
Does he wish to carry thither the wine
He wishes to carry both thither.
and the meat ?

Exercise
Have you time

56.

to stand at (ad slandum apud) the window ?


I
Is your brother at home ?
have no time to stand at the window.
Where is he ?
is not at home ?
He is in the country.
Has
He has nothing to do there.
he anything to do in the country ?

the
go wish
Whither do you wish
go
the
Who the garden The
Turk
the theatre He
Where
children of the English and those of the Germans are
does your father wish
speak
me He wishes
speak
you
room. To whom does your brother wish
speak He
wishes
speak
the Irishman. Does he not wish
speak
the
Scotchman He wishes
speak
him. Where
he speak
him? He
speak
him
the
Does the
wish
the physician.
speak
anybody He wishes
speak
he speak
him He
speak
him
the
Where
saltandum, Less. XXV. B. c). Can you send me some
money can send you some. How much money can you send
me can send you
-two crowns. When
you send me
Will you send
send
that money?
you
Will you send
send
me
the country
you
Have you
the market
send him
your servant
buy good
anything
buy
the market
have
good

He

to

in

is

to

to

there.

is

theatre.

in

Is

there.

to

to

to

in his

to

to

to

to

to

to

to

to

to

to

will

to

theatre.

at

to

to

will

to

will

Italian

to

to

will

at

ball

{inter

thirty

I will

into

it

I will

to

and good

it

to

it

to

thither.

thither.

I will

at

to

boots,

will

to-day.

to

to

cloth,

shoes.

Exercise

57.

He wishes to
does the butcher wish to do in the country ?
buy there oxen and rams in order to kill them.
Do you wish to
I wish to buy one, but I have
buy a chicken in order to kill it ?
Does the boatman wish to kill any one ?
not the courage to kill it.
Have you a desire to burn
He does not wish to kill any one.
my letters ? I have not the courage to do it. Will the servant
Which knife do
He will seek both.
seek my knife or my paper ?
What
you wish (to have)?
I wish (to have) my large knife.
He wishes to kill large oxen.
oxen does the butcher wish to kill ?
He wishes to
What provisions does the merchant wish to buy ?
He
Where does he wish to buy them ?
buy good provisions.
To whom does he wish to send
wishes to buy them at the market.
Will you send
them ?
He wishes to send them to our enemies.
Are you able
me one more book ?
I will send you several more.
I am able to drink as much as
to drink as much as your neighbor ?
he but our friend the Russian is able to drink more than both of us
Is the Russian able to drink as much of this
(uterque nostrum).
wine as of that ?
He is able to drink as much of the one as of the
I have nothing to
other.
Have you anything good to drink ?
What

drink.

latin grammar.

1g0

Exercise

[lesson

33.

58.

Is the friend of the Spaniard able to carry provisions ?


lie can
carry some.
"Whither does he "wish to cany provisions?
He
Do you wish to bay prowishes to carry some to our storehouses.
visions in order to carry them to our storehouses?
I wish to buy
some in order to carry them into the country.
Do you wish
to the window in order to see the youth ?
I have no time to go (n<[
Have you anything to do?
I have a
eundum) to the window.
letter to write.
I have to
To whom have you a letter to write ?
Do you wish to write to the bailiff?
write one to my friend.
I
wish to write to him.
"What do you wisli to write to him ?
I wish
Are you able to write as many letters
to answer (him) his letter.
I am able to write more (of them) than yon.
as I ?
Can you
write to your absent friends (ad arnicas absentes)?
I can write to
them.
Have you paper to write (ad scribt nduni) ?
I have some.
Is the bailiff able to write to anybody ?
He is not able to write

anybody.

to

Lesson

XXXHL PENSUM

TRICESIMUM TER-

TIUM.
OF THE PASSIVE VOICE.
A.
is the nominative
of 11k verb, and is represented as acting upon an object
in the accusative; in the passive voice the object becomes the subject of the verb, mid is represented as
acted upon by the agenl in the ablative.
E. g.
In the active voice the agenl

a<
]*iii( r

Sol

rive.

dmatfttium.

mundum

Filius

Ulustrat.

Dei providenfia mundum admir


nistrat.

PASSU
amdtur a pal

S6L mundus illustrator.


providenftd mundus

J><i

wlmiui-

stralur,**

Remarks.
The

passive voice in Latin is distinguished from the active by


peculiar terminations.
It has the same number of moods and tenses,
but a number of its tenses are periphrastic. (Cf. Lesson
E.)
1.

XXVHL

Neuter verbs, from the nature of their signification, do not admit


of a passive voice.
The Romans, however, sometimes employ them
passively, but only in the third person singular and impersonally
as,
Bibitur, currilur, ilur, uenitur, There is drinking, running, going,
2.

* The father love? the son. Pass. The son is loved bv the father.
The sun
illumine? the world.
Pass. The world is illumined bv the sun. God's providence rules the world. Pass. The world is ruled by God's providence.


XESSON

PASSIVE VOICE.

33.]

161

coming.
So also the neuter of the future passive participle
est, veniendum est, There must be going, coming.

The verbs

3.

am

veneo, I

flo, I

The neuters

4.

become (am made)

vajndo, I

have an active form with a passive

sold,

audeo, I venture

fido, I trust

am

Eundum

beaten; and

signification.

gaudeo, I rejoice

and soleo, I am accustomed,


assume a passive form in the perfect
and the tenses derived from it. Thus Ausus, Jisus, gavisus, solitm
sum, I have ventured, trusted, rejoiced, been accustomed.
They are
hence called semi-deponentia.
:

5.
numerous class of Latin verbs, both active and neuter, are
only passive in form, having an active signification.
They are called
Deponent* Verbs, and are of every conjugation.

The principal parts of the passive voice, from which


I.
the remaining forms are derived, are, 1. The Present Indic-

B.
all

ative,

Thus

2.
:

lite

1.

2.

Present Infinitive, and 3. TJie Perfect Participle.

Prks. Ind.
amor.
moneor,

Pres. Ixf.

Perf. Part.

ainarl,

aiiialfis.

monerl,

mftnitus.

3.

legor,

leg!,

lectus.

4.

audlor,

audiri,

audita-.

II. The formation of the different tense* of the passive voice


has already been explained in Lesson XXVIII.
M. The
parts fo be considered in this Lesson are,
1. The Present Indicative Passive, formed from the same tense of
as,
the active voice by adding r

2.

amor, I am loved.
amo
moneor, lam reminded.
moneo

3.

lego

1.

4.

a
audio audlor,
legor, I

in

read.
heard.

am

The Present

Infinitive Passive, formed from the corresponding


ere, 4. ire, into,
of the active voice, by converting, 1. are,
an, 2. eri, 4. iri, and the ere of the third conjugation into i only f as,
Imari, to be loved.
1.
amare
mSneri, to be reminded.
monere
2.

2.

mood
1.

_'.

3.

4.
3.

vm

The

audire
lege- re

legi.

2.

in be

read.

audiri, to be heard.

Perfect Participle, formed from the supine, by changing

um as,
araatus, a.
amatum
monitum
monitus,

into us, a,
1.

iim, loved.
a,

um, reminded.

* So called from being supposed to have laid aside {depono, 1 put off, lay
aside) the active voice and passive signification.
t In the older monuments of the Latin language, and also among the later
poets, the syllable er is sometimes appended to the infinitive passive; as ama~
iter, legier, wittier,

&c.

14*

LATIN GRAMJIAR.

162

[LESSON

33.

um, read.
a, um, heard.
4. The Present Subjunctive, formed from the same tense of the
active voice, by changing the final m into r : as,
amem
timer, that I may be loved.
1.
moneam
monear, that I may be reminded.
2.
3.
legam
legar, thai I may be raid.
audiar, that I may be heard.
4.
audiam
3.

lectiim

4.

audltuin

lectiis, a,

auditus,

Conjugation of the Present Passive,


The following paradigms exhibit the inflection of the
C.
present tense of the passive voice, indicative and subjunctive
:

First Conjugation.
INDICATIVE.

Amor, I am
Sing, amor

Subjuni TIVE.

loved.

Amer,

thai J

may

be loved.

amaris or -re *

amer
a mere or

a mat

a met

Sing,

fir,

Plur. amain fir

Via

-lis*

fir,

amamini

amemiir
amemini

amantur.

anient

fir.

Second Conjugation.
Indicative.

lam

Moneor,
Sing.

Subjunctive.

reminded.

moneor

Monear, that I may be reminded.


Sing.

mdneris or
mSnetur,

Plur. mdnemur

monear
inoiifare or -lis

-re

moneatfir,

Plur. moneamur

monemin!

mtfneamuil
mdneantur.

moncntur.

TniRD Conjugation.
Indicative.

Legor,

Sing.

lam

read.

legor

Subjunctive.

Legar, that I

SiNG.

may

legeris or -re

legar
h'gare or

legitiir,

legatur,

Plur. legimur
legimini
leguntur.

be read.

-lis

Plur. legam fir


legamini
legantur.

* Of this second person singnlar the form in vis is to be preferred for the
indicative and that in re for the subjunctive.
Thus the student may put Ind.
amaris, moneris, legeris} audh-is, and Subj. anu're^ moneare, leg&re, aut/iare.

LESSON

PRESENT PASSIVE.

33.]

163

Fourth Conjugation.
Subjunctive.

Indicative.

Audiar, that I may he heard.


Sing, audiar.
audlare or -ris

Audior, I am heard.
Sing, audior
audlris or -re

audiatur,

auditur,

Plur. audlmiir

Plur. audiamur

audimini

audiamlni
audiantur.

audiimtur.

Like amor,

commodor dor,*

inflect

laccror, lar<\ portor. rcparor,

doceor (I am taught), habeor, jubeor


Like legor: dicor, diligor,
&c.
ducor, emor, frangor, mittor, quaeror, scribor, tolior, &c.
Like audior:
custodtor (I am guarded), erudior (I am instructed), munior (I am
fortified), vesttor (I am clothed), &e.

Like montor

secor, sercor, &e.


(I

am commanded),

teneor,

videor,

D. The Present Passive of


of the third conjugation,

is

caput, and of other verbs in to


thus inflected
:

Capior,

lam

Subjunctive.

Indicative.
taken.

C&piar, that

Sing, capior

may

be taken.

Sing. capiar

caperfs or -re

capiare or

capitur,

capiatur,

Plur. caplmur

-ris

Plur. capiamur

caplminl
capiuntur.

capiamini
capiantur.

Like capior are conjugated: 1. All its compounds; as, accipior,


decipi&r, excipior, &c.
2. Those compounds of facio which change
the radical a into i; as, afficior, conficior, interficior, &c.
I

am

thrown, and

its

compounds

E. The Present Passive of the verb y*ero, and


{affero, antefero, confero, defero,

&c),

is

Indicative.

Feror, /

am

carru

3.

Jacior,

abjicior^ dejicior, rejicior: &c.


its

irregular.
Si

compounds
Thus:

BJUNCTIVE.

Ferar, that limay be carried.

d.

SiNG. feror

Sin<;.

ferris

fertur,

ferar
ferare or -ris
feratur,

Tlur. ferimur

Plur. feramur

ferimim

feramini

feruntur.

ferantur.

F. The passive of facio is likewise irregular fio, fl<'n,


The present of/7o is inflected as follows
/actus sum.
:

* The

passive of do shortens the

mur, damini, dantur.

first a,

The forms dor and

as in the active; as, darts, ddtur; dahowever, are never used.

rfer,

LATIN GRAMMAR.

164

[LESSON

Indicative.
fio,*

I am made, 1

Sl'BJUXCTIVE.

become.

Flam,

I may

that

be

made, &c.

Sing, flam

Sing, fio

fias

fis

fiat,

fit.

Plur. fimus

Plur. fiamus

fitis

fifltlS

fiunt.

Remark.

33.

fiant.

These

compounds of facia, which

retain the radical a,

have likewise fio in the passive, but those which change the a in i
have ficior ; e. g. arefacw
calefacio
areflo
calefto
labefacio

labeflo, &c.

but confclo

conficior

interfcio

interficior,

&c.

G. Obs. The Present Passive always represents the action


denoted by the verb as incomplete and still going on. In this
respect it is to be distinguished from the perfect, which exhibits
it as already accomplished and complete.
E. g.

Ddmus

Pres.

aedifcdtur.

The house

being built

is

(is build-

ing).

Perf. Ddmus aedifcdta


Are you (being) loved ?
Yes,
Is

sir,

am

is

not loved.

Which book

is

read

The house
Amarisne

is

budt (finished).

Ecquid amaris

'?

Mens.

Mine.

Are we heard or they


They are heard.
Are ye reminded ?

Utrum audimur nos an

Audiiintur

We

Where

Qu6

are not reminded.


is the trunk carried to ?
It is carried home.
Is the coffee (being) warmed ?
Yes, it is (being) warmed.

any one killed ?


one is killed.
There are many (being)

interfieitur ?

(millus) interfieitur.

Miilti interficiiintur.

Bcnejf moratus,

PravuSj

a,

Skilful, clever, diligent.

Peritus, a,
gens, tis.

Awkward.

Imperitus,

um

a,

:
bonus, a, um.
malis muribus.%

a, urn

um

* The
*

Ita e>t, calefit.

Niim quia

sollers,

um

fc

bad manners."

tis

ineptus, a,

i of the verb fio (although preceding


another vowel)
followed by er ; as, fkun, fiunt; but fieri, fierem.

An adverb qualifying moralus.


T is,ls c alled he ablative of quality, which must

x.
tive: " of

monemini?

(fertur).

Nemo
killed.

Num

Calefitne cofiea

No

/.

fertur risens?

Ddmum

Is

Good, well-behavi
Naughty, bad.

llli

illi.

Moneminine ?
Monemur.
Kon monemur.

AVe are reminded.

when

Vero, ddmine, amor.


F rat erne tiius amatur?
Kon amatur.
Quia liber legitur ?

loved.

your brother loved

He

est.

is

long,

dill-

um.
except

be translated like a geni-

LESSON

THE AGENT OF PASSIVE VERBS.

33.]

Assiduous,

sedulous,

stu-

um

Sediilus, a,

dious.

studiosus, a,

Idle, lazy.

Ignavus,

assiduus,

a,

um

um.

um

a,

165

piger, ra,

rum

segnis, e.

The idler,
To praise.

(Homo)

lazy fellow.

deses, -idis, m.
are, avi, atuni

Laudo,
aliquid).

(aliquem

Vitupero, are, avi, atum.

To

blame.

Reprehendo,

ere, di,

sum.

(aliquem de aliqua re).


Praemlum alicui dare or deferre.

To reward (any

Praemio* aliquem

one).

afl'icere

or or-

nare.

Praemio

To be rewarded.

affici

fPiinio, ire,
J
quem).

To

punish.

To

esteem.

or ornari.

Praemlum consequoiyf
cutus sum (dep.).

Ivi

(ii),

-sequi, -se-

Itum

Aliquem poena afficere.


Aliquem magni f facere or

(ali-

aesti-

mare.
5 Contemno, ere, -tempsi, -temptum.
( Uespicatui habere (aliquem).
To hate, to bear hatred to- Odium habere or gerere (in aliwards any one.
quem).

To

despise.
1

To be

5 Odio (dat.) esse (alicui).


\ In odio esse (apud aliquem).
A me a nobis.
tc
a vobis.
Ab eo (illo)
ab lis (l'llis).
patre
ab hominibus.

hated.

by us.
By me
By thee
by you.
By him by them.
By the father
by men.
By fire, heat, by the sword.

H. Rule.

Igni, aestu, ferro (all.).

If the agent of a passive verb is a perput in the ablative, with the preposition a or
ab, but if it is an impersonal cause means, or instrument, it stands in the ablative without a preposition.
E. g.

son,

it is

Lauddntur a me, a

te,

ab do

{illo).

They are praised by me, by you, by


h im

YituperdrXs a nobis,
patre.

* The

ab

illis,

You

are blamed by
your father.

us,

by them, by

" to affect or adorn one with a reward."


Ablative
Literally, " I obtain (consenuor, deponent) a reward."
"
Magni is the
to make (or esteem) one of much account."
J Literally,
genitive of price, and agrees with pretii understood.
contempt";
Literally,
(hold)
one
for
"to
have
The
Dative
despiedtus.
of

like the English " to hold one in contempt."


t

[LESSON

LATIN GRAMMAR.

16C
Terra

ferro

ilia

33.

That land was destroyed by fire and

igntque perva-

sword.

stdta est.

I am

Fecunditdte drbbrum deUctor.

delighted by the fruitfulness

of

the trees.

Who

Quia punitur?

punished ?
is punished by his father.
Why is he punished ?
Because he is lazy and had.
Which man is praised, and which
is

Puer punitur a patre.


Quam ob rem poena alTicitur
Quia est ignavus et nequam.

The boy

one blamed

He who

he who

ratur
is

is

peritus est, laudatur,


qui autem est imperitns, is vituperatur.

Quiciinque

praised, but

awkward

is

Quia homo laudatur, (pus vitupe-

skilful

is

blamed.

Qui

are rewarded, and


which punished ?
Those who are clever and studious are rewarded, but those
who are awkward and lazy are

Which boys

piieri

praemiis afficiiintur, qui

puniiintur

tque studios sunt,


praemiis ornntur, qui autem
inepti ac segnes sunt, ii puni-

Qui

sollertes

iintur.

punished.
are loved by our friends,
and you are despised by every

Noa ab amicia ndstris amfunur, yos


autem ab omnibus eontenmhnini.

one.
punished, and you arc re-

fego

We
I

am

poena

afficior,

tu ornaris prae-

mio.

warded.

Hi

These children are praised because they are diligent and

laudantur, quia dilige*ntea

bene mordti sunt,

autem

flli

reprehendiintur, quia ignavi atque malis mdribofl sunt.

but those are


reprehended because they arc
lazy and bad.

well-behaved

liberi

et

Why ?

Cur? quam ob rem? (dm/.)

Because.
tutor, master.

Quia, quod (<


Tutor, oris, //'.

pupil, scholar.

Discipulus,

The
The

Exercise

i-

'<>nj.).
_

magister,

in.:

ri,

alumnus,

i,

m.
m.

59.

I am loved by him. Is your


By whom am I
Loved by him.
Thou cart loved by thy parents (parentes). Are we loved
loved?
You an- loved by
You are loved. By whom are we loved.
They are loved by us and
your friends. Arc these men loved ?
'
bv their .mod friends. By whom is the blind (caecus) man led
I am leading him
Where do you lead him to ?
lie is led bv me.
arc blamed by our enemies.
By whom are we blamed ?

Arc you loved by your father?

brother' loved by

home.

him? He

is

Why

We
B

Wise they do not love us.


We are not punished by him,
Are you punished by your tutor
"W e are heard.
because we are studious' and good. Are we heard?
We are heard by our neighbors. Is
Bv whom are we heard ?
Which
lie is heard by them.
the master heard bv his pupils ?

are

we blamed bv them

LESSON

NOMINATIVE AFTER VERBS.

34.]

167

Those that are good.


children are praised ?
Which are punished ?
that are idle and naughty.
Are you praised or blamed ?
are neither praised nor blamed.
Is our friend loved by his
He is loved and praised by them, because he is studious
masters ?
and good (well-behaved) but his brother is despised by his, because
he is naughty and idle.
Is the letter (being) written ?
It is
(being) written.
They are
By whom are those books written?
written by our friends.
To whom is the table (being) sent ?
It is
sent to our neighbor.
"Where are the knives sent to ?
Thev are
&ent to our house.
Are you sent anywhere ?
I am sent nowhere.
Are our shirts washed by any one V
The)' are washed by no one.
Is your brother becoming studious?
He is not becoming so.
Is our coffee (being) warmed?
It is being wanned.
By whom
are our coats (being) mended ?
They are mended by the tailor.
Are our horses (being) bought by any one ?
They are bought by
no one.
By whom is the wine drunk ?
It is drunk by our friends.
Is the book read by any one ?
It is not read by any one.
By
whom are good books read?
They are read by the wise and the
learned (a sapientibus doctisque).
By what {qua re) are you delighted?
I am delighted by my new (ndous) books'.
How (quumodo) are our enemies killed ?
They are killed by the sword.

Those
We

Lesson

XXXIV. PENSUM TRICESBfUM


QUARTUM.

OF THE NOMINATIVE AFTER VEKBS.

A. Rule.
After certain neuter and passive verbs,
noun serving to complete the predicate is put in the
same case as the subject to which it relates. E.g.
the

We are frit nds.


Tkt slant is made

AVk sumus amici.


Servus fit libertinus.
Cupio evddere orator.

desire to

CamUlus

'amillus

1.

dictator dicitur.

The noun

in the

Remarks.
may be

predicate

a freed man.
become an orator.

is

called dictator.

of any gender, but

has

if it

a form of the same gender as the subject, that form is preferred as,
Amicdia vinculum quoddam est hominum inter se, Friendship is a kind
But, Licentia corruptrix est
of bond which links men to each other.
Aqiiila volucrum
tnorum, Licentiousness is the corruptrix of morals.
Stilus optimus est diregina* est, The eagle is the queen of birds,
cendi magister, Style is the best teacher of oratory.
;

2.

The noun

of the predicate

may be

of a different number;

* Regina, because the grammatical ponder of aquila


masculine rex would not be incorrect here.

is

feminine.

as,

But the

LATIN GRAMMAR.

168

Captivi militum praeda (sing.} fuerant,

The

[LESSON
captives

34.

had been booty


Haec

of the soldiers.
Omnia Caesar erat, Caesar was everything.
urbs est Thebae, This city is Thebes.

3. The verb commonly agrees with the subject, but is sometimes


attracted into concord with the nearer noun of the predicate as,
Loca, quae proxuma Carthaginem Numidia vocatur, The places in the
vicinity of Carthage, which are called Xumidia.
Amantium irae (pi.)
amor is integratio est, The quarrels of lovers are the renewal of love.
;

An adjective, adjective pronoun, or parserving to complete the predicate after verbs


neuter or passive, agrees in gender, number, and case
with the subject to which it relates. E. g.
B. Rule.

ticiple,

HI

That boy is modest.


These book's are mine.

modestus.

llle piier est

sunt mei.
TO, vocaris Justus.
Cupit puidri bella.
libri

You

are called just.


to be considered handsome.
The Scythians remained unconquered.

She desires

Scythae invicti mansere.

Remarks.
The

is sometimes put substantively in


the neuter as, Valium et mutabile semper {est) femina, Woman is
always a fickle and changeable being. Aliud est actio bona, aliud
oratio,
good action is one thing, and good talk another. In these
instances we commonly supply in English some general term, like
" thing," " things," " being," &c.

adjective of the predicate


;

2. The adjective of the predicate sometimes agrees with another


noun implied in the subject as, Capita (neut.) conjurationis caesi *
(masc.) sunt, The heads of the conspiracy were killed.
This is called
the Constructio ad Synesin.
;

3. If the predicate contains a participle with esse, it generally agrees


with the nearest noun as, Non omnis error stultitia est dicenda, Every
error cannot be called stupidity. Paupertas mihi onus (neut.) visum
est miserinn et grave, Poverty seemed to me to be a wretched and a
heavy burden.
;

composed of two or more nomigenerally in the plural, and its


gender is determined by the rules of Lesson XXII. B. 1-5. Additional examples are: Hex regiaque classis una profecti (sc. sunt), The
king and the royal fleet departed together. Murus et porta de coelo
tacta sunt, The wall and gate were struck by lightning.
Filia atque
units ejiliis captus est, The daughter and one of the sons were captured. Populi provinciaeque liberatae sunt, The nations and provinces
were made free.
4. If

the subject

is

compound,

i.e.

natives, the adjective or participle

*
men.

is

In the masculine, because the heads of the conspiracy were considered

LESSON

When

5.

NOMINATIVE AFTER VERBS.

34.]

the subject

noun, adjective, or
Cupio me esse cledoctum, I know that

in the accusative, the

is

participle of the predicate

1G9

is

in the

mentem,* I desire to be clement.


you are considered a scholar.

same case

as,

Scio te liaberi

6. When the infinitive of a verb neuter or passive is preceded by


a dative, the noun or adjective of the predicate may stand in the same
case as, Natura dedit omnibus esse beads, Nature has conceded happiness to all men.
Licet mihi esse beato,f It is lawful for me to be
happy. This construction is frequent with impersonal verbs governing the dative.
;

7.

noun
were

After the verb sum the predicate is frequently an adverb or a


in an oblique case; as, Conatus ejus frustra, fuerunt, His attempts
in vain.
Kecte est aeger, The patient is doing well. Esse cam

imperio,

To be

command

The neuter and

C.

by nouns,
ject, are,
1.

in

army)

may thus

be followed

same case

as the sub-

passive verbs which

adjectives, or participles, in the

The copula sum, and

situation

(of an

certain neuter verbs denoting motion or

as,

I fall.
I go.
evado, I come

I lie.

cado,

jaceo,

eo,

maneo, I remain.
off (become).

fio, 1

become.

fugio,

I escape.
/ walk.

sedeo,

I sit.

I stand.
venio, I come.
sto,

incedo,
2.

Passive verbs of naming, choosing, constituting, rendering;


appellor, I am called.
constituor, I am constituted.

/ am

creor,

perhibeor, / am said.
reddor, i" am rendered.
renuntior, / am proclaimed.

created.

am declared.
I am designated.
dicor, I am send (called).
eligor, I am elected.
declaror,
designor,

as,

nominor, I am nominated.
nuncupor, I am named.

i"

I am saluted.
/ am called.\\

salutor,

vocor,

* Compare page 128, note.


f This may also be, Licet mild

The logical order is, Me beatum


esse beatum.
mihi licet So also, Mihi negligenti esse non licuit, I was not allowed to be
Vobis necesse est fortibus esse viris, It is necessary for you to be
brave men.
In causam it
$ Thus: In pectus cecidit pronns, He fell flat on his chest.
praeceps, He goes headlong into the case. Evadit victor, He comes off victor.
Incedo regina, I walk queen. Manebit imperator, He will remain commander,
&c.
Many of these passive verbs, especially those of case 3, are construed with
an infinitive of sum expressed or understood as, Nuntii fuisse perhibenlur, They
Videmini viri boni esse, Ye seem to be good
are said to have been messengers.
esse

negligent.

men, &c.
||

To

these

que audisti,

maybe added

You heard

audio,

which sometimes

= appellor;

yourself called king and father.

15

as,

Rex pater-

LATIN GRAMMAR.

170

[LESSON

Passive verbs of esteeming, numbering, considering,


like

34.

and the

as,

censeor, / am supposed.
eredor, I am believed.

judicor,

deprehendor, / emi discovered.

/ am esteemed.
am reported.
/ am considered.

existimor,
feror, 1

habeor,

The

I am judged.

memoror, I am recounted.
numeror, i" am numbered.
putor, I am thought.
reperior, I am found.
videor, 1 seem.

Angulus,

corner.

mi.

i,

latibulum,

n.

i,

(hiding-place).

The
The
The

To

Puteus, i, m.
Pons, tis, in.

well.

fountain.

Foramen,

hole.

order,

inis, n.

Jubeo, ere, jussi, jussum (aliquid


FIERI, ALIQUEM FACERE ALIQUID).
Curo, are, avi, atum (aliquid fa-

command.

I direct, let.

ciendum).
Affero, -ferre, attuli, allatum.

To

go

for, fetch

(of things).

To

go for, fetch, or
person)
To fetch, conduct.

To
To

call (a

send for (anything)


send for (a person).

Does the servant

fetch anything

for us ?

He does not fetch us anything.


Do you go for (call) any one ?
I call (go for) no one.

Do you

send for anything

I am sending for some wine.


I order my books to be brought
(I send for my books).
"Will you send for the physician ?
I will send for him.
desire wine to be brought.
I direct paper to be brought

We

Apporto, are,

avi,

atum.

(aliquid aliquo).
ivi, Itum (aliquem
alicunde* aliquo).
Adduco, ere, xi, ctum (aliquem
ALIQUO Or AD ALIQUEM).

Arcesso, ere,

Jiibeo aliquid aiferri or apportari.


Curo aliquid apportandum.
Jubeo aliquem arcessi or adduci.f

Affertne (apportatne) servus


quid ad nos ?

ali-

Nihil affert ad nos.

Nobis non

aifert

quidquam.

Arcessisne aliquem ?
Neminem (nullum) arcesso.
Jubesne apportari aliquid ?
Vinum apportari jiibeo.
Libros meos apportandos ciiro.

Yisne jubere medicum arcessi


Yolo iubere eum arcessi.
JSos

vmum

apportari cuplmus.
euro.

Ego chartam apportandam

(send for paper).

* From some
f

place somewhither.

The verbs jiibeo and curo

itself is

used

are, however, frequently suppressed,


in a factitive sense; as, Annulum sibi fecit, He had

Securi percussit archipiratam, He ordered the chief of the pirates


So arcessere may stand in the sense of " to send for" a person,
" to send for (cause to be brought) " a thing, &c.

and the verb


a ring made.

to

be executed.
apportare,

and

_J

LESSON

Let us send
(Less.
Tr
We

-r

"

34.]

OPORTET

for a little

XXX.

"

AND

"

NECESSE EST."

Jubeamus

bread.

C. 3.)

aflerri

171

aliquantulum paV

nis.

must work,7/^77
(it behooves s
v

'*

( Xdbordndum est nobis.


>
] A
7
7
A Nos opgrtet laborare.
,

{Necesse

labor emus.

est

D. Obs. The English phrase / must, I am obliged, is expressed in Latin either by the participle in dus, or by the
impersonal verbs oportet, " it behooves," and necesse est, " it is
The former of the verbs is followed either by the
necessary."
accusative with an infinitive, or by the subjunctive without ut
the latter is commonly followed by the dative and infinitive, or
by the subjunctive, without ut. Thus
:

I must write.

Scribendum

est milii.
B

ribg ""

must) write. \ JJ8 ?&??. ^


Uportet (ego) sen bam.
I
It is necessary for me to write
Necesse est mini senbere.
J
(I must write).
( Necesse est (ego) scribam.
Must you write a letter to your Oportetne te dare litteras ad
brother ?
trem ?
*
.,
( Oportet me dare unas.
T
A
*
I must write one.
,
^ ,
( Uportet dem unas.
Is he obliged to go to the mar- j Necessene est ei in forum ire ?
ket ?
\ Necessene est eat in forum ?
He is obliged to go thither.
Necesse est eat llluc.
Must you go ?
Eundiimne est tibi ?
Mi'hi non est eiindum.
I am not obliged to go.
What has the man to do ?
Quid hdmini faciendum est ?
He is obliged to go into the forest. Necesse est eat in silvam.
( Quid est tibi faciendum ?
,
W1
o
. , ,

A ^
,
What,ihave you
to do r
M
J
I Quid habes faciendum i

behooves

It

me to

(I

fra-

-,

I
I

have nothing

to do.

Non
Quid

to drink ?

est tibi (quid babes)

bendum
T
I

,,

have nothing
55

am

willing to

Nihil ad

ad

bi-

A AT ,

bibendum habeo.
,,-,

,-,

drink.
1

facien-

^ bibam.
Non habeo quod
bibendum habeo.
Aquam
solam
ad
water to j
( Non habeo quod bibam nisi aquam.

to drink.

I have nothing but

Are you

quidquam

faciendum habeo.

( Nihil

What have you

mi'hi

est

dum.

make my fire ?
make it,

not unwilling to

but I have no time.

This evening.
In the evening.
This morning.
In the morning.

Visne mihi accendere carbdnes ?


accendere non nolo, eareo au-

!Eos

tem
Hodie

dtio.

vesperi.

Vesperi, vespere (abL).

Hodie mane

Mane

tadv.}.

(adv.).


LATIN GRAMMAR.

172

When
I

you

must

country

go into the

^LESSON

Quo tempore

34.

te opdrtet ire rus ?

must absolutely go

this

morn-

Necesse

est earn

hddie mane.

ing.

Exercise

60.

My son (mi
Will you go for some sugar ?
I will go for some.
Yes, father
fili, cf. page 10, note *), wilt thou go for some water ?
Whither wilt thou go ?
I will go
(mi paler), I will go for some.
AVhere is thy brother ?
to the well, in order to fetch some water.
Will you send for my son V
I will send for
He is at the well.
He will send for him.
Will the captain send for my child ?
him.
Where is he ?
He is in a corner of the ship. Art thou able to
write a letter to me ?
I am able to write one to you.
Must I go
Must I send for
Thou must go into the garden.any whither ?
anything ?
Thou must send for good wine, good cheese, and good
You must write a long letter.
bread.
What must I do V
To
You must write one to your
whom must I write a long letter ?
He is both * modest and dilifriend.
Is your little boy diligent ?
They are neither
gent.
Are these boys awkward and lazy ?
awkward nor lazy.
What are you called ?
I am called learned
Are they becoming learned ?
and wise (doctus et sapiens).
They
are becoming (so).
Does he come off (evaditne) an orator ?
He
They do not remain
does come off one.
Do they remain good ?
(so).
Do I walk (as) commander ?
You do walk (as one).
Are
they considered handsome (formvsi) ?
They are, on the contrary,
considered ugly (deformes).
Do they desire to become (fieri) clemThey do desire to become (so).
ent?
Is it lawful for me to be
happy ?
It is lawful.
Do we seem to be just ? You do not seem
(to be so).

Exercise

Gl.

What must we do ? You must go into the forest in order to cut


some wood.
What has the Englishman to do ?
He has nothing
to do.
Has the Spaniard' anything to do?
He has to work.
Where can he work ?
He can work in his room and in mine.
When will you give me some money ? I will give you some this
evening.
Must I come to your house ?
You must come to my

When

must I come to your house ?


This morning.
Must I come to your house in the morning or in the evening"?
You must come in the morning and in the evening.
Whither must
I go ?
You must go to the great square in order to speak to the
merchants.
Where must the peasant go to ?
He must go into the
field in order to cut some hay.
Must I keep anything for you ?
You must keep for me my good gold and my good works.
Must the
children of our friends do anything ?
They must work in the morning and in the evening.
What must the tailor mend for you ?
He must mend my old coat for me. Which chicken must the cook
house.

"

Both .... and "

is

in Latin et

et,

or non minus

quam.

LESSON

DEPONENT VERBS.

35.]

173

He must
Must send you these or those
and
You must send me both these and those. Have you anything
drink
have nothing
drink. What have they
drink They have nothing but water
drink Where must
you go must go
the garden.
necessary
them
write
behoove us
not necessary. Does
speak
does behoove (you
speak) Must send
water You must
send
some. Who must send
the book Our brother has
send
them. Do they send
me They do not send
books

that.

kill this

kill ?

to

to

to

to

into

Is

It is

for

it

to

it

to

for

for

to

for

for

to

'?

It

for

for

you.

Lesson

XXXV. pensum tricesimum

quin-

TUM.
OF DEPONENT YERBS.
A. The deponent verbs of the Latin language are
regularly conjugated like the passive voice of other
verbs.
They are either active or neuter, and belong to
every conjugation.
K.g.
Pres. Ind.
1st

Con j.

2d Conj.
3d Conj.
4th Conj.

Hortor,
Vereor,

Perf. Ind.

Pres. Inf.

I exhort.
I fear.
locutus sum, I speak.
ltus sum, I flatter.

ari,

atus sum,

eri,

veritus sum,

Loquor,

loqui,

Blandlor,

iri,

the present tense of deponent verbs.


First Conjugation.
Subjunctive.

Indicative.

Hortor,

Sing,

I exhort.

Horter, that

Sing,

I may

hortans or -re

horter
hortere or

hortatur,

hortetur,

hortor

Plur. hortamtir

Pltjr. hortemur

hortamini

hortemml

hortantur.

hortentur.

exhort.

-ris

Second Conjugation.
Subjunctive.

Indicative.

Vereor,

I fear,

Sing,

vereor

Verear, that

Sing,

I may fear.

vereris or -re

verear
vereare or

veretur,

vereatiir,

15*

-ris

LATIN GRAMMAR.

174

[LESSON

Plur. veremur

Plur. vereamur

veremini

vereamini

verentur.

vereantur.

33.

Third Conjugation.
Subjuxctive.

Indicative.

Loquor,
Sing,

I speak.

Loquar, that
Sing,

I may

loqueris or -re

loquar
loquare or

loquitur,

loquatur,

loquor

Plur. loquimur

Plur. loquamur

loquimim

loquamini

loquuntur.

loquantur.

speal:

-its

Fourth Conjugation.
Subjuxctive.

Indicative.

Blandior,

Sing,

I flatter.

Blandiar, that

Sing,

blandior
blandiris or -re

-its

blandmtur,
Plur. blandiamur
blandiamini

blanditilr,

Plur. blandimur
blandimini

blandiantur.

blandiuntur.

Like

I may flatter.

blandiar
blandiare or

are inflected arbitror, I think comitor, I escort domoror, I delay, stay, &c.
Like vereor
falur, he speaks
go fateor, I confess ; mereor, I earn misereor, I pity ; tueor, I defend, &c.
Like loquor go fungor, I perform labor, I slip (fall) oNiLike blandior inflect experior,
viscor, I forget; sequor, I follow, &c.
I experience
mentior, I lie largior, I lavish partior, I divide, &c.
liortor

minor, I rule

speaks Latin

any one

I do not flatter any one.


Xor do I flatter any one.

Do

We

ye

it.

it.

Loquerisne Latin e ?
Vero, ddmine, loquor.
xson, ddmine, ldqui non possum.
Loquiminine ?
Kon loquimur.
Quis loquitur Latine ?
Ddcti soli loquuntur.

The learned only speak


flatter

vou speak Latin ?


Yes, sir, I do speak it.
No, sir, I am not able to speak
Do ye speak it ?
We do not speak it.

Do you

Do

Who

Blandin'sne alicul.*

\ Nmnquid

Nemini

Neque

alicui blandiris ?
blandior.
ego cuiquam blandior.

Blandiminine

flatter ?

every one.
Whom do you exhort?
I exhort my friends.
flatter

* Verbs

Blandimur omnibus.
Quern hortaris ?
Amicos meos hdrtor.
of flattering govern the Dative.

"USQUE Ad" OR

LESSON

35.]

What do

they exhort us to do ?
us to come to them.

Are ye

letters.

AVe are afraid of nothing.


afraid to speak

am

veniii-

mus.
Hortaminine nos ?
Vds hortamur, ut litteras detis
Numquid veremini ?
Nihil veremur.
Vererisne ldqui ?
Non ldqui, sed scribere vereor.

afraid of anything ?

Are you

Quid nd.s facere hortantur?


Nos hortantur, ut* ad ipsos

They exhort

Do ye exhort us ?
AVe exhort you to send

"QUO USQUE."

"IN."

'?

not afraid to speak, but to

write.

He

is

kill

afraid that the

enemy might

Veretur, nef hdstis

him.

As far

Quo usque ?

Quorsum usque

far as there.

Hactenus (adv.)
Usque ad lirbem.
ijsque in agros.

Usque Romam.
Usque ad terminum

viae.

Pectore (or gen. pectoris) tenus.

B. Obs. The preposition tenus is always put after


which may stand either in the ablative or genitive.
rn
u
c\\
S Usque ad fiindum ddlii.
of the cask.
lo the bottom
*.<
i t?
mi

'

the bottom of the well.

\
(

The end

(extremity, termi-

nation)

undo tenus doln.


S<1 ad ima
P uteI

P
Imis

Finis,

in. 8c

f. (generally)

Extremum,

n. (of time and space).


m. (of space only).

I,

i,

barrel, hogshead.

purse.

do you wish to go ?
I wish to go as far as the square,
far

as the fields, as

'

tenus putei.

Via, ae,y!

The. cask.

Rome.

How

far does the water go


extend) ?

(i. e.

Quo

risque vis ire ?

Ego usque ad campum

Romam)
Quo usque

(in agros,

ire ciipio.

extenditur aqua

This might also be expressed by an Accusative and Infinitive, nos ad se

venire.

The

latter

"lest," " that," and


was commonly worn around the neck.

t After verbs of fearing, ne


j

noun,

Fundus, i, m. ima, drum, n. pi.


Tabulatum, i, n.
Dolfum, i, n. dim. ddlidlum, i, n.
Cupa, ae,/*.
Marsupium, i, n. criimena, J &e,f

J?

Terminus,

The way, road.


The bottom ground.
The garret.

How

its

The
The

Thus far, up to this point.


As far as the city.
As far as the fields.
As far as Rome.
As far as the end of the road.
As far as (i. e. up to) the chest.

To

Huciisque (adv ).
^o usque usque isthinc.

far as here.

4.-U

interfi-

Usque ad, usque in (with the ace.)


tenus (prep, with abl. or gen.).

as.

How far?
As
As

cum

ciat.

ut,

"that not."

LATIN GRAMMAR.

176
It o
sroes to the

bottom of the

sea.

Extenditur usque ad ima


(l'mis

day, daily.

Every morning.

Every

At
At
At
At
At
At
At

one

evening.

Quota hard ?

Quo tempore

o'clock.

half past one.


a quarter past three.
a quarter before four.

noon.
midnight.
e.

i.

Qua hora

Hdra prima.*
Hdra duodecimo,.
Media hdra post primam.
Quadrante hdrae post tertiam.
Dodrante hdrae post quartam.
Meridie, tempore meridian o.

Media
about, towards.

non

Quotidie mane, quot diebus mane.


Quotidie vesperi.
Nullo non vespere.

time

twelve o'clock.

At,

maris

die.

o'clock ?
?

35.

tenus maris).

Singulis diebus, quotidie, nullo

Every

At itihat
At what

[LESSON

ndcte.

& AbL).

Ace.

Circiter, sub (c.

Circlter hdra sexta.

About

six o'clock.

Sub horam sextam.


Circlter meridie (meridiem).

About noon.
About

Sub meridiem.

a quarter before five.

Quadrante

circiter

hdrae ante quin-

tam.

Towards (or about)


Noon, midday.

ten.

Sub horam decimam.


Meridies,

ei,

Night.

Nox, gen.

The

Quadrans,

quarter.

m.

noctis,/!
tis,

m.

pars

(-tis,

/.)

quarta.

Three

fourths.

Half.

The half part of.


The middle part of.
The lowest part of.

Dodrans, tis, m.
Dimidium, i, n.
Dimldius,

Medius,

a,

a,

um

um.

Inflmus, or Imus,

a,

um.

Rule.
The adjectives primus, medius, extremus, ultiC.
mus, infimus, Imus, summits, reltquus, and ceterus, frequently
signify the first part, the middle part, &c. of the object denoted
by the noun with which they are connected.f As,
Media nox
pars

(=

medium or media

The middle of the

night,

ndclis).

* Among the Romans the first hour was from six to seven, A. M. In these
exercises, however, the adjectives "prima, secunda, &c. refer to the modern
division of the day.
f But -when the noun with -which these adjectives are connected is compared
with other objects of the same kind, they retain their original sense o tlie Ji rst,
middle, last, &c; as, injimo loco, of the lowest rank.

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

35.]

177

In primo limine vtfae.


Extremo hello Peloponne'sio.

At the very
During the

Alexandria reliqudque Aegyptus.

ponnesian war.
Alexandria and the

To

go out (of any place),


walk out.

To

go out, walk out (in

Exeo,

(EX

cum

remain, stay.

There

To
To

(in that place)

ari,

(illic, istic)

Adsum,

(dep.).

praesentia.

Absum,

fc*

your brother

to him.

remain

children

at

home ?
They do remain at home.
They do not remain at home.
wish to take

me

to

permanere.

(morari or se tenere).

esse, fid,

Adsto, are,

here (present) ?
are here.
Is my son here ?
No, he is absent.
When, will Jyou so out ?
T
1 wish to go out now.
Is any one going out of the
house ?
No one is going out.
to

nsum.*

sum

atus

Ibi

is

Do you

ere, nsi,

Moror,

Ddmi manere

The young men

am going
Do your

Maneo,

or stay at home.

Are you going

Itum (in publi-

Ii,

Ibi, illic, isthic (adv.).

be absent (away').

Ire,

ex loco).

there.

of Egypt.

Hie manere.

here.

be present (to be here).

Who

rest

itum.
egressus sum (dep.).

(Ivi),

(ALIQUO LOCO).
Nunc, hoc tempore, in
Hie (adv.), hoc loco.

At present, now.
Here (in this place).

To remain
To remain
To remain

di,

of life.

part of the Pelo-

AB ALIQUO LOCO)

or

Prodeo,

latter

ii

Egredlor,

public).

To

ire,

threshold

futurus.

stiti,

esse, fui,

futurus.

Quis adest ?
Adolescentes adsunt.

Adestne films meus

mmo

vero abest.
Quando vis prod ire in publicum ?
Prodire in publicum nunc vdlo.
Exitne (egrediturne) aliquis (ex)
1

ddmo ?

Nemo

exit (egredltur).

Isne tu ad l'ratrem
Eo (ad cum).

Manentne

llberi tui

ddmi

Manent (ddmi).

my

Non manent (ddmi).


Cupisne me ad patrem ducere

father ?
I do wish to take

Are you
knife?
I

am

willing*.

you

to him.

to give

willing to give

me

you one.

Am I going to him ?
Thou
to

art going not to him, but

Ciipio te ad eum ducere.


Visne mihi ciiltrum dare ?

Vdlo

tibi

unum

dare.

Egdne ad eum eo ?
Tu non is ad eum, sed ad me.

me.

* So also the compounds permanere,


and demoruri, to abide, tarry in a place.

to

remain

for

a given length of time,

LATIN GRAMMAR.

173

Have your friends my books


They have them not.
Or have they time to write ?
They have.

When

you go out

do

Niim amici tiii libros


(Eos) non habent.

An

spatium ad scribendum

est lis

prddis in publicum matiitempore V


Prddeo in publicum quoti'die mane
hdra circiter octavo.
tino

every morning about

eight o'clock.

Exercise

Do

me'os habent?

Quando

morning?
I go out

33.

Est.

the

in

[LESSOX

62.

They cannot speak (it).


they speak Latin?
Do we speak
Whom do ye flatter ?
(it) ?
do not speak (it).
flatter
They exhort their friends.
no one.
Do they exhort any one ?
Do they exhort you to come to them ?
They do not exhort me
to come to them, but to send them letters.
Art thou afraid of
anything ?
I am afraid of nothing.
Are they afraid of being
killed (ne interficiantur) ?
They are not afraid.
How far do -sou
wish to go ?
I wish to go as far as the end of the forest.
How
far does your brother wish to go ?
He wishes to go as far as the
end of that road.
How far does the wine go?
It goes to the
bottom of the cask.
How far does the water go ?
It goes to
Whither art thou going ?
the bottom of the well.
I am going to
Whither are we going?
the market.
are going into "the
country.
Are you going as far as the square ?
I am going as far
as the fountain.
When does your cook go to the market? lie
goes there every morning.
Can you speak to the nobleman ?
I
can speak to him everyday.
Can I see your father?
You can
see him every evening.
At what o'clock can I see him ?
You
can see him every evening at eight o'clock.
Will you come to me
I cannot come to you to-day, but to-morrow.
to-day?
At what
o'clock will you come to-morrow ?
I will come at half past eight.
Can you not come at a quarter pas* eight?
I cannot.
At what
o'clock does your son go to the captain ?
He goes to him at a quar-

We

At

ter before one.

is

what o'clock

We

We

your friend at home

At

midnight.

Exercise
Have you
will

you

G3.

a mind to go out ?
I have no mind to go out.
When
go out ?
I will go out at half past three.
Does your

He does not wish to go out he wishes to


you willing to remain here, my dear friend
(amice mi carissime, voc.) cannot remain here
must go to the
warehouse. Must you go to your brother must go to him.
father wish to go out

remain

at

home.

Are

what o'clock must you write'your letters ?


I must write them at
Do you go to your neighbor in the evening or in the
morning?
I go to him (both) in the evening and in the morning.
Where are you going to now?
lam going to the play. AVhere
are you oing to to-night ?
lam going nowhither I must remain
at home in order to write letters.
Are vour brothers at home ?
At;

midnight.


LESSON

APPOSITION.

36.]

179

They are in the country.


are not there.
Where are they ?
They are going home.'
are your friends going to ?
Has your tailor as many children as your shoemaker ?
He has
quite as many of them.
Have the sons of your shoemaker as many
Have the chilboots as their father ?
They have more than he.
They have more of the
dren of our hatter as much bread as wine ?
He has
one than of the other.
Has our carpenter one more son ?
They are thirsty and
several more.
Are the Italians thirsty ?
hungry.
They have nothing to do.
Have they anything to do ?
They are
Are the children of the Irish hungry or thirsty ?
neither hungry nor thirsty, but fatigued.

They

Where

Exercise

G4.

have no time to go out.


What
have you to do at home ?
I must write letters to my friends.
Must you sweep your room ?
Are you obliged
I must sweep it.
to lend your brothers money ?
I am obliged to lend them some.
Must you go into the garden ?
At what o'clock
I must go thither.
must you go thither V
I must go thither at a quarter past twelve.
Are you obliged to go to my father at eleven o'clock at night
(noctis) ?
I am obliged to go to him at midnight.
Where are

Have you

time to go out

the brothers of our bailiff?


They are in the great forest in order
to cut great trees.
Have they money to buy bread and wine?
They have some.
Does it behoove the children of the French to go
to the children of the English ?
It does behoove them.
Will you
send for some wine and glasses ?
Is it lawful (licetne) for the Turk
to remain with the Russian?
It is lawful for him to remain with
him.
It is not wrong (non est nefas) for him to remain there.
Are you willing to give me some money, so that I may go for some
bread?
I am willing to give you some, to go for some bread and
They do walk out
beer.
Do your children walk out every day ?
every day at eleven o'clock.
When do you walk out ? I walk out
He
every morning.
At what hour does your brother walk out ?
How fir does he desire to go ? He desires to
walks out at nine.
How far does he dare (ciudeo) to go into the
go as far as Rome.
water ?
He dares to go (in) up to his chest.

Lesson

XXXVI. pexsum tricesimum


SEXTUM.
OF APPOSITION.

noun added to another noun for the


A. Rule.
sake of explanation is put in the same case, and, if its
form admits of it, in the same gender and number.

Kg.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

180

[LESSON

Taurus mans.

Mount Taurus.

Tlgrdnes, rex Arme'nius.


JRegina pecunia.
Philosophia, inve'ntrix legum, met-

Tigranes, the king of Armenia.

gisira

morum

et

disciplinae

36.

Queen money.
Philosophy, the inventrix of laics,
the mistress of morals and discipline.

Athenae omnium doctrinarian

in-

Athens,

the

inventrix

of

all

the

sciences.

ventrices.

Remarks.
The noun

thus added to another, for the sake of characterizing


1.
or describing, is said to be in apposition with it. The explanatory
noun is called the appositum, and is commonly placed last.*
2. Apposition may take place in the oblique cases as well as in the
nominative. E. g. Apud Herodotum^ patrem histuriae, In Herodotus,
the father of history. Nero Senecae, jam tunc sena/ori, in disciphnam
trad'dus est, Xero was put under the tuition of Seneca, then already
Quid enim dlcam de thesauro omnium, memortaf What shall
senator.
I say in regard to memory, the treasure-house of all things?

3.

A pronoun,

either expressed or implied in the verb,

may

stand

We

as, Nos consiiles desumus,


consuls are
in place of the first noun
Post me quaestorem, After my being qiucstor.
Hoc tibi juremiss.
venilis Romano, indicimus helium (sc. nos), We, the young men of
;

Rome, declare this war against you. PhilosopMae mull urn adole&cens
iemporis tribui (sc. ego), In my youth I devoted much time to the
study of philosophy.
4. The appositum
Tragoedia Thyestes

often of a different gender or number; as,


Deticiae meae, Di<n>Aborigines, genus homlarchus, Dicaearehus, my favorite authority.
num agresie, The aborigines, an uncouth race of men.
1

is

The tragedy Thyestes.

noun in apposition with two or more nouns is commonly in


5.
the plural; as, Cupldo atque Ira, pessvmi consulta/urcs, Desire and
Ennius ferebal duo, quae maxima pupassion, the worst of advisers.
tantur onera, paupertatem et senectutem, Ennius bore two burdens,
which are deemed the greatest, poverty and old age.
6. Two or more Roman pramomina (of brothers, &c.) arc followed
by the common family name in the plural: as, Cn. et P. Scipwnes,

Cneius and Publius


and Drusus Xero.
7.

Scipio.

Tiber'to

Drusoipie yerunibus,

The appositum sometimes agrees with

To

Tiberius

a genitive implied in a

pronoun as, Stud'tum tuum, adolescentis, pcrspexi, I have


witnessed your zeal as a young man.
Tuum, hominis simpllcis, j)ectus
vidimus, We have seen the heart of you, simple man.

possessive

8.
noun denoting a whole, instead of being in the genitive, is
sometimes put in apposition with its partitive. E. g. Milltes (= mill-

* But sometimes emphatically

first,

as in the last

example of Rem.

2.

LESSON

APPOSITION.

36.]

181

turn), pars victoriae jiducid, pars ignomimae dolore ad omnem UcentXam


processerant, The soldiers, some from the confidence of the victory
and others from the pain of the disgrace, had plunged themselves into
Facerent, quod se dignum quisque ductrtnt,
excesses of every kind.
They might do what every one deemed worthy of himself.
9. Adjectives used substantively, especially those of the neuter
gender, may likewise stand in apposition as, Propinquum nostrum,
Crassum, ilium diintem, laudandum pu'o, Our relative, Crassus, the rich
(man), ought in my opinion to be praised. Batavi maclunas etiam, insolttum sibi, ausi, The Batavi even dared (to employ) the war-engine,
a thing to which they were unaccustomed.
;

The appositum may have reference

to an entire sentence, and


Postremo deserunt tribunal, mdnus intentantes, causam
discordiae et initium armurum, At last they desert the tribunal, stretching out their hands, the cause of discord and the commencement of
10.

vice versa; e.g.

Unum

hostilities.

certdmen erat relictum, sententXa Vulcdtii, There was


left, namely, the opinion of Vulcatius.

one subject of dispute

The

genitive

fici,

The

sometimes put instead of the appositum; as,


Oppidum Antioclriae, The city of Antioch.
Amnis Erlddni, The river Eridanus. Nomen Mercurii, The name (of)
Mercury. But this is not so common as jiumen Phenus, terra Gallia,
mons Avenna, oppidum Gendbum, &c.
11.

Arbor

is

fig-tree.

The ablatives urbe, oppido, &c. are sometimes found in appowith the name of a town in the genitive as, Corinthi, Achatae
urbe, At Corinth, a city of Achaia.
12.

sition

"

13. After expressions like est (dalur, inditur,impomtur) mild


am called," u
name is," the proper name is sometimes

my

nomen,

by

at-

traction put in apposition with the dative of the pronoun (mihi, &c),
rather than with nomen or cognomen; as, Scipio, cui postea Africano

cognomen ex virtute f&it, Scipio, who afterwards was surnamed Africanus from his valor.
Tibi nomen insdno posuere, They gave you the
name of an insane man. But also Fonli nomen Arethusa est, The
fountain's

name

is

Arethusa, &c.

The appositum

is sometimes introduced by vt, velut, quasi, tan" as," " as if," " like "), quami-is, or ceu ; e. g. Aegyptii canem
et felon ut deos cdlunt, The Egyptians worship the dog and cat as
divinities.
Herodotus quasi sedatus amnis jlui!, Herodotus flows like
a gentle stream. Filium suum, quamvis victdrem, occldit, He killed his
own son, although victorious.*

14.

quam

(=

15.

The appositum may be modified by an adverb;

ntus, consul iterum, C. Flaminius a

regem,

A people

* Pro

ruling

(lit.

second time consul.

king) far

as, C. FlamXPoptilum late

and wide.

as conquered; legatdrum numero, as legate? praedae nomine,


in the same construction.
So also^ro consule; as, {Ego) pro
consiile Athenas veneram, 1 had come as proconsul to Athens.

as booty,

victis,

occur

16

[LES80X

LATIN GRAMMAR.

182

To

C Vendo, ere, didi, dltum.


< Divendo, &c. (in small quantities).

sell.

(alicui aliquid).

To

36.

Dlco, ere,

<

say, affirm.

Mq

xi,

ctum.

inquam (defective).

B. Obs. Aio (djo), I say, affirm, and dlco, I say, are opposed to nego, I deny. Aio and inquam are defective verbs,
and are chiefly used *in citing the language of another. They
are thus inflected in the present

Pres. Ixd.
Pres. Subj.

Pres. Ixd.

aio, ais, ait


,

Pres. Subj.

aiunt.
aiant.

aias, aiat;

mcl Liam

inquis, inquit

inquiat

inquimus, inqultis, inquiunt.

What do you say (think) ?


Do you say so ? Is it possible ?
What do they say ?

Quid

They

Aiunt (dicunt), urbem ab hostibus

Ain'

ais ?

(=

ai'sne)* ?

Quid aiunt

say that the city is occupied by the enemy.


I am delighted with Ennius, says
and I with Pecuvius,
one
savs another.

Am'

teneri.
r

delector, dit\ qui'splam


Peciivio, inquit alius.

(Jubere (with ace. and

Him
Mando,
J

tc!L order, direct.

Will you

tell

the servant to

make

him

to

do

(
it.

,11,1

Will you tell the servant


a broom?
I

Avill

to

buy

order him to buy one.

What

do you desire to sell


I wish to sell you a horse.

The word.
The
The

favor.

pleasure.

me

....

infin.).

are, avi. atiun.

(alicui aliquid or ut).

ignem
(

,,,..,,

'

famulum accendere

Yin' jubere

the fire?
I will tell

Ennio

To

tu

Jubere eum vdlo faeerc hoe.


Vdlo ei mandare. ut hoe faeiat.
Vi'n'.

y,

^^ ^^

jubere fiimulum sedi)as emere?


J

.^

Vdlo ei mandare, ut rinas emat.


Quid mini vendere cupis
Ciipio tibi vendere equum.
'?

Vox, vocis,
verbum,J

/
i,

voeabulum,

i,

n.

n.

Oflicium, i, n.; gratum.


Voluptas, atis.y! obleetatio, onis,/.
;

* In familiar discourse the enclitic ne often loses its final e by Apocope.


If the letter s precedes, this is likewise dropped, and the vowel of the syllable,
if long, is shortened; as, jussin\ adeviV, cyon\ via (= visne), juben (
jubcsnt),
satin'' (= salisne), videri' (= videsne).
f So also with ut; as ut ait, ut aiunt, as he says, Sec; ut Cicero ait, ditit,

docet.
X Vox is a word as spoken and heard; voeabulum, an isolated word or term;
verbum is any part of speech, especially in connected discourse.

LESSON

CONSTRUCTION OF

36.]

To &give one

pleasure.
L

I
(

To

do one a favor.

<

(_

Will you do me a favor ?


What one ? In what respect
This gives me great pleasure.
rr

lo become acquainted
/
Ll
,

to learn to

Vdnpfitem afferre (alicui)


Gratum* esse (alicui).
Officium praestare

Qua
Hoc

with,
'

alicui.

know.

est mihi gratissimum.


ere, novi, notum.
'_
I
ere, novi, nitum.

n
Lounosco,
'

P
\
(aliquem,
aliquid).

(=

Nosse

to be acquainted

re ?

(Nosco,
-<

Gratum facere alicui.


(aliqua re).

To know,

183

Visne mihi gratum facere


?

vi

i.

OPUS EST."

"

with any one or anything.

novisse) aliquem or

ali-

quid.

I know,

Novi, novisti (nosti), ndvit.

We

Novimus,

thou knowest, lie knows.


know, ye know, they know.

noverunt (no-

novistis,

runt).

Do you know
T t
1 do not
,

this
i

know

man

Novistine hnnc

him.

Do you wish

to

ed with him

become acquaint-

hdminem

non novi.

x
Aon

est

Yin'

eum

,,

*,

mini notus.
ndscere (cogndscere)

Yes, I desire to become acquainted with him.

To want,

Eum
-.

Ciipio vero
scere).

eum

ndscere (cognd-

Opus (n. indecl.) est mihi (res,


re; aliquis, .aliquo).

need.

(Egeo
To

aliqua re.
Indigeo alicujus, aliqua re.
(Cf. page 113, Obs. II)
(

he in leant of.

Do you want

(need)

-'

this

Estne

hat?

tibi

opus hoc pileo (hicce

pi'leus) ?

C.

Obs.

want (need)
want of it.

I do

est, " there is need," is followed either


ablative of the person or object needed.f

Tlie phrase opus

by the nominative or the


it.

We

are in

i\
want /(need)
a teacher.
e
are in want ot a teacher.

A\ c

4.

j.

xst

Ave:

sugar

as

much

coffee as

,.

N
ceptore).

S
)

Do you want

Est mihi (eo) opus.


Ejus indigeo.
(praeest nobis praeceptor
6pus
V1
l
1
l
T

,.

'

...

Indigemus praeceptoris.
Estne tibi opus tantum

quantum

saechari

coffeae,

* This is the neuter of grains, agreeable, grateful. In phrases like these, the
comparative and superlative, gratius, gratissimum (more agreeable, most agreeable), are often used.
t In this rule is usually included iisns est, which is commonly followed by
the ablative, but sometimes by the genitive or accusative; as. Si quid usvs sit,
Vims est
If anything j s wanting.
Specula mihi usus eat, I want a looking-glass.

hdminem astutum.

[LESSON

LATIN GRAMMAR.

184
want more of the

Opus

latter than of

the former.

est

35.

quam

mihi plus* hiijus

illius.

Do you want oxen

Num

(cattle) ?

vdbis opus sunt Loves (opus


bobus) V

est

We do not (want any).


"We do need some (a few).

Non

sunt.

Opus sunt nobis nonnulli

(est

non-

nullis).

Do you want

(need) this money ?


I do want (am in Avant of) it.
I

do not want

Estne
Est.

j
it.
(

Do
I

you want (any) money ?

do want some (a

little).
j

want any.

(are
of) anything ?

I do not

Nor do

you

in

want

want anything.

Whom
am

Opus

est

Nihil indigeo.

want them.

late.

Is it late ?
late in the day, in the night ?

It is too late.

What

time

is it ?

opus ?

mihi nihil quidquam.f

re) est tibi opus


Cujiisnam indiges ?
Indigeo tiii, ejus, illorum.

Meine indiget ?
Tiii non indiget.
Indigetne amicorum suorum
(Eorum) indiget.

these books ?

It is late.

tibi

Quid (qua

( Estne tibi opus his


\ Egesne (egeV) his
j Sunt mihi opus.
(

it

ulla.

Neque mihi quidquam opus

Late (adv.).

Is

aliquantula.

mihi opus

are you in want of?


want of you, of him, of

Too

est

aliqua re indiges ?

Is

I do

Egeo vero

Non

Num

in

Do you want

Ejus non indi'geo.


Estne tibi opus pecunia

want anything.

them.
he in want of me ?
He is not in want of you.
Is he in want of his friends
He is in want of them.

Egeo.
est mihi (ea) opus.

What do you want ?


I

Non

Nulla egeo.
Num quid est

Do you want

opus hac pecunia

\ Egesne pecunia.
\ Est mihi opus aliquantulum.
(

I do not

tibi

Egesne hac pecunia

Egeo

est.
'?

libris ?

libris ?

lis.

Sero, serum.

Sertus (neut. comp.), sero.%

fetne sero ? Seriimne est


Estne serum diei, ndctis ?
Est serum (sero).
Sero (serius) est.
Quota hora est ?

* Neuter adjectives or pronouns, such as tantiim, quantum, quid, hoc, Mud,


&c. are always in the nominative after ojms. Both opus and usus are sometimes
(though rarely) followed by the genitive or accusative; as, Temporis, cibuni ojms
{usus) est, There is need of time, food.
f " Nothing whatever,'' " nothing at all."
j The adverbial ablative sero is frequently put for the comparative serius,
too late.

LESSON
It

is

EXERCISES

36.]

three o'clock.

65,

185

G6.

Ilora est tertia.

Duodecima est h6ra.


Sub (circiter) meridiem
Media nox est.

twelve o'clock.
It is about noon.
It is midnight.
It is half past one.
It is a quarter past two.
It wants a quarter to three.
Have you anything to sell ?

Ilora prima et dimidia est.


Qmidrans hdrae post seciindam est.
Dddrans hdrae post seciindam est.
Habesne aliquid, quod vendas (ad

I have nothing to sell.


I have these things to sell.

Nihil habeo, quod vendam.


Haec habeo, quae vendam.

It is

vendendum)

Exercise

est.

Go.

Yes, sir what one ?


Will you do me a favor ?
Will you tell
your brother to sell me his horse ?
I will tell him to sell it you.
Will you tell my servants to sweep my large rooms ?
I will tell
Will you tell your son to come to my father ?
them to sweep them.
Do you wish to tell me anything ?
I will tell him to came to him.
(Have you anything to tell me?)
I have nothing to tell you (Non
Have you anything to say to my father
habeo quod tibi dicam).
Do your brothers wish to sell their
I have a word to say to him.
carriage ?
They do not wish to sell it.
John (Joannes) are you
here ?
Wilt thou go to my hatter to tell him
Yes, sir, I am here.
to mend my hat?
Wilt thou go to the tailor
I will go to him.
to tell him to mend my coats?
I will go to him.
Art thou willing
to go the market ?
I am willing to go thither.
What has the
He has beautiful leather gloves, combs, and good
merchant to sell?
cloth to sell.
Has he any shirts to sell ?
He has some to sell.
Does he wish to sell me his horses ?
He wishes to sell them to you.
Who can read the tragedy of Thyestes ? I am unable to read it,
but my brother desires to read it.
Who is reading my book ?
Your scholar, my brother, is reading it.
Who wishes to sell me a
knife ?
His friend, the baker, wishes to sell you one.
Are you in
Yes I am in want of your father, the merchant.
want of any one ?
Whom do they praise ? They praise our enemy, the painter.

'?

Exercise

What

66.

are you in want of ?


I am in want of a good hat.
Are
I am in want of it.
Do you w ant
you in want of this knife ?
He
I want some.
Does your brother want pepper ?
money ?
He does not
Does he want some boots ?
does not want any.
He wants nothing.
want any.
What does my brother want ?
Nobody wants any.
Does anybody
AVho wants some sugar ?
want money ?
Nobody wants any.
Does your father want anyWhat do I want ?
You want noththing ?
He wants nothing.
Is
I am in want of it.
ing.
Art thou in want of my book ?
He is not in want of it. Does your
thy father in want of it ?
He wants it.
Does he want these or those
friend want this stick ?
Are you in want of
corks?
He wants neither these nor those.

16*

LATIN GRAMMAR.

186

[LESSOX

37.

am want of thee. When do you want me At pres What have you (= do you wish) say me I desire
you something new (novum). AVhat do you want (Quid
wish speak with you. your son want of us He
want of my
want of you and your brothers. Are you
vants I am in want of them. Does any one want my brother
No one wants him.
me

in

to

ent.

to

'?

to

tell

tibi

vis) V

is

in

Is

to

in

in

ser-

Exercise

6 7.

What o'clock

a quarter
not
past twelve. At what o'clock does your father wish
go out
or that
He wishes to go out at a quarter to nine. Will he
Does he wish to buy
neither
nor
horse He
buy both. Has he one horse
or that coat He wishes

He has one more, but he does not wish


more
He has not one more carriage
Has he one carriage more to
AVhen he
but he has a few more oxen
to
them to-day. Will he
them in the mornthem He
them
evening. At what
ing or
the evening He
Can you go to the baker I cannot
o'clock At half past
it?
midnight. Do you
him;
How
go
wish to see that man wish to see him, in order to know him.
see them,
Does your father wish to see my brothers He wishes
He
in order to know them. Does he wish to see my horse
At what o'clock does he wish to see He
wishes
see
Where does he wish to see
wishes
at
see
He wishes to see
in the great square. Has the German much
What knives has the
He has but
to
corn
How many more
He has good knives
merchant to
more. Has the Irishman much more
knives has he? He has
wine He has not much more. Hast thou wine enough
drink
I have not much, but enough. Art thou able drink much
wine I am able to drink much. Canst thou drink some every
day can drink some every morning and every evening. Can
Is

it

late.

It is

late ?

is it ?

It is

to

*?

sell this

this

will sell

that.

to

this

to sell

to sell ?

it.

sell ?

to sell.

sell;
?

will sell

in

will

will sell

this

five.

to

It

late is

late.

it is

sell

sell

is

to

to

to

it ?

it.

six o'clock.

it

it?

it

to sell ?

sell.

little

to sell.

sell?

six

to

to

thv brother drink as

Lesson

much

as thou

He can drink more than

I.

XXXVII. PENSUM TRICESIMUM


SEPTBIOI.
AGREEMENT OE ADJECTIVES.

A. Rule.

An

agrees with
and case. E. g.
Amicus certus.

ticiple

Sprela gloria.

adjective, adjective pronoun, or parits substantive in gender, number,

sure friend.

Disdained glory.

LESSON

Gramen
/

AGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES.

37.]

187

The green

viride.

grass.

Te'rrae sitientis.

Of the

Monies alii.
Columnas nitXdas.

High mountains.

Malorum impendentium.

Of impending
In dags past.

thirst// earth.

Shining columns.

Diebus praeterltis.

evils.

Remarks.
All adjectives may generally be employed in two distinct relations,
a) They are either directly connected with the substantive
as its attributes
as, vir Justus, dies praeteritae ; or, b) they are linked
as, vir est Justus,
to it by the copula sum, and constitute the predicate
dies praeteritae sunt.
The former of these relations is called the
attributive and the latter the predicative.
1.

2. Adjectives* in the predicative relation have in general the same


agreement as those in the attributive. (Cf. Less. XXXIV. B.)
3. Personal pronouns may have adjectives in agreement with them,
like nouns.
The gender of the adjective is determined by that of the
substantive represented.
E.g. Ego solus, or fern. Ego sola, I alone.
Tu carus omnibus expectatusque venies, You will be welcomed by all.
Mis absentibus, They being absent. Dlcitur esse libera, She is said to
be free. Miseri (fem. miserae) sumus, We are wretched.

4. AVords not properly substantives, but employed as such (e. g.


adverbs, infinitives, or entire clauses), may take an adjective of the
neuter gender.
Vide examples Less. XXXII. A. Rem. 3.
5. The place of the adjective is sometimes supplied by a noun or
adverb as, Victor exercitus, A victorious army. Contemptor animus,
contemptuous mind. Minime largltor, No profuse spender. Prae;

clare facta, Distinguished deeds.


6. The Romans sometimes employ an adjective in agreement with
the subject of a sentence, where the English idiom requires an adverb
in the predicate.
E. g. Ego primus hanc orationem legi, I have read
Hannibal princeps
this oration first (= am the first that read it).
in proelium ibat, ultimus conserto proelio excedebat, Hannibal always was the first that entered into battle and the last that left it.
Nullus dubito (= non dubito), I do not doubt.
So chiefly domesticus
(=domi), matutinus (==mane), nocturnus (== noctu), multus (==multum), prior, primus, propior, proximus, solv.s, totus, ultimus, unus, &c,
with many of which the adjective is regularly put instead of the
corresponding adverb.
7. When two or more adjectives, regarded as distinct, precede their
noun, they are commonly connected by conjunctions but when they
come after it, the conjunction is frequently omitted. E.g. Multi forUnus et pertissimi atque optimi viri, Many brave and excellent men.
Oratio
angustus aditus, One way of approach, and a narrow one.
;

In these remarks the term " adjective " includes adjective pronouns and

participles.

LATIX GRAMMAR.

188

composed, ornata, copiosa,

An

[LESSOX

37-

and

oration well arranged, elegant,

copious.
8.

But when one of the adjectives is so closely allied to the noun


one complex notion with it, the remaining adjectives are

as to form

added without a conjunction.

E.g. Festi dies anniversdrii, Anniver-

private carryingsary festivals.


Privata nobis onerdria maxima,
Externos multos claros viros nomindrem, I
ship of the largest size.
might name many foreigners of distinction.
9.

E.

g.

plural noun has sometimes two adjectives in the singular.


Maria superum atque inferum, The upper and the lower seas

(parts of the Mediterranean).

An

adjective belonging to two or more nouns is generally put


as, Veneno absumpti sunt Hannibal et Philopoemen,
Hannibal and Philopoemen were killed by poison. Liber et Libera
Xaturd inimica inter
Cerere nati, Bacchus and Libera born of Ceres.
se sunt civitas et rex, The king and state are naturally the enemies
Injustitiam et intemperantiam dicimus esse fugienda,
of each other.
(On the
say that injustice and intemperance must be shunned.
sender of these adjectives, see Less. XXII. B. Compare also Less.
10.

in the plural

We

XXXIV.

B. 4.)

A collective

noun may have an adjective in the plural, which


commonly assumes the gender of the individuals denoted by the noun.
E. g. JIagna pars vulnerati aut occlsi, A large number killed or
wounded. Cetera mullitudo sorte decimus quisque ad supplicium lecti
sunt. Of the remaining multitude every tenth man was doomed to
punishment by lot.
12. Adjectives and pronouns are frequently put partitively in the
neuter gender and followed by the genitive of their noun, instead of
agreeing with it in case as, Multum operae. Much attention (study).
Minus viae, Less of the journey. Dimidium pecuniae. Half the money.
Hoc lilterarum, This letter. Hoc solatii, This consolation. Ad id lo11.

corum, To that time.


in the plural
Sublta
:

Quid causae est?* "What


belli,

The

is

the reason?

surprises of war.

Summa

Also

pectoris,

Occulta templi. The recesses of the


The stone pavement of the streets.
(Compare Lessons XVIII. -XXffl.)

The upper

part of the chest.


Strata viarum saxea,

temple.

13. An adjective used partitively and followed by the genitive plural


of the genus or entire number commonly assumes the gender of that

genitive as, Animalium alia ratione expertia sunt, alia ratione uientia,
Of animals, some are destitute of reason and others enjoying it. Multae istarum arboruin mea maiiu sunt sdtae, Many of these trees were
;

my
When a

planted by
14.

lective noun,

it

hand.
is followed by the genitive singular of a coltakes the gender of the individuals implied in it as,

partitive

* But this can only be done in the Xom. and Ace. In the remaining cases
the adjective agrees with the noun: as, imdtd opera (Abl.), hide solatia, minore
rid,

harum

lilterarum.

(Compare Lesson XXXVIII. A.

6.)

LESSON

AGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES.

37.]

Primus Romani
oi'dinis,

The

generis,

rest of

The

first

our order.

Roman

of the

Nee

est

180

nation.

Ceteri nostri

quisquam gentis

Nor

ullius,

is

there any one of any nation.


15. Possessive pronouns, being considered the representatives of
personal pronouns in the genitive, sometimes take another pronoun,
as, Nostra ipsorum amicitia,
adjective, or participle in the genitive
Our own friendship. In unius mea salute, On my safety alone.
name while absent. Suo solius perlculo,
Nomen meum absentis,
At his own peril. Vestrae paucorum laudes, The praises of you
;

My

few.
16. In exclamations and addresses the adjective is sometimes in the
vocative instead of the nominative, and vice versa : as, Quo moriture
ruis ? Where are you rushing to, dying man ?
Pufe, mihi fruslra
in vain believed my friend.
Projice tela
credite amice! O Rufus
Kovus anne,
manu, sanguis mens ! Cast away your weapons, my son
veni ! Come, new year, come
!

17. Adjectives of the neuter gender, singular and plural, are sometimes used as adverbs.
E. g. Id multum j'aciebam, I practised that a
Qui multa deos venerati sunt, Who besought the gods
good deal.
much and earnestly. Inde Pomam, recens condl/am, commigravit, He
thence emigrated to Rome, then recently founded. Dormlvit altum,
He slept profoundly.

The pain, aclie.


The violent pain.

Dolor,

The

Malum,

evil,

misfortune,

Bad, wicked.

oris,

Crucidtus,
i,

m., or pi. dolores.

its,

m.

n.

Malus, pravus,

a,

um nequam
;

(in-

decl.).

um

Bad, sad (of circumstances').

Malus, a,
erum.

Bad,

Infirmus, invalidus, a, um aesroo


_
tans, tis; ulcerosus, a, um.

sick, sore.

Dens,

tis,

tristis,

asper, era,

:
'

The tooth.
The ear.
The neck.
The throat (internally').
The elbow.
The back.
The knee.
The headache.
The toothache.
The earache.
The sore throat.

m.

Auris, is,/!

Collum, i, n. ; cervix,
Fauces, ium,f. pi.
Cubitum, i, n.

Icis,/.

Dorsum, \, n.
Genu, us, n.
DSlor (dolores) capitis.
Dolor dentium.
Dolor aurium.
Dolor (dolores) faucium; angina,
ae,/.

A pain in

one's back.

Sore eyes.

A sore finger.
The

sickness, disease.

*Notalgia, ae,/.
Oculi invalidi or aegrotantes.

Digitus ulcerosus.
i, m.

Morbus,

To

pain from anything

suffer

(anywhere).

To

[LESSON

LATIN GRAMMAR.

190

37.

\ Dolel* mild dliqua res.


\ Doloribus laboro, are, dvi, &c.

Vol ore or dolorlbus

be affected with pain.

dffici.

Aegroto, are, dci, citum.

To

Are you
I

any

be sick, infirm {in

am

affected with

affected,

Minus valeo, ere,


(aliqua re).

respect).

any pain

ou a sore rim

Ilav

AffL-ior, vero quidem, ddmine.


Doletne tibi digitus ?
Laborasne di'gito ?
Laboro.
Ddlet.
Laboriitne puerculus trius faucium

doloribus

No

weak

eyes).

has a sore foot.


(

They have

Have you

the toothache.

the headache ?

it.

Has he a pain

He

back

in his

vero altero dculo aegrotat.


Nos oculoruni infirniitate laboramus.
Altero pede aegrotat (minus valet).
Ddlent lis dentes.

\ Dentium dolorlbus afficiuntur.


^ Habesne capitis doldres V
~! Doletne tibi caput V
(

I have

immo

he has a sore eye.


\Ye have sore eyes (suffer from

He

Afliceri'sne aliquo dolore ?

sir.

I have (a sore finger)


Lias your little boy a sore throat

ui,

Laborasne capitis doloribus


Habeo. Ddlet. Laboro.
Notalgia affieitur

Ndn

has none.
\

To find.

'?

afficitur.

Invenio, ire, veni,


ventum.
ve
ire, peri,
pertum.
p\

| Reperlo,

B. Obs. Invenire is to find without any special effort or


design reperire, on the other hand, involves the idea of labor,
of difficulty and obscurity.
;

Do you

find

ing for

I do find what I

He does
ing

Reperisne, quod quaeris

what you are look-

'?

am

looking

not find what he

is

eperio,
for.

Rem,
It

Xon

look-

quod quaero.

quam

quaero, reperio.

reperit,

quod

quaerit.

for.

Do we

find

what we are looking

Reperinmsne quod quaerimus

for V

Non

You do

not find what you are


looking for.

Have you what you want

Habesne quod

tibi

quaeritis.

opus est ?

f Disco, ere, d'idici, disciturus f

learn.

* From

quod

Xon habeo, quod mihi opus est.


Quod invenis, id et ego invenio.

have not what I want.


I find what you are finding.
I

To

reperitis,

QUID AB

Or

(ali-

DE ALIQUO).

doleo. ere, ui.

t The verbs discere


ciple in urus exists.

and studere have no supine, but of the former a

parti-

LESSON
rr,

To

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

37.]

study, to apply one


to learn (anything),

rp

-.

lo study
^

,.,

,,

,f.

self to,

'

apply
J ones
*7,

,sell

and1 the

(alicui rei).
C Studeo, ere, ui,
J
)
(alicui rei).

^re

15 iscere

letters,

to literature

^^

191

(
)
-<

arts.

To

(aliquid).
dare littens.
Operam
x
,.,..,_.
,_
e
Studere optimis disciphnis atque
,

artibus.

Primas litteras discere.


Disco legere, scribere, loqui.
Linguain liliquam discere

learn one's letters.


I learn to read, write, speak.
To learn a language.

(edi-

scere*).

To know a language.
The language.

Linguam

scire

Lingua, ae,

Latlnus, a, um
Francogallicus,

Latin.

French.

linguae sciens esse.

f.\
;

sermo, onis, m.
ado. Latine.
a,

um

ado. Fran-

cogallice.

um

English.

Anglicus,

German.

Germanlcus,

a,

a,

adv. Anglice.

um

adv.

Germa-

nic e.

Are you learning Latin


I

am

learning

How many
know

it, sir.

languages does he

Diseisne linguam Latinam ?


Vero, ddmine, disco.
Quam multas scit linguas ?

'?

He knows all the


Do you know
English

6 nines

languages.

Greek,

Latin,

speak Latin.
they desire to learn English

Do

sciens

est.

Scisne Latine, Graece, Anglice ?

Diseisne loqui Latine ?


Ego Latine legere, scribere atque
loqui edisco.

Cupiiintne discere linguam Angli-

cam

They do

not desire it.


Who is studying letters ?
The young men are studying the
liberal arts

and

sciences.

What are you doing ?


I am studying the Latin language
Can

scit.

Are you learning to speak Latin ?


I am learning to read, write, and

and

linguas

Linguarum omnium

cupiunt.

Quis operam dat

litteris ?

Adolescentuli optimis disciplinis


atque artibus operam dant.

Quid

agis ?

Litteris

Latinis

studeo

(operam

do).

literature.

the boy read

Ndn

German ?

Potestne (scitne) piier legere Ger-

man ice ?
Pie cannot do
learning it.

it

yet,

but he

is

Ndndum

Exercise

He

Where

potest, at discit.

68.

is at home.
Does he not go out ?
is your father ?
not able to go out he has the headache.
Hast thou the headache ?
What day of
I have not the headache, but the earache.

He

is

Ediscere

is

to learn thoroughly, to learn

by

heart.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

192

[LESSON

37.

the twelfth
What day of the
To-morrow the
What teeth
have you have good

What teeth has your brother


Has the Englishman the toothache He has
He has bad
not the toothache he has a sore eye. Has the
a sore eye
Have a sore finger
He has not a sore eye, but a sore
but a sore knee. Will you cut me some
You have no sore
Will anybody
have sore
bread cannot cut you any
cut you any. Are you
cut me some cheese Nobody
any one. Has any one the
am not looking
for any one
the painter looking
earache No one has the earache. What
He not looking anything. Whom are you looking
am looking your Who looking me No one
what thou
looking

looking
you. Dost thou
month is it to-day
month is to-morrow ?

the

is

teeth.

to-day.
thirteenth.

It is

teeth.

Italian

foot.

'?

finger,

looking-

for

fingers.

will

is

for ?

for

is

for

for

is

find

for

is

do find what I
is

for ?

son.

am

for ?

art

looking for; but the captain does not find what he

looking for.

Exercise

Who

69.

We

have sore throats.


Has any one
has a sore throat ?
The Germans have sore eyes.
Does the tailor make
sore eyes ?
my coat ? He does not make it he has a pain in his back. Docs
He is unable to make them he
the shoemaker make my shoes ?
Does the merchant bring us beautiful purses {marhas sore elbows.
He cannot go out he has sore feet.
Does the Spaniard
supia) ?
He does find it. Do
find the umbrella which he is looking for ?
They do
the butchers find the sheep which they are looking for ?
find them.
Does the tailor find his thimble ?
He does not find it.
Dost thou find the paper which thou art looking for ?
I do not
find it.
Do we find what we are looking for ?
do not find
what we are looking for.
What is the nobleman doing ? He does
what you are doing.
What is he doing in his room ?
He is reading.
How many languages does your brother know ? He knows
only one.
Do they find what they are looking for ?
They do not
find (it).
Does our master suffer from weak eyes ?
He does suffer
(from them).
Are you troubled with a pain in your back?
I am
not troubled.

We

Exercise

70.

Do the sons of the noble?


I am not reading.
study ?
They do study.
What are they studying?
They
are studying German.
Art thou studying English?
I have no
time to study it.
Are the Dutch looking for this or that ship?
They are looking for both.
Is the servant looking for this or that
broom ?
He is neither looking for this nor that.
Who is learning
German ?
The sons of the captains and those of the noblemen are
learning it.
When does your friend study French ? He studies it
in the morning.
At what o'clock does he study it ?
He studies it
at ten o'clock.
Does he study it every day ?
He studies it every
morning and every evening. What are the children of the carpenter
doing ?
They are reading.
They
Are they reading German ?
Art thou reading

man

LESSON

ADJECTIVES USED SUBSTANTIVELY.

33.]

193

are reading French; but we are reading English.


What books does
your son read ?
He reads French books.
What book are you
reading ?
I am reading a German book.
Do you read as much as
I ?
I read more than you.
Does your father read the same book
which I read ?
He is not reading that which you read, but that
which I read.
Does he read as much as I ?
He reads less than
you, but he learns more than you.
Do you lend me a book?
I
do lend you one.
Do your friends lend you any books ?
They do

lend

me

some.

Lesson XXXVIII.

pensum duodequadraGESIMUM.

Bule.

A.

Adjectives, adjective pronouns, and

ticiples are often

the plural, either

par-

employed independently, especially in


with or without a noun understood.

E.g.
Bdni, mali, ddcti,
peres ; amdntes.
Mei, iui, sui, ndstri,

diviies,

Tlie good, the bad, the learned, the

pari-

rich, the

My,

vestri.

thy,

poor ;
his,

lovers.

our,

your friends,

men, &c.

The good,

Bdnum, malum, verum, justum.

the

bad,

the

true,

the

bitter,

un-

just.

Good, bad, true, false,


worthy things.

Bona, mala, vera, falsa, acerba,


indigna.

Remarks.
plurals denoting persons homines is commonly supplied.*
with omnes, pauci, plerique, nonnulli, &c. But the possessives mei,
&c. have reference to amici, milXtes (men, soldiers), cives (citi-

1.

So
iui,

With

With

zens).

immortales the word dii

is

understood.

Adjectives of the singular number denoting persons usually have


as, vir doctus, bonus, Justus ; homo
vir or homo expressed with them
They sometimes, however, appear alone
pauper, dices, improbus, &c.
E. g. Sapiens, dives, socius, nupta, a wise man, a rich
in all the cases.
man, an. ally, a married woman. Quid interest inter doctum et rudeml
What is the difference between an educated and an ignorant man ?
Quid minus libero dignum ? What can be more unworthy of a free
2.

man?
With adjectives denoting objects, various words are understood
Dextra, sinistra (sc. manus), the right hand, left hand. Ferina,
Callda,
agnlna,bubula, porclna (sc.caro), Venison, lamb, beef, pork.
3.

as,

* And
Homines

not unfrequently expressed, as in Homines Bomdni,

adolescentuli,

voung men, &c.

17

Roman men.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

194
frigida (sc. aqua),

The

tertian,

Warm,

cold water.

[LESSON

38.

Tertidna, quartdna (sc. febris),


(sc. pars), The tenth part.

Decumdna

quartan fever.

The first part or role, lliberna, aestiva (sc. caIn Tuscula.no (sc. praedo), At
winter, summer quarters.
the country-seat Tusculanum. Brevi (sc. tempore), In a short time
and also ex quo, ex eo, ex Mo (sc. tempore, which is frequently understood), &c, &c.
Primae
stra),

(sc. partes),

The

4. Of adjectives used substantively, those of the neuter gender are


the most common.
The singular denotes either an abstract quality or
an individual act or object as, bonum, malum, verum, the good, bad,
true (or something good, bad, true) commune, dictum, factum, something in common, something said, done ( a saying, deed).
So the
pronouns hoc, Mud, quid, aliquid ; and quantum, tantum, multum, &c.
;

5. The plural of neuter adjectives used substantively indicates a


diversity of things of the same quality as, bona, mala, vera, falsa,
multa, omnia, reliqua, good, bad, true, false, many, all, the remaining
things (the rest, remainder).
Dicta, facia, things said, done, i. e.
words uttered, actions. So also liaec, ilia, quae, aliqua, these, those,
;

which, some things.*

6. Neuter adjectives can thus be used substantively in the nominative and accusative only.
In the remaining cases the feminine of
the adjective with res is commonly employed, to prevent ambiguity.
Thus cujus rei, hac de re, alicui rei, ulla in re, bonarum rerum, omnibus
in rebus,j &c.
7. Adjectives used substantively may have other adjectives in
as, mens natalis
agreement with them
(sc. dies), My birthday.
Paternus inimlcus, A paternal enemy. Nova nupta, A newly married
woman. Summum bonum, The chief good. Praecldrum respjonsum,
famous reply, Prdva facta,% Depraved actions.
;

A number of words originally

adjectives have acquired the rank


juvenis, adolescens, amicus, familiaris, comes, victims, statudrius, artifex, index, particeps ; summa (a sum), confuens
(junction of rivers)
Grammatica, Rhetorica, Statudria (sc. ars), &c.
8.

of substantives;

as,

Additional Examples of adjectives used as substantives are


Fortes creantur forftbus et bonis, The brave are made for the brave
and good. Plerlque vana mirantur, The majority of men are captivated by vanity. Erubescunt pudiei etiam impudlca loqui, The
chaste
blush even to utter unchaste things. Aiunt multum legendum
9.

||

* With many of these neuters the English words thing, tilings may he supplied.
Sometimes, however, the sense requires other words, such as place,
part, respect, property. &c.
t This use of res extends to all the cases, and the Romans often say res ea,
nulla res, rem aliquam, rem dijficilem, res bonae, malae, &c.
t Participles of the neuter gender sometimes take an adverb instead of au
adjective; as, bene, crudellter facta, acute responsa, facete dictum, &c.
The plural of these neuter adjectives is frequently rendered by the singular.
In general propositions including both sexes, the adjective
culine; as here furies, pkinque, jrndici, &c.
||

is

always mas-

LESSON

38.]

TATRIAL ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS.

195

non multa, They say that we ought to read much, not many
Quis rem tarn veterem pro certo affirmet ? Who can assert a

esse

things.

tiling so old as a certainty ?


Idcirco abestis, ut in tuto sitis, You are
absent in order to be safe. Amicorum omnia sunt communia, Friends
have everything in common. Ita comprobabis divina praedicta, Thus
you will confirm the divine prediction. Nihil addo de meo,* I add
nothing of my own.

The
The
The
The
The
The

Pole.

Polonus,

Roman.

Roman us,

Greek.
Arab.
Athenian.

Graecus, Grajus,
Arabs, is, m.

i,

m.
m.

i,

i,

m.

Atheniensis, is, in.


Syrus, Syrlus, i, m.

Syrian.

B. The patrials or gentiles of the Latin language are either


derived from the proper names of countries, or else they are
themselves the roots for the formation of the latter.
1. The majority of patrials are primitives, from which the name of
the country is formed by annexing ia to the root ;f as, Arabs
Arabia,
Areas
Arcadia, Gallus
Gallia, Italus
Italia, Thrax
Thracia.

The

from names of countries are generally adone of the terminations anus, as (gen. atis), ensis (iensis), inus (enus),tcus (idcus, aicus), and ius.
E. g. Boma
Romanus,
Arpinam
Arpinas, Athenae
Atheniensis,
Thebae
Thebaicus,
Aegyptus
Aegyptiacus, Tarentum
Tarentinus, Cyprus
Cyprius.
2.

patrials derived

jectives, with

From

3.

changing
amples
:

patrial adjectives in us, a, urn, adverbs are formed, by


that termination into e.
The following may serve as ex-

Adjective.
i
a ams]l
S
P

Hispaniensis,
illispanicus, J
(

Italian.

Italieus,

Polish.

Syriac.
Persian.

Polonicus,
Russicus,
Latinus,
Graecus,
Arabicus,
Syriacus,
Persicus,

Egyptian.

Aegyptiacus,

Russian.
Latin.

Greek.
Arabic.

Adverb.
TT

Hispanice.
Itallce.

Polonice.
Russlce.
Latine.
--Graece.

Arabice.
Syriace.
Persice.

Aegyptiace.

* The neuter
strum)

is

singular of all the possessives (meum, fuum, swum, nostrum, vethus employed to denote possession, like the English " mine," " my

own/' &c.
t The root of a noun is found in the genitive singular by separating the
case-termination; as Arabs, gen. Arab-is; Areas, gen. Arcad-is; Gallus, gen.
Gall-i; Thrax, gen. Thrac-is, &c.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

196

****

[LESSON

Turkish.

,.

Turcice.

Turcicus,^

Are you a Roman

flanScus,}

Esnc tu Romanus ?
Minime vero Americanus sum.

No, indeed, I am an American.


Is he a shoemaker ?
No, he is a tailor.
Are you mad ?
No, surely, no.
Do you know Spanish ?
I do not.
I do know it.

Suto'rne est

Non

file ?

vero sartor
es insanus ?

est.

Niim

Non

hercle vero.
S^isne Hispanice

Haud

Scio.

scio.

(Homo) stultus,
The fool.
Os, gen. oris, n.
The mouth.
Memoria, ae,/
The memory.
good, excellent, weak memory. Memoria tenax

fatiius.

dim. osculum,

33.

i,

n.

singularis,

(-aeis),

infirma.

Valere* memoria.

To have a good memory.


To have a bad memory.
To have an excellent memory.

Parum (minus) valere memoria.


Multum valere memoria.
Caeruleus,

Blue.

violaceus,

glaucus,

a,

urn.

Ater, atra, atrum

Black.

TT

He

n{ t ii
She has blue eves.
J

rr

Have you
J

goodi
a &

(is

man

j
(

memory oi

A
I

T
1

n i memory.
have an excellent

'

<

(
tvt

No,

T1
1 have a

To
To

i\
it/
bad (weak)
memory. <

play, sport.
hear, listen.

drnata

( Oc.-ulis glaiicis

<

has a small mouth


of small mouth).

grum.

singulari
praeditus est.

K ._
,r
valet
memoria.

j.

He

niger, gra,

^Memoria
ru
Multum

n
has an excellent memory.
J
.

Praeditum, instruction, orndtum esse


aliqua re.

To have, to be furnished or endomed with anything.

'

n
n
Caeruleaf

est.

est.

Ore parvulo

instructus est.

Vir est oris parvi.


Valesne memoria ?
,..,

-r>

._

" raeditusne es bona memoria


valeo memoria.

Multum

,._.,.

c
Singulari
memoria instructus sum.
framo vero parum valeo memoria.
,
r
Memoriae lnnrmae
sum.
.

Ludo,

ere, usi,

usum (neut.).

Audlre, auscidtare.
[Loco, in locum alicujus.
Instead of, in place or in lieu of) Vice, in vicem, vicem rei or ali(any one).
cu.ius.
}
I Pro, with the AW.

* From valeo, ere, id,, "I am sound, strong," with the ablative "with
respect to."
f Caeruleus, used substantively, a blue-eyed man, and the fem. here a
woman.

LESSON

38.]

CONSTRUCTION OF "INSTEAD

Instead or in place of my father.

Loco

in

patris,

197

OF.'

vicem

patris,

pro

patre.

Instead of salt, sugar, &c.


Instead of me, thee, us, you.

Salis,

sacchari vice.

Meam,

tiiam, ndstram, restrain vi-

cem.

In locum (vicem)

Instead of him, them.

ejus,

eorum.

The English instead of, when it relates to persons


C. Obs.
or things in the sense of in lieu of, in the place of, is in Latin
expressed by loco, vice, or pro ; but when it limits the meaninoof a verb, the formulas tantum abest ut .... at, non modo non
.... sed etiam, magis (jtotius) quam, and quum debeam * must
be employed.

^*% ?d &

Do

you play instead of studying f


Crather than stud v, when you 4 T
Ll (1 sn
^'
ouirht to studw) ?
; i

uum Vu
lltteris

<l

(P tius >
ia

studere de ~

6peram do

I study instead of playing.

litteris,

po'tius

quam

ludo.

So

far

from playing,

am

Tantum

study-

de'm

ing.

Non mddo non

I not only do not play, but I


even study.
This boy speaks instead of listen-

any one.

listen

To

listen or attend to anything.

or attend

to

Not

to listen to (care for) anything.

Whom

are you hearing (listen-

ing, to) ?

am

listening to

Will you

mp

listen

ludo, sed litteris

Piier iste loquitur,


debeat.

quum auscultare

Tantum

abest, ut piier iste aiidiat,


ut loquatur.
Piier iste non mddo non audit, sed
]
etiam loquitur.
[_

To

ludam, ut dperam

etiam stiideo.

ing (when he ought to listen)

This boy is so far from listening,


that he even talks.

abest, ut

litteris.

( Audlre aliquem.
1 Auscultare alicui.-\
( Alicui aures dare.

Audlre aliquid.
Observare aliquid.

Non

curare aliquid.

Quem

aiidis ?

Cui das aiires ?


( Oratorem audio.
the speaker.
\ Aiires do oratdri.
Visne mihi auscultare
to (i. e. obey)

'?

* Tantum abest, ut ... tit, I am so far from .... that rather. Non modo
non .... sed etiam, not only not .... but even. 3/agis (potius) .... quam,
Quum (cum) debeam, when I ought. The student should notice
rather than.
that the ut of the first formula, and the quum of the last, require the subjunctive.
See the examples.
t Auscultare conveys the secondary notion of deference or obedience.
.

17*

'

LATIN GRAMMAR.

198

Do you listen to what the teacher


tells

you

it.

He

what I

listens to

tell

Mihi

him.

He

(=

Quod, quae.

that wliicli)

Quae praeceptor

does not listen to (observe)


tells him.

imperat, non

ei

curat.
(

Emendo,

are, avi,

atum.

< Corrigo, ere, rexi, rectum.

correct.

To

dicam, observat.

ei

Id quod, ea quae.

what the master

To

ausciiltat.

Omnia quae

That which.

What

38.

Auclisne (observasne), quod (quae)


praeceptor tibi dicat (imperet) ?
Audio (observo).

I do listen to

[LESSON

(aliquid).
Sumo, ere, mpsi, mptum.

5 Capio,

take.

ere, cepi,

captum.

(aliquid).
(

To

take away.

To

take

To

off,

pull

take off one's clothes.

To

take off one's shoes.

To

take off one's hat.

(aliquid).

Exuo,

Detraho, ere,

Exuere

off.

(
(

j
(

Are you

Aufero, ferre, abstuli, ablatum.

< Tollo, ere, sustuli, sublatum.


ere, ui,

utum.
ctum.

xi,

se vestibus.

Detrahere sibi vestes.


Detrahere pedibus calceos.
Excalceare pedes.
Detrahere capiti pileum.

Nudare

caput.

Emendasne (comgisne) epistolam

correcting your letter

tiiam ?

Yes, I

am

correcting

Does he take

Sane quid em, earn emendo.

it.

( Exui'tne se vestibus ?

off his clothes ?

Detraho mihi tdgam.

taking them off.


are taking off our clothes.

Exuit.

is

We

am

taking off

Are you taking

my
off

coat.

your shoes

Detrahitne

sibi vestes ?
Detrahit.
Exiiimus nos vestibus.
!Exiio me toga.

He

j Detrahisne tibi calceos ?


(

Excalceasne pedes

No I am taking off my hat.


Non vero pileum detraho capiti.
What is the servant taking away ? Quid aiifert servus ?
He is carrying away the chairs. Sellas (aufert).
Do you wish me a good morning ( Jubesne me salvum esse (saUere) ?
(good day, good evening).
( Salutasne me mane, ve'speri ?
;

Good morning

To

Salve * Plur. Salvete


utEre ali uem

(day, evening).

any one, to bid or wish ( ^!


Ahquem
morning,
j
one good
' &c.

salute

This was the

^
salvum

esse

jubere.

common formula

for

any time of the day.

,-.

(salvere)

?;

LESSON

EXERCISES

38.]

Exercise

199

72.

71,

71.

speak Spanish ?
No, sir, I speak Italian.
Who speaks
Do our neighbors speak
Polish ?
My brother speaks Polish.
Do you speak
They do not speak Russian, but Arabic.
Russian ?
What knife have you ?
No, I speak Greek and Latin.
Arabic ?
What money have you there ?
Is it
I have an English knife.
Have you an
It is Russian money.
Italian or Spanish money ?
Are you a German ?
Italian hat ?
No, I have a Spanish hat.
No, I am a SpanArt thou a Greek ?
No, I am an Englishman.
Do the
Are these men Poles ?
No, they are Russians.
iard.
They do not speak Polish, but Latin,
Russians speak Polish ?
No, he is a
Is your brother a merchant ?
Greek, and Arabic.
No, they are carpenters.
joiner.
Are these men merchants
Art thou a fool ?
No, we are shoemakers.
Are we boatmen ?
What is that man ?
He is a tailor.
Do you
I am not a fool.
wish* me anything ?
I wish you a good morning.
What does the
He wishes you a good evening. Whither
young man wish me ?
must I go ?
Thou must go to our friends to wish them a good day.
Do your children come to me in order to wish me a good evening
They come to you in order to wish you a good morning.

Do you

'?

Exercise

72.

him He does
Do the children of the physician
them
to what we
Dost thou
They do not
what thy brother
Do you go the theatre I am
thee do
Are you
the
going
the storehouse instead of going
willing
me am willing
you, but cannot
I have the earache. Does thy father correct my notes or thine
He corrects neither yours nor mine. Which notes does he correct
Does he
He corrects those which he
what you
Do you take your hat order to
him He does
him.
in order to speak
speak
my father do take
him He does
what our father
Does thy brother
Does our servant go for some beer He goes for some vinto

egar instead of going for some beer. Do you correct my


have sore eyes. Does the servant take
I do not correct
He does take
Do you take
make a
order
coat
Does the man

to

listen to

what you are

telling

listen

it.

listen to

tells

to

it.

theatre.

to

to

to listen to

to listen to

listen to

it.

listen to

listen

tell

writes.

listen to

to

listen to

it

tell

in

off

it.

listen to

off

to

tells

listen

it.

letter ?

it

in

off his

to

fire ?

it

off.

I do take them off in


your gloves in order to give me money ?
Does he take off his shoes in order to go
order to give you some.
Who takes away the
He does not take them off.
to your house ?
Will you take
The servants take them away.
tables and chairs ?
Is he wrong to
I have no mind to take it away.
away this glass ?
Dost thou take
He is right to take them off.
take off his boots ?
Does anybody
I do not take away anything.
away anything ?
Nobody takes it off.
take off his hat ?

off

* Precari

(dep.) alicui aliquid, to wish

any one anything.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

200

Exercise

[LESSON

39.

73.

He lias black eyes and a little


Has the nobleman blue eves ?
I have not a very good memmouth.
Hast thou a good memory ?
ory (parum veiled), but my brother is endowed with an excellent one.
He cannot. Do they send
Can he write in place of his father ?
They send salt instead of bread.
Will you
bread instead of salt ?
I cannot go in your stead.
What
go to the ball in my stead
I study instead of playing
dost thou (do) instead of playing ?
I write instead of learning.
Dost thou learn instead of writing ?
He goes into the garden
What does the son of our bailiff (do) ?
Do the children of our neighbors
instead of going into the field.
What does our cook (do) ?
They write instead of reading.
read ?
He makes a fire instead of going to the market. Does your father
He sells his horse instead of selling his ox. Do the
sell his ox ?
They remain in their rooms instead of going
physicians go out ?
At what o'clock does our physician come to you ?
He comes
out.
Does the son of the painter
every morning at a quarter to nine.
He studies Greek instead of studying English.
study English
He kills sheep instead of killing oxen.
Does the butcher kill oxen ?
Does your brother
Do you listen to me ? I do listen to you.
He speaks instead of listening to you.
Do you lislisten to me ?
I do listen to what you are telling
ten to what I am telling you ?

'?

'?

me.

XXXIX. pensum uxdequadrage-

Lesson

SIMUM.
Or THE AGREEMENT OE RELATIVES.

The relative qui, quae, quod agrees with its anteA.


cedent in gender and number, but its case depends upon
the construction of the clause introduced by it.
E. g.
Ego, qui (quae)

lego, scribo, loquor.

Tu, quern (qudni) diligo.

Puer,

quem

visti,

vidisti,

cujus tutor

Pueri, quos
divisti,

vidisti,

quorum

Flumen, quod
Omnia, quae

dequo audi-

es.

de quibus au-

tutor es.

appellcitur Tdmesis.

tibi dixi,

vera sunt.

I zclio

read, write, speak.

Thou whom I cherish.


The boy whom you saw, of whom
you have heard, whose guardian
you are.
The hoys whom you saw, of whom
you have heard, whose guardian
you are.
The river which is called the Thames.
All that 1 have told you

is

true.

AGREEMENT OF RELATIVES.

LESSON *39.]

201

Remarks.
The word

refers, and which it serves to


This may be either a
Antecedent.
noun, a personal, determinative, demonstrative, or indefinite pronoun,
or an entire sentence.
1

and explain,

limit

2.
iste,

to

which the relative


called

is

its

The determinatives is and idem, and the demonstratives liic, Me,


&c, are called the correlatives of qui. They are either employed

adjectively in agreement with the antecedent, or as substantives conantecedent e. g. Loquimur de iis amicis, quos nocit vita
communis,
are speaking of those friends, which occur in ordinary
stituting the

We

Nam cum, qui palam est ad versarius, facile cavendo vitare possis,
For him, who is openly your adversary, you can easily avoid by being
on your guard.
life.

construction of the correlative pronominals tardus ....


.... quails, and tot ... quot, is the same as that of
qui, and the remarks on the latter may in general be applied

The

3.

quantus,

talis

...
to them
is

also.

The

4.

either

may

represent any one of the three persons of


verb agrees in person with the antecedent as,
confirmo, ipse me non possum, I, who am consoling you,

relative qui

number, and

its

Ego, qui te
am unable to console myself.
are the man who has honored

is, qui me sepissime ornasti, You


Nobis quidem, qui te
the oftenest.
us at any rate, who love yon, it will be agree-

Tic es

me

amamus, erit gratum, To


able.
Etiam is, qui omnia

tenet, favet ingeniis, Even he, who now


has the control of everything, favors genius. Eere libenter homines id,
quod volunt, credunt, Men are always ready to believe what they desire.

The

clause of the antecedent commonly precedes that of the


but this order is frequently inverted in Latin. E. g. Alale
se res habet, cum, quod virtute ejfici debet, id tentatur pecunid, There is
a bad state of things, when that which ought to be effected by virtue
Quam quisque norit artem, in hac se exeris attempted with money.
ceat, Let every one practise the art he may have learnt.
Hoc non
concedo, ut, quibus rebus gloriemini in iwbis, easdem in aliis reprehendatis, I do not concede to you the right of reprehending in others
what you boast of in yourselves.
5.

relative

6. The noun, to which the relative refers, is commonly expressed


Sometimes, however, it is rebut once, and in the leading clause.
peated with the relative, and agrees with it in gender, number, and
case as, Tantum bellum, tarn diurnum, tarn longe lateque dispersum,
quo bello omnes gentes premebantur, So great, so long, so wide-spread
Caesar intellexit diem
a war, by which all nations were oppressed.
instare, quo die frumentum militibus metiri oporteret, Cassar understood
that the day was approaching, on which the soldiers were to receive
their allowance of corn.
;

7. The noun is sometimes expressed with the relative only, and


understood in the leading clause. This is especially the case when
the logical order of the clauses is inverted, as in Rem. 5. E. g. Accu-

LATIN GRAMMAR.

202

[LESSON

39.

quod in altero vitium repreliendit, in eo


cannot be admitted as accuser who is himself
caught in the very vice he reprehends in another. Bestiae, in quo
loco natae sunt, ex eo se non commovent, Wild animals do not remove
from the locality in which they were born. Quanta vi ciuitates libertatem expetunt, tanta regno, reges defendant, Kings defend monarchies
with the same vehemence with which states seek their liberty.
non ferendus

sdtor

ipso deprehenditur,

est is, qui,

He

The antecedent

is sometimes entirely suppressed, and the relaquod stands in the sense of " he who," " what." E. g. Qui
(= is, qui) e nuce nucleum esse vult, frangit nucem, He who wishes the
nut to become a kernel breaks the nut. Est profecto deus, qui, quae
(= ea quae) nos gerimus, auditque et videt, There is certainly a God,
who hears and sees whatever we are doing. Maximum ornamentum

8.

tive qui,

(=

qui
is, qui) ex ea tolllt verecundiam, He robs friendgreatest ornament who robs it of decorum and respect.
Sunt quos juvat,
So, Sunt qui dicunt, There are those who say.
There are men whom it delights. Nos imitamur, quos cuique visum est,
imkate whomsoever it pleases us. Non liabeo quod scribam, I
have nothing to write.*

amicitiae

ship of

tollit,

its

We

The antecedent sometimes assumes

the case of the relative, and


Naucratem (= Naucratis)
quern convenire volui, in navi non erat, Naucratis, whom I wanted to
find, was not in the ship.
Urbem (= urbs), quam statuo, vestra est,
The city which I am building is yours. Hac, qua (= quam) diximus,
aetate, At the age (of life) which we have mentioned.
Video me de~
sertum, a quibus (= ab iis, quibus) minime conveniebat, I see myself
deserted by those to whom it was least becoming (to desert me).
Judice quo (= quern) nosti populo, With the people, which you know,
for a judge.
9.

vice versa.

Wet,

This

is

called attraction.

wet, moisten.

To

show, point out.

g.

HumXdus, udus, madidus, a, um.


( Madefdcio, ere, feci, factum.
-1 Humecto, are, aui, alum.

7iioist.

To

E.

(aliquid).
avi,

atum (alicui

Ostendo, ere, ndi,

nsum (alicui

Monstro, are,

aliquid).

To show,

let see.

aliquid).
Will you show

me your

gold

ribbons ?
I

am

willing

Visne mihi ostendere taenias

tiias

aiireas ?

to

show them

to

Vero, vdlo

tibi eas

ostendere.

you.

Are ye

willing to

show us the

Vultisne monstrare nobis viam ?

* So also commonly quisquis and quicuvqne ; as, Quidquid non licet, nefas
putare debemus, ^Ve ought to consider wrong whatever is unlawful. In qiiascunque partes velint, prqficisci licet, They may go in whatever direction they
please.

LESSON

we

Certainly
Is the

He

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

39.]

are willing.

boy wetting anything

not wetting anything he


only moistening the hand-

is

is

?
;

203

Sane qm'dem, non ndlumus.


Madefacitne piier aliquid ?
Nihil madefacit, humeotat
taxat muccinium.

dun-

kerchief.

Brandy.

*Vmum

Tobacco.

*Tabacum,

Smoking tobacco.

*Tabacum fumarium, n.
*Tabacum sternutatorium.

adustum,
n.

i,

i,

n.

herba nicotiana,

ae,/.
Snuff'.

i,

Farina, ae,/.
Vinim ex malis confectum.

Flour.
Cider.

Pomum,

The fruit.
The apple.
The pear.
The gardener.
The relative.
The cousin.

Malum,
Pirum,

n.

i,
i,

i,

pomum malum.

n.,
n.

Hortulanus, i, in.
Cognatus, i, in. propinquus, i, m.
Consobrinus, i, m.
consobrina,*
;

aej/
brother-in-law (= husband's brother, wife's bro-

The

ther, sister's

fetch us some
tobacco ?
He does fetch us a little.
Will you call (go for) your

Does the servant

cousin ?

am

in.

i,

frater

mariti frater;f uxoris

marltus sororis.

husband).

The husband.
The wife.
The handkerchief.
The valet, servant.

Levir,

Maritus, i, m.
Uxor, oris,/

conjux, ugis, m.
conjux, ugis,/.

Sudarium, i, n. muccinium, i, n.
Famulus, servus, i, in.
minister,
;

Apportatne nobis servus tabacum

Appdrtat vero nobis aliquantulum.


Visne tuuni consobrinum arcessere ?

willing

(am not unwilling)

to go for him.
Are you desirous

of drinking

some of my brandy ?
No, I would rather drink pure

Arcessere

cum non

nolo.

Cupidiisne es bibendi de vino meo


adusto ?
immo vero ciipidus sum bibendi

aquam puram.

water.
To- intend, think of.

Cocfilo,

are,

atum (ali-

dri,

quid facere).

Do you

intend to go to the ball

to-night

I do intend to go,

Cogitasne hddie

vesperi

saltatum

ire ?

?
sir.

* The Roman

Sic

est,

ddmine, cdonto.

&

subdivisions of cousinship ai*e: Patruelis, m.


f., the son or
Amitlnus, i, m. (fem. -a), maternal uncle's or
Sobrlnus, i, m. (fem. -a), a second-cousin.
paternal aunt's child.
mariti frater, the husband's brother.
f Levir

daughter of a paternal uncle.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

204

[LESSON

What do

Quid facere cdgitant

They

Epi'stolas eonscribere cdgitant.

they intend to do ?
are intending to write

39.

letters ?

To know.
Not to know

mlo

Scto, ire,

swim.

To be

able

Ivi,

Hum.

Nescire, non (liaud) scire.

(to be ignorant).

No, nare, navi,

----*.
atum.

1 xt-1
JNatoj are, avi,
I

(to

have the

power or opportunity).

j
(

Possum, posse, potui,


Queo, ire, Ivi (ii), itum.

B. Obs. Possum is to have the physical power, or the means or


influence to do anything, and is used in sentences of every kind.
Queo is to have the ability or qualifications, and is only put in senQueo is anomalous,
tences containing a negation (non queo, nequeo).
and its present tense is as follows
:

Pres. Indic.

Pres. Subj.

Sing. Queam, queas, queat,

Sing. Queo, quis, quit,


Plur. Quimus, quitis, queunt.

Does

this

boy know Latin

Plur. Queamus,
!Num piier iste
Latinam) ?

He

An

cannot.
write an English letter

Can you

I can write one.


I cannot (am not able) to do

I do not

it.

Where do you

J Esne tu peritus nandi.


Habesne scientiam nandi
I
j

know how.

scit.
Haild scit. Nescit.
legere potest Francogallice ?

Non potest. Nequit.


Potesne (scisne) scribere epistolam
Anglice ?
Possum. Scio.
Facere non possum (non queo,
nequeo).

know

Can you swim (do


how to swim) V

Latine (linguam

Non

does not know it.


Or can he read French ?

He

queatis, queant.

scit

Non sum

peritus.

\ Scientiam non habeo.

intend

to

go

(think of going) ?
I think of going into the country.
Does your cousin wet his handkerchief ?
He does not wet it.
He does wet it.

Can you drink brandy

Quo

ire cdgitas ?

Pus

ire cdgito.

Humectatne consobrinus
darium (siium)

Non

tiius su-

humectat.

Sic est, humectat.

Potesne bibere vinum adustum


(haud) possum.

Non

I cannot.

Exercise

74.

Do you

intend to study Arabic ?


I intend to study Arabic and
Syriac.
Does the Englishman know Polish ?
He does not know
it, but he intends learning it.
I do
Do you know how to swim ?
not know how to swim, but how to play.
Does your cousin know
how to make coats ?
He does not know how to make any he is no

LESSON

EXERCISES

39.]

205

76.

75,

Is he a merchant ?
He is not one.
What is he ?
He
I am going into my gara physician.
Whither are you going ?
den, in order to speak to the gardener.
What do you wish to tell
him ?
I wish to tell him to open the window of his room.
Does
your gardener listen to you ?
He does listen to me.
Do you wish
No, I have a mind to drink some beer have
to drink some cider ?
I have none
but I will send for some.
When will you
you any ?
Do you send for apples ?
send for some ?
Now.
I do send for
some.
Have you a good deal of water ?
I have enough to wash
my feet.
Has your brother water enough ?
He has only a little,
but enough to moisten his pocket-handkerchief.
Do you know how
to make tea ?
I know how to make some.
Does your cousin listen
to what you tell him ?
He does listen to it.
Does he know how
to swim ?
He does not know how to swim. Where is he going to ?
He is going no whither he remains at home.
tailor.

is

Exercise

75.

Dost thou go to fetch (arcessltum)* thy father ?


I do go to fetch
him.
May I go to fetch my cousin ? You may go to fetch him.
Does your valet find the man whom he is looking for ?
He does
find him.
Do your sons find the friends whom they are looking for ?
They do not find them.
When do you intend going to the ball ?
I intend going thither this evening.
Do your cousins intend to go
into the country ?
They intend to go thither.
When do they intend to go thither ?
They intend to go thither to-morrow.
At
what o'clock ?
At half past nine.
What does the merchant wish
to sell you ?
He wishes to sell me pocket-handkerchiefs.
Do you
intend to buy some ?
I will not buy any.
Dost thou know anything ?
What does thy cousin know ?
I do not know anything.
He knows how to read and to write.
Does he know German ?
He does not know it.
I do know it.
Do you know Spanish ?
Do your brothers know Greek ?
They do not know it but they
intend to learn it.
You do not know it;
Do I know English?
but you intend to study it.
Do my children know how to read Italian ?
They know how to read, but not how to speak it.

desire to drink

brandy

Exercise

Do you

76.

No,

I wish to drink wine.

Do

but my neighbor the merchant


brandy ?
I do not sell any
I will fetch you
sells some.
Will you fetch me some tobacco ?
I wish to have some
some what tobacco do you wish (to have) ?
snuff; but my friend, the German, wishes to have some smokingHe does not show
tobacco.
Does the merchant show you cloth ?
He does go for
me any.
Does your valet go for some cider?
I want some flour;
some.
Do you want anything else (amplius) ?
will you send for some for me ?
Does your friend buy apples ?
He buys tobacDoes he buy handkerchiefs ?
He does buy some.

you

sell

* Compare Lesson XLVII. A.


18

206

[LESSON

LATIN GRAMMA.K.

40.

Do you show me anything ?


co instead of buying handkerchiefs.
Whither does your cousin
show you my gold and silver clothes.
Do you go to the ball ?
I go to the
He goes to the ball.
go
Does the gardener go into the
theatre instead of going to the ball.
garden ?
He goes to the market instead of going into the garden.
I send him to the
Do you send your servant to the shoemaker V
tailor, instead of sending him to the shoemaker.
I

*?

Lesson XL.

PEXSTBI

QUADRAGESEVIUM.

THE AGREEMENT OE RELATIVES CONTINUED.


A. 1. When the relative refers to two or more nouns, it
stands in the plural, and assumes the gender of an adjective
under similar circumstances (cf. Lesson XXII. B., and Lesson

XXXVII.

A.

10).

E.

g.

Pater ejus et mater, qui mortui sunt, His father and mother, who are
dead. Arbitrum habebimus Civilem et Veledam, apud quos pacta sanshall have Civilis and Veleda (a woman) as arbitrators,
cientur,
Farent pletati fideique
in- whose presence the compact will be ratified.
dii, per quae* populus Romanus ad tantum fastigii vend, The gods
bestow their favor upon piety and faith, by which the Roman people
has attained such eminent distinction.
Duilius delectabatur crebro funali et tibicine, quae sibl nullo exemplo prwatus sumpserat.

We

2. When the antecedent is a collective noun, the relative sometimes


assumes the gender and number of the individuals composing it.
E. g. Caesar equitatum omnem praemittit, qui vidcant, quas in paries
Jiostes iter faciant, Caesar sends ahead all his cavalry, to see (lit. who
may or might see) in what direction the enemy is pursuing his wav.
Academia, a quibus nunquam dictum est, aut calorem, aut saporem, aut
sonum nullum esse, The Academy, by which (i.e. by the persons composing it) it was never maintained, that either heat or smell or sound

were

nonentities.

If the antecedent is a proper name in apposition with a generic


term, the relative may agree with either.
E. g. Helvet'd contlnentur
fiumine Rheno, qui (i.e. PJtenus) agrum Helvetium a Germanis dividit,
The Helvetii are bounded by the river Rhine, which divides the
Helvetian territory from that of the Germans.
Caesar ad flumen
3.

Scaldem, quod (sc.flumen) infiuit in Mosam, ire constituit, Caesar resolved to advance towards the river Scheldt, which empties into the
Moselle.

Cf.

Lesson XXII. B.

3.

LESSON

40.]

AGREEMENT OF RELATIVES.

207

4. If a noun descriptive of the antecedent is added to the relative,


agrees with that noun in preference to the antecedent.
E. g. Eodem anno Cumcte, quam Graeci turn urbem tenebant, capiuntur, Cuma?,
a city "which the Greeks then occupied, was taken in the same year.
Accidit, ut luna plena esset, qui dies maritimos aestus maximos in Oceana
efficere consuevit, It happened to be full moon, which day usually gave
Oppius negotia procured Egnatii
rise to the highest tide in the ocean.
Rufi, quo ego uno equite Romano familiarissime utor, Oppius is managing the affairs of Egnatius Rufus, the only Roman knight with whom
I am on terms of intimacy.

it

5. An adjective, qualifying the antecedent, is sometimes joined to


the relative, and agrees with it in preference to the antecedent. E. g.
Verves mittit ad Anilochum regem, rogatwn vasa ea quae pulcherrima
apud eum viderat, Verres sent to King Antiochus, to ask him for the
handsomest vases which he had seen at his residence. Themistocles
de servis suis quem Jtabuit fidelissimum, ad Xerxem misit, Themistocles
sent to Xerxes one of his servants, whom he regarded the most faithConsul, qui unus supererat, moritur, The only surviving consul
ful.
This is the common construction when the adis on his death-bed.
jective is a superlative, a comparative, or a numeral.
6.

When,

in connection with the

calling, esteeming,*

&c, the

verb sum, or a verb of naming,


contains a noun of a

relative clause

different gender from the antecedent, the relative may agree either
with that noun or with the antecedent.
E. g. Est genus quoddam
liominum, quod Helotes vocatur, There is a class of men (which
DomicUia conjuncta, quas urbes dicimus, Asis) called the Helots.

Thebae ipsae,
semblages of dwelling-houses, which we call cities.
quod Boeotlae caput est, Thebes itself, which is the capital of Boeotia.
Flumen, qui provinciae ejus finis erat, The river, which was the boundary line of that province.
7. The relative sometimes agrees with an antecedent implied in
a possessive pronoun, an adjective, or in the context generally. E. g.
Scauri dicendi genus ad senatoiiam sententiam, cujus ille erat princeps,
vel maxlme aptum ridebatur, Scaurus's style of oratory seemed to be
most admirably adapted to senatorial speaking, of which (i. e. of the
lllud quidem nostrum consilium jure
senate) he was the princeps.
laudandum est, qui .... noluerim, That plan of mine is justly entitled
Veiens helium exortum, quibus f
to praise, who was unwilling, &c.
Sabini anna conjunxerant, The Veian war broke out, with whom the
Sabines had united their arms.
8. The neuters quod and quae sometimes refer to a noun of a
different gender, especially to res.
E. g. Sumptu ne parcas ulla in re,
quod ad valetudinem opus sit, Do not spare expense in anything which
may be necessary for your health. Otium et abundantia earum rerum,

quae prima mortales ducunt, Leisure and an abundance of those things,

Cf.

I. e.

Lesson XXXTV. C.
with the Veil implied in the adjective Veiens.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

208

[LESSOX

40.

which men deem of the first importance. In sermonibus, quae nee


possunt scribi, nee scribenda sunt, In conversations, which are neither
to be written, nor can be written.

When

the antecedent is an entire sentence, or part of one, the


the neuter quod or id quod. E.g. Conclamat omnis multitudo Gallorum .... quod facere in eo consuerunt, cujus orationem approbant, All the Gauls shouted,
a thing which they were accustomed
Timoleon, id quod dijftto do to one, whose harangue they approved.
cilius putatur, multo sapientius tulit secundum, quam adversam fortunam, Timoleon (did) what is considered the more difficult of the two,
he bore prosperity with wiser moderation than adversity.
Si nos,
id quod maxime debet, nostra patria delectat, If our country, as it especially ought to do, inspires us with delight.
9.

relative

is

10. The relative is sometimes employed idiomatically to denote a


quality or species, in the sense of the English such, as, in consideration of. &c.
It is thus used either alone or in connection with is or
idem.
E. g. Quae tua est prudentia, or qua es prudentid, Such is your
prudence (in consideration of your prudence).* Ego is in Dionysium
sum. quern tu me esse vis, I am towards Dionysius as (or what) you
wish me to be. Nbs ii sumus, qui esse debemus, id est, studio digni ac
litieris nostris,
are such as (or what) we ought to be, that is,
worthy of our zeal and letters. So also, Quae tua natura est. In conQuod tuum est judicium de
sideration of your natural kindness.
Qui illius
hominibus, Such is your knowledge of human character.
in te amor fu it, In consideration of his regard for you.
Qua est humanitate Caesar, Such is the humanity of Cresar.

We

Relative adjectives and adverbs follow the construction of the


E. g. Non sunt tanti idla merita, quanta insoJentia
hominis, quantumque fastidium, Xo merits are of so much account as
(to counterbalance) the insolence and haughtiness of man.
"Nemo
orator tam multa scripsit, quam multa sunt nostra, Xo orator has
written as much as I have.
Quot oration urn genera esse diximus,
totidem oratorum reperiuntur, There are (found) just as many of
orators, as we have mentioned styles of oratory.
Quales in repju'blica
principes sunt, tales reliqui solent esse dues, As are the leaders of a
republic, so are the rest of the citizens wont to bo.
Quam diu animus remanet in nobis, tam diu sensus et vita remanet. Sensation and
life remain in us as long as the spirit remains.
Crocodilus parit ova,
quanta anseres, The crocodile lays eggs as large as geese.
11.

relative pronoun.

The Latin

relative frequently assumes the force of a demonand becomes equivalent to the English and this (these), since
this, although this. &c.
as, Quae cum ita sint. Since these things are
so.
lies loquitur ipsa, quae semper valet plurimum. The thing speaks
for itself, and this is always the most powerful argument.
Magna
12.

strative,

vis est conscienf'tae,

quam

qui neglignnt. se ipsi indicant. Great is the


those who disregard it, betray themselves.

power of conscience, hence

Equivalent to pro tua prudentia, which also occurs in the same sense.

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

LESSON" 40.]

209

est in nobis sensus acerrimus, qulbus sapicntiam non cernimus,


eyesight is the keenest of all our senses, and yet wisdom is not
discerned by it.

Oculorum

Our

The

Consilium,

intention, design.

my

It is

I intend

intention,

(to

anything).

It is his intention to

m
lo receive

do

to go

Propositum

so.

/
a
j7
(ani/thina
v
J
J sent).
J

lo

Who

receive (a guest, &c).

i,.

-,i

cc

j.n

(with
eiiort).
obtain, get
v
e
'
'

(
-<

He does not (receive any).


When do you receive (enteryour friends

The

them

centum.
\
Recipere (aliquid ab aliquo).
Excipere, aceipere (aliquem).
Consequor, i, ciitus sum.
~
A
e
/
\
Assequor,
(aliquid).
&c.

Non aceipit.
Quo tempore

li-

familiares tiios ex-

cipis ?

Excipio eos vespere.

in the evening.

PrincXpdtus, us, m.

preference.

f.

The

est ei facere hoc.

Amicus

friend (obtains it).


Does he receive money, letters,

I receive

dli-

dres partes) ?
ndster.
Accipitne peciiniam, epistolas,
bros ?

Our

tain)

n.

Quis consequitur principatum (pri-

obtains the preference ?

books

i,

(fdcere

( Accipio, ere, cepi,


~
A -n
r
I

rr

propositum,

mild

Id facere nobis est propositum.


Cogitatne pater tuus hddie mane in
publicum prodire ?

this.

Does your father intend


out this morning ?

To

est

quid).

our intention to do

It is

n.

i,

do Propositum

Stabiilum,

stable.

Caecus,

Blind.

priores paries,

pi.
i,

n.

um

a,

oculis captus,

a,

um.
Sick,

Aeger,

ill.

To be

sick or

ra,

rum; aegrotus,

a,

um.

Aegrotum esse, aegrotare laborare


morbo (abi).

ill.

Poor, needy.

Inops,

is

pauper,

eris

egenus,

a,

um.
To

To

Duco, ere, xi, ctum (aliquem aliquo, ad aliquem).

take, conduct.

guide, lead one

by the

hand.

To

extinguish,

To

light, kindle.

rr,

lo

set

put

Manu

Dare mantis
Extinguo,

out.

on
fire.

<

To

ducere aliquem.

depart, set out on a jour-

alicui.

ere, nxi,

nctum.

Accendo, ere, i, sum.


Saccendere (rem),
T
c
/ iIgnem mierre
(alicui

Projiciscor,

i,

-fectus

-s

rei).

sum

(dep.).

neiJ '
rr

rr
lo Dgo on,

leave.

-J

18*

Abeo,

ire, ii (Ivi), itum.


v
'.'
I
1V _ \
Discedo, ere, cessi, cessum.


LATIN GRAMMAR.

210
T

,T

any one

Is

Ecquis aeorohis
*

qufe

sick ?
.

Nemo
j N ^mQ
\

No one is sick.
Do you conduct any one ?
1 am conducting my good

[LESSON

40.

est ?
-

mdrbo

lab6rat ?

est ae<irotus.

mdrb(f lab6rat
Dueisne aliquem ?
Diico vero nliolam me'am bdnam.

little

daughter.
(

xi
i r
i
the blind
Does the boy guide
)
,

,,

-r.

man

'

He
Do

ho

vV

*.-[

4.

sets fire to the

house

Do you

sets fire to

design to leave

Q"is succendit aedes ?


,^,
,\
e
Quis ignem intert
aedibus
,

of setting

Est mini propdsitum.


Quo tempore cdgitas proficisci

To-morrow morning.

Cras mane.

Do I set out ?
You do not set

Egdne

Non

out.

Exercise

Do

eas accendit.
Estne tibi propdsitum abire (disce-

It is

out

(Les-

Homo nequam

it.

dere)

my design.
When do you think

piier nianus caeco V

The bad man

Datne

A Rem

Dat manus.
Extinguisne candelam ?
tmmo vero (earn) accendo.
^

KnXXXYJSl
Ducit.

does guide him.


you extinguish the candle ?
No, I am (on the contrary) lighting it.
-i-i-L

Ducitne caecum piier mtinu

proficiscor ?

proficisceris.
77.

your brothers intend to go into the country

They do intend

Do you intend to go to my cousin ?


I do intend to
to go thither.
Dost thou intend to do anything?
I intend to do
go to him.
Do you intend to go to the theatre this evening '? I do
nothing.
Dost thou receive anyintend to go thither, but not this evening.
From vvhom dost thou receive some ?
thing ?
I receive money.
father, my brother, and my cousin.
I receive some from

my

He does receive some.


Does your son receive books ?
From
whom does he receive some V
He receives some from me, from his
friends and neighbors.
Does the poor man receive money?
He
From whom does he receive some ?
does receive some ?
He
Dost thou receive wine ?
receives some from the rich.
I do not

You do not receive any.


receive any.
Do I receive money ?
He does not receive any.
Does your servant receive clothes?
Do you receive the books which our friends receive ?
do not
receive the same which your friends receive but we receive others.
Does your friend receive the letters which you write to him ?
He does receive them.
Do you receive the apples which I send
I do not receive them.
you?
Does the American receive as
He receives as much of the one as of the
much brandy as cider ?
other.
Do the Scotch receive as many books as letters ?
They
receive as inanv of the one as of the other.

We

LESSON

EXERCISES

40.]

211

78, 79.

Exercise

78.

He does obtain it.


Does the Englishman obtain the preference ?
He receives
Does your cousin receive as much money as I ?
Does the Frenchman receive his letters?
more than you.
He
When does he receive them ?
He receives
does receive them.
When dost thou receive thy letters ? I
them in the evening.
At what o'clock ?
At a quarter to
receive them in the morning.
Dost thou receive as many letters as 1
I receive more of
ten.
Dost thou receive any to-day ?
I receive some
them than thou.
Does your father receive as many friends
to-day and to-morrow.
He receives fewer of them than yours
as ours (as our father) ?
(than your father).
Does the Spaniard receive as many enemies as

*?

Do
of the one
of the
do receive one more. Does your
He does receive one more. What
does the physician receive He receives good tobacco, good
and good pocket-handkerchiefs. Does he receive brandy He
friends ?

He

many

receives as

you receive one more crown ?


son receive one more book ?

other.

as

snuff,

does receive some.

Exercise

Do you

79.

intend to go to the theatre this evening ?


I intend to go
there to-morrow.
Do you depart to-day ? I depart now.
When
do you intend to write to your friends ?
I intend to write to them

They do answer
Do your
answer your
do not extinguish
them. Do you extinguish the
Does
Does your servant
the candle He does
He does intend
man intend
your warehouse on
He does receive
on
Does your servant receive
He
some. Does he receive
many of them
my
ceives quite
many. Do you receive anything to-day receive
something every day. Dost thou conduct anybody.
conduct
nobody. Whom do you guide?
guide my
Where are
conduct him my neighbors, order
you conducting him
wish them a good morning. What
your son He
a phy Does your servant guide any one He guides my
Whom must guide Thou must guide the blind man. Must
he conduct the
person He must conduct him. Whither
must he conduct him He must conduct him home. Whither
Dost thou
he leading the horse He
leading
the
When does the
guide the
or the blind man guide
morning.
foreigner intend
depart He intends
depart
At half past one. Does he not wish remain
At what
remain.
here He does not wish

to-day.

friends

letters ?

fire?

light

it?

light

to set

this

it.

to set

fire ?

shirts?

fire.

it

as

valet.

as

as

re-

son.

to ?

in

to

to

is

sician.

is

child.

sick

is

is

child

to

into

stable.

both.

to

o'clock ?

it

this

to

to

LATIN GRAMMAR.

212

PENSUM

Lesson XLl.

[LESSON

41.

UNUM ET QUADRAGE-

SIMUM.
OF THE COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.
The property

A.

or quality denoted by an adjective

may

be

This
attributed to an object either absolutely or relatively.
difference has given rise to several distinct forms of one and the

same

adjective, called

Degrees of Comparison.

its

1. That form of the adjective by which the quality denoted by it


attributed to an object or class of objects, without any reference to
other objects possessed of the same quality, is called the Positive
E.g. Vir audax, a bold man mel dulce, the sweet honey
degree.
montes alii, high mountains. This is to be regarded as its general
and fundamental form.
is

2. "When the quality denoted by an adjective is attributed to an


object or class of objects in a greater degree than to another or to
others, the form of the adjective expressing this relation is called the
Comparative degree. E. g. Vir audacior, a bolder man ; mel dulcius,
the sweeter honey montes altiores, higher mountains.
;

When

the quality inherent in a number of objects is attributed


to one or more of them in a higher degree than to all the rest, the form
of the adjective expressing this relation is said to be in the SuperlaE.g. Vir audacissimus, the boldest man (of a certain
tive degree.
number of men) mel dulcissimum, the sweetest honey montes altissimi, the highest mountains.
3.

r
T\ e have thus found three forms of adjectives
Comparative, and the Superlative.

the

Positive, the

B. Comparison in its widest sense comprehends the relations


The relation of inequality is subof equality and of inequality.
divided into that of inferiority or of superiority.
1

with
Tarn

Two

The

in Latin expressed by the positive


ac (at que), par iter
ac, &c.
as,
Duo montes aeque alii,
felix, quam bonus, As happy as good.
mountains equally high. Aeque altus, atque longus, As high as

tarn

relation of equality

.... quam, aeque

is

long.
2.

The

relation of inferiority

is

likewise expressed

by the

positive

form of the adjective, which becomes comparative by minus ....


quam, less .... than, and superlative by minime, least. E. g. Minus
Minime felix, Least
felix, quam bonus, Less happy than good.
happy.
3. The relation of superiority is sometimes indicated by magis ....
quam, more .... than, and maxime, most as, Magis idoneus quam tu,
More competent than you. Maxime idoneus, The most competent.
;

;; ;

LESSON
But

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.

41.]

it is

;;;;;

213

more commonly expressed by those peculiar forms of the


known as the Comparative and Superlative.

adjective already

REGULAR COMPARISON.

The comparative degree

is formed by adding the


terminations wr, m.
f., and lus, "}
n., to the root of the
positive
and the superlative by adding issimus, issima,
issimum.
Thus

C.

&

Comparative.

Positive.

Longus,

longior,

Brevis,

brevior,
audacior,

Audax,

Superlative.
longissimus
brevissimus
audacissimus

long, longer, longest.


sho?i, shorter, shortest,
bold, bolder, boldest,

Felix,

felicior,

felicissimus

happy, happier, happiest,

Iners,

inertior,

Diligens,

diligentior,

inertissimus
diligentissimus

Doctus,

doctior,

doctissimus

more sluggish, &c.


more diligent, &c.
learned, more learned, &c.
sluggish,
diligent,

ANOMALOUS COMPARISON.

Some

-D.

mode

adjectives are irregular in their

of

comparison.
Adjectives in er form their superlative by simply adding

1.

E.

g.

Acer,

acrior,

Celeber,

celebrior,

acerrimus
celeberrimus

Pauper,

pauperior,

Pulcher,

pulchrior,

Vetus,f
Nuperus,

pauperrimus
pulcherrimus
veterrimus
nuperrimus

beautiful,

following in
limus to the root
:

(lis

more

beautiful, mosi b.

old, older, oldest.

The

2.

sharp, sharper, sharpest*


distinguished, more d., most dis.
poor, poorer, poorest.

recent,

more

recent, most recent.

form their superlative by adding

Facilis,

facilior,

facillimus

Gracilis,

gracilior,

gracillimus

slender,

Humilis,

humilior,

humillimus

low, lower, lowest.

easy, easier, easiest.

Imbecillis, imbecillior, imbecillimus


Similis,

Compounds

3.

ticipial

This root

nation
iners

form

in dicus, ficas,

in ens.

is

as, longus

As,

like,

more

like,

most

long-i, brevis

inert-is, diligens diligent-is.

like.

and volus compare from a par-

found from the genitive singular by dropping

slen.

feeble, feebler, feeblest.

simillimusj;

similior,

more slender, most

brev-is,

audax

its

case-tenni-

audac-is, felix

felic-is,

t The original form of this was veter ; and the superlative of nuperus is derived from the adverb nuper.
But all other adjectives in ilia
X So the compounds difficilis and dissimilis.

have

issimus.

; ;;;

[LESSON

LATIN GRAMMAR.

214

maledicentisamiis
munificentissimus ;
benevolentissimus

maledicentior,
munifieentior,
benevolentior,

Maledicus,
Muniflcus,
Benevolus,

41.

slanderous,
munificent.

benevolent.

So honorificus, magniftcus, maleficus, mirifteus ; malevolus.

The

4.

from a

following derive their comparatives and superlatives

different root

p^jo r
major,
minor,

optimus
pessimus

good, better, best


bud, worse, worst,

maximus

great, greater,

minimus

plus*

plurimus

small, smaller, smallest,


much, more, most.

melior,

Bonus,
Malus,

Magnus,
Parvus,
Multus,

<jr<

atesL

5. Several adjectives have an irregular superlative, and some


a double form of the comparative or superlative
:

Dexter,
(

Dives,
^

Extera,/
Juvenis,

dexterior,

dextimus

divitior,

di vitissimus

extimus
^ extremus
(

Cjuvenior,
(junior,

interior,

posterior,
\
<

superior,
I

G.

The

and frugiy

young.

;t

<

Superus,

outward.

Postera, f.

right

rich.

ditimus;

dirior,

exterior,

Inferus,

to the

infimus
[mus
postremus
postumus
supreinus

hoc.

summitus

hind.

|
>

>_

high.

indeclinable nequam, bad, has nequior, nequissimus,


frugal, frugedior, frugalissimus.

DEFECTIVE COMPARISON.
E. The comparison of some adjectives is defective
e. they occur only in some of the forms of comparison.
:

i.

1.

The

following are not used in the positive, which is either


by adverbs or preposi-

entirely obsolete, or only represented


tions

Comparative. Superlative.

Positive.

Citerior,

citimus,

Deterior,
Interior,

deterrimus,
intlmus,

nearer;
worse :
inner;

Oeior,

ocissimus,

faster

*
f

(=

crier,

obs. citra, this side),

(from deter, not used),


(from intus, adv., within),
(from the Greek wkvs).

This form is properly the neuter comparative of mullum.


This superlative is minimus natu, as that of senex, old, is maximus nntu
So the comparatives minor natu and major nalu,
the greatest by birth).

instead of'juvenior and senior.

LESSON

;;;;; ; ; ; ;; ;;;;
:; ;;; ;

potissimus,

preferable

Prior,

Jormer

Propter,

primus,
proximus,

Ulterior,

ultimus,

The comparative
Apricus,

nearer
farther ;

215

(from pods, obsolete).


(from prae, prep., before).
(from prope, adv., near).
(from ultra, adv., farther.)

of the following adjectives and partici-

pies seldom or never occurs

3.

DEFECTIVE COMPARISON.

41.]

Potior,

2.

,;

sunny.

Bellus,

aprieissimus
bellissimus

Comis,

comissimus

Consultus,
Diversus,
Falsus,
Inclytus,

consultissimus
diversissimus ;

proficu

falsissimus

false.

Invictus,
Invitus,

invictissimus
invitissimus

Novus,
Nuperus,

novissimus

ri( ir.

nuperrlmus

recent.

Par,
Persuasus,
Sacer,
Vetus,

parissimus
persuasissimus
sacerrimus

pt rsuadegl
sac nd.

The

pretty.

Agrestis,

Alacer
Arcanus,
Caecus,
Declivis,

Doses,
Diuturnus,
Jejunus,
Juvenis,

>iL

different.

renowned.
unconquerable.

inclytissimus;

unwilling*

equal.

veterrimus

following want the supei lative

Adolescens,

affable.

old.
:

adolescentior
agrestior

young.

alacrior

sprightly.

arcanior;
caecior

Si

declivior
desior

diuturnior,
je junior,

rural.

<

-ret.

blind.
steep.

sluggish.
long.

fasting.

junior;
longinquior;
opimior

young.

Longinquus,
Opiums,
Proclivis,

procllvior;

sloping.

Pronus,

inclint

PropiiKjuus,
Salutans,

pronior;
propinquior
saint arior

salutary.

Satis,

satior

Satin*,

saturior

satt d.

Senex,
Secus,

senior
sequior

inferior.

distant.

opuli nl

in

I><

d forward.

a r.
tier.

old.

Silvester,

silvestrior

woody.

Sinister,

sinisterior

left.

Supinus,

suplnior

supine.

* Satior and
which may be

sequior (ncut. sequins or secius) are isolated comparatives,


referred to the adverbs satis and secus.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

21C
4. The superlative
adjectives in bills, ills,

[LESSON

41.

likewise wanting in the majority of verbal


and in many of those in ills.

is

alls,

F. The form of many adjectives does not admit of simple


comparison, and these require magis, maxime.
Such are
:

Those ending

doubtful
idoneus.*
blus,

2.

in us

Participles in dusj

bundus, ready to

preceded by a vowel as idoneus, fit duComp. magls idoneus ; Sup. maxime


;

empty

vacuus,

and verbals

in

bundus:%

amandus, mori-

as

die.

3. Adjectives ending in icus, wus, inus, imus, drus, and many in


osus and entus ; as, modicus, moderate fugillvus, fugitive ; matullnus,
early legXttmus, lawful canorus, singing.
;

4. The following, partly on account of their form, and partly


on account of their signification
:

Almus,

gracious.

Blaesus,
Balbus,
Cadiicus,
Calvus,

not master of.

lisping.

Impos,
Lacer,

stammering.

Mancus,

crippled.

falling.

Medio.cris,

inferior.

Memor,

mindful.
wonderful.

'bald.

maimed.

Mirus,
Mutilus,

mutilated.

Mutus,

mute.

Canus,

white.

Cicur,
Claudus,

Compos,
Egenus,

tame.
lame.
crooked.
possessed of.
needy.

Ferus,

wild.

Nefastus,
Par,
Dispar,
Sospes,

Guar us,

expert.

Trux,

grim.

Jejunus,

hungry.

Vulgaris,

common.

Curvus,

Many

wrong.
equal.

unequal.
safe.

any kind,
Such are
1. Those denoting the material of which anything is made,
possession, or descent
e. g. aureus, ferreus, ligneus ; Romanus,
G.

adjectives admit of no comparison of

from the nature of their

signification.

Atheniensis
2.

paternus, patrius.

Those denoting a

* But

definite quantity or time

not those ending in the monosyllabic qims and

fjuis,

e. g.

unicus,

which are regu-

compared; as, antlquus, antlquior/aritiquissimus; pinguis, pingvior,


gicissimus.
So also tenuis, tenuior, tenuissimus, and a few of those in uus
ius ; e. g. assiduus, exiguus, plus, strenuus

larly

pin-

and

t Of the participles in ns and tus, many are used adjectively^ and regularly
compared; e. g. amans, amantior, amantissimus ; doctu's, doctissimus, &c. But

these are frequently defective.


| Except the two superlatives infandissimus, abominable;

and nefandissimus,

impious.

Except dlv'inus, festivus, lascivus, rustievs, tempeslivus, and vicinus, of which


some of the comparative forms occur; e. g. divlnior, diolnissiitius, &c.

LESSON

41.]

single

aesfivus, of the

INFLECTION OF COMPARATIVES.

summer

217

hestermcs, of yesterday

hiber-

nas, of the winter.


3. Those already involving a comparison, such as compounds
ofper,prae (== very), and sub (= somewhat) e. g. permagnus,
very great praedives, very rich subdifficilis, somewhat diffi;

cult.*
4.

very

Diminutives and other adjectives in


little

vetulus, a little old

lus

as,

garrulus, talkative

parvulus,
anhelus,

out of breath, &c.


5.

Compound

of various colors

adjectives derived from nouns ;f as, versicolor,


degener, degenerate.

DECLENSION OF THE COMPARATIVE AND SUPERLATIVE.


H. The superlative is declined like bonus, a, urn, and the
comparative like an adjective of one termination (Lessons V.

andXIIL).

Thus:

m. &/.,

Altior,

altius, n., higher.

Singular.
Masc. & Ftm.
Nom. altior

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

is

altioribu

altlorem

altius

altiores

altiora

altiores

altiora

altius

altiore or

-i,

pulclirior, venustlor,

more

handsomer, prettier

divitior, richer,

-i

as

good (well-behaved) as ours


are better than ours.

quite as &
1 hey
cood as ours.
J are l

Is

my

table as high as

it is

brevlor,

&c.

est tam bonus, quam tiius.


'?
i.
f
Minus
bonus est, quam tuus.
An liberi mercatoris tam bene sunt

long

<

morati,

They

longior, longer;

Non

{ ,

Are the merchant's children

altioribii;

facilior, easier

Estne liber tiius tarn bonus, quam


me us (aeque bonus atque mens) ?
Melior est, quam tiius.

than yours.

altioribus

-I,

major, greater;

difficult;

rotundior, rounder

not as n
good as yours.
J

altiorum

altiorum
altioribus

your book as good as mine

altiora

altiori

It is better
,

altiores

altioris

difficilior,

T
It

Neui.

Fern.

altioris

altiore or

&

altioi'i

So decline

Is

fasc.

altius

altior

shorter

Plural.
Neut.

quam

nostri ?

Melidres, quam nostri, sunt.


Aeque bdni sunt ac nostri.
'
> L
*
A
tuJS'on minus bom sunt quam nostri.
-

Estne mensa mea tam


longa

alta,

quam

* Except praecldrus, -ior, -issimus ; praestans, -tior, -tissimus, eminent; and


others derived from verbs, as praesens, prompt perturbdtus, troubled.
f Except iners, inert; misericors, compassionate; perennis, perennial; and
demens, crazy; which occur in the comparative, though derived from ars, cor,
annus, mens.
;

19

latin

218
It

is

not as high as

it is

long.

<

Non est tam


Minus ldnga

It is

Altior est

Is

Estne

higher than it is long.


higher than your tables ?
It is the highest of them all.
Whose umbrella is the largest ?
This (of mine) is large, that (of
yours) is larger, but that (of
his) is the largest of all.
Which hat is the smallest ?
Mine is rather small, yours is
even smaller, but that of our
friend is the smallest of all.
it

Whose

quam longa.
quam alta.

quam longior.
quam mensae

est

omnium

vero

illud

Meus

e'st,

maxi-

nor

sed amici nostri pileus

est,

omnium
Cujus

minimus

est parvulus, tiius etiam miest

minimus.

Est.
is this ?

<

Ciijus liber est hoc ?


Cujus est hie liber ?

the book of my brother.

Liber

is

my

Fratris est.

brother's.

Whose

TJtra

tuane

Ecquid muccinia Italorum candidiora

rum

sunt,

quam

ilia

Batavo-

Candidiora non sunt.


Candidiora sunt vero, at non aeque
bona.
Estne toga ejus tam nigra quam
mea (aeque nigra atque mea) ?
Est etiam nigrior quam tiia est.
Ecquid tu aeque bene legis atque
ego ?

'?

Ego non minus bene lego quam tu.


Ego melius lego quam tu.
Minus scienter lego quam tii.
Bene, belle
scienter, commode

I read equally well.


I read better than you.
I do not read as well as you.

Well, properly.

{adv.).
_

Melius, scientius.
Levis, e.

Better.
Light (not heavy).

Heavy.

Gravis,

Easv.

Facilis, e.

Difficult.

Great, large, big.

est,

Tiia est pulchrior.

even blacker than yours.


read as well as I

est fratris mei.

taeniarum pulchrior
an mea ?

ribbon is the handsomest,


yours or mine ?
Yours is the handsomest (of the
two)
Are the handkerchiefs of the
Italians whiter than those of
the Dutch ?
They are not any whiter.
They are whiter, but not as
good.
Is his coat as black as mine ?

Short.

est

mum.
Qui's pileus est

is

Huge.
Long.

tiiae ?

umbraculum est majus?


magnum, istud majus

Ciijus

Hoc

It

Do you

est

altior

It

It is

alta

41.

Altissima est omnium.

It is.

Whose book

[LESSON

gka:.i:\iar.

e.

Difficilis, e.

Magnus,

a,

um.

-3

Grandis, e.
Ingens, tis.

Longus,

B re vis,

a,
e.

um.

LESSON

EXERCISES

41.]

Rather short (too short).


Round.

Rotimdus,

Rich.

Dives,

Curtus,

Exercise

219

81.

80,

a, urn.

a,

um.

itis.

80.

?
He is not so tall, but
thy hat as bad as that of thy father ?
It is
Are the shirts of the Italians as white
better, but not so black as his.
They are whiter, but not so good.
as those of the Irish ?
Are the
They are not longer, but
sticks of our friends longer than ours ?
Who have the most beautiful gloves ? The French have
heavier.
Mine are fine, yours are
them.
"Whose horses are the finest ?
but those of our friends are the finest of all.
finer than mine
Is
It is good, but yours is better, and that of the
your horse good
Englishman is the best of all the horses which we are acquainted with.
Have you pretty shoes ?
I have very pretty (ones)
but my
brother has prettier ones than I.
From whom (a quo) does he re-

Is

your brother

taller (grandis)

better than yours.

Is

'?

than mine

He receives them from best friend. your wine

Does your merchant good


handkerchiefs He
the best handkerchiefs that
know.
ceive

them V

good

as

as

his

mine

Is

It is better.

sell

sells

We

Have we more books than the French ?


have more of them
than they but the Germans have more of them than we, and the
English have the most of them.
Hast thou a finer garden than that
of our physician?
I have a finer (one).
Has the American a
finer house than thou ?
He has a finer (one).
Have we as fine
children as our neighbors ?
have finer (ones).

We

Exercise

81.

It is shorter, but prettier than


your coat as long as mine ?
yours.
Do you go out to-day ?
I do not go out to-day.
When
He goes out at a quarter past twelve.
does your father go out ?
Is this man older (grandior natu) than that (man) ?
He is older,
but that (man) is healthier {robustus).
Which of these two children
is the better ?
The one who studies is better than the one who
plays.
He sweeps
Does your servant sweep as well as mine ?
better than yours.
Does the German read as many bad books as
He reads more good than bad (ones)
Do the mergood (ones) ?
chants sell more sugar than coffee ?
They sell more of the one than
of the other.
Does your shoemaker make as many boots as shoes ?
Can you swim as
He makes more of the one than of the other.
but
well as the son of the nobleman ?
I can swim better than he
Does he read as well as you ?
he can speak German better than I.
No, I have
He reads better than I. Have you the headache ?
He
the earache.
Does your cousin listen to what you tell him ?
does not listen to it.
Does the son of your bailiff go into the forest ?
No, he remains at home he has sore feet.
Do you learn as well
as our gardener's son ?
I learn better than he, but he works better
than I.
Yours is very fine, but that
Whose carriage is the finest ?
Has any one
of the captain is still finer, and ours is the finest of all.
No one has such fine (ones).
as fine apples as we ?

Is

;;; ;;;;

[LESSON

LATIN GRAMMAR.

220

Lesson XLII.

pensum

42.

altesoi et quad-

RAGESIMUM.
OF THE COMPARISON OF ADVERBS.
Adverbs derived from adjectives or
A.
and ending in e, ter, or 6,* are compared like

participles,

their prim-

itives.

The comparative

of the adverb ends in ius, like the accusaand the superlative assumes the

tive neuter of the adjective,

termination

E.

e.

g.

Superlative.

Comparative.

Positive.

Longe,

longius,

Pulchre,

pulchrius,

longissime
pulclierrime

Facile,

facillus,

facillime

Audacter,

audaeius,

audacissime

Leviter,

levius,

levissime

Prudenter,
Tuto,
Raro,

prudentius,

prudentissime

tutius,

tutissiine

rarius.

Hon orifice,

honorificentius,f

rarissime
honorificentissime

honorably.

Saepe,
Diu,

saepius,
diutiusjj

saepissime
diutissime ;

long.

far.

handsomely.
easily.

boldly.

easily.

prudently.

safely.

rarely.

often.

B. Adverbs derived from adjectives of anomalous compariE. g.


son follow the anomalies of their primitives.
Positive.

Comparative.

Bene,
Male,

melius,
pejus,

op time

Parurn,

minus,
magis,

minime
maxime

plus,

pluriinum

Multum,

The

C.

parison

following

Positive.

list

Superlative.

Comparative.

Compare Lesson XL. D. 3.


Diu and saepe have no corresponding
to

have been

much

|j

cleterrime
ocissime

* Many of those in o, however, are not compared.


verbs generally, see Lesson LXX.
%

more.

Superlative.

ocius,

seems

bad.
little.

exhibits the adverbs of defective com-

deterius,

well.

pessirae

adjectives.

worse.
swifter.

On

the formation of ad-

The

root of the former

diutus.

This is properly the comp. of magnum, which is not used adverbially.


Instead of it, valde and magnopere are commonly employed.
The superlative of adverbs sometimes ends in o or urn. So pr'mo or prlmum, jiotissimum, meritissimo, &c.

||

LESSON

COMPARISON OF ADVERBS.

42.]

primum
ubenime

prius,

before, sooner.

uberlus,

more copiously.

N5ve,
Nuper,

novissime

nuperrime

Paene,

paenissime

Penitus,

penitius,

newly, lately.

recently.

almost, entirely.

inwardly.

potius,

potissimum *

rather.

meritissimo

deservedly.

Merito,

Satis,

satius,

Temper!,
Valde,

temperius,

Secus,

221

sufficiently.

seasonably.

valdlus,

greatly.

seems,

The end.

The beginning.

differently.

Initium,

i,

Finis,

n.

Incipio, ere, cepi,

Exordior,

To

begin,

To

end,

iri,

m.

&

f.

ceptum.

orsus

sum

(dep.)

(aliquid facers).
Initium facere (alicujus rei faciendae).

commence.

Finio, ire,ivi (ii),itum (aliquid).


finish,

Finem facere (alicujus rei).


Concludo, ere, usi, usum (ali-

conclude.

quid).
Will you begin to speak
I

am

Is

Visne incipere ldqui ?


Yisne initium facere loquendi

(=

he beginning to speak

to

discourse).

He

is

beginning.

am

not concluding

Not

Incipi'tne (exorditiirne) dicere ?

Facitne initium dicendi ?


Facit initium.
framo vero finem facit (dicendi).
Concludisne epistolam tiiam ?
Non concludo.
incipit.

No, he is finishing.
Are you finishing your
I

letter ?

it.

Nondum, haud dum, adhuc non.


Jam, jamjam, jam jamque (adv.).
Prius quam (priusquam).
Ante quam (antequam).
Antea quam (anteaquam)

yet.

Already.

Before.

(Conj.

Do you

Incipere non nolo.

willing to begin.

ivith the ind.

and

subj.)

quam

aiidis

I never speak before I listen.

!Ego niinquam ldquor ante


audio.

quam

Do you

Num

speak before you

listen ?

Niim

ldqueris

prius

(ausciiltas) ?

take off your stockings


before you take off your
boots ?
No, I take off my boots first.

* Also more

19*

tibialia

trahis

tmmo

tua prius pedibus de-

quam

caligas ?

vero caligas prius detraho.

rarely potissime.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

222

Does your servant sweep the


same room which I am sweeping

He

is

[LESSOX

42.

Everritne servus tiius ipsum conclave, quod ego everro ?

'?

tdem non

not sweeping the same.

everrit.

Saepe, frequenter, crebro*

Often, frequently.

quam

As often as you.
As many times as you.

Tdties, qudties tu.

Quite as often as you.

Non

Tiini saepe

minus

quam

tu.

saepe

(frequenter)

tu.

quam

Oftener than you.

Saepius (frequentius)

Not

Non tarn saepe, quam tu.


Mane (adv.), tempore matutmo.

as often as you.

Early (in the morning).


Early (= in good time).
Quite early (in the morning).
Quite early (generally).

Mature (comp. maturius).


Bene mane, prima luce.

Admodum

mature.
Sero tarde.
Sero admodum.
Pervespeii (in the evening').

Late.

Quite

late.

NimiSj nimium.

Too.

Too

late.

Too

early (in the morning).

Too

early (generally).

post tempus.
Sero,f nimis sero
Nimis tarde, tardlus. %
Nhnio mane.
Nimis mature, maturius.J
Praemature.
Nimis magnus (grandis).
Major, grandior (sc. aequo).
Nimis parvulus perparvulus.
;

Too

great.

Too

little

(small).

Nimis, nimium (adv.).


Nimius, a, urn.
Plus aequo, plus justo.

Too much.

To

Jento,
breakfast.

The

Do you

tu.

tire,

Jentaculum,

breakfast.

atque
later

n.

Jentaculum siimo

I breakfast as early as you.


earlier,

i,

Jentasne (sumisne jentaculum) tarn


bene mane quam ego ?
Jento vero tarn bene mane quam tu.

breakfast as early as I ?

I breakfast

cwi, citwn.

Jentaculum sumere.

ae'que

Ego jentaculum sumo

than

mature

tu.

maturius, se-

rius quani tu.

you.

* These are regularly compared crebrius, crelerrime, frequentius, frequentissime, &c.


f Sero has often the sense of nunis sero.
J With these neuter comparatives it is necessary to supply aequo, justo, or
" too late," " earlier* than usual " ==
opinione ; i. e. " later than expected "
" too early," &c.
(Cf. Lesson XLI1I. E. 2.)
:


LESSON

EXERCISES

42.]

Does he

Sumitne

breakfast before be
begins to work ?
No, indeed, he works before he

jentaculum, priiisquam
opus facere incipit ?
Minime vero initium flicit operandi, antea quam jentat.
Venione praemature ?
Immo vero (nimis) sero venis.
;

breakfasts.

Do

come too early

No, you come rather too late.


Do you speak too much ?
I do not speak enough.

Niim

ldqueris nimis ?
vero, ego non satis ldquor.

tmmo

Exercise

Do you

223

82, 83.

I begin

82.

Does your brother


He begins to learn it.
begin to learn Italian ?
Can you already
Not yet, but I am beginning.
Do our friends
speak German?
begin to speak ?
They do not yet begin to speak, but to read
Does our father already begin his letter ?
He does not yet begin it.
Does the merchant begin to sell?
He does begin. Can you
swim already ?
Not yet, but I begin to learn.
Does your son speak
before he listens ?
He listens before he speaks.
Does your brother
listen to you before he speaks ?
He speaks before he listens to me.
They write before
Do your children read before they write ?
they read.
Does your servant sweep the warehouse before he sweeps
the room ?
He sweeps the room before he sweeps the warehouse.
Dost thou drink before thou goest out?
I go out before I drink.
Does your cousin wash his hands (manus) before he washes his feet?
He washes his feet before he washes his hands. Do you extinguish the fire before you extinguish the candle?
I extinguish neither the fire nor the candle.
Do you intend to go out before you
write your letters?
I intend writing my letters before I go out.
My
Does your son take off his boots before he takes off his coat ?
son takes off neither his boots nor his coat.
begin to speak?

to speak.

Exercise

83.

Do you intend to depart soon ? I intend to depart to-morrow.


Do you speak as often as I ? I do not speak as often, but my brother
Do I go out as often as your father ?
speaks oftener than you.

You do

not go out as often as he but he drinks oftener than you.


Do you begin to know this man ? I begin to know him. Do you
breakfast at a quarter past nine.
Does your
breakfast early ?
He breakfasts later than I.
cousin breakfast earlier than you?
He breakfasts at eight o'clock,
At what o'clock does he breakfast ?
I breakDo you not breakfast too early ?
and I at half past six.
He
Does your father breakfast as early as you ?
fast too late.
Does he finish his letters before he breakbreakfasts later than I.
fasts ?
He breakfasts before he finishes them. Is your hat too
Does our gardener
It is neither too large nor too small.
large?
He goes into the garden
breakfast before he goes into the garden ?
Do you read French as often as German ?
before he breakfasts.
Does the physician speak too
I read French oftener than German.
Do the Germans drink too
much ?
He does not speak enough.
;

We

LATIN GRAMMAR.

224

[LESSON

43.

They do not drink enough of it.


Do they drink more
?
beer than cider ?
They drink more of the one than of the other.
We have not enough of it. Have your
Have you much- money ?
They have only a little, but enough.
cousins much corn ?
Have
We have not much more of it. Have
you much more brand}' ?
I have as many of the one as of the
you as many tables as chairs ?
He
other.
Does your friend receive as many letters as notes?
Do vou finish before
receives more of the latter than of the former.
I must begin before I finish.
you begi

much wine

eensum

Lesson XLIII.

quadragesimum

TERTIUM.
THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE COMPARATIVE.

When tw o objects are compared with


Rule.
A.
each other, and the first i s the subject of the sentence,
the second is frequently put in the ablative without
quam. E. g.
Tullius Hostilius ferdcior

fiiit

116-

mulo*

more warlike

than Romulus.

Yilius est argentum aiiro, virtutibus aurum.


Quid est in hdmine ratione divinius ?
Quae figura, quae species liumdna potest esse piilchrior ?
Nihil est laudabilius, nihil magno
et praecliiro viro dignius placabilildte

Tullius Hostilius was

atque dementia.

Silver is inferior to gold, and gold


to virtue.
What is there in man diviner than

reason

What

figure or form can be


beautiful than the human '?

Nothing

is

more

more

commendable,

nothing more worthy of a great


and distinguished man, than a
forgiving disposition and clemency.

Ldcruna

Ne

nihil citiusf arescit.

longius trtduo ab castris

Fortuna plus

libsit.

humdnis

consiliis

This

mdna

longer than three days.


is stronger than

Fortune

human

designs.

pdllet.

ples:

Nothing dries faster than a tear.


Not to be absent from the camp

= quam Romiilus

quam

aurum

(est),

(fuit).

So the remaining ablatives of these exam-

quam
quam ratio quam
quam placabilitas atque dementia
&c v and
virtutes sunt,

est.

liu-

sunt,
{figura seu species) est,
in general every ablative after a comparative.
t This, and the two following examples, show that the same rule applies also
to the comparative of adverbs.
But this is only so when the comparison relates to the subject of the sentence.

LESSON

43.]

CONSTRUCTION OF THE COMPARATIVE.

Neminem* Romanorum
eloquentiorem fuisse

Cicerone
veteres

225

In the opinion of the ancients, no


Roman was more eloquent than

judiearunt.

Cicero.

Remarks.
1.

Among

the most

common forms

of the ablative after compara-

and participles aequo, necessario, nimio,


credibili, vero, solito, justo, dicto, and the nouns spe, opinione, expeciatione ; as, plus aequo, more than is fair
longius necessario, further
than is necessary; magis solito, more than usually dicto citius, sooner
than the word was uttered opinione celerius, quicker than was expected serins spe, later than was hoped plus nimio, more than too
much. But these ablatives are often omitted. (Compare E. 2.)
2. Quam is always put instead of the ablative, where the latter
would give rise to ambiguity. E. g. Hibernia est dimidio minor, ut
aestimatur, quam Britannia, Hibernia is supposed- to be smaller by one
tives are the neuter adjectives

half than Britannia.


3. The ablative after comparatives is the standard by which the
object compared is measured with reference to the quality common to
It may be considered an abridged proposition, and can be reboth.
Hence quam may always be employed
solved into quam est, &c.
E. g.
instead of the ablative, but not vice versa.

Melior tutidrque

est certa pax,


sperdta victoria, f
t ta sentio, locupletiorem esse La-

quam

tinam linguam,J quam Graecam.

Nullum

est certius amicitiae vin-

culum, quam consensus et societas consiiiorum et voluntatum.


Pater Tarquinius potentior Rd-

mae non

fdit,

quam

filius

Ga-

certain peace is better and safer


than an expected victory.
It is my opinion, that the Latin
language is richer than the
Greek.
There is no surer bond of friendship than the harmony and community of plans and wishes.

Tarquin the father was no more


powerful at Rome than was the
son at Gabii.

biis.

If the object compared with another is


Rule.
an oblique case, and dependent on another word, the
conjunction quam is used, and the second object is either
in the. nominative with est,fuit,\\ &c, or in the same case
with the first. E. g.

B.

in

* Neminem is here the subject of the


cluded in the rule.
f In all these examples, est, fuit, esse

infinitive fuisse,
is

and consequently

in-

understood.

The

subject accusative to esse.


In this and in the preceding example the ablative is entirely inadmissible,
as it would give rise to a confusion of cases.
X

||

Or with the verb of the sentence understood.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

226

qudm

Flagitii magis nos piidet,


erroris.*

Neniini magis faveo,

hdminem

lEgo

qudm

tibi.

calidiorem

vidi

qudm

majdres res geruntur,


fortitudine.

Ab Hannibale majdres res

gestae

qudm ab Hanrilcare.
Drusum Germanicum minorem
natu, qudm ipse e'rat, fratrem
sunt,

43.

We

are more asliamed of a disgraceful act than of an error.


There is no one whom I favor
more than I do you.
I

neminem, qudm Plwrmionem.


Consilio

[LESSOX

have seen no shrewder man than


Phormio.

Greater things are accomplished by


deliberation, than by valor.
Greater exploits have been achieved
by Hannibal than by Hamilcar.
He lost Drusus Germanicus, a
brother younger than he himself was.

amisit.

Haec verba sunt M. Varronis,


qudm fait Claudius, doctioris.

These are the words of Marcus


Varro, a more learned man than

Longinqua

Claudius was.
sola

diicis

The long marches were mitigated

patientia mitigabantur,

eodem

by the patience of the leader

plum, qudm gregario

milite,

itinera

alone,

he

himself

more than a common

tolerante.

enduring
soldier.

Remarks.
Instead of quam with an object accusative,! the ablative sometimes occurs in prose and frequently in poetry. E. g. Est boni consults suam salutem posteriorem salute commiini ducere, It is the duty of
a consul to consider his own safety secondary to that of the commonwealth. Neminem LycurgoJ out majorem out utiliorem virum Lacedaemon genuit, Lacedasinon produced no man either greater or more
Quid prius dicam solitis parentis laudibus ?
useful than Lycurgus.
What shall I say (sing) before the accustomed praises of our parent ?
1.

A relative or demonstrative pronoun is commonly in the ablawhere we would expect the object accusative with quam. E. g.
Hie Audio, quo graviorem inimico non liabui, sororem suam in matrimonium dedit, He gave his sister in marriage to Attalus, than ichom I
had no enemy more mortal. Hoc mihi gratius nihil facer e potes, You
2.

tive

could not do
3.

me

a greater favor than

The comparative

inferior

is

this.

occasionally followed

by the

dative.

E. g. Nulla arte cuiquam inferior est, He is-not inferior to any one in


any art. But commonly by the ablative or quam ; as, Non inferior
fuit, quam pater, He was not inferior to his father.
4.
as,

The

Ne

adjective alius has sometimes the force of a comparative


putes alium sapiente bonoque beatum, Do not consider any

one but a wise and good

man

happy.

Nee quidquam

aliud libertate

* In this and the following examples the ellipsis is quam nospudet,


faveo, quam Phormio est, quam geruntur, quam gestae sunt.
t After transitive verbs.
| Instead of quam Lycurgum or quam Lycurgus fuit.
Better than quam quern.

quam

tibi

LESSON

43.]

CONSTRUCTION OF THE COMPARATIVE.

eommuni quaeswimus, Nor did we aim

mon

227

at anything else but our

com-

liberty.

5. The prepositions ante, prae, praeter, and supi-a serve to impart


a comparative force to the positive, and to enhance that of the comE. g. Felix ante alias virgo, A maiden fortuparative or superlative.
Praeter alios doctus,
nate before (= more fortunate than) others.
Learned beyond others. Ante alios immanior omnes, More inhuman
than all other men. Prae nobis beatus, Happier than ourselves.
6. Magis, minus, and potius are sometimes put emphatically with a
comparative, or with malo, praeopto (I would rather, I prefer), &c.
E. g. Hoc enim magis est dulcius, This is much sweeter. Potius maNon minus admirabilior illius exitus belli, The
luit, He preferred.
issue of that war was no less wonderful.
7. Quam pro frequently occurs after comparatives, and is equivalent
to the English "than in proportion to," "than might be expected
from." E. g. Minor, quam pro tumultu, caedes, Less of a massacre
than one might have expected from the bustle. Species viri majoris,
quam pro humano habitu, augustiorisque, The form of a man of greater
than human size, and more majestic.

The conjunction

atque occasionally takes the place of quam.


Amlcior mihi nullus vivit atque is est, I have no better friend
alive than he is.
But this does not occur in classical prose.
8.

E.

g.

9.

The comparative

is

often negative, especially in the formulas

non magis (non plus) .... quam, no more .... than (but rather less)
non minus .... quam, no less .... than (but rather more) non menon deterior
lior .... quam, no better .... than (but rather worse)
E. g. Animus
.... quam, no worse .... than (but rather better).
in aliquo morbo non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est,
In sickness the mind is no more (= as little) sound, than (as) the body
in disease.
P atria liominibus non minus cara esse debet, quam liber i,
Their country ought to be no less dear (== equally dear) to men than
Luctus non Romae major, quam per totam Hispa(as) their children.
niam fuit, There was as great a sorrow throughout entire Spain, as
there was at Rome.
;

C. After the comparatives plus, amplius, minus, and longius,


the conjunction quam is frequently omitted without any change
E. g.
of case in the second object.*

Non

amplius erant quingenti.

Plus

tertia

pars interfecta

est.

Constabat non minus ducenfos


Carthawiniensium equites fuisse.

There were no more than (not


over) five hundred.
(over) one third of them

More than
It

were killed.
was manifest, that there were no
less than (at least) two hundred
horsemen among the Carthaginians,

* There

is

generally a numeral expressed or understood in this construction.


it would be under the same conditions With-

The case remains the same which


out plus, &c.


LATIN GRAMMAR.

228

Quintus tecum plus annum

[LESSON

Quintus lived with

vixit.

43.

ou more than

(over) a year.

Reversus

est in
ebus triginta.

Asiam nanus

Kon

est

dmplius

less

than

A space

sexcentorum.

longius milia

returned into Asia in

thirty days.

Spatium, quod non

pedum

He

di-

six

passuum

oclo.

No

of no more than (not over)


hundred ieet.

farther than eight miles.

Remarks.
and minor, when these
1. Quam is
words denote a definite age of life. E.g. Major* (quam) quinque
annis naius, Older than five years. Minor (quam) decern annos nalus,
likewise omitted after major

Younger than ten

years.

Sometimes, however, these comparatives are regularly construed with quam or an ablative. E. g. Plus quam quatluor milia,
More than four thousand. Amplius duobus milibus, More than two
Minus tribus medimnis, Less than three medimni. Plus
thousand.
quam annum, For more than a year.
2.

D.

When

two qualities denoted by different adjectives are


same object in an unequal degree, the adjecare either both positive with magis .... quam, or both

attributed to the
tives

comparative with
Celer

tuns

quam

est,

qudm sapiens.
Artem juris habebitis, magis magnam atque ilberem, quam diificilem atque obscurant,
Pestilentia mindcior quam periculdsior.
Paiili

Aenu'lii cdncio

quam

fiiit

verier,

g.

Your

friend Celer is rather eloquent than wise*


You will have a science of law
more comprehensive and rich
than difficult and obscure.
pestilence more menacing than
dangerous.
The address of Paulus iEmilius

was not so acceptable


people as it was true.

grdtior populo.

impetus, non derior, quam pertir


ndcior.

E.

simply.

magis

disertus

An

assault as obstinate as

to

the

it

was

fierce.

Remarks.
The construction of adverbs is precisely the same:
Temcre
magis, quam satis caute, Rather rashly than with sufficient caution.
Magis honeste, quam vere, More for honor's sake than correctly.
Foilius quam felici us, More bravely than successfully.
Non conlumeliosius quam verius, No more contemptuously than truly, &c.
2. Of these two constructions the double comparative with quam is
1.

the most

common.

Sometimes the second adverb

is

in the positive

* I. e. More of an eloquent than of a vrh^ man, be hris less prudence than


eloquence. Disertior est, quam sujjitnliur, He litis considerable prudeuce, but
yet more eloquence.


LESSON

43.]

degree

as,

But

ly.

CONSTRUCTION OF THE COMPARATIVE.

Vehementius quam cautc, More impetuously than cautiousan exception to the general rule.

this is

second member of a comparison


This happens,

The

E.

229

pressed.

is

frequently sup-

1. When the comparative serves to distinguish two objects of the


same kind. E. g. Graecia major, Gallia ulterior, ex duohus Jiliis
major seu minor (== the elder or younger of two sons), major pars
hominum.
So, Uter est melior? Which is the better of the two?
Respondeo priori prius, I reply first to the former (of two letters).
2. When it is so general as to be readily understood from the con-

E. g.
comparative
text.

Quam

ceteri, solito,

rather, too, or quite.

As,

Si versus est syllaba

una

In these cases the


positive with somewhat,

aequo, juslo,* &e.

commonly rendered by the

is

aut longior (sc. justo).


Senectus est natiira loqudcior
(sc. quam ceterae aetates).
Themistocles liberius vivebat (sc.

If the verse is a syllable too short


or too long.
Old age is naturally somewhat loquacious.
Thcmistocles lived rather too free-

aequo).
Ocius omnes imperio laeti parent

They

bre'vior

ly.

Nihil fere quondam majoris


nisi auspieato, gcrcbiitur.

rti,

Medici gravidribus raorbis peri-

The comparative may be

it is

uttered.

auspices.
the acuter diseases physicians

To

culdsas curatidnes et ancipites

F.

obey the command with

Scarcely any matter of importance


was formerly undertaken without

adhibere sdlent.

Avords

all

alacrity, sooner than

(sc. dicto).f

are accustomed to apply dangerous and doubtful remedies.

variously modified

by other

1. By the intensive etiam or adhuc, "even," "yet," "still."


E. g.
Edam majores varietates, A still greater diversity. Multo etiam longius,

Much
nus,
2.

Punctum est, quod viriinus, et adhuc puncto mimoment, and even less than one.
By the ablative of the thing, in respect to which one object is sufurther even.
Life is but a

Our

E. g. Quis Carthaginiensium plurisfuit Hannibale,


rebus gestis? What Carthaginian was superior to
Superior online, SuHannibal, in sagacity, in valor, or in exploits?
Inferior Jbrtund, Inferior in fortune.
perior in rank.
perior to another.
consilio,

virtute,

By

the ablative of the measure or quantity, by which the differestimated. E. g. Dimidio minor. Smaller by one half. Decern
Uno die longiorem mensem aut
annis minor, Younger by ten years.
month longer by one day or by two days. Uno digito plus
biduo,
3.

ence

is

* Compare A.

1.

So plures (sc. quam unam) uxores habere, to have several wives.


morari, to remain too long. Plura lo'/ui, to talk too much, &c.
I

20

Diuiius

LATIN GRAMMAR.

230
habere,

To have one

To be

as long again (twice as long).

[LESSON

-13.

many.

Altero tanto longlorem esse,


Sesqui esse majorem, To be
Sol multis partibus major atque amplior est, quam
greater by one half.
terra universa, The sun is man)- times as large as our entire globe.
finger too

So generally by the neuter ablatives multo, by much, much;


a little aliquanto, somewhat, considerably quanto, by
hoc, eo, the (more,
tanto, by so much quo, the (more, &c.)
as much
&e.) altero, tanto, by as much again dimidio, by one half; sesqui,
by one and a half; nihilo, by nothing. E. g. Paulo vehementius, A
Multo artificiosius, Much more skilfully. Alilittle more violently.
Quanto superiores
quanto atrocius, Considerably more atrocious.
sumus, tanto nos geramus submissius, The greater our superiority,
Quo plures eraiit, (hoc)
the more humbly let us conduct ourselves.
major caedes fuit, The greater their number, the more bloody was the
massacre.
Quo major est in anirnis praestantia et dwinior, eo majure
indigent diligentid, The greater and diviner the intellectual superiorHomines quo plura
ity, the greater is the necessity of application.
liabent, eo cupiunt ampliora, The more men possess, the more they
4.

pairfo, parvo,

desire.
5. Instead of the ablatives tanto, quanto, aliquanto, the adverbial
accusatives tanlum, quantum, aliquantum, are sometimes employed.
E. g. Quantum domo inferior, tantum gloria superior evasit, He turned
out as much superior in renown, as he was inferior by birth.

Exercise

84.

English language richer than the French ?


It is richer.
It is not as rich
Is it as rich (locuples) as the Greek ?
it is less
rich and less flexible (fexibilis) than the Greek.
Which language
There is no language richer than the Greek.
is the richest of all
Is there anything more valuable (j)raestantius) than gold ?
Virtues are far (multo or longe) more valuable.
Is there anything
diviner in man than reason ?
There is nothing diviner or fairer
(pel pulchrius).
Can any form be fairer than the human ?
!No figure or form can be fairer.
What is more commendable in a great
man than clemency?
There is nothing more commendable.
Is
your friend more learned than his brother
He is far more learned,
but not as good.
Is he more learned than our neighbor ?
He is
not so learned.
Who of the Romans was (fuit) the most eloquent?
Cicero was the most eloquent of Roman orators.
Do you favor any
one more than me ?
I favor no one more than you.
Are you
loved as much by your father as by your friend ?
I am loved more
by the former than by the latter.
Is that man inferior to the other ?
He is not inferior.
Do we seek anything else than liberty.
seek nothing else.
Is our neighbor more fortunate than others ?
He is less fortunate. Who is happier than we ? Xo one.
Ought
our country to be as dear to us as our children ?
It should be no less
dear to us.
How much money have you left ? I have more than
one third left,
How much lias your brother left ? He has less
than ten dollars left.
How many are there of us ? There are
more than fifty of us.
Is the

'?

'?

We

LESSON

CONSTRUCTION OF THE SUPERLATIVE.

44.]

Lesson XLlV.

PENSUM

231

QUADKAGESIMUM

QUARTUM.
CONSTRUCTION OE THE SUPERLATIVE.
The Latin

A.

tinct relations

superlative serves to express

two

dis-

I. The quality denoted by it may be attributed to one of


several objects in a higher degree than to any of the rest. This
is called the Superlative of Comparison, and is translated by
E. g.
the English superlative, or by most.

Epistolae mihi lino die tres siint


Rescrrpsi epistolae
redditae.

mdximae.
Numitdri, qui

regnum

erat,

stirpis

mdximus

legat.

Miltiades et gloria majorum et


sua modestia unus omnium

mdxime

Three

letters

He

bequeathed his
Numitor, the eldest
Miltiades enjoyed the
distinction, both for
ancestors

his

florebat.

were handed

in one day.
I replied
longest of them.

and

me

to

the

to

kingdom
of the

to

line.

very highest
the glory of
for

his

own

modesty.

non sua forma

Every one likes

quod

his own appearance,


never so bad.
The man is a wretched one, who

edit* quaerit, et id aegre insed ille est miserior,


venit
qui et aegre quaerit, et nihil
ille mise'rrimus est,
invenit
qui, cum essef eupit, quod edit

and scarcely finds it but he is


more wretched, who seeks it hard
and finds none the most wretched (of all) is he, who, when he

non habet.

desires to eat, has nothing.

Pessima

sit,

milli

be

placet.

Miser homo

est,

qui

ipsi

II.

The

quality denoted

it

has himself to seek his livelihood,


;

by the superlative may be

attributed

an object simply in an eminent or uncommon degree. This


is called the Superlative of Eminence, and is usually rendered
by very, uncommonly, extremely, most, &c. As,
to

Gratissimae mihi tiiae litterae


fuerunt.
Jactatur ddmi suae vir primus et

homo

Jionestissim us-X

Si Aurelios honorifice liberaliterque tractaris, et tibi gratissimos

For

The

Your
ly)

was most
welcome to me.

letter

(= extreme-

He

is boasted of as the first man


of his family, and a most (highly) honorable man.
If you treat the Aurelii honorably

and

liberally,

you

will

oblige

what he may eat."


t For edere, to eat.
superlative of eminence thus commonly occurs in titles and superfortissimo
innocentissimo
Sext. Peducaeo prattori.
atque
scriptions.
E. g. Vivo
De vivo fortissimo et clarissimo L. Sulla, que?n honoris causa nomino, &c.
edat, "

LATIN GRAMMAR.

232

agreeable and excellent


young men, and do me a very

feceris.

miserior siim,
es miserrima.*

quam

tii,

quae

44.

most

optimosque adolescent.es
adjunxeris, et mihi gratissimum

Ego

[LESSON

great favor.
miserable than yourself, "who are extremely ruiser-

am more
erable.

B. The superlative singular frequently occurs with quisque,


every one, and the plural with quique, all. But here the singular is commonly translated by the plural.
E. g.
JDoctissimus quisque.
Optimi qu\nue.\
JExceUentissima quaeque.

Every one of tie most learned.


The best men all (as a class).
The most excellent tilings all (cis a

Mars

Mars himself

class).

ex

ipse

aVie fortvssimum

que'mque pigneniri sdlet.


Peciinia semper amplissimo quoque, clarissimoque contempta

of men.

est.

Miilti mortiiles convenere,

me proximi

maxi-

quique.

me

tolerabile est.

Opiimus quisque maxime posteritati servit.

Miltiades

maxime

nitebatur, ut

prima quoque tempore^ castra


fie rent.

Mdximae cuique fominae


me credendum est.

The

C.

superlative

mini-

. .

the).||

flocked together, especially


the nearest neighbors.
The most familiar evil is always f
the easiest to bear.
The best man always serves posterity the most.
Miltiades made special efforts to
have the camp constructed at
the earliest moment possible.
The greatest prosperity is always
least to

is

tive of a separate clause,

(the

Many

(all)

Notissimum quddque malum maxif

is wont to elect the


bravest of the battle-field.
Money was always despised by all
the greatest and most illustrious

E.

be trusted.

sometimes linked

by means of

ut

to
.

another superla.

ita,

as

.... so

g.

Ut quisquis dptime dicit, ita maxime dicendi difficultatem per-

The

better any one speaks, the


more he dreads the difficulty of

speaking.

timescit.

* The

superlative of eminence alone may thus admit of a comparative.


Quisque designates distributively every individual possessed of the same
quality in its highest degree, and quique the several classes to which that qualt

ity

is

common.

X When the predicate contains an additional superlative, a? in this instance,


the quisque of the subject may be rendered by alien ys.
So Optimum quidque
rarissimum est, The best things are always the rarest.
Priiiio
also
So
quoque die, At the earliest possible day. And frequently in

connection with an ordinal; as, Quinto r/uoqae anno, In every fifth year. Septimus quisque dies, Every seventh day. becimum quemque mUitem, Every tenth

soldier.

Here the superlative


from the examples.
||

is

rendered by the comparative, as will be perceived

LESSON
lit

CONSTRUCTION OF THE SUPERLATIVE.

44.]

quisque est vir dptimus, ita

dijjicillime esse alios

siispicatur.

233

The

better the man, the less easily


he suspect others of being
bad.

improbos

-will

D. The superlative often appears in connection with qitam,


quantus, qui, tit qui,* to denote that the object admits of comE. g.
parison with the most eminent of its kind.
sum

Tcim
'lll

mitis,

qudm

qui lenissi-

us.

Tain grfitum id mihi erit, qudm


quod gratissimum.
Gralissimum mihi feceris, si huic

commendation meae tantum


tribiieris, quantum cut tribuisti

lenient

me

be as acceptable to
anything ever was.

It will

You

will oblioe

will attach as

plurimum.
Grata da res, ut quae mdxime senatui linquam, fiiit.
Caesar sit pro praetore eo jure,
quo qui Optimo.

am as mild as the most


man (that ever lived).
me

ureatlv, if

as

you

much importance

recommendation of mine,
you ever did to any.
That affair was as grateful, as any
ever was to the senate.
Caesar can be propraetor with as
good a right, as any one ever
to this

as

was.

Do'mus celebratur
mdxime.

Mater

miiltos

E.

The

ways

filium

aim

tit

is as much frequented,
ever was.
For many years already the mother
has wished her son killed, and
now more than ever.

The house
as

jam annos,

cum mdxime,
tum ciipit.

eral

ita,

et

nunc

interfec-

it

force of the superlative

may

be increased in sev-

1. By the particles midto, longe (=by far), qitam, or vel (= even).


E.g. Mulio maximum helium, By much the greatest war. Longe huQuant gratissimus, Extremely
manissimus, By far the most humane.
Quam brcrissimc,
grateful.
Vel minima. Even the smallest things.
With the utmost possible brevity.

2. By quam, quantus, qualis, or ut in connection with one of the


forms of possum. E. g.

camp

Caesar qudm aequissimo loco potest,] castra communit.

Caasar

Jugurtha qudm mdximas potest]

Jugurtha equips the largest force


he can.

fortifies

his

in

the

most favorable locality he can


(find).

cdpias armat.
eorporisque dolorit is tin inn
bus, qudnti in hdminem mdximi cadere possunt.
Sic Caesari te commendavi, ut

Tan

* Here

With

as

much

and body

fall

have recommended you

to Ca?sar

the lot
I

mind

suffering of

can possibly
of man.
as

to

" any one."


the indefinite qui
With possum in this construction the infinitive of the nearest
monly understood, as here communire, artnare.
t

20*

A'erb is

com-

234

LATIN GKAJDIAE.

[LESSON

in the most earnest


manner I could.

gravissime diligentissimeque polui.

44.

and urgent

Sometimes (though rarely) by maxime : as, Maxime gravissimum,


Hi sunt vel maxime humanissimi. These arc by
the most humane.

3.

By
far

far the heaviest.

4. Quam with the positive, or quam (quantum) volo or possum,


sometimes have superlative force. E. g. quam kite (= latissime), tar
maximum ; quam potero dilucide atque
and wide; quam magnum

and perspicuously

perspicue, as clearly

as I can.

THE PERFECT TENSE OF

F.

SUM.

Indicative.
Singular.

I have

been
Thou hast been
He has been,

Plural.

We

have been
fuimus
Ye have 1>< n
fuistia
They have been, fuerunt or fuere.

fiii

fiiistl

<

fult,

Subjunctive.
Plural.
That we may Jiavt been
That ye mini hurt been

Singular.

fuerim
That I may have been
That thoumayst have been fueris
That he may hare been, fuerit,
I
I

In like manner are inflected


adfui and

have been absent


have been able.
Evt

Nc

r,

>>

at

any

all

as, altfui,

have been present

Nunquam,

Have you been

at the market
have been there.
Have I been there ?
You have been there.
You have not been there.
Has your father been there ?
He has not been there ?
Have we been there ?
Yes, ye have been there.
Have you been at the ball ?
I have been there.

j>olui,

Fiii.

Egdn'

ibi

fiii

'?

Fuisti.

(Ibi)

non

fuisti.

Fuitne pater

Non

An

tiius lllic ?

fiiit (lllic).

nos

ibi

fiiimus ?

Sane quidem,

niistis.

Interfuistine saltatidni ?
Interfui.
(

there ?

They have not been there.


Have you ever been at the play

nulla tonpure.

Fuistine in fdro

Niim

illi

interfuerunt

Illine interfuerunt

N6n
?

have never been there.


You have never been there.
He has never been there.
Have you already been in the
garden
'?

fueritls

en, fucrint.

time.

1><

compounds of sum

the

interfui, I

r.

Have they been

mag haw

That they

fuerlmus

interfuerunt.

Interfuistine

linquam spectaculo

Ego vero niinquam

Tu niinquam
tile

'i

niinquam

FuisLine

jam

interfui.

interfuistl
interfuit.

in hortulo

'!

LESSON
T

EXERCISES

44.]

,-,

been there.
have not yet
^

You have

not yet been there.


Nor have they ever been there.
Have you already been at my

m
lbi
.

fiii.
,

,.

nondum fin.
Tu ibi nondum fuisti.
Neque llli unquam ibi fuerunt.
Fuistine jam apud patrem rneam
Ego

(cum patre meo) ?


Ego apud eum (cum

father's ?

Nondum

< -a
(

235

85, 86.

have not yet been there

eo)

nondum

fiii.

The

Spectaculum,

play, spectacle.

Exercise

Where have you been

i,

n.

85.

have been at the market.


Have you
Have I been at the play ?
been at the ball ?
I have been there.
Hast thou been there ?
I have not been
You have been there.
there
Has your cousin ever been at the theatre ?
He has never
Hast thou already been in the great square ?
been there.
I have
Do you intend to go thither ?
never been there.
I intend to go
When will you go timber ?
I will go thither to-morrow.
thither
At twelve o'clock.
Has your son already
At what o'clock ?
He has not yet been there.
been in my large garden ?
Does he
intend to see it?
He does intend to see it.
When will he go
thither ?
Does he intend to go to the
He will go thither to-day.
ball this evening ?
He does intend to go thither.
Have you alI have not yet been there.
ready been at the ball ?
When do
you intend to go thither ?
I intend to go thither to-morrow.
Have
I have not yet been
yon already been in the Englishman's room ?
in it.
Have you been in my rooms ?
1 have been there.
When
I have been there this morning.
have you been there ?
Have I
been in your room or in that (an in Mo) of your friend ?
You have
neither been in mine nor in that of my friend, but in that of the

Italian.

Exercise
Has

Dutchman been

8G.

our storehouses or in those (in Ulis) of


the English ?
He has neither been in ours nor in those of the EngHast thou already been at the
lish, but in those of the Italians.
market ?
I have not yet been there, but I intend to go thither.
He has been there.
Has the son of our bailiff been there ?
When
has he been there ?
He has been there to-day. Does the son of our
He does intend to go thithneighbor intend to go to the market ?
the

in

er.

What

does

lie

wish to buy there

chickens, oxen, cheese, beer,

been

at

my

cousin's house ?

and cider

He wishes
Have

there.

buy some
you already
Has your

to

have already been there.

We

He has not yet been there.


friend already been there ?
Have we
already been at our friends'?
have not yet been there.
Have
our friends ever been at our house ?
They have never been there.
Have you ever been at the theatre ?
I have never been there.
Have you a mind to write a letter?
I have a mind to write one.
To whom do you wish to write ?
I wish to write to my son.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

236

[LESSON

45.

He has not yet been


Has your father already been in the country ?
Does he intend to go thither
there, but he intends to go thither.
At what o'clock
to-day?
He intends to go thither to-morrow.
Does he intend
lie will depart at half past six.
will he depart ?

He intends breakfast before he


Have you been anywhere have been nowhere.

to depart before he breakfasts ?

departs.

to

Lesson

XLV. PENSUM QUADRAGESIMUM


QUINTUM.
OF THE PERFECT TENSE.

The perfect tense serves to represent an action


A.
or event as completed, either just now or at some inAs,
definite past time.
.

Amavi,

bcnpsi,
.

1.

have loved

(just

now), or

| j loved onC6j yester day).


] I have written (and have now done writing), or
| j wrote at gome past t [ me y

With the former of these significations


and corresponds to the same tense

definite,

latter, it is called the perfect indefinite,

it is called the perfect


in English.
With the

and corresponds

to the simple

form of the English imperfect.*

The

perfect indefinite occurs most frequently as the tense of


E. g. Cato, quoad vixit, virtutum laude crevit,
Cato increased in reputation for virtue, as long as he lived. Lepidus
ad me lieri vesperi litteras misit, Lepidus sent me a letter last evening.
2.

historical narration.

definite are:
Filium unicum adolesquid dixi, me habere ? imo habui,
I have an
What, did I say " I have one " ? No, I have had
Trojans have been, Ilium has exFuimus Troes, fuit Ilium,
one.
Ferus omnia Juppiter Argos transtulit,
isted (but is now no longer).
Cruel Jupiter has transferred everything to Argos (and it is there
3.

Examples of the perfect

centulum habeo.
only son. Alas

Ah !

We

now)

FORMATION OF THE PERFECT ACTIVE.


B. The terminations of the perfect tense for the respective conjugations are: 1. aw, 2. ui (evi), 3. i, 4. ivi
()

*
is

E.

g.

I. e. to the form I loved, wrote,


the Latin Imperfect.

&c, but

not to I was loving, writing, which

;;

LESSON

THE PERFECT TENSE.

45.]

237

2.

Amavi, laboravi, apportavi, Ifivi (= lavavi).


Monui, habui, studui,
delevi, complevi.

3.

Legi, scripsi, dilexi, attuli, misi.

4.

Audivi,

1.

scivi, Ivi, prodii, sitivi.

Remarks.
The

perfect tense contains the second root of the verb, which


serves as the basis for the formation of several other parts.
(Cf.
1.

Lesson XXVIII.
2.

The second

3.

The second

C.

1-5).

root of the first, second, and fourth conjugations is


formed from the first or general root (can, mon, aud), by adding,
1. civ, 2. ev (w),* 4. Iv ; as mav, delev (monu), audiv.
as leg,

first,f

-4- s),

dix

is either the same as the


formed by adding s,% as scrips (== scrib
dux (== due -j- s).

root of the third conjugation

or

exit, bib,

die -j- s),

is

Some verbs

of the second conjugation form their second root


according to the analogy of the third, and, vice verm, several of the
third assume id.
E.g. augeo
auxi, fulgeo
vldi:
fulsi, video
4.

alo

alui, colo

Many

5.

lavo

seciii,

colui,

pono

posui, &c.

form their second root irregularly as, 1. Seco


vetui, &c.
2. Jubeo
jussi, haereo
haesi,

verbs

lewi, veto

cresco

ausus sum, &c.


audeo
3. Arcesso
arcesswi,
crevi,
cuplvi, few
lull, mitto
cupio
misi, nosco
novi, quciero
quaeswi, sperno
sprevi, uro
ussi, verro
(everro)
verri, &c.
scdiii,
4.
Aperio
aperui, farcio
sarcio
sarsi,
farsi, salio
list of these is given at the end of the
venio
veni, &c.

Grammar.
6. A number of verbs reduplicate the initial consonant in the second

do
curro cucurri,
poposci, mordeo momordi, &c.
Compounds generally form the second root
verbs
(= ad
affero (adferd)

root;
posco

dedi, sto

as,

steli,

\\

exaudio

* Most

didici,

confeci,

verbs of the second conjugation have u, but the original termination

which by dropping e becomes v or


Always the" same when the root ends
ev,

u.

in

mettii, &c.
metuo
This s, preceded by c,

as, dico

exaudivi, &c.

acid,
|

-\- tuli), conficio

attuli

as,

like their simple

7.

was

disco

clixi,

figo

When

preceded by
scripsi, &c.
When preceded by

as,

minuo

minxd,

actio,

g, h, or qu, gives rise to the compound consonant x


coxi.
traxi, coquo
traho
nupsi, scribo
the latter is changed into p ; as nubo

fixi,

i,

a vowel;

d or s is dropped (most commonly the latter)


lusi.
elaasi, ludo
; claudo
frequently dropped in the second, and the root-vowel
rellqui.
vlci, relinquo
prolonged; as, frango
fudi, vinco
fregi, fundo
The prolongation (and change) of the root-vowel is qnite frequent; as,
veni, &c.
legi, venio
capio
cepi, ago
egi, fdcio
feci, leqo
This reduplication includes
Sto and sp'ondeo drop the second 5: spopondi.
the vowel following the consonant, which sometimes, however, is changed into
e; as folio
fefelli.

as, edo

An n in

edi,

the

defendo
first

||

d, either

defendi

root

is

LATIN GRAMMAR.

238
8.

The

[LESSON

45.

perfect subjunctive is formed from the perfect indicative,


i into
monuerim,
amaverim, monui
trim , as, amdvi

by changing
&c.

INFLECTION OF THE PERFECT ACTIVE.

The following paradigms exhibit the inflection


C.
of the perfect, indicative and subjunctive
:

First Conjugation.
Subjunctive.

Indicative.

Amavi.

I loved,

Sing,

have loved.

Amaverim,

amavi

that

I may have loved.

amaverim

Sing,

amaveris

amavisti
amavit,

amaverit,

Plur. amaverimiis

Plur. amavimus

amaveritis
amaverint.

amavistls

amaverunt or

-re.*

Second Conjugation.
Subjunctive.

Indicative.

Montii,

Monuerim, that I may have


rem inded.

reminded, have re-

min ded.
Sing,

monuerim

Sing,

montii
montiistl

monueris

monuit,

monuerit,

Plur. monuimiis

Plur. monuerimus
monueritls
monuerint.

monuistis

monuerunt or

-re.

Third Conjugation.
Subjunctive.

Indicative.

Legi,

Sing,

I read,

Legerim, that

have read.

Sing,

leg!

I may

have read.

legerim
legeris

legist!

legerit,

legit,

Plur. leglmus

Plur. legerimus

legistis

learerltis

legerunt or

legerint.

-re.

Fourth Conjugation.
Subjunctive.

Indicative.

Audivi, Iheard^ have heard.

Sing,

Audiverim, that I may have heard.


Sing,

audivi

audiverim

audivisti

audiveris

audivit,

audiverit,

* The form

in trunt is the

more common

of the two.

LESSON

TERFKCT TENSE ACTIVE.

-15.]

Pluk.

2-59

Pluk. audiverimQs

audivimiis

audlverltis

audivistis

audiverunt or

audiverint.

-re.

So conjugate apportdvi, I have brought lavi, I have washed curdvT,


vldi, I have seen
veni, I have come; habiii, I have
I have ordered
had secui, I have cut jussi, I have commanded
feci, I have made
valid and nolui, I have been
mlsi, I have sent
refect, I have mended
willing, unwilling
cupwi, I have desired; wl (ezii,prodii),* I have
gone (out, forth) quaeslvi, I have sought, &c.
,

Remarks.

In the tenses derived from the second

the syllables

root,

dvi, evi, Ivi are frequently contracted.

In the first conjugation, dvi followed by an s, and are followed


r, are changed into d ; as, amdsti, amdstis, amassem, amas'se, for
amavisti, amayistis, amavissem, amavisse, &c, and amarunt, amarim,
amdrarn, amdro, instead of amaverunt, amdveram, amdvero, &c.
.)

by an

The same

takes place with evi of the second and third conjucomplesse, nesti, nestis, for complevisti, eomplcvisse, nevisti, nevistis, and deleram, consuerunt, nerunt, instead of deleSo decressem, decresse, quiessem siris,
veram, consueverunt, neverunt.
The termination dvi of novi and its compounds,
for decrevissem, &c.
and also of the compounds of moveo, suffers a similar contraction as,
norunt, nvsse, cognuram, commossem, instead of noverunt, novisse, &c.
b.)

gations

as, complesti,

c) In

the fourth conjugation wi before s frequently experiences a


as, audtsti, audlssem, audisse, for audlvisti, audlvisscm,
But most verbs of this conjugation have a second form
audlvisse, &c.
in ii, which sometimes occurs in poetry, and, when an r follows, aho
in prose ; as, audut, impediit, abiisse, for audlvit, impedwit, ablvisse, and
(more frequently) audieram, quaesierat, definierant, instead of aud'iveram, &c.
similar

change

d.) The syllable is, when preceded by an s or x, is sometimes syncopated in the perfect tense of the third conjugation as, dixti, surrexe, evasti, divisse, for dixisti, surrexisse, evasisti, divisisse, &c.
But
this contraction is antiquated, and used sometimes only by the poets.
;

Antiquated forms of the perfect subjunctive are those in assim,


and sim (for averim, uerim, erim), which frequently occur in
E. g. imperassit, licessit, occlsit, instead of
Plautus and Terence.
Among these forms are included faxit,
imperaverit, licuerit, occiserit.
faxint (for fecerit, fecerint),^ and ausim, ausit (for ausus sim, ausus
sil), which have remained in use among the later writers.
<?.)

essim,

Have you had my


I have had

*
t

Habuistine
Habui.

coat ?

it.

All the compos, of eo have ii rather than lei.


as, Faxit Deus,
In invocations and wishes

faxint

meam tdgam

God grant

Dii immortelles

LATIN GRAMMAR.

240

have not had

No, indeed,

Have

it ?

had

Non

vero, ego earn non habui.


ego earn habui ?
Egdn' earn habui ?
Sane quidem, earn habuisti.

it.

Habuitne vinum ?
Habuit vero aliquantulum.

has had none.

Have we had some books

Nullum

Non

They have had nothing.


Has he been right or wrong

'?

Nihil habuerunt.
Utrum vere locutus
Vere locutus est.

He
He

has been correct.


has never been either right
or wrong.

tile

It

take place this

ball

evening ?
does take place.

When

did the ball take place

an erravit

niinquam neque vere locutus


neque erravit.

Locum

habere.
rei.

Locus datur allcui

rei.

Datiirne (estne) locus saltatidni


hddie vesperi
Datur. Est.
( Quando fuit locus saltatidni ?
-} Quo tempore datus est
locus salta(

It

est,

est,

I Locus est allcui

take place.

Does the

habuit.

habuit.

Habuimiisne aliquot li'bros ?


Sane quidem, nonnullos habuistis.
Num quid habuerunt

Yes, you have had some.


Have they had anything ?

To

45.

An

Yes, you have had it.


Has he had any wine
He has had a little.

He

[LESSON

tidni ?

Heri.

took place yesterday.

Heri

Yesterday.

hesterno die.

The day before


The first time,

Nudius tertius.
Primum, iterum, tertium, quartum,

The

Postremum, ultimum.

yesterday.
the second
time, the third time, &c.

&c. (adverbs).

last time.

This time.

Nunc

Another time.
(

Alias (adv.), alio tempore.


Saepius (adv. comp.), sexcenties.
Diversis temporibus.

Non uno

Many

times.

Several times.

Time and

As many

Quoties

times.

times (as often)

tempore.

ac
iterum.

times ?

So (as) many

....

Iterum

airain.

How many

(adv.), hoc tempore.

saepius,

semel

atque

Quotiens f (adv.)
(adv.)

Tottes, totiens.
(

Quoties ....

toties.

| Toties .... quoties.


Once, twice, three times, Semel, bis, ter, quater, quinqmes,
four times, &c. (Cf. Lessexies, &c.
son XXI. F.)
as.

Sometimes.
Formerly,

Interdum, nonnuniquam. (adv.)


Antehac, olim, quondi

LESSON
To

EXERCISES

43.]

be accustomed, ivont.

241

87, 88.

sum (aliquid

Soleo, ere, so fit us

facerf).
It is

Licet, licuit, or Itcl'tum est

lawful, right.

(alicui

ALIQUID FACERE).

Are you accustomed


I

go to the

to

market sometimes ?
am accustomed to go there

again.

wrong

I been

in

unquam

saltatum ?
tempdribus.
tvi vero semel atque iterum (lterum ac saepius)
r
Ivistine

Ego vero

ivi diversis

Ego autem nunquam ivi


Niim mihi libros emere non

have never gone.

Have

Sdleo eo ire nonniinquam.

sometimes.
Have you ever gone to the ball ?
I have gone there several times.
I have gone there time and

And

Solesne ire interdum in forum

buying

books V
You have not been wrong in

Immo

buying.

vero

h'cuit ?

quosdam emere

tibi

licuit.

Exercise

87.

I have had it.


Have you had my glove ?
Have you had my
I have not had it.
pocket-handkerchief?
Hast thou had my umHast thou had my pretty knife ?
brella ?
I have not had it.
I
When hadst thou it ? I had it yesterday.
have had it.
Have I
had thy gloves ?
You have had them.
Has your brother had my
He has had it. Has he had my golden ribbon ?
wooden hammer ?
Have the English had my beautiful ship V
He has not had it.
Who has had my thread stockings
Your serThey have had it.
Have we had the iron trunk of our good
vants have had them.
Have we had his fine carriage ?
neighbor ?
have had it.
Have we had the stone tables of the foreignAVe have not had it.
Have we had the wooden leg of
ers ?
have not had them.
have not had it.
Has the American had my
the Irishman ?
He
Pie has had it.
Has he had my silver knife ?
good work ?
Has the young man had the first volume of my
has not had it.
lias he had it ?
work ?
He has not had the first, but the second.
When has he had it ? He has had it
Yes, sir, he has had it
Have you had sugar ?
I have had some.
Have I
this morning.
You have had some.
Has the sailor had branhad good paper ?
Have you had any ?
I have had none.
dy ?
He has had some.
I have had the toothache.
Have
Have you had the headache ?
Did the ball
I have had nothing bad.
you had anything good
When does the ball take
It did take place.
take place yesterday ?
place ?
It takes place this evening.

We

'?

Exercise

'?

We

We

88.

He has had some. Hast thou


the German had good beer ?
Has thy brother had any ?
I have had some.
had large cakes ?
He
Has the son of our gardener had flour ?
He has had none.
They have had
Have the Poles had good tobacco V
has had some.
Has

21


LATIN GRAMMAR.

242

What

[LESSON

45.

They have had tobacco


tobacco have they had
and snuff.
Have the English had as much sugar as tea ?
They have had as much of the one as of the other.
Has the phyHas the Dutchman been
sician been right ?
He has been wrong.
right or wrong ?
He never has been either right or wrong ? Have
You have been wrong in buying
I been wrong in buying honey ?
He has had your boots and
some.
What has your cousin had ?
He has not had them.
shoes.
Has he had my good biscuits ?
He has had nothing. Who has had
What has the Spaniard had ?
Have the English had
The English have had some:
courage?
They have had many of them.
many friends ?
Have we had
many enemies ?
We have not had many of them. Have we had
We have had more of the latter than
more friends than enemies ?
of the former.
Has your son had more wine than meat V
He has
Has the Turk had more
had more of the latter than of the fbi mer.
He has had more of the one than of the other.
pepper than corn ?
He has had nothing.
Has the painter had anything ?
some.

'?

for smoking,

Exercise

How

89.

T have read it twice.


you read that book
I have never heard him.
Have
Have you ever heard this man ?
I have heard him sometimes.
Do you
you heard him sometimes ?
I go thither sometimes.
Has your
sometimes go to the theatre ?
He has (gone there). Has he gone to
brother gone to the ball ?
He has gone (thither) oftener than I.
the ball as often as you ?
I formerly went into it freDo you sometimes go into the garden ?
Does your old cook ever go to the market?
quently.
He goes there
frequently.
He went there the day before yesterday
Hast thou
I have gone thither
gone to the ball oftener than thy brothers ?
Has your cousin often been at the play ?
oftener than they
He
Have you sometimes been hungry ?
has been there several times
Has your valet often been thirsty ?
I have often been hungry.
He has never been either hungry or thirsty.
Have you gone to the
play early ?
I have gone thither late.
Have I gone to the ball as
early as you ?
You have gone thither earlier than I.
Has your
brother gone thither too late ?
He has gone thither too early.
Have your brothers had anything ?
They have had nothing.
Who has had my purse and my money ? Your servant has had both.
He has had both.
Has he had my stick and my hat ?
Hast
thou had my horse or that of my brother ?
I have had neither yours
Have I had your note or that of the phynor that of your brother.
What has the physician had?
sician ?
You have had both
He
has had nothing
Has anybody had my golden candlestick ?
Nobody has had it.
When hast thou been at the ball ? I was (there)
last evening.
Hast thou found any one there ?
I have found no
one there.

often have

'?

LESSON

THE PERFECT PASSIVE.

46.]

Lesson XLVI.

PENSUM

243

QUADRAGESIMUM

SEXTUM.
OF THE PERFECT PASSIVE.

The

A.

perfect tense of the passive voice

posed of the perfect participle and sum or fui.


Indicativ

Amatus sum

com:

Subjunctive.

fui, I have been


I was loved.

or

loved, or

is

Thus

amatus sum or fui


amatus es or fuisti
amatus est or fuit,
Plur. amati sumus or fuimus
Sing,

Amatus sim

may
Sing,

or fuerim, that

have been loved.

amatus sim or fuerim


amatus sis or fueris
amatus sit or fuerit,

Plur. amati simus

or fuerimus
amati sitis or fuerftis
amati sint or fuerint.

amati estis or fuistis


amati sunt or fuerim t.*

So inflect monitus sum, I have been admonished lectus sum, I have


been read auditus sum, I have been heard. To these add lacerdtus
sum, I have been torn lautus sum, I have been washed servatus
sum, I have been preserved laudatus sum, I have been praised vituperdtus sum, I have been blamed orndtus sum, I have been adorned
doctus sum, I have been taught habitus sum, I have been held jussus
sum, I have been commanded;
dilectus sum, I have been cherished
ductus sum, I have been led fractus sum, I have been broken missus sum, I have been sent scriptus sum, I have been written subldtus
sum, I have been taken away erudltus sum, I have been instructed
munltus sum, I have been defended punltus sum, I have been punished vestllus sum, I have been clothed.
;

Remarks.
1.

The

2.

The

perfect participle employed in the formation of this tense is


derived from the supine in um, which is usually termed the third root
of the verb. (Cf. Lesson XXIV. C. Rem. 1.)
first, second, and fourth conjugations is deor general root (am,mon, aud) by annexing, 1. at,
amlitum, monitum (deletum), auditum.

third root of the

rived from the

first

2. it (et), 4. it; as,

The

third root of the third conjugation is formed by annexing t


This t of the third
as, dictum, exutum, tectum.
root, like the s of the second (p. 237, note J), gives rise to several
Thus
modifications of the consonants preceding it.
a.) When the first root ends in g, h, or qu, these letters are changed
tractum, coquo
coctum.
rectum, traho
into c ; as, rego
3.

to the general root

* So
estis,

if the subject is feminine, Sing, amata sum, es, est; Plur. amatae sumus,
sunt; and when neuter, Sing, amcitum est; Plur. amata sunt.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

244

46.

B is

scriptum, nubo
nuptum.
changed into p ; as, scribo
Sometimes the root is changed before the addition of t : as,
gestum, rumpo
cultiim, frango
r upturn,
fraction, gero

&.)

c.)

colo

[LESSON

sperno

spretum, sterno stratum, uro ustum, vinco victum.

When

d.)

the

d or t, the third adds s instead of


dropped or converted into s ; as, edo

root ends in

first

defensum, ludo lusum, discedo discessum.


and modify the
A number of other verbs add
falsum, pulswn,
excelsum,
premo pres versum.
sum, spargo sparsum,
of the
drop
before the
root
f) Some verbs
quletum, pasco pastwn.

nosco nutum,

root
or
A number of verbs form

vomo voimlum, pono positum


plo cupltum, quaero quaesltum, &c.
t,

and those

letters are either

esum, defendo

likewise s

e.)

as, excello

in sco

sc

quiesco
their third

crelum,

cresco
g.)

bibitum,

The

4.

reduplication (p. 237,

E. g do
morsum, &c.
root.

datum,

sto

root

pello

folio
verro

Rem.

in it
arcesso

third
it

as,

as, blbo

arcessltum, cu-

6) does not extend to the third

stdtum,

curro

cursum,

mordeo

5. Verbs which are irregular in the second root are generally likesectum, lavo
wise so in the third as, seco
lavatum (but lautus or
Iotas'), fero
apertum, mitto
rnissum, salio
latum, aperio
salventum, &c.
sum, venio

Inceptive verbs in sco generally want the third root, and so many
For these, and other irregularities of verbs, the student may
consult the list of irregular verbs at the end of the book, or his lexicon
6.

others.

Have you been loved


have been loved.
Has he been hated
He was not hated.

Esne (fuistine) amutus


Amatus sum.

Has

Fui'tne in ddio ?

she been praised

In ddio non fu.it.


Ecquid est laudata ?
Estne laudata ?
Sane quidem, laudata est (fiiit).
tmmo vero vituperate, est.
Ecquis est punitus ?

Niiinquis est poena affectus ?

(
?
I

Yes, truly, she has been praised


No, she has been blamed

Has any one been punished

No

one has been punished.

\
I

Who

has been rewarded ?


The young man has been rewarded.
Have we been despised ?
have not been despised.
Have they {fern.) been repre-

affectus est.

praemio orn at us ?
Adolescentulus praemio ornatus est.

Num
Non

An

nos contempti siimus

siimus

l'llae

reprehensae sunt

They have been reprehended.

Have ye been

We have

Nemo punitus est.


Nemo quisquam poena
Qui's est

We

hended

sent ?

Vero quidem, reprehensae


(
I

not been sent.

Estis missi ?

Num

estis missi ?

Missi non siimus.

sunt.

LESSON

PERFECT OF DEPONENT VERBS.

46.]

245

PERFECT OF DEPONENT VERBS.


B.

The

perfect tense of

deponent verbs

Thus

like that of the passive voice (cf. A.).

Subjunctivk.

Indicative.

Hortatus sum or
horted,

fui,

I have

ex-

I exhorted.
sum

formed

is
:

Hortatus sim or fuerim, that


may have exhorted.

Sing,

hortatus

Plur.

or fueris
or fuerit,
hortati sumus or fuimus Plur. hortati slmus or fuerimus
hortati estis or fuistis
hortati sitis or fueritis
hortati sunt or fuerunt.
hortati sint or fuerint.

Sing, hortatus sim or fuerim

or fui

hortatus es or fuisti
hortatus est or fuit,

hortatus

sis

hortatus

sit

So veritus sum or fui, I have feared locutus sum or fui, I have


spoken blandltus sum or fui, I have flattered. To these add arbitratus sum, I have thought
comildtus sum, I have escorted moratus
sum, I have delayed
meritus sum, I have earned miseritus sum, I
have pitied tuitus sum, I have defended
lapsus sum, I have fallen
oblltus sum, I have forgotten
profectus sum, I have departed secutus
sum, I have followed
expertus sum, I have experienced largltus
sum, I have lavished, &c. (Cf. Lesson XXXV.)
;

Have you

ever spoken Latin

I have never spoken it.


Has he been accustomed

unquam Latine

Locuiusne

es

Nunquam

locutus sum.

Solitusne est scribere epistolas ?

to Avrite

letters ?

He

Sane quidem,

has been accustomed (to do

sdlitus est.

so).

Who

have obtained the prefer-

ence

Our

We

Qui's

principatum consecutus est

Ndster amicus.
ipsi principatum conseciiti

friend (has obtained it).


it ourselves.

Nosmet

have obtained

siimus.

Whom have they flattered ?

Cui * blanditi sunt

They have flattered no one.


Has he departed (for a journey) ?

Blanditi sunt nemini.


est profectus ?
Nondum profectus est.

Num

He

has not yet left.


Has she remained at home ?
Yes, she has (remained).
How much money has he lavished ?
He has lavished more than was
proper.
Have you spent more money
than I ?

* Blandiri alicui

21*

is

Moratane est ddmi


Vero, morata est.

Quantum

pecuniae

largitus

est

ille ?

Largitus est plus (amplius) aequo.

Largitusne es majorem pecuniam


quam ego ?
the usual construction.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

246

tmmo

No, I have (on the contrary)


spent

[LESSON

46.

vero minorem largitus sum.

less.

The
The
The

Rex,

king.
successor.

lawyer, barrister, coun-

sellor.

The

regis,

m.

Successor, oris,* m.
Patronus (i, m.) causarum ; causidicus, i, m. jurisconsultus, i, in.
;

office,

employment.

Learned.
To succeed (one in

Miinus, eris, n.
Doctus, eruditus, a, um.
Succedo, ere, cessi, cessum (in ali-

office).

CUJDS LOCUM, REGNO).

'

To grow

be taken

sick, to

Aegresco, ere,

.f

\ Flo (fieri, factus sum) aegrotus.


Incido (ere, cidi, casum) in morbum.
fall sick.
recover one's health, to ( Convalesco, ere, lui,

ill.

To
To

grow

\ Flo

well.
-

TT77
What
.

7
has become
of
J him

<

He

has become a doctor, a law-

He
He

<

has fallen sick.

v,

r,

<

>

i
I

have not recovered.

Whom

-,-,.

morbum

Vero quidem,

mercator.

ex liberis ?
Liberi fmnt homines adiilti.
,,,
,,.,,.
rmnt ex liberis homines adulti.
fit

Inciditne in

fallen sick ?

sum

vero, factus

Quid

TT
you recoveredt vour health i
Have
J
I

-,

Non

He

Quid ex eo Jfactum est ?


,
, x
*,
,.*
/{
f ,
Quid eo (de
eo) jactum est ?

Ilelatus % est inter milites.


Factusne es considicus ?

'

Has he

sum) sanus.

factus

Factus est medicus, patronus causarum, rex.


Factus est miles.

yer, a king.

has turned soldier.


has enlisted.
Have you become a lawyer ?
No, I have become a merchant.
AYhat becomes of children ?
, ., j
,
Children become men.

(fieri,

incidit.

Factusne es sanus?
n
Lonvaluistine ex mdrbo
Convaluistine
Non factus sum.
,

Non

convalui.

Cujus in locum successit ?


office) ?
Cujus miineris factus est successor
I
He has succeeded the king (to j In locum regis successit."
the throne).
\ Factus est successor regis.
has he

succeeded

(in j

Exercise

Why

90.

has that child been praised


It has been praised because it
Hast thou ever been praised?
I have often
has studied well.
Why has that other child been punished? It has
been praised.
been punished because it has been naughty and idle.
Has this child
been rewarded?
It has been rewarded, because it has worked well.
When was that man punished ? He was punished day before

'?

This word always


Compare A. Eem.

From

requires the genitive of the office.

refei-o, -erre,

6.
-tfili,

-latum.


LESSON

EXERCISES

46.]

Why

247

90, 91.

yesterday.
have we been esteemed ?
Because we have been
studious and obedient.
have these people been hated ?
Because they have been disobedient.
By whom has the room been
swept ?
How many times has
It has been swept by your servant.
it been swept ?
It has been swept twice.
Has your book been
read as often as mine ?
It has been read oftener than yours.
has that book been burnt?
Because it was a worthless one.
Have
you been commanded to write ?
I have not been commanded to
write, but to speak.
Whither has the young man been sent ?
He
has been sent into the country.
By whom have you been instructed ?
I have been instructed by my parents and masters.
Has the
book been torn by any one ?
It has been torn by our children.
Have our shirts been washed ?
They have not yet been washed.
When were our glasses broken ? They were broken yesterday.
Have you been punished as severely (tarn severe) as I ?
I have
been punished more severely than you.
By whom were these letters
written ?
They were written by our enemies.
Has our friend
been loved by his masters ?
He has been loved and praised by
them, because he was studious and good but his brother has been
despised by his, because he was naughty and idle.

Why

Why

Exercise

91.

He has become a lawyer.


Was your
He has
He was taken and became successor
uncle taken
Why did man not work He could not work, be Has he recovered He has recovered.
cause he was taken
What has become of him He has turned a merchant. What has
become of
children? His children have become men. What
has become of your son He has become a great man. Has he
become learned He has become learned. What has become of

what has become of


my book do not know (Hand
have not torn W has become of our
Have you torn
neighbor
do not know what has become of him. When did
out yesterday. Have our
your
out He
already
out? They have not yet
With whom have
you spoken have spoken with my neighbor. Has any one
them. Whose money
spoken
those men No one has spoken
own. Has
have they squandered They have squandered
any one exhorted you My master has exhorted me. Has your
Have
preference He has not obtained
brother obtained
any one. Do our enemies
any one never
you
Has your
remained
home
us They do
He has remained. Did he remain home yesterday He did
home. Have you been accustomed
go
the
not remain
Whom has your brother
atre? have not been accustomed
He has become the successor of
succeeded
What has become of your friend ?
What has become of your cousin ?
ill

enlisted.

his office.

his

ill,

this

in

ill.

his

scio)

it.

it ?

?
I
father set

hat

it.

friends

set

set out.

set

to

to

their

the

flattered

flatter

it.

flatter

father

flatter us.

at

at

to

at

to

the-

to go.

in office ?

his father.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

248

Lesson XLVII.

[LESSON

47.

PENSUM QUADRA GESIMUM

SEPTIMUM.
OF THE SUPINES.
in um always implies a purpose (to,
for the purpose of), and is chiefly used after
verbs of motion, such as eo, abeo, venio, mitto, missus
As,
sum, do, &c.

The supine

A.

in order

to,

Eo

ciibitum, saltatum, venatum,


esum.
Abeo exulatum, patriarn defen
sum, paeem petitum.

Venio questuin,

sciscitatum, gra-

tulatum.

Redeo

obsecrfitum,

spectatuui,

hiematum.
Missus sum bellatum, consiiltum.

I go to sleep, to dance, to hunt, to


eat.

go off into

exile, to

defend

my

country, to sue for peace.


I come to complain, to inquire, to
congratulate.
I return to see, to beseech, to winter.

have been sent

to

wage war,

to

consult.

Do

alicui

aliquam niiptum.

I cive

some one

in marriaae.

Supines in um have an active sense,


B. Rule.
and govern the same cases as their verbs.* E. g.
Divitiacus came to Rome to the
Diviti'acus Romam ad senatum
senate, in order to ask for aid.
to complain of injuries,

venit, auxilium postulaium.


Venerunt question injiirias, et ex
foedere res repetltum.

They came

Non

cording to the treaty.


I shall not go to serve Grecian
matrons.

ego Graiis servltum mdtribus

lbo.

Hannibal invictus pdtriam defen-

sum revocatus est.


Coctum ego, non vapuldtum con-

demand

to

restitution

ac-

Hannibal was recalled unconquered


to defend his country.
I was employed to cook, not to be
flogged.

diictus siim.

Missus est
precibus

and

quibus
suppliciisque
deos

sciscitatum,

pdssent placare.

He

was sent to inquire by what


prayers or offerings they might
appease the gods.

Remarks.
1.

The verb

the English /

* The
sion, the

u = ui).

ire
will,

with the supine in um


I am about; as, Cur te

is
is

sometimes equivalent to
perditum? Why will you

supines in um and u are, in point of form, nouns of the fourth declenformer in the accusative, the latter in the ablative or dative (when
Their construction, however, shows them to be parts of the verb.

LESSON
make

THE SUPINES.

47.]

249

unhappy ? Fuere cives, qui seque remque publicam perThere were citizens, who were engaged in ruining both
themselves and the republic.
But ire with the supine is frequently
nothing more than a circumlocution for the same tense of the verb
as, ultum ire == ulcisci, to revenge
raptum eunt
eripiunt, they plunder; perditum eamus
per damns, we may ruin.
yourself

ditum

irent,

The supine

2.

in

um

retains

active signification with a passive

its

Contumeliam mild per hujusce pctidantiam factum


They are insulting me with the petulance of this man.

verb.

E.

g.

itur,

3. In connection with the passive infinitive iri, the supine in um


serves to form the future infinitive passive as, amatum iri, to be about
to be loved
auditum iri,* to be about to be heard, &c.
(Cf. Lesson
;

XLVIII. B.)

Many verbs want the supine in um. In these cases (and often
where the supine exists), the purpose implied in the verb of
motion may be indicated by various other constructions as, Venio
spectatum, ad spectandum, spectandi causa, spectaturus, ut spcclem, or
spectdre, I come to see, for the sake of seeing, about to see, &c.
In
general, the use of the supine is not extensive, and the best writers
more frequently prefer the gerund with ad or causa, or the future
participle in urus.
(Cf. Lesson XXX. D.)
4.

also

The supine in u is used in a passive sense after


C.
fas, nefas, opus, and after adjectives signifying good or
bad, pleasant or unpleasant, worthy or unworthy, easy or
difficult,

and the

like.

E.

g.

hoc fas est dictu.


Nefas est dictu.

It is

Ita dictu opus est.


Honestum, di'gnum, tiirpe, mira-

It is

If

Si

Thus we must

optimum

est tarn

jucundum

cdfjnitu

atque auditu, quam sapientibus


sententiis gravibusque verbis
ornata orario ?
Sapiens vitdtu, quidque petitu sit
melius, caiisas reddet tibi.
Hernici nihil lisquam dictu

gnum

It

easy, difficult, better, best, to


to be done.

is

do or

est fdctu.-\

Quid

say.

honorable, worthy, disgraceful,


wonderful to tell or to be told.

bile est dictu.

Facile, difficile, melius,

right to say so.


impiety to say so.

it is

ausi sunt.

di-

Is there

anything so delightful to
to hear as a discourse

know and

replete with sage sentiments

weighty arguments

and

The

philosopher will render you


an account of what it is best to
avoid, and what best to seek.
The Hernici never achieved anything worth mentioning anywhere.

* The

passive infinitive iri in this connection is used impersonally.


mollissimum tactu, of the softest
touch; facile inventu, easy to find, or to be found; speciosa dktu, plausible to
undertaken,
&c.
foul
said;
inceptu,
to
be
be
foedum

So likewise duke auditu, sweet to heai

[lesson

latin grammar.

250

-17.

Remarks.
1.

The supine

wdocs not govern any case, and


It is commonly rendered like the

in

is

hence put with

infinitive passive,
the passive voice.
but frequently better translated actively. The supines thus employed
The principal are diclu, audita, cognitu, facta,
are not numerous.
inventu, memor.at
.

adjectives most frequently found in connection with this


supine are bonus, parvus, magnus, dulcis, gravis, levis, fdus, durus,
deformis, speciosus, digitus, indignus,proclivis, facilis, difficilis^ mirabilis,
and others in lis : also varus, necessarius, acerbus, vehemens, lurpis,
2.

The

foedus, &c.

The supine

3.

Pudet

as,

dictu,

in u
It is

sometimes (though rarely) occurs with a verb;


shameful to be said. Primus cubitu surgat,
Let him (the steward) be the first to rise and
Priusquam ego obsonatu redeo, Before I return

postremus cub'dwn eat,


the last to go to bed.
from the purchase of food.*

4. Instead of the supine in w, especially after fac'dls and


the following constructions frequently occur
:

difficilis,

infinitive present; as, FacUe est vincere non repugnantes,


Id dicere obscoeeasy to conquer where there is no resistance.
num est, It is obscene to say so.
b.) The gerund with ad ; as, Facillimus ad concoquendum, The
Jucundum ad aiidiendum, Delightful to hear or to be
easiest to cook.
heard.
c.) The passive voice and the adjectives facile, difficile, &c. as
adverbs.
E. g. Non facile dijudicatur amor verus et fetus, Real love
and feigned are not easily distinguished.
d.) Sometimes the present participle, and more rarely a supine in
urn ; as, Decemviri colloquentibus erant difficiles, The decemviri were
difficult of access.
Optimum factum, Best to do.
e.) Quite frequently a verbal noun in the case required by the
adjective; as, Justae causae facilis est defensio, The defense of a just
Difficilis est animi, quid out qualis sit, intellicause is an easy one.
gentia (= Difficile est intellectu, quid, &c), It is difficult to understand the nature of the mind. So jucunda polui (for po'u), Delightful

a) The

It

is

to drink.

Facilis divisui,

were rarely
knowing.

to divide.

Inf.

To do
done.
To make (do)

made.
made.

To make (manufacture)
To take off
taken off.

Easy

to be seen (rare of access).

Agere
Facere

Erant rari aditus, They


Cognitione dignum, AVorth

Pkkf.

egi,

feci,

Supine* f
actum.

factum.

confeci, confectum.
Exuere exui, exutum.
Conficere

In these cases the supine appears really as the ablative of a verbal substantive.
But here the verbals in io are by far more common; e. g. a frumentalione redire, to return from a foraging expedition.
forms
actum, factum, &c. may either be regarded as the supine "to
The
t
act/' '"to do," or as the neuter of the perfect participle "acted." "done," &c.

LESSON

47.]

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

To pull off pulled off.


To say said.
To speak
spoken.
To converse with
conversed
-

with.

To dare
To cut
To mow

dared.

mowed.
To burn burnt.
To wash washed.
To pick up picked up.
To preserve preserved.
To tear
cut.

combuConcremare
atum.
Lavare
lavatum
Tollere
sublatum.
Servare
atum.
Seponere
positum.
Lacerare
atum.
avi,

sustuli,

avi,

posui,

avi,

Quid

Ego

Has he

told you that ?


has told me.
Who has told him that ?
I have told him myself.
Are you the brother of my friend

fecisti (egi'sti) ?

nihil feci.

Confecitne sartor me'am tdgam


Confecit vero.

Earn ndndum confecit.


Exuistine te vestibus ?
Sic est, exui.

Detraxeruntne sibi caligas pedibus

Non

detraxerunt.
Niim nos capita nudavimus

Vos

capita

non

e'i

dixit ?

Egdmet

ipse.

Esne

frater amici

tii

nudavistis.

Dixitne tibi hoc


Dixit vero.
Qui's hoc (illud)

He

mei

Slim vero.

am.

With which man have you spoken ?


I have spoken with that man.
Have you spoken to your friend ?
have spoken

to him.
gloves have you picked

have picked up yours.

have not preserved them.

Which books have you burnt


have burnt no books.

Cum quo

hdmine locutus

es ?

>

Collociitus

sum cum hdmine

Locutiisne es amico
cum tiium) ?

Locutus sum

Quae

(ei,

tiio

illo.

(ad ami-

ad eum).

digitabula sustulisti ?

(Sustuli)

Have you preserved my books

(lautus,

lotus).

the tailor made my coat ?


has made it.
has not yet made it.
Have you taken off your clothes ?
I have taken them off.
Have they taken off their boots ?
They have not taken them off.
Have we taken off our hats ?
You have not taken off your hats.

coinbussi,

lavi,

Has

collociitus

stum.

have done nothing.

Which
up?

sum.
Audere ausus sum.
Secare
sectum.
Metere
messum.
Colloqui

messiii,

He
He

dixi,

Comburere

What have you done ?

detraxi, detractum.

dictum.
Loqui locutus sum.

Detrahere
Dicere

secui,

torn.

251

tiia.

Servavistine

(servastine)

meos ?
(Eos) non servavi.
Quos libros combussisti

libros

Niillos (combiissi).

Eiro

non

lillos

libros combiissi.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

252

Have you

torn any
have torn some.
Has he torn any ?

-17.

Lacerasti aiiqua indiisia ?

shirts ?

Laeeravi nonmilla.

Xiim quae

Non

Tj i
ie has torn none.
.

<

-t

"washed

laceravit ?

laceravit.

M1

.,

JMulla laceravit

What have ye

[LESSON

Quid lavi'stis ?
Muccinia nostra Candida

We have washed our white hand-

lavirnus.

kerchiefs.

Quid secuerunt

"What have they cut ?


They have cut our canes.

Secuerunt bacula nostra.

Exercise

92.

have nothing
"What has
What hast thou
write
do He has
your brother
done have done nothing. Have done anything You have
What have your children done They have
torn my
beautiful books. What have we done You have done
torn
Has the
nothing but your brothers have burnt my
Has your
already made your coat He has not yet made
shoemaker already made your boots He has already made them.
Have you sometimes made a hat? have never made one.

Hast thou already made thy purse have not yet made
Have our neighbors ever made books They made some formerly.
How many coats has your
made He has made
or
forty of them. Has he made good or bad coats He has made
(both) good and bad (ones). Has our father taken
hat off?
Have your brothers taken
He has taken
coats off?
Have you anything
to

to

do

to do.

to

letters.

clothes.

their

fine chairs.

tailor

it.

it.

tailor

thirty

his

it off.

their

They have taken them off.


Has the physician taken his stockings
or his shoes off?
He has taken off neither the one nor the other.
What has he taken away? He has taken away nothing, but he has
taken off his large hat.
Who has told you that ? My servant has
told it to me.
What has your cousin told you?
He has told me
nothing.
Who has told it to your neighbor ? The English have
told it to him.
1 am.
Is
Are you the brother of that youth ?
that boy your son ?
He is. How many children have you ? I
have but two.
He has not
Has the bailiff gone to the market ?
You are not.
gone thither.
Is he ill ?
I ill ?
He is.
Are you as tall as I ?
I am.
Are your friends as rich as they say ?
They are.
Art thou as fatigued as thy brother?
I am more

Am

(so) than he.

Exercise

93.

I came
Did you come to complain ?
I did not come to complain
They
to inquire and to congratulate.
Were they sent to see?
were sent to see and to congratulate.
Did he return (Redivitne) to
make war ?
Have you spoken
No, he returned to sue for peace.
to my father ?
When did you speak to
I have spoken to him.
him ?
Have you someI spoke to him the day before yesterday.
times spoken with the Turk?
I have never spoken with him.
How many times have you spoken to the captain ? I have sj>oken


LESSON

INFINITIVE MOOD.

48.]

253

Has the nobleman ever spoken with you ?


to him six times.
He
Have you often spoken with his son ?
has never spoken with me.
Have you spoken with him oftencr
I have often spoken with him.
I have not spoken with him so often as you (have).
than we ?
I have spoken to
To which son of the nobleman have you spoken ?
To which men has your brother spothe youngest (minimus natu).
ken ?
He has spoken to these. What has your gardener's son cut ?
He has cut
He has cut trees.
Has he cut (inessuitne) corn ?
Has he cut as much hay as corn ?
He has cut as much of
some.
Have you picked up my knife ?
I have
the one as of the other.
What have you picked up ?
picked it up.
have picked up
nothing.
Have you burnt anything ?
have burnt nothing.
Hast thou burnt my fine ribbons ?
I have not burnt them.
Which
books has the Greek burnt ?
He has burnt his own
Which ships
have the Spaniards burnt ?
They have burnt no ships.
Have you
I have not burnt any.
burnt paper?
Has the physician burnt
notes ?
He has burnt none.
Have you had the courage to burn
my hat ? I have had the courage to burn it. When did you burn
it?
Where have you burnt it?
I have
I burnt it yesterday.
burnt it in my room.
Who has torn your shirt ? The ugly boy of
our neighbor has torn it.
Has any one torn your books.
Nobody
Is it right to do so ?
has torn them.
It is wrong.
Is it wonderful
to be told ?
It is very wonderful (permirabile)
What is best to
be done ?
It is best to depart (set out).
Is there any so delightful to know and to hear as the Latin tongue?
There is nothing
more delightful (jucundius).
What has he achieved? It is not
worth mentioning what he has achieved.

We

XLVIII. pensum

Lesson

We

duodequinqua-

GESIMUM.
OF THE INFINITIVE MOOD.
A.
The infinitive mood expresses the action of the
verb in an indefinite or general manner, but at the same
time represents it either as completed or uncompleted,
i.

as present, past, or future.

e.

Hence

the infinitive of Latin verbs has three tenses

present, perfect, and future.


For each of these the active
the passive voices both have separate forms.
They are
:

1.

verb

the

and

The present infinitive active, derived from the first root of the
as, anwe, monere, legere, audlre, to love, admonish, read, hear.*
* Compare
22

Lesson

XXIV. B.

C.

LATIN GRAMMAR,

254

[LESSON

48.

2. The present infinitive passive, likewise derived from the first


root; as, aman', moneri, leg/, audin'j to be loved, admonished, read,

heard.*

The

perfect infinitive active, formed from the second root by


amayisse (amasse),f monms.se, legisse audlWs.se (audisse), to have loved, admonished, read, heard.
3.

adding
4.

xsse ; as,

The

perfect infinitive passive, formed

with the perfect participle;


have been loved, &e.

The

as,

by combining

amatum (am, um)%

esse or fuisse

esse or fuisse, to

by adding esse to the future


amaturum (am, um) esse, to be about to love, &c.
6. The future infinitive passive, formed by adding the passive infinitive of ire to the supine in um; as, amatum Iri, to be about to be
5.

future infinitive active, formed

participle active; as,

loved, &c.

B.

The following paradigms

the infinitive

exhibit all the forms of


passive.

mood, both active and

First Conjugation.
Infinitive Active.
araare, to love.

Infinitive Passive.
to be loved.

Pres.
Perf. ama\isse (amasse),

amari,
to

amatum

esse, to be

amatum

have loved.

Fut.

amaturum
about

esse or fuisse, to have


been loved.

about

be

iri, to

to

be

loved.

to love.

Second Conjugation.
Pres. monere, to remind.
moneri, to be reminded.
Perf. monuisse, to have remonitum esse or fuisse, to have
minded.

Fut.

been reminded.

moniturum
about

to

esse, to be

remind.

monitum

be about to be

iri, to

reminded.

Third Conjugation.
Pres.
Perf.

legere, to read.
legisse, to

legl, to be read.

have read.

lectum esse or

fuisse, to

have

been read.

Fut.

lecturum
about

to

esse,

to

be

read.

lectum

Iri,

to

be

about

to

be

read.

Fourth Conjugation.
Pres. audlre, to hear
Perf. audlvisse (audisse),

audlrl, to be heard.
to

have heard.

Fut.

audlturum
about

* Compare
%

esse, to

to hear.

audltum esse or

fuisse, to

have

been heard.
be

audltum

iri,

to be

about

to be

heard.

Lesson XXXIII. B.
f See pnge 239, Remarks.
the nominative, amatus (a, um) esse or fuisse, &c.
amaturus (a, um) esse, &c.

And when it occurs in


And in the nominative

LESSON

CONSTRUCTION OF "FORE,

43.]

255

UT.'

Remarks.
Instead of the future infinitive active or passive, the periphrastic
forms fore,* ut, or futurum esse, ut, with the subjunctive, are often employed, especially when the verb has no supine or participle in virus.
E. g. Spero fore (or futurum esse), ut venias, for Spero te venturum esse,
Credo fore ut epistola scribal ur, instead of
I hope that you will come.
Credo epistolam scriptum iri, I think that the letter will be written.
So also in the past tenses Sperdbam fore, ut venires, I hoped that you
might come.
Credebam fore, ut epistola scriberetur, I thought that the
letter would be written.
And of an act completed at some future
time Spero fore, ut veneris (perf. subj.), I hope that you will have
1.

come. Sperdbam fore, ut venisses, I hoped that you might have come.
Credo (Credebam) epistolam scriptam fore, I think (thought) that the
letter will be (would be) written.

Neuter verbs (unless they are used impersonally) have genMany of this class want
the supine and future participle, and have consequently fore at.
2.

erally the infinitives of the active voice only.

E.o-.

Ire,

lvisse,

iturum

Venire,

venisse,

Esse,
Posse,
Velle,

fuisse,

venturum esse,
futurum esse.

voluisse,

To carry

carried.

Afferre

Bib ere
Ferre
Pvrtdre

drink.

brought.
To send
To write written.
To learn

To
To give given.
To lend
To go gone.
To come come.
be acquainted
To know
with) known.
brino;

lull,

latum,

avi,

dtum.

attuli,

avi,

si,

didici,

learnt.

avi,

ivi,

(
(

Did you drink some of my wine?

Bibistine de vino

(any of it).
Has he brought me the book

Non
'?

This

is

meo

bibi.

Apportavitne

brum
*

vidi,

lent.

I did" not drink

allatum.

atum.
missum.
Mittere mi
scriptum.
Scribere
Discere
visum.
Videre
Dare dedi, datum.
Commodare
atum.
Credere credldi, creditum.
Ire
itum.
Venire veni, ventum.
Nosse novi, notum.
Cognoscere cognovi, cognitum.
scripsi,

seen.

(to

Supine.

blbi,

Apportare

sent.

see

Pekf.

Inf.

To

fore, ut possim.
fore, ut velhn, &c.

potuisse,

To drink

esse,

(attulitne)

mihi

li-

the present infinitive of the obsolete fuo, I am; but generally


in actual use are the imperf.

futurum esse. The only remaining forms of fuo


,forent.
subj. for em, fores, foret,
,

LATIN GRAMMAR.

25 G

He

lias

brought

[LESSON

Apportavit (attiilit).
Misenintne nobis litteras ?
( Dederiintne litteras ad nos
(Xon miserunt.
\ Dedcrunt niillas.

it.

48.

j"

Did they send us

They have

letters ?

sent none.

Did we write notes

Scripsimusne schedulas ?
Scripsimus vero nonmillas.

We

have written some.


Have you seen the man ?
We have not seen him.
Have you seen my book ?
Yes, we have seen it.
Where have you seen it ?
(We have seen it) in your room.
Have you become acquainted
with (do you know) those
people
I

hominem ?
(Eum) non vidimus.

Vidistisne

An

vidistis

Vero

librum

meum ?

qui'dem, vidimus.

ITbinam eum vidistis ?


(Vidimus eum) in cubiculo tiio.
Nostine (eongnovistine) homines
illos ?

Sane qui'dem,

have become acquainted with


them.

eiro

eos ndvi (eogno-

vi).

Have you known these men


have not known them.

Notine

learn to write

tibi

fuerunt homines

illi

Non

fuerunt.
Discisne scribere ?

Do you

'?

Yes, I am learning it.


I am learning the art of writing.
Have you learnt to read Latin ?

Ita est, disco.


Ego artem scribendi edisco.
Didicistine legere Latine (litteras

I have learnt

Didici.

Latinas)
it.

Of whom ?
Of my master.

Apud quern (a quo) ?


Apud magistrum meum

When

meo).
Quando mihi umbraculum
commodavisti ?

(a magi-

stro

did you lend

me

that

um-

brella ?

Nudius

it to you) day before yesterday.


Did the man come to your father ?
He did come.
Did your brother go out into the

(I lent

illud

tertius.

Ivitne homo ad piitrem tiium ?


Ivit vero.
Exiitne fraterculus tiius in agros ?

fields ?

He

did go out.

Exiit.

At what time did you come


the city

Quo tempore

into

venistis in

urban

(We came) yesterday evening.


When did they come home ?

(Venimus) heri vesperi.

Quando advenerunt

(illi)

ddmum

siiam ?

They came

this

Advenerunt hddie mane.

morning.
seen my cou-

Where have you

L bi

sin ?

I have seen

To

get,

done).

(quo loco) consobrinum

vidisti (conspexisti)

him

Ego eum

in the theatre.

(anything
See page 170.

order

to

he

in theatro vidi (conspexi).

| Curare
\

Jubere

meum

'?

jussi,

jussum.

dvl, aturn.

LESSON
To

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

48.]

Aliquid
Aliquid
\ Aliquid
( Aliquid
j Aliquid
( Aliquid
j"

get anything mended.

To

get anything washed.

To

get anything made.

Are you

getting a coat

made

(
?
(

am

(
\

I have ordered (got) one made.

Has your brother had


washed

He

it

vero

unam

confici.

unam conficiendam.
unam confici.
Ego unam conficiendam curavi.

Ciiro
Jussi

Curavitne

frater tiius indiisium


siium lavandum ?
Curavit id faciendum.
Jussistine tu tibialia tiia lavari ?

his shirt

has (had

reparari jubere.
reficiendum curare.
lavari jubere.
abluendum curare.
confici jubere.
confieiendum curare.

Jubesne tdgam confici ?


Curasne tibi tdgam conficiendam

j Jiibeo

getting one made.

257

done).

Have you ordered your stockings


be washed ?
have ordered them to be
washed.
Have vou had your shoes mendto

Jussi (ea lavari).

Curavistisne calceos vestros refici-

endos

ed?"'

We have not had them mended.

Reficiendos eos

The cravat.
To bind (a book).

*Focale,

is,

Compingo,

Have you sometimes had cravats


mended ?
I have had some mended some-

non curavimus.

n.

ere, pegi,

pactum.

Curavistine interdum
cienda ?

Curavi

vero

foctilia

interdum

refi-

nonniilla

reficienda.

times.

Have you ordered your book

to

be bound ?
I have ordered it to be bound.
By whom have you had your
books bound ?
I have had them bound by our

Jussistine librum tiium compingi ?

Sane qui'dem, jussi eum compingi.


Cui libros tiios compingendos cre,

didisti?

Ego

eos vicino ndstro, bibliopego,

compingendos

neighbor, the binder.


(

The bookbinder.

Exercise

credidi.

*Bibliopegus, i, m.
*Librorum compactor,

oris,

m.

94.

I have drunk some.


Have you drunk
Have you drunk wine ?
Hast thou drunk some
I have drunk but little of it.
much of it ?
Has thy brother drunk much good
beer ?
I have drunk some.
When did you
cider ?
He has not drunk much of it, but enough.
Has the
I drank some yesterday and to-day.
drink any wine ?
Where has he carHe has carried it.
servant carried the letter ?
Have you brought
Pie has carried it to your friend.
ried it to ?
We have brought you some. How many apples
us some apples V

We have brought you twenty-five of them.


have you brought us ?
When did you bring them ? I brought them this morning. At

22*

LATIN GRAMMAR,

'2^>$

[LESSON

48.

what o'clock ?
At a quarter to eight.
Have you sent your little
boy to the market ?
I have sent him thither.
When did you send
him thither ?
Have you written to your father?
This evening.
I have written to him.
Has he answered you ?
He has not yet answered me.
Have you ever written to the physician ? I have never
written to him.
Has he sometimes written to you ?
He has often
written to me.
What has he written to you ?
He has written to
Have your friends ever written to you ?
me something.
They
How many times have they written to
have often written to me.
you ?
They have written to me more than thirty times.
Have
Has he ever seen
you ever seen my son ?
I have never seen him.
Hast thou ever seen any Greeks ?
you?
He has often seen me.
Have you already seen a Syrian ?
I have often seen some.
I
Where have you seen one ?
have already seen one.
At the theatre.
Have you given the book to my brother ?
I have given it
I have given
to him.
Have you given money to the merchant ?
some to him.
How much have you given to him? I have given
to him fifteen crowns.
Have you given gold ribbons to our good
neighbors' children ?
Will you give
I have given some to them.
some bread to the poor (man) ?
I have already given some to him.
Wilt thou give me some wine ?
I have already given you some.
When didst thou give me some ? I gave you some formerly.
Wilt thou give me some now ?
I cannot give you any.

Exercise

95.

He has lent me some.


Has the American lent you money ?
Has he often lent you some ? He has lent me some sometimes.
When did he lend you any ? He lent me some formerly. Has the
Italian ever lent you money ?
He has never lent me any. Is he

He not poor he richer than you. Will you lend me


lend you two of them. Has your boy come
a crown I
mine He has come
him. When This morning. At what
At what
than
time Early. Has he come
He has come
came
did you come
half past
He went the
than you. AVhere did
brother go
He went
W hen did he go
the day before yes Has
terday. Has the
taken place
has taken

has taken place


At what
taken place
write He does learn
At midnight. Does your brother learn
Does he already know how read He does not know how
Have you ever
formerly, but I
German learnt
Has your father ever learnt French He has
do not know
Does he learn
never learnt
present He does learn
Do you know the
know do not know
Englishman whom
the one whom you know but
know another. Does your friend
know the same nobleman whom
know He does not know the
Have you known the same men whom
same but he knows
have known. have not known the same; but
have known
Have you ever had your coat mended? have sometimes
poor

is

is

will

to

to

earlier

at

yojar
thither ?

to ?

to

place.

It

to

to

it.

learnt.

it

it.

it

it.

at

others.

it.

others.

it

o'clock ?

early.

It

yet.

ball.

thither

ball

late ?

o'clock
earlier

I ?

five.

LESSON

TARTICIPLES.

49.]

259

had it mended.
Hast thou already had thy boots mended ?
I have
not yet had them mended.
Has your cousin sometimes had his
stockings mended ?
He has several times had them mended.
Hast
thou had thy hat or thy shoe mended ?
I have neither had the one
nor the other mended.
Have you had my cravats or my shirts
washed?
I have neither had the one nor the other washed.
What
stockings have you had washed ?
I have had the thread stockings
washed.
Has your father had a table made ?
He has had one
made.
Have you had anything made V
I have had nothing made.

Lesson XLIX.

pensum

undequinquage-

SIMUM.
OF PARTICIPLES.
A. Of the four participles of the Latin verb, the present active
and the future passive are formed from the first root of the verb, and
the future active and perfect passive from the third. (Cf. Lesson
XXVIII. B. 8, 9, and D. 1, 2.) The terminations of these participles
for the respective conjugations are

Pres. Act.
Fut. Act.
Perf. Pass.
Fut. Pass.

1.

ans, 2. ens, 3. ens (tens), 4. tens.

1.

aturus, 2. iturus, 3. turus, 4. iturus.

1. citus, 2. itus, 3.
1.

andus,

2.

tus*

4. itus.

endus, 3. endus iiendus),

4.

zendus.

B.
The following paradigms exhibit the participles
of the several conjugations in regular order
:

First Conjugation.
ACTIVE.

Pres. amans, loving.


Fut. amaturus, a, um, about

PASSIVE.

Perf. amatus, a, um, loved.


Fut. amandus, a, um, to

be

loved.

to love.

Second Conjugation.
Perf. monitus, a, \xm,reminded.
Pres. monens, reminding.
Fut. monlturus, a, um,about Fut. monendus, a, um, to be
to

Pres.
Fut.

legens,

Third Conjugation.
Perf. lectus,
reading.

lecturus, a,
to

reminded.

remind.

read.

um, about

Fut.

a,

legendus,
read.

* On the irregularities of the third root of the second


see Lesson XLVI. A. Kem. 1-6.

um, read.
a, um, to

be

and third conjugations,

LATIN GRAMMAR.

260

Pres. capiens, taking.


Fut. capturus, a, um, about

[LESSON

49.

Perf. captus, a, urn, taken.


Fut. capiendus, a, um, to

be

taken.

to take.

Fourth Conjugation.
Pres. audiens, hearing.
Fut. audlturus, a, um, about

Perf. audltus, a, um, heard.


Fut. audiendus, a, um, to

be

heard.

to hear.

Deponent verbs generally have all the participles. Of


C.
these the future in dus is passive, like that of other verbs, but
the perfect participle in tus has commonly an active sense.
E.g.
Pres.

hortans, verens, sequens, blandiens, exhorting, fear-

Perf.

hortatus, veritus, secutus, blanditus,

ing, following, flattering.

having exhort-

ed, feared, followed, flattered.

Fut. Act.

hortaturus, veriturus, secturus, blandlturus,


to exhort,

about

fear, follow, flatter.

Fut. Pass, hortandus, verendus, sequendus, blandiendus,

to be

exhorted, feared, followed, flattered.

Remarks.
The

present participle in ns is declined like an adjective of one


termination (cf. page 21), and the participles in us, a, um, like bonus.
1.

2. Participles sometimes drop the distinction of time and


E. g. avians, loving (in
character of adjectives or nouns.
When employed as
lover; doctus, learned natus, a son.
they become susceptible of comparison. (Cf. Lesson XLI.
;

3.

Neuter verbs generally have only the

assume the
love), or a
adjectives,
C.

and F.)

participles of the active

Of some, however, the future passive participle in dum is used


Others again have also a perfect participle, which
impersonally.*
sometimes has a passive and sometimes an active sense.
voice.

The perfect participle of deponent verbs is generally active.


following sometimes occur also in the passive sense
adeptus,
comitatus, commentatus, complexus, confessus, contestCitus and detesldtus,
populatus and depopuldtus, dimensus and emensus, effdtus, ementitus,
emeritus, expertus and inexpertus, execratus, interprctatus, meditdtus,
metatus, moderatus, opintitus, pactus, partitus, perfunctus, periclita4.

The

tus, stipulatus, testdtus.


E. g. Depopulatus agrum, Having devastated
the field. Depopulation agrum, The devastated field. Partitus exercitum, Having divided the army. Partlto exercitu, The army having
been divided.

5.

also

The

following perfect participles, though from active verbs, are


:
juratus, having sworn pransus,

employed in an active sense

* Compare page

118, note *.

LESSON

CONJUGATIO PERIPHRASTICA.

49.]

261

having taken lunch; coenatus, having dined; potus, having drunk.

To these add ausus,


and pertaesus.

gavlsus, solitus, flsus, confisus

exvsus, jierosus,

The

English perfect participle active, of which Latin verbs genis commonly rendered either by a separate clause,
or by the ablative of the passive participle.
E. g. " When he had exterminated the kings," is either Quum reges exterminasset, or passive,
Regibus cxtermincitis, The kings having been exterminated.
The lat6.

erally are destitute,

ter

is

called the Ablative Absolute,

on -which see Lesson LXXIII.

The

genitive plural of participles in rus rarely occurs, except


that of futurus.
7.

8. The present participle of the verb sum is wanting, the obsolete


ens occurring only in the compounds absens, praesens, and potens.
The present participle of eo, I go, is iens, gen. euntis.

CONJUGATIO PERIPHRASTICA.
D, The participles in rus and dus, with the auxiliary sum,
give each of them rise to a new conjugation, called the conjugaIn this connection the participle in- rus detio periphrastica.
notes an intention, and that in dus, necessity or propriety. (Cf.
Lesson
1.

XXV.

C.

D.)

Amaturus sum,

E.

lam

g.

about

to love

(on the point of loving).*

Subjunctive.
amaturus sim
amaturus essem
amaturus fuerim
amaturus fuissem.

Indicative.

Pres. amaturus sum


Imp. amaturus cram
Perf. amaturus fui
Plup. amaturus fueram
Fut. amaturus ero.f
Infinitive.

Pres. amaturum
2.

Perf. amaturum

esse.

Amandus sum, I am

to

Subjunctive.
sim
essem
fuerim
fuissem

In DICATIVE.

amandus
amandus
Imp.
Perf.
amandus
amandus
Plup.
Fut.
amandus
Fut. Perf. amandus
Pres.

fuisse.

be loved, or must be loved.%

sum

amandus
amandus
amandus
amandus

cram
fui

fueram
ero
fuero.

Infinitive.

Pres. amandum

* And
about
about
t

Perf. amandum

esse.

so in the remaining tenses, Indic.

to love.

Subj.

that

I may

might

be,

I teas, have been, had been, shall be,


may have been, might have been,

be,

to love.

The Future Perfect amatus fuero does not occur.


Ind. I was to be
And so in the remaining tenses

\
loved,

fuisse.

&c, always with

by you, by men, by no

the agent in the dative.


E. g.
See Lesson XXV. C. D.
one.

loved,
tibi,

I shall have to be
hominibus, nemini,

LATIN GRAMMAR.

262

[LESSON

49.

OF THE USE OF PARTICIPLES.


E. Participles as such do not express any absolute determination of time, and can only be said to be present, past, or future, with reference to the time of the action denoted by the
verb of the sentence in which they stand. Hence the verb with
which they are connected may itself be either present, past, or
future.

Participles

have the agreement of

with which they are in concord

adjectives.

The noun

may

be either in the nominative, as the subject of the sentence, or in one of the oblique cases
governed by another word.
Participles govern the same cases as their verbs.
E. g.
Hie adolesce ntul us est
jiissis tiiis

(erat, erit)

obedient.

Abitiirae congregantur

(congregabantur, congregabiintur) in
loco certo.

This youth

is (was, will be) obedient to your commands.


When about to leave (just before
leaving) they collect (did collect,
will collect) together in a par-

ticular place.

Caesar hdstem profligatum


quitur (persecutus
quetur).

est,

perse'-

perse-

Caesar pdntem in Aran facien-

dum
Lex

curat (curavit, curabit).

est recta ratio,

imperans ho-

nesta, prohibens contraria.

Jacet corpus

dormic'/itis,

ut mdr-

tui.

Proditionis inshniddtus, ad
crimina respdndit.

Brundiisium venimus,
licitate navigandi

iisi

omnia

tiia fe-

Magna

pars hdminum est, quae


navigatura de tempestate non
edgitat.

Magna

pars peccatorum tdllitur,

si peccatur is testis assistat.

quidem beatos piito, quibus Deorum miinere datum est, aut


facere scribenda, aut scribere
loquenda.

Caesar pursues (has pursued, will


pursue) the routed enemy.
Caesar orders (did order, will order) a bridge to be constructed
over the Arar.
The law is plain reason, commanding what is just, and prohibiting
the contrary.
The body of one sleeping (asleep)
is like that of a dead man.
Accused of treason, he replied to
all the charges brought against
him.
Having had your own good luck
on our voyage, we arrived at

Brundusium.
There are many men, who never
think of the weather, when they
are about to sail.
great many offences are prevented, if (where) there is a witness near those (who are) about
committing them.
I consider those happy, to whom it
is vouchsafed either to achieve
things destined to be recorded,
or to record events destined to
be repeated.

LESSON
F.

2G<

USE OF PARTICIPLES.

49.]

Participles are frequently

employed instead of subordi-

pronoun, or by one of the


nate' clauses introduced by a relative
&c. E. S
although,
because,
when,
while,
if
conjunctions
.

Plato scribens mdrtuus

Plato died while

est.

(in the

act of)

writing.

Dionysius, Syraciisis expiilsus,


Corinthi piieros docebat.

Tiberius,

Rhenuin,

trajeclitrus

commeatum dmnem

Dionysius, after having been expelled from Syracuse, was engaged in teaching at Corinth.

when about crossing the


Rhine, sent over all his sup-

Tiberius,

transmi-

plies.

sit.

Sunt

divitiae

in

eertae,

sdrtis

humanae

ciinque
tate permansurae.
Pisistratus

qua-

riches, which vsill


remain in every vicissitude of

There are certain

levi-

human

primus Homeri

libros,

confmos antea, sic disposuisse


dicitur, ut nunc habemus.

Nihil affirmo, dubitans

plenimque

et mihi ipse diffidens.

Ut

dculus, sic animus, se non vi-

deos, alia cernit.

fortune.
said
is

to have first
arranged the poems of Homer,
which were confused before, in
the order in which we have
them now.
do not positively affirm anything,
since I am myself uncertain and

Pisistratus

distrustful of myself.
Although the mind, like the eye,
does not see itself, it yet per-

ceives other things.


Sdcratis mdrti illacrimare sdleo,

Platonem
Epicurus

legens.

non erubescens volu-

ptates pcrsequitur
mi natim.

dmncs no-

always weep over the death of


Socrates, as often as {whenever)

I read Plato.
Epicurus enumerates

catalogue

the entire
of pleasures without

Hushing.*

Remarks.
1

Participles

emploved adjectively modify merely the noun, and

sitiens, The thirsting earth.


not "the entire sentence. E. g. Terra
Metus magni malt imwell borne.
Poverty
pauperias,
tolerata
Bene
Poena* mentae reevil.
impending
great
a
of
fear
The
pendent,
punishment.
merited
of
a
misso, The remission
participles often supply the place
2 The perfect and future passive
litterae recitcMe The reading o
Hoc
E.
g.
substantive.
verbal
of a
founding ot the city. 1 ost
the
Since
conMa,
urbe
Ab
this letter.
Vro V u r Afncam deletam
Christ.
of
birth
the
After
Christum natum,
urbis delendae,
On account of the destruction of Africa Consilium
The design for the destruction of the city.

without (with
* So also non loquem, without speaking, &c. But the Englishas, non expecof the perfect participle;
verbs)l also expressed by the ablative
any help, &C.
lato auxilio, without expecting

264
3.

GRAMMAR.

LATIN*

[i.r.ssox 49.

After verbs of seeing, hearing, or representing, the present par*

may stand, as in English, instead of the infinitive. E. g. i&oCatonem vldi in biblich


cratem audio dicentem, I hear Socrates say.
thecd sedentem, I saw Cato sitting in the library.
Xenophon facii
Socratem disputantem, Xenophon represents Socrates as maintaining.

tieiple

4.

After habeo, teneo, possideo, and similar verbs, and also after

volo,

and euro, the perfijel participle is


used to designate a past event of which the result or consequences are
still remaining.
E-g- Cognttum liabeo, I (have learnt and still) know.
('Ionium teneo, I keep shut.
Mi excusdtum rein, I wish myself exnolo, cupio,facio, oportet, do, reddo,

habebat, He perceived the perfidy.


kept the army subjected.
Mtssos /ociant honores, Let them resign their claim to places of tru.st or honor.
Inventum tibi curdbo, I '11 see him found for you.

Perfidiam perspectam

cused.

ExercUum coactum

habebat,

He

5. The participle in rus is used by the later writers of the language


(instead oi the supine in urn ). after verbs of motion, to denote the purE.g. ('oiil, mi ad exercitum prqficiscitur, signa illaturus urbi,
pose.
Catiline goes to the army in order to invade the city.
(Cf. I..
The present participle is sometimes put in the Bame
D. Obs.)
sense; as. Canes alium rogantes regem rn.ise.rt ad Jovem, The dogs Bent
to Jupiter to a>k for another king.

XXX.

An

intended effect or purpose is also indicated by the future


(to order or get anything done), and
cona <l> re, / rniitten accipin and svsE.g. Conon muros dirucipere, locare, conducere, and similar verbs.
Conon ordered the demolished
tos Athendrum reficiendos curdvit,
walls of Athens to be repaired.
Vita data est utenda, Life is given
ns to be enjoyed.
Fabius saucios mitltes curandos diuidit patribus,
Fabius distributes the wounded soldiers to be provided for l>v the
Aedem Castbris P. Junius habuit tuendam, P. Junius had
senators.
Patriam pel diriniendam r,l inflamthe temple of Castor to guard
mandam retlquVmus, We have left our country cither to l>e plundered
or destroyed by fire.
6.

participle in dus% after curdn


also alter dan traden mitten
.

EXKRCISI
Are you about

to

love?

am

Are

about to love.

they going

They are not going read they are going


write (scripturus). Are we going
learn (disciiurus) Latin
We are going learn Were you about read the hook which
have
Were they about openread
you was about
ing (aperturus) the window? They were on the point of opening
he about to
(going to
vendUurus)
books?- He
not going
m.
Am about going (iturus) the theatre?
You are not going. Was he going give (daturus) you money?
He was about to give me some. Was the physician about to come
(venturus)? He was on the point of coming. Must you be loved
(amandus) must be loved. By whom (cui)
your
boy
to be loved? He must be loved by
parents and teachers.
Must the
be read (legendus) ?

must be read.
By whom
to read

(tectums')

to

to

to

to

lent

it.

Is

to

it.

to

sell

is

to Bell tb<

it.

his

sell,

to

to

is

little

bis

letter

It

LESSON

EXERCISE

49.]

97.

'2tio

and neighbors. Most the


be

not
be
(accendendus)
be extin Must you out on ajourney*V must
out?
was obliged
out
When was he obliged
am not
the garden?
morning. Must you go (eundum)
Must we breakfast (jeniandum) now? We
obliged to go
What
breakfast
be done by us? We must
are
It

must ho road by

lighted?
guished.

his friends

fire

lighted

to

It is

set

it

is

to

set out.

IIo

to sot

to sot

into

this

there.

not to
speak Latin,

yet.

and write

to

is

our friends.

letters to

Exercise

7.

1 have seen my father writing


seen any one writing ?
and reading by the fire.
Did they hear us speaking (loquentes) ?
I have
They did not hear us.
Where have j ou seen our friend ?
seen him standing (stanteni) by the window.
Where was your little
brother last evening V
He was in his room, reading (legt ns) the book
which you gave bim.
I- our servant in the field ?
No, he is in
the garden cutting (secans) trees.
Does he keep the window open
Do you wish to be excused?
(apertam) ?
No, la- keeps it .-hut.
do wish t<> I"' excused
I
Will you resign your claim (missos
l)o you not perI
cannol resign it,
facere) to posts of honor ? do perceive it.
ceive tin- reachery
/
Did In- gn
rfidiam ?
you the letter to read (to 1"- read
lem ndus) ?
He did give it (to
me).
I
To whom did you ;_ i\e the shirts to be washed V
have
given them to my servant
Di
they lend us the books to be torn
No; on the contrary, they have lent them to us
(discindendus) ?
to \>r re. id ami remembered {m> in<>ii<i t< m n<l<>s).
Will you send me
them.
your gloves to mend to he mended ) ?
I am unwilling to Bend
His the tailor received coats to mend?
He has received coats

Hare you

mend

Bhirts to

{reficienda).

and

Where

have you Kit your hat

to

be repaired V
have left it with (apud) the hatter.
Es the stranHe is coming in order to bring you Qibi
ger coming to our house ?
allatwus) the tobacco you have bought of him.
Hid that happen
(i r, nit) before (nn/<
It happened
or after the building of the city?
-Did Socrates live (vixitm Socrates) after the oirth of
after (pout).
No. he lived before it.
Christ ?
Was your brother rewarded?
\'o
on the contrary, he Buffered {<ni'<rtiis est) a merited punishment.
Do you sec the sailors coming ?
I do not see them coming, but
found
going away (abeuntes).
Where did you find your gloves ?
them lying on the table.
Did you find your neighbor sitting by the.
lire?
No,
found him walking (ambulatUem) in hi- garden.
1

* Prqfici* ndurnni
i

libi est

>:)

And

so the rot, acconling to Lesson

XXV.

D.


LATIX GRAMMAR.

2G6

Lesson L.

PENSUM

[l.ESSOX

50.

QUIXQUAGESIMOI.

OF THE IMPERFECT TENSE.


A. The imperfect tense represents an action or state
as incomplete, and going on at some past time.
As,
{

Amabam,

"(

_,

T t
Lttterae
.

was loving (was engaged

in loving).

I loved, did love.*

j I

Scribtbam,
,

was writing (was occupied with writing).

I wrote, did write.

(I was (being) loved.


( I was the object of continued love.
_7
\ A letter was beins: written.
...
scrweoanlur, { c
( borne one was engaged in writing a
.,

'

..

letter.

B. The imperfect tense always involves a reference (either


direct or indirect) to the time of another past action or event,

which was either simultaneous with or antecedent to it. Hence,


in narration, it frequently exchanges with the perfect indefinite,
which, as the leading tense, then indicates the principal event,
while the imperfect serves to point out the accessory circumIn its grammatical construction,
stances connected with it.
however, the imperfect may either stand a< the leading verb of
an independent sentence, or subordinate in clauses introduced
by a conjunction or a relative. It is thus used,
I.

With

direct reference to another past action or event si-

multaneous with

it.

E.

Quiim Caesar in Galliam

g.

vinit, al-

terms factidnis principes erant


Aedui, alterius Sequani.

When

Caesar arrived in Gaul, the


JEdui wereihe leaders of the one
party, and the Sequani of tinother.

Qua

terapestate Carthaginienses

pleraeque Africae imperitdbant

Cyrenenses quoque magni

at-

ecleriter ad principatam

pervenit.

Habebat] enim

the time when the Carthaginians


wert ruling nearly all Africa, the
Cyrenians were also a great and

opulent people.

<|ue opulenti/i/eire.

Cimon

At

sdtis

eloquentiae, summam liberalitatem, magnam prudentiam.

Cimon

rapidly advanced to
highest office of the state.

the

For

he had sufficient eloquence, the


highest degree of liberality, and
great sagacity.

* The Latin imperfect always implies duration or continuance of action (in


the indicative at least), and has consequently the sense of the English I icns
Sometime-, however, it is convenient to render it like the perfect inloving.
definite
J lorc'l, did love.
t The imperfect here denotes a. permanent quality or characteristic, in opposition to the momentary event indicated by the perfect pervenit.
:

LESSON

THE IMPERFECT TENSE.

50.]

Aequi se in dppida receperunt


murisque se tenebant.
Caesar Alesiam circumvallare instituit.
Erat dppidum in cdlle
siimmo, cujus radices dlio duabus ex parti bus fhimina sublu-

The iEqui

retreated into their


towns, and kept themselves with-

in their walls.
Csesar began to invest Alesia. The
town was situate on the top of a
hill, whose base was washed on

two

sides

dppidum planities patebat


reliquis ex omnibus partibus cdlles dppidum

tended

cingebant.*

by

Ante

ebant.

To

by two rivers. In
town a plain ex-

front of this

id

II.

267

sides the

on

all

the remaining

town was surrounded

hills.

denote frequently repeated past action, as exhibited

either in individual habits, or in manners, customs,

and usages.

E.g.
L. Cassius identidem in
quaerere solebat, cui

caiisis

bono

fui'sset.

Dicebat melius,
Hortensius.

Majdres

quam

ndstri libertis

scripsit,

ndn

miilto

secus ac servis impcrdbant.

AnseresTvdmae publico alebdntur


in Capitolio.

Socrates dicebat
bed),

dmnesin

satis esse

III.

(=
eo,

dicerc sole-

quod

scirent,

eloquentes.

To

L. Cassius, in hearing causes, was


accustomed to inquire frequently
for whose advantage it had been.
Hortensius was wont to speak
better than he wrote.
Our ancestors were accustomed to
command their freedmen very
nearly like slaves.
It was customary at Rome to support geese at public expense in
the Capitol.
Socrates was accustomed to say,
that all
men were eloquent
enough in what they knew.

denote an event, in which the narrator participated

as an eyewitness.

E.

g.

Six battles having been fought in


one day, we found that nearly
two thousand of Pompey's party

1'no die sex proeliis fiiotis ....


ad duorum millium niimero ex

Pompejanis cecidisse rcperiebamus.\

Eddem

fere

tempore

pons

had been

Jbero prdpe effectus nuntiabdtur, et in Sicori

vadum

killed.

About the same time

in

it

was

re-

ported (to us) that a bridge over


the Ebro was nearly completed,
and a ford over the Segre found.

rcperi-

ebcVur.

Remakes.
1.

The imperfect sometimes expresses merely a

attempt, effort, or intention.

E.

g.

conalus, i.e. an
Consules sedabant tumultus, sedan-

* The imperfect (erat, subluebant, &c.) of this example denotes permanent


situation, in opposition to the comparatively momentary event indicated by the
perfect instiiuit
f

So the tenebant of the preceding example.


Csesar, who was himself engaged in the events described.

The language of

LATIN GRAMMAR.

268

[LESSON

50.

do mterdum movebant, The consuls were attempting to quell the insurrection, but in doing so they sometimes only excited it.
Cato pro
lege, quae abrogabatur, ita disseruit, Cato spoke in favor of the law,
which it Avas attempted to abolish, in the following manner.
2.

The imperfect

dition as past,

is

though

sometimes used to represent an action or conexisting at the time of the narrator.


E. g.

still

Manus

etiam daia est elephantis, quia propter magnitudmem corporis


adltus habebant ad cibos, Elephants Ave re furnished Avith a
trunk, because, oAving to the hugeness of their structure, they had (at
the time they Avere thus furnished) a difficult access to their food.
difficiles

3. In epistolary correspondence, the Romans frequently employ


the imperfect or the perfect Avhere in English Ave put the present.
I Avrite) this at midnight.
E. g. llaec scribebam media node, I Avrote
Quae ad earn diem, quum liaec scribeNboi nihil nunc erat apud nos.
barn, aud'weramus, inanis rumor videbatur,
There is at present nothing new Avith us.
What AA e had (have) heard up to the day I Avrote
(write), appeared (appears) to be an empty rumor.

(=

4. Instead of the imperfect indicative, the historians frequently use


the present infinitive, in order to impart animation to the narrative.
Eg. Ne que post id locorum Jugurthae dies aut nox ulla quie'a fuere;
neque loco neque mbrtali cuiquam aut tempori mtis credere
cives,
circumspectare omnia et omni metu pavescere;
Jwstes juxta metuere
alio atque alio loco saepe contra decus regium noctu requiescere, &c.
Subsequently to that time Jugurtha had not a single quiet day or
night nor did he exactly trust any place or occasion, or any of his
felloAv-men
he dreaded citizens and enemies alike
he suspected
everything, and trembled under the influence of every species of apprehension, &c.
This is called the Infinitums Historicus.
;

5.

The above remarks concerning

to the indicative alone.

see D.

and E. of

this

On

the use of the imperfect apply


the sense of the imperfect subjunctive,

Lesson.

FORMATION OF THE IMPERFECT TENSES ACTIVE.


The imperfect indicative active is formed from the root
C.
of the indicative present (am, mon, leg, and), by adding tbe terminations, 1. abam, 2. cbam, 3. ebam (lebam), 4. tebam ; and
the imperfect subjunctive from the present infinitive, by adding
m.

E.
1

g.

| Ixd.
(

amabam, lavabam, apportabam, dabam.

Sub j. amarem,

lavarem, apportarem, darem.

monebam, habebam, studebam, egebam.


Subj. monerem, haberem, studerem, egerem.

Ind.

Ixd. legebam, scribebam, mittebam, faciebam.


| Subj. legerem, scriberem, mitterem, facerem.
audiebam, sciebam, sitiebam, esuriebam.
j Ind.
Subj. audlrem, sclrem, sitirem, esurirem.
I

4.

LESSON

THE IMPERFECT TENSE ACTIVE.

50.]

209

INFLECTION OF THE IMPERFECT ACTIVE.

D. The inflection of the imperfect


by the following paradigms
:

active

is

exhibited

First Conjugation.
Subjunctive.

Indicative.

Amfibam,
Sing,

I was

loving.

amiibam
amabas

that I might, could,


would, should love.

Amarem,

amarem

Sing,

amares
amaret,

amfibat,

Plur. amabamtis

Plur. amaremtis
amaretis
amarent.

timabatis

amabant.

Second Conjugation.
Subjunctive.

Indicative.

Monebam, I was reminding.


Sing,

monebam

that I might, could,


would, should remind.

Monerem,

Sing, monerem

monebas

moneres

monebat,

moneret,

Plur. monebamns

Plur. moneremus

monebatis
monebant.

moneretis
monerent.

Third Conjugation.
Subjunctive.

Indicative.
(1.)

Legebam, I ivas reading.


Sing, legebam

Sing,

legeres

legebat,

legeret,

legeretis

legebant.

legerent.

I was

faciebam
faciebas
faciebat,

Plur.

Plur. legeremus

legebatis

Faciebam,
Sing,

legerem

legebas

Plur. legebamtis

(20

that I might, could,


would, shoidd read.

Legerem,

faciebamiis

doing.

that I might, could,


would, should do.

Facerem,
Sing,

facerem
faceres
faceret,

Plur. faceremus

faciebatis

faceretis

faciebant.

facerent.

23*

LATIN GRAMMAR.

270

[LESSON

50.

Fourth Conjugation.
Subjunctive.

Indicative.

Audiebam,

I was

Audirem,

hearing.

I might,

that

could,

would, should hear.

audiebam

Sing,

audirem

Sing,

audiebas

audlres

audiebat,

audiret,

Plur. audlremus

Plur. audiebamiis
audiebatis

audlretis

audiebant.

audirent.

1. Apportabam.,1 was bringing; curabam, I was orddbam, I was giving lavabam, 1 was washing secabam, I was
cutting.
2. Audebam, I was daring; egebam, I was needing; liabebam, I was having jubebam, I was commanding videbam, I was seeing.
3. Arcessebam, I was calling (fetching)
convalescebam, I was
getting better diligebam, I was cherishing frangebam, I was breaking mittebam, I was sending ponebam, I was placing scribebam, I
was writing;
capiebam, I was taking cupiebam, I was desiring fugiebam, I was fleeing. 4. Aperiebam, I was opening esuriebam, I was
desirous of eating scditbam, I was salting veniebam, I was coming,

So conjugate,

dering

&c.

E.
The following are more or less irregular in the
formation of the imperfect
:

1.

Ind.
Subj.
2.

Eram,

Essem,

I was.

that

I might

be.

eram, eras, erat P. eramus, eratis, erant.


S. essem, esses, esset ; P. essemus, essetis, essent.

S.

Poteram, Iivas

able.

Possem,

Ind.

S. poteram, poteras, poterat

Subj.

S.

I might

that

be able.

P. poteramus, poteratis,

poterant.

possem, posses, posset

P. possemus,

possetis, possent.

adessem and
So the remaining compounds of sum, viz. aderam
intereram
-proderam
prodessem (from
interessem, I was present
prosuni), I was conducing; praeerat
praeessem, I was presiding
over super eram
superessem, I was left, &c.

3.

So

Ind.
Subj.

Ibam,

I teas

going.

Irem,

I might go.

that

ibam, ibas, ibat; P.ibamus, ibatis, ibant.


S. irem, ires, iret ; P. iremus, iretis, Irent.

S.

all the compounds of eo, viz.


adirem, I was approachadibam
anteibam
inibam
anteirem, I was going before
imrem, I
was going in; praeterlbam
praetenrem, I was going by; sub'tbarn
sublrem, I was undergoing
transirem, I was going
transibam
beyond. The compound ambio has amblbam or ambitbam.

ing

LESSON

IMPERFECT OF IRREGULAR VERBS.

50.]

I was

Vellem,

4.

Vdlebam,

Ind

S.

Ind.

S. vellem, velles, vellet

willing.

volebam, volebas, volebat

that

271

I might

be willing.

P. volebamus, volcbatis,

volebant.
;

P. vellemiis,

So the compounds of volo : malebam


and nolebam
nollem, I was unwilling.

I was

Ferebam,

5.

bearing.

Ferrem,

ferebam, ferebas, ferebat

Ind.

S.

Subj.

S. ferrem, ferres, ferret;

velletis, vellent.

mallem,
;

was preferring,

I might

that

bear.

P. ferebamiis, ferebatis,

ferebant.

P. ferremtis,

ferretis, ferrent.

In like manner the compounds offero : afferebam


afferrem, I was
bringing auferebdm
auferrem, I was carrying off, &c.

Fiebam,

6.

Ind.
Subj.
So

I was

becoming.

Fierem,

S. fiebam, fiebas, fiebat


S. fierem, fleres, fieret

also the

(being)

compounds of fio,

warmed

I might

that

become.

P. fiebamiis, flebatis, fiebant.


P. fierem us, fieretis, fierent.

viz.: calefltbam

calefterem, I

was

friyeflebam
frigefierem, I was made cold; labelabefterem, I was shaken, &c.
(Compare Lesson XXXIII.
;

flebam
Remark.)

j^.

Edebam,

7.

Ind.

S.

Subj.

S.

I was

eating.

Eclerem,

that

I might

eat.

edebam, edebas, edebat; P. edebamus, edebatis, edebant.

ederem or essem, ederes or esses, ederet or esset ; P.


ederemus or essemus, ederetis or essetzs, ederent or
essent.

The

imperfect of queo, I can, and nequeo, I cannot, resembles


Thus, qutbam
that of a compound of eo.
quirem ; nequibam
nequlrem.
Of uio, I say, the indicative only occurs, aiebam, as, at,
Inquam, I say, has only inquiebam (inqulbam) and inquiebant.
&e.
8.

9
The preteritives odi,
(am acquainted with) and

I hate
memini, I remember novi, I know
consuevl, I am accustomed, having a present
signification in the perfect, employ the pluperfect in the sense of the
;

imperfect.

Thus,

Consueveram consuevissem, 1 was accustomed.

Oderam
odissem,* I ivas hating.
Memineram
meminissem, I was remembering.
Noveram
novissem, I knew (was acquainted ivitJi).

Was

Egdne amabam

I loving ?

You were not loving.


What did he bring us
p The
as, at

pluperfect

amus,

is

alls, ant.

Xon
?

amabas.
Quid nobis apportabat ?

inflected like the imperfect of sum.


Thus Ind. oderam,
Subj. odissem, es, et ; emus, His, ent. So the rest.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

272

He

[LESSON

50.

was bringing us wine, bread,


and meat.
Were ye opening the window ?
We were opening it.

Apportabat nobis vinum, panem, et


carnem.
Aperiebatisne fenestram ?
Aperiebamus.

Were

iSuimquid nobis mittebant ?


(Vdbis) nihil quidquam mittebant.

they sending us anything

They were sending (you) nothing


(whatever).

When,

Do you
speak

while (conjunction).

listen

when

(while) I

(c.

Ind.

and

Subj.).

stay at home when his


father goes out ?
He does stay at home.
Did you write when (while) I

Does he

was reading?
I

Quum, cum

Auscultasne, quiim ego ldquor ?

w as writing when you were


reading (when you read).
r

Tenetne se ddmi, quiim pater ejus


in publicum prodit ?
Tenet se vero ddmi.
(eo tempore), quiim
ego legebam ?
Ego vero scribebam, quiim tit leScripsistine

gisti (legeres).

The conjunction quum or cum, denoting a relation


F. Obs.
of time (in the sense eo tempore, quum, or turn, quum), is commonly followed by the indicative but when the verb is in the
imperfect or pluperfect, it may also stand in the subjunctive.
;

Did he stay at home when you


went out ?

He

did remain at home.


Did they study when they were
at Leipsic ?
They did study.
What was he doing when you
returned home ?
He was playing.
Were you at Berlin when I
was there ?
I was not there then.
Was our friend sleepy when he

came home

Tenui'tne se ddmi, quiim tu in pu-

blicum prodi'bas (prodires*)?


se ddmi.
Dederiintne dperam litteris, quiim
Lipsiae t degerent (degebant) ?
Dederunt.
Quid faciebat, quiim ddmum re-

Tenebat

vertfsti ?

Ludebat.
Erasne Berolini eodem tempore,
quum et ego ibi eram (essem) ?
Ego ibi eo tempore non fiii.
Cupidiisne sdmni erat amicus ndster, quiim domum venit (veneret) ?

He

was sleepy.
What did your brother intend
to do?
He was intending to go into the

(Sdmni ciipidus) non erat.


Quid facere frater tiius cogitabat

Bus

ire cogitabat.

countrv.

* But the imperfect subjunctive thus employed does not express duration or
continuance of an action or state (as does the indicative), but a mere statement
of what lias occurred (like the perfect indefinite).
Compare B. Rem. 5, and
also E.
f On the genitives Lijjsiae, Berolini, Luietiae, Sec, see Lesson LVI. B.

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

50.]

Were they hearing what we said ?


They were not hearing (them).
Where were those men going
whom we saw yesterday ?
They were going into the gar-

Num.

Non
Quo

27o

ea, quae diximus, audiebant ?


audiebant.
ibant vi'ri llli, quos heri vidi-

mus

Ibant in

ho'rtos.

den.

Was

he accustomed to write better than he spoke f (Cf. B. II.)


He did not write as well.

AVhat was Socrates wont to say

He

was wont

to

say that

we

should know ourselves.


Did our ancestors speak Latin

No, they spoke English and German.


Did you come in order to see ?

Scribebatne melius

quam

locutus

est ?

Scribebat non aeque bene.


Quid dicere solebat Socrates
Dieebat, nos debere nosmet

'?

ipsos

cogndseere.
Niim majdres nostri Latine loqueb;intur (ldqui solebant) ?

Non

ve'ro; Anglice et Germaniee


loquebantur.
Venistine, ut videres ?

G. Obs. When the perfect indefinite is followed by a clause


introduced by the conjunction ut, or by a relative, the verb of
that clause stands in the imperfect subjunctive.*
*

come

in order to see.
anything to eat ?
He had nothing either to eat or
to drink ?
The boy fell from the roof, so as
to break his leg.

I did

Had he

Ego vero

veni, ut viderem.
Habuitne, quod ederet (esset)

Non

habuit,
beret.

Puer de

quod ederet aut

bi-

tecto decidit, ut crus fran-

geret.f

Exercise

98.

he reading ?
He was reading.
At what time ?
He was
reading this morning, between {inter) seven and eight o'clock.
I was writing a letter to
Were you writing when I came home V
He was not
my brother.
Was he studying when I went out ?
studying when you went out, but when you were at the theatre.
No, I was playing while
Were you working while I was playing V
When was he writing the letter ? He was
you were working.
Was he getting better when
(engaged in) writing it at midnight.
Where were
He was not getting (any) better.
you saw him ?
I was in my garden.
you, when I was calling the physician ?
Were you opening the window when I was passing (praeteribam) ?
They
Were the children breaking our glasses ?
I was opening it.
What did you do when I was going home ?
were not breaking them.
What did
I was reading the book which our friend has lent me.
He said nothing.
your brother say when you entered his room ?

Was

* Not by the perfect subjunctive, which is generally used only with reference to an"action just completed (with the perfect definite).
t The perfect fregerit would convert this into a statement of what has just
" The boy has (just now) fallen from the roof, so that he lias
occurred
broken his leg."
:

LATIN GRAMMAR.

274

[LESSON

51.

I was not present.


Was the boyand well behaved.
Was he able
He was not able. Were you at home
to walk out this morning ?
Did he desire
when I received my money ?
I was not at home.
He was desiring to see him very much (valde)
to see his father ?
It was not being warmed.
AVas the coffee (being) warmed ?
He was unwilling to do so. Who
Was he willing to learn Latin ?
Our neighbor was eating and drinking.
Did he come
was eating ?
He came in order to see me, and to give me a new
to see you ?
Had you anything to write to your friend, when you were in
book.
the country
I had many things to write to him.
Have you nothing to eat this morning ?
I have nothing.
Were they accustomed
to write as well as they spoke ?
They were accustomed to write
better.
Did you speak French when you were in Paris (Lutetiae) ?
I spoke French and Latin.

Were you
diligent

present at the ball.?

He was both

diligent

'?

Lesson LI.

pensum

unum et quinouage-

SIMUM.
OF THE IMPERFECT PASSIVE AND DEPONENT.

The

A.

from the
1

2
o

B.
ited

imperfect tense of the passive voice


by changing
into r.
E. g.

is

formed

active,

( Ind.
amabar, lavabar, apportabar, dabar.
\ Scjbj. amarer, lavarer, apportarer, darer.
monebar, habebar, jubebar, delebar.
( Ind.
Subj. monerer, haberer, juberer, delerer.
I

Ind.

Subj. legerer,

legebar, scribebar, mittebar, capiebar.


scriberer, mitterer, capcrer.

audiebar, aperiebar, erudiebar, puniebar.


\ Ind.
\ Subj. audirer, aperirer, erudirer, punirer.

The

inflection of the imperfect passive is exhib-

by the following paradigms

First Conjugation.
Indicative.

Amabar, / was
Sing, amabar

Subjunctive.
loved.

Amarer.

that

Sing,

amabaris or -re

amabat ur,
Compare page

162, note

*.'

I might

be loved.

amarer
amarere or
amaret ur,

-ris

LESSON

THE IMPERFECT PASSIVE.

51.]

275

Pluk. amabamiir
amabamini

Plur. amaremtir

amabantur.

amarentur.

amaremini

Second Conjugation.
Subjunctive.

Indicative.

/ was

Monebar,

reminded.

monebar

Sing,

Monerer,

monerer
monerere or

Sing,

monebaris or
monebatur,

Plur. monebamtir
monebamini

I might be
minded.
that

re-

-ris

moneretiir,

Plur. moneremur
monereminl

monebantur.

monerenttir.

Third Conjugation.
Subjunctive.

Indicative.

a-)

Legebar, I ivas read.

Legerer, that

Sing,

Sing, legebar

legerere or

legebatur,

legeretur,

Tlur. legebamur

Plur. legeremur

legebamini

legeremmi

Capiebar,

Sing,

be read.

legebaris or -re

lesebantur.
(2.)

I might

legerer

I ivas

-ris

legerentur.
taken.

Caperer, that

Sing,

capiebar

I might

be taken.

capiebfiris or -re

caperer
caperere or

eapiebatur,

caperetiir,

Plur. capiebamur

-ris

Plur. caperemur

capiebaminl

caperemini

capiebantur.

caperentur.

Fourth Conjugation.
Subjunctive.

Indicative.

Audiebar,

Sing,

I was

heard.

audiebar

Audirer, that

Sing,

audiebaris or -re
audiebatur,

Plur. audiebamur

be heard.

audlretur,

Plur. audlremur
audiremini

aucliebaminl
audiebantur.

I might

audirer
audirere or ris

audlrentur.

Apportabar, I was brought dcibar, I was given


1
So conjugate,
was washed secabar, I was cut. 2. Habtbar, I was held
deltbar, I was destroyed jubebar, I was commanded
(considered)
dilige3. yircessebar, I was called
vldebar, I was seen (I seemed).

lavabar, I

[LESSON

LATIN GRAMMAR.

276

51.

was cherished frangebar, I was broken mittebar, I was sent


I
was put; scribtbar, I was written. 4. Aperiebar, I was
opened erudiebar, 1 was instructed puniehar, I was punished, &c.
bar, I

jwnebar,

Remark.

Of the irregular verbs given on pp. 270 and 271,

s-um,

possum, volo, and their compounds, have no passive voice. Of eo, the
Few and
third person singular ibatur, Iretur oecurs impersonally.*
The compounds of
ferrer regularly.
its compounds have ferebar
facio, which change the radical a into i, have a regular, imperfect as,
interftcerer, while those which retain a generally take
interficlebar
Edo has edebar
calefierem.
fierem; as, caleflebam
flebam
ederer regularly, except in the third person singular subjunctive,

where

essetur

may

stand for ederetur.

Was I (being loved) ?


You were not loved, but your
brother.
Were you and he loved ?
were not loved.
Were they despised ?

We

They were

despised.

Egdne amabar ?
Tu non amabaris, sed

An

tu atque

ille

amabamini

illi despicatui habebantur


Sane quidem, habebantur.

iEequid

Was

Legebatiirne liber
Sic est

5?

Non amabamur.

It

the book (being) read ?


was read.
Did they give you the book to
be read
No, they gave it to me to be

frater tuus.

legebfitur.

Dederuntne

tibi

librum, ut legere-

tur ?

tmmo

vero mihi

eum

dederunt, ut

laceraretur.

torn.

Was

the bread brought to be


eaten ?
Did ye speak in order to be

heard ?
No, we spoke in order

to

be un-

Apportatiisne est panis, ut ederetur


(essetur) V

Estisne locuti, ut audiremini ?

Non

ve'ro

locuti suinus, ut intelli-

geremur.

derstood.

Were

Niim

They were

Non

they (being) killed ?


(being) killed.
Was the coifee (being) warmed
It was done.

illi

interficiebantur ?

interficiebantur.

Calefiebatne eotTea ?
est vero.

Factum

IMPERFECT OF DEPONENT VERBS.

The imperfect of deponent verbs follows the


C.
analogy of the imperfect passive. Thus
:

1st

Conj.

Indicative.
Arbitrabar

Subjunctive.

I was
comitarer, / was
Dominabar dominarer, 1 was
Hortabar hortarer, / was
Morabar morarer,
arbitrager,

Comitabar

thinking.

escorting.

ruling.

exhorting.

i"

* But
seo,

the transitive

compounds

have a regular passive voice

ivas staying.

odeo, anteo, ineo, praetereo, subeo,


adirer, &c.

as, ad'ibar

and tran-

LESSON

IMPERFECT- OF DEPONENT VERBS.

51.]

277

I was
mererer, J was earning.
Miserebar misererer, / was
Tuebar tuerer, / was defending.
Yerebar vererer, 1 was fearing.
Fungebar fungerer, / was performing.
Labebar laborer, I was
Loquebar loquerer, / was speaking.
Obliviscebar
I was
Sequebar sequerer, I was following
Blandiebar blandlrer, I was
Expeiiebar experirer, / was experiencing.
Largiebar
/ was
Mentieoar mentirer, / was
Fatebar

2d Conj.

faterer,

confessing.

Merebar

pitying.

3d Conj.

falling.

obliviscerer,

4th Conj.

forgetting.

flattering.

largirer,

lavishing.
lying.

Partiebar

partirer,

I was

dividing.

All these are inflected precisely like the examples


Remark.
furnished under B.
The following phrases will illustrate them still
further.

Whom

were you exhorting

I Avas exhorting

Was

my

he escorting

Quem hortabaris ?
meum filium hortabar.

son.

!Ego

Num

his friend ?

amicum siium comitaba-

ille

tur?

He

Eum

Where were ye

TJbi

We

Morabamur

did not escort him.


staying ?
were staying in Paris.
Were you earning (gaining)

any

good ?
No, I was acquiring

less favor
than hatred.
Were we defending your broth-

er

non comitabatur.

morabamini

Lutetiae.

Merebarisne quidquam bdni

Irnmo vero minus ego favoris quam


ddii

merebar.

Ecquid nos fratrem tuum tueba-

mur ?

'?

Ye were

Yds eum tuebamini

When

Quo tempore cum sartore

defending him really.


did they speak to the

bantur

tailor ?

They spoke

him last evening.


Did ye follow any one ?
AVe did not follow any one.
Were you flattering any one ?
to

profecto.
colloque-

Loquebantur cum eo heri vesperi.

Num quem (aliquem) sequebamini

'?

Nullum (neminem) sequebamur.


iEcquid alicui (cuiquam) blandiebaris ?

was flattering no one.


AVere those men lying ?
Not at all, they were not lying.
Did he come in order to talk
I

with us

retur

No, he rather came to

Blandiebar ne'mini (niilli).


Niim viri llli mentiebantur ?
Non vero minime mentiebantur.
Num ille venit, lit nobiscum loque-

flatter us.

fmmo

vero venit, ut nobis blandi-

retur.

Did he say when he would come

He

did say so.

24

Dixitne, quo tempore veniret ?


Dixit vero.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

278

Atjirst, in the beginning.

Primum

Afterwards, then.

Deincle, post, postea.

Hereupon, upon

Did he say yes or no

At

[lesson

primo, a primo, in primo.

this.

Deinde, dein

"Utrum dixit e'tiam an non ?


A primo dixit etiam, post non.

he said yes, afterwards

first

51.

exinde, exin

(adv.').

no.

At

first he worked, but


wards he played.

He came
Upon

after-

he

laboravit,

deinde autem

lusit.

Tenit (advenit) postea.

afterwards.

this (then)

Primum

said.

Here

is your book, and there


your paper.
Now you must work.
To-day I do not go out.

Deinde (exinde) dixit.


Hie est liber tiius, illic

charta

tiia.

Nunc

est tibi

Hddie ego

in

laborandum.
publicum non prd-

deo.

Yesterday

my

father departed.

Heri pater ineus profectus


Simul ac (atque), simul

As soon

quum primum.
(With the Perf. Indie.)

Ubi,

as (conj.).

am

accustomed to drink as soon


have eaten.
As soon as I have taken off my

est.

ut.

Ego, simul atque

edi, bibere sdleo.

as I

my

shoes, I take off

As soon

as he

stockings.

heard

this,

lie

departed.
usually do after

supper ?
Afterwards I sleep.

To

Is

lit

Quum primum

He

Dormio,

sleep.

live

to

is

yet

be

alive.

is

no longer

(still) alive.

our cousin
asleep)

He

does

To

alive.

still

sleeping (yet

still

sleep.

give away.

off.

fa-

wi

(u),

Hum.
(friii,

fru-

yivitne pater tiius etiamnunc ?


Estne pater tiius in vita etiam?

Est in vita etiamnunc.


Vita fniitur etiamnunc.
In vita est non jam.
Vita fniitur non amplius.
Dormitne ndster consobrinus

amnunc

cut

ire,

Vivo, ere, xi, ctum.


In vita esse. Vita friior
itus or fructus sum).

eti-

Ddrmit vero etiamnunc.


Abalieno, are, avi, atum.

Bono

(dat.) dare (alicui aliquid).

Amputo,

To

haec audivit, pro-

Quid post cibum vespertinuin

nunc

Is

excalceavi, tibialia de-

cere soles ?
Deinde (postea) ddrmio.

your father yet alive

He

me

traho pedibus.
fectus est.

What do you

To

Simul

are, avi, atum.


Abscido, ere, idi, isum.
Also, praecidere, desecare, &c.

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

51.]

To

cut off one's head.

To

cut one's throat.

To

cut off one's ears.

279

Alicui caput amputare.


Caput abscldere cervicibus alicujus._

Jugulare aliquem.

Jugulum

alicui praecldere.

Abscidere (praecldere)

alicui

au-

res.

To cut one's (own) nails.


What (injury) have they done
to

him

Quid

ungues.

Abscide'runt ei aiires.
Praecideriintne aiires cani

ears.

the

dog's

'?

They have cropped them.


They have cut off his head.
They have cut his throat.

Were you cutting your nails


I was not cutting them.
Has he given away anything

He
He

(-secui, -sectum)

injiiriae ei intulerunt ?

They have cut off his


Have they cropped
ears

Resecare

Praeciderunt.

Amputaverunt

ei caput.

Praeciderunt ei jugulum.
Kesecabasne tibi ungues ?
Non reseeabam.
Num quid abalienavit ?

Niim aliquid ddno dedit ?


Nihil abalienavit.
has not given away anything.
\ Ddno dedit nihil.
has given away his coat.
Abalienavit (ddno dedit) siiam td(

gam.

To

Advenio, ire,
[ Abeo, ire, ivi

arrive.

To go

away, to go off (from

a place).

j
j

At

ex aliquo

cum

(adv.y.

abl.).

f Nihil dicens, tacens.


(

Verbum non faciens.


Ne iinum quidem verbum

faciens.

Verbo omnino millo facto.


Abiit verbum omnino nullum
ciens (verbo niillo facto).

Advenitne tandem ?
Advenit vero.

last ?

has arrived.
has not yet arrived.

Are they coming at


They are coming.

Loud

or

LOCO.)

Sine pecunia, libris, amicis.


Sine xillo periculo.
Sine xilla dubitatione.

friends.

Without saying a word.


Without having said a word.
He went away without saying a

He
He

itum.
essum.

essi,

(ab aliquo, ab

Sine (prep,

Without speaking.

word.
Has he arrived at

entum.

(ii),

Tandem, denique, postremo

length, at last.

Without (prep.).

Without money, books,


Without any danger.
Without any doubt.

Discedo, ere,

eni,

Ndndum

CIfire (adv.), clara voce.

(adv.).

Does your master speak loud

advenit.

Tandenme veniunt ?
Factum est.

last ?

Ma^isterne

tiius clare loquitur ?

fa-


[LESSON

LATIN GRAMMAll.

2g0

Loquitur vero

lie docs speak loud.


You must read louder.

51.

clare.
_

Leiiendum

(voce

clarius

tibi

est

claridre).

Si quis Latine ediscere vult, nccesse est elara voce toqmttur.

In order to learn Latin, one must


speak loud.

Exercise

09.

I did intend to learn it, but I


Did you intend to learn English ?
Did your brother intend to buy a
could not find a good master.
carriage? He was intending to buy one, but In- had no more money.
Latin.
\\ by
I worked in order to learn
did you work ?

Wny

Have
me.
I Loved him because he bved
did you love that man ?
have
already seen him.
V
the
of
captain
the
son
seen
you already
here.
No, he spoke Latin and Greek.
Did he speak English?
\\ hum was the master
was in Italy.
I
were von at that time ?
was exhorting his scholars. Were they not con-

exhorting?

He

No, they were considered lazy and


Were jrou ordered (juben) to go into the country. -~ I
naughty.
When was the letter (bein^ sent
was' not ordered to go there.
(being) opened when we
It was sent yesterdav. Was the window
Was the master heard
It "was (being) opened.
were passing
\\ hy was
He was heard, when he spoke loud.
when he spoke ?
negligent and
the boy punished 1 - He was punished because he was
sidered Thabebantur) diligent ?

bad. Were you able to defend (ttte'ri) your friends? 1 was not able
you? They were
to defend them. Were they accustomed to flatter
accustomed to flatter me. "Did you com.- in order to flatter me ?
Is your friend's brother still
\ [came in order to talk to you.
They
He is still alive. Are your parents -till alive?
alive?

()

Was

your brother Btill alive, when you were


Were you yet asleep
i Germany? He was no longer alive.
was asleep no longer.
(sleeping), when I came this morning?
Are you
h- was.
Was your master accustomed to speak loud ?
I am not accusaccustomed to Bpeak loud, when you Btudy Latin?
He has artomed (to do so). Has your cousin at last arrived ?
are no longer alive.

rived

at

at

last.

! am learning it
Are you at last learning French?
have
As soon as
What do you do after breakfast?

last- -

I take
off my clothi
breakfasted, I begin to write my letters.
Do you drink as Boon as you have
soon as I have taken oil' my hat
They slept
What did they do alter BUpper?
I do.
eaten?

alter wards.

LESSON

USE OF THE INFINITIVE.

52.]

Lesson LTL

PENSXJM

281

ALTERtM ET

QUIX-

QUAGESIMUM.
OF THE USE OF THE INFINITIVE.
A. The infinitive may be regarded as a verbal substantive
of the neuter gender singular number, and may as such stand
either a> the subject of a finite verb in the nominative, or as its
object in the accusative.

The infinitive differs from regular verbal substantives,


Rem vrk.
a) by admitting after it the case of the finite verb, and l>) by indicating, at the same time, the completion or non-completion of the action
denoted by the verb, i. e. by representing it as present, past, or
future.
I.
The infinitive Is in the nominative, when
as the subject of an Intransitive predicate.
E.

Bene

senfire rectwjue fdcere

siitia

ad bene beatcque viven-

e*st

limn.

Hoc

exitiosius erat

siamiin

Apud
chn

quam Vespa-

Persas siiimna laus est put-

correct conduel Bufficc to constitute a wellulated and a happy life.


This was more pernicious than to
have despised Vespasian.
Among the Persians, t<> excel in

hunting
est

in

(=

invidia)

non

ctfdit

sapientem.

Tgnd&cere muni)
Nihil est aliud,
vere, nisi

hon

humanum
/''"

iU

et

est.

be.dii

vi-

g.

Good sentiments and

vendri.

Invidire

stands

ii

is

a matter of the

high-

praise.

Envy

is below the character of


a
philosopher.
To pardon one's friend is human.
To live well and happily is tanta-

mounl

etrtcU vivere.

to

honorably and

living

correctly.
1 L
The infinitive stands as the objeci accusative after
transitive or auxiliary verb-, and sometimes after prepo-

E.

Bitions.
]'tiir,
liii

acis,

is.

Lliinnibal,

ulctdria

Cupio

te

cdnsulem

videre.

el era-

ctpere.

Qudd crimen dicis, praeter amdsse,

mi nut

lirbes moc'nilms

cinyere didicerunt.

24

to conquer, Hannihow to use your

desire to see yon consul.


isa great difference

There

between

giving and receiving.


What charge have von to make,
besides

(iraecis (ialli

not

bul
victory.
bal,

Miiltum interest interddre

You know how

nereis.

my

ing lo\ ed
the art of BUrrounding their ci
cities with walls
from the Greeks.

The
he Gauls

h,i\

learnt

LATIN GRAMMAR.

282

dm

Solent

dmnes, qui

cocjildre

magna negdtia

52.

who wish

to accomplish great

objects, are

accustomed to de-

All

volunt dgere.

[LESSON

liberate long.

quisque debet

Stios

Every one

tue'ri.

own
Romani perscribere.

ndn

to write the ex(history) of the Roman

ploits

people.
do not cease to exhort and to

et hortdri et orore et

tnonere ....

his

Sallust resolved

Sallustius stdtuit res ge'stas pdpuli

Pompeium

bound to defend
&c).

is

(friends,

"YVe

beseech and to admonish Pompey.


You can neither make friends by
force of arms, nor procure them
with gold
they are made by
an obliging disposition and by

desistimus.

Amicos neque armis cogere, neque aiiro parare qut'as ; officio


et fide pariuntur.

fidelity.

Observations.

The

1.

verbs most commonly followed by the simple

tive are those signifying,


a.)

Willingness

or

unwillingness, desire, and the

volo, nolo, malo. cupio, studeo, opto,


b.) Ability or inability,
sum, queo, nequeo ; scio, nescio

Courage

c.)

fear;

or

as,

like; as,

&c.

knowledge
;

infini-

valeo

to

audeo ;

or ignorance as. poswhich add disco and debeo.

dubxto,

metvo, paveot timeo,

vereor.
d.)

Habit

c.)

To

or

custom

as, assuesco,

consuesco, insuesco, soleo.

begin, continue, cease, or refrain

as coepi, incipio

pergo, perseve.ro ; desino, desisio intermitto, praetermitto


:

/.)

Purpose

or

instituo, staluo, pearo

recuso, &c.

endeavor:
:

as, euro, cogito, decerno, constitvo,


aggredior, conor, contendo, muturo, nitor, tendo,

ten to, &c.

verbs signifying to be said, reported, considered,


as, audior, credor, dicor, existimor, feror, uegor, nunalso cogor, jubeor, videor.
perhibeor, puior, trador, &c.

g.) Passive

believed.
tior,

&c

Remark.

Many of the verbs here enumerated are

also followed

by the subjunctive, with one of the conjunctions ut, ne, quo. quomXnits,
&c.
With some of them the latter construction is even the most common. (Cf. Lesson LIV.)
2.

tives,

The

infinitive is sometimes put after certain nouns, adjecand verbs, instead of an oblique case of the gerund. This

construction occurs.

After nouns like tempus, consilium, studium, animus, ars, &c.


(Cf. page 116.)
E. g. Tempus est mojora conari (= conandi), It is
time to make greater attempts.
Consilium erat hiemando continuare
a.)

LESSON

USE OF THE INFINITIVE.

52.]

(= continuandi)

283

The design was to continue the war by going


Fuerat animus Cheruscis juvare (= juvandi)
Cattos, The Cherusci had the intention of aiding the Catti.
b.) After the adjectives paratus, insuetus, contentus, and some
others.* E.g. Paratus audire, Prepared to hear. Vinci insuetus, UnContentus retinere, Content to retain.
accustomed to be conquered.
c.) After the verbs habere] dare, and ministrdre, in expressions like
Nihil habeo ad te scribere, I have nothing to write to you.
Ut bibere
sibi juberet dari, That (something) should be given them to drink.
Ut Joui bibere ministraret, That he might give Jove to drink.
helium,

into winter quarters.

3. After the auxiliary verbs volo, malo, nolo, cupio, incipio, and
others enumerated under Obs. 1, the noun or adjective of the predicate is in the nominative, when the quality denoted by it is regarded
as already existing in the subject but when the quality is not present, or missing, the infinitive following these verbs has a subject of its
own in the accusative,! and the noun or adjective is likewise in the
accusative.
E. g. Volo et esse et Jiaberi c/ratus, It is my wish both to
be grateful and to be considered so.
Vos liberi esse non curatis ? Do
you not care to be free ? Judicem me esse, non doctort m, volo, I wish
myself to be a judge, and not a teacher. Ego me Phidiam esse mallem,
quam vel optimum fabrum tir/narium, I would rather be a Phidias, than
the best joiner in the world.
Timoleon maluit se di/igi, quam metui,
Timoleon wanted himself to be loved rather than feared.
Gratum se
videri studet, He strives to have the appearance of being grateful.
;

4. In historical narration, the infinitive is sometimes used instead of


the imperfect indicative.
(Cf. Lesson L. B., Rem. 4.)

Nummus,

The coin.
The copper coin.

The
The

i,

m.

silver coin.

Nummus
Nummus

gold coin.

(Nummus) aureus
i,

The as (a copper coin).


The sesterce (silver).
The denarius (silver).
The aureus (gold).
The obole (Greek coin).
"
The drachma
"
The inina
"
The talent J
Greek,

lloman,

money.

English

cupreus,

i,

argenteus,

m.
i,

m.

seu

aureolus,

m.

As, gen.

m.
m.
Denarius, i, m.
Aureus, i, m.
Obolus, i, m.
assis,

Sestertius,

i,

Drachma, B6,f.
Mina, ae, f.
Taientum, i, n.
Pecunia Eomanorum, Graecorum,

Anglorum

signo signata.

* Chiefly in imitation of the Greeks; as, Dignus eligi, Worthy of being


Utilis aspirare et
chosen. Perltiis obsequi, Skilled in the art of yielding.
adesse, Useful to join and assist.
t Compare Lesson L. A.
aureus Eoman
taientum are Greek money, and the as
% The obolus
proper.
On the full enumeration and value of these, see the Table of Coins
in the Lexicon.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

284

[lesson

52.

Contineo, ere, nui, tentum (ali-

To

contain, consist

quid).

of.

Efficior,

To be

worth, to have the


value of.
To estimate, reckon.

An

as

estimated the

is

fourth

part of a sesterce.
denarius contains four sestertii or sixteen asses.
The aureus consists of twentyfive denarii, or one hundred

The

has the value of six

hundred drachmas make a


mina.

sum (ex re).


(aliqua re) *

Aestimo, are,

As quarta

avi, atuni.

pars sestertii aestimatur.

Denarius quattuor sestertios vel


sedecim asses cdntinet.
Aureus (minimus) efficitur ex
quinque et viginti denariis vel
sestertiis.

Una drachma valorem

habet sex

obolorum.

obolcs.

ui,

Valorem habere (alicujus rei).

centum

sesterces.

A drachma

-fectus

i,

Valeo, ere,

Centum drachmae minam unam


efffciimt.

Talentum valet sexaginta minis.

talent contains sixty minas.

How many

groshes are there in


a crown ?
Twenty-four.

Ex

qudt grdssis

Ex

quattuor et viginti.

The grosh (modern).

Grossus,

To

Accipere

receive

How much money

received.

have you

re-

ceived ?
I have received thirty talents of

i,

efficitur thalerus ?

m.

accepi, acceptum.

Quantam peciiniam
Accepi

accepisti ?

triginta talenta aiiri.

gold.

We

have received a hundred

Kos centum

sestertios accepimus.

sestertii.

Have you
I

received letters

have received some.

cquid epistolas accepisti


Accepi vero nonmillas.

Promilto, ere, mlsi, missum.

To

Polliceor, eri, citus sum.

projnise.

(alicui aliquid or infin.)

Have I promised you anything ?


You have promised me nothing.

Promisine tibi aliquid (quidquam) ?


Tu mihi nihil rei promisisti (polli-

promise to come to me ?
I do promise it.
Can he give us what he has
promised ?
He can give you all that he has
promised you.

Pollicerisne te ad

citus es).

Do you

To

Sane quidem,

Potest vdbis dare omnia, quae promisit.

are, avi,

Arcesso, ere,

* Verbs

Potestne nobis dtire quod promisit ?

Voco,
call.

me venturum

polliceor.

of valuing are followed

by the

atum (aliquem).
itum (aliquem).

ivi,

Ablative.

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

52.]

To wear

To

Detero, ere, trivi, tritum (altquid).


Usu conterere, trivi, tritum.

out.

Ordinare syllabas litterarum.

spell.

How ?

In what way or man-

Qudmodo, quo pacta, quemadmodum,

qui*

ner?
Thus.

In

285

Sic, ltd (adv.).

this

Hoc modo, ad hunc modum, hoc

manner.

pacto.

Bene, recte (adv.).


Male, nequiter (adv.).

Well.
Badly.

So

Does

Sic

so, indifferently.

know how

already

lie

spell ?

He

does

How

satis,

know how.

Scit vero.

what manner) did you

Quemadmodum
Latin am V

(in

learn Latin ?
I have learnt it so.
How did I write my letters ?

written them so so.


Has she washed the shirt well

am

calling

my

little

brother.

(who) are you called

Qudmodo

Vdcor
Audio

called a learner.

Has he worn out


To

lie, to

epistolas

Scripsisti eas sic satis.

She has washed it not badly.


do you call ?

am

linguam

Lavitne ilia indusium bene ?


Lavit id non male.
Quern vdcas (citas) ?
Fraterculum meum vdco (cito).

Whom
How

didicisti

hoc pacto.
scripsi
ego

Qudmodo

You have

lit-

Didicit.

Di'dici earn

meas

mediocrlter, utcunque.

Scitne (didicitne) jam syllabas


terarum ordinare ?

to

(quis) vocaris ?

discipulus.
discipulus.

tdgam

Detrivi'tne siiam

his coat ?

Jdceo, ere, ui, itum.


Positum or situm esse.
(IN Or SUPER ALIQUA RE).
Pono, ere, posui, positum.
Imponere, reponere. f

be placed.

To lay place, put.

Colloco, are, avi, citum.

(ALIQUID IN Or SUPER RE.)

To dry (neuter).
To dry, make dry.
To put out to dry.

Siccesco, ere,

Sicco, are, avi, atum.

Exponere

aliquid in sole siccandi

causa (ut siccescat).

Where

did you put the book ?


have placed it upon the table.
Where have they put my gloves ?

* An old ablative for quo.


t And various other compounds;
put down

disponere, to place apart

"Ubi (quo loco) h'brum imposuisti?


Impdsui eum mensae (in mensam). %
LJbi posuerunt mea digi tabula ?

as, adponere, to place near; deponere, to


exponere, to spread out ; reponere, suppo-

nere, to place under.


X

The construction

of imponere

is

alicui bei, in

kem

or in re.


LATIN GRAMMAR.

286

They have placed them

Colloeaverunt ea in

(in or-

der) upon the chair.


Where lies the book
It lies upon the table.
It has lain upon the table.

the
hearth ?
I have put a little upon it.
Do you put out your coat to

Repdsui vero aliquantulum.


Exponisne tuam tdgam in sole, ut
sicceseat ?

it

expdno.

f ta est,

out.

Have they put


dry

sella.

est pdsitus liber ?


Pdsitus est in (super) mensa.
Pdsitus erat in (super) mensa.
Reposuistine lignum super fdco ?

Have you put wood upon

dry ?
do put

52.

Ubi

'?

[LESSON

Ecquid

their stockings to

in

exposuerunt

sole

tibi-

alia sua, ut siccescerent ?

They have

Non

not.

Exercise

exposuerunt.
100.

Hast thou promised anything ?


I have promised nothing.
Do
you give me what you have promised me ?
I do give it to you.
Have you received much money ?
I have received but little.
How much have you received of it ? I have received but one crown.
When have you received your letter ? I have received it to-day.
Hast thou received anything ?
I have received nothing.
What
have we received ?
AVe have received long letters.
Do you promise me to come to the ball
I do promise you to come to it.
Does
your ball take place to-night?
How much
It does take place.
money have you given to my son ?
I have given him fifteen crowns.
Have you not promised him more ?
I have given him what I
have promised him.
Have our enemies received their money ?
They have not received it.
Have you Roman money ?
I have
some.
What kind of money (quid nummorum) have you ? I have
asses, sesterces, denarii, and aurei.
How many asses are there in a
sesterce ?
There are four.
What is the value of an aureus ?
An aureus is worth a hundred sesterces.
Have you any German
money?
I have crowns, florins, kreuzers, groshes, and deniers.

'?

How many

groshes are there in a florin ?


florin contains sixteen
groshes, or sixty kreuzers.
Have you any oboles ?
I have a few
of them.
many oboles are there in a drachma ?
drachma
contains six oboles.
The silver mina (mina argenti) of the Greeks
had the same value as the Roman denarius.
How many minas are

How

there
contains
a talent The
minas. Will you lend
Are
your coat
lend
me
you but
worn
your shoes worn out? They are not worn
Will you lend
them
my brother
lend them
him. To whom have
you
your hat have not
have given
somebody.
To whom have you given have given a pauper.
in

sixty

talent

to

I will

it

to

out.

it is

out.

to

lent

to

I will

lent

it ?

it

Exercise

it

it

to

to

101.

Does your little brother already know how to spell ?


He does
Does he spell well ?
know.
He does spell well. How has your


ACCUSATIVUS CUM INFINITIVO.

LESSON; 53.]

287

boy spelt?
He has spelt so so.
How have your children
written their letters ?
They have written them badly.
Do you
know Spanish?
I do know it.
Does your cousin speak Italian ?
He speaks it well.
How do your friends speak ?
They do not
speak badly {non male).
Do they listen to what you tell them?
How hast thou learnt English? I have
They do listen to it.
learnt it in this manner.
Have you called me ?
I have not called
Is he come ?
you, but your brother.
Not yet.
Where have you
wet your clothes ?
I have wet them in the country.
Will you put
them to dry ?
I will put them to dry.
Where have you put my
hat ?
I have put it upon the table.
Hast thou seen my book ?
I have seen it.
Where is it ?
It lies upon your brother's trunk.
Does my handkerchief lie upon the chair ?
It does lie upon it.
When have you been in the country ? I was there the day before
yesterday.
Have you found your father there?
I have found
him there.
What has he said ?
He has said nothing.
What
have you been doing in the country ?
I have been doing nothing
little

there.

Lesson LIII.

pensum

quixquagesimum

TERTIUM.
OF THE ACCUSATIVUS CUM INEINITIVO.
A. The infinitive may have a subject of its own in
the accusative, but is then rendered into English by a
separate clause introduced by the conjunction " that."

E.g.
Orpheum poefam ddcet

Aristdte-

niinquam fuisse.
nesciebam vitae bre'vem

An

esse

cursum, gldriae sempiternum

Spero nostram amicitiam non egere testibus.

Egdne me
dicisse

audit- isse illiquid et di-

non gaiideam

Aristotle informs us, that the poet

Orpheus never

les

Or was

existed.

aware, that the career


short, and that of glory

I not

of life is
eternal ?
I hope, that our friendship does not
stand in need of any witnesses.
May I not rejoice, that I have heard

and

learnt

something

accusativus cum infinitivo may, like the simple instand either as the subject of a finite verb in the nominative, or as its object in the accusative.

B.

The

finitive,

I. The accusative with the infinitive stands as the subject of


a sentence, when the predicate is an impersonal verb, or the
copula est, fuit, &c. with a noun or adjective.
E. g.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

288
Legem brecem
facilius

esse

oportet,

quo

[LESSON

law should be

may be more

ab impen'tis teneatur.

53.

brief, so that

easily

it

remembered

by the uneducated.

Omnibus

bonis expedit sdlvam


esse rempublicam.

It is for

be
Facinus

num;

est, vinciri

civem

scelus, verberdri

Roma-

It

prope

est, nos de ilia perpetua


jam, non de hue exigua vita,

cogitdre.

iraciindum

esse,

aliud

irdtum.

Nccesse

est

safe.

audacity to have a Roman


bound;* it is a crime to
have him beaten
it is almost
is

legem habtri in rebus

parricide to have him killed.


It is time that we should already
think of that perpetual life, and
not of this brief one.
It is one thing to be irascible, and
another to be angry.

The law must be reckoned among


our best possessions.
conqueror should
spare the conquered.

dptimis.
Victor em pdrcere victis

aequum

It is just that the

est.

Constat profecto ad salutem civi-

um

good

should

Tempus

est

all

citizen

parricidium, necdri.

Aliud

the advantage of

citizens, that the republic

inventus esse leges.

It

is manifest, that the laws were


invented solely for the safety of

the citizens.

Remarks.
The

accusative, with the infinitive thus used as the subject of a


equivalent to a noun in the nominative case, and may
sometimes be converted into one. E. g. Saluam esse rai/jniblicam
salus reipublicae.
Legem brevem esse oportet
legum brevitas necessa1.

sentence,

is

ria est, &c.


2. The predicates most frequently employed in this construction
are:
apertum, consentaneum, acquum, justum, rcrishnile, &c. est, it
is manifest, proper, fair, just, probable (i. e. that such a thing should
tempus, mos, facinus, fas, &c. est, it is time,
happen or be done);
customary, a crime, right, &c.
the impersonal verbs apparet, it is
apparent; constat, it is agreed licet, it is lawful oportet, it behooves ;
or the third peropus est, there is need necesse est, it is necessary
son singular of passive verbs, as intelligitur, it is understood perspicitur, it is perceived, &c.

II. The accusations cum infinitivo stands as the objectaccusative after the following classes of verbs
:

1.

As

the object of a sensation, perception, or emotion, after


to see, hear, feel, perceive, understand, think,

verbs signifying

* Literally, " That a Roman citizen should be bound," &c. But in this
construction it is often preferable to use the active infinitive in English: to
bind a Roman, &c.

LESSON

THE ACCUSATIYUS CUM INFINITIVO.

53.]

289

believe, hope, and the like,* and also those denoting joy,
sorrow, shame, anxiety, and wonder.
E. g.

know,

Vides nos,

si

ita sit, privdri

spe

You

see that, if that

is

so,

we

are

deprived of the hope of a better

beatioris vitae.

life.

Sent it animus se sua vi,


ena, moveri.

ali-

The mind feels that it is moved by


its own energy, and not by an

Pompe'ios desedisse terrae mdtu


audivimus.
urn te essefinge, qui ego sum.

extraneous one.
have heard that Pompeii was
destroyed by an earthquake.
Imagine yourself to be the person,
which I am.

!Ego ilium periisse diico, cui periit

I consider

We

Sperant,

maximum

se

friictum

esse captures.

Cdnscius mini eram, nihil a me


commissum esse, quod bdni cujiisquam offenderet animum.
Meuni factum probdri abs te triumplio gaudio.
Doleo, non me tills litteris certi-

orem fieri.
Minime mirdmur,
claris
2.

operibus

As

him

lost,

whose shame

is

gone.

piidor.

They hope

that they will get the


greatest advantage.
I was conscious that nothing had

been done by me to offend the


mind of any honorable man.
I

triumph with joy that


approved by you.

am

sorry that I

by your
te

tills

prae-

laetdri.

am

my

deed

is

not informed

letter.

We do

not at all wonder that you


exult in your distinguished deeds.

the object of a volition, after verbs signifying to wish,


command, compel, prohibit, or prevent. E. g.

desire, resolve, permit,

Tibi favemus,

te

cupinius.
"Utrum corporis,

tua frui virtute

an

tibi

mattes

vires ingenii ddri ?

Rem ad arma

deduct studebat.

Posluldbimus nobis

Mud

concedi.

Jubet nos Pythius Apollo noscere

We

favor you, and desire you to


enjoy your virtue.
Which would you prefer (to be
given you), strength of body or
of intellect ?
It was his endeavor that the matter
should be decided by force.
will demand that that should
be conceded to us.
Pythian Apollo commands us to

We

nosmet ipsos.
Germani vin um ad se omnino importdri non sinunt.

know ourselves.
The Germans do not

Aristdteles versum in oratione vetat e'sse, numerum jubet.

Aristotle prohibits the use of verse

allow,

on any

account, the importation of wine

among them.

in a discourse, but
the rhythm.

commands

As, for example, audio, video, sentio, animadrerto, cor/nosco, inteUigo, permemini, recordor, obliviscor, and in general all the

eipio, disco, scio, dnco, statuo,

verba sensuum

et ajjfectuttm.

25

LATIN GRAMMAR.

200

[LESSON

53.

After verba declarandi, or those signifying to sat/, ivrite,


confess, deny, pretend, promise, prove, convince, <fcc*

3.

report,

Tliales Milesius

dquam

dixit esse

initium rerum.

Herodotus

cum

Croesi fitium,

scrlbit

esset infans, locutum (sc.

infant.

esse).

Solon sefdrere simulant.

me abs

Confi/eor,

te cupisse lau-

dari.

Dicaearchus vult

efficere, dniinos

esse mortales.

PoUicetur Piso, sese ad Cae'sarern


it

water
was the first principle of things.
Herodotus writes that the son of
Croesus spoke when he was an
Tliales, the Milesian, said that

drum

Magnum

Caesar.

(sc. esse).

The

mathema-

philosopher will prove that


the sun is large, but the mathematician (will show) how large

lauddri fecit

Plato represents Isocrates as com-

solem esse phildsophus

probdbit, quantus

Solon pretended to be a madman.


I confess that I desired to be praised
by you.
Dicasarchus wants to make out that
souls are mortal.
Piso promises that he will go to

sit,

ticus.

it is.

Isocratem Plato
a Sdcrate.

C
tive,

mended by

Socrates.

The

may

infinitive, either with or without a subject accusastand as the apposition of a noun, adjective, or demon-

strative pronoun.

E.

g.

Haec

benignitas etiam re'i publicae est litilis, re'dimi e servitudine cdptos, locupletdri tenui-

dres.

In cognitione et scie'ntia exce'llere,


pulclirum putamus.
r

Mud

sdleo mirari, non me tdties


aceipere tiias litteras, qudties a
fratre meo afferantur.

Id injustissimum ipsum
tiae

mercedem

est, justi-

quatrere.

This

is

also a

to the

bounty of advantage

commonwealth

to

redeem

captives from servitude, and to


enrich the poorer classes.
"We consider it honorable to excel
in knowledge and learning.
I am accustomed to wonder at it
(at this), that I should not hear
as often from you, as I do from
my brother.
It is the highest degree of injustice
to make a trade of justice.

D. In impassioned exclamations and interrogations the accusative with the infinitive sometimes stands independently as
the object of the emotion or passion expressed by it.
E. g.
Mene

incepto desistere victum

/, vanquished, desist from


purpose ?

Shall

my

* The principal verbs of this class are dieo, trado,prodo, seribo, re fern, mintio,
confirmo, nego, osiendo, demonstro, perhibeo, polliceor, promitto, spondeo, &c.
To
these add face re, " to represent," and ej/icere, " to make out or prove."

LESSON

Me

THE ACCUSATIVUS CUM INFINITIVO.

5o.]

non cum bonis

I not among

esse ?

otic

Tune hoc,

Atti, dicere, tali prii-

291

the good and patri-

this, Attius, a man of prudence like your own


wretched and mortifying sight

You say

dentia praeditum ?

spectaeulum miserum atquc


acerbum Ludibrio esse urbis
gloriam et pdpuli Komani no!

men !

The glory of the city, the name


of the Roman people, an object
of derision
!

Remarks.
1. After verbs of seeing and hearing, the present participle* or ut
("how"), with the subjunctive, is sometimes put instead of an infinitive, and the verbs of joy, sorrow, &c. are also followed by the sub-

junctive, with

quod ("that"

or " because ").f

After verbs of seeing and hearing, the present infinitive may


frequently be rendered into English by the present participle. E. g.
Mugire (= mugientem) videbis sub pedibus terrain, You will perceive
the earth quaking beneath your feet. Majores natu audivi dicere
(= dicentes), I have heard those older than myself say. Incustodltam
lente videt ire (= euntein) juvencam, He sees the untended heifer
walking slowly.
2.

After one of the past tenses, the accusative with the present inequivalent to the English imperfect, and the accusative with
E. g. Vldi te scribere,
the perfect infinitive to the English pluperfect.
Vldi te scripsisse, I saw that you had
1 saw that you were writing.
Dixit Cajum laudari, He said that Cajus was (then) praised.
written.
Dixit Cajum laudatwn esse, He said that Cajus had been praised.
4. The verb memini, " I remember," is commonly followed by the
3.

finitive is

present infinitive, even when the act denoted by the latter is already
completed.
E. g. Memini PampMlum mihi narrare, I remember

me

Memini Catonem
(that Pamphilus told me).
remember Cato discussing the question with me
But also by the perfect: Meministis me
(to have discussed, &c.).
ita distribuisse initio causam, You remember that in the beginning I
have made this distribution of my argument.

Pamphilus

mecum

telling

disserrere, I

mihi est, satis habeo, contentus sum,


melius erit, volo caveo, &c, the perfect infinitive is put to denote the result and estimate of a completed
action, where the English idiom more commonly has the present.
E. g. Contend simus, id unum dixisse, Let us be content to have said
Melius erit guiesse, It will be better to have
(to say) this one thing.
rested (= to rest).
Simt qid nolint tetigisse, There are those who
Commisisse cavet, He
are unwilling to have touched (= to touch)
5.

and

After the expressions

me

also after

juvat,

satis

me pudet,

bewares to commit, &c.


6.

E.

The present

g. Nervii,

infinitive is sometimes put instead of the future.


quae imperarentur, facere % dixerunt, The Nervii said, that

See Lesson

t Cf. Lesson

XLIX. F. Rem.

LIV. H.

3.

% Instead of se

faciuros

{esse).

LATIN GRAMMAR.

292

[LESSON

53.

Cato affirmat,^ se
they would do whatever they were commanded.
Pontinium non triumpJiare* Cato affirms that, while he is alive,
Pontinius shall not triumph.

vivo

7. The infinitive passive of neuter verbs may stand impersonally


without a subject, precisely like the third person singular passive of
that class of verbs.
E. g. His persuaderi non poterat, They could not
Quum posses jam suspicari, tibi esse successum, When
be persuaded.
you might already suspect that you had been supplanted.

When, instead of the future infinitive, the formula Juturtm esse,


or fore, ulj is employed, the perfect and imperfect subjunctive
following the ut represent the future action as incomplete or going on,
while the perfect and pluperfect represent it as completed. E. g.
Credebam fore,
Credo fore, ut scribas, I think that you will write.
Credo fore, ut
ut scriberes, I thought that you would be writing.
Credebam fore, ut scripsisscripseris, I think you will have written.
8.

ut,

ses, I

thought you would have written.

The majority of

declarandi (cf. B. II. 1


by the accusativus cum
infinitl'vo, are in the passive voice followed by the infinitive alone,
with the subject accusative in the nominative. But when they are
employed impersonally, the subject accusative remains as in the
active.
E. g. Active: Dlco te esse patrem patriae. Passive: (Tu)
dlceris esse pater patriae.
Pass. Impers Dicitur, te esse patrem patriae (It is said, that you are the father of your country).
Pass. Personal Numa Pythagorae auditor fuisse credttur (Numa is supposed to
have been a hearer of Pythagoras). Impers. Creditur,% Pythagorae
auditorem fuisse Numam (It is supposed that, &c).
9.

and

3),

which

the verba sentiendi

et

in the active voice are followed

10. When the infinitive, preceded by a subject-accusative, is followed by another accusative of the object, it is liable to give rise to an
ambiguity, which may be avoided by converting the infinitive active

into the passive.


say, that you can
loses its
te

Thus the oracular

Aio,

te

Romdnos

vincere posse (I

conquer the Romans, or that they can conquer you),


ambiguity in Aio, te a Romanis vinci posse, or Aio, Romanos a

vinci posse.

11. The infinitive esse is frequently left unexpressed, especiallv in


the compound infinitives am'atum, amaturum, and amandum esse. (Cf.
Lesson XLVIII. A. and B.) E. g. Lycurgus auctorem (sc. esse) legum Apollinem Delphicum fingit, Lycurgus makes Delphic Apollo the
inventor of laws.
12.

The pronominal

and the

subject accusatives me,

te, se,

indefinite aliquem, are frequently omitted

eum, nos,

vos, eos,

when they can be

readily understood from the context.


E. g. Ea, quae dicam, non de
memetipso, sed de oratore dicere
me dicere) putetis, I wish you to

(=

* Non

triumphaturum.

Compare Lesson XLVIII. B. Rem. 1.


The verbs of this class thus used impersonally are comparatively few.
The most conspicuous of them are nuntiatur, traditur, creditur, intelliyitur
t
%

dicitur, narrator, fertur, proditur,

memoratur, cernitur, vid'tur.


LESSON

EXERCISES

53.]

203

102, 103.

tliink, that what I have to say I do not say -with reference to mvself,
Subdue cibvm unum diem atMetae,
but with reference to the orator.
ferre non posse (= se non posse) clamablt, Deprive an athlete of his
usual food for a single day, and he will declare that he cannot endure

pecuniam accepisse (= te accepisse), Deny


you have received money. Hos clam Xerxi
remisit, simulans ex vlnculis publicis effugisse (= eos effugisse), These
he sent back to Xerxes, under the pretence that they had escaped
from prison.
Negctio sane,

it.

then,

you

if

si voles,

will, that

Exercise

102.

just that I should write (for me to write) ?


Is
It is just.
It
is not proper that you do this.
It is manifest that he has written the
letter.
Is it probable (yerisimile) that he has sent us the book ?
Is it time that we should leave (abire) ?
It is not. probable.
It is
not yet time to leave it is time to breakfast.
Is it right for me to
Was it a crime to have a Roman
It is not right.
go to the ball ?
It was a most audacious (audacissimum) crime.
citizen bound ?
Is
it apparent that he was wrong (erracisse) ?
It is not apparent.
It
is agreed (constat) that you have been wrong, and I right.
Did it beit

behooved
neces-

It did not behoove me to work, but


hoove you to work
Is it necessary for us to learn Latin ?
you to write.

'?

it

It is

lawful for us to go the theatre ?


It is now lawful.
Is
it understood that he has arrived (advenisse) ?
It is understood that
he arrived the day before yesterday.
It is understood that he will
arrive (cidventurum esse) to-morrow.
Is it necessary for me to write ?
It is necessary, but -our letter should be brief.
sary.

Is

it

Exercise

103.

reading (me reading)


Do you wonder
that
have written
you He does hear
Does
that
should exult
your deeds I do not wonder
Does he
He does
he
that he
mortal
hope that you
remain
home.
come He hopes that I
Do you believe that he
read your book I do not believe that
Do you know that that
he
read
(rem
habere)
I do not know
but I believe
be
(non
Are you glad that he has recovered
health am very glad (of
am sorry that he
Does he desire you send him the
send the book, but the paper.
book He does not desire me
into the country X
I wish you
Do you wish me go
Do you see that I am
we were coming ? He

'?

to

feel

(it)

at

(mortdlis) ?

feel

so

is

positively

to

does not

lent us.

command us

to

Does

to write,

o,

he command us to write ?
but to read the books which he has

Does he forbid you


go
the theatre He
Do you command me know myself? I do
Did he say
He
that he
he was
Do they write that we have arrived They do not
do not wish
Do vou deny (negdsne) that I am
(retdtne te) to

to

to

that

ill

said

thirsty.

write

so.

off (abire)

(in urbe)

does not forbid me.


command (you)

was

'?

to

to

remain in the city

He

it

is ill.

to

ita se

eerie),

his

it)

at

it.

it

all.

it.

will

will

will

*?

is

will

in

writing
I do see (it)
Did he see that
did not see it.
Did they hear that I was
They did not hear you.
Does he hear

riaht ?

(it).

25*

LATIN GRAMMAR.

294

[LESSON

54.

Do you confess that you were wrong deny that I


Did he pretend be asleep dormire) He did
Did he promise come venturum) He could

deny it.
was wrong.
pretend (it).
to

not promise

to

(se

to

(se

(it).

Lesson LIV.

PENSUM

QUINQUAGESIMTJM
QUARTUM.

VERBS WITH THE INFINITIVE OR SUBJUNCTIVE.


A. Many Latin verbs admit of a double construction, being sometimes followed by the accusativus cum infinitlvo, and sometimes by the
subjunctive, with one of the conjunctions ut (uti), ne, or quod, &c.
With some of these the subjunctive is the rule and the infinitive the
exception with others the reverse is true. The construction of these
verbs is elucidated in the following rules
;

Of

B.

the verbs signifying willingness, desire, or permis-

malo, patior, and sino are commonly followed


by the accusative with the infinitive, and sometimes only by ut
but opto, concedo, and permitto may have either the infinitive or
ut.
Verbs of demanding or compelling (posco, postulo, jlagito,
and cogo) are more frequently construed with ut. E. g.
sion, volo, nolo,

Volo,

uti

mihi respondeas (instead

of Vdlo te mihi respondere).


6pto, te hoc facere, or ut hoc fa-

I wish you to reply to me.


I desire

you

to

do

this.

cias.

Augustus cldminum se appelldri


ne a liberis qui&em pdssus est.

Augustus did not suffer it, even


from his children, to be called

Tribuni plebis postulant, ut sacro-

The

sancti habedntur.

Senatus P. Lentulum, ut se abdicdret praetura, coegit.

master.
tribunes demand the privilege
of being regarded sacrosanct.
The senate compelled Publius Lentulus to resign his praetorship.

Remark.
Volo ut and malo ut may thus be employed instead of
the infinitive but nolo ut is never said. The verb recusare, to refuse,
(the opposite of concedo,} may have either the infinitive or ne.
;

C.
Verbs denoting a resolve or endeavor to accomplish or
prevent anything, are followed by the subjunctive with ut or ne,
when a new subject is introduced; but when the subject remains
the same, they generally have the infinitive, and sometimes
only ut or ne.

LESSON

THE INFINITIVE OR " UT " AND

54.]

" NE.'

295

Verbs of this class are statuo, constituo, decerno, tento, paro, meditor,
euro, nitor, contendo, and the expressions consilium capio, in animum
duco or arihnum induco. But operam do, I endeavor id {hoc, Mud)
;

ago, I aim at, strive; nihil antiqinus habeo (or duco), quam, I have
(consider) nothing more important than and video, in the sense of
euro, have commonly ut only.
E. g.
;

dare (or ut

He

resolves to write to you.

Statuit, ut fi'lius ejus tibi respon-

He

resolves that his son shall reply

ad

Statuit

litteras

te litteras

ad

te det).

to you.

deat
Qui sapientes

Let those who wish to be called


philosophers make up their minds
to despise wealth, honors, and

appellari vdlunt,
inducant animum divitias, hondres, opes contemnere.

influence.

Opera ddnda

It should

ut verbis utd-

est,

mur quam usitatissimis


maxime aptis.

et

quam

6mne

animal se ipsum diligit, ac


simul lit drtum est, id dgit, ut
se conservet.

Id

studuisti, isti

fdrmae ut mores

conshniles forent.

We

Videndum

est lgitur, ut ea liberautdmur, quae prosit amindceat nemini.

litate
cis,

be our study to employ

the most familiar and (at the


same time) the most suitable
terms.
Every animal loves itself, and as
soon as it is born aims at the
preservation of itself.
It has been your endeavor, that
your character should be like
your appearance.
must see to it, that the liberality we indulge in be such, as
will

be a benefit to our friends

and an injury

to

no one.

D. Verbs of requesting, exhorting, persuading, and commanding generally have the subjunctive with ut or ne ; but
sometimes also the

infinitive.

The most common of these verbs

are rogo, oro,precor, peto ; moneo,


; suadeo, persuadeo, impello, perpello, ezcito, incilo, impero.
So also nuntio, dlco,
scribo, when they imply an order or command.
E. g.

admoneo, commoneo, hortor, adhortor, cohortor, exhorior

Te

et dro et hortor ut dfligens

Te

I beseech

and exhort you

to

be

diligent.

sis.

lllud

admoneo, ut quotidie

meditere, resistendum esse ira-

I advise you to consider every day


that passion must be resisted.

ciindiae.

Moneo
tibi

obtestorque,

genere

uti

qui

hds,

propinqui

sunt,

vou by

caros habeas.

Senatus imperdvit decemviris, ut


libros Sibyllinos inspicerent.

Caesar Dolabellae

remind

dixit, ut

ad

me

and conjure

cherish those

The

who

you

to

are akin to

birth.

senate ordered the committee


of ten to inspect the Sibylline
records.
Caesar told Dolabella to write to

[LESSON

LATIN GRAMMAR.

20G
scrtberet,

primum

Italiam

in

ut

peciinia piiblica classis

me)

(requesting

to

come

to

Italy as soon as possible.

venirem.

Themfetoclesj0ersuas#pdpulo,td

navium

me

quam

54.

centum

aedificaretur.

Themistocles prevailed upon the


people to construct a fleet of a
hundred ships at the expense of
the public treasury.

Remarks.
ut is
1. With the verbs of this class, the longer construction with
preferred by the prosaists of the best period, but later writers have

more frequently

the briefer infinitive.

Moneo, admoneo, and persuadeo, when they signify " to remind or


to persuade that something is so" (and not -that something should be
done") have the Ace. cam Inf.
3. The verbs of commanding (i.e. imperare, mandare, praescribare,
edlcere, decernere, &c.) that anything should be done, have generally
The only exceptions are jubeo and
ut according to the rule.
which are commonly followed by the accusative with the infinitive
E. g. Jubeo te scfu\ r< I command you to
(either active or passive).
write.
Vetateum attire, He tells him not to leave. Ubrum legijussit,
He ordered the book to be read (i. e. that it should be read). Vetuit
2.

castra muniri,

He

prohibited that the

camp should be

fortified.*

E. Verbs signifying to effect, cause, or bring about, an


ularly followed by the subjunctive with t or
i

Such are facio, efficio,


and consequor. E. g.

perficio, evinco, pervinco, impetro, assequor,

Lei me know.
The bud causes

Facito ut Bciam.
JSol efficit, ut 6vama.fidreant.

all

things to flour-

ish.

Epamindndas

perfecit ut auxilio

sociorum Lacedaemdnii privarentur.

A solo impctrat, u* alienas arbores


dial.

Qua

in re nihil aliud assequeris,

nisi ut

ab dmnibus audacia

co^noscatur.

tiia

Epaminondas caused the Lacedmonians

to

be deprived of the

aid of the allies.


He prevails upon the soil to
exotic trees.

By

grow

which you

else,

will

will gain nothing


except that your audacity
be known by all.

Remarks.
ut is sometimes a mere circumlocution
same tense of the verb following it. E.g. Fecit, ut dunitlerct
milttes, instead ofdimisit mitttes, He dismissed his men.
" or " suppose," and efficere, " to
2. Fac, in the sense of " imagine
1.

The expression facere

for the

* Yet jubeo ut hoc facias (or without the ut: jubeo tibi hoc facias) and veto
ne hoc facias likewise occur in harmony with the general rule.

LESSON

54.]

''

UT

"

AFTER IMPERSONAL VERBS.

297

make
"

out " or " to prove," have the Aec. eum Inf.* But efficttur,
follows," has sometimes ut ; as,
quo efficitur, ut. From which
follows that, &c.
Facere, " to represent," is usually connected

Ex

it

it

with the present participle or the infinitive passive.

F. Among the verbs regularly followed by the subjunctive


with ut, are a number of impersonal expressions.
They are,

Those

1.

signifying "it remains," "it follows"; as,restat, relinquitur,

superesf, reliquum

To

tur.

these

(proxunum, prope, extremwn, futurum)

est, and sequiadd to this, that."


happens," "it comes to pass"; as, accidit,

may be added

acctdit

Those signifying '-it


non potest, evenit, usu
the case," and esto, "grant it, that."
2.

inctdit, fit, fieri

Restat, ut his

respdndeam.

It

ut*

"

occurrit, contingit,

vt/tit,

remains

now

for

me

est)

"it

is

to reply to

these.
Si hacc enuntiatio
sequitur, ut falsa

non vera

est,

sit.

Relinquitur, ut, si vi'ncimur


Ilispania, quiescanius.

in

If this proposition is not true,


follows that it is false.

it

If we are vanquished in Spain, the


only thing left us is to keep
quiet.

Forte

evenit, ut in

Privernate es-

semus.

nun

Fieri

so happened that we were on


the Privernan estate
It is not possible for any one to be
It

potest, ut quia

Rtfmae

sit, qmnn est Athenis.


Quando fuit, ut, quod licet, nun

at

Rome when

"When was
which

liceret ?

is

he is at Athens.
the ease, that that
lawful was unlawful ?
it

Remarks.
we sometimes

find other expressions with


Like reliquum est, ut,
Such arc novum est, rarum, naturale, minim, singulare, usitatum,
necesse est, ut ; verisimile, verum,falsum est, ut; aequum, rectum, utile
i.-t. ut.
But the majority of these are more commonly construed
1.

nt.

with the infinitive,

(('t'.

Lesson

LIU

/>'.

I.)

or moris est, and consuetudo est, " it is customary," "it usually happens," are often followed by ut, like accidit, &c.

Mos

2.

3. Contingit not unfrequently occurs with the infinitive, sometimes


even with the dative of the predicate.
E.g. Mihi fratrique meo destinari praetoribus contXgit, I and my brother happened to be chosen

praetors.

Verba denoting willingness, unwillingness, or permission,


demanding, advising, and reminding,
are sometimes followed by the subjunctive "WITHOUT ut or ue.
G.

and

also those of asking,

malo, prrmitto, licet ; oro, precor, quaeso, rogo,


To these add
suadeo, censeo, moneo, admoneo, hortor.
euro, decerno, jubeo, mando; the imperatives foe, "see that," and
cave, "beware," and the impersonal oportet and necesse est.

Such arc

peto, postulo

volo, nolo,

* Compare

page 290.

Compare page

290, note.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

298
Ve'lim fieri posset,

lit,

&c.

Malo, te sapiens hdstis

quam

I
me'tuat,

cives laudent.

stiilti

wish

it

[LESSON

54.

-were possible that, &c.

I prefer an intelligent enemy fearing you to stupid citizens prais-

ing you.

mi

Sine, te exorem,

me

Allow

pater.

to

entreat

you,

my

father.

me absentem

te peto,

tiia

to love and to defend


absence.
I beseech you, Appius, to consider
again and again.
I advise you to look, as if your own

hd-

My

dillgas

atque defendas.
Pdstulo, Appi, etiam atque etiam
considered.

Suddeo videas, tanquam

si

I ask of

you

me

my

interests -were at stake.

res agatur.

Herus me

jussit

Pamphylum

die observdn m.

Fdc sciam

in

(=

facito ut sciam).

Do

Cdce credos.
Fremont dnmes

not beliei

Every one

licet

Philosdphiae servias oportet, ut


tibi contingat vera libertas.
Virtus voluptatis aditus inU rclur
dot neecsse est.

commanded

master

to -watch

Pamphylus to-day.
Pray let me know (inform me).
.

allowed to murmur.
should serve philosophy in
order to acquire true liberty.
Virtue necessarily prevents the access of pleasure.
is

You

IL Verba signifying joy, sorrow, surprise, or wonder are


followed cither by the accusative with the inlinhivc, or by quod
( that" or "because") with the indicative or subjunctive.
Such verbs are gaudeo,
rriiror,

E.

detector, doleo, succt nst o, angor, poentiet


admlror, glorior, gratulor, gratlas ago, queror, indignor, Sec.

e.

Gaudeo, quod

te

interpeUavi.

Dolebam, quod consdrtem gloridsi


laboris amiseram.
Mirdri se aiebat, quod n6n rideret
hanispex.
Tibi ago f/r<iii<is. quod me dmni
molestia lib( ras.
Grdtulor tibi, quod ex provi'ncia

salvum

te

ad

trios recepisti.

Quereris super hoc etiam, quod

expectata
mina.

tibi

non mittam

car-

am

glad that I have interrupted


you.
I was sorry to have lost the sharer
of the glorious enterprise.
to express his
J Ic was accustomed
surprise, that the soothsayer did
not laugh.

thank you for liberating me from


inconvenience of every kind.
I congratulate you for having safely returned from the province to
your friends.
You also complain of this, that I
do not send you the expected
poems.
1

REMARKS.
Quod

employed

in connection -with past tenses.


Quod
with the indicative denotes a, fact, and with the subjunctive a supposition or the opinion of another.
1.

is

chiefly

LESSON

54.]

THE CONSTRUCTION OF

"

QUOD."

299

2. Quod is also frequently employed instead of the Aec. cum Inf.


after substantives, and after expressions like " it is pleasant " or " un" add
pleasant," " it pleases " or " displeases," magnum est, accedit

(=

to this"), &c.

hoc, id,

It

is

Mud, and

is

cumstance

that."

thus frequently preceded by one of the pronouns


often equivalent to the English " the fact or cir-

E.

g.

Augebat

iras,

quod

soli

Judaei non

cessissent,

The fact

(or circumstance) that the Jews alone had not surrendered,


augmented the indignation. Inter causas malorum nostrorum est, quod
virhnus ad exempla, Among the causes of our miseries is the fact that
we are living after the examples of others. Quod victor victis pepercit, magnum est, That the conqueror spared the conquered is great.
Accedit, quod mirifce ingeniis
In Caesare mitis est clemensque natura.
excellen/ibus delectatur, Caesar is of a gentle and mild nature.
Add to
this, that (in addition to this) he takes the greatest delight in intellectual pre-ftninence.
3. Quod is always put, instead of the Ace. cum Inf. or id, in explanatory or periphrastic clauses, which (generally) refer to an oblique case
of the demonstratives hoc, id, ilhid, or istud.
E.g. Hoc uno praestamus vet maxime feris, quod colloquimur inter nos, et quod exprxexcel the brutes chiefly in this,
mere dicendo sensa possumus,
that we converse with each other, and are able to express our sensations in language. Phot-ion non in eo solum offenderat, quod patriae
male consult rat, sed etiam quod amicitiae fidem non praestiterat, Pho-

We

cion had not only given offence by the fact that he had mismanaged
the interests of his country, but also because he had exhibited a want
of faith in friendship.
4. Quod stands also in expressions like aelele, quod, or adde hue,
quod (add to this that, besides), and after facere in connection with
an adverb like bene, male, &c. E.g. Bene facis, quod me mones, You
do well to remind me. llumaniter fecit, quod ad me venit, lie acted
humanely by coming to me.
5. Quod, stands with several different senses in constructions like
the following:
a.) At the beginning of a sentence, in the sense of " as to," " with
respect to."
E.g. Quod scribis ie velle scire, qui sit reipublicae status,
summa dissentio est, As regards your expressing a desire to know the
Quod
state of the republic, (I have to report) the greatest dissension.
mild de nostra s/u/u eratularis, minime miramur te luo opere laetdri, As
to your congratulating me on my present condition, I am not at all

surprised that you rejoice in your own work.


E. g. Tu, quod poteris, ut adhuc
b.) In the sense of "as far as."
fecisti, nos consiliis jurdbis, Do you assist us, as few as you can, and as
you have done heretofore, with your advice and influence. Epicurus
se unus, quod scieim, sapientem profiteri est eiusus, Epicurus is the
only one, as Jar as I know, who has dared to profess himself a sage.
c.) Instead of ex quo or quum, "since." E.g. Tertius dies est, quod
audh'i, &c, It is now three days since I have heard, &c. To these may
be added tantum quod, " scarcely." E. g. Tantum quod ex Arpinati
vencram, quum mihi litterae a te reeldltae sunt, I had but just returned

from Arpinum, when a

letter

from you was handed

to

me.

300

LATIN GRAMMAR.

Exercise

Do you

me

[LESSON

5J.

104.

you ?
I do not wish
Do you desire me to write to
you, but your brother, to go with me.
your father ?
I do wish that you would write to him.
Do you
allow (sinisne) me to go to the ball?
I do not allow you to go
there.
Does he suffer (pcititur) letters to be written by us ?
lie
Did they compel you to resign your office (?nudoes not suffer it.
They were not able to compel me (me cogere).
nere) ?
Did he
He did urge me.
urge (fiagitavitne) you to go out with him ?
He does refuse.
Have you deterDoes he refuse to come to us ?
I have not determined (to do so).
mined to learn Latin ?
Has
He has resolved (to do
he resolved (decrevitne) to study French ?
He is exerting himself
What is he aiming at (Quid dgit) ?
so).
Do you endeavor
(Id agit ut) to commit this book to memory.
(studesne) to become diligent ?
I do strive to be diligent and good.
Must we see to it, that we love our neighbor ?
must see to
wish

to go to the theatre -with

by

all

We

it

means (quam maxime)

Exercise

105.

No on the contrary, I beask me to remain at home ?


Did he exhort you to go into the
seech and exhort you to go out.
country?
Do you advise
No, he exhorted me to write a letter.
I do advise you.
me to resist passion (ut iracundiae resistarn).
I
Did he reremind and conjure you to cherish those who love you.
mind you that that was so (rem ita se habuisse) ?
He reminded and
persuaded me (mild) that that was really (re vera) so.
Did they
They ordered the soldier to be killed.
order any one to be killed ?
Does he prohibit (vetatne) the reading of the book?
He does, on
Did your father write you to come
the contrary, order it to be read.
home ?
He, on the contrary, wrote me to remain in the country.
Did you tell your servant to bring you the book ?
I did tell him.
Does your master command you to attend to your studies ?
He does
command me.
I could
Did you persuade him to read my book ?
not persuade him.
It is not possible
Can it be that I am wrong ?
that you are wrong.
When was it the case that I was wrong ?
Do you

Allow me

to entreat

you

to write.

Pray

let

me know when

you are

coming.
Do not believe that he is your friend. Are you glad that
I have written to your friend ?
I am delighted (detector) that you
have done it.
Are you sorry that you have lost your book ?
I
am very sorry that I have lost it.
Is he surprised that I did not
bring the doctor ?
He is surprised that he does not come.
Do
you thank me for having liberated you from trouble (molestid) ?
I
do thank you with all my heart (ioto pectore)
Do you congratulate
me for having recovered ? I do congratulate you.
does his
master complain ?
He complains of this, that he is negligent and

idle.

Why

LESSON

IMPERSONAL VERBS.

55.]

Lesson LV.

pensum

301"

QUINQUAGesimum

QUINTUM.
OE IMPERSONAL VERBS.
A. Impersonal verbs are those which are used in the third
person singular only, and without reference to any definite subThey are in English commonly introduced by the project.
noun it. E. g. Tonat, it thunders ; pluit, it rains ; oportet, it
behooves.

Remarks.
Impersonal verbs thus occur in all the conjugations, and in all
the moods and tenses of complete verbs.
E. g. 1. Constat, it is mani2. nocet, it is hurtful; 3. accldit, it happens; 4. convenit, it is
fest
Constdre, to be manifest tonuit, it thundered ?ioceat,
agreed upon.
let it be hurtful, &c.
1.

The majority of the impersonal verbs of the Latin language are


used personally, but generally with a modified or different signification.
Many again admit a subject of the neuter gender, such as
an infinitive (either with or without a subject accusative) or a clause
used substantively, and sometimes a pronoun of the neuter gender.
LIU. B.)
(Cf. Lesson LII. A. 1
2.

also

Impersonal verbs generally want the imperative, except licet,


which has liceto (let it be lawful). The rest employ the present
subjunctive imperatively as, Tonet, Let it thunder
Pudeat te, Be
3.

ashamed of yourself
4. The majority want

also the participles, gerunds, and gerundives.


are the following, of which some, however, have
decern, becoming; libens, willing;
acquired the force of adjectives:
liciturus, poeniturus puditdlicens, free, bold; poenitens, penitent;
pigendus, pudcnrus, about to be lawful, to repent, to be ashamed
dw, poenitendus, to be regretted, ashamed of, repented of. To these
add the gerunds poenitendi, pudendo, ad pigendum.

The only exceptions

B.

Impersonal verbs

classes.
I.

They

are

Those serving

may

Perfect.*

ordinary phenomena of naAs,

Fulmlnat,

fulminavit,

Infinitive.
diluculare,
fulgurare,
fulminare,

Gelat,

gelavit,

gelare,

grandinavit,

grandinare,

Present.

diluculavit,

Dlluculat,

Fulgurat,

Grandinat,

fulguravit,

* Of some

of these verbs the second root

26

be divided into several

to designate the

ture, or the state of the weather.

is

it

daicns.

it

lightens.

it
it

thunders.
freezes.

it

not used.

hails.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

302
Present.

Peffect.

Lapidat,

j lapidavit,
I

Lucescit,

55.

INFINITIVE.
lapidure,

lapidatum

it

rains stones.

est,

lucescere,

lux it,

Luciscit,

[LESSON

luciscere,

it

grows

light.

illuxit,

illucescere,

Illucescit,

ningere,
noctescere,

it

snows.

it

grows dark.

pluere,

it

rains.

it

thaws.

roravit,

regelare,
rorare,

it <l<

Tonat,

toniiit,

tonare,

it

thunders.

Vesperascit,
Advesperascit,

vesperavit,
advesperavit,

vesperare,
)
advesperare, )

it

becomes evening.

Ningit,
Noetescit,

ninxit,
pluvit, >
5
(pluit, [
regclavit,

Pluit,

Regelat,
Rorat,

ws,

dew falls,

These verbs sometimes (though rarely) occur in conRemark.


nection with a, personal subject. E. g. Jupiter tonat <t fulgurat. Dies
or caelum vesperascit.
Lapides pluunt.
Lapidibus pluit
Sanguinem
pluit, &c.
But this use is chiefly confined to the third person, and
rather the exception than the rule.
It is consequently unnecessary
to supply a personal subject (e. g. Jupiter, Coelum, &c.) to account
for the ordinary construction of these verbs.
II.

The

following verbs, denoting an affection of the mind, an

obligation, or permission

Present.
(

Mlscret (me),

--

Pi get (me),

Perfect.

J
(

Poenitet (me),

Infinitive.

miseruit (rarely)

_v

mlseritum est,
mlsertum est,
piguil or,

plgitum

w _

miserere,

( if

mores mo

to nitn.
Jj
I

1 nave pity.

est.

plgere,

it

poemtere,

it

chagrins, iris.

poenituit,

r<

pt nts me,

re-

pent.

Pudet (me),
Taedet (me),
Oportet (me),
Libet (lubct),
Licet (mihi),

Decet (me),
Dedeeet (me),
Li(j[uet (mihi),

puduit, or

puditum

taeduit (rare///),

| pertaesum est,
oportuit,
>
( libuit, or
( libitum est, )

or
\
\ licitum est, j
<

<

pudcrc,

est, \

it

sham ps

nte,

I am

ashamed.

taedere,

it

wearies, disgusts.

oportcre,

it

behooves.

libere,

it

pleases.

llcere,

if is

liciiit,

dedecuit,

decere,
dedecere,

it

licuit,

liquere,

it is

decuit,

it

lawful, allowed.

becomes,
misbecomes,
manifest.

R F.MARKS.
1.

verbs

The
is

subject of the emotion denoted by some of the foregoingput in the accusative as, Miseret me, te, ilium, It moves \nv,
;

LESSON

IMPERSONAL VERBS.

55.]

303

you, him, to pity (i.e. I pity, you pity, &c). Pudet nos,vos,illos,
We, you, they are ashamed. So also oportet me, ie, ilium; decet (dedecei) nos, vos, &c.
But libet and licet are followed by the dative
(jnilii, tibi,

2.

&c.).

The verbs

libet,

decet, dedecet, and liquet sometimes occur


and assume a personal subject.

licet,

in the third person plural,

The

third person singular of a number of complete verbs,


frequently employed impersonally, but in a sense more
or less different from the ordinary signification of these verbs.
III.

which

is

Thus

Perfect.

Present.

Infinitive.

Accidit,
Contingit,

contigit,

Evenit,

evenit,

Fit,

factum

Attinet,

attlnuit,

attinere,

Pert I net,
Accedit,
Conducit,

pertinuit,

pertmere, \
accedere,
conducere,

there
it is

accidere,
contingere,
cvenire,

accidit,

")

it

est,

fieri,

accessit,

conduxit,

happens, occurs,

comes

to

pass.

J
)

Constat,

constitit,

constare,

Convenit,
Debet,

convenit,
dcbuit,

convenire,
debere,

it

belongs

to,

per-

tains.

it

be added.

is to

conduces.
evidt nt.

agreed on.

it

is

it

ought.
displeases.

( (lisplicuit,

Displicet,

displlcere,

it

doluit,

dole re,

it

fiiit,

esse,

expedivit,
not nit,
]

expcdlre,
prodesse,

(me),
fugit (me),

fallere,

f-

Dolet,

Est (= licet),
Expedit,
Prodest,
Fallit (mo),

(lisplieitumest,

fefellit

Fugit (me),
Praeterit (me),

(me ),

praeteriit

it

escapes

it

begins.

it

concerns.

it

delights.

it

hurts.

mcepit,

mcipere,

interfuit,

interesse, 7

Refert,

re tul it,

rcferre,

Juvat,

juvit,

juvare,

)
\

Delectat,

delectavit,

deleetare,

Nocet,
Obest,

nocuit,

nocere,

obfuit,

obesse,
patere,

pat nit,
j pliicuit,
I

Praestat,

placitum

est,

pracstitit,

my notice.

fugere,
>
praeterire,

Incipit,

Placet,

vantageous.

Interest,

Patet,

pains (grieves).
U is lawful, one mag.
it is expedit nt, ad-

it is

plaecre,

it

praestare,

it is

clear.

pleases.

preferable, bet-

ter,

remains.

Restat,

restitit,

restare,

Solet,

soli turn est,

sol ere,

Assolet,

assolitum est,

Stat,

stetit,

assolere, j
stare,

it

is

Succurrit,

succurrit,

succurrere,

it

suggests

it

7
it is

usual.
resolved.
itself.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

30-4

[LESSON

Present.

Perfect.

Sufricit,

suffecit,

sufficere,

it

Suppetit,

suppetivit,

there

Vacat,

vacavit,

suppetere,
vacare,

Remark.

55.

Infinitive.

The subject of these

suffices.

on hand

is

there is leisure

(left).
it

pleases.

can
only be an infinitive (either with or without a subject accusative) or
an entire clause, but sometimes also the nominative of a neuter pronoun.
(Cf. Lessons L1L, LIIL, LIV.)
A'erbs thus used impersonally

IV. The third person singular passive, especially of intranverbs denoting motion, and which otherwise do not admit
E. g.
of the passive voice.
sitive

Curritur, there
Itur, there

is

Aditur, there

Ventum

est,

is

running.

Dlcitur.

Trad it ur.

approaching.
some one has come.

Scribitur,

is

Clamatur, there is calling.


Favetur, there is favoring.
Fletur, then

is

it

going.

said.

is

it

it

related.

is

writtt

Pugnatur, then

is fighting.

itur, there is sinning.

Persuadetur, th re is persuading.
Certatur, it is contended.
Sentitur, it is pera wed.

weeping.
Ridetur, there is laughing.
Bibitur, there is drinking.
is

Remarks.
The

1.

cised,

is

agent, by which the activity denoted by these verbs is exercither left indefinite, or expressed by the ablative with a or

ah (e. g. ab aliquo, a rm U nobis, ab hominibus, 6cc).


It is most frequently to he inferred from the context.
Tims: Ubi eo ventum est
(sc. ab iis), When they had come there.
His persuaderi non proterat
(sc. ab aliquo), They could not be persuaded (by any one).
Curritur ad praetorium (sc. a mUitibus), There is a rush towards the general's tent (on the pari of the soldiers).
Pugnatur omnibus locis,
There is a general battle.
.

2. Among the verbs employed impersonally we must include the


neuter of the future passive participle with est,erat, full, erit, &c; as,
amandum est, there must be loving (some one must love, it is necessary to love)
scribendum fuit, it was necessary to write
currendum
erit, it will be necessary to run.
That this construction requires the
dative of the agent (e. 2. allcui, mihi, tibi, hominibus, &c.) is already
known from Lesson XXV.
:

Does

it

thunder?

Toiuitne ?

does thunder and lighten.


Does it not hail ?
It does hail.
It

Does

it

rain ?

Is

growing

grandinat

light or

dark

Grandinat vera.
Niiui pluit

it

Ndnne

Xon

does not rain it snows.


Did it rain or snow ?
It rained very hard.
It

Ita est. tdnat atque fulgurat.

pluit

ninjiit.

tJtrum phlvit an ninxit ?


Phlvit vehementer.
Lucescitne an advespcrascit

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

55.]

305

It is

growing dark.

Yesperascit.

Is

hailing out of doors ?

Ecquid fdris grandinat ?


Sic est, valde grandinat.
Gelavitne ndcte proxima?

it

hailing hard.
Did it freeze last night
It did not freeze.
It

is

Is

it

foggy

It

is

(foggy).

Non

Does the sun shine ?


It

The sun does not


in

is

Lucet.

does shine.

Utimur solis liimine.


Sol non lucet.
Solis liimine non utimur.

AVe have (enjoy) sunshine.

The sun

gelavit.

Estne coelum nebulosum


Est (nebulosum).
Lucetne sol ?

shine.

(is

blinding)

Sol mini dculos ndcet.

my

Lumen

eyes.

solis

mini oculorum liciem

praestringit.

The weather.
Good,

fine,

TempestaSj

bad, very bad

coelum,

i,

n.

terrhna.

weather.
face, countenance.
eyes

f.

Tempestaa bona, serena, mala, de-

The

The

alls,

Faeies, ei, f. ; os, oris, m.; vultus,


us, m.
Oculi, drum, m. ; acies (ei,/.) ocu-

the ey esight

lorum.
Tonitrus, us, m.

The thunder.
The thunderbolt.
The snow.
The hail.
The fog, mist.
The rain.

Fulmen,

inis, n.

Nix, gen. nivis,/!, or pi. nives.

Grando, inis,/.'
Nebula, ae,/

The

sunshine.

Pluvia, ae, /.; imber, ris, m.,or pi.


imbres.
Lumen solis, or simply sol, sol cali-

The

parasol.

Umbclla,

dus.
ae, /.

Nebulosus, a, um.
Valde, vehementer (adv.*).
Utor, uti, usus sum (aliqua re,

Foggy.
Hard, violently.
To have (use, enj oy).

ALIQUO).

To

shine.

To

shine brightly.

Luceo, ere, luxi,


f Fulgeo, ere, fulsi,
^ Splendeo, ere, ui,
Ventus, i, m.
Flo, are, avi, atum.
Quiesco, ere, evi, etum.
Orior, iri, ortus sum.
Ventosus, a, um.
Nimbosus, a, um; ])roccllosus,
Veheniens, lis, adj.
.

The wind.

To
To
To

blow.
cease (rest).
rise.

Windy.
Stormy.
Srong, vehement.
Is

it windy
blow ?

Does the

wind

2G*

Estne tempestaa ventdsa?


FUitne ^ entus V

a,

um.

306
It

LATIN GRAMMAR.
windy.

is

The wind does

blow.
Has the wind risen ?
No, it has ceased.
It is not stormy.
It is

tmmo

vero quievit.
Coelum non est procellosum.
Tempestas valde ventosa est.
J
(

The spring.
The autumn.

Valde

ventus.

flat

Ver, gen. veris, n.


Auctumnus, i, m.
Vere, aestate, auctumno, hieme.

In the spring, summer, autumn, winter.

To

55.

Est tempestas ventosa.

\ Flat vero ventus.


Ortiisne est ventus

very windy.

To

[LESSON

or itinera facere
(abroad)

travel.

Iter,

peregrinari

Vehor, vehi, vectus sum.


Invehi (ctjrru, in rheda).
( Vehi (invehi) equo.
ride on horseback.
\ Equito, are, avi, atum.
ride up, away, around.
Advehi, abvehi, circumvehi.
go (come, travel) on Pedlbus or pedes* Ire (venire, iter
(

ride in a carriage.

To
To
To

facere).
Iter pedestre facere or conficere.

foot.

To

travel

(make a tour) on

foot.

To

like,

Delector, dri, dtus

take pleasure in.

sum (aliquid

facere).

Do you

Delectarisne in vehi ciirru


rheda) ?
Non vero equo vehi malo.

like riding in a carriage i


No, I prefer riding on horse-

(in

back.

Where

Quo

did our friend ride to


(on horseback) ?
He has ridden into the forest.

It is

Equitavit in silvam.

Jucundum, injucundum

good (pleasant), bad (unda anything.

pleasant') to

Is it pleasant to

go on

equitavit amicus ndster ?

est

aliquid

facere.

Estne jucundum

foot.

ire

pedibus (pe-

des) ?
Est profecto perjucundum.
.

It is

very pleasant.

Did he go on

foot or in

Utrum

a car-

riage ?

ivit

pedibus an curru vec-

tus est ?

tmmo

No, he went on horseback.

Exercise

vectus est equo.

106.

the market do not go there,


have) an umbrella

Are you going out to-day ?


I never go out when it is raining.
Did it rain yesterday ?
It has
It did not rain.
Has it snowed ?

snowed.
because

Why do you not go


snows. Do you wish

to

it

* Pedes,

-itis, ?.,

'?

(to

one

who

goes on foot.

If (si)


LESSON

EXERCISES

55.]

106,

307

107.

Will you lend me an umbrella am not un What


thunof weather

the sun shine The sun does not


shine;
foggy. Do you hear the thunder? do not hear
How long (quam diu) did you hear the thunder heard
the morning.
(usque ad) four
weather
not the wind blows hard, and
thunders much.
now
Do you not go
does rain very
Does
rain
the
the country
country How (quo modo) can I go
do you not
lightens Does
snow
does
see how (quam vehementer)
Did
yesterday
did not
not snow, but
but
thundered very much. Have you a parasol I have one.
lend
Will you lend
me
you. Have we sunshine
We have the sun my
weather
very
dark. We have no sunshine. How
the
bad weather;
windy
very bad.
weather to-day The weather
stormy yesterday
was stormy. Why
very windy. Was
the country did not go because
was stormy.
did you not go
Do you go the marked morning intend go
stormy. Do you intend
non
breakfast with me
not
morning I intend breakfasting with you,
I am hungry.
you have one.

sort

o'clock in

until

It is

It

it ?

is

is

it

willing to lend you one-.


Does
ders and lightens.

it

fine

it

it

It

it

Is

it.

into

fast.

into

it

it hails.

it

It

it

hail

It

hail,

it

to

it

is

it

I will

in

it

eyes.

It is

is

into

It is

It

to

it

this

there, if

to

to

est)

(si

Is it

is

it

this

Is it fine

is

it is

to

if (si)

Exercise

107.

He does intend
Does the Pole intend to drink some of this wine?
Do you like to go on foot when
to drink some of it, if he is thirsty.
I do not like to travel on foot.
you are travelling (iter faciens) V
I did not go on foot,
Did you travel to Italy (in Italiain) on foot ?
Do you
because the roads (viae) were too bad (nimis lutulentae).
I like to ride on horseback.
Has your
like to ride in a carriage ?
He has never gone on horseback.
cousin ever gone on horseback ?
I rode on
Did you ride on horseback the day before yesterday ?
Does your brother ride on horseback as often as
horseback to-day.
Hast thou sometimes ridden on
He rides oftener than I.
you ?
Will you go (in
I have never ridden on horseback.
horseback ?
I will ride thither.
Do you
a carriage) into the country to-day ?
Does your father like travelI do not like (it).
like travelling ?
ling in the winter ? - He does not like travelling (to travel) in the
Is it good
winter; he likes travelling in the spring and summer.

It is good travelling
travelling (pleasant to travel) in the spring?
in the spring and autumn, but it is bad travelling in the winter and
Have you sometimes travelled in the winter ?
I
in the summer.

Does
have often travelled both in the winter and in the summer.
He travels no longer but he formerly
your brother travel often ?
When do you like to ride on horseback ?
(quondam) travelled much.
Is it
I like riding on horseback in the morning, after breakfast.
It is good travelling there.
good travelling in the country?
They are runWhither are they running ( Quorsum curritur) ?
Have they (has any one) come (ventumne es\)
ning to the forum.
They have not yet come.
Was there laughii g
into the house ?

LATIN GRAMMAR.

308

[LESSON

56.

There was laughing and shouting


(ridebaturne) in the theatre ?
(clamabdtur) there.
Is it said that he has arrived (eum advenisse) ?
Is it pleasant
has remained in the country.
No, it is said that
When did the wind rise?
It is not pleasant.
to go on foot to-day ?
It rose at four o'clock this inornins:.

Lesson

LVL pexsum quixquagesimum


SEXTUM.

CONSTRUCTION OF NAMES OF PLACES.


In answer to the question Wldther ? the name
A.
of the place is put in the Accusative with in or ad; but
before the proper names of cities, these prepositions are
commonly omitted. E. g.
In hortos, in theatrum, ad locum
publicum, ad urbem ire.

To go

into the garden, into the


theatre, to the public square, to-

wards the
In Italiam,

in

Germaniam,

in

Americam, Lesbum proficisci.


Roman, Lutctiam, Londinum,
Carthiiginem, Athenas conten-

To

city.

set out for Italy, for

Germany,

America, for Lesbus.


To be on one's way to Rome, to
Paris, London, Carthage, Athens.
for

dere.

In answer to the question Where? "the


Rule.
of the place is put in the Ablative with in; but
if the place is a city, the name, when of the first or
second declension and singular number, stands in the
Genitive and when of the third declension or plural
number, in the Ablative without a preposition. E. g.

B.

name

In hdrtis, in thedtro, in loco pu-

urbe esse.
in Germania, in Africa

blico, in

In

Italia,

demorari.

Rdmae,

Lutetiae, Londini, BeroLesbi vivere.


Athenis, Syraciisis, Carthagine,
Neapoli natum esse.
lini,

To be

in the garden, in the theatre,


in the public square, in the city.

To

stay in Italy, in

Germany,

in

Africa.

To

live at

Rome,

in Paris,

London,

Berlin, on Lesbus.

To

be born at Athens, in Syracuse,


Carthage, Naples.

In answer to the question Whence ? the name of


C.
the place is put in the Ablative with ex or ab, but before the proper names of cities the preposition is comn only omitted. E. g.

LESSON

Ex

hdrtis,

blico,

Ex

NAMES OF PLACES.

56.]

ex theatro, a loco

pii-

ab lirbe venire.

Italia,

ex Asia, ab Africa

fii-

gere.

Roma,

Lutetia, Athenis, Carthagine expulsum esse.

309

To come

out of the garden, out


of the theatre, from the public
square, from the city.
To flee out of Italy, out of Asia,
from Africa.

To be

banished from Rome, Paris,


Athens, Carthage.

Remarks.
The names of cities sometimes occur -with

the prepositions in, ex,


or ab, and the names of countries without them.* E. g. Ab Epheso
1

in Sgriam profectus, Having started from Ephesus for Syria.


Ab
Epidauro Piraeum advectus, Conveyed from Epidaurus into the Piraeus.
But this is an exception to the general rule.
2. The preposition ad may stand before names of cities only in the
sense of "towards" or "in the vicinity of." E. g. Iter dirigere ad
Mutinam, To direct one's course towards Modena.
Tres viae sunt ad
Mutinam, There are three roads to Modena. Pugna ad TrebXam, The
battle of (= near) Trevi.
Istos Ubros legit ad Misenum, He read
these books near Misenum.
3. The names of countries rarely occur in the genitive, instead of
E. g. Graeciae, Lucdniae
in Graecia, in
in the ablative with in.
Lucania. Romac Numidiaeque
et Romae et in Numidia.

4. If the

name

connected with

it,

of the city has an adjective or an appositum


then the Romans put

In answer to the question Whither? and Whence ? the accusaablative with and without the usual prepositions.
E. g.
Doctas Athenas or ad doctas Athenas, To learned Athens. (In) CarIpsa Samo, From Samos itself.
thaginem Novam, To New Carthage.
De vitiferd Vienna, From vine-bearing Yienne.
b.) In answer to the question Where ? the ablative with in, where
the genitive would otherwise be required, and the ablative without in
in all other cases.
E. g. In ipsa Alexandria, In Alexandria itself. In
Athenis tuis, In your Athens.
Alba Helvia. f
But without in :
CarthagXne Nova, in New Carthage.
c.) When one of the words oppidum, urbs, locus, &c. stands in apposition with the proper name of the town, it is commonly preceded
by the preposition but in answer to the question Where f these
a.)

tive

and

* The in, however, is regularly omitted in connections like the following:


Terra marlque, " by land and by sea." and before loco and locis, when these
words occur in the sense of " state " or " situation " as, hoc loco, multis locis,
meliore loco, &c.
So likewise before toto or totd, " the entire or whole " as
Hoc libro, primo libro,
totd urbe, toto mari, totis campis, and never in iota, &c.
&c. are said when the entire book is meant; but in hoc (prlmo, &c.) libro, when
;

particular passage is referred to.


t And never Albae Helvia e ; rather without in, simply Alba Helvia like the
Alba Longd of Virg. Aen. VI. v. 766. Hence also In Novo Ebordco, or simply
Novo Eboraco, and not Novi Eboraci, New York, which is as unusual as the
Teani Apicli of Cic. pro Cluent. 9.

a'

LATIN GRAMMAR.

310

[LESSON

56.

E. g. Tarquinios, in urbem EtruTarquinii, the most nourishing city of Etruria.


Neapoli, in celeberrimo oppic/o, At Naples, a most celebrated town.
But Antiochiae natus est, celebri quondam urbe et copiosa, He was born
at Antioch, a city formerly celebrated and wealthy.
d.) If the word urbs or oppidum precedes the name of the city, the
preposition is always put, and the proper name stands as apposition in
E. g. Ad urbem Romam ex oppido Thermis, in urbe
the same case.
Roma (not Romae), in oppido Adrumeto (not Adrumeti).

words are always in the Ablative.

riae florentissimam,

To

5. The poets frequently answer the inquiry Whither? by the simple accusative, where in prose a preposition is required. E. g. Ttaliam
Lavlnaque venit litora (sc. in), He came to Italy and the Lavinian
Speluncam eandem (sc. in) deveniunt, They come into the
coast.
same cave. Verba refers aures (= ad aures) non pervenientia nostras,
You utter words which do not reach our ears.
So likewise the question Where ? by the ablative without in. E. g.
Silvisque agrisque viisque corpora foeda jacent, The foul bodies lie
scattered through the woods, and in the fields and on the ways.
This
poetical license is imitated by the prose writers of the silver age, who
frequently omit the in ; as, medio agro, Gabind via, regione for in regione, &c.
6.

a.)

The construction of the names of cities is adopted,


By the names of the smaller islands, of which some have

cities

of the same name.


E. g. Rhodi, Cypri, Corcyrae, in Rhodes, Cyprus,
Corcyra. Rhodum, Cyprum, Corcyram, to Rhodes, Cyprus, Corcyra.
Thus also, Chersonesum redire, To return into the Chersonesus. Chersonesi habitdre, To live in the Chersonesus.
To these add Delos,
Samos, Lesbos, and Ithaca. But the larger islands (e. g. Britannia,
Creta, Euboea, Sardinia, and Sicilia) are commonly construed like
names of countries.
b.) By domus and rus, on the construction of which see page 132
and page 157.
c.) By the words humus, bellum and militia, which, in answer to the
question Where ? stand in the genitive.
Thus, humi, on the ground.*
But belli and militiae (in war, in the field) occur thus only in connection with domi ; e. g. belli domique, in war and at home; domi militiaeque, at home and in the field
nee belli nee domi, neither in the
field nor at home.
To these add vicimae for in vicinia, in the neighborhood foras and foris, out of doors the last of which, however,
have assumed the character of adverbs.
;

Almost, nearly.

Fere, ferme; prope, propemodum.

About.

Circiter, circa

Scarcely, hardly.

Vix, paene.

(Adverbs.)
; ferme.
(Adverbs.)

* But in connection with a verb of motion, in humum, never hiimum, but


rather humi instead of in humum. Sumo occurs in the sense of from the
ground. So also in bellum, ex hello.

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

56.]

How

(What

old are }'ou


age) V

am

is

Quotum annum

your

old

is

agis ?

Qudt annos habes

Decimum annum

ten years old.

How

311

ago.

Decern annos habeo.

your brother

Quotum annum

agit

fratereulus

tiius ?

He
He

is

six years old.

is

scarcely

two years

To be born.
The year.

Sextum annum agit.


Annos sex habet.
Vix duo annorum natus

old.

Nascor,

Annus, i, m.
Major natu,* minor natu.
Maximus, minimus natu.

Older, younger.
The oldest, youngest.

Are you

sne major natu quam soror

older than your sister ?

(sorore

Yes, I

How

am much

old are

Sum

older.

you

est.

natus sum.

i,

vero rmilto major natu.

Qudt annos natus

tiia

tiia) ?

(Cf. Less.

es ?

LVIL

am

How

almost twenty years old.

She

is

is your sister ?
about twelve years old.

She

is

scarcely eight years old.

old

Of what age would you


to

A. Rem. 2.)
Viginti fere annos natus sum.
Quotum annum habet sdror tua ?
Duddecim circiter annos habet

be

take

me

(natus est).
dcto annos habet.
6cto paene annos nata est.
Quid aetatis tibi videor ?

Vix

You seem

to

be about

annorum

Videris esse

thirty.

circiter tri-

ginta.

To seem, appear.
The age (of life).

Videor,
Aetas,

visus sum.

eri,

atis,

/.

Major (quam)
I

am over twenty years old

(older

viginti

annos natus

sum.

Major (quam) annorum f

than twenty years).

viginti

sum.

He

is under thirty-three years


old (younger than thirty-three <
years).

Minor (quam)
nos natus

tres et triginta an-

est.

Minor (quam) annorum trium

et

triginta est.

Accipio, ere, cepi, ceptum.

To understand, comprehend, J
seize.

Intelligo, ere, lexi, lectum.

Comprehendo,

ere, di,

sum.

Cdpio, ere, cepi, captum.%

* Lit. " greater


or without natu.

by or with respect

to birth."

So

also grandior, either

with

older than a man of twenty years. Instead of the


E. g. Major (or
genitive, the ablative may also be put, with or without quam.
minor) quam decern annis, Over (or under) ten years of age. Major tribu's annis,
t This

is

literally

Over three years


X

/ am

old.

Accipereis " to hear and understand," more or

less perfectly; it

LATIX GRAMMAR.

312

Do you understand me

(i. e.

what

!Num

intellisis,

XXX.

son

I say)

Xon

I do not understand you.

[LESSON

intelligo

quid dicam

56.

(Les-

C. 2.)

(comprehendo), quid

dicas.

Have you understood

the

man ?

Intellexistine, id

quod

Yes, I have understood him.

Sane quidem,

Do you comprehend

Intelligisne istum

that man.

homo

dixit

intellexi.

hdminem

his motives, &c.) ?

(i. e.

I comprehend him but little.


I hear you, but I do not under-

Parum (minus)

intelligo.

Accipio quidem ea quae

sed

dicis,

minus comprehendo.

stand you.

The noise.
The wind.
To bark.
The barking.
To hear, perceive.

Strepitus, us, m.

Ventus,

m.

i,

Latro, are, avi, atum.


Latratus, us, m. gannitio, onis, /.
Audire, percipere, excipere auri;

bus (aliquid).

Do you perceive

the noise of the

Percipisne ventorum strepitum

wind ?
I do perceive

the dogs

Ego vero

it.

Have you heard

the barking of

said ?

They have not heard them.


seize

my

opinion

it.

Whose dog
It is the

Audi'vi.

it.

Have they heard what we have

I do seize

canum

I have heard

Do you

percipio.

Audivistine latratum

is

Niim exceperunt, quae nos


mus ?

dixi-

Non

exceperunt.
Capisne meam sententiam
Capio vero.

Ciijus est canis hicce ?

this ?

Englishman's.

To read.
To read through.
To

remain, stay.

To

stay, abide.

To

take.

To

beat, inflict

Canis est Angli.

Lego, ere,

legi,

Perlego, ere,

lectum.
lectum.

legi,

Maneo, ere, nsi, nsum.


Permuneo, ere, nsi, nsum.
Aloror, ari, atus sum.

Demorari, commorari.
ere, mpsi, mptum .*
Capio, ere, cepi, captum.
Accipio, ere, cepi, ceptum.
Verbero, are, avi, atum.
blows upon.
Percutio, ere, cussi, cussum.
Ferio, ire,
Amitto, ere, amisi, amissum.
j Perdo, ere, didi, ditum.

Sumo,

To

strike.

To

lose.

nnd compreliendere, " to understand or comprehend" anything said or done;


ccqyere, "to seize, take, comprehend clearly."
All these have aliquid.
Jntdligere aliquem is to comprehend one's character, motives, style, meaning,

&c, generally.
* Sumere =
hold

of,

" to take

grasp, seize "

up " anything from

accipere, u to take "

its

place of rest; capeve,, " to lay

something offered.

LESSON
To

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

56.]

Perdere aliquid alea.*

lose at play.

To know

313

Scio, Ire, ivi, Itum.

(anything).

I know, have learnt).


Aufero, erre, abstuli, ablatum.
< Demo, ere, mpsi, mpturn.
( Tollo, ere, sustuli, sublatum.
Didici (==

To
D.

take away.

" to carry

away or off," either


it signifies " to take
u
away from," or to deprive of." Demere aliquid alicui or de (ex, ab)
" to take away or to abstract from."
aliqua re
Tollere aliquid or
aliquem, " to remove out of the way," and sometimes secondarily " to
destroy."
in a

Obs.

Auferre aliquid in general

With

good or bad sense, f

is

alicui or ab aliquo

this man carried away anything ?


He has not carried away anything at all.

Has

Have

I taken away anything


from you ?
You have taken away my book.
Has he taken away some of our
bread ?
He has not taken any of it.
What has the servant taken

away

Niim homo

iste

quidquam

abstu-

lit?

Non

vero

nihil

quidquam abstu-

lit.

Abstuline

tibi

aliquid?

Abstulisti vero mini li'brum.

Dempsitne

pane

aliquid de

(ille)

nostra ?
Nihil dempsit.
Quid sustulit servus ?

He has taken away the wine from Vinum

de mensa

sustulit.

the table.

Did you order the

table to be

Jussistine

mensam

tdlli ?

cleared off?
I have not yet done it.
Will you take away these books ?

Nondum jiissi.

I will.

Non

Has he read through

Perlegitne librum, quern


modasti ?

the book
which you lent him ?
Did he stay at his home, or at
his father's ?

lie remained at his father's.

Did they take what you gave


them ?

They were

Who

unwilling to take
has beaten our dog ?

it.

Ecquid

vis tollere

hos libros ?

vdlo.

Suaene ddmi moratus

ei

est,

coman in

paterna ?
Permansit in paterna.
Num acceperunt, quod

eis dedisti ?

Accipere noluerunt.
Quis canem nostrum

verberavit

(perciissit) ?

Nemo eum

No

one has beaten him.


lost anything
We have lost nothing.

Have you

Niimquid

verberavit.

amisistis ?

Nihil amisimus.

* Aha,

lit. in the game of dice; here, by any game of chance generally.


hinc, Get yourself gone ! Aufer te domum,
t Also with persons ; as, Aufer
off home

Be

27

LATIN GRAMMAR.

114

How much money

[LESSON

Quantum pecuniae amicus

56.

did lie lose at


play ?
He has lost a large amount.
Is he not unhappy ?
He is quite unhappy.

Perdidit peeuniam grandem.

Do

Sclsne (didicistlne) sermonem Latl-

you know Latin f

tiius

alea perdidit ?

Konne est infelix ?


!Est admodum infelix.
num-f

I do

not

know

it

Do you know
man

Nondum

yet.

much

as

as this

homo

*?

know as much.
Did you know that ?
I did not know it.
How many books has your

I do not

cous-

them,
reading

five of

he

at present

is

the sixth.
did our friends remain

Where

They have remained at home.


They have kept themselves

at

He

tibi

notum

h'bros

consobrinus

fuit.

Quam

multos

jam perlegit ?
Perlegit jam qumque,
tum legit.

et

nunc sex-

commorati sunt
Commorati sunt ddmi.
Tenuerunt se ddmi.

"Ubi amici ndstri

home.
Will (does

it please) your father


anything to do ?
desires to give you something

give

ddctus sum.

Fuitne hoc

tiius

He has already read


and

Non aeque
!Non

in already read ?

didici.

Esne tu aeque ddctus atque hicce

Placetne patri

me

tiio

mandare

milii

aliquid faciendum ?
Ciipit vero tibi

quiddam faciendum

mandare.

to do.

Exercise

108.

Will you lend my brother a book I have lent him one already.
Will you lend him one more
lend him two more.
the poor have given them money.
Have you given anything
How much money has my cousin given you He has given me
he has given me only two crowns. How old
only a
your
Are you old he am
twenty years
brother He
How old are you I am hardly eighteen years
not
Am younger
thou am about twelve years
How old
than you do not know. How old
our neighbor He
Are our friends young we (ejusdem
years
not quite
They are older than we. How old are they
The one
nineteen, and the other
twenty years
your father old mine He older than yours. Have
Has your friend
you read my book have not quite read
Do you understand
book He has almost
me do understand you. Does the Englishman understand us
He does understand Do you understand what we are
Dost thou understand German
you We do understand
Do we understand
do not understand
but am learning
the English We do not understand them. Do the Germans un?

to

I will

little

is

old.

is

so old.

as

as

art

old.

is

thirty

old.

as

old.

is

as

aetatis nobiscimi) ?

(alter)

(alter) is

as

as

Is

finished his
?
I

is

it

finished

old.

yet.

it.

telling

us.

it.

it

yet,

it.

LESSON

CONSTRUCTION OF TIME.

57.]

315

Do we understand them
derstand us They do understand
We hardly understand them. Do you hear any noise hear
nothing. Have you heard the roaring of the wind have heard
Whose
What do you hear hear the barking of the
the dog of the Scotchman.
dog
us.

it.

is this ?

I
dogs.

It is

Exercise

109.

He is at London. Was he not at Beryour brother ?


Have you ever been at Syracuse ?
lin ?
No, he was at Carthage.
Is our friend at
I have never been at Syracuse, but at Rome.
New York ? No, he is at Athens. Do you intend to set out for
Where is your
Italy ?
I intend to set out for Rome and Athens.
He is studying at Paris. Has he returned (Rcverson studying ?
Where did he come
He has not yet returned.
tdtne) from Asia ?
And I came from GerHe came from Paris to London.
from ?
Have you lost your stick ?
I have not lost it.
many to America.
He has lost it.
Where have
Has your servant lost my note ?
Has your father lost
I have remained at home.
you remained ?
He has lost more of it than you.
(at play) as much money as I ?
How much have I lost ? You have hardly lost a crown. Where
He has remained at home.
has thy brother remained ?
Have
They have remained there.
your friends remained in the country ?
I do not know
Do you know as much as the English physician ?
Does the French physician know as much as you ?
as much as he.
Does any one know more than the
He knows more than I.
No one knows more than they.
Have your
French physicians ?
They have not quite read them.
brothers read my books ?
How
They have hardly read two of them.
many of them have they read ?
He has
Has the son of my gardener taken anything from you ?
What hast thou taken from him ?
taken my books from me.
I
Has he taken money from you ?
have taken nothing from him.
How much money has he taken from
He has taken some from me.
He has taken from me almost two crowns.
you ?
Where

is

Lesson

LVIL pensum quinquagesimum


SEPTIMUM.

OF THE CONSTRUCTION OF TIME.


A. In answer to the question Hoiv long ? the noun
denoting the duration of time is put in the Accusative,
sometimes with the preposition per, " through." E. g.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

316

menses in

To
To

urbe demorari.
Tres hdras, sex menses, per trien-

To

TJnum tantiim diem vivere.

Duas hebdomades,
nium cum aliquo

ires

[LESSON

57.

live for one day only.


stay in the city for two "weeks,

three months.
live with any one three hours,
six months, for three (entire)

habitare.

years.
N6ct.es diesque alicui assidere.

To

sit

Annum jam

He

is

tertium et vicesimum

by

one's side night and day.


already reigning the twen-

tieth year.

regnat.

Malta saecula viguit Pythagoredrum nomen.


"Urbs Veji decern aestdtes himes-

que continuas circumsessa

The name of the Pythagoreans was


in vogue for many centuries.
The city of Veji was besieged for
ten successive summers and win-

est.

ters.

Kemarks.
is sometimes also expressed by the Ablative.
Triginta annis vixisse, To have lived for thirty years.
Quattuordecim annis exilium tolerdre, To suffer exile for fourteen years. But
this is rather an exception peculiar to writers of the silver age.

1.

E.

Duration of time

g.

2. The question How old ? is commonly answered by natus, " born,"


with the accusative of the time elapsed since the birth of the individual in question.
E. g. Unum tantum mensem natus est, He is but one
month old. Decern annos natus sum, I am ten years old. On these

expressions,

compare page 311.

B. In answer to the question When? the point or


period of time is expressed by the Ablative, without the
preposition in.
E. g.
Hoc

die, hoc anno, hac hdra, hac


hebddmade.
Vere, aestate, auctumno, hieme.

Die, ndcte, vesperi (vespere).


Anno post Christum natum mileshno octingesimo quadragesimo
septimo.

Pyrrhi temporibus jam Apollo


versus facere desierat.

This day,
week.

this year, this hour, this

In the spring, summer, autumn,


winter.
day, at night, in the evening.
In the year one thousand eight
hundred and forty-seven after
the birth of Christ.
In the times of Pyrrhus, Apollo
had already ceased to make

By

verses.

Timdleon proelia maxima


die siio fecit omnia.

natdll

Timoleon won all his greatest


tories on his birthday.

vic-

Remarks.
In before the ablatives anno, die, hord, &c. rarely occurs. In
tempore can only be said when tempus has the sense of " emergency ";
in tali tempore, under such ciras, hoc in tempore, in this emergency
The English " betimes " (" in time," " in season ") is
cumstances.
In this sense the adverbial
in Latin either tempore or in tempore.
1.

LESSON

CONSTRUCTION OF TIME.

57.]

317

tempori and temperi are also used, from which the comparative tempemore seasonably, earlier.

rius,

" by day," " in the night," may also be expressed


and noctu, especially in connections like die ac noctu or
noctuque, by day and by night node et interdiu, by night and by

2.

by

The English

interdiu

die

day.
3. Substantives which do not of themselves denote any division of
time, but are still used to express that relation, are put in the ablative
partly with in, but frequently without it.
So initio and principio, in

the beginning (in) coiyiitiis, at the time of the election


(in) tumultu,
an insurrection (in) bello,* in the war ejus adventu or discessu,
at the time of his arrival or departure.
So also ludis (without in) for
tempore ludorum, at the time of the public games and Saturnalibus,
gladiator ibus, Latlnis (sc. ludis), at the time of the Saturnalian, gladi;

in

atorial,

and Latin

exhibitions.

The time

within which anything

is

expressed by

the Ablative, generally without in, and sometimes

by the Accu-

0.

sative with intra.

E.

g.

Tjrbes Africae dnnis prope quin-

quaginta

nullum

Romanum

exercitum viderant.
Quattuor tragoedias sexdecim
diebus absolvisti.

Fretum Euripi

septies die

red-

7nf Iwrd saepe ducentos versus


dictabat.

D.

The
a

of Africa had not seen


in nearly fifty

cities

Roman army

years.

You have

finished

four tragedies

in sixteen days.

procat.

Intra decimum diem,


postquam) venerat.

done

is

quam (=

He makes

the sound of Eurlpus


ebb seven times a day.
He frequently dictated two hundred verses in an hour.
Within ten days after his arrival.

The

question Hoiv long ago ? is answered by the Accuie


before this time," and sometimes by the Accusative with ante and the pronoun hie.
E. g.
sative or Ablative, with abhinc,

Abhinc
Abhinc

dies tres.
)
tribus diebus. C
-,,
(

j*
Ante hos tres dies.
)

T1
Tl ree

Abhinc annos sex


Abhinc viginti hdras.

Six years ago.


Twenty hours ago.

Ante hos sex menses.

These

* But when

six

/r
,
hre * da>' S b(
a
T

three days
ago.)
1 hese (J
i
j
-,

tore this.

months a^o.

bello has an adjective, or a noun in the genitive, connected with


is never put.
E. g. bello Punico secundo, in the second Punic war;
Latinorum, in the war of the Latins. So Senensi proelio, pugna Canensi,
without in. Thus also in pueritia, in boyhood, but pueritia extremd, towards
the end of boyhood; ineunte adolescentid, at the beginning of youth.
t The preposition in is sometimes put in answer to the question How much
or hoio often in a given time f But even in this instance the ablative may stand
without it.
it,

the in

bello

27*

318

LATIN GRAMMAR.

[LESSON

57.

Remark.
The question How long ago f is sometimes also answered by the simple ablative e. g. paucis his diebus, a few days aoo,
within a few days before this time.
;

E. In answer to the questions How long before ? and How


long after ? the time is expressed either by the Accusative or
Ablative, with ante, " before," and post, " after."
E. g.
Ante sex menses. 7
Sex mensibus tote. \

c
\.
x. *
SlX m0nths before
.

* d^

Q^rrbufpS. }
Note.

/
g lven CTent
0^

,n

)-

(** -n t).

The words ante and />os are usually put before the Accuand after the Ablative. But they may also stand between the
numeral and noun. The numeral may be either a cardinal or an
ordinal.
Thus the English " Three days before," and " Ten years
sative

after,"

may

be expressed as follows

Ablative.

Accusative.

Ante tres dies.


Ante tertuum diem.
Tres ante dies.
Tertium ante diem.
Post decern annos.
Post decimum annum.

Decern post annos.

Decimum
F.ibius tertio

post

annum.

anno ante consul

diebus ante.
die ante.
ante diebus.
ante die.

Decern annis post.


Deciino anno post.
Decern post annis.

Decimo post anno.


Fabius had been consul three years
before.

fiierat.

M.

Ydlscius Fictor ante aliquot


dnnos tribunus plebis fiierat.

Keque ita miilto post Seleucus a


Ptolemaeo ddlo interfeetus est.
ITomerus annis miiltis fiiit ante
Iidmulum.*
Consul factus est annis post Romam cdnditam trecentis duodenonaginta.

Tribus
Tertio
Tribus
Tertio

A few years before that

time Marcus Volscins Fictor had been


tribune of the people.
But a short time after that, Seleucus was treacherously killed by
Ptolemagus.
Homer lived many years before

Romulus.

He was made

consul three hundred


after the found-

and eighty years


ing of Rome.

Remarks.
Post and ante are usually put after their ablatives, or behveen
them, as above.
Sometimes, however, they occupy the first place
1

* This and the next following examples show that ante and post may (as
prepositions) be followed by an accusative, indicative of the time before or after
which the event has taken' place. When this is the case, the preposition usually comes after the words diebus, annis, &c.

LESSON

57.]

"QUAM" AFTER "ANTE,"

"POST," ETC.

319

So also post aliquanto, some


as, ante annis octo, post paucis diebus.
time afterwards post non mullo, shortly after postpaulo, a little while
after that
ante paulo, a little while before instead of the more common aliquanto post, &c.
;

2. The word ante may also stand in the sense abhinc, " ago," " before the present time" (cf. D.), but not vice versa.

3. Ante and post, followed by quam with a verb, give rise to the
same variety of expression. E.g. Anno ipso, antequam natus est
Ennius, An entire year before Ennius was born. Numa rex annis
permultis ante fait, quam Pythagoras, Numa was king many years be-

Non multo post, quam tu a me discessisti,


Shortly after you left me.
Nona anno postquam in Hispaniam venerat, Nine years after his arrival in Spain.
Cimon post annum quintum, quam expulsus erat, in patriam revocatus est, Cimon was recalled
into his country five years after he had been expelled from it.*
fore the time of Pythagoras.

4. After the ablative of time, and also after pridie and postridie,
the words ante and post are sometimes omitted, especially before quam.
Thus Quemadmddum tertio anno rapuere (sc. ante), As they had
plundered three years before. Anno trecentesimo altero, quam (=
postquam) condita erat Roma, Three hundred and two years after the
founding of Rome. Pridie quam (= antequam) occideretur, The day
before he was killed. Postridie ad me venit, quam (= postquam) expectaram, He came to me the day after I had expected him.f
:

The

point of time at which anything begins is expressed by the


Thus ah urbe condita, from the foundation of
a.b or ex.
the city ab adolescentia, from youth up ex eo tempore, from (since)
ex consuldtu Metelli), since the time
that time
ex Metello consule
of Metellus's consulship.
5.

ablative, with

(=

Relations of time are also expressed by ad or usque ad, " until "
"till"; de, "at," or "during"; and sub, which cum.
" towards," or " about," but cum. Abl. " at," " by," " during."
Ace.
conversed
E.g. Ab Jiora octavd usque ad vesperam collocuti sumus,
from the eighth hour until evening. De nocte surgere, To rise during
the night. De multci nocte vigilare, To watch late at night.
Sub luSub luce, By daylight. Sub exitu anni, At
cem, Towards daylight.
the close of the year.
Sub iempus edendi, Towards (near) dinnertime.
6.

(cum Ace),

We

m r
bite,

lo

Why ?

to

wound
7

7V

biJ bitinq.

(
A

on what account

Mordeo,
'

ere, momordi,
'
.
I _

morsum.

T
7
x
Morsu
vulnerare (aliquem).
Cur ? quamobrem ? quapropter
-.

qua de causa

* Thus the English " Two hours before (or after) he had died," may in
Latin be expressed as follows: Duabus horis antequam (postquam) decesseAnte (post) duas horas, quam decesserat
Altera hord antequam (postquam) decesserat
Ante (post) alteram horam, quam decesserat
f Instead of quam, ex quo and quum, "since," may also be used, with post
omitted; e. g. Triduo, quum has dabam lilteras, Three days after writing this.
So also the mere ablative of the relative e. g. Octo diebus, quibus has Utleras
dabam, Eight days after the date of this.
rat

LATIN GRAMMAR.

320

What

Why

is

the reason that

not

the

reason

(==

that

quod.

because).

Ideo, idcirco, propterea

Why

do you beat the dog

I beat

him because he has

57.

Quid est, cur ? (cum. subj)


Quid (causae) est, quod ?
Cur non V quin ?
Quod, quia (cum ind. and subj.).
Qui, quippe qui (cum subj.).
Ob earn causam or propterea

Because.

For

[LESSON

quia.

Quaprdpter canem verberas ?


Ego euin verbero, quod me momdr-

bitten

dit.
t

Ego eum

conditio, quippe qui

mdrsu vulneraverit.
Ciir non (quin) medicum

Why

do you not call for the


doctor ?
I do not call for him, because I
do not need him.
do they not read my book ?

me

arcessis ?

Eum

non arcesso propterea, quia


non indi'geo.
non librum meum legunt ?

ejus

Why

Ciir

Xon legunt, quippe qui eiim


They do

intelli-

gere non pdssint.

not read it, because


they cannot comprehend it.

Eum

ob hoc non legunt, quia

intel-

non pdssunt.
Novistine hdminem, qui mihi baculum siium commodavit ?
ligere

Do you know the man who


lent me his cane ?

has

know him.

I do

Do you

!Novi, vero.

Sumisne jentaculum priusquam in


publicum prddis ?

breakfast before you go

out?
Does the tailor show you the
coat which he is mending ?
He does show it.

Do you

see the

man who

is

Ostenditne

Sane qui'dem,
hdrtulo

Eum
]

"]

[_

To

wait for any one.

To expect any one

or any-

est

in

non video.

f Opperior,
wait, remain.

quam

ostendit.

!Num vides hdminem, qui

in

the garden ?
I do not see him.

To

tdgam,

tibi sartor

reficit ?

Maneo,

iri,

peritus or pertus sum.

ere, nsi,

Expccto, are,

nsum.

aci, citum.

Praestolor, ari, atus sum.

Opperiri or manere aliquem.


Praestolari alicui.

Expectare aliquem or aliquid.

thing.

To

Opperiri aliquid.

wait for anything.

Are you waiting for your letters ?

am

waiting for them.


Is he waiting for his brother
I

Opperirisne

Ego vero
Manetne
trem

the

Is

servant waiting for his

master

He

is

Num

epi'stolas tiias ?

(eas) opperior.
(opperitiirne)

servus hero

siio

(Ei)

fru-

praestolatur

not waiting for him.

suam

non

praestolatur.

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

57.]

Do you expect your friends ?


I do not expect them.
What are they expecting ?
They are expecting the money

Ecquid amicos tuos expeetas ?


(Eos) ndn expecto.
Quid expectant V
Quam iis debes pecuniam expec-

which you owe them.

tant.

To owe.

Debeo, ere,
quid).

Do you owe any


I

How much

Debesne

one anything?

owe not a penny

to

me

owe you a hundred crowns.


Do I owe as much as you ?

itum (alicui ali-

alicui aliquid ?

Debeo tibi centum thaleros.


Debeone tantam pecuniam quantam tu ?
Majorem tu debes pecuniam quam

You owe more money than

iii,

Ego nummum debeo nemini.


Quantam mini debes pecuniam

any one.

do you oAve

321

I do.

ego. ;.

Num

Did they owe us anything ?


They owed us nothing.
I am indebted to you for many

nobis quidquam debuerunt ?

Nobis

nihil

Debeo

tibi

debuerunt.
multa.

things.

The master.
The shilling.
The pound.

Herus,

i,

i, m.
Libra (ae, /.) pondo

pondo
Five pounds of gold.

To

return,

come back.

From (any

De, a (ab), ex (Prep,


(

At what

o'clock do you usually


return from the market ?

am accustomed to return thence


at twelve.

Has he come back from home ?


He has not yet come back from

or simply

(indeclr).

Auri quinque pondo.


(Redeo, ire, ti (ivi), itum.
< Reverter, i, rsus sum.*
(aliquo, ad aliquem).
(

place).

Hence, from there.

m.

*Shillingus,

cum

Abl.).

Inde, illinc istinc (adv).

De (a, ex) eo (illo) loco.


Qua hdra de fdro reverti

soles ?

Sdleo reverti illinc hdra duodecima.


Rcdiitne (revertitne) ddmo ? f
Nondum inde revertit.

there.

Does the servant return early


thence

He

is wont to return thence at


ten o'clock in the morning.
Did they return before noon ?
They did return at eleven o'clock.

At nine

Revertitiirne

mane

in the morning.

servus

illinc

bene

inde sdlet hdra decima


mane.
Reverteruntne ante meridiem ?

Reverti

Reverterunt vero hdra undecima.


Nona,

mane

(sc.

hdra).

* This verb is crenerally reverter in the present; but in the perfect reverti
(from the active reverto), more frequently than reversus sum.
| iSee Lesson LVI. C.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

322

At

eight in the evening.

Towards five o'clock in the


morning (evening).
Towards noon, evening.

How

long

57.

Octava vesperi (sc. hora).


Sub horam quintam mane (vesperi).

Sub meridiem, sub vesperam.

Quam dm ?

Long, for a great

[LESSON

ivhile

Longer.

Longer than a year.

Dm

(Adv.) longwn tempus ; perdiu (= very long).


Longius, diutius.
Plus (amplius) anno anno longius amplius annum.
Per ; inter ; super (Prep, cum
Ace.) in (cum Abl.).
Per aestatem.
Per annum integrum.
In diebus paucis.
;

During, for (throughout).

During the summer.


For an entire year.
During (within) the few
days.

During dinner-time (while

Inter (super) coenam.

at dinner).

During

play-time
(while
playing).
For the space of two, three,
four days.
(For) three entire days.
For three months.
During twenty days.
For many years.
Kow for the third year (already three years).
(Within) these twenty years.
Within the next three years.

A minute.

man

I spoke with him three hours.


long did your brother remain in the country ?
He stayed there the entire sum-

mer.

Tertium jam annum.


His annis

viginti.

Proximo

triennio..

*Horae sexagesima
mentum, i, n.

Mensis,

long did you speak with

How

Tres menses.
Dies viginti.
Multos annos.

entire.

quatriduum

Universum (totum) triduum (Ace).

Annus,

month.

triduum,

(Ace.)

Dies, m.

Whole,

the

Biduum,

A day.
A year.
The summer.
The winter.
The age.
The century.

How

Inter ludendum.

(Lesson

&f.
i,

(sc.

pars)

mo-

YIH. B.)

in.

is, m.
Aestas, atis,/.
Hiems, emis,y!
Aetas, atis,/

Saeculum,

i,

n.

Totus, a, um integer, gra,


universus, a, um.
;

Quam

diu

cum hdmine

grum

collocii-

tus es ?

sum cum eo tres hdras.


diu frater tiius riire permansit ?
Permansit ibi (per) aestatem inteCollociitus

Qiic4m

gram.

LESSON

EXERCISES

57.]

Did you stay long in the city ?


I stayed there for a great while.
long do you wish to stay

How

Moratdsne es dm m urbe ?
Moratus sum ibi ldngum tempus.
Quam diu commorari vis nobis-

cum

with us ?
I desire to remain with
hour, a month, a year.

you an

323

110, 111.

Cupio vobiscum commorari unam


horam, unum mensem, annum.

Exercise

110.

Why do you love that man ? I love him because he is good.


Why does your neighbor beat his dog ? Because it has bitten his
little boy. Why does our father love me ? He loves you because

Why
Why

Do your friends love us ?


They love us because
are good.
do you bring me wine
1 bring you some
because you are thirsty.
does the hatter drink V
He drinks
Do you see the sailor who is in the ship ?
because he is thirsty.
I
do not see the one who is in the ship, but the one who is in the square.
Do you read the books which my father has given you? I do read
them.
Do you know the Italians whom we know ?
do not
know those whom you know, but we know others.
Do you buy the
I do not buy that which we have seen,
horse which we have seen ?
but another.
Do you seek what you have lost V
I do seek it.
Do you find the man whom you have looked for ?
I do not find
him.
Does the butcher kill the ox which he has bought in the market ?
He does kill it. Do our cooks kill the chickens which they
They do kill them.
have bought V
Does the hatter rnend the hat
He does mend it.
which I have sent him ?
Does the shoemaker
mend the boots which you have sent him ?
He does not mend them,
because they are worn out.
Does your coat lie upon the chair ?
Does it lie upon the chair upon which I placed
It does lie upon it.
Where is my hat ?
It is in the
it ?
No, it lies upon another.
Do you wait for any one ? I wait
room in which you have been
for no one.
Do you wait for the man whom I have seen this morning ?
Art thou waiting for thy book ?
I am
I do wait for him.
waiting for it.
Do you expect your father this evening ?
I do exHe has
pect him.
At what o'clock has he gone to the theatre ?
gone thither at seven o'clock.
At what o'clock does he return from
Has your bailiff
there ?
He returns from there at eleven o'clock.
returned from the market ?
At
He has not yet returned from it.
what o'clock has your brother returned from the country V
He has
returned from there at ten o'clock in the evening.
you are good.

we

'?

We

Exercise

111.

At what o'clock hast thou come back from thy friend ?


I have
come back from him at eleven o'clock in the morning.
Hast thou

remained long with him ?


I have remained with him about an hour.
How long do you intend to remain at the ball ? I intend to remain there a few minutes.
How long has the Englishman remained
with you ?
He has remained with me for two hours. Do you intend to remain long in the country ?
I intend to remain there dur-


LATIN GRAMMAR.

324

[LESSON

58.

ing the summer.


How long have your brothers remained in town
(inurbe)'!
They have remained there during the winter.
How
much do I owe you ?
You do not owe me much.
How much do
you owe your tailor ?
How much
I only owe him fifty crowns.
I owe him already seventy crowns.
dost thou owe thy shoemaker ?
You owe me nothing.
How much
Do I owe you anything ?
He owes me more than you. Do
does the Frenchman owe you ?
Not quite so much.
the English owe you as much as the Spaniards ?
You owe me more than
Do I owe you as much as my brother ?
You owe me less
he.
Do our friends owe you as much as we V
than they.
Why do you give money to the merchant ? I give him
Why do you not drink ?
some because he has sold me handkerchiefs.
Why do you pick up
I do not drink because I am not thirsty ?
Why do you lend
this ribbon ?
I pick it up because I want it.
this man money ?
I lent him some because he is in want of some.
Why does your brother study ? He studies because he desires to
learn Latin.
I am not thirsty, because (quippe
Are you thirsty ?
qui) I have drunk.
Not yet he
Has your cousin already drunk ?
is not yet thirsty.
Does the servant show you the room which he is
sweeping ?
He does not show me that which he is sweeping now,
Do you breakfast before you
but that which he swept yesterday.
What does your brother do
go out?
I go out before I breakfast.
He buys paper, ink (atr amentum), and
before he writes his letters?
pens, before he writes them.

Lesson LVIII.

pensum

duodesexage-

SIMUM.
SYNTAX OF THE ACCUSATIVE.
A.
The accusative serves to designate the direct object of transitive verbs, active or deponent, and stands
in

answer to the question


XXIV. G.) E. g.

Whom?

or Wliat?

(Cf. Les-

son

Filius patrem dmdt.


De'us miindum uedificavit.
Miltiades
Athenas
totamque

Graeciam

Uberavit.

Gloria virtutem tdnquam umbra

The son loves the father.


God created the world.
Miltiades liberated Athens and entire Greece.
Glory follows valor

like a shade.

sequitur.

Remarks.

When

the verb is changed into the passive voice, the objectE. g. Pater ajilio amdaccusative becomes the subject of the verb.
1.


LESSON

53.]

SYNTAX OF THE ACCUSATIVE.

325

Atlienae totdque Graecia a MiltiMundus a Deo aedlficd'air.


ade Uberdlae sunt. This conversion into the passive voice may always
take place without any material alteration of the sense.
tar.

2. In addition to the accusative of the immediate object, many active verbs admit of another noun in the Genitive, Dative, or Ablative.
These verbs are then said to govern two cases. E. g. Pater

jilio

lis

of,

and disgusted

Democritus deprived himself of

(abl.) se privavit,

Lessons

Me

civitatis morum piget taedetque, I am


with, the morals of the city.
Democrttus ocu-

(dat.) librum dedit.

weary

his eyes.

Cf.

LXL, LXVIL, LXXI.

3. The object of an active verb is frequently an infinitive, with or


without a subject-accusative, or a clause introduced by a relative or
one of the conjunctions ut, ne, quo, &c. (Cf. Lessons LIL, LIII,
LIY.) E. g. Ennius deos esse censet, Ennius is of opinion that the
gods exist. Ante senectutem curavi, ut bene vlverem, Before old age,
my aim was to lead a good life.

4. The accusative after transitive verbs


suppressed.
This is the case,

is

sometimes entirely

a.) When the object is designedly left indefinite, in order to render


the act alone conspicuous.
E. g. Ego semper amavi, et si quid faciam
nunc quoque quaeris, amo, I have always loved, and if you inquire
what I am doing now, my answer is, "I love." Non sine summo dolore scribo, I write with the deepest sorrow.
Tarquinius Delplws mittere stafuif, Tarquin resolves to send to Delphi.
b.) When it has already been expressed, and can easily be understood from the context.
E. g. Complexus Coriolanus suos dimlsit, se.
eos, Coriolanus, having embraced his family, dismissed them.
Et scribo
cdiquid et lego ; sed cum lego, ex comparatione sentio, quam male scribam, I write and read something at the same time but when I read,
I perceive from the comparison how badly I write.
So frequently
the pronouns me, te, se, eum, nos, &c.
c.) In certain technical expressions, such as movere, sc. castra, to
decamp appellere, conscendere, solvere, sc. navem, to land, embark,
set sail
ductre, sc. exercitum, to march (an army)
mertre, sc. stipentlia, to serve as a soldier
olnre, sc. diem supremum, to die
agere, sc.
vllam, to live.
In the same manner the object-infinitive is often omitted as, In Pompejdnum statim cogito, sc. prqficisci, I contemplate
going to my estate near Pompeii immediately,
lit solet, sc. fieri, As
;

it

commonly happens.
5.

The verb

itself is

sometimes omitted.

This occurs,

In expressions like Quidmulta ? (See page 154.) Quid? quod


.... for quid dicam de eo, quod, What shall I say to the fact that.
Quae cum dixisset Cotla, finem, sc. fecit, When Cotta had said this,
he concluded his speech. Sus Minervam, sc. docet, The dunce ina.)

structs the sage.


b.) After the formulas nihil aliud (amplius or minus') quam, " only,"
" nothing more or less than," " nothing but," where one of the tenses

28

LATIN GRAMMAR.

32G

may be

of facere

Nihil aliud

supplied.

[LESSON

(sc. fecit)

quam

5S.

helium com-

Ilia nocte
paravit, His only thought was the preparation of a war.
nihil aliud (sc. factum est) quam vigilatum in urbe, That night there
was nothing but watching in the city (i. e. every one kept awake).
E. g. Quos ego
c.) In a'sentence left unfinished by aposiopesis.*

....

Whom

I will

....

A transitive

verb with its object may frequently be converted


E. g. opus facere
into a single verb denoting the same thing.
auxiliari; lachrimas fundere
lachrimari
operari ; auxilium ferre
6.

navem agere

= navigare, &c.

accusative sometimes depends upon a verbal noun or


adjective, as the case governed by the verbs from which they
Such are,
are derived.
7.

The

.) A few verbal nouns in Ho : as, domum itio or reditio, a going or


Quid tibi kanc curatio est rem? What is this busireturning home.
But this usage is confined to Plautus.
ness to vou ?
E. g. Populabundus agros ad
b.) Verbal adjectives in bundus.
oppidum pervenit, Pillaging the fields, he came into the vicinity of the
Mirabundi velut sonmii vanam speciem, As if wondering at the
city.
Sometimes also those in lus ; as, Facta
fleeting visions of a dream.

consultaque ejus aemulus erat.


c.) The verbals osus, exosns, and perosus, " hating," " detesting,"
and pertaesus, " weary of," " disgusted with." E. g. Quum exosus
arma in otio ageret, When, from a dislike for war, he lived in retirement. Pertaesus ignaviam suam, Weary of his own want of energy.

number of neuter verbs are sometimes followed by an


B.
object-accusative derived from the same root, and of a signification similar to their own.

Such are cursum currere, dolurem dolere, furorem furere, gaudium


gaudere, jusjurandum jurare, insaniam insariire, pugnam (or proelimn)
jiugnare, rlsum ridere, somnium somnidre, saporem sapere, vltam vlvere.
In all these instances, however, the object-accusative has generally an
E. g.
adjective connected with it, or is otherwise modified.

Mirum

somniavi somnium.
Juravi verissimum pulcherrimumque jusjurandum.
triumphavit
Siccius Dentatus
cum imperatdribus siiis triumphos novem.

I had a singular dream.


I have sworn most conscientiously

and honorably.
Siccius Dentatus, with his generals,

was honored with nine triumphs.

Remark.
Instead of a noun of the same root with the verb, one
of kindred signification merely is often put. E. g. Proelia pugnare, to
*

given.

rhetorical figure

employed

in

abrupt transitions, as in the example,

The more frequent grammatical omissions

the preceding instances) are called

ellipsis.

of verbs or objects (in all

LESSON

58.]

ACCUSATIVE AFTER NEUTER VERBS.

327

fight battles
aleam ludere, to play at dice saltare Turnum or Cyclopa, to dance the Turnus or the Cyclops Bacchanalia vivere, to lead
a Bacchanalian life
O/ympia vincere or corondri, to conquer, to be
crowned at the Olympic games judicium vincere, to gain one's case.
;

Many

C.

employed

object in the accusative.

commonly

verbs, though

neuter, are sometimes

transitively in a different sense,

Such

are,

and then admit an

number of verbs expressive of

emotions, as of joy, sorrow,


E. g. dolere, erubescere, jlere, gaudere, gemere, horrere,
lameniare, lacrimdre, lugere, moerere, plorcire, queri, &c, which, when
followed by aliquem or aliquid, then signify " to be grieved or to
rejoice at" "to lament or weep over."
Thus: Flere necem JUii, To
weep over the death of a son. Doleo casum luctumque luum, I am
pained by your calamity and sorrow.
1

shame.

fear,

Certain verbs of sensation, such as olere, redolere, sapefe, and


when they signify " to smell of," " to taste after." E. g.
Olet unguenta, He smells of ointment.
Piscis ipsum mare s'apit. The
fish tastes as salt as the sea itself,
lledolet antiquitatem.
So also
anhelcire crudelitatem, to breathe cruelty
sitlre sanguinem, to thirst
after blood
sondre quiddam peregrlnum, to emit a strange sound.
2.

resipere,

A variety of others,

3.

mon

ambulare,

to spend in sleep

and proper'are,

to

of which the following are the most com-

walk upon dormlre, to


be haughty, act. to disdain

to walk, act. to
fastidire, to

make

haste, act. to hasten or accelerate

sleep, act.
;

festinare
ludere, to

play (sport), act. to play a game, or to act;- manere, to remain, act. to


wait for navigdre, to sail, act. to navigate ridere, to laugh, act. to
deride vigildre, to watch, act. to spend in watching vivere, to live,
act. to live
to spend.
;

4. The poets also say pallere, pavere, tremere, trepidare aliquid,


instead of timere aliquid, "to dread anything"; and ardire, calere,
tepere, perire, deperlre aliquam, instead of amdre aliquam, "to be
in love with one."

Remark.

Many neuter verbs admit of the accusative of a pro-

noun or

adjective (of the neuter gender), without ever occurring with


that of a substantive.
E. g. Hoc laetor, I am rejoiced at it. Id tibi
Hoc laboro, id
succenseo, I am displeased with you on this account.
operam do, It is my endeavor or aim. Hoc non dubito, I have no

doubt about it. Mud tibi non assentior,


with you.
Unum omnes student, They

On

these accusatives,

To

live,

To

inhabit.

To

live

reside (in

On
all

this point I do not agree


are aiming at one thing.

compare Lesson LIX. D. Remark


any place).

2.

Domicxlium habere
(aliquo loco).
Incolo, ere, iii, cultum (aliquam
Habitdre,

or

TERRAM, URBEM).
on or near (a

river)

street,

Accolere (viam, flumen).

LATIN GRAMMAR.

128

Where do you
I live in the

53.

"Ubi habitas ?

live ?

Via Sacra, number

fifty.

What

[LESSON

Domicilium habco in
numero qmnquagesimo.

Quam

country did your father

S;'u

terrain pater tiius incdliiit ?

live in ?

He

between the Rhine and

lived

Incdluit inter

Rhenum

Alpesquc.

the Alps.

What

street

do you live on

I live on Frederick Street,

Quiim viam accolis ?


Accolo viam Fredericanam, nume-

num-

ber one hundred and twenty-

ro centesimo vicesimo quinto.

five.

To

live

with or at the house

Apud

of any one.

To

stay (as guest) with any


one.

Did you ever


try

No,

aliquem {in domo alicujus)

haoitare.

live in the

coun-

In alicujus domo (apud aliquem)


deversari.

Habitavistine linquam ruri

I always lived in the city.

immo

vero semper in lirbe habi-

tavi.

Do you

live

with your cousin

Habitasne apud consobrinum

um)
I do not live with him, but with

my

father.

Apud

patrem, non apud ilium

lui-

bito.

Does your friend still live where


I have lived ?
He lives no longer where you
have lived he lives now on
;

Habitatne amicus

eodem

Quo

loco

tii

campum nuignum.

pore

Via, ae, f.

Till, until

Numerus,

(Prep.).

;
i,

vicus,*

ing.

to-morrow.

i,

m.

m.

Quam diu ? Quo usque ?


Ad, usque ad (cum Ace).
"

j In, usque in

Until noon, evening, morn-

etiam mine

us habitat; accolit vero hdc tem-

The street.
The number.

How long? Up to what time

tiius

ubi ego habitavi ?


habitavisti, n6n ampli-

loci,

the great square.

Till

(tii-

Usque

ad meridiem, vesperam,
mane (tempus matutinum).
Usque ad diem crastinum in cra;

stinuin.
Till the day after to-morrow.
Until late at night.

Usque ad diem perendlnum.


multam noctcm.

Till daylight.

Ad
Ad

Until this day.


Till the next day.

Usque ad hunc diem.


Usque ad diem posterum (sequen-

Until this moment.


Until now, hitherto.

Usque ad momentum praesens.


Adhuc, adhuc usque.

Up

Ad

lucem.

tem).

to that time.

Vtcus

is

id

tempus

ad

a street lined with houses.

id locorum.

LESSON

Up
To

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

58.]

Ad

to a certain time.
this place, hither,

(Adv.)

usque, istuc (illuc) usque


ilium usque locum.

*Hebdomas,

adis,

ad

Eo

as

The week.

tempus quoddam.

Hucusque, hactenus
hunc usque locum.

thus

far, as far as here.


To that place, as far
there, so far, thither.

329

ad

f, or hebdomada,

ae, /.

*Dies
*Dies
*Dies
*Dies
*Dies
*Dies
*Dies

Sunday.

Monday.
Tuesday.

Wednesday.
Thursday.
Friday.
Saturday.

Does your friend


you ?
No, he

lives with

still

dies dorninicus.
lunae.
Martis.
Mercurii.
Jdvis.
Veneris.
Saturni.
Niim amicus tuus apud te etiam
nunc (hddie etiam) habitat ?

live with

me no

solis

Xon

longer.

vero

apud me non amplius

habitat.

How long

Quo usque apud

(till when) did he live


with you ?
He lived with rne no longer than
a year.
How long Avere you at the ball ?
(I was there) until midnight.

(ddmi

te

tiiae)

habi.ta.vit ?

apud me non amplius


annum.
Q.uam dm interfuisti saltatidni ?
Ad mediam ndctem. (Cf. Lesson

Ilabitavit

XXXV. B.)
Quiim diu (quo xisque) apud patrem meum moratus es ?
Commorutus siim apud eum usque
ad undecimam ndctis.

long did you stay with my


father?
I stayed with him till eleven at

How

night.

Dum, usque dum; donee; quoad

Till, until (conj.).

(cum Ind. &

Dum
Dum

Until I return.
Until I bring you the book.

Subj.)

(donee) redeo or redeam.


(quoad) tibi librum iitfero or

dfieram.

Until

my

To be

wished.
wished, Cupere
Optare
Posse
can been
| Quire

willing, to

been

To

Diim (donee)

brother returns.

wish

desire

wish,

could.

Has he been

To be able,

able,

cuplvi, cupitum.
avi,

willing to go for

did not wish (to go out).

28*

atum.

potui,

Ivi,

the physician V
He has not been willing to go
for him.
Did he wish to go out this

He

frater revertitur.

vdlui,

willing,

desired.

morning

Yelle

Itum.

Voluitne arcessere medicum


Arcessere

eum

ndluit.

Cupivitne hddie miine in publicum


prodire ?

Non

cupivit.

LATIX GRAMMAR.

330

Have they been

Nuin hoc

do

willing to

[LESSON

58.

facere voluerunt ?

this ?

They have not been

!Non voluerunt (noluerunt).


Potuitnc liber inveniri ?
Ycro, pdtuit.
Keperiri non pdtuit.

-willing.

Could the book be found

It could (be found).


It could not

be found.

One, people, they, any one (the

French

D.

Obs.

Quis, aliquis

homines.

on).

General assertions,

in

which

English

in

&c, may

the indefinite one, people, they, some one,


expressed in several ways

we employ

in Latin be

By

the Passive Voice, either personally or impersonally* as,


Dicitur esse venturus, or Dicitur eum esse venturum, They say that he
will come, It is said that he will come.
1.

2.

esse
3.

By the third person plural of the active voice


mortuum, They (people) say that he is dead.
By

the

first

person plural

as,

Si cogitamus, If

as,

we

Dicunt eum

reflect (if

one

reflects).
4.

By

the second person singular; as, Pulchrum est direre, quod


handsome to say what one knows (what you know).

scias, It is
5.

6.

By
By

quis or aliquis; as, Si quis dicat, If

By

the neuter of the participle in dus


necessary to return to the villa.

the impersonal licet;

as,

any one should

Licet videre,

One can

sec

say.

(we may

see).
7.

est, It is

Have they brought my shoes ?


They have not yet brought them.
AVhat have they said ?
They have said nothing.
AVhat have they done ?
They have done nothing.
What news do they bring

as,

In villam revertendum

Calceine mei apportati sunt

Nondum

apport&ti sunt.

Quid dixerunt?
Nihil dixerunt.

Quid factum
?

est ?

Nihil factum est.


Quid ndvi affertur ?

(What is there new ?)


They say nothing new.

\ Quid tandem ndvi ?


\ Nihil ndvi affertur.
(There is nothing new.)
\ Nihil ndvi est.
Is there anything new ?
Niim quidnam ndvi ?
Have you anything new ?
Habesne aliquid ndvi ?
I have something new.
Iiabeo vero quiddam ndvi.
I have nothing new to write you.
Ndvi, quod ad te scriberem, nihil
erat.

New.

My

new garment.
His new clothes.

Novus,

a,

um

recens,

tis.

mea

recens or nova.*
Yestimenta sua (ejus) recentia
(nova).
Testis

Recens, not yet worn out, and nova, just made, or after the latest fashion.

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

58.]

My new

Milites novi.

Lex recens ac nova.


Penicillus or penlculus,
Perucillo

brush.

(-te)-si,

Have you brushed my new coat ?

have no time

brush

to

i,

or

extergere

m.
detergtre

-tersuni).

Extersistine (penicillo) tdgam

am ndvam ?
Non ego earn nondum

No, I have not yet brushed it.


Will you not brush your hat ?
I

331

Amicus meus novus.

friend.

The new soldiers.


The new law.
The brush.
To

me-

extersi.

Ndnne

pi'leum tuuui peniculo detergere vis ?

Deest mihi tempus ad

it.

eum

deter-

gendum.

Exercise

112.

live?

ber one hundred and twenty. Dost thou


thy

do
house. Do you
where you did
Does your friend
lie no
there
where he did
Where does he
longer
where he did
present
He
William Street
WUhelmiana), number one hundred
Where your brother He
and
the garden.
He gone
Where your cousin gone
the garden. Did
Have you seen
the play yesterday did go
you go
my friend have seen him. When did you see him saw
do not know.
him
morning. Where has he gone
the servant brushed my clothes He has brushed them. Has he
How long did he remain here
swept my room? He has swept
noon. How long have you been writing? have been
writing
midnight. How long did
work You worked
the morning. How long did my brother remain with
four o'clock
evening. How long hast thou
you He remained with me
been working? have been working
now. Hast thou
write
the day
long
write have
to-morrow. lias
long
work lie has
the physician
work
to-morrow.
Must I remain long here You must remain here
Sunday.
Must my brother remain long with you lie must remain with us
Monday How long must I work You must work
the
long
to-morrow. Have you
speak have
day
speak. Did you speak long spoke
an hour
the next
Have you remained long my room have remained day.
long
moment. Have you
house have
How long have you

long
Sunday. How many triumphs did Dentatus celebrate He

of a
docs your father
brated nine. What
and a tranquil (tranquUlus) one. Who
He
a retired
was wont
dance the Turnus The Romans were wont
dance
I live in the large street (in plated)
Where do you
He lives at his friend's house.
Where does your father live ?
They live in the large street, numWhere do your brothers live ?
live at

live at his

still

lives

live

live

still

still.

cousin's ?

live

I live

'?

live ?

live.

live at

'?

(in via

lives in

fifteen.

is

to ?

is

to

is

thither.

in

into

is

to V

this

lias

it.

Till

until

until

in

until

to

till

to

to

still

still

after

till

to

till

till

till

after

to

this

still

to live in

still

in

to live in this

to live in

it ?

life

live

it

Till

cele-

sort

still

till

still

it.

in

till

till

to

still

(vivere) ?

(otiosus)

lives

to

to

it.


[lesson

latin grammar.

332

Exercise

"".

113.

with me no
Does your friend
How Long has he lived with you? has lived with me only a
remained there
the ball?
year. How long did you remain
the carriage?
midnight How long have you remained
Have you remained the garden
have remained an hour
now. Has the captain eome
now? have remained there
has the merhere. How
lure
has come
the end of the road. Has the
&r
has come
chant come
He has come m
the end of the
Turk come
What do you do the morning read. And what
you do thru breakfast and work. Do you breakfast before you
breakfast Dost thou play instead
read before
read No,
of working? work instead of playing. Does thy brother go to
does not bo the
the garden
the play instead of going
What do you do the evening? work. hat bast
thou done
and have
have brushed your
evening?
Didst thou remain Long the theatre?
the

wait here
few minutes. Are you
mained there but
my father returns.
How long must [wait? Sou must wait
me. What have they
Has anybody come? S
speak
you. Have they not
wanted? They have wanted
They have been
w dt What
wait
been willing
wait
you waited
him
man?
do von say
still

you

live with

IT.-

lives

1I'

at

in

till

in

till

as

till

far as

in

it.

as

as

1I'

far

as for as

II-

forest

as far as

there.

in

far as

<lo

Sir,

into

play.

thi<

\\

clothes,

theatre.

to

to

1I-

in

at

re-

willing

t<>

till

to

to

to

to that

willing to

not

lli\<-

to

tell

tir

have waited for you an hour. Have you been able


Have yon underI have been
read my letter ?
to am one?
lit? have understood it Have you shown

me

long

to

'.'

al

it.

it

Have they brought my clothes'.'


no one.
Have they Bwept my room and
They have not brought them yet
brushed my clothes ?
They have
ret
I

have shown

it

to

Lesson LIX.

PENSUM

QXDESEXAGESIMDM.

ACCUSATIVE AFTEB VERBS. Contmmed.


A.
Many neuter verbs, especially those denoting
motion, become transitive by composition with one of
the prepositions ad, ante, circum, con,

in,

praeter, sub, svbter, super, supra, or trans,

inter,

oh.

j><

,-.

and take an

object in the accusative.

Such are

ire,

meare,

lore, fiuere, labi, scemdere,

ambuUx
8ic.fi akofogvt,

currere,

tabre,

vaga

LESSON"

ACCUSATIVE AFTER COMPOUND VERBS.

59.]

lairare, vigUare,

and a few denoting

The

sedere, &c.

may

following

rest or situation
serve as specimens

as, /accre, stare,

333

^eutek.

Active.
adire,

to

approach,

alloqui,

to

address,

antegredi,

to precede,

rom

ire,

to rjn.

"

loqui,

to

"

gradi,

to ir<rfl\

"

dere,
crepare,

to clatter.

"
"

rid ere,
jatere,

to

to

li>

undi rgo,

11

ire,

to

go.

sedere,
currere,

to sit.

fluere,

to flow.

"

volare,

tofly.

"

iff,

t<>

"

labi,

"

eminere,
Bcandere,

eircumsedere,

to

increpare,

to chide,

surround)

irridere,

to

interjaeere,

to be situate

ohire,

to

ride,

'/'

obsidere,

to

!>

percurrere,

to

run

praeflucre,

to flow be/t

between,

pass) through,

praetervolare,

to

hurry

subire,

to

undi rgo,

by,

Bubterlabi,

''
i

r,

to <"

supereminere,
Buprascandere,
transcendere,

,1,

(,.-, ,-,

speak.

to Sit.

to

laugh.
.

run.

go.

to j>roj< r(.
to

climb.

tn CT(

fcransvolare,

(pass) over,

to fly

tofly.

Ex AMPLES.
7" nunc dUoquor, A fricane.
Cato allatrdre Scipionis magnitur

duo m Bdlitus e"rat.


Saguntum Carthaginidnse
riiinsi ih nt

Annus

yndre inftuxit.

Euphrates
/"

no

Populus

Niim

'"

pi.

tiiuin

nonnumquam

dig-

'/'
i

The ri\ er emptied into the sea.


The Euphrates flows through the

The people sometimes

slight

the

meritoi bus.

hie
fluctus, flucius
sojx fi 'iiiim I

The wave, which now approaches,


>\

ndmen

?el

transcendi re pdtuit,

gem

heart of Bab} Ionia.

Bdlet

ve*nit

ACC.

me'diam

of.

not prat

Qui

Babyloniam

address you now. Africanus.


ato had been in the habit of de
trading from Scipio's greatness.
The Carthaginians are besieging
S iguntum.

iransnatart

aucasum

<

el

ran-

[las
I

ertops
3

all

others,

name passed beyond

<>ur

lucasus, or

Bwum beyond

the
the

Rem

irks.

1. Of the verbs above enumerated, those compounded with circum,


per, praeter, trans, and super alum' are regularly transitive, and oi cur
also in the passive.
The rest arc only bo when used in a secondary

TameE. g. Grcumsedemw, We are besieged.


The Thames can be passed. Fossa transilltur, The

or figurative sense.
sis transiri potest,

ditch is leaped over.


Societas intiur, A society is formed.
patria obUur, Death is suffered for the fatherland.
l\

Those compounded with ad,

and supra may Btand

ante, in,

as transitive verbs,

ft,

ob,

Mors pro

prae, sub, super,

lml the} remain more iom-

334

LATIN

GRAMMAR

[LESSOR

59.

monly neuter, and are followed either by the dative (according to


page 157, G.) or by the accusative, with the preposition repeated.*
E.

g.

In spem

Ad

indulge the hope of liberty.

libertatis ingredior, I

me adire quosdam memini, I remember certain persons coming


Aqua subit in coelum, The water rises into the atmosphere.

to

me.

3. To the neuter verbs, which sometimes become transitive, must


be added those compounded with the prepositions a, ab. cum, c, and
ex.
E. g. Colloquium abnuere, to decline an interview: societatem

enter into association with edormvre crapulam, to sleep off


the effects of drinking
egredi r> riia m. to go beyond the limits of' the
truth; convenlre aliquem, to inert any one (speak with one); altUudinem excedere, to exceed a certain height, ,\
colre, to

<

Transitive verb-, compounded with the prepositions ad, circum,


praelcr, and trans, arc sometimes followed by two a ;cusatives, of which
one depends upon the verb and the other on the preposition. E. Lr
4.

Corcyram peditum milk secum advexerunt, They brought along with


them a thousand infantry to Corcyra.
omnia sua praesidia
circumduxib He led all his forces around the Allobroges. Argesilaus
Hellespohtum

<-"j)i<i*

trajecit,

Agesilaus sent his troops across the Hel-

lespont.

B. The impersonal verb- j>< mtet, piget, pudet, taedet, mtseand verttum est are followed by the accusative of the person
1..
affected by the emotions denoted by them.
rct.

Poenltet me" (tS, e*um).


Pfeei me* (te, eum).
Pudet no- (vds,

I
I

We
We

).

me

Miseret

Yentum

Remark.
stands in the

tmpudet.
('.

eum).

(te,

est

m.

The
i

<_r

T>

am
am

(yon are. he
(you are, he

is)

Borrj.f

is)

chagrined.

are ashamed.
(you, thev) are disgusttd.
(you) pity, be nil

have been afraid.

(ye, thei

of the emotion denoted by these verbs


Sapientiam nunquam <\\\ poeniteL
M<
alidrum miseret.
(See Lesson LXVIL C)
1

object

Tho impersonal

terit, decet, latet,

verbs jurat, delectat, faMit, fugit, prae~

and oportet are likewise followed by the accu-

sative of the person.


Jtivat or delectat

E. g.

me,

t, nos.

Jt

delights me, you, us (I


'

am

de-

lighted, &c.).

* The preposition, however, is al-o frequently a different nno; as, mi nodes


arc til' re, ad urbi m subire, ad auresprat cedere.
Hence many of these verbt
susceptible of several different constructions;
yum, to submit to the
yoke; subire moniem or ad moniem, to come up (t<>) the mountain; subire in
coebtm, to rise up into the ab
rubirt muro or murum, to come up
to the wall.
This may literally be rendered by It moves mt to regret, chagrin, sk
disgust, pity, fear.
i

LESSON

ACCUSATIVE

59.]

Fallit, fugit, praeterit

THE SENSE OF "AS

IN

It escapes

me.

non fugit, praeterit.


Ne'minem vestrum praeterit.
hilari

ammo

esse,

valde

me

me

nisi

Ndn me
pro

or notice, I

am

delighted that you are in good

spirits.

juvat.

Nos,

my memory

do not know.
I know very well.
Every one of you is aware.

Mr
Te

335

TO."

Unless

jacebimus.
Vetera exempla

fdllit,

fugit,

fictis fabulis

jam

Non me praeterit* usum

am

mistaken,

we

shall fail.

well, that the

pies of antiquity are

haberi.

now

examregard-

ed a> fictions.
aware, that practice is the
best teacher of oratory.
Who were not afraid to assert
pleasure to be the highest good

esse dpti-

mum dicendi magistrum.


Quos non verlium est in voluptate
Bummum bdnum

know very

ponere.

am

Remarks.
of tin-; class differ from those of B by
sometimes admitting a subject nominative, although never a personal
one.
E. g. Candida pax homines, trux decet ira feras t Gentle peace
becomes men, ruthless ferocity wild beasts.

The impersonal verbs

1.

"

becomes," with its compounds,


dedecet, indenever occur with the accusative alone, but always with
an infinitn e or with tin- Ace. cum Inf., and oport* sometimes with the
E. g. Decet verecundum esi adolescentem* 1\ \< proper
subjunctive.
for a young man to he respectful.
Oratorem simuldn non dedecet, It
is no
improper for an orator to dissemble.
Eum oportet amnem quae/'/' ></'>, lie must Beek a river.
M- ipsum ames oportet, non mxi,
You must love me, and not my possessions. Suis U oportet ilk ct bris
Virtue herself must attract you with
ipsa virtus trahat ml venti
her own charms to real honor.
J)>r</,

2.

ed,

and

oporti

it

'.,

t.

:;.
Decet ami latet are sometimes construed with the dative, hut
Thus, /'/ nobis decet, Thus it become> us.
only by the older writers.
Latet mi/ii, I am ignorant of the fact.

After verbs, participles, and adjectives, the accusative i^


I).
sometimes put instead of the ablative, to mark the relation expressed by

ih<-

Equus micat

English

aiiribus

el

in,

as

tremit

Pontificem praeire

Ingdnium

jiissil

moUimur ab

placida

ini'irifiir

teneras

rubdre

to*

its

ears

and trem-

its limits.

He ordered

verba.

arte.

the pontifex to say the

words before him.*


Our mind is rendered pliable and
soft by placid art f
The maiden's tender cheeks are
suffused with blushes.}

(/>'

Lit.

hit.

We

Lit.

The maidi u

with respect

The horse moves


bles in

drtus.

Virgo

to,

togobefori (or Jirst) as


ail

//'.

is .<wm,>. <i

to

as to '"if mi
as (< ht r < keeks.

need.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

336

He

Adversum femur tragula graviter

59.

heavily wounded in the


liis thigh by a javelin.
His mind inflamed with silent anxfell,

front of

ictus ceeiuit.

Tacita ciira

[LESSON

dnimum

incensus.

iety.

Nudae brdcMa

Bare

ac lacertos.

as to their

arms and shoulders.

Remarks.
of Greek origin, and occurs chiefly in pocalled synecdoche.

This construction

etry.

It is

Among

2.

dered by

the accusatives thus representing other cases, and renof as to, with respect to, are included,

in, for,

The

a.)

is

following,

which frequently occur

in prose

even

mag-

n am partem, in a great measure, mostly; maximam partem, for the


most part partim (= partem), in part, partly; vicem
vice), instead of; id genus (for ejus generis), of that kind; omne genus (for
omnis generis), of every kind summum, at the utmost minimum, at
least
cetera, in other respects
reliqua, as for the rest.
b.) The neuter accusatives hoc, id, illud, quid, quod, aliquid, ndiil,
and nonnihil, in expressions like hoc, id, illud aetatis (= hujus, ejus,
illlus aetatis), of this, that age
id temporis or id locorum (for eo tempore), at that time id auctoritdtis (for ea auctoritate), of that authority.
So, Valde id (= in eo) laborandum est,
must seriously aim at
this.
Nihil ego te accusavi, I have accused you in no respect.
Quad
(= cujus) nos poeniteret, Of which it might repent us. A me consilium petis, quid (= cujus) tibi auctor sim, You ask my advice as to
what plan I would recommend to you. Thebani nihil mod sunt, quanqnam nonnihil succensebant Romanis, The Thebans were moved in no
respect, although they were somewhat displeased with the Romans.

(=

We

To steed
riA
from)

(pilfer,
^r J '

[Furor, ari, atus sum (Dep.).


fepo,ere,clepsi,cleptum.
\ burrqno, ere, xpui, eptum.
(alicui aliquid or aliquid

abstract)

AB ALIQUO).
To commit a
E.

Furtum

theft.

faeere (alicujus rei

= on any one).

alicui

Obs. Furari is to steal deliberately and maliciously


chpere,
away clandestinely and meanly, to filch surripere, to take
secretly, or to abstract.
;

to take

away

Has any one committed a

theft

on any one ?
No one has stolen anything from

Niimquis furtum

fecit alicui ?

Xemo cuiquam furtum fecit aliquod.

any one.

What have

they stolen from us

They have stolen our hay.


Has any one stolen your hat
Some one has stolen it.

What have
They

they stolen from you ?


have stolen nothing from me.

Quid a nobis furati siint ?


Furati sunt a nobis foenum.
Ecquid
Clepsit

tibi pi'leum clepsit aliquis ?

eum

vero

aliquis.

Quid est tibi surreptuin ?


Surreptum est mihi nihil.

LESSON

59.]

"

" OMNIS,"

" UNIVERSUS.'

CUNCTUS,"
Omnis, e

All.

sus, a,

um

cunctus, a,

337
univer-

um.

Omnis signifies " all," " the whole of," and sometimes
Cunctus generally appears only in connection with a collective noun, or in the plural, in the sense "all together," or as many
Universus (== unus and
as there are of a certain class or number.
versus) is " all collectively," " the whole," " entire."
F.

Obs.

" every."

All
All
All
All

his

money.

Omnis

ejus (sua) pecunia.

this

wine.

Omne

hdcce vinum.

Omnes
Omnes

these children.
these good children.
The entire people.
All the citizens (as a body).
The whole of the (the entire)
family.
For three entire days.
All as a mass, without exception.
All men.

hi liberi.

hi liberi bdni.

Cunctus pdpulus.
Ciincti cives.

Familia universa.

Triduum universum.
Omnes universi.
6mnes homines universi (hdmi;

DeS )'

Everything which

a
Omne quod

all that.

(quodciinque)

omnia

quae (quaeciinque).

6mne vinum bdnum.

All the good wine.


All the good water.
All the good children.

Omnis aqua bona.


Liberi bdni omnes

(ciincti,

uni-

versi).

To

( Tingo, ere, nxi,

dye, color.

nctum.

Colore inficere (feci, fectuni).

To

color, paint.

Coldro, are, avi, atum.


TAliquid colore aliquo inficiendum

To

get anything dyed.

white.
Green
Yellow gray.
Brown
Black

a,

blue.

anything

e ruber, rubra, rubrum.


Flavus,
um canus, um.
um.
Fuscus,
um
Yiridis,

red.

To dye

curare.

Aliquid colore aliquo tingi jubere.


albus, a, um.
j Ater, atra, atrum
candidus, a, um.
( Niger, ra, rum
(

a,

caeriileus, a,

a,

black,

white, green, &c.

Aliquid colore atro, albo,

viridi,

&c. inficcre.

What

color do you wish to dye


your coat ?
I wish to dye it black.
Do you dye your cloth green ?

Quo

colore

tdgam tiiam

inficerc

vis ?

Ciipio

eum

inficere colore atro.

ptinnum

Tingisne

tiium

colore

viridi ?

No

am

Did he get

No

dying

it

his hat

he has got

it

Non

red.

dyed blue

dyed white.

vero tingo eum colore riibro.


Curavitne pileum siium caenilco
colore inficiendum ?
immo vero eum colore albo tingi
jussit.

29

LATIN GRAMMAR.

338
The color.
The dyer.
The word.
The speech.
How is this word

Yerbum,
Sermo,

It

is

vocabulum,

n.

i,

m.

scribitur hdcce vocabu-

Scribitur hoc piicto.

name

Q#dinodo

written ?
written with a z.
his

is

n.

i,

onis,

Qudmodo

written ?

written thus.

is

How

59.

Color, oris, 'in.


Tinctor, oris, in.

lum
It

[LESSON

scribitur

Scribitur littera

Germany.

nomen

ejus ?

~.

Germania Alemannia, ae,/


Terra (ae,/.) Batavorum.
;

Holland.

*Ho!landia, ae,/.

Anglia, ae,/. Britannia, ae,/


Hispania, ae./
Italia, ae,/
*Francogaliia, ae,/
America, ae,/

England.

Spain.
Italy.

France.
America.

The Old TTorld.


*Orbis antiquus.
The New World.
*Orbis novus.
The world.
Mundus, i, m.
The country, land.
Terra, ae,/
Orbk is.
The globe.
orbis
The United States of Amer- Civitates Americae
///.

terrarum.
foederatae.

ica.

Switzerland.

Helvetia, ae./.

Turkey.

Bornssia, ae,/
Turcia, ae,/

Rus>ia.

*Russia. ae,/

Prussia.

Ruthenia, ae,/
Londimun. i. //.
Paris.
Lutetia. ae,/ (Parisii).
New York.
*N6vum Eboracum, i, n.
Rome.
Roma, ae,/
As far as my brother's.
Usque in do'mum mei fratris.
As far as England, Switzerland, Usque in Angliam, Helvetian!,
:

London.

America.

As

far as

Aniericam.

London,

Paris,

New

Usque* Londinum, Lutetiam, Eboracum Novum.


Usque ad Romam.

York.

As

far as the vicinity of

To

travel; to

Rome.

male (under-

take) a journey.

(Iter facere
(
(

to

be abroad.

set out

place.

factum.

su.<cijjtre

susce-

pi, susceptum.

Peregrinor,

ari,

Peregrinatum abesse

Contendere (aliquo).

* The ad of usque ad is commonly omitted


it is

ci,

atus sum.
abfui.
i, feet us sum.
to travel towards a JProficiscor,
Tendo, ere, tetendi, tensum.

To be on a journey,
To

< Peregrinaliones

before the

intended to express mere approximation.

names of towns, unless

LESSON

EXERCISES

59.]

When

do you intend
England ?

Quo tempore

to start for

am

my

travelling to

to Italy, to

in

Angliam

proficisci

edgitas ?

I intend to start next summer.


In what country is he abroad ?
He is travelling in Holland.
How far did he travel ?
He has travelled across the AtIan tic as far as America.
Whither are you bound ?

339

114, 115.

Aestate proximo, proficisci edgito.


Qua in terra peregrinatur ?
Peregrinatur in terra Batavorum.

Quo usque

fecit iter ?

mare Atlanticum
usque in Americam.

Iter per

Quo

tendis ?
fratrem, in Italiam,

Tendo ad

brother,

London.

fecit

Lon-

dinum.

Exercise

114.

Have they stolen anything from you (has anything been stolen from
you) ?
They have stolen all the good wine from me.
Have they
stolen anything from your father?
They have stolen all his good

books from him


Dost thou steal anything ?
I steal nothing.
Hast thou ever stolen anything ?
I have never stolen anything.
Have they stolen your apples from you ?
They have stolen them
from me.
What have they stolen from me?
They have stolen
from you all the good books.
When did they steal the carriage from
Have they
you ?
They stole it from me the day before yesterday.
ever stolen anything from us?
They have never stolen anything
from us.
Has the carpenter drunk all the -wine ?
He has drunk
it.
Has your little boy torn all his books ?
He has torn them all.
Why has he torn them ? Because he does not wish to study.
How much have you lost (at play) ? I have lost all my money

Do you know where my


my book ? I

Have you
do not know.
Do you know how this
I
word is written ?
It is written thus.
Do you dye anything ?
What
dye my hat.
What color do you dye it ? I dye it black.
color do you dye your clothes ?
We dye them yellow. Are you
He is very much
sorry?
I am not sorry.
Is he chagrined?
They are ashamed
Are they not ashamed?
(vedde) chagrined.
and disgusted.
Are you delighted that your brother has come ?
I am very much delighted.
Do you know that your book has been
Are
stolen?
It has not escaped my notice that it has been stolen.
you addressing me ?
I am not addressing you, but the stranger (who
is) standing by your side.

not seen

father

is ?

have not seen

it.

Exercise

115.

What color do
I get it dyed.
get your trunk dyed ?
What color dost thou get
you get it dyed ?
I get it dyed green.
Does your
thy thread stockings dyed ?
I get them dyed white.
cousin get his handkerchief dyed ?
He does get it dyed. Does he
What color have your
get it dyed red ?
He gets it dyed gray.
friends got their coats dyed ?
They "have got them dyed green.
They have
What color have the Italians had their carriages dyed ?
He has two
had them dyed blue.
What hat has the nobleman ?
Do you

hats, a white

one and a black one.

Have

I a hat ?

You have sev-

LATIN GRAMMAR.

340

[LESSON

60.

Has your dyer already dyed your cravat He Las dyed


What color has he dyed He has dyed yellow. l)o you
Where do you intend go
travel sometimes travel
Germany Do you not go
summer intend
go
Hast thou sometimes travelled have
Italy
do go
Have your friends the intention go Holland
never
When do they intend
They have the intention go
depart the day after to-morrow. Has
depart They intend
Spain He has not yet gone
your brother already gone
Have you travelled Spain have travelled there. When
do you depart depart to-morrow. At what o'clock At
o'clock
the morning. Have you worn out
your boots
have worn them
What have the Turks done They have
Have you finished your

burnt
our good
How
have
them
have you travelled?
have

travelled as
as Germany. Has he travelled
America. How far have the Spaniards
He has travelled
has
London. How
gone They have gone
poor
as here.
man come He has come
he come
my
your house lie has come
eral.

it ?

to

often.

this

it.

it

to

thither.

to

to

to

travelled.

to

to

thither.

to

to

to

to

thither.

in

five

in

all

all out.

letters ?

'/

ships.

all

finished

all

far

all.

as far as Italy ?

far

as far as

as far as

far

lias

as far

Lesson LX.
YI.UBS

as far as

father's.

as far as

'?

this

PENSUM

SEXAGESIMUM.

FOLLOWED BY TWO ACCUSATIVES.

The

verb docere^ lt to teach," with its compounds


edocere and dedocere, and celdre, "to conceal," admit
of two accusatives, one designating the person and the
other the thing taught or concealed.
E. g.

A.

Qui's

musicam docuit Epaminon-

dam

Who

taught Epaminondas music

Catilina juvt ntutem, quam illexerat mala facinora edocebat

Catiline

men.

was instructing the young

whom

he seduced, in per-

nicious crimes.

Demdcritus

Polyaenum geome-

trimn vol ait dedoeere.


2son te celavi sermonem Appii.

Antigonus

iter

6/nnes celat.

Democritus wanted to make Folva?nus unlearn geometry.


I have not concealed from you the
language of Appius.
Antiironus concealed his route from
every one.

Remarks.
These verbs occur frequently with one accusative only, and docere sometimes without any case, like the English " to teach," " to
1.

LESSON

Thus: docere edocere,

instruct."

aliquid

VERBS WITH TWO ACCUSATIVES.

60.]

341

celdre aliquem, allquid or aliquem


aliquid.

dedocere aliquem, or aliquem

2. ^Vhen docere and edocere signify " to inform," the thing is expressed by the ablative with de.
E. g. De ilinere hostium senatum
edocet, He informed the senate of the enemy's route.
Sulla de Ids rebus docetur, Sulla is informed of these things.
So also celdre aliquem
de re.

An

infinitive may take the place of the accusative of the thing.


Dionysius tondere Jilias suas docuit, Dionysius taught his daughters to shave.
3.

E.

g.

4. When the construction becomes passive, the accusative of the


person is changed into the nominative, and that of the thing either
remains or is changed into the ablative, with or without de. E. g.
Onirics militiae artes edoctus, Schooled in all the arts of war.
Et
Graecis ductus litteris et Latlnis, Learned both in Greek and Latin
literature.
Per legates cuncla edoctus. Informed of everything by his
agents.
Hoc, id, Hind celabar, I was kept ignorant of that. Non est
vrofecto de illo veneno celata mater, The mother was surely not kept
ignorant of that poison.

Other verbs signifying " to instruct" (such as erudio, insiruo,


and informd) do not admit an accusative of the thing, but
have either the ablative or in. L. g. His in rebus jam te usus ipse
5.

instituo,

erudlcit,

In these things experience

itself

has already taught you.

Jphicrates exercitum omni discipline militari erudivit, Iphicrates instructed the army in every military discipline.

B.
Verbs signifying to inquire, to ask, or demand,
likewise admit of two accusatives: one of the person,
and the other of the thing.
Such verbs are

rogo, oro, exoro

exqulro, consulo, percontor, &c.

Moo jure
Nunquam

te

hoc beneftcium rogo.

deos divit ias rogdvi.

E.

posco, reposco, flagito

interrogo,

g.
I

ask you for this favor, as one to

which I am entitled.
have never asked the gods for
riches.

Orationes

me duas

You

pdstulas.

are

demanding two

orations of

me.

Pacem

ie dmnes poscimus.
Caesar Ae'duos frumentum quo-

tidie flagitabat

Ibo et crfnsulam hanc rem ami-

tari.

all ask (siu?) you for peace.


Caesar was dunning the JEtmi every
day for supplies of corn.
I will go and consult my friends

about

cos.

Sunt, quae

We

te

voluinus

percon-

this thing.

There are matters, about which

Ave

wish to question (examine) you.

Remarks.
Verbs of asking or demanding sometimes have also aliquid ab
E. g.
atiquo, and those of asking or inquiring aliquem de aliqua re.
2Q *
j

LATIN GRAMMAR.

3-42

Quid

[LESSON

60.

acta Uia vita, quid stucUa, quid artes a tejlagitent, tu videbis, See
what your past life, your studies and science demand of you.

yourself,

Visne, ut te eisdem de rebus Latlne interrogem ? Do you wish me to


ask you about the same things in Latin V
So also te oro, te rogo, ut,

&c.
2. After peto, I ask (beseech), and quaero, I ask or inquire, the
double accusative never occurs, but the construction of those verbs is
petere aliquid ab aliquo, or petere ab aliquo, ut or ne, and quaerere
E. g. Quod ne facias peto a te, Which I
aliquid ab (de, ex) aliquo.
beseech you not to do. Eadem secreto ab aliis quaerit, He makes the
same inquiry secretly of others.

Verbs signifying to name or call, to esteem, conmake, render, constitute, choose,


and the like, are followed by two accusatives, of which
one constitutes the object and the other a part of the
C.

sider, learn or find, to

predicate.

Such are

nomino, nuncupo, I call, name, nomihabeo, judlco, existuno, puto, arbltror, I hold, esteem,
consider, think ;
intelllgo, agnosco, reperio, invenio, I perceive, learn,
find
fcicio, reddo, creo, detigo, designo, declaro, I make, render,
nate

dlco, voco, appello,

duco,

create, choose, designate, declare


sto,

Jram bene Ennlus initlum


niae

Quds

me praebeo, me

exhibeo,

show or prove myself, and others of similar import.


insa-

Ennius has correctly

Graeci cometas, nd-

among
Catsarem saluta-

bant.

Epamindndas philosdphiae prae-

us.

His adherents hailed Octavius as


emperor.
Epaminondas had Lysis as an in-

ceptorem habuit Lysim.

structor in philosophy.

Fulmen sinistrum auspicium

mum

g.

called anger

The

stri crinitas vocant.

Octdvium sui

me prae-

the beginning of madness.


stars which the Greeks call
comets, are called long-hairs

dixit.

Stellas

E.

opti-

habemus.

We consider

thunder from the left


omen.
Socrates considered himself an inas the most auspicious

Socrates totius miindi se incolam


et clvem arbitrabatur.

habitant and citizen of the entire

world
L.

Muraenam

cdnsulem renunti-

avi.

Ancum Mdrcium regem

announced Lucius Muraena as


consul.

pdpulus

creavit.

Ciceronem universa civitas cdnsulem declaravit.


Caesar Cavdrium regem constituerat.

Ponrpeius se auctorem meae salutis


exhibuit.

The people created Ancus Marcius


king.
entire state declared Cicero

The

consul.

Caesar

had

appointed

Cavarius

king.

Pompey

has shown himself the


author of my safety.

lesson

accusative after particles.

60.]

313

Remarks.
In the passive construction of these verbs, the accusatives arc
both converted into nominatives, of which one stands as the subject,
and the other as part of the predicate. E. g. Ira bene ab Ennio initium insaidae dictum est.
Oetavius a suis Caesar salutabatur.
Ancus Marcius rex a populo creatus est, &c. (Cf. Lesson XXXIV. C.)
1.

2. An adjective or participle may supply the place of the second


accusative.
E. g. Bene de me mentis gratum me praebeo,
show myself grateful to those who have done me favors.
Scytharum [/ens antiquissima semper habita est, The Scythian nation has always been considered the most ancient.
So also the common expression aliquem
certiurem facere, to inform any one (of anything, alicujus ret or de
aliqua re), in the passive certior /actus sum, I am informed and reddere aliquem irdtum, placid urn, mcliorem, to make any one angry, calm,
better, &c.
I

3. Instead of a second accusative, the verbs habere and picture, " to


consider," frequently have^ro with an ablative, or loco, numc.ro or in
numero with the genitive. E. g. Aliquem pro amico, pro hoste habere,
To regard any one as a friend, as an enemy. Aliquid pro certo, pro
nilrilo putdre or habere, To consider anything as certain, as of no account.
Aliquem in numero deorum habere, To consider one a divinity.
Aliquid benejicii loco numerdre, To regard anything as a kindness. So
also ad, " as "
Trecentos armdtos ad cuslodiam corporis habuit, lie had
:

a body-guard of three hundred men.


4. The accusatives are sometimes connected by esse,
E. g. Patriae
sanctiorajura quam hospitii esse duxit, He considered the rights of his
country more sacred than those of hospitality.

THE ACCUSATIVE AFTER PARTICLES.

D.
I.
o,

In exclamations the accusative

hen, elieu, ecce, en, Item, pro, bene,

them.

E.

me miserum !

O hdminem fortundtum 1
Popiilum vero praecldrum
!

put after the interjections


also without

and frequently

g.

lieu (elieu)
miser um!

Ecce me

is

or

Me

Alas

Wo

is

me

O fortunate man
O people truly great
!

En miserum hominem ! Here

am

and noble
Behold an unhappy
!

man
Pro deorum atque hdminum
dem !

Hem Ddvum
Et bene nos

fi-

There 's Davus now for you


our health your health !*

tibi

bene

For heaven and mercy's sake


!

And

te !

Remarks.
1.

All these interjections

* An

may

likewise be followed

expression used in drinking.

Ovid. Fast.

by the
2.

637.

vocative.

344

GRAMMAR.

LA.TIH

Vae and

are

lici

commonly put

[LESSON*
E.

-with the dative.

Ah wretched me
Hei mite Wo is me
2. En and ecce are more frequently put with the

ru

.'

Eccehomo! Behold the man

En

am

But

Vae mihl mtse-

g.

Eccetuat

CO.

litterae!

nominative.

E.

g.

Here is your letter

(=

comedy

usually eca me, eccum


ecce
cum), eccos, eccillum, eccillam, eccistam.
(Cf. page o7, Rem. 2.)

ego

ilere

The

II.
cis

and

in

prepositions ad, apud, ante, adversus and adversum,


and circum, circtter, contra, erga, extra, in-

citra, circa

fra, inter, intra, juxta, ob, penes, per, pone, post, praeter, prope,
propter, secundum, supra, trans, versus, and ukra, arc invariably
followed by the accusative
in and sub only in answer to the
;

question Wkitherf

Remarks.
These prepositions generally precede words governed by them,
except versus, which i> commonly put after. E. g. Brundusium versus,
Towards Brundusium. Ad oceanwn versus, Towards the ocean*
1.

2. Super and subter commonly take likewise tli<' accusative, but


'him,
sometimes also the ablative.
(Cf. Lesson LXX1I. h. Rem.)
" without the knowledge of," has commonly the ablative, but sometimes also the accusative or genitive.
E.g. Clam vobis. Clam patrim atque omnes.
lam patns.
(

<

Supra super (adv.).


Up, above in the upper part,
on tin top (Best).
Tnsummo,* ir. superiSri parte.
Up, upwards (Motion).
Sursum (adv.); adsummum.
Below, down, in On lower C Infra % subter (adv.).
jiurt (Rest).
/" mi", in inferibri pa
(
Down, dowmcards (Motion). Deorsum (adv.); adltnum.
(

(
,

From

abovi

down.

sup nun

>,

rm (adv.
).
v
J

'
,

From
From

loco.

A sammo ad imum.

top to bottom.
the foot (bottom) to the

Ab imo ad summum,

top.

O.i
u the

toil

ofr.i
the

mi

1" Biirnmo cdlle.

lull.

1
,

....

lu superior] parte coins.

In the lower part (basement) of lu unaddmo.


J
the house.
foot of the mountain.

At the
ri'

lo

t ]

till'

top
ote
1
.

(1
till'

-11

lull.

*
-

(
(

Into the lower part


of the house.
1
(

To be

<

up, below.
^

erally
in

Ad
T

In

supenorem partem

^
In

radfcibua mdnns.
summum collem.
,m;u "

...

coins.

ddmum
:

intenorem partem domus.

Su(insummo)
Intra (in imo; esse.

summo, a, o, in aureomcnt with the noun;


So also h,n:s, a, urn,
176.)

gumma urlOrc

don

lu inferidri parte

Bub

as, in

sammo

mmitc,

LESSOX

60.] " CIS," "

"

CITRA,"

To go upward?, downward.
To come from above.

TRANS," " ULTRA."

Siirsum, dedrsum ire.

Desuper, superne venire.

Ascendo*
To go

up, to ascend.

Escendo,

To ascend (no up)


To mount a horse,

to

descend.

Descendere

embark

IN,

(ab,

AD LOCUM).
de, ex loco

ad li- urn)
Ascendere mo'ntcm.
Ascendere in equum,

a mountain.
to

sum.
sum.

trc, di,

ere, di,

(MONTEM,
To come down,

345

in

in

in,

ml vim.

a ship.

Ascendere gradum

:end (rise) to dignify, to


honors.
To L -t into a carriage, npon the

dignitatis,

ad

honores.

Escendere vehiculum,

in

malum.

Ex

in

planitiem

mast

To descend from

more elevated

superidribua Idcis
descendere.

ion into the plains.

To

ascend, descend a river

Adverso flumine, Becundo

fliimine

velii.

Where

is

your father

Lr <>ii)<_r

t<>

Qud

ascending tin- mountain.


Has the boy ascended the tree ?
[e li i- ascended it.
Does he not wish to come
lie

down

am

in the

snh (Rest).
Motion).

On

this

To

this suit

).

be Bituate) on this,
on the other Bide of the Rhine.
To conic to tin-; Bide ot' ilie river
live

(to

to

that

across) the
Js

he on

lie

is

tlii-

Bide

in
\

(beyond,

una slim.

Prep, ct Adv.).
Prep. cum Ace).
Trans,
rrep. et Adv.).
Trans, ultra (Prep, cum Ace).
citra

Cis, trans

Rhdnum

incdlere (situm

t
is (citra) tinmen ventre.
Trans (ultra) cdllem abire.
(

hill.

side or

on that

bevond.

tjtrum est citra an ultra


I'ltra est
I

Hither, in this direction.

Thither,

summa ddmo
i-ro in

i,

Esne
Iinino

( 'is,

Escenditne piier (in) arborem?


Escendit \t'-ro.
NTdnne descendere cupit ?
NTdnne dedrsum venire Nult'.-'
fta dst, eupit.

basement

On that sidt h yond Resi


lb that snh .h nnil M< tion

To

<

Yes, he docs wish it


Arc \ou on the top of the house

Xo.

tendit pater tiius ?


adit (in) mdntem,

is

in thai direction.

* Compounded of

ad+

horsum (ado,).
hunc Idcum.

luc

In

Illuc; illorsum, istorsum (adv

).

So etcendo
senndo (T climb).
ex -\- senndo ; <t>de -+- scando.
The first and Becond of these verba may be used either
transitively with the accusative, or intransitively with the preposition in, "'/,
&c. The last of them [descendere) is always neuter.
t This is sometimes expressed by a compound of cm; as cisnlpinvs, cttrhern&mu, cismontaniu, living or situate on this Bide u( the Alps, Bhine, mountain.
And again transalpinus, transmarinvs, &c.

sci

ndo

LATIN GRAMMAR.

346

The

hill,

The

river, stream.

The

present,

60.

m. ; mons, tis, m.
m.; flumen, inis, n.
Fluvius, i, m.

the mountain.

Collis, is,

Amnis,

is,

Donum,
<

gift.

The new-year's

[LESSON

i,

n.

Miinusculum,

miinus,
i,

eris, n.

n.

Strena, ae,/!

present.

To make one a present of Dcire alicui aliquid dono (muneri).*


anything {To present one Aliquem aliqua re dondre.
Alicui aliquid dondre.

with anything).

Dono (muneri)

To

receive something as a
present from any one.

To

give back again, to return, restore.

accipere aliquid ab

aliquo.

Reddo,
\

ere, didi, ditum.

Restltuo, ere, ui, utum.

(alicui aliquid).

Did he return you your book

Eeddiditne (restituitne)

tibi

librum

ilium ?
again ?
Pie has returned it.
Reddidit vero. Restifcuit.
quo accepit hocce anno frater
From whom did your brother
receive a new-year's present
tiius strenam ?
this year ?
He received one from his father. Accepit unam a patre.
Did he ever make you a pres- f Deditne tibi linquam aliquid dono ?
ent ?
\ Donavitne te linquam aliqua re ?
He has already made many Dedit mihi jam multa muneri.
presents.
Donavit mihi vero jam multa.
(
Will you return (restore) me Xiim vis milii muniiscula mea remy little presents ?
stitiiere ?
I am not willing.
Non vdlo. Kdlo.
Have you already commenced Fecistine jam initium epistolae scri-

your letter ?
have not yet begun it.
Must our presents be returned

bendae

Ndndum

They are not to be returned.


Must I ascend the hill ?
It

must be ascended.

Where do you come from ?


come from

Where
from

He

come

evening ?
came from the theatre.
this

Where

are those

from

* On

this

TJnde

Ex,

Ex

(Prep,

"Unde venis

the garden.

did your brother

Niimquid miinera nostra restituenda siint ?


Restituenda non siint.
Estne mihi collis ascendendus ?
Est vero ascendendus.

Whence ? Where from ?


Out of (an enclosed place).
I

?
feci.

men coming

(a) quo loco


cum Abl.).

Venio ex hdrtulo.
Unde (ex quo loco) venit
hddie vesperi ?
Ye nit a theatre
Unde homines llli veniunt

frater

tiius

second dative (" for or as a present"), compare Lesson LXIII. B.

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

60.]

They have descended from

347

Descenderunt de mdnte.

the

mountain.
ere, ui, itum (aliquo preTIO).
[ Allcajus pretii esse.
Tanti, quant i, pluris, minoris (sc.

( Valeo,

To

be worth.

To

be worth so

much, how

(as) much, more,

pretii), valere.*

less.

To be worth

ten sesterces, two


hundred pounds of gold.

Decern

To be worth much, very much,


most,

little, least,

ducentisf pondo

sestertiis,

auri valere.

Magno, permagno, plurimo, parvo,


minimo, nihllo

nothing.

(sc.

pretio) va-

lere.

How much may

that horse

be

(,

fortiisse

iste

equus

est ?

valet iste equus ?

Centum circiter thalerum est.


Valet fortasse centum thaleris.
Hie pluris, minoris valet quam

about a hundred
crowns.
This is worth more, less than

It

Quanti circiter pretii

\ Quanti

worth ?
is worth

ille.

that one.

The one

not worth so

is

much

file

as the other.

How much
This

is

is

this thing

worth

is

not worth much.

worth nothing.

You

are not worth

To be
(To

or worth more

better

Haec
Haec

Hoc
Hoc

excel).

res parvi pretii est.

nihllo valet.

are better (worth more)


than he.
I am not as good as you.
This is preferable (better).
excels

all his

fellow-students.

es.

Meliorem or praeferendum esse.


Praestare, antecellere (alicui).

Ndnne ego
meus

You

res parvo valet.


nullius pretii est.

Tanti non

it.

Am I not as good as my brother ?

He

tanti valet, quanti

Quanti pretii haec res est


Quanti haec res valet ?

That

non

(alter)

alter.

mmo

tanti sum, quanti frater

vero melior (pluris)

es.

sum ego, quanti tu.


praestat (preferendum e'st).
Commilitdnibus suis omnibus ante-

Tanti non

Hoc

cellit.

Exercise

116.

do call you.
Where are you ?
I am on
Do you
I am not coming up.
Where
the mountain are you coming up ?
will you come down ?
are you ?
I am at the foot of the mountain
Why can you not come down ? Because
I cannot come down.
call

me

* And

so also iantldem, just so much; quanttvis and quanUcunque, whatever.


(Cf. Lesson LXVII. A.)
so always the ablative, when the value is definitely given by a sub(Cf. Lesson LXXI. A.)
stantive, or by magno, permagno, &c.

But never magni, parvi, &c.


t

And

LATIN GRAMMAR.

348

[LESSON

60.

Where does your cousin


He
on
Where the mountain
on that
of
Where stands the house of our friend stands on
the
that
of the mountain.
the garden of your friend on
or
our storehouse not
of the wood
on that
that
Where have you been
on
of the road
on that
morning I have been on the great mountain. How many
times have you gone up the mountain I have gone up three times.
our father below or above He above. Have the neighbor's boys given you your books back again They have given
them
me back again. When did they give them back again
me yesterday. To whom
you They gave them back again
have given
the nobleman. To
have you given your
whom have the noblemen given their gloves They have given
them
Englishmen. To which Englishmen have they given them
To those whom you have seen morning at my house. To
Avhich people do you give money
give some to those
whom
you give some. Do you give any one money? I give some
those who want any. Who has taught you music? No one; I
have never learned music. Did your brother conceal
purpose
(consilium) from you He did not conceal
from me. Did he
ask you for anything He asked me for some money. What did
the stranger question you about He questioned me about the
way. Whom did you have for a master had an Englishman

have sore

live ?

feet.

side of the river.

lives

river.

side

this

Is

side.

It is

side

this

It

Is

side

this

side

It is

is

this side.

It is

Is

is

to

to

to

stick ?

it

to
?

to

this

to

to

his

it

and a German

for masters (praeceptures)

Exercise

117.

received presents?
I have received some.
What
presents have you received ?
I have received fine presents.
Has
He has received several.
your little brother received a present ?
From whom has he received any ?
He has received some from my
father and from yours.
Do you come out of the garden ? I do not
come out of the garden, but out of the house.
Where are you going
I am going into the garden.
Whence comes the Irishman ?
to ?
He comes from the garden. Does he come from the same garden
He does not come from the same.
from which you come ?
From
which garden does he come ?
He comes from that of our old friend.
hence comes your boy ?
He comes from the play. How
much is that carriage worth ?
It is worth five hundred crowns.
Is
this book worth as much as that ?
It is worth more.
How much
is my horse worth ?
It is worth as much as that of your friend.
Are your horses worth as much as those of the French ?
They are
not worth so much.
How much is that knife worth ? It is worth
nothing.
Is your servant as good as mine ?
He is better than
yours.
Are you as good as your brother ?
He is better than I.
Art thou as good as thy cousin ?
I am as good as he.
Are we as
good as our neighbors ?
are better than they ?
Is your umbrella as good as mine ?
It is not worth so much.
Why is it not
worth so much as mine ?
Because it is not so fine (iion aeque ele-

Have you

We

LESSON

SYNTAX OF THE DATIVE.

61.]

349

Do you wish
your horse do wish
How much worth worth two hundred
Do
have bought one already. Does your father
buy
you wish
buy one, but not
intend
buy a horse He does intend
gans) as yours.

to sell

'?

is it

it.

to

It is

to sell

florins.

it ?

to

to

yours.

LXL pensum unum et


mal

Lesson

sexagesi-

SYNTAX OF THE D ATI YE.


A. The dative is the case of the remote object, and serves to designate that for or with respect to which, or the person for whose benefit
or detriment* the agent acts, or that with reference to which it is
Hence the predicate, with which the
possessed of certain attributes
dative is connected, may be either a transitive verb, a neuter verb, an
adjective, or an adverb.

B. The dative after transitive verbs denotes the person or object, with reference to which an action is performed, and stands in answer to the question To whom ?
or For whom ?
E. g.
Pater filio li'brum dedit.
Date ip'dnem pauper ibus
Pisistratus sibi, non patriae Megarenses

Tu

vicit.

tiias inimicitias

dondres te

ut reipublicae

vicisti.

The

father gave his son a book.


to the poor.
Pisistratus conquered the Megarenses for his own benefit, and
not for that of his country.
By sacrificing your personal enmities to the common weal, you

Give bread

have won a conquest over yourself.

Hannibalis bella gesta miilti memoriae prodiderunt.


Zaleucus et Charondas leges civitdtibus suis conscripse'runt.

Many

have left us records of the


wars of Hannibal.
Zaleucus and Charondas wrote
laws for the benefit of their
states.

Quantum consuetudini famaeque


ddndum sit, id curent vivi.

As to the extent of the concessions


we are expected to make to custom and

to fame, let that be de-

termined by the

living.

Remarks.
1.

The

accusative

entire clause.

In this dense

is

often omitted, or
tibi occas,

E.g. Tibi aras,


it is

commonly

30

its

place supplied

tibi seris,

called the Datlvus

tibi

by an

eidem metis,

commodi vel incommodi.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

350

[LESSON

61.

plough, harrow, and sow for yourself, and for your benefit you
Promilto tibi, tegulam ilium in Italia nullam reliclurum, I
assure you he will not leave a tile on a roof in Italy.

You

also reap.

When

the verb becomes passive, the dative remains as before.


book given by a father to his son.
Liber filio a patre ddtus,
Dalor pdnis pauperlbus, Let bread be given to the poor. Megarenses
a Pisistrato ipsi, non patriae victi sunt.
2.

E.

g.

The dative after neuter verbs represents the person


C.
with reference to whom, or for whose benefit, anything is done
E. g.
or exists.
Mihi quidem

esurio,

non

tibi.

am hungry on my own

account,

and not on yours.

Non

solum nobis divites esse vdlumus, sed liber is, propinquis,


amicis,

Civitas

maximeque

reipublicae.

Romana parum

cabat liberdlibus

olim va-

disc'qjlinis.

Plures in Asia miilieres singulis

We

desire to be rich, not only for


own benefit, but for that
of our children, relations, and
friends, and especially for that
of the republic.
The Roman nation formerly had
but little leisure for the liberal
arts and sciences.
In Asia several women are accus-

our

tomed

viris sdlent nubere.

to

get married

to

one

husband.

Neque

Cae'sari solum sed etiam


amicis ejus omnibus supp>licdbo.*

Nor

will I supplicate Caesar alone,

but

all his

friends besides.

Remarks.
The pronominal

datives mihi, tibi, sibi, nobis, and vobis often imply


merely a remote interest or curiosity on the part of the speaker.
E. g. Quid mihi Celsus agit ? What, pray, is Celsus after ?
Quid tibi
Quid sibi velit, non
vis, insane ? What do you want, insensate man ?
1.

intelligo, I

do not understand what he is after.


Quid
? What has Sannio to say for himself?

ait

tandem

nobis Sannio

2. After the verbs esse, fore, suppetere, deesse, and defit, the dative
denotes the person in possession or in want of the object designated
by the nominative. E. g. Sunt mihi libri, I have books. Est homini
cum Deo similitudo, Man has a resemblance to the Deity. An nescis,
longas regibus esse manus ? Or are you not aware, that kings have long
hands ? Si cauda mihi foret, If I had a tail. Si vita (mihi) suppetet,
If I have life left (if life remains).
Lac mihi novum non aestate, non
frigore defit, I have no lack of fresh milk either in summer or in
winter.
Cui res non suppetat, (ei) verba non desint, (The orator) who
has a poor subject, should have words at his command.

* The verb supplicare


supplux esse. The nubere of the preceding example
properly signifies " to put on the veil," and with alicui viro, " to put on the
marriage-veil for a man," i. e. to marry him.


LESSON

DATIVE AFTER ADJECTIVES.

61.]

351

DATIVE AFTER ADJECTIVES.


_D.
The dative stands after adjectives and adverbs
as the end or object for or against which the quality denoted by them is represented as existing in the subject.

E.

g.

Cunctis esto bemgnus, nullis blandus, paucis familiaris, omnibus

aequus.
Piiblius dictator leges secundissi-

mas

plebi,

adversas nobilitdti

tul it.

You

should be kind to every one,


a flatterer of no one, intimate
with few, just towards all men.
Publius, the dictator, promulgated
laws in favor of the people and
opposed to the nobility.

The adjectives thus followed by


They are those signifying,

the dative are quite numer-

ous.

1. Like or unlike, similar or dissimilar:


par, impar, dispar, aequalis; similis, assimilis, consimilis, dissimilis, absimXlis, discolor.
E. g. Canis lupo similis est, The dog resembles the wolf. Proximo
regi dissimilis, Unlike the preceding king.
Ennio aequalis fuit Liuius,
Livy was contemporary with Ennius.*

Useful

or Injurious
utilis, bonus, saluber, salutaris, frucnoxius, funestus, pestifer. damnosus, perniciosus, &c.
E. g. SalubrXor meliorque inopi, quam potenti, More salutary, and
better for poor than for rich men.
Ratio pestifer a multis, admodum
paucis salutaris est, Reason is destructive to many, and advantageous
to few.
Universae Graeciae utilis, f Useful to entire Greece.
2.

tuosus

inutilis,

3. Pleasant or Unpleasant
gratus, acceptus, dulcis, jucundus, laetus, suavis ; ingrdtus, injucundus, molestus, gravis, acerbus, tristis, &c.
E. g. Scientiae suavitate nihil est hominibus jucundius, Noth:

is more agreeable to men than the sweetness of knowledge.


Romulus mullitudini gratior fuit, quam patribus, Romulus was more

ing

acceptable to the masses than to the senate.


Verebdris, ne mihi gravis
You were afraid of becoming troublesome to me.

esses,

4.

tile

Inclined, friendly, dear, and their opposites averse, hos-

amicus, benevolus, carus, familiaris, aequus, fldus, fdelis,


propensus, propitius, secundus ; adversus, alienus, inimlcus, contrarius,
E. g. Non fortunae, sed hominibus amicus, Friendly
infensus, &c.
(= a friend) % to men and not to fortune. Uni aequus virtuti atque
:

* The' adjectives similis, dissimilis, par, and impar are also followed by the
genitive, especially when they denote similarity of character or intellect. E. g;
mei, tui, sid, nostri, vestri similis, like me, you, &c, or my, your, &c. equal.
Cnjus paucos pares haec civitas tulit, Like whom this
Dispar sui, unlike itself.
Aequalis, in the sense of "contemporary," is
state has produced but few.
more commonly followed by the genitive as, ejus aequalis. Also substantively with an adjective; as, meus aequalis.
t But also' utilis or inutilis ad aliquid. E. g. Homo ad nullam rem utilis, a

man

fit for nothing.


X Amicus, inimlcus,

and familiaris are properly adjectives, and stand as such

LATIN GRAMMAR.

352

[LESSON

61.

ejus amicis, Friendly to virtue alone, and to its friends.


Antonius
Galliam sibi infestani inimicamque cognovit, Antonius learnt that Gaul
was hostile to him. Illi causae maxime est alienum* It is entirely

irrelevant to that case.

viclnus, Jinitimus, confinis, contcrminus,


5. Near or adjoining
propior, proximus.
E. g, Proximus sum egomet mihi, I am my nearest
AetJiiopia Aegypto est contermina, ^Ethiopia is contermineighbor.
nous with Egypt. Mala sunt viclna\ bonis, Adversity is next door
neighbor to prosperity.
:

6.

Belonging to one's self

or

to another:

ndtus, propinquus, proprius, peculiaris, communis, sacer

ajfinis, cog-

alienus, con-

&c. E. g. Nobis propria est mentis agitatio atque sollertia,


peculiar to us a certain agitation and sagacity of mind.
Omni aetati mors est communis, Death is common to every age. Huic
afflnes J sceleri fuerunt, They were accomplices of this crime.
trarius,

There

7.

is

Known

or

unknown

notus, certus, ignotus, obscurus, incertus,

dubtus, insolilus, &c.


E. g. Magis historicis quam vulgo notus, Known
rather to the historians than to the vulgar. Certius tibi est quam mihi,
It is a matter of greater certainty to you than to me. Novum et moribus veterum insolttum, New and unknown (unusual) to the manners
of the ancients.

aptus, idoneus,
8. Fit or unfit, suitable or unsuitable:
accommodatus, commodus, necessarius, paratus, promptus, procllvis ;

conveniens, congruens, consentaneus, decorus, lionestus ; iurpis, foedus,


indecorus, absonus, absurdus.
E. g. Aptum esse consentane unique
tempori et personae, To be fit and suitable for the occasion and perTibi erunt parata verba, You will have words ready for you.
son.
suitable site for a camp.
Castris idoneus locus,
Congruens et conveniens decretis ejus, Consistent with his avowed principles.
Ralioni
Absonum Jidei, At variance
consentaneus, In harmony with reason.

with credibility.
9.

Easy

or

difficult:

facXlis, expedltus,

commodus;

difficilis,

as, Amlcior libertati quam suae dominalioni.


mild amicissimus, mild familia7-isslmus.
But they frequently occur as
substantives with a genitive or an adjective. E.g. Amicus patris,
Noster
amicus.
So also the superlative amicissimus or familianssimus meus,
very
great or most intimate friend of mine.
Inimicissimus tuus. Your mortal foe.
Amicissimus nostrovum hominum,
warm friend of our men (our party).
* The construction of alienus is either alicui rei, alicujus rei, re or a re.
Thus, alienum nostra amicitid, a dignitate med, incompatible with our friendship,
with my dignity. Several of these adjectives take also erga, ad or in ; as, benevolus, benignus erga aliquem ;
propensus ad or in aliquem.
t Viclnus and vicina are also used substantively, and then followed by the
genitive or adjective; as, viclnus ejus, meus.
X But affinis in this sense also has the genitive; as, afflnis hujus suspicionis,
So silso proprium oratoris, peculiar to the orator; and mea,
ajfinis rei capitdlis.
tua propria, peculiar to me, to you.
But also ad naturam aptus or accommodatus ; ad causam idoneus ; paratus
ad usum ; promptus ad mortem, ad aliquem morbum proclivis ;
conveniens, congruens, consentaneus cum re ; absonus, absurdus a re.

in

every degree of comparison

Homo

LESSON

DATIVE AFTER ADJECTIVES.

61.]

353

arduus, invius.
E. g. Juvenis caecus, contumeliae opportunity, facilis
blind youth, exposed to contumelies and to injuries.
Id
Inula virtuti
si tibi erit commodum, If that will be convenient to you.
nulla est via, No way is impassable to virtue.

injuriae,

10.

Verbals

in

bills,

and compounds

like obnoxlus, obiius, sup-

E. g. Mors mihi non est terribllis, Death is not


E. g. Obvium esse alicui, To meet any one. Suppiiterrible to me.
cem esse alicui, To be a suppliant to (to supplicate) any one. Superstitem esse alicui, To survive any one.*

plex, superstes, &c.

To

( Affirmo, are, avi, arum.


} Contendo, ere, di, turn.

affirm, contend.

To deny.
What do you say

Quid

I assure you, that I

Have you not had


have had

it,

have

it

Ego

not.

it

te-

tenuisti ?

Tenui vera, sed (eum) teneo non

no

amplius.

contend that you have

Contendisne,

been correct ?
I say that I have not been correct.
I affirm that you have been
wrong.

No

me eum non

tibi affirmo,

Ndnne eum

it ?

but I have

atum.

nere.

longer.

Do you

are, avi,
ais ?

Aio, te tenere meum h'brum.f


Nego, me tenere librum tuum.

I say that you have my book.


I say that I have not it.

(cum Acc. et Infix.)


Nego,

locutum

vere

te

(esse) ?

me vere locutum.
Affirmo, te erravisse.

Nego,

Non jam

more, no longer.

(or

jam non)

Non am-

pllus.

Do you

still love your brother ?


love him no longer.
Where have you put the pen ?
I have laid it upon the table.

Diligisne fratrem etiam mine ?


Diligo eum non amplius.

Does
It
Is

it lie

upon the

He

is

table ?

does lie upon it.


he still lying upon the ground

\ Inpositane

Some, a

It is

me a little water ?

you some.

I must.

tbi

Possisne mihi dare

30*

aliquantulum

!fego tibi

aliquantulum dare possum.

Necesse

est,

Also supplex and superstes alicujus, which

more common than thexlative.


t Compare page 290.

non jam jacet.


\ Jacet ibi non amplius.
f

Lesson

mensae

Allquantulum, paululum, pauxillum.

little.

necessary,

est

Impdsita est.
Jacetne hurni etiam nunc

dquae
I can give

posuisti ?

Sita est.

lving there no longer.

Could you give

Ubi pennam

Impdsui earn mensae (in mensa).


Sitane est super mensa ?

me

among

(Cf.

oportet, &c.

XXXIV.

D.)

the later writers

is

even

LATIN GRAMMAR,

354
was

It

necessary,

I was

[LESSOX

Necesse fuit,

me

61.

oportuit, &c.

obliged.
Is

it

necessary (for some one)

market ?
necessary (for some one)

It

is

to

go there.

What must one do


learn Latin

Eundumne
Necessene

to go to the

in order to

Eiindum

5
Necesse

forum ?
forum

est in

est ire in

est vero.
est.

Quid nos faciamus necesse est, ut


linguam Latinam ediscamus ?
Opdrtet nos simus imprimis

One must be very

dili-

gentes.
diligent.

6pus

est

multa industria et

dili-

gentia.

What must he do ?
He must go for a book.
What must

Quid eum facere opdrtet

I do ?

Opus

You must

sit still.

To

Tacitus, a,

still.

livelihood,

sedeas quietus.

est tibi sedere quiete.

Sedeo, ere, sedi, sessum.


Quietus, a, um.

quiet.

Silent,

The

est

est, lit

Necesse

sit.

Still,

librum appdrtet.
Opus est eum.apportare librum.
Quid facere mini opus est ?
Quid opdrtet faciam ?

Necesse

subsistence,

Victus,

lis,

um

m.

silens, tis

copia victus

id,

quod suppeditat ad victum

competency.

cul-

tumque.

To have enough
to

Not

to live on,

have a competency.
to

have enough to

Non

live

on.

Have you

Habere ad sumptum.
Habere unde aliquis vivat.

a (comfortable) sub-

sistence ?
I have a comfortable one.
I have not a competency
I have scarcely anything to live

laborare de victu cultuque.


Deest alicui in sumptum.
Yix habere unde aliquis vivat.

Habesne ad sumptum ?
Habesne unde commode vivas ?
Ego de victu cultuque non labdro.
De'est mihi in sumptum.
Yix habeo unde vivam.

upon.

To live.
The expense.

Vivo, ere, vixi, victum.


Sumptus, us, ?n.

Beef.

Bubiila,* ae,/.
Yervecina, ae,/.
Yitulina, ae,/.
Porcina, ae,/.
Perna, ae,/.

Mutton.
Yeal.
Pork.

Ham.

A piece
* With

Erustum pernae, &c.

of ham, &c.

bubiila

porcina,

sometimes expressed.

the

word

caro, flesh, meat,

is

understood, and

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

61.]

What must

buy

| Quid mini
\ Quid opus

You must buy some

beef.

Emenda

355

emendum
est,

ut

est ?

emam ?

est tibi biibula.

Opus est, ut emas biibulam


( Quid me facere opdrtet ?
{ Quid opdrtet faciam ?
(-

What must

(should) I do ?

Opdrtet te operari.
Opdrtet tu operere.*
Quid nos facere opdrtuit ?
What ought we to have done ? j Quid nos feceremus opdrtuit
?f
\
ought to have attended to Opdrtuit nos dperam dare studiis.
our studies.
Quid vis ? Quid cupis ?
What do you wish ?
( ()pus est mihi pecunia.

You must

(ought) to work.

We
I

want some money.

Do you want much ?


I

do want a large amount.

How much do

Egeo pecunia,
Estne

you want (need)

I only want a crown.

tibi opus magna.


Opus est mihi vero cdpi'a magna.
Quanta e'ges ?
Quanta est tibi opus ?
Opus est mihi non nisi unus thale^

rus.

Uno tantum thalero egeo.


Non est tibi opus nisi hoc ?
Non est mihi opus nisi hoc.
Non est tibi opus majore (pecunia) ?

Have they what they want ?


They have so.
Have you been obliged to work
much to learn Latin V
I have been obliged to work very

Majore non indigeo.


Quid (qua. re) indiget ?
Toga nova indiget.
Habesne quod tibi opus sit ?
Habeo vero, quod mihi opus est ?
Habentne quod iis opus est ?
Habent vero.
Fuitne tibi magni laboris,J sermonem Latinum ediscere ?
Fuit prdrsus permagni laboris.

you want ?
That is all I want.
Do you not want more (money)
I do not need any more.
What does he (want) need ?
Is that all

He

needs a new coat.


Have you what you want

I have what I want.

hard.

Exercise

118.

was
house.

come. Why does he


Why does he not go
son His son does not go
not send
Hast thou had my purse
you
out Because he
Hast thou seen have seen
that
have not had

Have you had my knife


upon the
Where
Where have you placed have
you that have had
have already
Will you look
upon the
placed
Were you yesterday at the physician's ?
He says that he cannot
What does he say ?
his

is

it

it

table.

See page 162, note,


Was it a matter of great labor?
Lesson LXVIII. B.
Lit. "

it.

it?

it.

for

*
t

chair.

It lies

I tell

I tell

ill.

it.

is it ?

at his

out.

it ?

See page 273, G.

&c.

On

this genitive

compare


LATIN GRAMMAR.

356

[LESSOX

G2.

I have not found it.


Have
looked for it.
Have you found it ?
I have looked for them, but I have not
you looked for my gloves ?
He has had it, but lie
found them.
Has your servant my hat ?
He has brushed it,
has it no longer.
Has he brushed it V
Are
my books upon your table ? They are (lie) upon it. Have you
any vine ?
I have but little, but I will give you what I have.
I will give you some.
Have you
"Will you give me some water ?
Will you give me some?
I have much.
I will
much wine?
How much do I owe you ? You owe me nothing.
give you some.
Must I go for some wine ?
You must go for
You are too kind.
You must go thither.
Shall I go to the ball?
some.
When
You must go thither this evening?
must I go thither?
Must I
You must go for him.
Is it necessary to go
go for the carpenter ?
It is necessary to go thither
"What must one do
to the market ?
One must study much (opus est mulla
in order to learn Russian ?
Must one study much to learn German?
diligentia).
One must
study much.
What shall I do?
You must buy a good book.
He must sit still.
"What is he to do ?
What are we to do ?
You
must work.
Must you work much, in order to learn the Arabic ?
I must work much to learn it.
Does your brother not work ?
He
Has he wherewithal to live ?
does not want to work.
He has.
Why must I go to the market ? You must go thither to buy some
beef.
Why must I work ? You must work in order to get a competency.
What do you want, Sir?
I want some cloth.
How
It is worth three crowns.
much is that hat worth ?
Do you want

I want some.
How much are those stockings
worth ?
They are worth twelve kreutzers.
Is that all you want ?
That is all.
Do you not want shoes?
I do not want any
Dost thou want much money?
I want much.
How much must
thou have ?
I must have six crowns.
I low much does your brother want ?
He wants but six groshes.
Does he not want more ?
He does not want more.
Docs your cousin want more ?
lie does
not want so much as I.
What do you want?
I want money and
boots.
Have you now what you want ?
I have what I want.
Has your brother what he wants ?
lie has what he wants.

any stockings?

LXIL

Lesson

PENSUM

ALTERUM ET
AGESIMAL

DATIVE AFTER VERBS

SEX-

Continued.

A.
The dative also follows intransitive verbs signifying to benefit, favor, please, trust, and their opposites,
and those signifying to command, obey, serve, or resist,
to approach, menace, and to be angry.

LESSON

DATIVE AFTER VERBS.

62.]

Such are prosum,

357

auxilior, adminicular, opitittor,

patrocmor, subvenoceo, obsum, officio, incommodo, insidto, insidior.


Fareo, gratificor, indulgeo, ignosco, studeo, parco, adulor,
blandXor, lenocinor, pcdpo, assentlor, assentor, respondto : adversor, re-

medeor

nio, succurro,

fragor, obsto, renilor, repugno, resisto, invideo, aemulor, obtrecto, convicior, maledko.
Placeo, arrideo, displiceo.
Doniinor, impero ; pareo,
cedo, ausculto, obedto, obsequor, obtempero, morigeror (== morem gero),
audiens sum, servio, inservio, ministro, famulor, ancidor, praestolor.
Credo, fldo, confido, diffldo.
Immineo, propinquo, appropinquo,
impcndeo, occurro.
Minor, commlnor, irascor, stomachor, succenseo.
The impersonal verbs conducit, conli.ngit, expedite licet, placet^ &c.

Examples

Jpsi patriae conducit, pios cf


habere in parentes.

to

auxilidtae sunt.
licet

siii

cdmmodi

advantageous to the state itself,


have its citizens respectful towards their parents.
Their physical strength was of no
service to the Numantians.
It is not lawful to injure another
for the sake of personal advan-

It is

Nihil Numantinis vires corporis

Non

causa, no-

cere dlteri.

tage.
Efficit

hoc philosdphia

medelur

dnimis.

Germani ab parvulis

labori ac

dur'diae student.

Philosophy produces this effect


it cures the mind.
The Germans apply themselves to
toil
and hardships from their
:

infancy.

Trebatium objurgavi, quod pa-

rum

health too

valetudini pdrceret.

Alii Sudanis,

alii

Cinndnis pdrti-

illi,

little.

Some favored

Sulla's party, others

that of China.

bus favebant.

Nimium

I eluded Trebatius for sparing his

Menedeme,

indulges

You

indulge him too much,

Mene-

demus.
Alioruin /audi atque gldriae miixi-

The honest man envies no one.


The reputation and glory of others

me in rider sdlet.
Nemo alterius, qui suae

No

Prdbus

invidct ne'mini.

confidit,

virtuti invidet.

are generally the object of envy.


one envies the excellence of
another, who has any confidence
in his

Miindus Deo pdret, et hulc

obe-

diunt maria terraequc.

own.

The world
to

is

him the

subject to God, and


and lands render

seas

obedience.

Sto expectans,

si

quid mild inhe-

rent.

Onmino

irdsci amicis

non temcre

sdleo.

whether they
have any commands for me.
I am not accustomed to be rashly
angry with my friends
I stand waiting to see

Remarks.
1.

Some

of these verbs sometimes occur with a transitive force.

E. g. Imperdre alicui aliquid,

To demand anything

dere alicui aliquid, to entrust anything to any one

of any one cremindri or commi;

LATIN GRAMMAR.

358

[LESSON

62.

ndri alicui aliquid, to menace any one "with anything. But most of
them are always neuter, and only admit of an impersonal construction

E.

in the passive.

envied, traduced.

moded,

g. Milii parcitur, invidetur, obtrectatur,

Tibi incommoddtur, maledlcitur,

You

am spared,
are incom-

reviled.

Jubeo is an exception to verbs of commanding, and occurs only


with the Ace. cum Inf. (Lesson LLTI. B. II. 2.)
Sojuvo and adjuvo,
" 1 aid, assist," always have aliquem, and not aliciri, like auxilior, &c.
2.

3. Benedlcere, "to bless," generally has alicui (like maledicere),


but sometimes aliquem. So medicari alicui (like mederi), to heal,
The construction
cure, but medicari aliquid, to prepare chemically.
of invidere (to envy) is generally alicui or alicui rei, but may also be
alicui rem or aliquem aliqud re (one on account of anything).
E. g.

Honorem tibi invidet, He envies you your honor.


4. A number of other verbs sometimes take the
E.

tive instead of the dative.

accusative or abla-

produce)

g. Obtrectdre (to

alicui, alicui

or rem. Auscultare (to 'listen to) and praestolari (to wait for)
Dominari (to rule over) alicui, in aliquem or in
alicui or aliquem.
Fidtre and confldere (to trust, confide) alicui, alicui rei or
civitate.
aliquci re.
Cedo tibi, concedo tibi, "I yield, concede to you," are
followed by an accusative or ablative of the thing as, cedo tibi locum,
cedo tibi agri possessione ; and concedo tibi libertdtem, loco, de victoria,
Res mild conveI concede to you your liberty, my place, the victory.
but impersonally convtnit mild
nit, the thing suits or becomes me
tecum de aliquci re, I agree with you about something.
rei

5. Several verbs have either the accusative or dative, but with a


E. g. Caveo te, I beware of you caveo
difference of signification.
caveo a te, I take (require) security from
tibi, I am security for you
Consulo te, I consult you, and consulo tibi, I provide for you.
you.
Cupio or volo te, I desire you, and cupio or volo tibi (or tud causa), I
wish for you (on your account). Prospicio and promdeo te, I see you
Tcmpero and moderor aliquid, I
before, but tibi, I provide for you.
arrange in proper order, and mild or rei, I moderate.
;

Among the verbs followed by the dative are included


compounded with the adverbs satis, bene, and male, and

B.
those

with the prepositions ad, ante, con,

in, inter, ob, post,

prae, sub,

Lesson XXXII. G.)


Some of these verbs
are transitive, and have also an accusative of the direct object
others are intransitive, and have the dative only.
The following lists exhibit the most important of them

and super.

(Cf.

1.

Transitive compounds, with the dative of the remote ob-

ject.

Addo, I add to.


I bring to.

Affero,
Afflgo,

/ attach

to.

Adhibeo, I employ towards.

Adjicio, I add to.


Adjungo, I join to.
Admoveo, / bring near
Alligo, 1

tie io -

to.

LESSON

DATIVE AFTER COMPOUND VERBS.

62.]

Applico, I attach

I implant.
I brand, imprint upon.
Interjicio, / cast among.
Interpono, / interpose.
Objicio, I throw before (to).
Offundo, I pour out to.
Oppono, I place against.
Insero,

to.

I cast

around.
Comparo, I provide for,
Circumjicio,

Inuro,

Compono, I put together.


Confero, I unite to.
Conjungo,
Immisceo,
Iuipono,

I link to.
I mix with.

I place

Posthabeo, 1 esteem less than.


Postpono, I value less than.
Praefero, / bear before ; I prefer.

upon.

Imprimo, I print upon.


Includo, I include.
Incido,

I cut

Inf ero,

/ carry into.
I put or pour

Ingero,
Injlceo,

into

Substerno,

I draw near to.


/ acquiesce in.

Alludo, / allude
Annuo, I assent

Inhio, I gape at.


Immorior, / die in (upon).
Immoror, I linger in.
Innascor, / am born in.

to.

to.
to.

Insisto, I tread upon.


Interjaceo, I am situate between.
Intervenio, I fall in with.

Consono, I harmonize

Obrepo, I steal upon.

I make a noise at.


I move before.
Praemineo, I surpass.
Praestideo, I preside over.
Praevuleo, I am stronger than.
Succumbo, I yield to.
Supersto, / stand upon.
Obstrepo,
Obversor,

with.

Excello, I excel.
Incido, Ifall upon (into).
Incurnbo,
(sit) upon.

Supervivo, I survive.

Inciibo,

/ nod

To

these

inesse, to

be in

3.

head of)
4.

under.

Inhaero, / inhere in.

Arrepo, 1 creep to.


Assideo, I sit near to.
Aspiro, I breathe upon.
Antecello, I excel, surpass.
Colludo, I play with.
Congriio, / agree with.
Consentio, i" accord with.

Indormio,

I spread

compounds, with the dative only.

Acquiesco,

Adhaereo, I adhere

over.

Praepono, I place before.


Suppono, 1 place beneath.

into.

2. Intransitive

Accedo,

/ set

Praeficio,

into.

/ throw

359

over,

add the compounds of sum

:
adesse, to be present
be among praesse, to be before (at the
superesse, to remain over (left).
subesse, to be beneath

interesse, to

The compounds

(alicui), to give

one

of

satis, bene,

and male are

bail or satisfaction

satisdare, satisfacere

maledicere, benedicere (alwui),


to praise or bless, to revile, asperse one; malefacere (alicui), to injure
;

one.

Examples.
Natiira

sensibus

rationem

ad-

junxit.

Sthenius est

is,

qui nobis

assidet.

Nature has given us reason in addition to our senses.

He who

is

sitting

by our

side

is

Sthenius.

Quis potest iniquos acquis, impios religiosis anteferre ?

Who

can prefer the unjust to the


impious to the religious ?

just, the

LATIN GRAMMAR.

360

[LESSON

62.

hdininem con-

Nature conciliates man to man by

Parva mdgnis saepe rectissime

Small things are often correctly


compared with great things.
Great terror befell the army of

Natura

vi rationis

force of reason.

hdmini.

ciliat

conferuntur.
terror incidit

Magnus

Pompeii

Pompey.

exercitui.

Cut sermdni nos intervemmus

Non

What

citius adolescentiae senectus,

quam

pueritiae

we

conversation did

fall

in

with?
Old age steals no faster upon youth
than youth does upon boyhood.

adolescentia

obrepit.

Hannibal Alexdndro Mdgno non


postponendus est.
Deus anirnum praefecit corpori.

Hannibal cannot be put below


Alexander the Great.
The Deity has put the mind over

Judicis

It

est,

innoce'ntiae

the body.
is the duty of a judge to help
(protect) innocence.
I desire neither to be remiss towards the republic, nor to be

subve-

nire.

Neque

deesse,

neque super esse

reipiiblicae vdlo.

above
Cut

Gellius

bono

benedixit

What

Satisfdcere omnibus

non possum.

Til verbis solves niinquam,

ml (==

it.

man did Gellius


ever speak well of?
I am not able to satisfy every one.

unquam

patriotic

You

quod

will never compensate with


words the injuries you have
done me.

rrahi) malefeceris.

Remarks.

Many

verbs compounded with prepositions, especially those with


ad, con, and in, are also followed by the case of the preposition, which
is frequently repeated.
E. g. Sludium adhibere ad disciptinas, To
Consilia sita mecum
apply one's self to the study of the sciences.
communicavit, He communicated his designs to me. In omnium animis dei notionem impressit ipsa natfira, Nature herself has imprinted
the idea of a divinity upon the minds of all.
1.

2. Verbs compounded with the prepositions ab, do, or ex, are commonly followed by the ablative, but sometimes by the dative. E. g.
Alicui Uberiutem abjudicdre, to take away one's liberty alicui imperium abrogdre, to deprive one of his command. Alicui aliquid dero;

Alicui virginem dc^jxmgdre, dctruhcre, to derogate, to detract from.


dere, to betroth a maiden to any one. Eripere alicui aliquidj to snatch
away anything from any one. (Cf. Lesson LXXII. E.)
3. Many neuter verbs of motion, compounded with prepositions,
acquire an active sense, and admit an object in the accusative.
(Cf.

LIX

Lesson

A. Rem. 1.)
f Posco, ere, poposci,

demand (anything! Posluio are, dci, Citum.


of any one).
1 Peto, ere, wi, Hum.
(ALIQUID Ali ALIQUO.)

To

ask,

[_

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

62.]

To ask, request

(as a favor)

To

ask (or demand) money of


any one.
To ask (entreat) any one for

money.
To beg money of any one
To ask any to come (to write, to
hear, &c).
To entreat any one by letter to
come.

To

361

Rogo, are, avi, atum.


Oro, are, avi, atum.

(aliquem aliquid.)*
Pecuniam ab aliquo petere (pdscere, postulare).

Aliquem pecuniam rogare,

orare.

Aliquem pecuniam mendicare.


Petere ab aliquo,

ut veniat, ut scri-

(Cf.

bat, ut aiidiat.

Petere precibus per

page 295.)
ab ali-

litteras

any one

to

quo, ut veniat.
Rogfire, orare aliquem, ut veniat.

you most earnestly

to

Id ut

request, beseech

come.
I request

do

I ask and beseech you most earnestly to help him.

What do you
I

facias, te

etiam atque etiam

rogo.

so.

ask (want) of

me ?

do not ask (you for) anything.


I ask you for anything.

Nor do

Etiam atque etiam

te

rogo atque

eum j lives.
Quid a me pdstulas (petis)
Quid me faeere vis ?
dro,

lit

Nihil pdstulo.

Neque ego abs

to

quidquam pdstu-

lo (peto).

Did he ask (beg) you for (some)


money V
He did ask (me for some).
Did he beg some bread of us ?
lie begged and entreated us for
a

little

Do you

bread.
ask (beg) him for some

money

him

Do you

me

Do

ask

you

pecuniam

Rogavit.

Mendicavitne panem a nobis ?


Nos aliquantulum panis etiam atque etiam rogavit atque oravit.
Rogasne eum peciiniani ?

for

Rogo eum aliquantulum.

for some.
for

my

anything

book.

they ask us for the hat ?

They do not ask

us for

it.

To speak of any one or


thing.

Do

te

I ask (beg)

I ask

Rogavitne

De

aliquo seu aliqua re loqui, col-

loqui.

they speak of this man.

They are speaking of him.


They do not speak of him.
ye speak of my book
We do speak (of it)
Do people speak of it ?

Do

* On

anij-

Petisne aliquid a m ?
Rogasne me aliquid ?
Peto a te librum.
Rogo te librum.
Num pi'leum a nobis postulant
Kon postulant.

'?

Loquuntiirnc hoc de viro


Loquiintur (de do).

(De eo) non loquiintur.


Ldquiminine de libro me'o ?
Sic est.
Ldquimur.
Ecquid de eo homines loquiintur

the government of these verbs see Lesson

31

LX. B.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

362

They speak much of it.


it

62.

Loquiintur de eo multum.
Quid tu de eo censes (jiidicas) ?
Ego eum librum bdnum esse cen-

What do you
I say that

[LESSON

say to it ?
is a good book.

seo (jiidico).

To judge,

Judico, are, avi, atum.


Censeo, ere, iii,

think (say).

(ALIQUID DE ALIQUO.)
Is

your opinion that he was

it

right

tmmo

contented (satisfied)
with anything.

In

with your

contented with

esse.

acquiescere

(-evi,

novo contentus?
Sum eo contentus.
Haud siim eo contentus.
Qua de re loquiintur ?
Loquiintur de pace, de belio, de
libro

are you contented

re

JSsne umbraculo tiio

your book.

am

aliqua

Aliquem probare, approbare.

new

umbrella ?
I am contented with it.
I am not (at all) satisfied with it.
Of what do they speak ?
They speak of peace, of war, of

With what

erravisse censeo.

etum).

content with any one.

satisfied

eum

contentum

Aliqua, re

To be
To be

vero

Contentus, a, um.

Content, satisfied.

(es-

se) ?

No, I think he was wrong.

Are you

eum vere locutum

Censesne,

<

my new

Qua
Qua

tiio.

re es contentus ?
in re acquiescis ?

Contentus sum toga

mea

nova.

coat.

Are you

satisfied

Ecquid magistrum tuum prdbas

with your mas-

ter?
I

am

satisfied

Are you
I

am

Prdbo vero eum valde.

quite satisfied with him.

Are ye

with him

satisfied

with

Satin' vdbis probatur ?


?

this

Niim vdbis

man ?

satisfied.

To correct corrected.
To study

To

satisfacit ?

Satisfacitne tibi hicce homo ?


Sic est
mi'hi satisfacit.

Studere, studiii,

studied.

Operant dare (alicui rei).

Emendare
\

ask, interrogate.

avi,

atum (aliquid).

Corrigere
rexi, rectum.
Interrogo, are, avi, atum (aliquem

ALIQUID, DE ALIQUA RE).

To

inquire (carefully
minutely).

Have you asked him about


play

and

Sciscitor, ari, atus

\ Percunctor,
the

I have not asked him.


Did he inquire who I am ?
Do you inquire after the price
of this book ?

ari,

sum.

atus sum.

Niim eum de spectaculo

interroga-

visti ?

turn non interrogavi.


Sciscitatiisne est, quis sim ?
Percunctarisne de pretio Hbri

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

62.]

Does your brother study


ture

( Dat frater tiius dperam litteris ?


} Sequitiirne frater tiius stiidium

litera-

He does
Do you

363

Operam

study it.
study to become a doc-

lit-

teraruin ?
r

Sequitur.

dat.

Niim dperam das

fieri

medicus

tor ?
( Solvo, ere,

To pay.

\ Numero,

To pay any one

(in

gen-

i,

solutum.

are, avi, atum.

Aliqueni solvere, alicui satisfacere.

eral).

To pay for anything.


To pay any one for any-

Solvere (aliquid) pro aliqua re.


Solvere alicui pretium rei.

thing.

To pay money to
To pay a debt.

Solvere peciinias creditdribus.

creditors.

Aes alienum (peciiniam debitam)


solvere vel dissdlvere.

To be

^sse solvendo (Dat.), ad solven-

able to pay, solvent.

dum.
have paid him.
They have not yet paid for the

[Ego

eum

sdlvi (ei satisfeci).

Pro

libro

nondum

solverunt.

book.

How much
I

have you paid for


your horse ?
have paid two hundred crowns
for

peciiniam pro equo

sol-

visti ?

(Sdlvi pro eo) ducentos thaleros.

it.

Did he pay the

tailor for the


coat ?
He has not paid him (for it).
Do you pay the shoemaker for
the shoes ?

Qu an tarn

do pay him.
did they pay you for the

What

knives ?
They paid
them.

me

a large sum for

They have nothing for them.


Have you paid for your book
have paid (for it)
1 have not yet paid for it.
Can you pay what you owe

Niimquid

sartdri

pretium

vestis

^solvit ?

(Ei) non solvit.


Solvisne sutdri

rum V
Ego vero

sdlvo.

Quid

pro

tibi

pretium

ciiltris

Solverunt mini (pro

calceo-

solverunt ?
lis)

grandem.
Nihil pro iis solverunt.
Solvistine pro libro tiio

peciiniam

Sdlvi.

Ego pro eo ndndum


?

I cannot pay what I owe.


Did we pay our debts ?

sdlvi.

Potesne solvere, quod debes (or


debitum, debita) ?
Solvere debita haud possum.
Solvimiisne aes alienum (debita
nostra) ?

We have paid them entirely.


Entirely, wholly

Entirely or for the most part.

Id (ea) plane (omnino)


mus.

dissdlvi-

Prorsus, omnino, plane (adv.).

Omnino

aut

magna ex

parte.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

364

[LESSON

62.

m. ; avunculus, i, m.
Patruus,
The uncle.
Merces, edis,/!; pretmmoperae,i,n.
The wages, fee.
*Honorarium, i, n. ; salarium, i, n.
The honorarium salary.
Pensum, i, n. ; discenda, n-pl.
The lesson (to be learnt).
The exercise, task (to be Pensum imperatum, i, n. ; exercii.

tlum, i, n.
Exercitatio (onis,/.) scribendi, dicendi, &c.
Pensum imperatum absolvere (absolvi, absolutum).
Schola, ae,y.

written)

The

exercise, practice,

e.

g.

in writing, speaking, &c.


(write) one's exer-

To do

cises.

The

lecture or lesson (given

by the teacher).

To

SchSlam habere de aliqua

on any

deliver a lecture

re.

subject.

To be present at the lectures

Scholis aliciijus interesse.

of any one.
To attend or frequent lec-

Doctdres auditionesque obire

The

(-Ivi,

Ituin).

tures.

Doctor, praeceptor, oris, m. ; magister, ri, m.


Discipulus, alumnus, i, m.
Dominus, i, m. ; vir amplissimus, il-

teacher, preceptor.

The scholar, pupil.


The gentlemen, lord,

sir.

lustrissimus, &c. (in addresses, &c.)

Have you
cises

Absolvistine tua pensa imperata

(written) your exer-

'?

(Ea) nondum absdlvi.

have not yet done them.

( Accipere aliquid ab aliquo in


To receive a present from -} nere.
any one.
( Donum ab ahquo accipere.

Exercise

mu-

119.

We have not what we want. What

house, a large garden, a beautiful


that
carriage, pretty horses, several servants, and much money.
we want. What must I do You
we want That
To whom must I write You must write
must write a
your friend. Shall
go to the market? You may go there.
your father that I am waiting for him here I
Will you
What you your father
him
him that
him here. What
thou say to my servant
you are waiting
I say to him that you have finished your
Have you
Has your uncle paid
paid
your table I have paid
Have paid the
for the book He has paid
the
clothes You have paid him
them. Hast thou paid the mer Have we
chant for the horse I have not yet paid him for
paid for our gloves We have paid for them. Has your cousin
already paid for
boots He has not yet paid for them. Does
my brother pay you what he owes you He does pay me. Do
you pay what you owe I do pay what I owe. Have you paid
Have we what we want ?
do we want ?
We want a

fine

Is

all

is

all

letter.

to

tell

tell

will

so.

tell

wilt

for

will

letter.

(for)

(for)

for

it.

tailor for

it.

for

'?

it.

his

will

I will tell

it

LESSON

DATIVE AFTER PARTICIPLES IN

63.]

" DUS."

365

(with the dative) the baker ?


I have paid him.
Has your uncle
He has paid him for it.
paid the butcher for the meat ?
Have
I have paid them to him.
you paid your servant his wages ?
Has
He has paid them to me.
your master paid you your wages ?
When did he pay them to you ? He paid them to me the day before yesterday.
What do you ask this man for ?
I ask him for
my book. What does this boy beg of me ?
He begs of you some
money.
Do you ask me for anything ?
I ask you for a crown.
Do you ask me for the bread ?
I ask you for it.
Do the poor beg
money of you ?
They beg some of me.
Which man do you ask
for money ?
I ask him for some whom you ask for some.

Exercise

Whom

120.

have you asked for some sugar ?


I have asked the merchant for some.
Of whom have the poor begged some money ?
They have begged some of the noblemen.
Of which noblemen have
they begged some ?
They have begged some of those whom } ou
know.
Whom do you pay for the meat ? I pay the butchers for
it.
Whom does your brother pay for his boots ? He pays the
shoemaker for them.
Whom have we paid for the bread ? We
have paid our baker for it.
Of whom have they spoken ?
They
have spoken of our friend.
Do men speak of my book ? They do
speak of it.
Of what do we speak ?
We speak of war (de hello).
Do you not speak of peace ?
We do not speak of it. Are you
content with your scholars ?
I am content with them.
How old
are you ?
I am not quite ten years old.
Does your brother know
Latin ?
He does not know it.
Why does he not know it V Because he has not learned it.
Why has he not learned it ? Because
he has not had time.
Is your father at home ?
No, he is gone to
England.
Do you intend going to Italy this summer ?
I do intend
going thither.
Have you the intention of staying there long ?
I
have the intention of staying there during the summer.
How longdoes your brother remain at home ?
Till twelve o'clock.
Have
you had your gloves dyed ?
I have had them dyed.
What have
you had them dyed?
I have had them dyed brown.
Will you
tell your father that I have been here ?
I will tell him so.
Will
you not wait until he comes back again ?
I cannot wait.

Lesson

LXIIL pensum sexagesxmum

tek-

TIUM.

DATIVE AETER, THE PARTICIPLE IN "DUS."


A.

After the participle in dus the agent


by the dative.* E. g.

ly expressed

* Compare

31*

Lesson

XXV.

D.

is

common-

[LESSON

LATIN GRAMMAR.

3CG
Legendus mild

sae'pius

est

Cato

63.

must read Cato the elder oftener.

uuijor.

Nflul

hdmini tarn timcndum,

esS

solum, sed
frue'nda etiam sapientia erf.

.fiecfo

ft'&i

invictdque

moriendum

est.

Ut

tibi

dum,

ambuMndum
sic

Nothing

much

quam invidia.
N6n pardnda nobis

et

ungen-

mihi dormiendum est

is

to

be feared by

men

so

as envy.

Wisdom

should not only be aequired by us. but also enjoyed.


You must die firm and uneonquered.
As you must walk and anoint
yourself, so I

must

sleep.

Rem auks.
Instead of the dative, the ablative with a or ab sometimes occurs,
E.g. Eros a te colendus est, Eros must be
as after passive verbs.
i venerandos a uobis putdtisf
worshipped by you. Non maj
Do you not think that our ancestors are to be venerated by us?
1.

frequently omitted, and the agent left indefinite.


erii litteris, h will be necessary to use Greek
Consensio omnium gentium by naturae />>i!<i,,<l<t est. The eonLetters.
sent of all the races of men is to be considered the law of nature.
"' sii mens sana w corport sano, "We should
Orandum est (s
pray for a healthy mind in a healthy body.
2.

The

dative

is

E.g. Graecis utendum

of the agent instead of


3. Passive verba sometimes have the dative
E.g. Auditus est nobis (= a nobis)
the usual ablative with a or nh.
have often heard the conversation of Lading.
Laeliae saept sermo,
Alii,; (same) consilium captum jam diu est, The plan has been
formed long ago by me. Barbarus /> ego sum, quia non inteiligftw
am not underwood
1
u ]lj (=abullo), t am a barbarian hen

We

b)

any one.

VERBS POLLOWED BY

TWO

DATIVES.

The verbs sum, foreni^fw, do, vento, mid a numB.


ber of others, are sometimes followed by two datives, of
which one designates the person and the other the end
or object
Such are (A*, accipio, habeo, relinouo, deltgo, mitto, eo, pemo, and
Also <l>tm, largior, tribuo, and w tic. E. g.
others of similar import.
I take care of this (It is my care,
Hoc est mihi curae.
I attend to it).
It is an honor to you.
Est tibi hondrl

Ampla ddmus
aepe/w.

dedecori

a pleasure to us.
serves as an argument
An ample mansion often
It ia

Nobis est voluptdtL


Est argume'nto.]

It

domino

a di-honor to

its

becomes

master.

* The dative thus suppressed is generally mihi, tSn, nobis, vobis, komimbiu,
&c., and easily supplied from the context,
t bee Remark 1.

LESSON

VERBS WITH TWO DATIVES.

63.]

regnum siium Romdnis

Attains

edstris

Virtus sola neque ddiur dono,


sdlet

ss*

Incdmbite, ut et vdbis Jumdri, et


arnicis

utilitdii

emolumehto

et

r<

leaves

Caesar

his

kingdom

to

the

as a present.
five

cohorts

as

guard for the camp.


Pausanias came to the assistance of

praesidio reh'nquit.
Pausanias venit Alt ids auxilio.

neque accipitur.
Nunia fiducia calamitdli

gave

Attains

Romans

dono (Jed it.


Caesar qui'nque cohortes

307

ipublicae

the Athenians.
Virtue alone can neither be offered
nor received as a gift.
Too much confidence is wont to be
a source of calamity.
Exert yourselves, so that you may
be able to become an honor to
yourselves, useful to your friends,
and a source of profit to the

esse possitis.

commonwealth.

Remakes.
The

dative of the person is frequently left indefinite, and that


of the end or object alone expressed.
E. g. Hoc est honori, laudi,
This is an honor, laudable.
Vitam rusttcam tu probro et crimini putas
esse, You consider rural life a reproach and crime (sc. to any one).
So several of the above examples.
1.

Datives ot* this description are very frequent


The mosl comare dare aliquid muneri, dono, prat mio
r< linquen aliquid custoaliquid est or putatur vUio, crimXni, probro, opprodiae, praesidio i
brio, /audi, salmi, utilitati, emolunu nto
aliquid est curae, cordi, <l< risui, usui.
So also canere receplui, to Bound the retreat; opponere
In this connection the verb sum frepigndri, to pledge or pawn.
quently has the Bense of the English it affords, serves, brings, &c.
2.

mon

Instead of the dative of the end or object, the nominative or accumay also be put, and sometimes the preposition ad or in. E. g.
//
argumentum, indicium st, This is proor, an indication (ei idencc ).
Exercitum ad praesidium (for
Dedit inilii aliquid donum (for dono),
praesidio) retiquit.
Dan ali fuid in dolem, To give anything as a
3.

sative

>

So

dowry.
C.

name

also

j>r<>

argurm nto

est.

After expressions like mihi est nomen or cognomen^ the


of the individual is either in the nominative or dative, bat

sometimes

in the genitive

ndmen

fest nrihi

E. g.

Balbus, Btflbo,*

My

name

is

Balbus.

or Balbi.

Ndmina

his

Lacumo atque Aruns

fuerunt.

Cat

pdstea Appio

ndmen.

Claudia

ftiit

The names of these (sons) were


Lacumo and Aruns.
Whose name was afterwards AppiUS Claudius.

* The dative stands by attraction in the same sense as the pronoun mihi
(ad, alien, Sec).

LATIN GBAMMAB.

368

Quorum

Capildni fuit

(Uteri

[LESSON

C3.

One of whom was surnamed Capita

co

gnomen.

Ndmen

Mercurii mihi

Remark.

My

est.

After

name

the expressions

is

dare,

Mercury.
addere,

indere,

dicere,

ponere, imponere or tribuere alicui nomen or cognomen, the name is


commonly in the dative, but may also stand in the accusative. K. g.
Dare alicui cognomen tardo ac pingui, To surname (nickname) one
l
i the slow and the dull."
Cui Ascanium part n U s dixere nomt n. Whom
the parents called Ascanius.
And in the passive
Qiubus norm a
histrionibus inditum est, "Who have received the name of bistrions.
Cui cor/nomen superbo ex monbus datum, AVho was surnamed " the
proud," from his manners.
:

The verbs aspcrgo and

D.

inspergo, circumdo and circuminduo and exuo, are con-trued either


wirh the dative of the person and the accusative of the thing
(alicui aliquid), or with the accusative of the person and the
ablative of the thing (aliquem aliqua /<").
E.

fundo, (hum and

iiiijx

rtio}

He

Aspergit dram sdnguim (or dra*

besprinkles (stain:-) the altar


with blood.
Tin- Deity surrounded the soul
with a body.
I make you a present of money.

Ten

sdnguim m).
I)eusdnimumcircumded\tc6rp(>re
(or corpus dnitno circiimdedit).
I

)on<> tibi

pecui

'-"1:1.

nid).

Terentia

atia sends

you greeting.

impe"rtil

Gnatho.

fnuuit (cxuit)

tho pres nts

ments

to

bis

best compli-

Parmeno.

lie puts on (takes off) his d:


Caesar deprived all his enemii
their aims.

sibi vestem.

Caesar hd

armts exuit

Remarks.
1.

So

also intercludere alicui aliquid or aliquem

ali</>i<l

rt

and ah

cut one off from anything; and interdlctre alicui aliquid


or alicui (but not aliquem) aliqua re. E. _. /
cludit hosllbus Jugam,
mitites intinert en- ah exercitu, lie prevents the enemy's escape, pre-

aliqua

re. to

vents the march of the soldiers, cuts them off from the army.
lius accusatori aqua atqu<
-dixit, Vitellius forbade the accuser
the use of water and fire (i. e. exiled him).
1

2. In the passive the dative or ablative remain, and the accusative


becomes the nominative. E. Lr Ara aspergttur sanguine or sanguis
arae aspergXtur.
Duabus quasi a naturd induii sumus
We
are by nature furnished as it were with two persons.
Doctrinis a
puer
i <h!t The age of boyhood ought to be furnished with
instruction.
Interdicdmur aqua tt igni, Let us be prohibited from the
use of water and fire.
.

LESSON

DATIVE AFTER PARTICLES.

63.]

3G9

DATIVE AFTER PARTICLES.


E.
are

The

dative

also

is

put after certain particles.

Such-

1
Adverbs, especially those derived from adjectives which covern
the dative.
As propius, proxime, cominus, obirfam, praesto ; convenienter, congruenter, constanter, amice, &c.
E. g. Propius Tiberi, quam
%kermopylis, Nearer to the Tiber than to Thermopylae.
Quam proxwie kostium castris, As close to the enemy's camp as possible. Obviam
ire alicui, To go to meet anyone.
Convenienter naturae mvere, To
live agreeably to nature.
Bene mihi, bote vobis, bote omnibus, Health
to me, to you, to all (in drinking).
.

2.

The

interjections vae

Hei misero mihi Ecce


!

is

a talent of gold for vou

To

eat, to tale

and
tibi

hei,
'

tibi

E. g. Vae metis est!


talentum auri ! There

( Edo, ere, edi, is urn.


J QHbum sumere (capere, capessere'),

food.

Sing,

others.

<

manducare.

(^

Pees. Ind.

and

Hem

edo,

etlis

or

es, edit

or

C->t

Plur. edimus, editis or estis, edunt


Pres. Subj. Sing, edam or edim, edas or edis, edat or edit
Flue, edamus or edimus, edatis or editis, edant

To

eat or to

or edint.

Edere, manducare alrquid.

consume any-

thing as food (/runs.).


taste (anything as food
or drink).
To feed or live upon.

To

Gusto, are, avi, atom (aliquid).

Vescor,

(CARNE, LACTE,

&c.).

The breakfast.
The lunch.
The dinner.
The supper.
To breakfast
To eat a lunch.
To dine.
To sup.

Jentaculum,
Prandium, i,
(

dine at

Quota

have dined

* Sop page

loniz airo.

i.

iituin.

Cibum vespertinum sumere.

loena, ae, f.

('(cno, arc. a\

five.

Have you already dined

n.

Cibus vespertinus, i, in.


JentO, arc. a\ i. alum.
Prandco, ere, prandi, pransum.

At what time do vou dine


I

n.

i,

(sc. h(ira)

coenas

no.
Quinta cocik

libra quinta coeno.

Ecquid jam coenavisti ?


Coenavi profectojam dudum.

).

Several ether syncopated forms of this verb resemble those of esse, but
have c long by nature. K. g. edere or ess( ; ediiur or estur; ederem or essem
The teuses derived from
(Imperf. Subj.); e~ue, edtte or es, este (Imperat.), ^c.
the second and third roots arc regular.
I

LATIN GRAMMAR.

370

have dined earlier than yon.


Will you take a lunch with me

Ego

[LESSOX

matiirius coenavi qiuim

Ego cibum vespertinum sumo


us quam tu.
Ante me,
Post me,

Before me, you, him, us, &c.


After me, you, him, us, &c.

Did you breakfast before your


brother or after him?

Post

Niim

breakfasted after him.


wish to taste our wine ?
I do not wish to taste it.
On what do they live ?

Quo

an post

fni-

eum jentavi.
vis

vinum nostrum gustare

Gustare non

ciipio.

cibo vesciintur ?

Yescuntur pane atque

milk.

seri-

eum, nos, &c.


eum, nos, &c.

trem tiium

Do you

upon bread and

te,
te,

TJtrurn jentavisti ante

live

prandi.

Sumisne cibum vespertmum sero

I sup later than you.

They

me

Non possum jam dm

I cannot I have already eaten


my lunch.

sup late

tii.

Yisne prandium siimere apud

(mecum)

Do you

G?,.

liicte.

Tcnto, are, avi, alum.


[Experior, lri,pertus sum.

j"

To

try, to

make an

To

try,

endeavor

attempt.

do

Conor, ari, atus sum (aliquid facere).

Will you try (see) what you can


do ?

Yisne tentare (experiri), quid pds-

To

Fortunam

(to

anything).

sis?

try the fortunes of war.

belli tentare

seu expe-

riri.

Does your brother try


a letter

He

is

trying.

Are ye endeavoring

We

to write

to see ?

are not endeavoring.

Will you try to do

this

Tentatne frater tuns epistolam scribere (or ut epistolam seribat) ?


Tentat vero.
Numquid spectare conamini ?
!N6n conamur.
Yisne tentare hoc facere (lit hoc
facias) ?

have already tried (endeavored)


to do it.
You must try to do it better.
I

Id

facere

jam

tentavi

(conatus

sum).

Tentandum

est,

ut

rem melius

facias.

Have you

tried

(i.

e. tasted) this

wine ?
I have tasted it.
Whom are you looking for ?
I am looking for one of
brothers.
An uncle of mine.

A neighbor of ours.
A relation of yours.
(Some) one of his cousins.
(Some) one of their friends.

A certain friend of ours.

Gustavistine istud

vinum

Gustavi.

my

Quern quaeris ?
IJnum ex meis fratribus (quaero).

Unus ex (de) meis pdtruis.


Linus ex_(de) nostris viclnis.
(de) tuis cognatis.
Acquis ex (de) ejus consobrinis.
Aliquis ex (de) eorum amicis.
Quidam ex nostris amicis.

Unus ex


LESSON

THRASES AND EXERCISES.

63.]

To

look

or

inquire

Quaero, ere, quaeslvi, quaesltum

after

some one.

To

Do

aliquem.

Quaerere sen

inquire after something.

they inquire after any one

They

exquirere
(de aliqua re).

relations.

ndstris.

"Whom

We

Quern quaeritis ?
Quaerimus aliquem (quendam) de

are ye looking for ?


are looking for one of your

friends.

familiaribus

Are you looking


I

am

He

for anything V

is

to see

me

Tentatne me videre ?
\ Ecquid me visere ten tat

(iter).

Sane, te videre (visere) tentat.

The parents.
The acquaintance.

Parentes, um, m. pi.


Notus, i, m. : amicus, i, m.
Segmentum (frustum) panis.
Scyphus aquae.
Plagula (ae,/.) chartae.

A piece of bread.
A glass of water.
A sheet of paper.
(

piece, fragment, bit.

-<

The small piece, bit.


The little book.
The little house.
The little heart.
The little picture.
The little child, the baby.
The little boy.
The suckling.
The favorite, darling.

Fragmentum, i, n. (broken
Segmentum, i, n. (cut off).
Frustum,
Libellus,

i,

i,

n.*

m.

Domuncula,

aediciila, ae,/.

Corculum, i, n.
Imagiuncula, ae,/.
Infantiilus,

i,

n.

Puerculus, pupulus,

i,

m.

(Infans) lactcns, tis, m.


Deliciae, arum, pi.
; amores,

cis),

Exercise

um, f

m.

Tiro, onis, m.

apprentice.

off).

n. (bit).

i,

Frustiilum,

pi.

The

Quaero (exquiro, rdgo) viam

trying to see you.

The

triis.

Quaerisne aliquid

inquiring for the way.

Does he try

aliquid

Quaeruntne aliquem ?
Quaerunt vero (mum ex cognatis

are inquiring after one of

our

371

i,

discipulus (artifl-

vi.

121.

Not yet.
already dined ?
At what o'clock do you
At whose house (apud queni) do you
dine ?
I dine at six o'clock.
With whom did
dine ?
I dine at the house of a friend of mine.
I dined with a relation of mine.
What have
you dine yesterday ?
have eaten good bread, beef, apples, and cakes.
you eaten ?
have drunk good wine, good beer,
What have you drunk ?
Where does your uncle dine to-day ?
lie dines
and good cider.
He eats
with us.
At what o'clock does your father eat supper ?
Do you eat supj:>er earlier than he V
I eat
supper at nine o'clock.

Have you

We

We

* On these diminutives compare page 89.


f On these pluralia ionium see page 70.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

372

[LESSON

63.

At what
do you breakfast break At what o'clock did you eat supper yesterday
AYe ate supper What did you eat We ate only a
meat and a small piece of bread. When did your brother sup
Where are you going am going
He supped
my
of mine,
breakfast with him. Do you dine
a
order
Art thou
early We dine
hold my gloves
am
hold them. Who has held your hat? My servant
Has your
Will you try speak
has held
Have you ever
brother ever
do exercises He has
make a hat I have never
make one. Have we
tasted that beer? We have not tasted
Which wine do you
Have
wish
wish
that which you have
Have they
the Poles tasted
brandy They have tasted
They have not drunk much of Will you
drunk much of
tobacco have tasted
already. How do you

that cider Because I


good. Why do you not
What your name My name Charles Cardam not
What the name of your father? His name William
(Wilhehnus)
name not Frederic (Fredericus)'! No,
James (Jacubus).
a
you No,
an honor
supper later than

o'clock

lie.

fast at ten o'clock.

late.

little

after

to

to ?

father.

relation

in

to

willing to

late.

willing to

to

it.

tried to

I will try.

tried to

tried to

it

to taste ?

little

tried.

yet.

tasted.

to taste

that

it.

it ?

taste this

I find

it.

find

it

thirsty.

itis').

is

it ?

taste

it

is

is

is

Is his

it is

Is this

to

Exercise

Whom

disgrace.

it is

122.

are you looking for ?


I am looking for the man who has
sold a horse to me.
He is
Is your relation looking for any one ?
looking for an acquaintance of his.
Are we looking for any one ?
are looking for a neighbor of ours.
Whom dost thou look for ?
I look for a friend of ours.
Are you looking for a servant of
mine?
No, I am looking for one of mine.
Have you tried to
speak to your uncle ?
Have you
I have tried to speak to him.
tried to see my father ?
Have you been
I have tried to see him.
able to see him ?
I have not been able to see him.
After whom
do you inquire ?
I inquire after your father.
After whom dost
thou inquire ?
I inquire after the tailor.
Does this man inquire
after any one ?
He inquires after you.
Do they inquire after
you?
They do inquire after me.
Do they inquire after me ?
They do not inquire after you, but after a friend of yours.
Do you
inquire after the physician ?
What do
I do inquire after him.
you ask me for ?
I ask you for some meat.
What does your little
brother ask me for ?
He asks you for some wine and some water.
Do you ask me for a sheet of paper ? I do ask you for one.
How many sheets of paper does your friend ask for ? He asks for
two.
Dost thou ask me for the little book ?
I do ask you for it.
What has your cousin asked for ?
He has asked for a few apples
and a small piece of bread.
He has
Has he not breakfasted yet ?
breakfasted, but he is still hungry.
What does your uncle ask for ?
He asks for a glass of wine.
He
does the Pole ask for ?
asks for a small glass (scypMlus) of brandy.
Has he not already
drunk ?
He has already drunk, but he is still thirsty.

We

What

LESSON

SYNTAX OF THE GENITIVE.

64.]

Lesson LXIV.

pensum

373

sexagesimum

QUARTUM.

SYNTAX OF THE GENITIVE.

A noun

A.

Of what?
Ddmus
?'um.

na

determining another noun

answer to the question Whose


E.g.

genitive, in

Cae'saris.

Arbores

The house of

silvd-

nectaris.

Amor

Lectio Ubrorum.

virtutis.

Desideriuin

otii.

Spes

salutis.

Custos virtutum omnium vereciindia

Numa

The

trees

The property and

sunt

divini

resources of individuals constitute the wealth


of the state.
Numa was the institutor of divine
law, Servius the founder of all
the distinctions and orders in
the state.
The life of the dead depends upon
the memory of the living.

civitdtis.

aiictor juris

fiiit,

Servius cdnditor omnis in civitate discriminis ordinumque.

Yita mortuum in memdria

rum

Ctesar.

virtue.

est.

Singulorum facultates et cdpiae


divitiae

pat in the

Of whom?

of the forests.
The calamity of
war. Rivers of nectar.
The love of virtue. The reading
of books. The desire of ease.
The hope of safety.
Reverence is the guardian of every

Fliimi-

Belli calamitas.

is

vivo-

est pdsita.

Remarks.
1. The genitive serves to express a variety of relations, such as
origin or source, cause and effect, quantity, quality, measure, time,
character, the whole of a given mass or number, the object of an

activity, the material of

which anything

is

made, &c.

genitive thus depending on a noun may represent either the


subject or the object of the activity or state implied in this relation,
and is hence called either subjective or objective. Thus pater amat
gives rise to the subjective amor patris, the father's love (towards the
son) but (pater) amat flium, to the objective amorjilii, the (father's)
So also hominum facta, the deeds of
love of (i. e. towards) his son.
men, and lux solis, the light of the sun (subjective) but remedium
taedium laburis, disgust for labor.*
doloris, the remedy against pain
Sometimes, though rarely, both these genitives occur in the same construction
as, Caesaris transldtio pecuniarum, Csesar's transfer of the
Mulia
Attici memor officii, Mindful of the favor of Atticus.
funds.
Theophrasti orationis ornamenta, Many of the ornaments of Theo-

The

2.

* The relation expressed by the subjective genitive is in English indicated


bv the possessive case, or by "of"; that of the objective by "of," "for,"
"towards," " against," and similar prepositions.

LATIX GRAMMAR.

374
plirastus's style.

InexplebXlis

[LESSON

64.

konoruni Marii fames, Marius's insatia-

ble desire of honors.


3. Sometimes the context alone can determine whether a genitive
Thus nietus regis may be either the fear
subjective or objective.
entertained by the king, or the fear of the king entertained by some
one else. To prevent ambiguity, the Romans commonly put, instead
of the objective genitive, the accusative or ablative, with one of the
prepositions in or erga, towards in or adversus, against cum, with
ab or ex, from, on the part of, &c. E. g. Amor mens erga or in te,

is

My

affection for (towards) you.

cum

Metus ab

hoste,

Fear from the enemy.

Amicitia
or adversus aliquem, Hatred against any one.
Cura de republlcd, Anxiety for
allquo, Friendship for any one.

Odium

in

the commonwealth.

E. g.
4. The objective genitive is sometimes a personal pronoun.
Commendatio tui, The recommendation
Accusator mei, My accuser.
of you. Ratio sui, Regard for one's self. Misericordia vestri, Com-

Cura

passion on you.
jrenitive is

nostri,

Care for ourselves.

commonly represented by the

possessive

But the subjective


pronoun as, liber
;

mens, tuus, noster,* &c.

So fre5. The genitive is sometimes put instead of an appositum.


quently after vox, nomen, verbum, and vocabulum; as, Haec vox voluAppellatio domini, patris, The appellantatis, This word " pleasure."

Ex

amore nomen amicitlae ductum est, The


tion " master," " father."
name of friendship is derived from love. Triste est nomen ipsum
Thus also Arbor fici,
carendi, The very name of " want" is painful.

The

Promontorium Miseni, The promontory Alisenurn.

fig-tree.

An

adjective sometimes supplies the place of the genitive. E. g.


Venus Praxitelia
aliurum) vita, The life of others.
Aliena
Hercules Xenophonteus
Praxitelis), The Venus of Praxiteles.
Vis hiemCdis
Xenophontis) The Hercules delineated by Xenophon.
hostis) libido, The
(== Jiiemis'), The severity of winter. Hostilis
wantonness of the enemy.
6.

(=
(=

(=

(=

The

dative sometimes expresses a relation similar to that of the


in place of it.
E. g. Casfris praefectus, The combulwark of (to) liberty.
mander of the camp. Munimentum libertdti,
Legatus Jratri, The lieutenant of his brother. Caput Latio, the capital
of Latium.
Ego huic causae patronus exstiti, I have come out as the
defender of this cause. Natura tu illi pater es, consiliis ego, You are
his father by nature, and I by advice.
7.

genitive,

and stands

8.

The noun on which

This takes place,

the genitive depends

is

sometimes omitted.

* Yet this rule is sometimes reversed, the possessive pronoun being put instead of the genitive, and the latter for the former. E. g. Orlgo sui (= sua),
His origin.
Conspectus vestri (= Tester) venerabilis, Your venerable aspect.
And on the other hand, invidia, fiducia tua (for tui), Envy towards, confidence
Injuriae meae (for mei), Injuries done to me.
in you.
So always mea, tua,
sua, nostra, vestrd causa (never mei causa, like honunis causa), For my (your,
iScc.) sake, on my account.

LESSON

GENITIVE OF QUALITY.

64.]

375

a.) When it has already been expressed, and can easily be supplied
from the context. E. g. Julius quaestor Albucii fuerat, ut tu Verris.
Julius had been quaestor to Albucius, as you to Verres.
Animi lineamcnta sunt pulchriora, quam corporis, The features of the mind are
fairer than those of the body.
In portion, qui Menelai vocatur, Into
the port which is called the port of Menelaus.

When

b.)

uxor, films,

Ad

it is

filia,

one of the words aedes, homo,

civis, servus, libcrtus,

discipulus, sententia, or the ablative causa.

E.

g.

To

the temple of Vesta, of Jupiter Stator.


Verania Pisonis (sc. uxor), Verania, the wife of Piso.
Hasdrubal Gisgonis (sc. Jilius).
Caecilia Metelli (sc. Jilia).
Hujus
video Byrrhiam (sc. servum).
Flaccus Claudii (sc. Ubertus).
Vitandae suspicionis (sc. causa), For the sake of avoiding suspicion.
Contra Philonis (sc. sententiani), Against the opinion of Philo.
Vestae, Jovis Statoris (sc. aedem),

THE GENITIVE OF QUALITY AND MEASURE.


B. In connection with an adjective or numeral, the
genitive frequently expresses the relations of property,
quality, character, age, time, measure, or number. E. g.
Vir

et consilii

mdgni

et virtutis.

man

of great

judgment

and

virtue.

Oppidum mdximae

auctoritdtis.

Piier decern annorum.

Fossa quindecim pedum.


Classis septuaginta ndvium.
Claudius erat somni brevissimi, sc.
homo.
De lingua Latina securi es animi.
Juvenisevasitvere indolisregiae.
mille et ducentarum ndvium longdrum fiiit.

Classis

A town of distinguished authority.


A boy often years.
A ditch of fifteen feet.
A fleet of seventy ships.
Claudius was a

man

of very

little

sleep.

You

are unconcerned about the


Latin language.
He turned out really a youth of
royal disposition.
The fleet consisted of a thousand

and two hundred

galleys.

Remarks.

may also be expressed by the ablative with praedior ornatus understood, and the extent of time or space
by the accusative, with natus, latus, or longus expressed. E. g. Vir
man of (endowed with) the highest
summo ingemo (sc. praedxtus),
Puer
ditch fifteen feet wide.
genius.
Fossa quindecim pedes lata,
boy twelve years of age.
decern annos natus,
1.

The

quality

tus, instructus,
'

2. The accusatives secus, genus, pondo, and libram (or pi. libras),
occur instead of the genitive in expressions like liberi virile secus,
Male children. Aliquid id genus (== ejus generis), Something of that
kind.
Arcs omne genus (= omnis generis), Birds of every species.
Corona aureq lib ram pondo, A golden crown of a pound in weight.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

376

Willingly (gladly, with fondness).

More

Libentms, potlus

tance.

To do anything willingly
to do

To

(to like

it)

like,

take pleasure in any-

thing.

love, to

be fond of anything.

I like to see (look on).

I like to have (possess).

libentiori

Libentissime, libentissimo
Invito amino, gravate.

\ Invitus, a, um.
Facere aliquid libenter,
mo, lubens, &c.

ammo.

ammo.

libenti ani-

( Delector, ari, atus sum.


} Gaudeo, ere, gavisus sum.

To

64.

("
Cupide, libenter, libenti ammo.
\ Lubens, tis ; non invltus, a, um.

(eagerly,

-willingly

gladly).
Very (or most) willingly, &c.
relucUnwillingly,
with

[LESSON

(aliqua re.)

Amare

aliquid.

\ Appetere (-Ivi, Itum) aliquid.


j Delector spectare.
\ Jiivat* me spectare.
Delector (me juvat) habere (possidere).

(am fond of

I like to study

my

studies).
I like to eat, drink.

Gaudeo studiis litterarum.


Ego litteris studere delector.

Juvat

Delector edere, bibere.

me

edere, bibere.

I like to be called diligent.


Amo vocari diligens.
Do you like (are you fond of) 5 Delectarisne bibere vinum ?
wine ?
\ Appetisne vinum ?
I do like it. I am very fond Delector vero. Maxime appeto.
of it.
Is

he fond of fish

He
Do

is

fond of them.
like a large hat

you

No, I

like

small

Juvatne eum comedere pisces

\ Appetitne pisces ?
Jtivat.
Appetit.
?

(a

tight)

Niini pileo aniplo delectaris (gaiides) ?


Immo vero arcto gaudeo (delector).

one.

Do you

like to

hear

my brother ?

I do like to hear him.


I do not like to hear him.
I am extremely fond of hearing
him.

am

extremely anxious to see


him.
Do they like to do it ?
They do not dislike to do it.
I

Chicken.
Fowl.

* An
eum, &c.

impersonal verb

Ecquid fratrem meum aiidis libenti


animo ?
Audio eum non invitus.
Ego eum invito animo audio.
Audio eum libentissime.
Flagro cupiditate ejus videndi.
Faciiintne id (hoc) libenter ?

Id non

inviti faciunt.

(Caro) gallinacea.
Altiles,}^/?/. or altilia,

" It pleases, delights me.'

n.p>l.

Perfect: Juvit mc,

te,

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

64.]

ium

Pisces,

Fish.
Pike.

177

(pi. o/piscis,

Esoces, pi. of esox,

Salmon.

Trout.

Do you

ocis,

is,

m.).

m.

Salmones, pi. o/salmo, onis, m.


*Truttae, pi. q/*trutta, cte,f.

like (are you fond of)


chicken, fowl, pike ?
I like all these things very well.

comedere gallinaceesoces ?
Ea omnia maxime appeto.
( Comedere non delector.

I do not like them.

Delectarisne

am,

(_

By
To

heart ; from memory.


learn by heart, to commit

Omnia haec non comedo

nisi invi-

tus.

Memoriier (Adv.)

ex memorial.

Edisco, ere, edullci,

Memoriae mandare, or committere

memory.

to

alti'lia,

(aliquid).

To commit verbally,

in part.

Ediscere aliquid ad verbum, per


partes.

To know by

Memoria

heart.

memoria ha-

tenere, in

bere (aliquid).

Have you

learnt your exercises

by heart

Edidicistisne pensa imperata ?

We have learnt them.


We have faithfully committed

Memoriae ea

them to memory.
Do you know them by heart

(commisimus).
Tenesne ea memoria?

I do not

Do

know

Non

them.

your scholars

by heart ?
They do not like
Does he learn
heart ?
Pie does
word.

like to learn

his

it

often ?
times f

teneo.

Ecquid

discipuli

tiii

memoriae com-

lesson

by

word

for

Ediscit vero ad verbum.

How many

How

mandavimus

fideliter

mittere delectantur ?
Non delectantur.
Ediscitne j^ensum siium ?

it.

commit

Edidicimus profecto.

Six times a day, a month, a

Quam

saepe

Quoties

QuotXens 1

SexXes in die, in mense, in anno.

year.

Once, twice, three, four, five


times a week.
(C page
317, note

How many
day

Semel,
in

bis, ter, quater,

quinquies

hebdomade.

f.)

times do you eat a

Quoties in die cibum siimere soles

I eat three times a day.


Does he eat as often as I ?

Ego

Editne (estne) tiim saepe


ego ?

quam

He

Saepius edit quam tu


quinquies in die.

siimit

he eats five
eats oftener
times a day.
What time (of the day) do you
go out V
;

32*

ter in die

cibum

ciipere sdleo.

cibum

Quo tempore in publicum prdditis ?

LATIN GRAMMAR.

373

We go out early in the morning.

Prodimus
mane.
Si

If (conjunction).

intend to buy wood ?


buy some, if they
pay me what they owe me.
Do you reply, if (when) you are
asked (questioned).

(=

s%,

&

Indie.

Subj.).

tibi

Cdgito vero aliquantum emere,


mihi pecunias debitas sdlvunt.

Respondesne,
ns ?
Respdndeo.

do reply.
weather

publicum prima luce

debeo solvere edgito,


pecuniam meam acci'pio.
Cogitasne emere lignum V

Do you

of

in

64.

si

I do intend to

TJie

(cum

Ego quod

I intend to pay what I owe you,


if I receive my money.

[LESSON

Tempestas,

state

the weather).

si

atis,

coeli status,

(cum) interroga-

f.

its,

si

coelum,

i,

n.

m.

Tempestas bona, serena, opportuna.

Good, clear, favorable weather.

Bad,

windy,
weather.

Warm,

unfavorable

Tempestas mala, ventosa, adversa.

very

Tempestas

cold,

weather.
Severe,
stormy,
weather.

Dark,

moist,

dirty,

cold

calida,

frigida,

perfri-

gida.

cloudy

Tempestas vehemens, turbulenta,

rainy

Tempestas turbida, humida, spurca,

nebulosa.
pluvidsa.

weather.
Steady, excellent weather.
dry state of the atmosphere.
fine, clear, serene sky
(weather).
Changeable,
inconstant
weather.

Tempestas

certa, egregia.

Sicca coeli qualitas

Sudum coelum coelum serenum.

What

Yarium coelum

of weather is it ?
the weather'?
It is fine weather at present.
What sort of weather was it yes-

at\s,f

varietas coeli.

Qualis tempestas est

Quae

est

coeli qualitas ?

is

terday

siccitas,

sort

How

Tempestas mine
Qualis

est

bona (serena).

tempestas

erat

hesterna

(heri) ?

The weather was bad

Malus erat

How

Qualis est coeli status hodiernus ?


Sudum (serenum) hddie est coelum.

is

yesterday.
the weather to-day ?

It is fine, clear

weather to-day.

Tempestas hodierna neque perfrigida neque praecalida est.


Estne coeli status lividus ?
Nimia est siccitas.

neither very cold nor very


to-day.
Is the weather damp (moist) ?
It is

warm

The weather

is

too dry.

Dark, obscure.

coeli status heri.

Coeli qualitas nimis sicca est.

Tenebricdsus, a, um.
1 Coecus, a, um.
Caliginosus,

a,

um.

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

64.]

Obscure, dusky, gloomy.

It is

No,

a,

um.
um.

{ Subobscurus, a,
Clarus, a, um.
J

Clear, light.

Is it

Obscurus,

379

Illustris, is, e.

um.

Dry.

Siccus, a,

gloomy in your room ?


somewhat gloomy in it.

Estne cubiculum tiium obscurum ?


Est vero subobscurum.
tmmo vero admodum est clurum

it is

quite light in

it.

(illustre).

Is the night

a dark one

?
j"

Is it

moonlight

?
(

It

is.

There

is

Ndx

no moonlight

We have too much


We have no rain.
To perceive
1
v

to-night.
sun.

(to
notice,
v

mark,

Do you perceive the soldiers who


are going into the storehouse

Vid ere.

Cerm'sne milites

Observdre.

hdrreum inhorreum ine-

lllos

Cerno vero

eos, qui intro eunt.

Ego infantulum ludentem


Video

hdmincm,

meam
I perceive him, who is coming.
I see also him, who owes me

notavisti ?

notavi.

troeiintes (qui in

unt)
I perceive those who are going in.
I see the child which plays
(played).
I see the man who has my money.

ceptum.

cepi,

< Lenio, ere, crevi, cretum.

Nullum (neminem)

have perceived no one.

pecumam

qui

tenet.

Ego eum, qui


Video

video.

venit, percipio.

eum (eum qudque),

et

qui

mihi peciiniam debet.

money.

The

expers imbrium.

est

( (OoUl^percipio, ere

Ecquem (num quem)

silet.

est solis.

l^Notdre.

Have you perceived any one

Luna

est illunis.

Nimis
Terra

'

Estne ndx caliginosa


Estne lumen lunae ?
Lucetne luna ?
Est.
Lucet vero.

Miles,

soldier.

itis,

Qudque

Also (likewise).

m.

(jjut

after

the

emphatic

icord), et, etiam.

Exercise

123.

I do not perceive him.


Do you perceive the man who is coming ?
What do you perceive ? I perceive a great mountain and a small
I perceive it also. Do
house. Do you not perceive the wood ?

you perceive the men who are going

into the garden?


I do not
perceive those who are going into the garden, but those who are going
Do you see the man to whom I have lent money ?
to the market.
I do not see the one to whom you have lent, but the one who has
I
Have you perceived the house of my parents ?
lent you some.
I do not like a large
Do you like a large hat ?
have perceived it.
What do you like to do V
I like to
hat, but a large umbrella.
I do like to see them.
Do you like to see those little boys ?
write.


LATIN GRAMMAR.

380

Do you

[LESSON 6U

Does your brother like eider ?


like beer ?
I like it.
lie does not like it.
They like wine
What do the soldiers like ?
and water.
I like both.
Do
Dost thou like wine or water ?
They like to study and to play.
these children like to study ?
Do
I like to read and to write.
you like to read and to write ?
Four times.
many times do you eat a day ?
often do your
children drink a day ?
They drink several times a day.
Do you
How many times a year
I drink oftener.
drink as often as they ?
He goes thither twice a year.
does your cousin go to the ball ?
Do you go thither as often as he ? I never go thither.
Does your
He goes thither every morning.
cook often go to the market ?
Do you often go to my uncle's ? I go to him six times a year. Do
you like fowl ?
I do like fowl, but I do not like fish.
What do
you like ?
What fish
I like a piece of bread and a glass of wine.
does your brother like ?
He likes pike.
Do you learn by heart
I do not like learning by heart.
Do your pupils like to learn by
heart ?
They like to study, but they do not like learning by heart.
How many exercises do they do a day ? They only do two, but
they do them well.
Do you like coffee or tea?
I like both.
Do you read the letter which I have written to you ? I do read it.

Do

you understand

How

How

'?

Do you

it ?
I do understand it.
underspeaks to you ?
I do not understand him
"Why do you not understand him
I do not understand him because
he speaks too badly.
Have you received a letter ?
I have received
one.
Will you answer it ?
I am going to answer it (RescripWrus
sum).

stand the

man who

'?

'?

Exercise

124.

Do you intend going to the theatre this evening?


I do intend
going thither, if you go.
Has your father the intention to buy that
horse ?
He has the intention to buy it, if he receives his money.
Has your cousin the intention to go to England
He has the intention to go thither, if they pay him what they owe him.
Do you intend going to the ball ?
I do intend going thither, if my friend goes.
Does your brother intend to study German ?
He does intend to
study it, if he finds a good master.
How is the weather to-day ?
It is very fine weather.
Was it fine weather yesterday ? It was

bad weather yesterday. How was the weather


morning
was bad weather, but now
weather.
warm
warm or cold
very warm.
not cold
not
neither warm nor
Did you go the country the day
before yesterday
did not go
Why did you not go
thither
did not go
because
was bad weather. Do
you intend going into the country to-morrow do intend going

the weather
your room
not
Do you wish work mine do wish work

Can you work in


there
very
"Why can you not work
your small room. cannot work
there? cannot work there because
too dark. Where
too dark? In my small room.
that hole?

this

fine

it is

Is

It

it

Is

cold.

It is

cold.

is

Is it

it

'?

thither, if

light in

it.

is fine.

to

it.

Is it light

thither."

thither,

It is

to

It

it

It is

Is

light in

it

in

It is

to

in

light there.

there.

Is

it

is

it

light in

is it

It is

LESSON

GENITIVE OF THE WHOLE.

65.]

381

It is damp there.
Is the
not damp.
Is the weather dry ?
It is not moonlight
Is it moonlight V
it is very
damp.
Why is the weather dry ? Because we have too much sun
and no rain.
When do you go into the country ? I intend going
thither to-morrow, if the weather is fine, and if we have no rain.
Of what does your uncle speak ?
He speaks of the fine weather.
Do you speak of the rain ?
do speak of it.
Of what do
those men speak ?
They speak of fair and bad weather.
Do they
not speak of the wind ?
They do also speak of it.
Dost thou
speak of my uncle ?
Of whom dost thou
I do not speak of him.
speak ?
Do you inquire after
I speak of thee and thy parents.
any one ?
I inquire after your uncle
is he at home ?
No, he is

dark there.
Is
weather damp ?
It is too dry.

it

dry in the street?

The weather

is

We

at his best friend's.

Lesson LXV.

pensum

sexagesimum quin-

TUM.
THE GENITIVE OF THE WHOLE.
Nouns denoting a measure

A.

or weight, and adjec-

pronouns of the neuter gender denoting a


are followed by the genitive of the whole.
The principal words of this class are

tives or

part,

Substantives denoting,
.) Definite measure; as, medimnum,
modais, concha ; amphora, congXus ; sextarius, hemina ; jugerum (of
land) punctum, vestigium (of time), b.) Definite weight; as, as,
libra, pondo, uncia, mina, talentum.
c.) Quantity or number in general
as, mensura, modus, vis, copia, multitude, acervus, numerus, grex,
globus, &c, and negatively nihil.
1.

2. The nominative and accusative of the neuter adjectives* tantum,


quantum, aliquantum, multum, plus, amplius, plurlmum, parum, minus,
minimum, nimium, dimidium, reUquum, aliud.
3. The nominative and accusative of the neuter pronouns hoc, id,
illud, idem, quod, quid, with their compounds aliquid, quidquam, quiddam, quidquid, &c.

4.

The adverbs

sat, satis,

abunde, affdtim, parum, partim, and minis.

Examples.
Conon pecuniae quinquaginta
lenta civibus

siiis

ta-

donavit.

Caesar pdpulo praeter frumenti

* Which

in this construction are,

Conon made

his fellow-citizens

present of fifty talents.


In addition to ten measures of corn

however, always employed substantively.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

382
de'nos

modios ac tdtidem

bras, trecenos

dleili-

qudque niimmos

viritim divi-it.
Injtigere Leontinidgrimedimnum
fere tritici seritur.

Flumina jam

lactis,

jam flumina

nectaris ibant.
Justi'tia nihil expetit^jrefcu.

L'ndique

ad inferos tantundem

vide est.

Romani ab

sole orto in

multum

diet stetere in aeie.

Galli hoc sibi soldt'd

proponebant

tantum ho'stium, quod ex adverso erat, conspexit.


Ti'bi idem consUii do. quod mi/'/

himet ipsL
Quid causae est, cur philosophos
nonlegant?

and

a?

[LESSOX

many

6.5.

libras of

oil, Caesar
the people
three hundred sesterces to each.
At Leontini nearly a mcdhnnuin
of wheat is usually sown on an
acre of land.
Now streams of milk, now streams
of nectar flowed.
Justice seeks no reward.
The distance to the other world is
the same from every place.
The Romans stood in battle array
from sunrise till late in the day.
The Gauls proposed this consolation to themselves.
He saw only so much of the enemy
as was in front of him.
I give you the same advice as I do
to myself.
What is the reason why they do
not read the philosophi

also

among

divided

Remarks.
1. After the neuter pronouns and adjectives hoc, id, Ulud^aliqwd,
quid ? quantum, &c the genitive is sometimes again a neuter adjective
used substantively; a<. aliquid boni, quiddam mali, quid unci? &c
This construction is, however, confined to adjectives of the second
declension.
Those of the third, and comparatives in us, generally
remain adjectives in agreement with the pronoun as, aliquid turpe\
mi morabUe ; * uu Uus ahquid quid gravius f
:

2. The genitives gentium, terrdrum, loci, and locorum after the adverbs ubi, ubique, ubicunque, usquam, nusquam, unde, hie, hue,
eodem, quo, quocunque, quoquo, aliquo, and longt serve to add emphasis to the expression.
E. g. Ubi gentium?
Ubi terrdrum? Where in
the world V
Aliquo terrdrum, Somewhere, in some place or another.
Quo loci for quo loco ; eodem loci for eodem loco. To these add the
expressions of time, ad id focorum, up to that time adhuc locurum,jxp
to this time
interea loci, meanwhile
postea loci, afterwards.
:

3. The adverbs hue, eo, and quo, in the sense of "degree" or "extent." are also put with a genitive.
E. g. Hue arrogantiae, To this
degree of arrogance. Eo insolendae, To that extent of insolence.

Quo amentioi
4.
tridie,

? To what degree (extent) of folly?


Other adverbs construed with the genitive are pridie and

and,

among

the later writers, turn or tunc.

E. Lr

Pridie

>

* But in connection with one of the second declension, sometime* nho the
genitive; as, aUqtddnovi ac memorabiHs; gtadquam, turn dico lir'U.*. ted hum
So, on the other hand, adjectives of the second declension are often in agreement with the pronoun; as, aliquid bonum, novum, equally correct.


LESSON

65.]

GENITIVE AFTER PARTITIVES.

on the day before (thai); postridie ejus


day * turn (tunc) temporis, at that time, then.
diei,

diei,

383
on the following

5. Neuter adjectives in general, both singular and plural, are often


employed substantively with a genitive by the poets aud the proseE. g. Ad summuni montis, To the top of the
writers of a later date. J
mountain. ReUquum noctis, The rest of the night. Medium and sediei, The middle of, late in, the day.
In medio aedium, In the
midst of the house.
Extremo aestatis, In the latter part of the summer.
Summa (= summae partes) pectoris. The upper parts of the
chest.
Cujusque artis difficilima, The most difficult parts of every art.
In occuliis reconditisque templi, In the secret recesses of the temple.
SubXla belli, The surprises of war.
Incerta casuum, The uncertainties
of chance.
Infrequentissima urbis, The most unfrequented parts of

rum

the city.
G. "When the adverbs of quantity sat, satis, aliunde, ajjfatim, parum %
partim, and mmis arc followed by the genitive, they may be regarded
E. g. Satis honorum, satis suas substantives of the neuter gender.
perque vitae erat, There were honors enough, there was life enough,
and even more than enough. Potentiae gloriaeque abunde, An abundance of power and glory. - [ffatim st homXnum, There is a sufficiency
of men.
Nimis insidiarum, Too many
Lepuris parum, But Little wit.
stratagems.
Eorum partim in jxatipa, partim in acie illustres sse eo/ucrunt, Some of them wished to distinguish themselves by their display,
and others on the battle-field.
<

The demonstratives

id and tantum are sometimes omitted when


quantum follows. E. g. M'd~t<<> mercedis quantum poscet,
promitti jubeto, Let the doctor le promised as large a lee as he demands.
JRomdnus exercttus, quod inter Palatinum Capitolinumque
c<>!h in campi est, compleverat, The Roman army had filled the space
included between the Palatine and Capitoline hills.
7.

rptod or

8.

The

"up
Up to

genitive also occurs before the preposition tenus,

and sometimes

after interjections.

E.g.

J'<>-!nris

tenus,

mihi nuntii beati! () blessed harbinger to


heu tac'tfi.' Alas tor the tacit alliance

chest.

to,"

the
Foederis

me!

GENITIVE AFTER PARTITIVES.


B. Partitives, including nouns, adjectives, pronouns,
numerals, and adverbs, denoting a number, division, or
part of a plurality, arc followed by the genitive plural
of the whole.

The

partitives susceptible of this construction are,

* But more frequently with the accusative; as pridU or postridie urn <litm.
By Livy and Tacitus
f By Cicero ana Caesar rarely except in the plural.
i

both numbers.
frequently
Tantum mercedis, quantum.
\
\ For id campi, quod.
in

384

LATIN GRAMMAR.

[LESSON

65.

1. Substantives denoting a certain number of countable objects,


such as centurm, leglo, cdhors, manipulus ; also p> ars dectma or decuma, nihil, &c.
i

The pronouns

2.

uter, alter, neuter, utcrqite cdteruter, alius, sola*,

and their compounds quieunque, quisSo also multi, plunmi, plerique, pauci, quol, quot&c.
cunrjue, quotus, quotas quisque, aliquot, tot, ceteri, and reliqui.
nullus, nemo,

qms,

ille,

hie, quls, qui,

ediquis,

3. Comparatives and superlatives, inclusive of a few adjectives of


superlative signification, like iinus (the only one), medius, princeps.

Numerals, both cardinal and ordinal.

4.

Servius Tullius e'quitum duddecim


scripsit centiirieis.

omnium rerum melius, quam


dmnis miindus administrator.
Piscium feminae majdres quam
mares sunt.
Promulgavere legem, ut cdnsulum
alter ex plebe crearetur.
jVi/di

Animdlium

dliei

rationis cxpertia

sunt, alia ratione utentia.

Examples of

all

these

Servius Tullius enrolled twelve


squadrons of horse.
Of all things nothing is better regulated than the entire universe.
Female fishes are larger than the
males.
They promulgated a law, that one
of the consuls should be chosen
from among the people.
Some animals are destitute of reason, and others endowed with
it.

U/erque nostrum ad siium stiidium


libellos evolvebat.
Cum niillo hdstium linquam con-

our respective studies.


never fought with any of his

scripts for

He

enemies.

grc>ssus est.

Nemo

Both of us were unfolding manu-

mortdlium omnibus hdris

No man

is

wise at

all

times.

sapit.

Many, the

rest of these trees.

Multae, ceterae istarum drborvm.


Par cuilibet superidrum regum.

Equal

Quotus rjuisque pJiilosophorwn

How many among

any one of the preceding

to

kings.
?

the

philoso-

~N eque stult or um

quisquqm beatus,

neque sapieniium non beatus.


Prior Itorum in proelio

cecidit.

phers i
Xot a single fool was ever a happy
man, nor a wise man not happy.
The former of these fell on the
battle-field.

Major Xeronum.

Senidres Pa-

trum.

Gedlnrum omnium fortissimi sunt


Belgae.
Aristides unus

mus

omnium

justissi-

fuisse traditur.

The

elder of the Xeros.


The
senior senators.
The bravest of all the Gauls are
the Belgae.
Ari>tides is said to have been the
most just of all (his contemporaries).

Quorum

qudttuor cdnsules, duo


dictator ac magister equltum
fuerunt.

Of whom

four were consuls, and


two dictator and lieutenant-dic-

tator.

LESSON

GENITIVE AFTER PARTITIVES.

65.]

385

Remarks.
The

may take the place of the


The rest of our order.
Roman nation. Tonus inju-

genitive singular of a collective

E.

genitive plural.

Primus Romdni
stitiae nulla,

g. Ceteri nostri ordinis,

The first of the


the instances of injustice, none, &c.

generis,

Of all

Poets (and sometimes other writers) extend this construction to


and to substantives denoting a part
of a genus. E. g. Nigrae landrum, Black wool.
Veleres Romanorum
ducum, The older Roman generals. Degeneres canum. Dogs of degenerate breed. Penna/orum an'nnalXum bubo et otus, Of the winged
animals the owl and the horn-owl.
So also the perfect participle:
Delectl eqiiitum, The select of the horsemen.
Expediti militum, The
light-armed portion of the army.
To these add omnes and cuncti,
when they are used in the sense of singuli. E. g. Omnes Tarquinii
generis, Every one of the family of Tarquin.
Cunctae provinciarum,
All of the provinces.
2.

adjectives of the positive degree,

3. The partitive (pronoun or adjective) commonly takes the gender of its genitive (as in all the above examples), but sometimes also
that of another noun expressed or implied in its connection.
E. g.
Indus omnium flununum maxXmus, The Lulus the largest of all rivers.
Hordeum frugum omnium molissimum* est, Barley is the softest of all
grain.
(Ego), qui plurima mala omnium Graecorum in domum tuam
intuit, I who of all the Greeks have done your house the greatest

injury.
4. An adverb may take the place of the partitive.
E. g. Caesar
omnium fere oratorum Latlne loquitur elegantissime, Caesar speaks the
most elegant Latin of nearly all the orators. Gallus maxim e omnium
nobilium Graecis litteris studuit, Of all the Roman nobles Gallus paid

most attention

to the literature of Greece.

The noun denoting

5.

with the partitive.

E.

the whole

altera occlsa, altera capta


killed

and

Duae

g.

in the same case


duarum Jiliarum) harum,
two daughters, the one was

sometimes put

(=

Of their
prisoner.
This

est,

and the other taken

is

filiae

is

done

chiefly

by poets

historians.

G. Instead of the genitive, the prepositions ex, d<\ inU r. in, and ante
arc sometimes used, especially after superlatives, numerals, and unus.
E. g. Acerrlmus ex omul hut nostri* sensibus, The acutest of all our
senses.
Unus ex (or do) multis, One out of many. Acerrimus inter
Sapientissimus in
recusantes, The most violent among those refusing.
Ex quibus
septem, The wisest among the seven (sages of Greece).
(sc.Jiliis) rellquit duos, Of which (i. e. number of sons) she has left
two.
7. When the partitive denotes the entire number referred to, it
stands in the same case with its noun. E. g. (Xos) trecenti conjuror
vlmus, Three hundred of us have conspired. Numerate, quot ipsi silis,

* Superlatives thus frequently prefer the gender of the noun


With them.

33

in

agreement

LATIN GTIAMMAK.

38G

[lessox

G.">.

Count how many there are of you in all. Nostri (posa. pronS) septuaginta cecidtrunt, Our men, seventy in number, it'll.
Neque hi udmo(him sunt multi, Kor does the (entire) number of these amount to
many. (Cf. Lesson XVIII. G.)

When

the pronouns and adjectives above enumerated as partido not denote parts of a whole, they stand adjectively in agreement with their nouns.* E. g. Alter consul, doctissimus Romanus,
8.

tives

multi, pauci, aliquot homines,

the English

is

In

tot annos, quot habet, &c.


generally a safe guide.

To speak of anything

to

this respect

De

any

attqua re loqui (sermimem ha<< rim facere)


cum aliquo
{<i<l aliquem).

one.

bere,

see the man, of whom I


have spoken to you ?
I do not see the paper, of which
you speak.
I have purchased the horse, of
which you have spoken to me.
Has your father the books, of
which I am speaking ?
I see the boy whose brother has
killed my dog V
I see the child, whose father set

ldquor ?
Vidsnepiierum,ci(/usfratercdriem
nieum neCU it ?
Video infantem, ciijus pater heri

out yesterday.
I see the man, whose dog you

Video hdminem,

Do you

Videsne hdminem, de quo ego

cum locurus sum ?


Ego cluirtain, de qua

Ego equum, de quo mecum Bermonem habuisti, peciinia eomparavi.


Habetne pater

profectus

de-

wish to take (rent)

my

stroyed by fire).

Do you
house
I

ciijus

ciinem ne-

conduxisti.

ductum.

ere, duxi,

Deflagro, are, avi, alum.


Igni absumere.
Flamma deteri.

Visne meas aedes condiicere

do not wish to take it.


see the man. whose house
(home) is burnt down ?

Nolo eas condiicere.


Videsne hdminem,
deflagravit

deleta est)
I

est.

ego emi.
Vidi mercatdres, quorum tabernam

<

Do you
I

de quibus

Videsne homines, quorum equum

Conduco,
be

tiius Iibros,

cavisti.

take (hire, rent).


(to

non

ldqueris,

video.

have killed.
Do you see the people, whose
horse I have bought ?
I have seen the merchants, whose
shop you have taken.

To
To burn down

te-

do see him.
have had a talk with the man,
whose library has been burned.

(igni

ciijus

domus

absiimpta

or

Video.

Ego cum hdmine,


nammis deleta

cujus bibliotheca
est,

colloquium

haljui.

Have you read

the book, which I

have lent you.


* Except
(piod

lit

tibi

commo-

davi?

which is always Itorwn, illorum, quorum uttrque.


exemplum, both of which examples.

ttterque,

r unique

Legistine librum, quern

But

also

LESSON
I

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

65.]

have read

Have you

Factum est.
Habesne chartam, quae

it.

the paper which you

want (need)
I have that which I want (need).
I have what I want (need).
"Which book have you ?
I have that which I want.

He

nails has the

man

opus

tibl

est?

'!

Which

387

Habeo quae mi'hi opus


Habeo quod mihi opus
Quern librum habes ?
Earn, quae mihi opus

Quos

has those which he needs.

elavos

est.

est.

est.

homo habet

Eos, quibus indiget (qui ei opus


sunt).

Quae

Which

digitabula habet ?
Digitabula fratris habet.
Video liberos, quibus mala dedisti.

gloves has he ?
He has those of his brother.
I see the children to whom you

gave apples.

Of which men do you


I

De

speak.

Towards

take the

Ad

way

Dresdam, Romam versus.*


Via (iter) Berolinum (versus).
Via (iter) a Berolmo Dresdam versus (or ad Dresdam).

Dresden.

to

meridiem versus.

direct

(to

Iter d/h/uo
)

'iirsuiii

movere (nmvi, mdium).

suum dliquo

dirigere (rexi,

~)

r<

enter upon (to take) a

way
Which way

liberi dili-

In Italiam versus.

one's course towards).

To

quorum

gentes fuerunt.

Towards the south.


Towards Italy.
Towards Dresden, Rome.

To

lis,

Te?*sus (prep.).

(to).

The way to Berlin.


The way from Berlin

quibus hominibus loqueris

Loquor de

speak of those whose children


have been assiduous.

c/itiu).

Viam

or

Iter iriire

or ingredi.

(road).

Qudrsum

has he taken ?

iter

movit (ciirsum suum

dircxit).

He

has taken the

way

to Lcip-

sic

Which way

will

I will take (enter

And

have
I

He

you take
upon)

this

-)

way.

I that one.

So
I

that.

lost

my

so that

out.

He

was also eloquent, so that no


one excelled him in eloquence.
(to such an extent or dethat.
gree)

Quam viam

inire vis ?

hanc inire (ingredi) cogito.


Et ego illam.
fcgo

money,

cannot pay you.


is sick, so that he cannot go

So

movit Lipsiam versus.


Ciirsum suum Lipsiam direxit.
Qudrsum iter movere vis?

Iter

7 (eonj.

with the subj.).

meam perdidi, ut tibi


sdlvere non pdssim (non queam).
Aegrotus est, ut in publicum prodire non pdssit.
Fiiit et disertus, ut nemo ei par
esset eloquentia.

Peciiniam

Ita (sic, tam, eo, adeo, usque to)


id (with the subj.).

* Compare Lesson LVI.

B. and

C.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

388

He

loved him so much, that he


commonly regarded as

Eum

was

[LESSON

sic diligebat, ut is

haberetur

65.

ejus viilgo

fi'lius.

his son.

Was

he so stupid as to consider

that

Adeone erat

For

Nam:

(conjunct.).

pay you for I have no


money.
He cannot come to your house
for he has no time.
Advice is difficult, I see for I

I cannot

am

alone.

Ego

.lut

Obs.

or.

The

disjunctive

and a mutual exclusion of


mere verbal difference. E.

Am

I slave to you, or

Enough

illam vitam

of our

affairs,

you

enim (with the indie).

tibi

debitum solvere nequeo.

non

potest.

Video difficile esse consilium.


culm* solus.

el

Sice

C.

itt

Nam pecunia careo.


Ddmum tiiam venire
Nam dtium ei deest.
A ut,

Or (disjunctive conj).
Either

stiiltus,

esse arbitraretur ?

life ?

Sum

vel, -ve.

out.
vel.

sice.

ant implies essential difference,


Vel and the enclitic ve, a

things.
g.
to

or (and)

even too much.

Tibi ego, aut tu mihi servus

De ndstris rebus
mium miilta.

satis, vel

sum

etiam ni-

I maintain that things which can

Esse ea dico, quae cerni tangire

be seen or touched are real.


Either no one was ever a wise
man, or if any one, Cato was.

Ant nemo,

Every body

Oinne corpus aut aqua, aut

either water, or
or earth, or some
mixture of these, or a part of
air,

or

is

fire,

them.

The

poets were recognized or


received by the Romans at a
comparatively late period.
The laws of the Cretans, which
either Jove or Minos established, inured their youth to
hardships.

* Enim

rarely stands in the

first

pdssunt.
sapiens

aut,

si

quisquam, Cuto

fiiit
:U : r,

aut ignis, aut terra est, ant aliquid, quod est concretum ex his,
aut ex aliqua parte eorum.
Serius a Romanis poetae vel cdgniti vel recepti sunt.

Cretum leges, quas sive Jupiter,


sice Minos sanxit,J labdribus eriidiunt juventutem.

of the clause; nam, on the other hand,

always.

was comparatively late before the Roman? e/^er recognized (knew)


t
or received poets among them. Here vel is used, because the notion of recoge. It

nizing and receiving do not exclude or contradict each other.


sive express complete indifference, and are hence often rendered
| Sive
" Whether Jove or Minos, no matter which of the two," or
or.
whether
"Either Jove or Minos, as you may choose to have it."

by


LESSON

EXERCISES

65.]

389

125, 126.

Exercise

125.

He was taken ill, so that he


Did your cousin learn German ?
Has your brother learnt it ?
could not learn it.
He had not a
Do you go to the ball
good master, so that he could not learn it.
I have sore feet, so that I cannot go to it.
this evening ?
Did you
I do not know English, so that I
understand that Englishman ?
Have you bought that horse?
could not understand him.
I had
Do you go into the country
no money, so that I could not buy it.
on foot ?
I have no carriage, so that I must go thither on foot.
Have you seen the man from whom I received a present ?
I have
Have you seen the fine horse of which I spoke to
not seen him.
Has your uncle seen the books of which
I have seen it.
you ?
He has seen them.
Hast thou seen the man
you spoke to him ?
I have not seen him.
whose children have been punished ?
To
whom were you speaking when you were in the theatre? I was
speaking to the man whose brother has killed my fine clog.
Have
you seen the little boy whose father has become a lawyer?
I have
Whom have you seen at the ball ? I have seen the
seen him.
people there whose horses and those whose carriage you bought.
Whom do you see now ? I see the man whose servant has broken
Have you heard the man whose friend has lent
my looking-glass.
I have not heard him.
Whom have you heard ? I
me money ?
have heard the French captain whose son is my friend.
Hast thou
brushed the coat of which I spoke to you ?
I have not yet brushed
Have you received the money which you were wanting ?
it.
I
Have I the paper of which I have need ?
have received it.
You
Has your brother the books which he was wanting ?
have it.
He
Have you spoken to the merchants whose shop we have
has them.
taken ?
We have spoken to them. Have you spoken to the phyI have spoken to him.
sician whose son has studied German?
Hast thou seen the poor people whose houses have been burnt ?
I
Have you read the books which we lent to you ?
have seen them.
What do you say of them ?
We say that
AVe have read them.
Have your children what they want ?
they are very fine.
They
have what they want.

Exercise

126.

speak of the one whose brother

children did you speak I spoke of


those whose parents are learned. Which book have you read I
Of which man do you speak
Of which
has turned soldier.

Which paper has


have read that of which I spoke to you yesterday.
He has that of which he has need
Which fishes
your cousin ?
He has eaten those which you do not like.
Of
has he eaten ?
I am in want of those of which you
which books are you in want ?
Are you not in want of those which I am readhave spoken to me.
Is any one in want of the coats
I am not in want of them.
ing ?
No one is in want of them.
of which my tailor has spoken to me ?
I do not
Do you see the children to whom I have given cakes ?
One must give
To which children must one give cakes ?
see them.

33*

LATIN GRAMMAR.

390

[LESSON

66.

To
learn well, and who are obedient and good.
To those who are hungry
to eat and to drink ?
He has taken the way to
and thirsty.
Which way has he taken ?
Where did you reside when I was at BerVienna (Vindobonam).
Where was your father when
I resided at Munich (Monaci).
lin ?
He was at Strasburg (Argent or ali).
you were at Bale (Basiliae) ?
Were you in Spain when I was there? I was not there at
At what time did you breakfast when
that time I was in Italy.
I breakfasted when my father breakfasted.
you were in Germany ?
He cannot come, for he is himCan the physician come to-day ?
It is
Is it true that every man is either good or bad ?
self sick.
This lesson must either be written or learnt by heart.
true.
Did he
should never praise those who are (either, vel) bad or idle.
He had the headache, so that he
come to your house last evening ?

some

to those

whom

who

do you give

We

could not come.

pensum

Lesson LXVI.

sexagesimum sex-

TUM.
OF THE GENITIVE AFTEK ADJECTIVES.

Many

A.

adjectives, especially those signifying

an

affection or activity of the mind, such as desire or disgust, knowledge or ignorance, and many of those denoting likeness, equality, community, property, plenty,

and

their opposites, are followed

E.

object.

Graeciili sunt contentions cupidiores,

quam

Graecarum

litterdrum Ciito per-

Cdnscia mens recti famae menda-

paltry imitators of the Greeks


are fonder of contention than of
the truth.

Cato was very much devoted to


the study of Greek literature.

mind

conscious of rectitude
the false reports of

laughs
fame.

cia ridet.

Cato et reipublicae peritus et juris consultus fuit.

Omnes immemorem

at

Cato was

experienced in public

and learned in the law.


Every one hates the man who is
affairs

benficii ode-

forgetful of benefits received.

runt.

Alexdndri

similis

esse

vdluit.

Viri propria est

maxime

forti-

ttido.

Memdria communis
drtium.

The

veritdtis.

studiosus fuit.

Cyri et

by the genitive of the

g.

He

wished to be like Cyrus and


Alexander.
Courage is pre-eminently characteristic

est

multarum

of man.

Memory

is

common

to

many

arts.


LESSON

GENITIVE AFTER ADJECTIVES.

66.]

Galli sunt

homines

The Gauls

insueti labo-

men unaccustomed

are

to labor.

ris.

tJtinam te, frater, non solum vitae, sed etiam dignitatis meae
superstitem reliquissem
Refe'rta
i

391

quondam

reorum

The

Italy

life,

but also of

was formerly

my

full

rank

of Pythago-

reans.
Destitute of human help, the senate directed the people and its
prayers to the gods.

fiiit.

Jnops scnatus auxilii Jiumdni ad


dees pdpulum ac vota vertit.

fying*

that I had left you, my


brother, a survivor not only of

my

Pythago-

Italia

Would

adjectives thus followed

by the

genitive are those signi-

1. Desire or disgust
avidus, cupidus, studiosus, fasfklidsus.
So also aejnulus, amicus, inimicus, invidus, which sometimes, however,
have the dative.* E. g. Cupidus, avidus contentionis, Fond of conten:

Amicus, inimicus veritdtis, Friendly, hostile towards the truth.


Aemiilus, invidus laudis, Emulous, envious of praise.
Litterdrum La-

tion.

tindrum fastidiosus, Averse to Latin literature.

Knowledge,

2.

skill, or

ignoeance

conscius, gnarus, cer-

memor, provldus, prudens ;


igndrus, imperltus, imprudens, rudis, immemor.
E.
tus, consultus, perltus,

g.

insclus, nescius,

Ejus

rei consci-

acquainted with, informed of, that


thing.
Consilii cert ior factus, Informed of the design. Juris consultus,
prudens or perltus, Learned, skilled, experienced in the law. Memor,
immemor benejicii, Mindful, forgetful of kindness. Imprudens legis,
Ignorant of the law. Imperltus belli, Unskilled in warfare. Rudis
artium, Ignorant of the arts.f
us, gnarus, certlor,

Conscious

of,

Likeness or unlikeness of mind,

3.

disposition, or character %

consimilis, dissimilis, aequalis, par, dispar

proprius, publicus,
sacer, afflnis, communis, soclus, viclnus, alienus, insuetus ; to which
E. g.
add superstes and supplex. (All these also with the dative.)
Dissimilis Alexandri, UnSinillis homtnis, Like man (in character).
Par, dispar alicujus, Equal, unequal to any one.
like Alexander.
Aequalis temporum illorum, Contemporary with those times. Proprium
Romani generis, Peculiar to the Roman nation. Insula eorum deorum
Communis xdriusque nostrum,
sacra, An island sacred to those gods.
Common to both of us. Afflnis alicujus culpae, An accomplice to
similis,

some crime.
stes
4.

Alienum suae

Plenty

or

want

Foreign to his dignity. SuperSupplex Dei, Supplicating God.

dignitatis,

aliurum, Surviving others.

plenus, referlus, fertilis, inops, indnis, jeju-

* Compare

page 351.
and rudis also occur with the ablative. E. g. Omni genere
Familiar with every kind of literature. Jureperiius or conperltus,
litterarum
The adjective conscius may have either the
sultus instead of juris p&ritus, &c.
genitive or dative of the thing, but the person is always in the dative. E. g.
conscius facinoris or facinori, privy to a crime; but alicui conscium essefaciSibi conscium esse alicujus
noris, to be in the secret of a crime with any one.
t Perltus consultus

rei, to
%

be conscious of anything.

Compare page

351.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

392

[LESSON

C6.

nus ; compos, particeps, expers, exheres ; potens, impotens, condors,


E. g.
princeps, many of "which are also construed with the ablative.*
Plenus meius, Full of fear. Referta negotiator um, Full of merchants.
Fertllis frugum Jiominvmque, Abounding in produce and in men.
Virtutis, mentis compos, Possessed of
Inops auxilii, Destitute of help.
Rationis particeps, expers,
parvirtue, master of one's intellect.
taker of reason, destitute of it. Paternorum bonorum exheres, DisinSui potens, Master of one's self. Consors
herited of one's patrimony.
Eloquentiae princeps, The first in eloimperii, Sharing command.

quence.

Remarks.
Poets, and their imitators in prose, extend this construction to
many other adjectives, especially to those denoting an affection of the
mind. E. g. Ambiguus consilii, auxius futuri, benignus vini, certus
sceleris, dubius viae, impiger militiae, integer vitae, interrltus leti, incautus futuri, incertus sententiae, laetus laboris, modlcus voluptatum,
pervicax irae, piger periculi, securus futuri, segnis occasionum, socors
futuri, timidus lueis, &c, in all of which the genitive stands instead of
the more usual ablative or accusative, with de, in, or ad.
So after
adjectives generally, the genitive is sometimes employed (by the same
class of authors) instead of the ablative, to express the relation " with
respect to," " in regard to," " in " as, Diveisus morum, Different in
respect to manners. Integer vitae, Irreproachable in life.
1.

2. The genitive animi frequently serves as a sort of complement to


adjectives of every kind, especially in the prose of a later date. E. g.
aeger, anxlus animi, sick, anxious in mind
atrox, caecus an'tmi, of a
ferocious, blind mind
confusus, incertus animi, &c.
;

3. Some of the adjectives enumerated under this rule occur also


with prepositions.
E. g. Prude us, rudis injure civlli.
Rudis adjpedestria bella.
Mihi in publico, re socius, in privatis omnibus conscius

esse soles.

GENITIVE AFTER PARTICIPLES IN

" NS."

B. Participles in ns sometimes assume the character


of adjectives, and then take the genitive instead of the
case of their verbs.
The

participles

most frequently thus employed are amans, appetens,

colens, fugiens, intelligent, metuens, negligens, observans, retlnens, tole-

and impatlens, temperans and intemptrans, &c.


Examples are Amans patriae, Attached to one's country. Amantisslmus fratris, Most affectionate towards his brother.
Religionis

rans, patlens

contemnens, An observer, neglecter, contemner of


Patiens or impatiens mediae, frigoris, Capable or incapable

colens, negligens,

religion.

* Potens, impotens, consors, and princeps never occur with the ablative;
annpnfi, particeps, expers, exheres, rarely.
Of the rest (re fains, plenus, &eJ,
some have the ablative even more frequently than the genitive. L\ g. Insula
referta divitiis, an island abounding in wealth.

LESSON

GENITIVE AFTER PARTICIPLES IN

66.']

" NS.'

393

of enduring hunger, cold.


Appetens laudis, Eager for praise.
Sui
despicXens, Despising one's self.
Deorum metuens, Fearing the gods.
Sitiens virtulis, Thirsting after virtue. Jmminentium intelligent, Aware
of coming events.
Omnium rerum abundans, Abounding in all things.
Jnsolens belli, Unaccustomed to warfare.

Quis famulus amdntior

do'mini,

quam canis ?
Sumus natiira appetentissimi

to his master than the

ho-

We

honor.

nestdtis.

Virtutem ob earn rem laudarunt,

quod

any servant more attached


dog V
are by nature covetous of

Is there

They lauded

virtue merely because

they considered

efficiens esset voluptdlis.

it

productive of

pleasure.

Eques Romanus
bene

est,

sui negotii

He

is a Roman knight,
ages his business well.

qe'rens.

who man-

Remarks.
Participles in ns, when used as such, are followed by the case
of the verb to which they belong.*
E. g. patiens frlgus, laborem,
(actually) enduring cold, hardship
but patiens frigdris, laboris, capable of enduring cold, hardship.
(As participles proper, they denote
1.

a transient condition with reference to some particular time


a permanent capacity or quality.)

as adjec-

tives,

2. Verbals in ax likewise govern the genitive.


E. g. Capax imperii,
Capable of command. Justitiae tenax, Tenacious of justice.
Terra
ferax arbdrum, A land abounding in trees.
Tempus edax rerum,
Time, the destroyer of things.
Vir cibi vinique capacissvnus, A man
capable of holding a large quantity of ibod and wine.
So also a few
participles in tus, as completus, consult us ; but these have already
been included among the adjectives of A.

To

ere, cucurri, cursum.


Cursu tendere (aliquo).

Curro,

run.

To run up

(to),

down,

out,

through, forth, &c.

To run away

Accurrere, decurrere, excurrere,


pcrcurrere, procurrere, &c.
Aufugio, ere, fiigi,
.

(flee).

Behind.

Profugio, ere, fugi,


Post, pone (Prep, cum Ace.}.

Behind
Behind
Behind
Behind

Post
Post
Post
Post

the door.
the stove.
the ear.
one's back.
stand behind the door.
run behind the house.

To
To
Where is he running

Pone

(pone) fores.
(pone) fornacem.
(secundum) f aurem.
tergum, post, &c.
fores assistere.

Post aedes currere.

Quo

to ?

ciirrit ?

Qudrsum cursu

ten-

dit ?

He

is

running behind the stove.

(Tendit, currit) post (pone) forna-

cem.

Cf.

Stcundum

Lesson

LXIX.

E.

= "close behind,"

"next

to.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

304

Where

did they run to

[LESSON

Qudrsum cueurrerunt

tenderunt)

They ran behind

the house into

66.

(eiirsu con-

Cueurrerunt pone aedes in

si'lvam.

the woods.

Did they run away behind

(to-

wards) the trees ?


They did not run away.
AVhere was he sitting V
He was sitting behind the stove.

The
The
The
The

Niim pone versus arbores


bant

Non

aufugiebant.

Ubi sedebat (considebat)

Sedebat post (ad) fornacem.

stove.

Fornax, acis,/.; camlnus,

fireplace.

Focus, i, m.
Furnus, i, m.

oven.
blow, knock.

The push

Ictus,

us,

verber,

in.

plaga,_ae,/.
Pulsus, us, m.

the kick.

aufugie-

i,

m.

oris,

n.

ictus calcis seu pe-

dis.

The stab.
The sting.
The blow with a stick.
The stab with a knife.
The fisticutf".
The sword stab.
The sword.
The broadsword, spade.
The sabre.
The point of a sword.

Ictus, us,

Punctum,

plaga, ae, /.

n.

i,

Ictus baculi or fustis.


Ictus cultri (cultelli).

Pugni ictus colaphus, i, m.


Ictus gladii or ensis.
Gladlus, i, m. ; ensis, is, m.
;

Spatha, ae,/.
Acinaces, is, m.
INiucro, onis,

Ensem

To draw

m.

Gladium

the sword.

m.

(e vagina) educere.

stringere

(stnnxi,

stn-

ctum).

To

sheath
sword.

(put

up)

the

Gladium (ensem)

vaginam

in

re-

condere (-condidi, conditum).

To be

begirt with a sword,


spade, sabre, &c.

To push (any one

with any-

thing).

Gladlo, ense, spatha, acinuce suc-

cinctum

esse.

OfFendo, ere, di, sum.


Fodlo, ere, fodi, fossum.

(aliquem aliqua re.)

To

push, shove (any one out ( Trudo, ere,


of doors, &c).
\ Protrudere

si,

sum.

(aliquem

foras,

&c).

To

strike.

Ferio, Ire,
Percutio, ere, ussi, ussum.
Pulso, are, avi, atum.

To

beat.

Caedo, ere, cecidi, caesum.


Verbero, are, avi, atum.

To

give one a beating.

Aliquem

To

castigate,

with a

punish

lashinof.

one

verberare, pulsare,
verberibus caedere.
Aliquem verberibus castigare.

or

Verberibus in aliquem animadvertere

(-ti,

-sum).

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

66.']

To

Plagam

395

give one a blow, Inflict


a blow upon one.
To give one a blow with
the fist.
To strike one into the face.
To strike one with fisticuffs.

pugnum or colaphum impingere (-pegi, pactum).


Alicui alapam ducere.
Aliquem pugnis caedere (colaphis

To
To

Aliquem fusti verberare.


Aliquem verberibus pulsare (per-

(-xi,

alicui inferre or infilgere

ctum).

Alicui

pulsare).

beat one with a stick.


beat one with lashes
(whip one).
To beat one to death.

To be

beaten, punished with


a beating.

To wound one

cutere).

Aliquem usque ad mortem mulcare.


( Vapulo, are, avi, atum.*
}

Tergo

plector.

( Pulsari et verberari.

Gladio aliquem caesim vulnerare.

with a sword-

cut.

To wound one with a swordstab.

To

(
(

Gladio aliquem punctim vulnerare.


Gladii ictu aliquem vulnerare.

Ictum

stab one.

To

stab

To

give one a kick.

Did you give


I did give

one to one's heart.

this

man

corpori

alicujus

infigere

-fixum).

(-fixi,

Alicujus pectus ictu confodere).


Pedis verbere aliquem ferire.
Calce aliquem percutere(castigare).

a blow ?

Inflixistine (intulistine)

plagam ?
Sane quidem

him one.

ego

ei

hdmini

tinam

isti

inflixi

(intuli).

Did

that

boy

strike

Duxitne piier
alapam ?

his fellow

with the flat of the hand ?


No, he struck him with the fist.
He gave each of them ten fisti-

ille

condiscipulo

siio

Non vero impegit ei cdltiphum.


Impegit eis denos cdlaphos.
;

cuffs.

Did they punish him with stripes

He

did punish him (It


was punished).

What was
The

beaten

soldier

is

he that

was beaten with a

Eiimne verberibus castigabant ?


eiimne animadvertebant verbe-

< In

ribus ?
f

Eum.

In eum.

Quis vapulavit (verberatus


Verberatus est miles fiisti.

est) ?

stick.

Was

he beaten hard ?
Yes, he was beaten to death.

Pulsatiisne est acerbe ?

Verberatus

est

vero usque ad mor-

tem.

Were you wounded


point of the sword

No

with

the

Vulnerabarisne gladio punctim

was wounded with the

Ndn

vero

vulnerabar caesim.

edge.

* On

vapulo, see Lesson

XXXIII. A. Rem.

3.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

!96

Did they kick him

They

calce

66.

(pedis

verberibus) ?
!Non percusserunt.

did not kick him.

The

eum

Percusseruntne

The (military)
The firelock.
The gun.
The rifle.
The cannon.

[LESSOX

Praefectus militaris.
(i, n.) igniferum.

officer.

*Telum

*Sclopetum,

n.

i,

*Bombarda, ae,/.

*Tormentum

n.) bellicum.

(i,

*Sclopetum minoris modi.


pistol.

The powder.
The ball, bullet.
The cannon-ball
The shot; the report

*Sclopetus minor.
*Pulvis (-eris, m ) pyrius.
*Glans, -dis,/'.
*GIobus (i, m.) tormentis missus.
Ictus, lis, m. ; fragor (oris, ?n.) teli
of a

firelock.

igniferi.

The

shot of a gun, pistol,


cannon. &c.
The thunder-cl ap.

Ictus sclopeti, sclopeti minoris, tormenti, &c.


Fulminis ictus, or simply fulrnen,

To

load a gun.

Pulverem cum glande

To

load a cannon.

inis, n.

in sclopetum
indere (didi, dltum).
Pulverum cum globo in tormentum

indere.

To

shoot,

/ -,-l
(mth
v

jire

j:

fire-

arms).

Uoonum

( Emittere icfum
<

To

shoot with a

mm.

To

shoot with a pistol (for


pleasure).

To
To
To

with cannons.
shoot or discharge ar-

fire

shoot

(some one or

at

fire at

some one or some-

thing.

hurl a number of weapons (missiles) at one.

Are you

am

firing at

any one

fired at

igni-

e sclopeto mittere.

Plumbum mittere.
Sonum edere (insonare)

sclopeto

minoris modi.
Tela tormentis mittere.
JSarrittas

mittere.

Peto, ere,

ivi,

itum

(aliquem

seu

Telo

ignifero pelere

aliquem

seu

times did he

Tela conjecere

(-jeci,

-jeetum) in

aliquem.
Petisne aliquem telo ignifero

fire at

Vero, vdlucrem peto.


Qudties ilium vdlucrem sclopeto

that bird ?

He

,_ 7
telo

firing at a bird.

How many

..

(tnsonare)N

aliquid.

To

telo ianifero.
J

ALIQUID TELO).

something).

To

firo
Glandes

j~

eclere

*?

petivit ?

it

several times.

Petivit

eum

pliiribus

tempdri-

bus.

How many
fire ?

times

did the boy

Qudties sdnum
ignifero

'1

pxier

edi<Jit

telo

LESSON

He

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

66.]

has fired twice with a

pistol.

Sdnum

107

bis edidit sclopeto minoris

modi.

He

has fired five times with a


gun.
Did you shoot with a gun ?
No, I fired with a cannon.
Did you ever shoot with arrows ?
I have shot with them several

Sdnum

edidit (insdnuit) quinquies

sclopeto.

Mittebasne glandes e sclopeto ?


t mmo vero tela mittebam tormento.
Misistine

unquam

sagittas ?

Misi vero diversis tempdribus.

times.

They have discharged

all

their

eum omnia

Tela in

on him.
Do you hear the report of a
gun ?

Audisne fragorem

No

Ndn

conjecerunt.

missiles

but I hear the report of a


cannon.
Did ye hear the report of thunder ?
It is so we heard a thunder-clap.
;

What

are they doing ?


are bombarding the city
with cannons.
are you pushing him ?
I push him because he has pushed

They

Why

me.

Did you push him out of doors


I did not push him out.

sclopeti ?

vero audio autem fragorem


tormenti bellici.
Audivistisne fragorem fulminis ?
;

fulmen (fulminis ictum)


audivimus.
Quid agunt
tJrbem tormentis bellicis verberant.
Ita est

'?

Ciir

eum

offendis (fddis) ?

Ego eum ob earn rem offendo (6dio), quod me offendit (fodit).


Trudistine eum fdras ?
(Eum) non protriisi.

Exercise

127.

Do you intend buying a carriage ?


I cannot buy one, for I have
not yet received my money.
You must
Must I go to the theatre ?
not go thither, for it is very bad Aveather.
Why do you not go to
my brother ? I cannot go to him, for I cannot yet pay him what I
owe him.
Why does this officer give this man a stab with his sword ?
He gives him a stab with his sword, because the man has given
him a blow with the fist.
Which of these two pupils begins to speak ?
What does the other
The one who is studious begins to speak.
do, who is not so ?
He also begins to speak, but he is neither able
to write nor to read.
Does he not listen to what you tell him ?
He does not listen to it, if I do not give him a beating. What does
He sits behind the oven without
he do when you speak to him ?
Where does that dog run to ?
It runs behind the
saying a word.
It barked,
house.
What did it do when you gave it a beating ?
Why does your uncle kick that poor
and ran behind the oven.
Because it has bitten his little boy.
Why has your
(mXser*) dog ?
I gave him a beating, so that he has run away.
servant run away ?
Why do those children not work ? Their master has given them
Why has he given
blows with the fist, so that they will not work.
Because they have been disobedient.
them blows with the fist ?

34

LATIN GRAMMAR.

398

[LESSON

67.

At whom did
I have fired three times.
fired a gun ?
Have you fired
you fire ?
I fired at a bird which sat on a tree.
Why have you
I have fired a pistol at him.
a gun at that man ?
Because he gave me a stab with his sword.
fired a pistol at him ?
I am not fond of it.
I am very
Are you fond of contention ?
Why does your
much devoted to the study of Latin literature.
Because he is not accustomed (insuetus) to labrother not work ?
I do not wish to be like
bor.
Do you wish to be like that man ?
Was Cyrus the equal (par) of Alexander? He was not his
him.
He is not
Is your father skilled in the law '(Juris perltus) ?
equal.

Have you

the
of
strangers
of
eloquence among the Romans
them. Who was the
Are you attached your
Romanorum) Cicero was the
Can you endure huncountry am very much attached
he eager
praise
ger and cold cannot endure (them).
What does
He excessively eager (appententissimus)
be
behooves us
be
knowledge
behoove us
skilled in

city full

Is

it.

first

(referta)

(quis

to

to

it.

for

Is

for

is

to

'?

and

(intelligentia)

It is full

first.

in

thirsting after

to

It

it

it.

virtue.

Lesson LXVII.

PENSUM

SEXAGESIMUM

SEP-

TIMUM.
OF THE GENITIVE AFTER VERBS.
After verbs of valuing or esteeming, and also
buying and selling, hiring and letting, the
indefinite price or value is expressed by the genitive.

A.

after those of

Such verbs are aesttmo, facto, pendo, duco, piito, 7iabeo ; aestfmor,
emo, mercor, vendo, veneo, liceo, taxo ; stare,
flo, pendor, and sum ;
constdre, &c.
The genitives representing the indefinite price or value are,
a)
Substantives like nihili, " (for) nothing"; Jlocci, nauci, pill, pensi, teb) The neuter adjectives
runcii, assis, " for a trifle," " a mere song."

magni, highly permagni, very highly pluris, more highly plurimi,


very highly, or the most parvi, but little (of little account) minoris,
less; minimi, very little or least; and so 'tanti, tanfidem, quanti, quantivis, quanticunque, so much, just so much, as much, &c.
Sometimes
with pretii expressed.
Examples are
;

Cdmmii

regis

auctdritas

mdgni

aiiri et

authority of

was held

habebdtur.

Nulla vis

The

argenti pluris,

quam virtus aestimdnda


Siimmum bdnum plurimi
mdndum est.

est.

aesti-

No amount

King Commius

in high esteem.

of gold or silver should

be estimated higher than virtue.


must (should) attach the high-

We

est value to the

summum bonum.

LESSON

GENITIVE AFTER VERBS,

67.]

Pravi homines

siia

pdrvl pendere,

Bad men

are accustomed to undervalue their own possessions and


to covet those of others.

aliena ciipere solent.

Noli spectare, qudnti homo


pdrvl enim pretii est, qui
A

nihili

sit

jam

sit.

Emit Canius hdrtos

qudnti

tdnti,

Pythius vdluit.

399

Never mind how much

the

man

is

worth, for he is worth but little


who is already worthless.
Canius has bought the garden for
the price which Pythius de-

manded.

meum frumentum non

Ve'ndo
pluris,

quam

ceteri.

Tdnti quddque malum est, qudnti


l'llud taxavimus.
Nulla pestis humano generi pluris stetit,

De

Driisi

quam

I sell my grain
others.

Every misfortune

is of as
much
we have rated that.
cost the human family

account as

No

pest has

more than resentment.

ira.

hdrtis qudnti Ucuisse

With
you

tu scribis.

reference to Drusus's garden

mdgni

ainari et

pendi pdstulo.

how much

was

of-

want myself to be loved and


teemed by my friends.

es-

write,

fered

^go a meis me

no higher than

it

for.

Remarks.
The

value or price after the above verbs is expressed by


a substantive in the ablative as, aestimare aliquid pecunia, tribus
denariis ; vendere aliquid quinquaginta talentis, &c.
(Cf. Lesson
LXXI. A.)
1

definite

To

the genitives of the price or value add hujus, boni, and aequi
Rem hujus non facto, I do not care that * tor
it.
Rem boni facto, or rem aequi bonique facio (or consulo), I consider it just and proper, I acquiesce in it (let it be so).
2.

bomqne

in expressions like

3. The verbs coeno and habtto likewise occur with the genitive of
the price.
E. g. Quanti habitas ? What do you pay for your lodgings V
Tantine coenas, quanti habitas ? Do you pay as much for your
dinner as you do for your lodgings ?

4. Aestimare also admits the ablatives magno, permagno, plurimo,


parvo, minimo, and nihilo and after the verbs of buying and selling,
these six ablatives are always put instead of their respective genitives.
Pro nilulo may stand instead of niMli after pulare, ducere, and esse.
E. g. Aliquid magni or magno (nihili, nihilo or nihil) aestimare ;
emere or vendere aliqidd magno, parvo, plurimo, minimo (pretio)
aliquid pro nihilo ducere, putare, to consider anything of no account.
;

The

5.

may also be expressed by an adverb as care,


E. g. Hoc mihi gratis (= nihilo) constat, This
Aves pingues care veneunt, Fat birds fetch a high

price or value

bene, male, gratis, &c.


costs

me

nothing.

price.

B.
*

I. e.

Verbs of reminding, remembering, and forgetting

A straw, rush.

This was accompanied by a gesture on the stage.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

400

[LESSON

67.

are followed by the genitive of the person, and by the


genitive or accusative of the object, remembered or forgotten.
Such verbs are moneo, admoneo, commoneo, commonefacio, aliquem;*

memini,

reminiscor, recordor, obliviscor.

Medicus regem mddo matris

so-

The

non

tude of the approaching victory.


exhorted his soldiers to remember their prowess exhibited on
former occasions, nor to forget
their wives and children.
remind the philologians of their

destitit.

Milites hortatus est, ut reminiscerentur pristinae virtutis suae,

neve mulierum liberumque

He

obli-

viscerentur

Grammaticos

officii sui

commone-

physician did not cease to re-

mind the king, now of his mother


and sisters, now of the magni-

rorumque, mddo tdntae victdriae appropinqudntis admonere

We

mus.

duty.

Discfpiilos

id

praeceptdres

quam

unum moneo,
siios

ut
non minus,

remind learners of one thing


which is, that they should
love their teachers as they do
only,

ipsa studia anient.

their studies.

Somno animus meminit

praeteri-

torum, praesentia cernit, futura praevidet.


Vivorum memini, nee tamen Epicuri licet oblivisci.

In sleep the mind recalls the past,


beholds things present, and foresees the future.
I

mention living authorities nevertheless, Epicurus must not be


;

forgotten.

Bdni

qui patriae beneficia meminerunt.


stint cives,

They

are good citizens,

who

are

mindful of the benefits of their


country.

Homines interdum

res praecla-

rissimas obliviscuntur.
Niinquam liberos meos adspicio,
quin Planch merltum in me
recdrder.

Men

sometimes forget the most


remarkable things.
I never look at my children but

what

I call to

mind

my

obliga-

tions to Plancus.

Remarks.
Neuter pronouns and adjectives

(e. g. hoc, id, Mud, quod, quid,


quae, multa, &c.) are invariably in the accusative after all the above
verbs.
E. g. Id unum te admoneo, I remind you of this one thing.
are reminded of many things.
Multa admonemur,
But the accusative of substantives occurs only after verbs of reminding or forgetting as, beneficia, manddta lua memini or oblltus sum.
1.

We

2.

Memini (in the sense of " I think of," or " I make mention "),
and moneo, with its compounds, also take the ablative with

recordor,

de.
E. g. De homine importunissimo ne meminisse quidem volo, I do
not even wish to mention the importunate man. De Her ode et de

* Verbs
(Lesson

of reminding have thus also an accusative of the person reminded.

LX.

C.)

LESSON

GENITIVE AFTER VERBS.

67.]

401

Mettio meminero, I will bear in mind Herod and Mettius. Velim scire,
quid de te recordere, I should like to know what you recollect with
reference to yourself.
Terentiam monedtis de testamento, Remind Terentia of the will.
3. The accusative of the person (reminded of, remembered or forgotten) rarely occurs, except after memini, when used in the sense of
"I still remember or recollect" (a person seen or known before).
E. g. Antipdter, quern tu probe meministi, Antipater, of whom you have
an honorable recollection. Cinnam memini, vldi Sidlam, I remember
China, I have seen Sulla. But memento mei, nostri, Remember me,

us.
4. In this construction is included the expression venit milii in mentem (cdiquid or alicujus rei), " something occurs to me." Thus, Venit
Tibi tuarum virtutum veniat in mentem.
mini Platonis in mentem.
But also, Res milii in mentem veniebat.
Omnia mihi in mentem

venerunt.

The impersonal

verbs poenitet, jnget, pudet, taedet,


and miserescit are followed
by the genitive of the object by which the emotion is
excited, and by the accusative of the person affected.*
C.

miscret,

ventum

est,

miseretur,

E.g.
Sapie'ntiam\

Me

civitatis

niinquam sui poenitet.

morum

piget taedet-

the morals of the state.

que.

Sunt homines, quos libidinis in/amiaeque suae neque pmdeat,


neque taedeat.

Niinquam Atticum
gdtii

Wisdom never repents of itself.


I am wearied and disgusted with

pertaesum

susce'pti

ne-

e'st.

Miserette alidrum,tui nee


nee pudet.

Cave tefrdtrum, pro

misei^et,

fnltris salute

obsecrdntium, miseredtur.

There are men who are neither


ashamed nor disgusted by their
own licentiousness and disgrace.
Atticus never grows weary of an
undertaking once begun.
pity others, but for yourself
you have neither compassion nor
shame.
Beware of being moved to pity by
the brothers beseeching you for

You

the safety of their brother.


inopis

mine

te

miserescat

Let

me'i.

my

poverty

now move you

to

pity.

Mhilne

te

pdpuli veretur, qui vo-

Are you not

afraid of the people,

for vociferating in the street ?

ciferare in via ?

Remarks.
misereor and miseresco, " I pity," adopt the
construction of miseret ; but miserdri and commiserari are followed by
the accusative. E. g. Nihil nostri miserere 1 Have you no compassion
1.

The personal verbs

* Compare page

334,

34*

Wisdom

is

here personified.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

402

[LESSON

67.

Miserescite regis, Pity the king. Commiseratus est fortunam


He commiserated the fate of Greece.
2. The accusative of neuter pronouns may stand instead of the genE. g. Sapientis est proprium, nihil, quod (= cujus) poenitere
itive.
possit, facere, It is characteristic of a "wise man to do nothing which
he may have to repent of.
3. The object of the emotion may also be an infinitive, or a clause
E. g. Me non pudet fateri nesclre, quod nesciam,
introduced by quod.
I am not ashamed to confess, that I am ignorant of what I do not
know. Quintwn poemtet, quod anlmuni tuum ojfendit, Quintus is sorry
Non poenitet me vixisse, I do not regret
that he has offended you.
having lived.
for us ?

Iraeciae,

4. The genitive after piidet sometimes signifies "before any one,"


and the accusative (me, te, &c.) is often omitted. E. g. Me tui, mi
Pudet deorum Jiopciter, pudet, I am ashamed before you, my father.
mmumque, It is a shame in the eyes of gods and men. Nonne te hujus
templi, non urbis, non vltae, non liicis pudet ? Are you not ashamed

before this temple ? &c.

These impersonal verbs sometimes (though rarely) occur per(i. e. in the plural, and with a subject nominative).
E. g.
liaec (nom.) pudent ?
5.

Nm

sonally
te

i, obhtus sum (altcujus,


ALICUJUS REI Or ALIQUID).

To forget.

he
they

You forget
Ye forget
Is

Obliviscor,

obliviscitur.

Obliviscimmi

forget.

he forgetting me, thee,


them ?

He

Oblivisceris

forgets.

us,

Ecquid

mei,

obliviscuntur.

illorum

nostri,

tiii,

obliviscitur ?

not forgetting thee, me,


them.
Are you forgetting anything ?
is

us,

Tui, mei, nostri, illorum

non

obli-

viscitur.

Obliviscerisne

aliquid

(alicujus

rei) ?

forgetting my pen,
per, my book.

am

my

pa-

Has he

forgotten to bring you


the book ?
He has forgotten to bring it to

me.

Obliviscor vero meam pennam,


chartam, librum (or meae pennae, chartae, libri).

Oblltusne est

tibi

librum appor-

tare ?

Vero

eum mihi

apportare oblitus

est.

Have you

forgotten that he has


arrived ?
I have not forgotten it.
Can you forget that day ?
I can never "forget it.

Oblitiisne es,

eum

advenisse ?

Non

oblitus sum.
Potesne oblivisci diei

!Ego ejus

nunquam

illius ?

oblivisci

pos-

sum.

Must the offences be forgotten ?


They are to be forgotten entirely.
Has he forgotten what I have
told

him

Obliviscendumne est offensarum


Obliviscendum est prdrsus.
Oblitiisne est,

quod (quae)

ei dixi ?

LESSON

He

"has

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

67.]

by no means forgotten

You have

Non

it.

vero

minime

me

Litteras ad

forgotten to write to

403
oblitus est.

dure oblitus

es.

me.

You

are forgetting to speak to


him.

To belong

(any one).

to

this horse belong to your


brother ?
It does belong to him.
To whom does that table belong?
It belongs to us, to you, to them.
To whom do these gloves belong ?
They belong to me, to you, to
him.
They belong to the captains.
It is

Estne hie equus

Ciijus est ilia

Mea,

tiia,

mensa

Cujus est hie liber

sunt.

est.

Cujus sunt hi calcei

these ?

est.

ejus (illius) sunt.

Centurionum (digitabula)

Meus

Ndstri sunt.
'

become).

{suit,

tiii

Nostra, vestra, illorum (mensa)


Cujus sunt haec digitabula ?

mine.

To Jit

fratris

Est ejus.

is this ?

Whose shoes are


They are ours.

eo oblivfsceris.

Est aliquid alicujus.


Est mens, tuus, ejus, &c.

Does

Whose book

cum

Cdlloqui

Aptum (am, um) esse.


Bene convenlre (-veni, -ventum).
(alicui, alicui rei, ad aliquid.)

These shoes

very well.

fit

Hi

ad pedes (pedibus) &d(ad pedes dpti-

calcei

modum apti sunt


me conveniunt).

Do

these boots

fit

those

men ?

Aptaene sunt

illis

istae

viris

ca-

ligae ?

They do not
Does

this

does

Non

them.

garment

It fits (suits)

How

fit

fit

me

you very

this

hat

well.

sit ?

lis non bene


aptae sunt,
conveniunt.
Vestisne haec mihi apta est (bene
cdnvenit) ?
Tibi ut quae optissima est.
Tibi quam dptime cdnvenit.
Qudmodo hie pileus sedet ?

It sits

Admodum

It

Te quam dptime

very well.
becomes you very well.
See, whether this dress becomes
me.

Contempla,

suit,

please (any one).

Does that cloth


your brother
It

suit

(please)

does suit him.


these boots suit (please) your

Do

friends ?

decet.

satin'

haec

me

vestis

deceat.

Convenire

To

bene sedet.

Placere
Probari

alicui.

(-cui,

-cltum) alicui.

alicui.

Convenitne (placetne)
iste pannus ?
Placet.

fratri

txio

Probatur.

Eequid hae caligae amieis


cent (conveniunt)

tuis pla-

LATIN GRAMMAR.

404
They do

suit

They do not
Does
It

suit

it

does suit

suit

(fis)

them.

me

minus placent.

Non probantur

(lis).

Convenitne tibi hoc facere


Id facere mihi cdnvenit.

you

to do this V
to do it.

67.

Probantur.

Placent.

them.

[LESSON

r Decet, decuit, clecere (Impers.).

To become
becomes,

It

(jnoralhj).
is

morally proper.
j

Does

not become

It does

Did

become you

it

it

become him

(aliquid facere).
Decetne

te

est

to

do

this ?

Tuunme

me

to

do

id facere

it.

to write ?

become him.
Does it become you

<

to

dibus

foot?
It does not become me.
It does not become an orator to
be angry.

proper for him to say so

It

proper, just.
not proper.

ejus.

(tuunme

est)

ire pe-

non decet. Meum non est.


Oratorem irasci minime decet.

Par est, justum est (aliquem facere aliquid).


!Estne par (justum), eum hoc di-

cere
It is

te

Me

proper, just.

Is it
is

Erat

Decetne

go on

hoc facere ?
hoc agere ?

me non decet (me dedecet)


Eumne scrfbere decebat (decuit) ?
Ejusne erat scribere ?

Decebat.

It did

It is

(aliquem facere a liquid).


Est alicujus, est meum, tuum, &e.

Par est.
Par non

Justum
est.

est.

Nefas

est.

Libet, libitum est, libere.

To

please, to be one
ure (It pleases).

's

pleas-

Collibet, collibitum est, &c.


Placet, placuit, placere.

(alicui facere aliquid.)

Does it please your brother to


accompany us ?
Does it suit your brother to go
along with us

una simul

It does not please

him

to

go with

you.
It does not suit him to go with
you.
Did it please him to write to

you

Libetne (collibetne) fratri tuo sequi


(comitari) nos ?
Convenitne fratri tuo nobiscum

Ei non placet

ire ?
(libet)

Simul (una) vobiscum


cdnvenit.
Collibitiimne

It did please

What is your
What do you

Quid
Quid

I wish

litteras

him.
pleasure ?
wish ?
you to bring

book ?
Do you want anything

me

the

ire ei

(placitiimne)

dare ad te
Collibitum est.

vobiscum una

ire.

non

est.ei

tibi collibet ?

vis (imperas) ?

Vdlo, te mihi apportare librum.

Niim quid
peras

Niim quid im-

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

67.]

Do you want

anything else

As you please.
But concerning

Num

Ut

405

quid ceterum vis

Ut

placet.

jiibes.

Sed de republica non mihi

the republic, it
me to write

does not please

h'bet

plura scribere.

any more.
(Pldceo,

To please

(to like).

<

Pro bo?'

ere, ui, itum.

atus sum.

ari,

Amdeo,

ere, isi,

isum (alicui)

Does this book please you (do


you like this book) ?
I like it very much.

Probatiirne

extremely (it displeases me very much).


Do you dislike these books ?
They do not displease me (I do
not dislike them).

Vehementer mihi

dislike

How

them very

do you

like

it

Ab

it

very

I like this

Valde mini probatur.


displicet.

eo abhdrreo.

Niim libri illi tibi displicent ?


Mihi non displicent (non improbantur)

Minus mihi probantur.


\ Minus mihi arrident.

Qudmodo

(i. e.

hie

locus

tibi

placet

(probatur) ?
Hie locus mihi arridet (mihi valde
placet, probatur).
Hie locus mihi praeter dmnes arri-

this place) ?

I like

hicce

well.

here

tibi

liber ?

Perplacet.

it

I do not like

(placetne)

well.

place extremely.

det.
It

is

my

delight.

To

displease (to dislike).

st in

deliciis meis.

Displiceo, ere, ui, itum.


( Improbor, ari, atus sum.

Heady money, cash.


To pay down (cash).

Pecunia

To buy anything

mere

Solvere

ipraese?is

seu numerdta.

pecuniam praese?item (nu-

merdtam).
for cash.

aliquid pecunia

numerata

(die oculata).

To

To

sell

On

credit.

buy,

Do you

sell

anything for cash.

anything on credit.

wish to buy on credit

Vendere

aliquid pecunia praesenti


(die oculata).
Pecunia non praesenti seu numerata.
Die caeca.

Emere, vendere aliquid pecunia


non praesenti seu die caeca.
Visne emere pecunia non praesenti (die caeca)

No, I wish
I prefer to

Does

it

to

buy

for cash.

buy for cash.


you to sell me on

suit

not

vero pecunia numerata eme-

re ciipio.
Die oculata

Convenitne

emere malo.
tibi vendere mihi pe-

cunia non praesenti (die caeca)

credit ?
It does

Immo

suit

me.

Non

cdnvenit.

succeed, prosper, turn ( Cedo, ere, cessi, cessum.


out well (of things).
\ Procedure. Succedere.

To

To succeed

an

(in

attempt,

thing succeeds well,

very

is

UT

res cedit

SUBJ.)

(procedit,

succedit)

bene, prdspere, feliciter, faiiste.


Inceptum mihi bene cessit, proces-

undertaking succeeded, was

successful.

My

(MIHI,
ifea

successful.

My

67.

C Procedit, -ccssit, -cedere.


) Contingit, contigit, contingere.

of persons)

The

[LESSON

LATIN GRAMMAR.

406

successit.

sit,

Consilia mihi minus (parum) cede-

designs were not succeeding

bant (procedebant succedebant).


f Proceditne tibi, ut linguam Lati}
nam disc as ?
Latin ?
Procedisne in lingua Latina ?
(^
( Procedit vero feliciter.
I do succeed (in it).
Procedo vero prdspere.
I
(Mihi non contingit, ut earn ediscam.
I do not succeed in learning it. }
( Parum (minus) procedo.
Did those men succeed in selling Contigitne viris illis, ut equos siios
venderent ?
their horses ?
Non contigit.
They did not succeed.
( Si inceptis succederet.*
If my attempts should succeed.
Si incepta mihi succederent.
I
He succeeded in liberating his Huic contigit, ut patriam ex servitude in libertatem vindicaret.
country from slavery.

very well.

Do you

succeed

There

He

is

is.

in

There

learning

Adest.

There are here, present, at hand.

any wine

Is there

There

is

Sunt.

Est.

are.

here, present, at hand.

Adsunt.

Ad mdnum est.
Ad mdnum sunt.

iEstne (adestne)
^st.
Adest.

vinum

Ad manum

some.

est ali-

quantulum.

There

is

Non est. Nullum


Adsuntne mala ?

none.

Are there any apples

There are some.


There are none.
Are there any men (here)
There are some.
Is any one present ?
There is no one.
Was there any one here ?
There was some one here.

Were

there

many

Sunt (adsunt) aliquot.


sunt.
Nulla adsunt.
Adsuntne homines ?
Adsunt nonniilli.
Adestne aliquis (quisquam)

Non
?

Nemo

there.

TAderant permiilti.
< Aderat vis (cdpia,
(

Are there men who


study

will

not

adest.

Adfuitne aliquis?
Adfuit vero non nemo.
Aderantne miilti (homines)

there ?

There were a great many

adest.

multitiido)

ma-

gna.
Siintne homines, qui litteris studere ndlunt (ndlint) ?

* On the personal and impersonal use


LV. B. III.

of these verbs, compare Lesson

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

67.]

There are many who will


ther work nor study.

407
neve laborare
studere vdlunt (ve-

Permiilti sunt, qui

nei-

neve

litteris

lint).

There are those whom

it

to cultivate the arts

Sunt quos artes studiaque cdlere

delights

and

jiivat.

sci-

ences
There are many who are fond
of beino; engaged in the liberal
.

arts

and

To
To

Multi sunt, qui in artibus ingenuis


versari delectantur.

sciences.
(

Teneo, ere,

Retineo, ere,

ntum.
ntum.
\ Mundo, are, avi, atum.
\ Mundum facere, emundare.

keep, retain.
clean, cleanse.

ui,

ui,

Directly, immediately.

Stdtim, e vestigio, actutum.

This instant.

Clean.
inkstand.

The

Instantly, in a

moment,

sud-

ex-

templo.

Visne retinere equum ?

Will you keep the horse V


(keep it)
I do not desire to keep it.

Vdlo.
Retinere

I will

not keep

my money.

-<

my

inkstand

eum non

Pecunia mea

tibi

ciipio.

non retinenda

meam

Pecuniam

tenere

te

est.

non

opdrtet.

Will you clean

confestim.

Mundus, a, um.
*Atramentarmm, i, n.
Puncto (momento) temporis

denly.

You must

hoc in vestigio tempo-

vestigio,
ris,

Visne mihi emundare atramenta-

rium?
I will clean

Facere non nolo.

it.

Exercise

128.

Have you brought me the book which you promised me ?


I have
forgotten it.
Has your uncle brought you the handkerchiefs which
he promised you ?
He has forgotten to bring me them.
Have you

already written to your friend ?


I have not yet had time to write to
him.
I have not
Have you forgotten to write to your parents ?
forgotten to write to them.
To whom does this house belong ?
It
belongs to the English captain whose son has written a letter to us.
From
Does this money belong to thee?
It does belong to me.
whom hast thou received it ?
I have received it from the men whose
They
To whom do those woods belong V
children you have seen.
They are ours.
Whose horses are those ?
belong to the king.
I have
Have you told your brother that I am waiting for him here ?
He is not mine he is
Is that your son ?
forgotten to tell him so.
my friend's. Where is yours ? He is at Dresden. Does this
have you no other ?
I have
cloth suit you ?
It does not suit me
Will you show it to me ?
I
some other, but it is dearer than this.
They do
Do these boots suit your uncle ?
will show it to you.
Are these
not suit him, because they are too dear (nimis carus).

LATIN GRAMMAR.

408

[ LESSON 68.

They are the same.


you have spoken to us ?
It does not suit me.
Does it beDoes it suit you to go with us V
come you to go to the market ?
It does become me to go thither.
It does not become me to go
Did you go on foot into the country ?
on foot, so that I went thither in a carriage.
the boots of which

Exercise

129.

I am inquiring after your father.


your pleasure, Sir ?
No, Sir, he is gone out.
What is your pleasure ?
Is he at home ?
Will you wait till he comes back
I tell you that he is gone out.
Does this merchant sell on credit ?
I have no time to wait.
again ?
Does it suit you to buy for cash V
He does sell on credit.
It
Where have you bought these pretty knives ?
does not suit me.
I have bought them at the merchant's whose shop you saw yesterday.
He has sold them to me for
Has he sold them to you on credit ?
Not so often as you.
cash.
Do you often buy for cash ?
Have
I have forgotten nothing.
you forgotten anything here ?
Does it
I have not a good memory, so that
suit you to learn this by heart ?
Have you succeeded in writit does not suit me to learn by heart.
Have those merchants sucI have succeeded in it.
ing a letter ?
They have not succeeded therein.
ceeded in selling their horses ?
I have tried, but have
Have you tried to clean my inkstand?
Do your children succeed in learning the Engnot succeeded in it.
Is there any wine in this cask V
They do succeed in it.
lish ?
Is there any brandy in this glass ?
There is some in it.
There is
There is (incst) neither Avine
Is wine or water in it ?
none in it.
What is there in it ?
There is vinegar in it.
nor water in it.
There are some there.
Are there any men in your room ?
Is
There is no one there.
there any one in the storehouse ?
Were
There were many there.
there many people in the theatre ?
Are
There are many that will
there many children that will not play ?
Hast thou cleaned my trunk V
not study, but few that will not play.
Do you intend
I have tried to do it, but I have not succeeded.
I intend buying one, if the merchant sells it
buying an umbrella ?
Do you intend keeping mine?
me on credit.
I intend giving it
back again to you, if I buy one.

What

is

Lesson LXVIII.

PENSUM

DUODESEPTUAGE-

SLMUM.
GENITIVE AFTER VERBS.

Continued.

A. After verbs of accusing, convicting, condemning,


acquitting, and the like, the name of the crime is put in
1he genitive.


LESSON

GENITlVft AFTER VERBS.

GR.]

Such verbs are argutre,


to

itrgere,

to' an"

account

ieneri,

to accuse, arraign

be guilty of;

to

vnterrogdre, to call
guilty of;

become

convincere,
condemn absolm

captdre, to

to

purgdre, to acquit, absolve.

Cicero Verrem avariliae nimiae

E.

re,

g.

Cicero charged Verres with excos-

counjYdi.

sive avarice.

Gan any one

Cannensem qufsquam exeVcitUm


pot( 'st, ?

etiam saevitiae pdpulum

increpftit edicto.

Miltfades accusdtus estproditionis.


Qui alteram incusat prabri, cum
sc int.ueri opdrtet.

accuse

army,

the

which fought at Canna, of

figae aut pavoris insimuldre

fpsum

summon;-

judicdre, damndre, condemndre^

solvere, liberdre,

Galba

se alligdre, se adstringere, to

obligdn,

obstringi,

convict

coafgutire, insimUldre,increpdre,increpttdre,
- - aocusdre, incusdre, age~re, deferre
ar~
;

charge (accuse)

cessere, postuldre,

10'.)

(light

or cowardice ?
Galba, in an edict, reproved the
people for cruelty even.
Mutiades was accused of treason.
lie who charges another with dishonor should look into his own
breast.

Caesar

repetunddr

Caesar arraigned Dolabella on the


charge of extortion.

Furti se obligavit.

He was

Themistocles absens proditidnis


est damndtus.
Judex cum injuriarum dbsdlvit.

Themistocles, in his absence, was

rum *

Dolabellam
postuldoit.

SenAlus nee liberdvit ('jus cdlpae


regem, neque drguit.

guilty of theft.

condemned

for treason.

The judge

acquitted him of the


charge of personal injury.
The senate neither absolved the
king from that charge, nor accused him of it.

Remarks.
genitive of the crime may be explained by crimine or noiiunc] understood. These ablatives are sometimes actually put. E.g.
Ne absens invidiae crimine accusaretur.
Nomine sceleris conjurationisque damnati sunt.
1.

The

Genitives of the crime arc pecedti^ maleficii, sceleris, caedis, furti,


injuriarum, repetunddrum, proditidnis, majesta/is ;
probri, avaritiae, audaciae, temeritdtis, ignaviae,
2.

veneficii, parricidii, peculdtus, falsi,

impietdtis,

and

others.

Instead of the genitive, the ablative with de or in is sometimes


put.
E. g. De pecuniis repctundis accusatus est.
Rosctum de luxuria purgCwlt.
In crimine incendii convicti sunt.
In manifesto peccato tenebdtur.
So also Inter sicarios damndtus est, lie was con3.

demned as an assassin.
4. The punishment or

fine to

wise expressed by the genitive

which any one is condemned,


more rarely by the ablative. %

is

like-

Thus

Be. pecmi&rum, of money to be reclaimed, i. e. extorted.


the charge or accusation of, under the title of.
\ But always the ablative when a definite sum is named.
m'dlibui gravis atria til damndtus.
t

On

35

E.g. Quindecim

LATIN GRAMMAR.

410

[LESSON

6S.

multae, pecuniae, quadrupli, octupli, or morte, capite,


multa, pecunia damnari. Sometimes also by ad or in; as, ad poenam,
ad bestias, ad metalla, in metallum, in expensas damnari. E. g. MilTertia parte agri
tiades capitis absolutus,* pecunia multatus est.
damnaii sunt.
Multos ad metalla, aut ad bestias damncwit. The
poets put also the dative ; as, morti damnatus.
mortis, capitis,

The

construction of the above verbs extends to several adjeccompertus, noxius, innoxius, insons, manifestus, &c.
E. g. Reus est injuridrum, He is accused of trespass. Manifestus
rerum capitalium, Clearly convicted of a capital offence. Noxius conSacrilegii compertus, Found guilty
jurationis, Guilty of conspiracy.
5.

tives

as

reus,

of sacrilege.

B. After

esse and fieri the genitive often stands elliptically,


negotium, munus, officium, proprium, or some other word
signifying part, business, duty, office, property, &c., being underres,

E.

stood.

Neque hoc

g.
tdnti laboris est, qudnti

videtur (sc. esse).


Estjudicis, non quid ipse velit,
sed quid lex et religio cogat,
cogitare.

Est

adolescentis,

majdres

natu

vereri.

Hoc

doctoris intelligentis

quo
quemque.

ferat

Tdrdi ingenii

est,

dere,

sectari,

fdntes

est,

natura

vi-

sua

riviilos

con-

rerum

non

videre.

a matter of as much difit seems to be.


It is the business (duty) of a judge
to consider, not that which he
himself may desire, but what the
law and religion enforce.
It belongs to a young man to respect those older than himself.
It is the part of an intelligent inis

this

ficulty as

structor, to examine the natural


aptitude of every one.
It is the sign (characteristic) of a
dull head, to follow the course of
things, and not to see their causes.

nulin errore

Every man is liable to err, but


none but a fool will persevere in

quae

Science

Cujiisvis liominis est errare


lius, nisi insipientis,

Nor

perseverare.

error.

Ars ecirum rerum

est,

sci-

relates

to

those

things

which are the objects of cogni-

lintur.

tion.

Petulantia magis
tium,

quam

est

adolescen-

senum.

Omnia, quae mulieris fuerunt,

viri

fiunt.

Thebae populi Romdni jure


fdctae sunt.

belli

Petulance is characteristic rather of


young than of old men.
Everything, which belonged to the
woman, becomes the property of
the husband.
Thebes became the property of the
Romans by right of war.

" Eeleased from capital punishment."


Thus also capitis accusdre or arone on a capital charge; capitis or capite anquirere, damnare,
condemnare, to doom or condemn one to death.
similar idiom is voti or votorum damnari, to have one's wish fulfilled or granted (lit. to be condemned to
redeem one's vow).
cessere, to arraign

LESSON

GENITIVE AFTER VERBS.

68.]

Jam me Pompeii tdtum

You know

esse scis.

411

that I

am

Pompey.
and money

already en-

tirely for

Eamilia pecuniaque
gentiliumque

The

agnatorum

slaves

shall

become

the property of the relations and


members of the gens.

e'sto

Remarks.
The

of negotium, &c, which is commonly assumed to explain this construction, is sometimes expressed. E. g. Non liorum tem1.

ellipsis

Sapientis

porum negotium est.


munus est.

praeceptoris

Officium

est

proprium *

Id

judlcis,

vin,

hominis puto.
In all of
which examples the omission of these words would leave the sense
unaltered.
liberi esse

2. The genitive of the personal pronoun is never put, but instead


of it the neuter of the corresponding possessive. Hence meum, tuum,
suum, nostrum, vestrum est, and not mei, tui, &c. est. E. g. Non est
mentlri meum, Lying is not rny business (not characteristic of me).
Est tuum, videre, quid agatur, It is your part (it belongs to you) to
see what is at stake. Fuit meum jam pridem patriam lugere, It was
long ago my lot to mourn over my country .f
3. This rule extends also to verbs of esteeming, believing, and to
passives of appearing, seeming, &c, generally with esse understood.
E. g. Tutelae nostrae duximus, sc. esse,
considered it a matter
subject to our intervention.
Duri hominis videtur, sc. esse, It seems
Tempori cedere, semper sapientis est habitum,
to betray a cruel man.
To yield to circumstances has always been considered characteristic

We

of a prudent man.
4. When the genitive has a gerundive connected with it, esse stands
in the sense of "to contribute or conduce to." E. g. Regium imperium initio conservandae libertatis atque augendae rei publicae fuit,
At first the royal government contributed to the preservation of liberty, and to the advancement of the common weal.

(=

est
5. In this construction are included the expressions moris est
in more, est in more positum), or consuetudinis est, It is a characteristic
feature of the manners and customs (e. g. of the Greeks, &c.) est
operae
est operae pretiwn), it is worth while, &c. ; instead of which
mos est, consuetudo est (e. g. Gallorum, Graecdruni), may also be em;

(=

ployed.

The impersonal verbs

O.

interest

and

refert are followed

genitive of the person interested or concerned, but where


a personal pronoun is required, by the possessives med, tua, sua,
E. g.
nostra, vestra, and cuja. %

by the

* Compare

page 352, note J.


also other adjectives in place of the genitive.

E. g. Eocpatrium (= paEt agere etpati fortia Romanum est, &c.


causa
or
re
may
be
supplied.
According to some
ablatives
With
these
\
grammarians, these pronouns are neut. ace. pi. with commoda understood.
The quantity of the final a, however, and the testimony of Priscian, decide in
t

So

iris) est.

favor of the ablative.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

412
Magni

interest Ciceronis, vel

pdtius, vel

hddie, ciijus
e'st
istam legem manere ?

intersit,

maxime

judices, hoc

in-

adscripsi,

quod

tua nihil re-

ferebat.

Humanitatis plurlmum

refert.

68.

a matter of great importance *

me,

to Cicero, or rather to

terest.

Non

It is

mehercle utrkisgue.

Quis

Ve'stra,

mea

[LESSON

or,

by

Hercules, to both of us.


Who is there to-day (= now) that
is at all concerned in the permanence of this law ?
This is a matter of the highest importance to you, judges.
I have not added what does not
concern you.
It is a matter of the highest mo-

ment

to humanity.

Remarks.
1. The degree of importance is expressed either by genitives like
magni, permagni, parol, pluris, tanti, and quanti, &c, or by adverbs or
neuter accusatives used adverbially as, multum, plus, magis, maxime,
parum, paulum, minus, minime, valde, magnupere, niliil, &c. The genE. g. Magni refert, hie quod
itive of the person is often omitted.
Quod
velit, It is a question of great consequence what this man wants.
permagni interest, pro necessario habetur, That which is of great importance is often deemed a matter of necessity. Hoc non pluris refert,
quam si imbrem in cribrum geras, This is of no more consequence than
if you were to pour water into a sieve.
;

2. The matter or thing of consequence or importance is expressed,


b) by a
) by the infinitive (with or without a subject accusative)
clause introduced by ut (uti), ne, or an interrogative (qui, qualis,
quam, &c.) and c) sometimes by the neuter pronouns hoc illud, &c.
but never by a substantive. E. g. Interest omnium recte facere, It
Quid nostra refert, victum esse Antonium f
concerns all to do right.
What do we care for the defeat of Antonius ? Reipubttcae interest,
uti salvus esset, It is important to the commonwealth that he should be
safe.
Kon refert, quam multos libros, sed quam bonos habeas, It matters not how many books you have, but how good they are.
;

3. In the sense of " it profits, it conduces to," these verbs also take
the dative or the accusative with ad.
E. g. Cui rei id te assimuldre
relidit 1 What advantage was it to you to pretend that ?
Magni ad
honorem nostrum interest, It contributes greatly to our honor.

( Jacio, ere, jeci,

To

{^Mitto, ere, mlsi,

To

cast or

in, forth,

To throw
one.

throw
&c.
stones

jactum.

< Jacto, are, dvi, dtum.

cast, throw.

at,

upon,

at

some

missum.

Adjicere, conjicere, injicere, projicere, &c.


Lapldes mittere or conjicere in
aliquem.

Petere aliquem lapidibus.

" it concerns, it imports, it is of importance to."


* Interest
concerns, serves, profits, is the interest of."

Refert

="

it

LESSON

THRASES AND EXERCISES.

6S.]

To

cast an eye upon some


one or something.
To cast one into prison
(chains).

Oculos in aliquem or aliquid conjicere.


(

To throw

the blame upon


some one.
To throw (prostrate) one's
self at the feet of some one.

Have you thrown a

413

Aliquem in carcerem eonjieere.


Dare aliquem in vincula.
Culpam in aliquem conjieere or
conferre.
Projicere (sternere)* se ad pedes
alicujus.

Injecistine lapidem in flumen ?

stone into

the river ?
Injeci vero linum aliquem.

have thrown one in.


Does he throw the blame upon
I

me ?
He does

Num
Non

it upon you.
an eye upon that

not throw

Did you
book ?

cast

paper

was

Were
you

me

cdnjicit (con-

Non

not.

into prison ?

does the stone

lie

now

Factum est.
mine jacet

tJbi

In

It lies in the river.

TJbi jacuit liber ?

Jacebat super
ere, xi,

ctum.
Duco, ere, xi, ctum.
Traho, ere, xi, ctum.

Rapio,

ere, put,

I
;

to seize

(hurry off).

To draw

the wagon.

To draw

the sword.

mensam

Traho,

lapis ?

Where

did the book lie ?


was lying on the table.

ad

fliiinine.

It

To drag

se

pedes regis ?
Se non prostravit.
j Conjectusne est in carcerem
( Datusne est in vincula ?

To draw, pull.

te jactabant

(conjiciebant) ?
Non jactabant.
Projecitne (prostravitne),

They were not.


Did he throw himself

Was he thrown
He was.

adjiciebat.

Niimquid lapides in

at the feet
of the king ?
He did not prostrate himself.

in te cdnjicit (ednfert).

Conjeci profecto.
Adjiciebatne oculos ad chartam (or
chartae) ?

they throwing stones at

Where

in

Conjecistine oculos ilium in librum ?

I did (cast an eye upon it).


at the
Was he casting a glance

He

culpam

fert)?

(in

mensa).

plum.

Currum

trahere (or when slowly or


gently, ducere).
Gladium (e vagina) educere or
distringere.

To drag one
To drag one
To drag one

into the street.

into servitude.
to punishment,

to death.

To hurry one

off into prison,

Extrahere aliquem in publicum.


Abstrahere aliquem in servitudinem.
Rapere aliquem ad supplicium, ad
mortem.
Abripere aliquem in carcerem, in
vincula.

chains.

* Stemo,

35*

ere, stravi, stratum.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

414

"Where did they drag him to


They dragged (hurried^ him

68.

Quo eum rapuerunt ?


Abripuerunt eum in carcerem (in

into

vincula).

prison.

Ndnne eum

Did they not drag (hurry) him

straxerunt

into slavery ?

They

[lesson

Factum

did.

Does the

liorse

draw the

servitudineni

in

est vero.

Equiisne trahit (ducit) ciirrum

car-

ab-

riage ?

The

horse does

iEquus.

it.

The pain (of body or mind).


The evil, ill.
The trouble, inconvenience.
The injury (injustice).
The detriment, loss.
The loss.

Dolor,

oris,

Malum,

i,

m.

n.

To pain

of

(bodily or mentally

to

To

doluit,

dolere

Dolorem facere or

hurt (of

(mihi ali-

one (of per-

afferre alicui (mentally).

('Alicui dolorem fac.ere or efficere


(mentally and physically).
<
( Aegre facere alicui (mentally).
\

injure (hurt) one.

efficere alicui

(bodily).

Dolorem

sons).

To

Ddlet,

pain, hurt

n.

i,

quid).

things).

To

Detrimentum, damnum,
Jactura, ae,/.

things).

To cause pain,

To

Molest la, ae,/.


Injuria, ae,/!

Injuriam

alicui inferre.

\ Noceo, ere, cui, citum (alicui).


( Viol are aliquem.
offer violence to one.
\ Alicui vim afferre.
offer violence to one's
Vim (nianus) sibi inferre.

self.

To
To

molest any one.


injure

one's

Alicui molestiam exhibere.


interest,

(cause injury or loss).


To be a loss or injury to
one.

Damnum

(detrimentum)

alicui in-

ferre (afferre).

Dam no

or detrimento (dat.) esse

alicui.

To

suffer or sustain loss


anything.

Does

this pain you ?


does pain me.
That pains (grieves)

It

me

much.
Does anything pain you

by

Damnum

(jacturam) facere aliqua

re.

Doletne tibi hoc ?


Ddlet mihi profecto.
very ( Id mihi magnum dolorem affert.
\ Ddlet mihi magndpere.
Facitne (efficitne) tibi aliquid

dolorem ?

My
It

finger pains me.

pains me,

My

when

am whipped.

and head pain me.


Have you hurt any one ?
feet

Dolorem mihi efhcit digitus.


Mihi ddlet, quum ego vapulo.
Ddlent mihi pedes atque caput.

Niim cuiquam

aliquid dolores fe-

cisti (effecisti)

have hurt no one.

'?

Esro dolorem feci nemini.

LESSON
tt
Has
lie

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

68.]

r
hurt your feelings
i

-i

He

has not only hurt my feelings,


but my person even.
Has any one injured you ?

415

^^ m ^^
Aegrene

tibi fecit ?

non solum dolorem, sed vim

Is mihi

etiam attulit.
Niimquis tibi ndcuit (injuriam

111-

tulit) ?

No

Nemo.

one (has injured me).

Were

they molesting any one ?


They were molesting no one
Was that a loss to you

Eccui molestias exhibebant

Nemini

(milli).

Fuitne

tibi illud

(injury) ?

jiiriae intuli V

fmmo

No, on the contrary, you have


done me good.

to

overload

me

(-but, butuni).

Beneficiis aliquem afftcere or ornare.


Beneficiis aliquem cumulare.

with bene-

civilities,

OfTit-ia alicui tribuere.

at-

OrFieia in aliquem conferre.

tentions.

On

Immo enim vero

the contrary, you have shown


me nothing but civilities.
You have on the contrary overloaded me with many and
great benefits.
It is a pity.

Immo

pdtius

me

multis et magnis

Dolendum est.
Mors ejus dolenda est.
Dolendum est, quod non in vita est.
Dolendum est, quod non matiirius
venerunt.

be useful (to

any one).

To be wholesome, good
one's health, to

for

j Utilem (e) esse (alicui).


Usui esse (alicui).
{
f Prqdest, profuit, prodesse.

Conducit, conduxit, conducere.


do one J
|

good.

\_

do you good ?

does do me good.
This is excellent for me (does
me much good).
What is the servant doing with
It

his

nisi offi-

beneficiis cumulasti.

sooner.

this

mihi non

cia tribuisti.

His death is to be lamented.


It is a pity, that he is not alive.
It is a pity, they did not come

Does

potXus, im-

or kindness.

To show one

To

tribuisti.

'Beneficia alicui dare or tribuere

slioiv

one kindness.

fits

vero mihi beneficia

Immo, immo vero, immo


mo enim vero.

the contrary

To do one good,

To

damno (detrimen-

to) ?

Ego vero damnum eo feci magnum.


Egdne tibi linquam quidquam in-

Yes, I sustained a heavy loss by it.


I ever done you any harm

Have

No, on

broom

Salutdrem (salilti) esse.


(All with alicui.)

Conducitne tibi hoc ?


\ Estne tibi hoc saliiti ?
j

Conducit.

Saliiti est profecto.

Hoc mihi maxime


Quid

scdpis

servus

siiis

conducit.
facit

(inceptat)

LATIX GRAMMAR.

416

He sweeps the room with


What do you wish to make

Piirgat

it.

Ego ex eo

68.

cubieulum.

(iis)

Quid hoc ex

out

of this wood ?
I wish to make nothing at all out
of it.
Have they done anything with

him

[LESSON

ligno facere vis ?

nihil

quidquam

facere

eiipio.

Xumquid de

eo

(e'i)

fecerunt ?

They have done


To

Xihil fecerunt.

nothing.

by

pa.s-s

(any

or. before

Praeterire, translre

To walk by or before.
To ride by or before.
"When did you

pass

by

(aliquem, ali-

QUEM LOCUM).

one or any place).

Praetergredlor, di, gressus sum.


Praetervehor, i, vectus sum (ali-

quem, ALIQUEM LOCUM).


Quando ddmum meam praeteri-

my house.

visti?
(

I passed it on the day before


yesterday.
What place were they passing ?
They were passing by the public
square of the city.
"Was it my brother whom you
passed ?
It was your brother.
"Who is passing by us ?
Our tailor with his son is passing us.
Who is driving by the theatre ?
(It is) the doctor."

Praeterivi earn nudius tertius.

Quern locum praeteribant V


Praeteribant (transibant) locum
bis publicum.
Fratremne meum praeteribas ?
Yero, fnitrem tuum.
Quis nos praeterit ?
Sartor ndster
eunt.

squander.
(

Did they throw away anything

They threw away

all

their

dered

He

Eifundo,

ere, fudi, fusion.


Dilapido, are, dci, atum.

Abjiriebiintnc illiquid

Abjieiebant vero arma atque tela


sua omnia.

arms

and weapons.

How much money

nos p>raeter-

filio

Abjicio, ere, jeci, jectinn.


(

lavish,

cum

Quis theatram praetervehitur


Medicus.

To throw away.
To

lir-

Quantam pecuniam dilapidavit i

has he squan-

has squandered his

entire

Facilitates siias

dmnes

profudit.

fortune.

thrown away

I have

(lost)

Perdidi tdtam horam.

an

entire hour.

Exercise

How many
twice.

Have you killed

Have you

130.

times have you shot at that bird


it ?

have killed

it

have shot at

at the second shot.

it

I have killed it at the


which you (see) upon the houses,
or at those which you see in the gardens ?
I shoot neither at those
which I (sec) upon the houses, nor at those which I sec in the gardens, but at those which I perceive upon the trees.
How many

fourth.

killed that bird at the first shot ?

Do you shoot

at the birds

LESSON

SYNTAX OF THE ABLATIVE.

69.]

times have the enemies fired at us

Have

They have

417
fired at us several

they killed any one ?


They have killed no one.
Have you a wish to shoot at that bird ?
I have a desire to shoot at
Why do you not shoot at those birds ? I cannot, for I have no
it.
powder.
How many birds have you shot at ? I have shot at all
that I have perceived, but I have killed none, for my powder was not
Have you cast an eye upon that man ?
good.
I have cast an eye
upon him.
Has your uncle seen you ?
I have passed by the side
of him, and he has not seen me, for he has sore eyes.
Has that man
hurt you ?
No, sir, he has not hurt me.
What must one do in
order to be loved ?
One must do good to those that have done us
harm.
Have we ever done you harm ?
No, you have on the
contrary done us good.
Do you do harm to any one ?
I do no
one any harm.
Why have you hurt these children? I have not
hurt them.
You have not hurt me, but your
Have I hurt you ?
T
children (have).
hat have they done to you?
They dragged
me into your garden in order to beat me.
Have they beaten you ?
They have not beaten me, for I ran away.
Is it your brother
who has hurt my son ?
No, sir, it is not my brother, for he has
never hurt any one.
Have you drunk of that wine ?
I have
drunk of it, and it has done me good.
What have you done with
my book ? I have placed it on the table. Where does it lie now ?
times.

Where are my gloves They are lying


has been thrown the
Where my
upon the
Who has thrown into Was he accused of any crime
He was not accused of a crime, but of avarice. Are they guilty
(ppligantne
of treason They are guilty of treason and impiety.
Did the judge absolve them from
(culpae) He did not
absolve them. Did the book become yours (turn) No,
became
important
(/actus
the property of my brother.
you,
your friend
dare)
should write (me
that
a matter
humanity, that you should write
him.
of the highest importance

err Every man


(cujus)
Who
the duty of every man
my duty do what right
do

It lies

upon the

table.

chair.

stick ?

is

river.

it ?

it

se)

into

It

guilt

Is

est)

to

litteras

to

to

is

to

it

what

is

is

It is

to

est to

liable

it

it

is

It

liable to err.

Is

to

is

right.

Lesson LXIX.

PENSUM

UNDESEPTUAGESI-

MUM.
SYNTAX OF THE ABLATIVE.
The ablative serves to express a variety of relations, of which
most important are those of cause, condition, modality,
AH these
QUALITY, TLACE, TIME, DIFFERENCE, and NUMBER.
relations are in English indicated by means of prepositions, such as
A.

the

2A

LATIN GRAMMAR.

418

[LESSON

69.

on account of, with respect to. The Ablative of Time


already been considered in Lesson LYLT., that of Place in Lesson
LVL, and the Ablative after Comparatives in Lesson XLHL, q. v.
by, witli,from, of,

lias

THE ABLATIVE OF CAUSE.


B. After verbs passive and neuter, and sometimes
also after transitive verbs and adjectives, the ablative
serves to indicate the cause, occasion, ground, or reason
of the action or state expressed by them.*
E. g.
Mdri supero inferoque Italia insulae mddo cingitur.
Quae ddmus tarn stabilis est, quae
non o'diis atque dissid'ds funditus pdssit everti ?

Etesianun/2a7u nimii temperdntur


caldres.

Darius senectute diem

obiit

supre-

mum.

is bounded by the upper and


the lower sea, like an island.
What house is there so firm, that
could not be destroyed to its
very foundation by hatred and
dissension ?
The spells of excessive heat are
moderated by the Etesian winds.
Darius died from the effects of old
age.
should be sorry, for the fault

Italy

Delicto dolere, correctione gaudere nos opdrtet.


Concordia res parvae crescunt^
discdrdid muximae dilabuntur.

We

Miilris in rebus negligentid] ple-

We

ctimur.

Miltiades aeger drat vulne'ribus,


quae, &c.

Minturnenses Murium fessum

ind-

and

rejoice at

its

correction.

By

concord small things increase


and prosper, but by discord the
greatest are reduced to ruin.
suffer punishment for negligence in many tilings.
Mfltiad.es was sick from the wounds,
wliich, &c.

The

Minturnenscs rcinvigorated
who had been exhausted
by fasting and the effects of the

did fuclibusque reerearunt.

Marius,
sea.

Si fructibus et emolumentis% ami-

colcmus.

citias

In culpa

If

we

will cultivate friendship

on

account of its advantages and


emoluments, &c.

sunt, qui officia dese-

runt mollitia animi.

They

are

culpable,

their duties

who

neglect

from want of firm-

ness.

Diverse duobus

avaritia et
luxuria, civitas Romuna laborabat.

* These
on account

vitiis,

The Roman

state suffered from two


opposite vices, from avarice and

luxury.

relations are in English expressed


of,

by

the prepositions by, from, of,

for.

propter neglitjentiam.

= propter fnidus

See note
\

5.

Compare note

2.

et

enwlumenta, or fructuum

et

emolumentomm

gratia.

LESSON

69.]

ABLATIVE OF THE INSTRUMENT.

419

Remarks.
After passive verbs, the impersonal cause alone stands in the
ablative without a preposition, and the personal agent requires the
preposition a or ah.
(Cf. page 165.)
1.

2. The adjectives and neuter verbs, thus followed by the ablative


of the cause, are generally resolvable into a passive verb akin to them
E. g. Fessus longd standi mora, Weary (i. e. having been
in sense.
consumptus est
made weary) from long standing. Interiit fame
Gaudeo tuo lionore
delector tuo honore,
fame, He died of hunger.
Expectatio rumore crevit
aucta est rumor e,
I rejoice in your honor.
The expectation increased with the report.

=
=
=

In many of the above-mentioned cases the cause or occasion may


be expressed by prepositions as by oh, propter, and per with the
accusative, or by ah, de, ex, andprae with the ablative.
E. g. Ob mePropter metum, prae
rita sua cams, Beloved on account of his merit.
lacrimis non scribere possum, I am unable to write from fear, on ac3.

also

count of the tears I shed. Per valetudlnem id helium exsequi nequierat,


He had been unable to finish that war, on account of his health.* Ex
intestinis, expedibus lahorare, To suffer from the diarrhoea, from the gout.
accusative vicem, " on account of," often occurs in conneca genitive, or the possessives meam, tuam, &c, instead of the
E. g. Tuam vicem doleo, I am grieved on your account.
ablative vice.
Maeslus non suam vicem, sed propter ipsum periclitanttum fratrum (sc.
vicem), Sad not on his own account, but on account of his brothers in
danger on his account.

The

4.

tion with

5. After transitive verbs the cause, ground, or reason is sometimes


expressed by the ablative alone, f but more commonly by propter with
the accusative, or by causa, gratia, ergo, or nomine, with the genitive.
E. g. Multi ex urhe amicitiae causa (= propter amicitiam) Caesdrem
seciiti erant, Many from the city had followed Caesar out of friendship.
Corona aured donatus est virtiitis ergo benevolentiaeque, He was presented with a crown of gold on account of his valor and benevolence.
6. When the cause is an intention or purpose, it is expressed by
and the motive by amure, ird, odio, laehac mente, hoc consilio, ut
titid, &c, in connection with some participles like ductus, adductus,
E. g. ird incensus, from feelings of reincensus, incitatus, motus, &c.
venge inopid adductus, induced by want; coactus metu, driven by
Classem ea mente compardvit, ut ltaliam peteret, He raised a
fear.
fleet with the intention of invading Italy.
,

THE ABLATIVE OF THE MEANS OR INSTRUMENT.


After verbs of every kind, the ablative serves to
C.
indicate the means or instrument by or with which anything is effected or realized.
* Per and propter may also have an accusative of the person. E. g. Si per
me licuisset, If I had given permission. Propter quos vlcit, Through whom he
But the mere ablative of the person never occurs in any of these relations.
As in the two examples preceding the last under the rule, page 418.

lives.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

420

The corresponding English


E.

through.

[LESSON

prepositions are with, by, by

69.

means of

g.

Lycurgus leges suas

Lycurgus established

auctoritdte

Benevolentiam ci'vium

his

laws by

the authority of Delphic Apollo.


Bulls defend themselves with their
horns, boars with their tusks,
lions with their jaws.
It is disgraceful to solicit the favor
of the people by means of flat-

Apdllmis Delphici confrmdvit.


Cor nib us tauri, apri dentibus,
morsu lednes se tutdntur.
blanditiis

colligere turpe est.

tery.

Katuram
usque

expe'llas furca,

You may

tamen

drive out nature with a


it will incessantly

pitchfork, yet

reeiirret.

return again.

Britanni interidres lacte et

came

The Britons of

the interior live on


milk and flesh.
Hannibal took Saguntum by force.
Injustice is done in two ways,
either by violence or fraud.

vivuni.

Hannibal Saguntum n expugndvit.


Injuria fit duobus mddis, aut vi,
aut fraude.

Remarks.
rarely employed, when the means or instrument
has reference to & person, but generally either per with the accusative,
E. g.
or the periphrasis alicujus opera, benefieio, consilio, culpa, &c.
Per te salvus sum, I am safe through your instrumentality. Delrimenta
per homines eloquentissimos importdta, Evils introduced by the most
Quorum opera
per quos) plebem concitdtam existieloquent men.
mdbcint, By whom they supposed the people to have been roused.
Eqiiitem Homanum benefieio tuo conservdvi, I have saved a Roman
knight through your kindness.
Cujus indicio
per quos) haec
cognoverant, Through whom they had become informed of this.
1.

The

ablative

is

(=

(=

2. Per with the accusative is often put instead of the ablative of the
means, especially when reference is had to external circumstances.
E. g. Per vim ei bona eripuit, He robbed him of his property by main
force (by forcible measures).
Per litteras aliquem certiorem facere,
To inform any one by letter. Per simulationem amicitiae me perdidcrunt, They have ruined me under the pretence of friendship. But the
material instrument is always expressed by the ablative.
E. g. Vulnerare aliquem gladio, cultro, sagittis, To wound any one with the
sword, with a knife, with arrows.

To spend, consume (time

in

anything).

To devote
To spend
beguile

time to anything.
impereeptibly, to
time with any-

{Ago, ere, egi, actum.


Consumo, ere, mpsi, mptum.

Contero, ere,

trlvi,

trxtum.

(TEMPI'S (in) ALIQUA RE).


Tempus ponere in aliqua re.
Fallo, ere, fefelli, falsum

(tempus

ALIQUA RE).

thing.

WJiat do you spend your time


in?

Qua

in re te'mpus

teris) ?

consumis (cdn-

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

69.]

my

I spend

Tempus

time in studying (in

in stiidiis litterarum cdntero (consiimo).

studies).

How

has he spent his

Qudmodo vitam

life ?

consumpsit

He

has spent his

life

has spent his

idleness

He

was

and

was

feasting.

sit.

Tdtos dies juxta fdcum atque ignem


agebat (= agere solebat).
Tdtas ndctes legendo et scribendo
conterebat (= conterere solebat)

in the habit of spending

entire days

He

by the

fireside.

in the habit of

wearing

out entire nights in reading

and

writing.

Agitne vitam juciinde (hilare)

he spending a pleasant life ?


On the contrary, he is having a
hard life of it.
How did he spend the night ?
Is

Immo

vitam.

Fefellit

in banqueting.

spatiosam

ndctem convi-

viis.

Where did he spend his vacation ?

(quo loco) ferias siias exigebat


Exigebat eas riiri, in urbe, ddmi.

tJbi

He

spent them in the country, in


the city, at home.
Does it behoove us to spend this
day pleasantly ?

consumamus

Maxime

The vacation.
Travelling.

Feriae, arum, f.
Peregrinatio, onis, f.

The

Convivium,

banquet.
anything.

-<

one.

opdrtet.

i,

Allquem non invenlre.

Ab

aliquo deerrare or aberrdre (on


the road).

non assequi

Propositum

To
To

miss one's aim.

miss one's turn.

n.

Amittere rem aliquam.


Deerrare aliqua re.
'

To miss (not find) any

sum).
Fine excidere

(-cidi,

Ordinem non

servare.
Suis partibus deesse.

Has

Deeravitne ictus

It

Factum

the blow missed ?


has missed.
Are you missing your way ?
I am not missing it.
I have missed (not found) him.

You have

missed your turn.

has missed his aim.

36

Oportetne nos hiinc diem hilare

means.

To miss

He

(consiimpsit)

contrivit

ndctem ?
Hdras fallebat jucundis sermdnibus.

was beguiling the hours with


pleasant conversation.
He has spent the livelong night

all

pdtius p.arce ac diiriter agit

Qudmodo

He

By

siiam

in perpetua peregrinatione consiimpsit.


Vitam in dtio et conviviis absiimp-

uselessly in

life

(aetatem)

Aetatem siiam

in perpetual

travelling.

He

421

est.

Deerrasne itinere

Non

deerro.
Eum non inveni.

Ordinem non
Defuisti

Fine

tiiis

servasti.

partibus.

excidit.

(-cutus

).

LATIN GRAMMAR.

422
The

turn (part, role).

[LESSON

69.

m. : partes, ium, f. pi.


gen.f.
ordine, ordine, per ordlnem.

Ordo,

inis,

vicis,

Ex

In turn, in order.
It is

my,

To

Ordo me, te, eum, nos vdcat.


{ Meae, tuae, ejus, ndstrae partes sunt.
( Ex ordine (per ordlnem) aliquid
(

thy, his, our, &c. turn.

take one's turn.

To

do any-

fail, neglect (to

thing).

(aliquid facere).

The merchant has failed to send


me the money due (me).

You have

failed to

come

to

me

morning.
have neglected to perform

tliis

You

your duties and

obligations.

Am I neglecting any one ?


(con-

cerning) any one.


To hear anything from any

one

To

receive news from (concerning) any one.

Have you heard

from

(learnt)

I have heard nothing at

have

hddie

mane

neslex-

Offi'cia tiia

etmunera obire praeter-

misisti.
?

Aliquid de aliquo audire, accipere.


Aliquid ah (ex) aliquo audire, accipere, cognoscere (-novi, nitum).

Nuntium acclpere ab (de)

aliquo.

Accepistine nuntium ab amico

any-

Num. quidquam ndvi


Nihil

all.

you

heard

tiio ?

cogndvisti ?

quidquam audivi (accepi).


cognovisti (nuntium acce-

De quo

pisti) ?

I have heard from


I hear (learn) that

my

father.

your brother

has arrived.

To

assure
thing)

(one

of

any-

To persuade.
you sacredly of this.
I wish you to be persuaded of this.
I assure

you (be assured).

I assure you of my assistance (in


your plans).
Did he assure you of his assist-

ance

me

IStl.

Accepi.

Have you heard


thing new ?

I assure

mittere praetermisit.

Venire ad

your

friend ?
I have heard.

(news)

Mercator mini pecuniam debitam

Niim ego quenquam negligo

To hear anything of

Of whom

agere.
Praelermitto, ere, mlsi, missum.
Negligo, ere, lexi, ledum.

To happen,

Nuntium accepi a

patre.

Accipio (audio, disco), tiium

fra-

trem advenisse.
Confrmo, are, avi, atum.
Affirmdre (alicui, aliquid).
Persuddeo, ere, si, sum (alicui

DE ALIQUA RE).
Hoc tibi sancte affirmo.
Hac de re tibi persuaderi

velim.
vdlo (velim).

Persuadeas

tibi

Persuasum

tibi sit.

Persuadeas

tibi

velim,

me

tuis con-

non defuturum.
Volmtne tibi persuaderi, se
consiliis non defuturum?
siliis

occur, take place Fio, fieri, actus sum.


(generally).
\ Evenio, Ire, veni, ventum.

tuis

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

69.]

To happen

to

Facta

A most serious calamity has hap-

est

(accidit)

calamitas gra-

vissima.

pened.

Ees pessimae acciderunt.

has met with a great misfor-

Accidit ei

malum pessimum.

Magnam

tune.

met with a most

I have

423

Accido, ere, cidi,


Contingo, ere, tigi, tactum.
(mihi, tibi, sibi
ALICUI.)

one (to meet

with)

He

..

Facta

serious

in calamitatem incidit.
est mihi injuria gravissima.

injustice.

I have (meet with) the good fortune.

The good

fortune

Contingit mihi

Fortuna secunda

happi-

ness.

fortune,

Fortuna adversa

misfor-

tune; calamity.

To

meet (any
chance).

one

be, to exist, to

by

-j

malum,

i,

n. ; ca-

Occurristine alicui ?
Yenistine alicui obviam ?
6bviam veni fratri tiio.

Obviam veniebam
minum.

be found.

multitiidini hd-

Esse, inveniri, repeiiri.

There, in that place.

Ibi, illic

Ne
Ne
Ne
Ne
Ne

Not even.

Not even a book.


Not even one (not a single one).
Not even once.
Not even the people.
The village.

many

lamitas, atis, f.
Occurro, are, ri, sum.

I have met with your brother.


I met a large number of men.

there

casus secundus

Obviam venire (alicui).

Did you meet with any one

Are

felicitas, atis,/.

The bad

To

felicitas.

ibidem (adv.).

quidem.

quidem.
unus quidem.
semel quidem.
pdpulus quidem.
Vicus, pagus, i, m.
liber

Siintne (inveniuntiirne) miilti equi


hoc in vico ?
1 Estne (invenitiirne) cdpia equorum
hoc in vico ?
Inveniiintur (sunt) vero miilti (per-

horses in this]

village ?

There are a good many (here).

miilti)

not a single good horse


(to be found) there.
Is there much wine this year ?
There is an abundance of it.
There are no apples this year.

Ne unum quidem equum bdnum

Are there many learned men

Inveniuntiirne miilti ddcti in Fran-

There

is

ibidem invenias.
hoc anno cdpia vini ?
ifest ejus vero cdpia magna.
Poma hoc anno nulla sunt (reperi^festne

lintur)

in

France ?
There are a great many there.

cogallia ?

Inveniiintur (reperiuntur) ibi permiilti.

To

be of use (good, useful).

Utilem or bonum esse (alicui


rem) usui esse ad rem.

rei,

ad

LATIX GRAMMAR.

424

Of what

use

Cui usui

that ?

is

It is

good to

It

useful against bodily pain.

is

"Tsui est

eat.

Hoc

this

is

not

is

fit

man good

is

usui est (plane inutile

niilli

Quarn ad rem

for ?

for anything.

,n n
Kood-ior-notninw fellow.
a ~
-,

est hoc ?
ad vescendum.

est)

less)

He
TT
He

69.

Utile est contra doldres corporis.


Nihili est.
Nullius pretii est.

no use (worth nothing).


This is of no use (entirely use-

It is of

What

[LESSOX

,,

faults in his little

book ?
There are none in it.
Is the stuff, which you
bought, good ?
No, it is good for nothing.

The
The

Homo
c

(!

Are there any

xitilis (iddneus) est


hicce ?
"LTtilis (iddneus) est ad millam rem.
Homo est neqm'ssimus.
x
,,.,.

Reperiiintur nulla.

have

Estne textum, quod

Xon

ve'ro

tii

est).

fault, defect.

Yitlum,

material,

Textum,

stuff.

Exercise

my

nihili est.

Reperiuntiirne vitia in ejus libello

emisti,

bdnum ?

inutile est (nullius pre-

;'

n.

i,
i,

.; pannus,

i,

m.

131.

where are they ?


They are lying in the
river.
Who has thrown them into it V Your servant, because they
"What have you done with your
were no longer good for anything.
What has the joiner
money ?
I have bought a house with it.
done with that wood ?
He has made a table and two chairs of it.
What has the tailor done with the cloth which you gave him ?
He
has made clothes of it for (Dative) your children and mine.
What
has the baker done with the flour which you sold him ?
He has
made bread of it for you and me.
Have the horses been found ?
They have been found.
Where have they been found ?
They
have been found behind the wood, on this side of the river.
Have
you been seen by anybody ?
I have been seen by nobody.
Have
you passed by anybody ?
I passed by the side of you, and you did
not see me.
Has any one passed by the side of you
Xo one has
passed by the side of me.
By what is the field surrounded (cingitur) ?
It is surrounded by trees.
Of what disease (morbus) did
he die {mortuus est) ?
He did not die of any disease, but from old
age.
Have they been punished for negligence V
They have been
punished.
Is your brother sick from the wounds he has received ?
Xo, he is sick from the headache.
Do you cut your meat with a
knife ?
I cut it with a knife and fork.
Were you injured by violence or by fraud ?
I was injured both by violence and by fraud.
I do not see

gloves

'?

Exercise

Do you

132.

I do expect my cousin, the


I have seen him
morning
What does young man wait

expect any one


Have you not seen him ?
passed before my house.

officer.

this

this

he has
for ?

LESSON

ABLATIVE OF MODE OR MANNER.

70.]

425

Art thou waiting for anything ?


lie waits for money.
I am waiting for my book.
Is this young man waiting for his money V
JIc
Has the king passed (in the carriage) here?
is waiting for it.
Has he not passed
lie has not passed here, but betbre the theatre.
lie has passed there; but I have not
before the new fountain V
r
I spend my time in
A\ hat do you spend your time in?
seen him.
Pie spends
studying.
What does your brother spend his time in V
Does this man spend his time in
his time in reading and playing.
Avorking ?
He is a good-for-nothing fellow he spends his time in
drinking and playing.
What did you spend your time in, when you
When I was at Berlin, I spent my time in studywere at Berlin V
ing, and riding on horseback.
AVhat do your children spend their
Can you pay me
time in?
They spend their time in learning.
what you owe me V
I cannot pay it to you, for our bailiff has failed
to bring me my money.
Why have you breakfasted without me ?
You failed to come at nine o'clock, so that we have breakfasted without you.
Has the merchant brought you the stuff which you bought
at his house
He has failed to bring it to me.
Has he sold it to
He has sold it to me, on the contrary, for cash.
you on credit ?
I)o you know those men V
I do not know them but I think that
they are good-for-nothing fellows, for they spend their time in playing.
Why did you fail to come to my father this morning ? The tailor
did not bring me the coat which he promised me, so that I could not
go to him.

'?

Lesson

LXX. PENSUM SEPTUAGESIMUM.

THE ABLATIVE OE MODE OR MANNER.

substantive, denoting the mode or manner in


is done, is put in the ablative with cum ;
but when it has an adjective or adjective pronoun connected with it, the preposition may be omitted.
E. g.

A.

which anything

Litterae

cum curd

ddigentiaque

scriptae.

Cum

dignitdte

quam cum

pdtius

cadere,

ignominia servire

A letter written with

care and diligence.


should rather fall with honor,
than serve with dishonor,

We

nos opdftet.

Cum ifa

nihil recte fieri potest.

Nothing can be done properly with


anger.

Cum
Cum
Ipse

clamore in forum curritur.


silentio auditi sunt.

magna cum curd

et diligenlid

scripsit.

36*

There

is a rush towards the forum


with clamors.

They were heard

He

in silence.

himself has written with great


care and diligence.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

426

Id aequo dnimo non feret

civi-

The

[LESSON

state will not

70.

submit to that

patiently.

tas.

Sidera

cursus

conficiunt

siios

maxima celeritdte.
Cum maxima offensione Patrum
consulatii abiit.

Deos semper

piira,

Integra, in-

corrupla et mente et voce ve-

neremur.

The

stars

perform their revolutions

with the utmost celerity.


He resigned his consulship to the
great dissatisfaction of the senate.
Let us always venerate the gods
with pure, entire, uncorrupted
heart and voice.

Remarks.
manner has adverbial force, and may often be
E. g. cum curd, i. e. diligenter : cum silcnresolved into an adverb.
tio, i. e. tacite, clam ; cum fide,
e.fdeliter; cum voluptate, i. e. libenter : cum bona gratia,
e. benigne, &c.
1

The

ablative of

i.

i.

2. In certain expressions the ablative of nouns appears also without


cum, even though no adjective is added. E. g. Aliquid sponte, voluntate, jure, injuria facere, To do anything of one's own accord, willingly, justly, unjustly.
Aliquid recte et ordine, modo et ratione, ratione
et ordine facere, To do anything properly, and in order, &c.
Lege
agere, To proceed according to the law.
Silentio praeterire, To pass
over in silence. And so always without " cum "
hoc modo, quo
modo, eodem animo, ecidem ratione, &c.
:

3. Cum with the ablative also denotes that which is simultaneous or


concomitant.
E. g. Cum occasu solis copias educere, To lead out one's
forces at sunset.
Cum nuntio exire, To go out as soon as the message

arrived.
Cum exercitu, cum copiis, cum militibus, &c. iter facere, To
march with one's army, forces, soldiers, &e. llomam cum fehri veni,
I came to Rome with a fever.
But also without cum " as, Egressus
omnibus copiis, Having marched forth with all the forces. Ingenti
exercitu ab urbe profectus, Having left the city with a large army.
Duumvir decern navlbus venit, The duumvir came with ten ships, &c.
Castra clamore invadunt, They invade the camp with a clamor.*
lk

After nouns, adjectives, and verbs, the ablative


B.
often expresses the relations indicated by the English
ivith respect to, by, in, or in point of.
E. g.
Natione Medus

est.

With
is

respect to his nationality he

a Mede.

Hamilcar cogndmme Bdrcas.

Hamilcar surnamed Barcas.

Domo

They

Carthaginie'nses sunt.

are

Carthaginians (inhabi-

tants of Carthage).

Paiici (centum, mille) numero homines.

* The
"cum."
wretched

But few (a hundred, thousand) men


in

number.

participles junctus and conjunclus sometimes thus appear wiiliout


war attended with a most
E. g. Belluin miserrima fuga junctum,
flight.
Nefaria libido dedecore, scelt-re conjuncta, Nefarious licen-

tiousness connected with dishonor, with crime, &c.

LESSON

ABLATIVE OF QUALITY.

70.]

Grdndis ndtu,* aetdte provectus

He

is

427

of full age, advanced in

life.

est.

Quieti, aldcres

We

dnimo sumus.f

Membris omnibus cdptus ac debtUs est.


Scelere par est

illi,

industrid infe-

rior.

Agesilaus fuit claudus altero pede


Socrates ldnge lepore et humaniidle

omnibus prae'stitit.

Pericles et Themistocles grdndes


erant verbis, crebri sente'ntiis,
compreliensione rerum breves.

(=

are calm, cheerful in mind


of a calm, cheerful mind).
He is nerveless and feeble in every
limb.
He is equal to him in crime,
inferior to him in industry.
Agesilaus was lame in one of his feet.
Socrates was far superior to every
one in point of wit and humanity.
Pericles and Themistocles were
grand in the use of words,

abounding
brief

in

in

apothegms,

and

the comprehension of

things.

Non

solum comwoveor dnimo, sed

e*tiani toto

cdrpdre perhorresco.

I
'

am

not only troubled in mind, but


I shiver with horror in every limb.

Remarks.
This ablative serves to restrict, limit, or define more particularly
the words with which it is connected, and occurs in a great variety of
expressions.
E. g. med sententid, med opinione, meo judicio, in my
opinion or judgment re, in reality, in fact nomine, in (or by) name
genere, by birth domo, by residence eloquentid, in eloquence, &c.
1.

of limitation or more particular definition,


employ the accusative. E. g.
Fractus membra (= membris) labore, Disabled in his limbs from labor.
Humeros (= humeris) oleo perfusis, Anointed as to his shoulders with
oil.
Vile caput (= capite) tegitur, He is covered as to his head with
Tremit artus (= artibus), He trembles in his limbs.
vine-leaves.
Os
humerosque deo shndis, In countenance and shoulders like a divinity \
So also in ordinary prose even, id tempdris for eo tempore ; id aetdtis
for ed aetale ; cetera and reliqua for ceteris and reliquis rebus, &c. On
VIII. D.
this accusative compare Lesson
2.

Instead of

the poets

and

this ablative

their imitators sometimes

7"

XL

THE ABLATIVE OF QUALITY.

noun and an adjective denoting a quality,


C.
character, or condition are put in the ablative with
* So

also major, minor ncitu ; and maximns, minimus natu.


quit'ti,
This differs very little from the genitive or ablative of quality:
alacris anvni sumus quieto, alacri ammo sumus.
frequently
clothing
divesting
accusative
verbs
of
and
have
an
passive
of
X So
E. g.
the thing put on or taken off, instead of the more regular ablative.
Induor vestem (= veste), I am (being) clothed in a garment. Induiturfudem
vultumque Dianae, He puts on the form and countenance of Diana. Inutile
J'errum cingitur, He begirds himself with the useless sword. Pueri laevo suspensi loculos tabulamque lacei'to, Boys with their little box of counters and
their writing-tablet suspended from their left shoulder.

428

LATIX GRAMMAR.

some tense of esse,


derstood.
E. g.

e.eislcre,

It is

miiltae indiistriae et

magni

exstiiit

ceieritate ingenii

Carneades.

Mdgno

sum

timore

So

bene

sed

sperSmus.
also without esse:

Pompeium, prat stantissimO,


te

Est

virum

qua&dam,

The

curta-

infinite

LXXI

a certain Zeno, a

Remarks
may be explained by

orndtus, "furnished, endowed, adorned with."

B. and

for

man

flumen, ripusque

ablative of quality

we hope

of the highest order of intellect.


Pompey, a man of the most distinguished virtue.
There is a certain rave of immense
dimensions.
river, difficult to cros^, and of
rugged banks.

prat ruptis.

1.

great fear, but

There was

vir,

altitudtne.
Difficili transitu

in

the best

{(tr<\).

spelunca

am

quidam, summo ingenio


Zeno.*

Fiiit

of but moder-

antiquities, of much industry and


great perseverance.
Theophrastus informs us, that fossil
ivory is found of a white and
black color.
In the later academy Cameades
shone as a man of almost a divine quickness of intellect.

la-

inr, nvru

quadam

affair of signal disgrace.

ate talent, but of great zeal for

Theophrastus aiictor est, ebur


fossile cdndido et n'ujro colore
In recentidre Academia

an

Murena was a man

bo ris^/i/if.

divinS

or inveriiri, expressed or un-

rerum veterum,

studio

70.

Agesilaus was of low stature and of


a small body.

Agesilaus statura fait lahnlVi et


cdrpore exiguo.
Res est insigni infdmia.
Murena mediocri ingenio, sed

mdgno

[LESSON

inMructus, praedttus%
(Cf. Lessons

LXXI.

B.)

I.

2. This ablative differs upon the whole but little from the genitive
ofquality.f except that the latter expresses rather natural than acThe genitive of
quired qualities, while the former is applied to both.
quality, moreover, seldom occurs in the plural, and comprises also determinations of measure which are never indicated by the ablative.
Sometimes the genitive ami ablative both occur in the same eonstruction, as in the example
Muri na mediocri ingenio^ S:e.

IIoic long

Long, a long time.

Very
Tor

long.

long time,
while (past).
a

a great

>u<ini

Quam

longum (tempos) ?%
diu

Quam dudum

Din. tongum tempos.


Perdiu, longissime.
Jam din, jam pridem.

* These examples may be explained by a relative with est, fiat, &c, or by


the hypothecial ens ( M being").
E. g. Zeno, qui vir erat summo ingenio.
Spelunca, ens or quae est infinite allitudint, &c.
Lesson
Compare
LYU.
A.
t
\ See Lesson LYII. A.

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

70.]

For some time


Longer (than,

How

Jam dudum.

(past)
I,

you, we,

Longms,dIutius(quainego,tu,n6s).
(

long

since?

is it

-j

Qudm longum
Qudm diu est,
tempore)

It

now some

u n

f J

T
Jam

diu

est,

dum)
long since you
have break- (
*
fasted?

Is it

Estn

Haud longum

fasted.
I

Jam dudum

have

breakfasted.

Jam

fasted.
It

"

ienta

jentavish

ex quo (quiim)

est,

ex quo (quum)

e*st,

perdiu

ex quo* tempore

e*st,

jentavi.

an hour since

is

quum

V*

jentavi.

a great while since I break-

It is

ex
'

jentavi.

some time since

is

- um

lull

idiu,

It

ex quo.

est,

am

IrV
Estne jam

not long since I have break-

It is

quo.
(ex quo).

Jam dudum est, ex qu6 (or quum).


Kon longum (hand diu, haud dii-

time since.
not long since.

It is

It is

Jcnn

ex quo ?
quiim (or ex quo, sc.

est,

^x
quum

'

{already)
v
JJ lone,
J since.

is

429

have break-

Tdta jam hora

est,

ex quo jentavi.

fasted.

I breakfasted an hour ago.

/,;>;hours).

r
liro
hours chid
J (irithtn
v
r

Jentaculum sumpsi abhinc hdraxn


(una htira. abhinc).

tiro

Three years

ago

(within

three

years).
A

An

\
(

hour and a
i

,..

...

hours and a halt ago.

-i

abhinc.
Diii> abhinc hdras ct dimidlam.
>

.,

,.

.,._

Duabus nons abhinc et uiiuidia.


Estne tempus Idngum, ex quo eum
,

,,

Abhinc sesquihoram.
-i

,..

h'THS.

(''/'IS

..

Lhtaous nons ahlnnc


Abhinc tres dnnos.
Tribus dm, is abhinc*

SoSesquinora

halt ago.

^ wo

AbhinC
,,

Is

it

long since you saw him

T
It is

Hi
ow
,

.,

great while.
a

long

is

it

since

you saw

>
-

I
Is

Estne jam dm, cum eum nun vides?


Tempus jam est Idngum.
~
Jam perdiu est.
Quamdiu est, ex quo cum vidisti ?
,\
Quam lon<_ mn e>t tempus, cum cum
i

...

vidisti ?

-'

'

'

non

vidisti

annum

saw him a year ago (within a

Ego eum

year).

anno abhinc).
Estne jam Idngum tempus, ex quo

it

long since you are living in

this

country

Have you
country

lived

long

in

this

vidi

Abhinc

hac in terra ddgis V


jam dm hac in ten aV

Degi'sne

* See Lesson LVII. D.

(lino

LATIN GRAMMAR.

430
I

have lived here

[LESSON

Annus jam

for three years.

est

tertius,

(quiim) hie dego.


fTres anni sunt, ex
I have lived at
years.

Rome

these three

70.

ex quo

quo Rdmae

habito.
J
1 Tertius

jam annus

est,

ex quo

(quiim) Rdmae habito.


f Vigmti anni sunt, ex quo in

(_

He

has lived in America these

twenty years.

Yicesimus jam annus

[_

How long is it

since he

was here

America

Quam dm

aderat

He was
It is

Ame-

rica mcolit.

J
1

est,

cum

in

incolit.

ex quo

est,

tempore

Aderat (adfuit) hac regione abhinc


quindecim dies.
Xon amplius anno est (annus tantum est), ex quo hac regione

here a fortnight ago.

but a year since you were

in these parts.

aderas.
It is

more than a year

Amplius jam anno (annum)

since.

est,

ex

quo or quiim.
It is scarcelv six

months

Yix sex menses

since.

sunt,

ex quo or

qmim

It

is

nearly three years since.

(cum).
fTres prdpe anni sunt, ex quo or
quiun.
<
[_

It is

now

est,

ex quo or

cum

Jam

almost a year since.

fere

annus

est,

ex quo or cum.

Prope, fere, paene (adv.).


Yix (adc).

Almost, nearly.
Scarcely.

A few hours ago.

Tertius prdpe annus

Abhinc

aliquot hdras.

Aliquot hdris abhinc.


( Abhinc semihoram.
Half an hour ago.
( Dimidia hdra abhinc.
Abhinc quadrtintem hdrae.
J
quarter of an hour ago.
| Quadrante hdrae abhinc.
I have been living; in this region
Decern jain anni sunt, ex quo hac
these ten years.
regione habito.
How long have you had the Quamdiu (quam longum tempus)
horse V
equuin habuisti
I have had it nearly these five
Quintus paene dnnus est, ex quo
years.
eum habeo.
It is now a year since I have
U nus, jam est annus, cum eum non
seen him.
vi'di.
It is more than a year since you
Amplius anno (annum) est, ex quo
have seen your brother.
fratrem tuum non vidisti.
How often have you heard him ? Quam saepe eum audivisti ?
I have heard him more than go eum saepius quam vicies au(

'?

twenty times.
I have seen

hundred

them more than a

times.

divi.

Yidi

eum

saepius

quam

centies.

LESSON

How

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

70.]

long

Ex

since what time f

431

quo tempore

diu

Ex

quo ?

Quam

A pueritia, a piiero.

Since childhood.
Since the memory of man.
From time indefinite.
How long has he been dead ?

Post

hdminmn memdriam.

ex tempore.
quo tempore (quam dm) mdr-

Infinito

Ex

tuus est ?

He

has been

jam diu (jam pridem).

this

great

Mdrtuus

(for)

these

Mdrtuus est jam decern annos (decennium).

(for

three

Tres

dead

est

while.

He

has been dead


ten years,
These three days

dies.

days).

Unum mensem.
Duos annos, biennium.
Quam ldngum tempus est, ciim

This month (for a month).

These two years.

How

long
here ?

is

it

since

you are

hie

ades ?
Tertius jam dies

is three
est, cum adsum.
days since I am (
here.
( Tres dies adsum.
I am here since yesterday.
Adsum ex hesterno die.
long is it since he is at Ex quo tempore ddmi est ?

It

How

home

Ex mane
Ex longo

Since this morning.


This long time.
It

is

already a

month

since

he

Unus jam

is

here.

tempore (longissime).
est mensis,

cum

hie est

(adest).
C Sto, stare,

To

How much

statum

steti,

< Consto, are,

cost,

you

hodierno-

stiti,

statum.

(alicui aliqua re.)

does this book cost

Quanti * hie liber

me

three dollars and a

Stat mihi tribus thaleris et dimidio.

me

five shillings

tibi stat ?

It costs
half.

It costs

and a

Cdnstitit mihi

Did it cost you any more than


mine ?
It cost

me

quinque

shillingis et

quadrante.

quarter.

as

much

as yours did

Stetitne tibi pluris,

quam meus ?

Cdnstitit mihi

quanti

tanfci,

tibi tiius.

you.
cost

It

me

a high price,

Cdnstitit mihi

not

much, nothing.

To purchase, buy.

(sc.

(Emo, ere, emi, emptum.


< Cotmere (several things together).
(

Compdro,

What have you purchased to-day ? Quid


* On
f

On

magno, parvo, nihilo

pretio).f

are,

av'i,

atum.

emisti (comparasti) hddie ?

this genitive of the price, see Lesson LXVII. A.


the ablative of the price, see Lesson LXXI. A.

432

[LESSON

LATIN GRA^IMAE.

I have purchased three pairs of


shoes and two pairs of boots.

Ego

Did you purchase anything

Comparavistine
die?
,

tria

paria

70.

paria calceorum et dlio


caligarum coemi (compa-

ravi).

yes-

terday ?
I brought three quires of paper
and a picture.

The pound

tres scapos chartae cum tabula


picta coemi (comparavi).

Ego

Libra, ae,/!

(weight).

pondo

The
The
The
The
The

The
The

(measure).

Pes, gen. pedis, in.


i, m.
Seapus, i, m. (chartae).

quire (of paper).


(of soldiers).

ring.

*Legio, onis,/ (offoul).


*Turma, ae,/! (of horse).
Anulus, i, m.

Tabula

picture.

The

small picture.

The

pair.

f
^

imago

(-inis)

Tabella picta, ae,/*.


Par, gen. pans, n.
Bini, ae, a.

noble pair of brothers.


A pair of oxen, horses.
pound of sugar.
Five pounds of sugar.
bowl consisting of five pounds
of gold.
How many pounds of meat did

A
A

you buy ?
have bought (purchased) ten
pounds of meat, five pounds of
tobacco, and twenty quires of

)ulorum.

Bina digitibula.
Diio

of gloves.

f:

pictura, ae,/.

( IVir digital

A pair of gloves.
pail's

picta. ae.
;

Par columbarum.

pair of doves.

Two

pondo, or simply

Digitus,

picta

libra

Duodecim

inch.

The regiment

(inclccL).

Selibra, ae,/. ; selibra pondo.


(as numeral).

half-pound.
dozen.
foot

hesterno

aliquid

]aiia

digitabulorum.

Par ndbile fratrum.


Jiigum bdum, equdrum.
(Libra) pondo sacchari.
Quinque pondo sacchari.
Patera ex quinque aiiri pondo.

Quam

miilta comparasti

pondo

car-

nis ?

Ego

ciirnis

pondo decern,

tabaci

quinque, chartae scapos


viginti comparavi.

pondo

paper.
I
I

have bought tAvo dozen pens.


cave them each a dozen books.

Ego

bis

Dedi

Exercise

Have you

eis

duodenas pennas coemi.


duodenos libros.

133.

I have been there several


ever been in this village ?
times.
Are there good horses in it?
There is not a single one in
it.
Have you ever "been in that country?
I have been there once.
Are there many learned men there ?
There are many there, but
they spend their time in reading?
Are there many studious children in that village?
There are some, but there are also others
who will not study.
Are the peasants of this village able to read


LESSON

EXERCISES

70.]

433

133, 134.

and write ?
Some are able to read, others to write and not to read,
and many both to read and to write
there are a few who are
neither able to read nor to write.
Have you done the exercises ?
We have done them. Are there any faults in them ? There are
no faults in them, for we have been very assiduous.
Has your

many children ?
He has only one, but he is a good-fornothing fellow, for he will not study.
In what does he spend his
time ?
He spends his time in playing and running.
Why does
his father not punish him ?
He has not the courage to punish him.
What have you done with the stuff which you bought?
I have
thrown it away, for it was good for nothing.
How has your son
written his letter ?
He has written it with great care and diligence.
He has written it with extreme negligence (negligentissime).
Have you heard your little brother spell ?
I have heard him patiently and in silence.
No, he is
Is your friend an Englishman ?
a Frenchman by birth.
Are you an American by birth ?
No, I am
a German.
Are they Romans ?
How
No, they are Russians.
many are there of them?
They are a hundred in number.
Are
they equal to us in industry ?
They are not our equals.
Do they
not excel us in humanity ?
They do not excel us.
are not
inferior to them in diligence.
Is our friend a man of much talent
(ingenio) V
He is a man of high talent and of the most distinguished
virtue.
They are men of low stature, of small talent, and of no virtue.
friend

'?

long since I supped.


two hours and a half.

it

134.

These

four years.
Has your
has been there these ten years.
It is long since I dined, but not

He

How long
long
Is

We

Exercise

Have you been long in Paris


brother been long in London
Is it long since you dined ?

is

it

you supped ?
It is
you received a letter from

since

since

How long is it
It is not long since 1 received one.
your father V
since you received a letter from your friend who is in Germany?
Is it long since you spoke
It is three months since I received one.
It is not long since I
to the man whose son has lent you money ?
It is a great
Is it long since you saw your parents ?
spoke to him.
Has the son of my friend been living long
while since I saw them.
How long
He has been living there a fortnight.
in your house ?
I have had them these three months.
have you had these books?
How long is it since your cousin set out ? It is more than a month
since he set out,
What is become of the man who spoke English so
I do not know what is become of him, for it is a great while
well ?
Is it long since you heard of the officer who gave
since I saw him.
It is more than a year since I
your friend a stab with his sword?
I
How long have you been learning German ?
heard of him.
Are you already
have been learning it only these three months.
Have
You see that I am beginning to speak it.
able to speak it ?
They
the children of the French noblemen been learning it long?
have been learning it these five years, and they do not yet beoin to
Why can they not speak it? They cannot speak it, bespeak.

2B

37

LATIN GRAMMAB.

434

[lf.SSOX

71.

How long is it since these


cause they are learning It badly (mode).
children drank ?
They drank a quarter of an hour ago.
How
long has yonr friend been in Spain ?
He has been there "this month.
AVhen did you meet my brother?
I met him a fortnight {<]uattuordceim dies) ago.
Are there many soldiers in your country ?
There is a regiment of three thousand men there.
How long have I
You have kept it almost a year.
kept your cousin's money V

Lesson LXXI.

PEXSUM

UNUM ET

SEPTr.Y-

GESIMUM.
THE ABLATIVE AFTER VERBS.
After verbs of buying, selling, valuing, estimatlike, the noun denoting the price or value
E. g.
put in the ablative.

A.

and the

ing,
is

Spem praetio ndn emo.


Viginti talentis unam orationem

twenty

Isdcrates ve'ndidit.

Lis ejus aestimdtur centum talen-

lli<

line

talents.

was estimated at a hun-

dreel talents.

tis.

civium classis undecim


mUlibus assinm censebatur.

Qtu'nta

Scnipulum

do not purchase hope with money.

Isocrates sold one of his orations for

aiiri

valebal sestertiis

trict /lis.

Multo sanguine et ruZneW&u* Po<


nis victoria stetiL

Quod ndn opus

est, asse

carom

est.

Magnoe homines
non fortuna.

virtute mefimur,

The

fifth class of citizens was rated


at eleven thousand asses each.
scruple of gold was worth twenty sester

The victory cost the Carthaginians


much blood and many wounds.

What one

does not need is (to.,)


dear for a penny.
We measure great men by their
moral worth, and not by their
fortune.

JIaecre, non verbis ponderdniur.

Quod rectum
tip

est,

nee magnitude

aeslimatur, nee mimero, nee

U mpore.

These things are judged of from the


reality, and not from words.
That which is morally right La .
timated neither by* size, nor bv
number, nor by time.

Remarks.
1.

Verbs of buying and

by the ablatives
mar/no, pcrmar/no, plurtmo, parvo, minima (. pretio)^ but other verbs
of this class more commonly take the geiu'tives magni, permagni, &c.
(Cf. Lesson LXV1I. A.)
selling are also followed

2. The ablative of price occurs in connection with


many other verbs,
besides those of buying and selling. E. g. Triginta miltbus (sesiertium),


LESSON

ABLATIVE AFTER VERBS.

71.]

435

He pays thirty thousand sesterces for a house (lodgings). Docet


He charges a talent for his instruction. Yix drachmis est obsonatus decern, He purchased provisions for scarcely ten drachmas.
Parvo acre mereo, I serve for small pay. Lav or quadrante, I am
Jiabitat,

talento,

"washed (I bathe) for a quadrans. So est in the sense of " it is worth "
as, Sal in Italia est sex tattle, In Italy salt is worth (sells for) a sextans.

B. Verbs of plenty or want, and corresponding tranfill, endue, enrich, or to deprive, and the like, are followed by the ablative.
sitive verbs, signifying to

Verbs of plenty and want are abundo, affluo, circumjluo, florco,


red undo, scateo, v'ujeo ; careo, egeo, indigeo, vaco, &c.
Verbs of filling, enduing, depriving, &c. are compleo, expleo and
impleo, cumulo, imbuo, refercio, satio and exsatio, saturo, stipo and constipo; officio, dono, remuneror, locupleto, onto, dugeo ;
privo, spolio,
orbo, fraudo and defraudo, nudo, exuo, &c.
E. g.
Abundiirimt semper aaro regna

The kingdoms
abounded

Asiae.

Antioehia erudit issim is h am (nib us,


liberalissimisque studies uyluebat.

Regno carebat Tarquinius, guum


regno esset expulsus.
Miilier abundat auddcia, consilio
et ratione deficitur,

of

Asia

always

in sold.

The

city of Antioch abounded in


learned men and libera] pursuits
of the highest order.
Tarquin was without royal authority when he had been expelled
from his realm.
Woman has an abundance of audacity, but is deficient in de-

and method.
be free from guilt is a great

liberation

Vacare culpa

magnum

est sola-

omnibus*

explevii

tium.

Dens

To

consolation.
Itonis

miindum.
Templum Junonis
res locupleldre

egre'giis pictu-

voluerunt.

Natura German iam decoravit


tissimorum

hdminum

al-

exercili-

God

has filled the world with good


things of every kind.
Tiny wanted to enrich the temple
of Juno with choice paintings.

Nature has adorned


armies of the

ierinama with

tallest

men.

bus,

Demdcritus dicitur

dculis se pri-

V (ls.SC.

ndn inddo
etiam augeri

Consilio et auctoritate

ndn

orbdri, sed

senectus

solet.

is said to have deprived


himself of his eyes.
Old age is commonly not only not
deprived of counsel and authority, but even advanced in it.

Democritus

Remarks.
The

verbs egeo, indigeo, compleo, and impleo sometimes take the


E. g. Aliquem temeritatis implere, To
genitive instead of the ablative.
1.

* After verbs of filling, and others of this class, the ablative


Cf. Lesson LXIX. C.
as the means or instrument.

may

also be

put

LATIN GRAMMAR.

436

any one with temerity.

fill

The
2.

prison

To

is

this

already

Completes

[LESSON

jam mercatorum

career

71.

est,

of merchants.*

full

construction belong afficere

and remunerari,

in expres-

sions like afficere aliquem beneficio, honore, praemm, to bestow a kindness, an honor, a reward upon any one; afficere aliquem ignominia,
injuria, poena, morte, to inflict a dishonor, an injury, punishment,

death upon any one


with a reward.

remunerari aliquem praemio, to requite any one

may also be referred the adjectives orbus, helpless,


and refertus, full, replete. E. g. Orbus
vacuus, empty
sea without
Mare portubus orbum,
Uteris, Bereaved of children.
Vacuae vites fructu, Vines without fruit. Insula referta divitiis,
ports.
An island full of riches.f
3.

To

this rule

bereaved

4.

Opus

est,

" there

is

need,"

is

either used impersonally with the

opus sunt) with the nominative.


then always in the dative. E. g. Opus est mihi libris.
Auctoritdte tud
Dux nobis et auctor opus est.
Multa tibi opus sunt.
The thing needed is sometimes also exnobis opus est, et consilio.
pressed by the genitive, by an infinitive or supine in u, or by the ablaE. g. Temporis opus est, There is need
lative of a perfect participle.
Quid opus est plura (sc. proferre) ? What need is thereof
of time.
saying more ? Nunc opus est te animo valere, Now you must be strong
in mind. Longius, quam quod scitu opus est, Farther than is necessary
Hoc facto, maturate opus est, This must be done, hastened.
to know.
To these add Mihi opus est, ut lavem, It is necessary that I should wash.f
ablative, or personally

The person

is

(as opus

est,

5. The construction of usus est, " it is necessary," is the same as


E. g. Nunc manibus rapidis usus est.
An cuiquam
that of opus est.
est usus komini, se ut cruciet ? Does any man need tormenting him-

self?

Verbs signifying to remove, to expel, to deter, to


and others denoting separation, difference, or distance, are frequently followed by the ablative, without
C.

free,

the prepositions ab, de, or ex.

The

principal verbs of this class are pello, depello

abterreo

and

dcterreo, moveo, amoveo, demoveo,

and

expello, ejicio,

remoceo

abeo, exeo,

evado, abstineo ; libero, expedio, solco,


alieno and abalieno, distingo, discerno,
exsolvo, exonero, and levo ;
E. g.
secerno, differo, discrejw, dissideo, disto, abhorreo, &c.
cedo, decedo, discedo,

desisto,

Censdres dmnes, quos (de) sendtu


moce'runt.

Ne

opiflces qui'dem se
bus suis removerunt.

* On
t

But

also

from their

mare vacuum ab

hostibus.

LXVI. A.

Compare pages 183 and

288.

whom

they have

removed from the senate.


Not even the artisans withdrew

egeo and indigeo compare page 113.

ing to Lesson
\

(ati) drli-

All the censors,

trades.

Referta Gallia negociatorum, accord-

LESSON

ABLATIVE AFTER VERBS.

71.]

Among

Apud Germanos quemciinque


mortalium arcere (a)

te'cto

Germans

it

was consid-

ered wrong to drive away anyhuman being from a roof.


The Athenian people expelled Pho-

ne-

fas habetur.

Pdpulus Atheniensis Phocionem

cion from his country.

pdtrid pepulit.

Usu lirbis prohibere peregrinos


inhuinanum est.
Brutus civitatern domindtu

It

re'gio

inhuman

to prevent strangers

royal domination.
Flaccus petitioned to be released
from the laws.
Release the state from perhaps a
groundless apprehension.

Petiit Flaccus, ut legibus solver etur.

civitatern

is

from the use of the city.


Brutus delivered the country from

liberdvit.

Exonera

the

437

vdno fdrsitan

metu.

We

Levdmur super stitione, llberdmur

are relieved from superstition,


from the fear
of death.
The sun was equally distant from
the east and west.

mortis metu.

Ave are delivered

Sol ex aequo meta distdbat utrdque.

Remarks.
1.

The verbs

exsolvere, exonerare,

and

levdre are always followed

by

the ablative, while liber are, expedlre, solvere,


may have either aliqud re or ab aliqua re.

and the adjective

liber,

The verbs alienare, abalienare, distinguere, &c. commonly have


and the ablative only among the poets. But differre, discrepare,
&c, and the adjective diversus, sometimes have the dative instead Of ab.
2.

ab,

3. The verb separare commonly takes ab.


The construction of
prohibere and defendere is aliquem re, ab re or ab aliquo.
That of
interdicere, alicui aliqua re, as in the formula alicui aqua et igni interdicere, to banish one.

4. In imitation of the Greeks, the poets sometimes put the genitive


instead of the ablative after verbs and adjectives of separation.
E. g.
Me omnium jam laburum levas, You release me now from all my labors.
Liber labOrum, Free from labors. Purus sceleris, Pure from guilt.

The
The

host, inn-keeper.

Hospes,

property, fortune.

Facultates,/i pi.

itis,

m.

caupo, onis, m.
bona, orum, n.

res familiaris.

The patrimony.

Patrimonium, i, n.
( Totus, a, um.
< Integer, gra, grum.
The entire, whole all.
( Omnis, is, e.
Expendo, ere, di, sum.
To spend, expend.
To draw and spend (out of ( Erogo, are, avi, atum.
:

the public treasury).

To

To

spend, consume (in eat- (

ing,

Depromo,

ere, mpsi,

mptum.

j Diffundo, ere, fudi, fusum.


( Dilapido, are, avi, atum.

squander.

&c).

m6do

gre ^ di ^ sum '


ere, mpsi, mptum.

g nsumo,
'

'

'

( Conflcio, ere, feci, fectum.

37

LATIX GRAMMAR.

438

How much

than

disti ?

Decern tantum thaleros expendi.


Egdne majorem pecuniam expendi

quam

expense have I made


dred

*?

pdtius minorem,
expendisti.

quam

Quantum (pecuniae) comedi


("What (
<

?)
(

You have

tii

Immo

I.

How much am I to pay ?

spent nearly a hun-

71.

Quantam pecuniam hddie expen-

have you spent today ?


I have spent only ten dollars.
Have I spent more money than
you ?
You have, on the contrary, spent
less

[LESSON

Quid siimptus

ego,

feci ?

Quantum

Ad

tibi debeo ?
centum thaleros consumpsisti.

dollars.

How much
inn ?
He has

has he spent at the

spent

nearly

all

money he has.
Has he much property
means)

the

Quid pecuniae confecit (quid sumptus fecit) apud hrispitem ?


Pecunias suas fere dmnes consiimpsit et confecit.

(large

Tenetne

magnas

facultates

He

has nothing more, for he has


squandered his entire patri-

mony.
Did he squander what he had

He

has squandered both his own


and other people's money.
Just now.

Kon

nam patrimdnium
integrum dilapidavit.

amplius

siiuni

Profuditne suum ?
Profudit ve'ro et suum et aliena.
Jluilo,

commodum ; jwoxime

rccens,

(adv.)

adj.

tis,

modo

The infant just born.


The stranger just arrived.
The men, who have just arrived.

Infans

He just now

iSlodo scribit.

natus (recens a natu).

Recens ad vena.
Homines, qui modo (prdxime) advenerunt.

Have you

writes.

just

come

He

has just written.


I have just now seen your brother.

What countryman

are you

am an

sic,

am

Paris.

a Londoner,

Ego fratrem

tiium

Roman,

From Sparta.
From Athens.
From Venice.
From Dresden.
From Berlin.

e's

modo videbam.
?

Americanus, Anglus, Russus sum.


"Cnde venis

Yenio Londino, Roma,

Lipsia,

Lu-

Parisiorum.
(Cf. Lesson
LYI. C.)
from Ddmo Londinensis, Romanus, Lipsiensis, Parisiensis sum.
(Cf.
page 195.)
Spartanus, i, m. (a. ae./.).
Atheniensis, is, m. 8c f.
Yenetus, i, m.
*Dresdensis, is, in. & f.
*Berohnensis is, m. kf.
tetia

Leipsic, a Parisian.

Cujas (cujdtis)

American, an Englishman, a Russian.


"Where do you come from ?
I am from London, Rome, Leip-

Advenis modo
Scripsit modo.

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

71.]

439

From Vienna.
From New York.
From Cambridge.

*Vindobonensis, is, m. &/.


*Neo-Eboracensis, is, m. tkf.
*Cantabrigiensis, is, m. &cf.
Niim ddmo Atheniensis es ?
Are you from Athens ?
No, I am from Venice (a Vene- Non vero ; ego Venetus sum.
tian) .

To
To

serve (any one).


Servio, ire, ivi (11), itum (alicui).
wait upon, attend on ( Ministrare alicui.
one.
( Apparere alicui (officially).
To attend one professionally. Operam dare (adesse) alicui.
In famulatu esse apud aliquem.
In ministerio alicujus esse.
To be in one's service.
Servire apud allquem.

Was he in your service ?


He was in my service

Eratne in ministerio

tiio

(in

apud te) ?
Erat apud me in famulatu

famu-

latu

twenty

viginti

ann os.

years.

Does he serve (attend on you)

Ministratne

well (promptly) ?
He does serve me very well.

Ministrat mini vero

tibi

bene (parate)

admodum bene

(parate).

Did the doctor attend you to-day ?


No, he has neglected to attend

me

He

Deditne

to-day.

To

spoil,

To

soil.

( Perdo, ero, didi, ditum.


Corrumpo, ere, rupi, ruptum.

damage, corrupt.

J.

( Vitio, are, avi, atum.


Inquino, are, avi, atum.

Muccinium siium

has soiled his handkerchief.


spoiled your hat ?

No

Nemo.

book
Is the

is

not spoiled, but

Vestisne

my Non

pileum

tiium

tiia vitiata est ?

mea, sed liber

vitiatus

saccharum vitiatum
ptum) ?

(corrii-

vestis

est.

is.

sugar spoiled (damaged)

^Estne

fet profecto.

It is not.

It is

inquinavit.

(niimquis)
perdidit ?

one (has spoiled it).


your dress spoiled ?
dress

mihi dare hddie prae-

termisit.

Ecquis

My

operam hddie medicus ?

Has any one

Is

tibi

Non operam

dress, clothe.

To

dress,

fit,

one)

Non

est

Vestes parare alicui.


\ Vestio, ire, ivi, itum.
f Con venire (alicui).
become (any
-I Decere (aliquem).

To

Dignum

esse (aliquo).

Most beautifully, charmingly. Pulcherrime, optlme.


Admirably.
This coat fits you very well.
How does this hat fit (become)
It

me

fits

you charmingly, admirably.

Mirifice.

Haec toga

tibi

dptime cdnvenit.

Qudmodo mihi

sedet

(cdnvenit)

hicce pileus ?

Sedet

tibi

pulcherrime, mirifice.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

440

become you very we]

It does not
It

misbecomes you.

dren

He

does clothe them.

Does your father

He

clothe

you

does.

God

himself

Te non est dignus.


Te dedecet.
Testis ilia eum decet minfice

(eo

minus cdnvenit.

dignissima est).
( Yesti'tne pater liberos siios ?
\ Paratne pater vestes liberis ?
Ye'stit.
Parat.
Paterae ti'bi vestes novas parat
Pater.

Deus

said to clothe the

is

71.

Ti'bi

That garment becomes him admirably.


Does the father clothe his chil-

[LESSON

ipse egenos vestire dicitur.

needy.

How was the boy clothed


He was dressed in green.
The

girl Avas

To be

Quemadmodum

dressed in blue.

dressed

erat piier vestitus ?

Indutus erat veste viridi.


Puella induta erat veste caeriilea.

Indutum (am, um)

in.

esse (veste ali-

qua).

How

large, of

How

high

How

deep

what

Quam

magnus, a,
Quantus, a, um ?

um ?

(
}

Quam

altus (celsus), a,

size ?

\ Ciijus magnitudinis
I

How

high

is

his

-}

house

Quam
Quam

altus, a,

um ?

um ?

profundus,

a,

um

( Cujus profunditatis ?
Ciijus altitiidinis est ejus

ddmus

( Alta est circitcr triginta pedes (ace).


It

about thirty feet

is

hii

h.

} Est
(

pedum circiter triginta.


LXIV. B.)

(Cf.

Lesson

In answer to the questions, How far ? How long


? the noun denoting the extent of space
is generally put in the accusative without a preposition, but
sometimes in the ablative.*

D.

Obs.

(high, deep, wide, thick)

How
It

deep is the well ?


twenty feet deep.
had two ditches made,

is

He

feet deep.

fifteen

Behind these he

of
constructed
a rampart
twelve feet.
"We have not gone a foot beyond.
The plain of Marathon is about
ten thousand paces (ten miles)
from Athens.
The army was about a three days'
journey from the river Tenais.
He encamped three miles from
the city.

* This

How

Quam altus (profundus) piiteus est?


Altus (profundus) est viginti pedes.
Diias fdssas quindecim pedes latas
perdiixit.
Post eas vallum duddecim pedum

exstriixit.

Pe'dem non egressi siimus.


Campus Marathon ab Athenis

cir-

citer milia passiium decern abest.

Exercitus tridui itinere abfuit ab


anine Tenai.
Tria milia passuum ab lirbe castra
pdsuit.

consequently the same as that of Time, in answer to


long?, on which compare LessonLVII. A.
construction

is

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

71.]

He

established himself about six


miles from Ceesar's camp.

virtue, friendship, religion.

and sincere (genuine)

true

passuum sex a

Caesaris

castris consedit.

Verus, a, am.

True.

True

Milibus

441

Vera virtus, amicitia, religio.


Verus et sincerus amicus.

friend.

A true
Is

It is true.

Is
I

It

not so

it

Vir vere ddctus.

scholar.

true

it

is

so.

do not deny

it.

Is it true that his

I grant it.
house has been

burnt?
Is

true that he has

it

house by

lost his

is

not true.

It is false.

it not true that you are squandering your patrimony ?


I do not deny that it is so.

Is

As

sure as I live, I

know

to

it

be

so.

As

sure as I live, I do not

whether

know

it is so.

The
The
The
The
The
The

has.

ita se habere non ne'go.


(Lesson LIH. B. 3.)
fta vivam, ut scio, rem sic se ha-

bere.
!Ne vivam, si scio, an
(ita se habeat).

Faber
<

has not.

this (dish) ?

I should like
I do not like

verum

sit

m.

i,

Claustrum, i, n.
Ostium, i. n.

door.
locksmith.

of a
thousand aurei.
He has fifty crowns per month
to live upon.
May I offer you (do you choose)

It

dilapidare ?

Clavis, is,/!

He

siiam

Rem

PhilosSphus,

saddle.

ddmum

amisisse ?

Res prdrsus ita se habet.


Non verum est.
Falsum est.
!Ndnne verum est, te patrimdnium

philosopher.

How large is his income ?


He has an annual income

some of

flammarum

key.
lock (bolt).

The saddler.
Has he a comfortable income ?

He

gratam dsse ?
Estne verum, eum
vi

fire ?

It is really so.

It

Yerumne est ? Estne verum ?


Verum est. Res ita (sic) se habet.
Ndnne ? Ain' tu ?
Non nego. Concede
Verumne est, domum ejus defla-

some of it.
it.

does not agree with me.


will not do for me.

(ri, in.') claustrarius.

Sella equaria, ae,/*.


*EphippIum, i, n.
Ephippiorum artifex

(icis,

m.).

Habetne, linde commode vivat ?


Habet. Non habet.
Quantus est ei reditus pecuniae ?
Annua habet mille aureorum.

Reditum menstruum habet quinquaginta thalerum.

Visne (optasne) aliquantulum do


hoc (cibo) ?
Opto vero aliquantulum.
Mihi non libet.
INlihi

non prddest.

That

Hoc mihi non

The income (of money, &c).


The annual income (pension, &c.)

Reditus, us,

in.

Annuum,

.,

i,

usui est.
(reditus pecuniae).

or j)l. annua, orum.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

442

Annuus,

Annual.
Monthly.
rr

To board
-r,.

a,

Menstruus,

-a.
\
(with
an v one).
v
,,

-,

[LESSON

Did ^vou board with him

Alor, ali, alitus* sum (ab aliquo).


1
J
'
.
_.
-> A1 . '.
Alicujus victu utor, uti, usus sum.

Alebarisne ab

< TT

um.
a, um.

(.

71.

I did board with him.

illo ?

<

Ususne es ejus victu

Exercise

Usus sum.

Alebar.
135.

He a learned
What has the shoemaker brought? He has brought the
Who are the men that
boots and shoes which he has made
have just arrived They are philosophers. Of what country are
they They are from London. Who
the man who has just
an Englishman who has squandered away
started He
France. What countryman are you I am a Spaniard,
fortune
Wilt thou go the locksmith?
an
and my friend
the locksmith He must make me a key,
Why must go
I
the one belonging
my room. Where did your uncle
have
the innkeeper's. How much did
dine yesterday? He dined
How much has he a month
he spend He spent three
upon.
upon He has tw o hundred
a month to
him,
the saddler You must go
he must mend
Must go
Have you seen any one at the market I have seen
the
a good many people there. How were they dressed Some were
blue, some in green, some in yellow, and several
dressed
red.
How much (quant did you buy your horse for I bought for
twenty pounds of gold. Did he
house for a high price
for a very high price (permagno)
(magna) He sold
he sold
Who

the

is

man who

has just spoken to you

man.

is

just

us.

is

all his

is

in

Italian.

is

for

for

for

to

lost

at

live

for

to

florins.

live

florins

for

for

saddle.

in

in

i)

sell

it

it

his

Did

it

your books cost you as much as


mine ?
They cost me just as much (tantideni) they cost me a
thousand aurei.
How much do your lodgings cost you ? They
How much do you pay
cost me ten dollars (crowns) per month.
for instruction (quanti doceris) ?
I pay fifty crowns for it.
How
A medimnus of corn is
much is corn worth in this region (regio) ?
worth only half a dollar in this region.
for ten

thousand

talents.

Exercise

133.

Who

The one who is dressed in gray is my


are those men ?
neighbor, and the one with the black coat the physician, whose son
has given my neighbor a blow with a stick.
Who is the man with
the green coat ?
He is one of my relations. Are you from Ber-

How much money have your chilNo, I am from Dresden.


They have spent but little they have spent
dren spent to-day ?
but one florin.
Does that man serve you well ?
He does serve
Are you willing to take this
me well but he spends too much.
I am willing to take him if he will serve me.
servant ?
Can I
lin ?

* From ah,

ere, alui, alltum or altum, to nourish, support.

LESSON

ABLATIVE AFTEIl VKRBS.

72.]

443

You

take this servant ?


well.
IIow long is

can take him, for he has served me very


since he (first) served you?
It is but two

it

He has served me (for)


you long ?
six years.
How much did you give him a year ? I gave him a
hundred crowns.
He did board with
Did he board with you V
me.
What did you give him to eat ?
I gave him whatever I ate.
Were you pleased with him V
I was much pleased with him.
Is
he free from (vacatne) guilt?
He is entirely (prorsm) free from it.
Does this country abound in gold ?
It does not abound (in it).
Has he filled his glass with wine ?
He has filled it with pure wine
Qneruni).
Does he adorn his house with pictures ?
He is adorning it.
Will you release us from fear (metu) ?
I cannot release
you (from it).
Were they expelled (exjndsus) from their country ?
They were not expelled.
months

since.

lias he served

Lesson LXXII.

PENSUM

ALTERUM ET

SEP-

TUAGESIMUM.
ABLATIVE AFTER VERBS AND ADJECTIVES.
The deponent

A.

verbs utor, fruor, fungor, potior,


and the compounds
abator, perfruor, defungor, and perfungor are generally
followed by the ablative. E. g.
vescor, dignor, laetor, glorior, nitor,

dptime cursum cdnficit ea,


quae scientissimo gubeniatore

Niivis

iitXtur.

id

est cujiisque prdprium, quo


quisque fruilur atque utitur.
Qui adipisci veram gldriam volet, justitiae fungdtur officiis.

Defuncti hello Punico,

arma Maceddniae

Eadem

Romani

intulerunt.

pericula, quibus nos per-

sumus.
Impedimentis castrisque

That ship makes the best passage


which has the most
skilful
helmsman,
The property of every one is that
which he enjoys and uses.
Let him, who desires to acquire
real distinction, attend to the requirements of justice.
Released from the Punic war, the

Romans directed
against Macedonia.

their

arms

The same dangers which we have


undergone.

fiincti

ndstri

Our

made themselves masbaggage and the camp.


He persuaded the Helvetii, that it
was very easy to get possession
soldiers

ters of the

potili sunt.

Helvetiis persuasit, perfacile esse,


totius Galliae impe'rio p>otiri.

of entire Gaul.

Numidae pleriimque lacte


rina came vescebdntur.

et fe-

The Numidians
pally

subsisted

upon milk and the

wild beasts.

princiflesh of

LATIN GRAMMAR.

444
Omne,

quo mscuntur homines,


penus est.
Haiid equidem/a'u me dignor 7w~
it

ore.

Nulla re tarn laetdri sdleo,

meorum
Nulla re
nisi

quam

officiorum conscientia.

niti

virtute

decet sapientem,

animique

consci-

entia.

[LESSON

72.

Everything, which men live upon,


is food (provisions).
I do not consider myself worthy of
such an honor.
There is nothing in which I am
wont to take so much delight, as
in the consciousness of my duties.
The philosopher ought to rely on
nothing, except on virtue and
the consciousness of intellect.

Eemarks.
1.

The verbs

iitor, friior,

occur with the accusative.


abator.

Frui

ingenmm.

nistrationem regni.

fungor, potior, and vescor sometimes also


E. g. Rem medici utuntur.
Argentum
Militare munus fungens.
Potlri admi-

Absinthium vescuntur.

Potior also governs the genitive; as, potlri rerum, imperii, domiThe construction of glorior is
nationis, to obtain the chief command.
either re, de re, or in re; that of nltor and innltor, re, in re, ad or
justly seek our honor in
in rem. E. g. In virtute jure gloridmur,
virtue.
Pompeii in vita nitebatur salus civitatis, The salvation of the
state depended upon the life of Pompey.
Ad immortalitatem gloriae
nitttur, He is striving after an immortality of glory.
2.

We

3.

Fldo and confldo

either take the ablative, like nitor, or the da-

suae confldit, virtuti invidet, No one


who has any confidence in his own.
Nemo potest fortunae stabilitate confldere, No one can rely upon the
stability of fortune.
Stare, " to abide by," has either the ablative or
in ; as, Stant sententid, They abide by their opinion.
Stare in fide,
tive.

E.

g.

Nemo

alterius, qui

envies the virtue of another,

To remain

true, faithful.

B. The preceding rule includes the adjectives dignus, indignus, fretus, alienas, praeditus, and contentus, which are likewise followed by the ablative. E. g.
Natus siim ad agendum semper
aliquid dignum viro.
Excellentium civium virtus imitatione, non invidia digna est.

Quam

miilti luce indigni sunt, et

tamen

Haec ad

am

light of day, and yet it rises


have written you this somewhat
frankly, relying on my conscious-

born for the constant performance of something worthy of


the character of man.
The virtue of eminent citizens deserves imitation, and not envy.
How many are unworthy of the

dies oritur.

te scripsi liberius,/rei!ws

conscientia officii mei.

sunt benefici, neque hoc alienum diicunt majestdte sua.

Pi'i

Epicurus confirmat,
bi'is

de'os

mem-

liumdnis esse praeditos.

ness of duty.
are beneficent, nor do
they consider this attribute at
variance with their majesty.
Epicurus asserts, that the gods are
possessed of human limbs.

The gods

LESSON
Mens

ABLATIVE AFTER PREPOSITIONS.

72.]

est prae'dita

mdtu sempi-

natura contenta.
temporis ad vivendatur, eo debet esse con-

est

Quod cuique

dum

Is

endued with eternal

motion.

te'rno.

Pdrvo

The mind

445

tentus.

Nature

content with little.


to be contented
with the space of time given him
is

Every one ought


to live in.

Remarks.
1. Alienus, in the sense of " averse or hostile to," has commonly
either ab or the dative but in the sense of " unsuitable, incompatible," it has either the ablative or ab, and sometimes the genitive. E. g.
;

Homo

alienus a

litteris,

man

averse (or a stranger) to

letters.

Am-

Averse to ambition. Alienum a vita mea, Foreign to


(inconsistent with) my life.
Aliarum rerum aliena, Not reconcilable
with other things, unexampled.
bitloni alienus,

2.

Dignus sometimes (though rarely) occurs with the

When

genitive.

connected with a verb, it takes either the infinitive, or the subjunctive with qui. E. g. Dignus salutis.
Dignus, qui imperet, Worthy
to command.
Horatius fere solus legi dignus, Horace almost the only
one worth reading. So also contentus scripsisse, satisfied to have

written.

The

0.

participles ndtus, progndtus, genitus, stilus, editus,

and ortus are sometimes followed by the ablative without the


preposition ex or a.

Such ablatives are generally loco, genere, stirpe, familid, parentibus,


frequently in connection with an adjective.
Yir siimmo loco ndtus.
Yirgines hdnesto drtae loco.
Adolescentes amplissima familia

A man

of high rank by birth.


Maidens of respectable descent.

Young men

of illustrious descent.

ndti.

Archias ndtus est loco


Iliinc

Fauno

et

ndbili.

nympha genitum

accepimus.
sanguine humdno, sed stirpe

Non

divina sdtus.
Qualis tibi ille videtur, Tdntalo
progndtus, Pelope ndtus ?

Archias was of noble origin.


The tradition is, that he was engendered by Faunus and a nymph.
Not begotten of human blood, but
of divine pedigree.
What sort of a man do you consider that descendant of Tantalus, the son of Pelops ?

Remark.
When connected with an adjective, this ablative may
be regarded as that of quality, and always stands without a preposition.
But when no adjective is added, the prepositions ex or a are frequently employed. E. g. Natus ex Penelopa.
Belgae ab Germanis orti, &c.

THE ABLATIVE AFTER PREPOSITIONS.

The ablative is also governed by the prepositions


ab (abs), absque, clam, coram, cum, de, e, ex, in, prae,
D.

#,

pro, sine, sub, subter,

and

38

tenus.

(Cf.

Lesson XCIV.)

LATIN GRAMMAR.

446

[LESSON

72.

Remark.
In and sub take the ablative only in answer to the
Super only when it stands for r7e, " with respect
question Where ?
Subter is more commonly construed with
to," " with reference to."
the accusative.
E. Verbs compounded with the prepositions a, de, or ex are
followed by the ablative in a local sense, sometimes with the
E. g.
preposition repeated.*

me abe'sse urbe miraris, in Do you wonder at my being absent


from a city, in which the hatred
summum sit odium hdmiof men is carried to the utmost
num ?

Tu

ea

qua

extremes
Decddere provincia praetor jussus
est.

Ad

eos, qui vita excesserunt, revertamur.


Amicitia niillo loco excluditur.

The

prastor

was ordered

to leave

the province.
Let us now return to those
already dead.

Friendship

excluded

is

who

are

from no

place.

Neminem
tor

a congre'ssu me'o jani-

meus

absterruit.

ex his regionibus Barbarorum


praesidia depelleret.

Ut

My

porter never deterred any one


from meeting me.
That he might expel the troops of
the Barbarians from these regions.

Res

memdria, de mdnibus

biintur.

Remark.

ela-

Things

slip

out of our

memory,

away from our hands.

The majority of these convey the

and are consequently already included

in

Lesson

idea of separation,

LXXI.

C.

Verbs of placing, putting, standing, sitting, and some


commonly followed by the ablative with in, but verbs
of motion in general by the accusative with in.
F.

others, are

Such verbs are pono, loco, colloco, statiio, eonstitiio, consido, habeo,
Verbs of
duco, numero, deflgo, mergo, incido, insculpo, inscrlbo, &c.
motion eo, venio, advenio, advenlo, and many others. E. g.
:

Plato rationem in cdplte, velut


in dree pdsuit ; iram in pectore
loeavit.

Cdnon nunquam

in

ho'rtis

suis

custodem impdsuit.
Stellas in deorum numero reposuerunt.

Dolor

in

mdximis mails

diicitur.

AvesquaedamsemTwa'nmergunt.
Legati in vultu regis defixerunt
duillos.

* This preposition, however, is not


nification, as in Example 6.

Plato has put the reason in the


head, as in a citadel, and passion
in the heart.
Conon never set a watch over his
garden.
They put the stars among the number of the gods.
Pain is considered one of the greatest of evils.
Some birds dive into the sea.
The ambassadors fixed their eyes
upon the countenance of the king.
always the same, but one of kindred

sig-

LESSON

PIIUASES

72.]

Decemviri

le*ges

in

duddecim

AND EXERCISES.

41

The decemviri wrote

hi-

twelve tables.
He arrived in

butts scripserunt.

In Italiam, in provinciam advenit.

the laws

Italy, in

upon

the prov-

ince.

Profectua est

Romam, Ddlphos.*

Remark. Imponere,

Rome,

lie has gone to

to Delphi.

insculpere, inscribere, inserere, arc also fol-

lowed by the dative (aliquid alicui rei, according to Lesson JLXII. J!.),
and most of the above verbs frequently have in rem or re simply, instead of the in re of the rule.
E. g. imponere illiquid in rem ; inscutr
pare illiquid aliqua re, &e.
f MXseror, Gri, at us sum.
( 'omm'tsrrari (ALIQUEM, ALIQUID).

To

pity, commiserate.

To lament, mourn

or weep
1

(
}
-I

over.

"With

all

pity me, liim, us,

them?

-<

do pity
with

all

tliec

my

mtseret (nuseruit, miserllum est)

ALICUJUS.f
Denloro, are.

-v

Cici,

dlwn.

n
Defied, ere, evi, elum.
-

'

(ALIQUEM, ALIQUID.)
toto pectore (ammo).

Ex ammo,

one's heart.
(

Do you

Me

(him, you, them)

heart.

J
]

[_

Do

ye commiserate this man ?


commiserate him very much.
I have pitied your misfortunes.

Commiserarisne me, ilium, nos, eosV


Miseretne te mei, illius, nostri, eo-

rum ?
Ego

ve'ro te (ilium, yds, eos)

ex

ani-

mo

Me

commiseror.
vero tiii (illius,

vestri,

corum)

miseret tdto peetore.

Miseraminine hiinc hdminem ?


Commiseramur eum vehementer.
Me miseritum est tuaruin fortunarum.
Dcploravi spem perditam.

We

I have lamented over lost hope.


I have wept over his untimely
death.

Deilevi

mortem

ejus praematiiram.

C Fldo, ere,flsus sum.

To confide or trust in (or rely Confidere (alicui, alicui rei).


1 Fretum (am) esse (aliquo, alion any one or thing).
\

[_

To

trust with, intrust,

commit (

(anything
v
J
to any one),

]
(

qua

re).

^ \f^

dtdi dUwn
Concredere, committere mandare.

'

>

(ALICUI ALIQUID.)

To confide (commit) anything to -\( Comittere (permittere) aliquid fiUfl cUlLUJUS.


alicuji
the care of any one).
( Tnidere aliquid in alicujus fidem.
To intrust one's plans, one's se- Consilia, occulta siia alicui credere.
crets, to one.
To commit (unbosom) one's self Se (animum suum) alicui credere,
to one.
* On these accusatives with
t On the government of this

unci

without

in,

verb, see Lesson

compare Lesson LVT. A.


LXVII. C.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

448

To

mittere.

To
To

give one's self up to one.


give one's self up entirely to
one.

Se

monev

(dedere)
dedere

se

alicui.
alicui.

Crediditne (commisitne) tibi aliquid ?


Credidit (commisit) mihi peciinias

me.

to

(hire

Tdtum

you with any-

intrust

thing ?
He intrusted his

72.

In alicujus fidem se tradere, per-

intrust one's self to the pro-

tection of one.

Did he

[LESSON

suas.

He

has deposited his

me

apud me depdsuit.
Peciinias suas mihi mandavit (de-

( Pecunias suas

money with

(for safe-keeping).

What have you

and

He
He

in ejus

fidem

Fidei ejus filium


commisi.

Ego

tradidisti ?

meum

linicum

meos dmnes unius ma-

filios

demandavi.
Credebat ei consilia atque occulta
sria omnia.
Se (an mum siium) mihi credidit.
Tdtum se mihi dedidit.
gistri ciirae

secrets.

has unbosomed himself to me.


has surrendered himself en-

me.

tirely to

Do you

mandavit).

Quid

intrusted (committed) to his protection ?


I have intrusted my only son to
his protection.
I have intrusted all my sons to
the care of one master.
He trusted him with all his plans

confide in me, him, us,

Confidisne mihi,

them
Do you rely on me, him. us. them ?

ei,

nobis,

illis

'?

do

trust, rely

The
The

Fretusne es me, eo, nobis,


Confido.
Fretus sum.

on.

plan.

Consilium,

secret.

Res

Secrets.

To keep anything
still

Mysterium,

(silent)

i,

about

Reticeo,

ere,

ALIQUA
Celo,

To

Palam facere

immo

Xo. on the contrary, he communicated it to me.


secret
it.

aliquid.

pdtius id

mecum communi-

cavit.
(

?
^

Xo, I imprudently divulged

(aliquid, de

Celavitne te mysterium

mystery

Did you keep the matter

ciii

RF.).

arc. avi, atum (aliquem


ALIQUID* DE ALIQUA RE).

publish, divulge.

the

n.

Aliquid taciturn (occultum) tencre,


or habere.

secret.

anything.
To conceal (anything from
any one).

Did he conceal
from you V

n.

secreta. occulta, arcana, /. sing.


Occulta, arcana, secreta, drum. n.jJ.

The mystery.

To keep

i.

illis ?

rem occiiltam ?
rem (de re) ?
Xdn vero rem palam feci ego
Tenuistine

Reticuistine
:

considenitus.

To

< Qtf' r ro,ferre, obtiili, oblatum.


\I)eferre (alicui aliquid).

offer.

Cf.

Lesson LX. A.

in-

LESSON
To

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

72.]

offer (promise) one's services

To

offer

you

Se (semetipsum)
Obtulitne

his services (as-

He

my

all

tibi

Is

in

power.

defero.

The gods have

offered (granted)
you all you desired.
He offered him all his influence

Dii

tibi

omnia optata detulerunt.

6mnem

for the accomplishment of this

ei

suam auctoritatem ad

hoc negdtium conficiendum de-

end.

tulit.

Did he

Num

offer (proffer) us his help

in the matter ?
He has offered us his services of
his

est)

semetipsum mihi dbtulit.


Quidquid possum, tibi polliceor ac

has offered himself to me.

and promise you

alicui offerre.

(pollicitiisne

dperam suam

sistance) ?
I offer

polli-

ceri.

offer one's self to one.

Did he

dperam siiam offerre or

Alicui

to one.

449

own

Operam suam

accord.

Voluntarily,

of one's own ac-

Ultro (adv.), sua (tua, &c.) sponte,


sponte et ultro.

Unwillingly.

Invitus, a,

Did he leave unwillingly


left

of his

own

nobis ultro dbtulit

(pollicitus est).

cord.

No, he

dperam suam ad rem pro-

fessus est ?

um.

Discessitne invitus ?

Non

accord.

vero

sua sponte et ultro

dis-

cessit.

The Roman citizen.


The American citizen.
The citizen (inhabitant) of

Ciyis Romanus.
Civis Americanus.
Incola (ae, m.) Londini, Lutetiae,

London, Paris, New York.

Eboraci Novi.

The Hamburg merchant.


The Strasburg beer.
The student of Leipsic,
Paris,

The
The

Mercator Hamburgensis.
Cervisia Argentoratensis.
Civis academiae Lipsiensis, Parisiensis, Cantabrigiensis.

Cambridge.

Oppidanus, i, m.
Rusticus, rusticanus,

inhabitant of a city.
inhabitant of the coun-

i,

m.

try.

Curare or

To

take care of, to he care- J


ful of anything.

sibi

curae (dat.) habere

aliquid.

Rationem alicujus

rei habere.

Resjncere (spexi, spectum) aliquid.

Does he take care of his

clothes ?

He does take care of them.


Do you take care of your hat ?
I

do

Do

Curatne vestem suam ?


sibi curae vestem
Curat. Habet.
Habesne tibi curae pileum

Habetne

Non

not.

ye take care of your health?

We

do take care of our health


and property both.
Did he regard his own interest ?
2

38 *

habeo.
Curatisne valetiidinem ?
Habetisne rationem valetiidinis ?
Hebemus vero rationem et valetiidinis et rei familiaris.
ipsius respici-

Niim cdmmoda sua


ebat

LATIN GRAMMAR.

450

He

regarded his own advantage


than that of others.

Sua

[LESSON

72.

edmmoda minus, quam

ipsius

aliena respiciebat.

less

take care of provide for, ( Curare (aliquem aliquid).


attend to.
\ Providere or consulere (ui, turn)

To

(alicui).
-nT-.n

Will you
take care
J

I will

(am not

of

meum equum
curare ?
^
,
.M
,
,
,.
\ V isne meo equo providere r
Yolo. Providere ei non nolo.
and Yitae suae salutique quam dptime

unwilling).

He

Visne

o (

myJ horse
-i

is providing for his life


health in the best possible

cdnsulit et prdvidet.

'

manner.

Exercise

How

137.

long has your brother been absent from the city ?


He has
Has he been ordered to leave his
been absent these twelve months.
Are there many phicountry (patrid) ?
He has been ordered.
There are as many there as in yours.
losophers in your country ?
How does this hat fit me ? It fits you very well. How docs
this hat fit your brother ?
It fits him admirably.
Is your brother
He is taller than I, but 1 am older than he.
How
as tall as you ?
He is five feet four inches high.
How high is
high is this man ?
It is sixty feet high.
Is your well
the house of our landlord?
How long have those
deep ?
Yes, sir, for it is fifty feet deep.

They have been


service
already more than three years Has your cousin been long
Who has
Paris He has been there nearly
my
knife Nobody has
when we were
was

want of
true
your uncle has arrived assure you
he has
true that he has assured you of
ance? assure you
the
thoutrue

sand men, whom we were expecting, have arrived have heard


Will you dine with us? cannot dine with you, fori have
eaten. Do you throw away your hat
do not throw
away,
coat?
me admirably. Does your friend
There are many
He does not
him most
men been

your

in

father's service ?

in his

at

spoiled

six years.

spoiled

that

it,

for

spoiled

it

in

that

Is it

it.

arrived.

Is

his assist-

it

that

it is

true.

Is

that

it

six

so.

just

for

sell

learned

men

it

sell his

it fits

it,

for

beautifully.

it fits

in Berlin, are there

from Berlin. Not as


man from Berlin.

many

as

not (nonne)

when you were

Exercise

asked Cuvier a man


answered the

there,

138.

Why

do you pity that man ?


I pity him, because he has trusted
a merchant of Hamburg with his money, and the man will not return
it to him.
Do you trust this citizen with anything?
I do not
trust him with anything.
Has he already kept anything from you ?
I have never trusted him with anything, so that he has never kept
anything from me.
Will you trust my father with your money ?
I will trust him with it.
What secret has my son intrusted you
with ?
I cannot intrust you with that with which he has intrusted
me, for he has desired me to keep it secret.
Whom do you intrust
with your secrets ?
I intrust nobody with them, so that nobody

LESSON

ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE.

73.]

knows them.

451

Has your brother been rewarded ?


He has, on the
contrary, been punished but I beg you to keep it secret, for no one
knows it.
What has happened to him ?
I will tell you what has
happened to him, if you promise me to keep it secret.
Do you

promise you,
pity him with
Do you consider (ducisne) that variance (alienum)
my
with your dignity
do not consider
Does
attend
He does attend he
(fungiturne) the
of
them. Have you experienced (perfunctus) the same dangers which
I have experienced? have not experienced the same. What do
they
upon They
upon
and milk. Who has taken
possession
of the baggage The
have made them What do you

masters of

the consciousness of

worthy of
promise

me

to

keep

it

secret ?

for I

heart.

all

at

(dignitas) V

to

(it so).

duties

justice ?

to

live

live

(poteri)

selves

virtue.

It is

soldiers

rejoice in (laetari) V

it.

in

fish

Is his virtue

I rejoice
imitation ?

not worthy of it.

Lesson LXXIII.

PENSUM

SEPTUAGESIMUM

TERTIUM.
OF THE ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE.

A.
noun and a participle in the ablative are often put independently of the rest of the proposition in which they occur, and serve as
an abridged form of a clause introduced by the conjunctions quum,
dum, si, quod, quamquam, quamvis, &c. Thus, Sole oriente (= quum
sol oritur), The sun rising, i. e. when the sun rises.
Servio Tullio
regnante (== dum Servius Tullius regnobal), Servius Tullius reigning,
i. e. while he was reigning, during his reign.*
Sole orto (= quum sol
orlus esset), The sun having risen, i. e, when (offer) it had risen. Cijro
mortuo (= quum Cyrus mortuus esset), Cyrus being dead, i. e. when
he was dead, after his death. This construction is called the Ablative
Absolute.
It most commonly designates the time or concomitant of an
action or event, but frequently also a cause, reason, condition, or

CONCESSION.

When

the ablative absolute indicates the Time of


it is rendered into English by when,
while, during, after.
E. g.

B.

an action or event,

Criistino die, oriente sole, redite

in

pugnam.

To-morrow, when the sun

rises, re-

turn to the encounter.

* In this construction the present participle always refers to the time of the
action denoted by the verb of the sentence, which may be either present, past,
or future.
The perfect participle indicates an action or event anterior to that
expressed by the verb. (Compare Lesson XLIX. E.)

LATIN GRAMMAR.

452
Jove tondnte,

cum pdpulo

agi

non

[LESSON

When Jove thunders, it

is

73.

not right

to address the people.

est fas.

The

Solon et Pisistratus Se'rvio Tullio


regndnte viguerunt.

question is, whether the heavens revolve while the earth


stands still, or whether the earth
turns and the heavens stand still.
Solon and Pisistratus flourished
during the reign of Servius Tul-

Videmus aquam spumare,

We

Quaeritur, litrum mtindus terra


circiimeat, an
stdnte terra vertatur.
stdnte

mundo

lius.

igni

subjecto.

Diane interfe'cto. Dionysius rursus


Syracusarum potitus est.
Re'glbus

exdctis, cdnsules

sunt.

creati

observe

that

water

foams

whenever fire is put under it.


After the murder of Dion, Dionysius again took possession of
Syracuse.
After the expulsion of the kings,
consuls were created.

Remarks.
The noun entering

into the construction of the ablative absolute


always denotes a different person or object from those contained in
1.

the sentence; but pronouns sometimes constitute an exception to tin's


rule.
E. g. Ego percussOrcm jiieum securum ambidare potior me sollicito ? Shall I allow my murderer to walk secure, while I am anxious ?
Gallium Italiamque tentari se absente nolebat. He was not willing that
Italy should be invaded in his absence. Invisosemel princIpe seubene
seu male facta (sc. cum) premunt, When a prince is once hated, then
all his actions, whether good or bad, are construed against him.
2. The participle of the ablative absolute is generally either the
present or tin' perfect Instances of the future active are less frequent,
and the future passive rarely occurs. E. g. Rex apum nisi migraturo
agmine foras non procedU, The king of the bees never comes out, unless the hive is about to migrate.
Ituro in Armeniam majore filio, The
elder son being about to go into Armenia.
Tanquam non transitfiris
in Asiam Romanis, As it' the Romans were not on the point of passing
into Asia.
Quis est, qui, nullis oflk-ii praeceptis tradendis, pk'dosophum
se aw/eat dicere ? Will any one dare to call himself a philosopher,
without having moral precepts to impart?

3. The perfect passive participle of the ablative absolute may frequently be rendered by the perfect active participle, which, in Latin,
does not exist except in deponent verbs.
E. g. Po?npeiuSj captis
Iiierosolymis, victor ex illo fano nihil tettgit, Pompey, having taken
Jerusalem (lit. Jerusalem having been taken), did not touch anything
out of that temple.*

* The ablative
want of a perfect

absolute, in instances like this, manifestly arises from the


active participle in Latin.
The construction of deponent
on the other hand, is precisely like the English. E. g. Hostes, hanc
adepti victoriam (= hdc victoria adeptd),in perpetuum se fore victores confidebant, The enemy, after having won this victory, was confident of remaining
victorious perpetually.
(Compare Lesson XLIX. A. Rem. 4.)
participles,

LESSON

ABLATIYE ABSOLUTE.

73.]

453

When

the perfect participle of deponent verbs is used in a pasmay stand in the ablative absolute, like that of transitive
verbs.
So likewise when the deponent is a neuter verb. E. g. Partilis copiis, The forces having been divided.
Periculo perfuncto, The
danger being overcome. Adcpta libertate, Liberty having been obtained.
Profecto ex Italia Valerio, Valerius having left Italy. Sole
orto, The sun having risen, &c.
4.

sive sense,*

it

"When the ablative absolute denotes a cause, condition,


C.
or concession, it is rendered by the English since, because, in
E. g.
consequence of, if, although.
innumerabiles

Artes

repertae

sunt, docente natura.

Anxnr

brevi receptum

est,

ne-

glectis die festo custddiis urbis.

The

arts are innumerable, since


nature teaches them.
Anxur was retaken in a short time,
the watch of the city having
been neglected on the day of a
festival.

Flaminium Caelius reiufione nefflecta cecidisse apud Trasime-

num

scribit.

Caelius writes that

Flaminius fell
near Trasimenum in consequence of having neglected f the

usual religious

Natura

Quae

reluctdnte, irritus labor est.

potest esse juciinditas vi

tae, subldtis amicitiisf

Quaenam

sollicitiido

vexaret

i'm-

pios, subldto suppl iciorum in eta?

Perdttis rebus omnibus, tamen ipsa


virtus se sustentare potest.

rites.

EiT'ort is fruitless, if

nature opposes.

"What pleasure can life possess, if


friendship is banished from it ?
AVhat anxiety would harass the
wicked, if the fear of punishment
were removed V
Though everything be lost, yet virtue

is

all-sufficient to sustain her-

self.

Propdslta inridia, poena, morte,


qui nihilo secius rempiiblicam
defendit,

is

vir vere punindus

est.

He

who, in spite of odium, punishment, or death before him, J nevertheless defends the common interest, must be considered really
a man.

The ablative absolute thus employed is sometimes


Remark.
linked to the preceding clause by one of the conjunctions ut, velut,
tanquam, elsi, quamquam, or quamvis. E. g. Velut Diis quoque shnul
cum patrid relictis, As if the gods had been relinquished together with
Tanquam non translturis in Asiam Romanis, As if the
their country.
Romans were not on the point of passing into Asia. Quamvis capite
defectionis sublato, Although the chief of the revolt had been removed.

The

D.
*

I. e.

I. e.

ablative absolute frequently consists merely of a

of such participles is given in Lesson XLIX. A. Rem. 4.


because he had neglected.
although hatred, punishment, or death be placed before him.

list

LATIN GRAMMAR.

454

[LESSON

in apposition with another noun, or of a

noun

jective, with the participle of esse understood.*

Natura dike, errari millo pacto

noun and an adE.

g.

nature guides,

it

is

impos-

sible to err.

pdtest.

Belluoi Gallicum C. Caesare imperatore gestum est.

Natus

Where

73.

Augustus M. Tullio Ci-

est

cerone et Antonio consulibus.

The

war was carried on un-

Gallic

der the

command

of Csesar.

Augustus was born during the consulship of M. Tullius Cicero and


Anton)*.

Ascanius Creiisa matre,


natus

cdliimi,

est.

Romani, Hanmbdle

quam

se

lllio in-

vivo,

niin-

sine insidiis futures

existimabant.
Caesare igna.ro magister equitum
constitutus est.

Lupus mag no consectdntium

tu-

multu evasit.

Ascanius

was born

of

Creusa,

when Troy was still uninjured.


The Romans thought that they
never would be exempt from
snares while Hannibal was alive.
was made master of horse without the knowledge of Caesar.
The wolf escaped amid the great
commotion of those in pursuit of

He

him.
Secundis rebus suis volet etiam
mdri.

He

will

even desire to

die,

though

in prosperity.

Remarks.
which most commonly thus take the place of
a) Certain nouns denoting
the participle in the ablative absolute are:
the action of a verb as adjutor, adjutrix, auctor, comes, dux, inlerpres,
1.

The

substantives,

judex, magister, magistrix, praeceptor, praeceptrix, testis,] &c. b) The


names of certain offices or dignities, such as consul, imperdtor, praetor,
E. g. Eo adjutdre, With his assistance.
rex, domlnus, magistrdtus, &c.
Se
Licinio quodam auctore, At the instigation of a certain Lieinius.
Me rege, With me for a king. His
duce, Under his own conduct.
So also,
magistratUms, Under the administration of these consuls.
Puero Cicerone, When Cicero was a boy. Nobis pueris, When I was
one.

Deo propitio, If God is


Additional examples of adjectives are
Invito, Minerva, Against the will of Minerva, i. e. with
bad success. Sereno coelo, The sky being clear, lis invltis, They
being unwilling (i. e. against their will). TacXtis nobis, When (while)
we are silent, lllis consciis, They being accessories,^ &c.
2.

propitious.

3.

This construction

is

sometimes represented by an adjective alone.

* Such a participle does not exist in Latin, but is usually supplied in EngE. g. Natura duce, nature being our guide; Caesare imperatore, Caesar
being commander; lllio incolumi, Illium being yet safe, &c.
t Substantives of this class may frequently be resolved into a participle;
as, Eo adjutore, i. e. adjuvante.
Natura luce, i. e. ducente.
Fortund comite,
Polybio judice, i. e. judicante, Sec.
i. e. comitante.
But
sometimes
these
ablatives
absolute
may
referred
also be
to the ablaX
tive of mode or manner.
E. g. Bono gubernatore. The pilot being good. i. e.
with a good pilot. Probo navigio, With a proper vessel (ship).
lish.

LESSON

ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE.

73.]

455

g. Sereno per totum diem, The sky being serene all day lono\
Tranquillo pervectus Chalcidem, Conveyed to Chalcis while the sea
was calm.*

E.

The

E.

ablative absolute

perfect participle

alone,

is

sometimes represented by the


being an entire clause.

subject

its

E.g.
Caesar temeritatem militum reprehendit, exposito quid iniqui-

Csesar, after

tas loci posset.

Alexander, audito Dareum appropinqudre cum exercitu, 6b-

viam

rius was approaching with an


army, resolved to meet him.
Happy in every respect, except

ire constituit.

Excepto

quod non simul

esses,

that you were not present.


Hannibal, having learned that plots
were on foot against him, sought

cetera laetus.

Hannibal,

cdgnilo

insidias

having explained what

the disadvantage of the ground


might lead to, reprehended the
rashness of his soldiers.
Alexander, having heard that Da-

sibi

pardri, fuga salutem quaesivit.

his safety in flight.

Remarks.
The

1.

participles thus

The

employed are but few.

principal one

audito, cogmto, comperto, edicto, explorato, desperato, nuntiato.


All
these are passive, " it being heard, learned, found," &c. but are generally rendered by the perfect active : " Caesar having heard, learnt,
;

found, given orders," &c.


2.

An

lute.

E.

adjective sometimes supplies the place of this participle absog. Multi, incerto (=quum incertum esset) prae tenebris quid
peterent aut vitdrent, foede interierunt, Many, uncertain,! on account
of the darkness of the night, what to seek or to avoid, perished disgracefully.

The

though rarely, occurs without


E. g. In cujus amnis transgressu, multum certato, pervlcit Bardanes, In passing which river, Bardanes conquered
Quum, nondum palam facto, vivi mortuafter a severe engagement.
ique promiscue complorarentur, AVhen, the matter being yet unpublished, the living and the dead were bewailed indiscriminately.^:
3.

participle absolute sometimes,

any subject whatever.

Every

AnyJ

(one'), each.

(one')
J
\

please
vou -f

-J

Quisque, quaeque, quodque or quidque, gen. cujusque.


C Quivis, quaevis, quodvis or quidvis,

cuJ usvis
en
Quil)bet,quaelXbet,quodlibet oy quid-

'

[_

* These may be

resolved into

Quum

Ubet, gen. cujuslibet.

coelum sercnum, mare Iranquillam

Juisset.

"It being uncertain (a matter of uncertainty and doubt)."


these examples multum certato and palam facto staud impersonally.

f Lit.
X

111

LATIN GRAMMAR.

456

[LESSON

73.

Unusquisque, gen. unluscuj usque.

Every

Singuli (each individually).


(nullus) non, unus quillbet.

one, everybody.

Nemo

Every man.
Every child.

Omnes.
Omnis homo, omnes.
Omnis infans.

Everything.

Omnia, ium,

Every month,

Singulis mensibus, annis.


In singulos menses, annos.

year.

n. pi., nihil non.

Quot mensibus,

Omnes

All the world.

Every one knows.

Every one
It

sees.

(of

Nemo non scit. Omnes sciunt.


Nemo non videt.
Nemo est, quin (but ichat) videat.
Hoc

mouth of every one

in the

is

annis.

homines.

in ore

omnium

est.

all).

He knows

omnia potest.
non potest.
Ego omnia vidi.
Nihil est, quod non viderim.
file

(can do) everything.

Nihil

I have seen everything.

Quod cuique

Let every one keep what has

A man's mind

is

the

dbtigit, id

quisque

man himself.

is est quisque.
quddlibet illi.
Quibiislibet tempdribus.

I give

Do nomen

please).
I myself) as well as

Ego non minus, quam vestrum

him any name I please.


At all times (at any time you

any one of
you.
pleasure tour to Corinth is not
everybody's privilege.
It belongs to a great judge to
decide what every one should
(i.

e.

qui-

vis.

render to every one

te-

neat.
Mens cujiisque,

fallen to his lot.

Non

cuivis hdmini cdntingit, adire


Corinthum.
Magni est jiidicis statiiere, quid
quemque cuique praesture debeat.

to

his neighbor).

He

is

fit

for anything

Iddneus

(every-

est arti cuilibet.

Omnium horarum homo

thing).

est.

quaequae, quodquod or
quidquid, gen. cujuscujus.
Qulcpimque, quaecumque, quodcwnque or quidcumque, gen. ciijuscumque. (Cf. Lesson XII. C.)

Quisquis,

Every

one,

who;

everything

which (whoever, whatever;*


whosoever, whatsoever)

"Whoever

(may

(whosoever)

he

is \

be).

Whoever you are (may be).


However that may be.
Whatever there is of gain (= all

Quisquis

ille est.

\ Quicumque
Quisquis

is

est.*

es.

Qudquo mddo res se habet


Quodciimque

(habeat).

liicri est.

the gain).
Quisquis

and quicumque are generally put with the indicative

in Latin.

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

73.]

Whatever

(=

benefit

all

457

the

Quidquid beneficii

(all

Omnia, quaecumque scribimus.

benefit).

Whatsoever we (may) write

we

that

write).

In whatsoever place one may be.


He can do whatsoever (anything)
he pleases.

Quocumque*

in loco quisquis

Quodciimque

velit, licet facere.

est.

grum.
um, gen. tofius.
Universus, a, um.

Integer, gra,

The

whole, entire.

The
The

full

Totus, a,

(entire, complete),

entire (unbroken).
whole (entire) year.

A
A whole number.
A

(and entire) year.


Full (complete) liberty, joy.
full

The whole
The

(entire) city.

An

The walk, promenade

(act).

promenade

Ambulatio, deambulatio,
spatium, i, n.
Ambulatiuncula, ae, f.

Ambulacrum,

*Symphonia,

To go to the concert.
To be (present) at a concert.
To give a concert.
The concert-room.
Has he gone

to the concert ?

Were

many

at

the

con-

There was a large crowd there.


Did you find many out walking ?

spatium,

f.

am-

Concentum

conficere.

esse.

us,

m.

ae,/".

obire (ivi, itum).

Concentui (symphdniae) aclesse.


Concentum edere (didi, ditum).

*Odeum,

i,

n.

Obivitne concentum ?
Aderantne miilti (homines)

con-

hdminum magna.

Aderat vero

vis

Invenistine

miiltos

(ambulantes)
also

onis,

centui ?

cert ?

* So

n. ;

i,

Ambulationem
In ambulacra
*Concentus,

concert.

there

dmnes.

(ejus) integrum.

bulatio.

To take a walk.
To be on the walk (promenade).
The

societas.

hie tdtus (dmnis).


Universitas rerum.
C Tdtos tres annos.
-< Tres ipsos annos.
( Tdtum triennium.
Solidus aper, bos.

short walk.

walk,
(ground).

Mundus

entire boar, ox.

The

Libertas sdlida gaiidium sdlidum.


Uni versa ci vitas.
Universitas urbis.

Patrimdnium siium

entire years.

The

Niimerus integer (plenus).


Plenus annus atque integer.

Facilitates siias (ejus)

universe.

For three

um.

a,

Solidus, a, um.
Annus integer.

Universa

entire society.

His entire property.


The whole of his patrimony.
The whole (of this) world.

The

Plenus,

in

ambulacro

sometimes separately cum quibus erat cumque; qua re cumque.

3d

LATIN GRAMMAR.

458

Invent non

I found but a few.

To

cut,

To

cut

wound.
(
off.

cut into

73.

nisi paiicos.

Seccire, vulnerare.

To

[LESSON

(make an

Abscldo, ere, scldi, scisum.


are, ad, alum.

Amputo,

Incido, ere, cldi, clsum (aliquid).

in-

cision).

Omnino,

Entirely.

He
He

prorsus, plane.

Digitum ejus amputavit.

has cut off his finger.


has had his finger cut off
(amputated).
Have you cut (wounded) his

Is digitum siiuni

amputandum

cu-

ravit.

lEcquid digitum ejus vulnerasti

go non

ejus

finger ?

have not cut (wounded)


but his foot.

digitum, sed
vulneravi.

his

finger,

He

my

has cut

Alone

Crus

leg.

secuit (incidit).

( Solus, a, urn, gen. sollus.


< Unus, a, um, gen. unlus.

(all alone).

To

meum

pedem

Unus

solus.

(Secum) afferre, apportare (aliquid ALICUI Or AD ALIQUEM).


( Secum ducere (duxi, ductum).
To bring (lead) along.
Secum adducere, deducere.
(aliquem ad aliquem.)
(
To bring along (by convey- Adveho, ere, vexi, vectum (aliance).
quid ad aliquem).
bring (carry) along.

-<

Have you come quite alone ?


No, I have brought all my friends
with me.
He has brought all his men

Venistine unus solus ?


vero
amicos ineos

Xon

lucrum

Omnes

dmnes

dediixi.

siios

secum

addiixit.

along.

Does he bring anvthing new with

Affertne secum aliquid ndvi

him?

He

brings nothing.

Nihil affert.

They have brought us some grain


along.

nobis secum advexe-

runt.

Did

you bring your


along ?
I have brought him.

To fall.
To fall gliding,

To

fall

To

slip

To

Frumentum

down,

down,

brother

to slip.

out, in.
out, in.

Duxistine tecum fratrem

Diixi.

Cado, ere, cecidi, casum.


Labor, Icdji, lapsus sum.
Decidere, excidere, incidere
-casum).

(-cidi,

Delabi, elabi, Ulabi.

drop (inadver- (Exctdit mild aliquid manu or de


tently) anything out one's <
manibus.
hands.
( DelabXtur mild aliquid de manibus.
let fall,

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

73.]

To drop (from

459

manu

Amittere aliquid de

negligence).

(or

ma-

nibus).

To drop
Has he fallen

Dimittere aliquid de manibus.

(Intentionally).

Ceciditne

Yes, he has fallen into the well.

He

puteum.
Lapsus est ex equo.
Ex equo deeidit.
Poma ex arbdribus cadunt, deci-

has fallen from the horse.

The

fruit falls

from the

Lapsiisne est ?

1 ncidit vero in

trees.

dunt.

Has he dropped anything

Amisitne aliquid de manibus ?


Dimisit vero pennam de manibus.
ifixcidit ei anulus de manu.
Anulus mini sua spdnte de digito

Yes, he has dropped his pen.


He has dropped his ring.

The

ring dropped of

its

own

ac-

cord from my finger.


You have dropped your gloves.
She is dropping her handker-

delapsus

est.

Exciderunt

tibi

de

manu

digitabula.

Muccinium ei de manibus

delabitur.

chief.

Near,

Near

Apud, juxta, prope (Prep.

close by.

the

fire,

Juxta me,

by the

far

te, ilium.

Ad

fire.
I

Near (not

Ace).

Jiaud prociil (allquoloco,


ab aliquo loco).

Near me, you, him.

Near

c.

Nun longe,

(not far from)

from) his castle.

(apud, juxta) fdcum.


Apud (prope) carbdnes.
Non ldnge (haud prdcul) ab ejus
castello.

Near

that spot.

AVhat are you doing by the fire ?


I am engaged in writing and

I live close

tT bi habitas ?
Juxta (prope) castellum habito.
Habitabat non ldnge a ddmo regia.

live?

by the

castle.

He

lived not far from the king's


residence.
He fell not far from the river.

The groom.
Did you tell the groom

Cccidit

hand prdcul

Stabularius,

m.

(a) fliivio.

agaso, onis, m.

mihi equum ?
Factumst (= factum

the horse ?
I have told him.

have ordered him

to

do

Jussi

so.

cum

f Impedio,

To prevent,

i,

Dixistine stabulario, ut addiiceret

to bring

me

hinder.

In scribendo et cogitando occupatus


sum.

thinking.

Where do you

Prope ilium locum.


Prope ab illo loco.
Quid agis apud carbdnes

est).

facere hoc.

Ire, ivi (il),

itam

(aliquem

(ab) aliqua re).


J
Retardo, are, avi, alum (aliquem
IN ALIQUA RE).
[
flmpedire aliquem qudminus (or
I

To

hinder (prevent) any one


from sleeping, writing.

ne) ddrmiat, scribat.


Petardare aliquem a dormiendo,
scribendo (or ad donniendum,
scribendum).

LATIN GRAMMAR.

460

[LESSON

f Retardatne

ing

1 Irnpeditne

[_

He

does prevent me.


f

Or

you

did I prevent
sleeping ?

You have
he

qudminus

ne)

(or

davi ?

An

flight ?

He

te,

tmpedit.
ego te ad dormiendum retar-

An

from]

not prevented me.


hindering him from

a legendo (ad le-

legas ?
Betardat.

ego te impedivi, qudminus dormires ?

[_

Was

te

gendum)

Does he prevent you from read- J

73.

Me

non

retardasti (impedisti).

Impediebatne (retardabatne) e'um


a fiiga ?
_

was

Ison impediebat.

not.

Exercise

Whom

139.

Why do you pity


do you pity ?
I pity your friend.
him?
I pity him because he is ill.
Do the merchants of Berlin
pity anybody
They pity nobody.
Do you offer me anything?
What has my father offered you ?
I offer you a gold ring.
He
has offered me a fine book.
To whom do you offer those fine

horses

'?

them

offer

my

fine carriage to

uncle

to the

French

I do offer

officer.
it

to

Do you
Dost thou

offer that

him.

offer

good children ?
I do offer it to them,
for I love them with all my heart.
What have the citizens of StrasThey have offered me good beer and salt meat.
burg offered you ?
To whom do you offer money ?
I offer some to those Parisian
citizens, who have assured me of their assistance.
Will you take
care of my clothes ?
I will take care of them.
Wilt thou take
care of my hat ?
I will take care of it.
Are you taking care of
the book which I lent you ?
I am taking care of it.
Will this man
thy pretty

little

dog

to these

Who

will take
take care of my horse ?
He will take care of it.
The landlord will take care of him.
care of my servant ?
Does
your servant take care of your horses ?
He does take care of them.
Is he taking care of your clothes ?
He is taking care of them,
for he brushes them every morning.
Have you ever drunk Strasburg beer ?
I have never drunk any.
Is it long since you ate
Leipsic bread ?
It is almost three years since I ate any.
Does he
think himself (ducitne se) out of danger (sine periculd) ?
He never
can consider himself out of danger while his enemy is alive (his enemy being alive). Is the republic safe (salvus)? How can it be
safe under the administration of consuls like these (his magistrati-

uus) ?

Exercise

140.

Have you hurt my

brother-in-law ?
I have not hurt him
but he
has cut my finger.
What has he cut your finger with ?
With tho
knife which you had lent him.
have you given that boy a
blow with your fist ?
Because he hindered me from sleeping.
Has anybody hindered you from writing ?
Nobody has hinJered
me from writing; but I have hindered somebody from hurting your

Why

LESSON

THE PLUPERFECT TENSE.

74.]

461

Everybody says that he has


cousin.
Has your father arrived ?
Has the physician hurt your
arrived but I have not seen him yet.
He has hurt him, for he has cut his finger.
son ?
Have they
They have cut it off entirely.
cut off this man's leg ?
Are you
I am much pleased with him, for he is
pleased with your servant ?
What does he know ?
He knows everything.
fit for anything.
He can
Has your brother returned
Can he ride on horseback ?
He has returned thence, and has brought
at last from Germany ?
Has he told his groom to bring it to me ?
you a fine horse.
He
What do you think of that horse ?
has told him to bring it to you.
I think that it is a fine and good one, and (I) beg you to lead it
into the stable.
In what did you spend your time yesterday ?
I went to the public walk, and afterwards to the concert.
Were
There were many people
there many people in the public walk ?
When did your brother return home ?
there.
He returned at
He was born during the
sunrise.
$Vhen was Augustus born ?
Do you desire to learn Latin?
consulship of Cicero.
I am not
unwilling to learn, with you for a guide and instructor.
Having
heard (audito) that our friend was about to arrive, I immediately rewere these men punished ?
solved to go to meet him.
They were punished on account of neglected duties (pfficiis neglectis).

Why

Lesson

LXXIV. pensum septuagesimum


QUARTUM.

OF THE PLUPERFECT TENSE.

The pluperfect tense serves to represent a past


A.
action as entirely completed with reference to another
It sustains
past action just commencing or going on.
the same relation to the imperfect, as the perfect does
to the present.
Jtriierant Danai, et

E.

g.

tectum dmne

The Greeks had

tenebant.

in,

and were

forced their

way

in possession of the

entire house.

Pausanias eodem loco sepultus


est, xibi vitam posiierat.

Quum ddmum

intrdsset,

amico suo.
Cum ver esse coeperat,

dixit

Pausanias was buried in the very


spot on which he had lost his life.
When he had entered the house,

he said
diibat se

laLJri atoue itineribus.

30*

to his friend.

commencement of
he was wont to enter upon
bors and his journeys.

After the

spring
his la-

LATIN GRAMMAR.

4G2

Remark.

[LESSON

74.

The Romans always observe the distinction indicated


the pluperfect, and put this tense even where the English idiom
E. g. " When he arrived (i. e. had amved)
substitutes the perfect.
in the city, he perceived," Quum in urbem advenisset, animadvertit.
" When he saw (i. e had seen) the boy, he exclaimed," Quum puerum conspexisset, exclamavit.
by

FORMATION OF THE PLUPERFECT TENSE.

B.

The

1.

ging the

pluperfect active

2.

The

loved.

legissem,

3.

read.

auclivissem,

4.

2.

formed from the perfect by chan-

eram, Subj. issem.

Amavi
Monui

1.

pluperfect passive

by adding,

ciple,

is

As,
amaveram, amavissem, I had
monueram, monuissem, I had reminded.
Legi legeram,
I had
Audlvi audlveram,
I had heard.*

final i into, Indie,

is

formed from the perfect

parti-

eram or fueram, Subj. essem or fuissem.

Indie,

As,
Lndic.

Amatus, monitus,

lectus, auditus

eram or fueram,

i"

had been

loved, reminded, read, heard.

Subj.

lectus, auditus essem or fuissem, that


have been loved, reminded, read, heard.

Amatus, monitus,

The

3.

pluperfect of deponent verbs

the passive voice.

As,

Indic. Hortatus, veritus,

Subj.

seciitus, blanditus

is

formed

I might

like that of

eram or fueram, / had

exhorted, feared, followed, flattered.


Hortatus, veritus, secutus, blanditus essem or fuissem, that
might have exhorted, feared, followed, flattered.

INFLECTION OF THE PLUPERFECT ACTIVE.


C.

The

inflection of the pluperfect active is exhibit-

ed by the following paradigms

Subjunctive.

Indicative.

Amaveram, I had

loved.

Amavissem,

that

might have

loved.

Sing,

amaveram

Sing,

amaveras

amavisses

amaverat,

amavisset,

Plur. amavissemiis

Plur. amaveramus
amaveratis
amaverant.
* Subj.

that

I might have

amavissem

amavissetis

amavissent.
loved,

reminded, read, hnurd.

LESSON

THE PLUPERFECT ACTIVE.

74.]

So conjugate monueram

4G3

monuissem, legeram
legissem, audivtthese add apporlaveram, I had brought labor
rdveram, I had labored Icweram, I had washed dederam, I had
habueram, I had had studueram, I
given steteram, I had stood ;
had studied jusseram, I had commanded secueram, I had cut; videattulerum, I had brought dilexeram, I had cherram, I had seen
ished miseram, I had sent arcesslveram, I had called cupweram, I

ram

audlvissem.

To

quaesweram, I had sought usseram, I had burned


aperueram, I had opened weram, I had gone scweram, I had known
volueram, I
veneram, I had come
sit'weram, I had been thirsty
had wished nolueram, I had been unwilling.

had desired

And
comregularly fueram fuissem.
abfuissem adfueram adfuissem interfueram
profueram prqfuissem, &c.

The verb sum has

so

pounds, abfueram
interfuissem

its

Remarks.
Verbs of the fourth conjugation (and generally those whose perfect ends in Ivi) frequently reject the v before the final eram of the
pluperfect indicative as, audieram, prodieram, quaesieram,* &c, and
1.

Ivissem

is

sometimes contracted into issem

quaesissem, for audlvissem, &c.

as,

audissem, prodissem,

(Compare page 239, Remarks.)

memineram, I remembered noveram, I knew,


consueveram, I was wont, have the force of the
imperfect, as odi, memini, &c. that of the present.
Oderam, I hated

2.

was acquainted with

Had I loved ?
Egon' amaveram ?
By no means you had not loved. Mmime gentium non amaveras.
Had we given you a book ?
Niim nos tibi h'brum dederamus ?
You had not given me one.
Non dedenltis.
Had he stood by the fire ?
Steteratne apud carbdnes ?
ua
faCtum est>
He did. He had stood there, j oteterat.
f <=
(
Had you called the physician ?
Arcessiverasne medicum ?
;

^l

Yes, I had called him.


Had they seen our friend ?
They had not seen ours, but their

own

When

us ?
so.

What

did he say when he entered your house ?

me

a good morning.

These, however,

prodii, &c.

Non

nostrum, sed suiimmet vide-

Quum

litteras

invenissem.

Si penso imperato

dperam

dedisse-

mus, ndnne nos praemiis

affe-

cisses ?

I should have done

wished

arcessiveram.

rant.

had found the letter.


If we had studied our lesson,
would you not have rewarded

He

eum

Sane,

Nostnimne amicum viderant

may

be referred

Factum esset.
Quid dixit, quum ddmum tuam
trasset

Me

(=

salvum esse

to the

in-

intravisset) ?
jiissit.

secondary form in u, as

audii,

4G4

LATIN"

GRAMMAR.

[LESSON

74.

THE PLUPERFECT PASSIVE.

The

_D.

Pluperfect Passive

is

thus inflected
Subjunctive.

Indicative.

I had Amatus essem or fuissem, that


I might have been loved.

Amatus eram

or fueram,
been loved.

amatus eram or fueram Sing, amatus essem or fuissem


amatus esses or fuisses
amatus eras or fueras
amatus esset or fuisset,
amatus erat or fuerat,

Sixg.

Plur. amati erainus or


mus

Plur. amati essemus or


mus

fuera-

amati eratis or fuerat is


amati erant or fuerant.*

fuisse-

amati essetis or fuissetis


amati essent or fuissent.

So conjugate monitus, lectus, audltus eram or fueram, I had been


reminded, read, heard Subj. monitus, lectus, audltus essem or fuissem,
To these add allatus,
that I might have been reminded, read, heard.
ddtus, dilectus, habitus, jussus, missus, quaesltus, ustus eram or fueram,
I had been brought, given, cherished, considered, commanded, sent,
sought, burned
and Subj.
essem or fuissem, that I might have
;

been brought, given, cherished, &c.

Had you been admonished ?

Erasne

I had been admonished.


Had the philosopher been heard ?
He had not been heard.
Had you been sent ?
"We had not been sent.
Had a ribbon been given you ?
]\one had been given me.
Had the letters been read ?
They had been read.
If the book had been read.
"When the letter had been deliv-

Factumst.

Auditusne erat sapiens


Auditus non erat.

that

we had been

sent

Data non fuerat.


Erantne epistolae lectae

Factum

est.

they

had

not

been

Erant.

Si liber lectus esset (fuisset)


Quum litterae tnidltae essent (fu.

tJtlnam nos missi essemus (fuisse-

mus)
Because

Kiini vos missi eratis (fueratis) ?


Kos non missi erainus (fueramus).
Datane tibi fuerat taenia ?

issent)

ered.

Would

monitus ?
Monitus eram (fueram).

(fu erasne)

Quod non

delecti essent (fuissent)

chosen.

PLUPERFECT OF DEPOXEXT VERBS.


E. The pluperfect of deponent verbs
that of the passive voice.
Thus
:

is

inflected like

* When the subject is feminine, then: amCita eram or fuera a, Plur. awatue
erainus or fueramus ; Subj. Sing, amiita essem or fuissem, Plur. amdtae essemus
When it is neuter: amdtum erat or fuerat, Plur. amain erant or
or fuiss'mus.
fuerant; Suisj. Sing, amdtum esset or fuisset, Plur. amiita eszcnt or fuissent.

LESSON

PLUPERFECT OF DEPONENT VERBS.

74.]

Indicative.

4.65

Subjunctive.

eram or fueram,
had exhorted.

Iiortatus

Hortatus essem or fuissem,


that I might have exhorted.

eram or fu eram Sing, hortatus essem or fuissem


hortatus esses or fuisses
hortatus eras or fueras
hortatus esset or fuisset,
hortatus erat or fuerat,
hortati eramus or fue- Plur. hortati essemus or fuis-

Sing.

Iiortatus

Plur.

ramus

semQs

hortati eratis or fueratis

hortati essetis or fuissetis

hortati erant or fuerant.*

So conjugate

hortati essent or fuissent.

verltus, secutus, blandltiis

eram or fueram, I had feared,

Subj. veritus, secutus, blandltus essem or fuissem,


followed, flattered
To these add arbitratus,
that I might have feared, followed, flattered.
comitcdus, moratus, locutus, oblitus, profectus, larg'dus, experlus eram or
fueram, I had thought, escorted, delayed, spoken, forgotten, departed,
;

squandered, experienced; and Subj.


might have thought, &c.

Had you

escorted any one


had escorted no one.

Had

they

money
It

is,

Comitatiisne eras aliquem ?

lavished

6go neminem comitatus eram.


Pecunias siias nonne largiti erant

their

fta est, ut dicis.

say.

Had he flattered you ?


He had certainly not.
Had we left when you arrived ?

Non

It is clearly so.

ita plane.

Would you have remained


home

if

he had

adveniente profecti eramus

te

Ecquid

ddmi

te

fectus esset

done

tenuisses,

si

pro-

file ?

.1

tta em'mvero.

so.

we

After having eaten (when

had eaten).

(
-1

(
)

Quum

librum perlegissem.
(ut) librum perle'gi.

Postquam

Libro perlecto.

Quum panem
m

pdst

secuisset.

(libi

nt)

anem

sdcuit<

| pane in frusta dissecto.


( Cum manducavissemus.
)
(libi, ut, simul ac) manpdst
ducavimus.
}

Quum

it,.

f
After (when) you had cut your- Post
self (after having cut your-j
.

e'rat ?

hercle vero.

the bread,
After haying
(when he had cut, &c).
cut

,,'*.

An

at

After having read the book (=


When 1 had read the book,
The book having been read).
,

Tibine blanditus

left ?

I should certainly have

you

as

not

essem or fuissem, that I

te ciiltro vulneravisses.
(ubi ut) t g Cliltr0 vmne .

'

ravl sti.

self)-

[
r

After dressing yourselves (when)

you had dressed yourselves),

(Tu)

vulneratus.
vdbis vestem induissetis.
Postquam (ubi, ut) vdbis vestem
ciiltro

Quum

induistis.

l^(Vos) veste

* And when
tum

ftmnfff.

the subject

2 T)

is

feminine:

indiiti.

amcita amdtae

when

neuter; ama-

LATIN GRAMMAR.

466

[LESSON

74.

After -withdrawing from the fire ( Quum a fdco discessisset.


(when he had withdrawn, &c.). { Pdstquam (ubi, tit) a fdco discessit.
f Quum tibi barbain totondisses.

After (when) thou hadst shaved. J


[_

After (when)
hunselL

he had warmed
^J

^am

Barba tua

Quum

(ubi Ut)
'

t0t0 "-

tonsa.

corpus calefecisset (refovis-

*****

uam

calefMt

cd

(ubi)

(refovit).

^Cdrpore ejus calefacto


,-rr,

When

,
I

TTt

,,

had read the newspaper,


1
Vf

(
)

(
,

cutout.
(

When

he had read the

letter,

pubhcis

sum-

lectis),

c (
soon as I had dressed myself, 3

As

(refdto).

Quum
piiblica leijissem v
(actis
^ U1 acta
.,/....
f,
jentacuhmi

he

psi.

Simul ac mihi vestem ihdui (=


indutus), in
Qr v
publicum prodivi.

^m

Litteris recitatis (lectis), dixit.

said.

Quum panem

When

he had cut the bread, he


cut the meat.
What did he do when he had
eaten ?
He went to bed.
Before I

F.

set out.

Obs.

future action

secmsset,

carnem

secuit.

Quid

egit (fecit)

ille,

quum mandu-

cavisset ?
tvit ciibitum.

J
\

Antequam (priusquam) profiscar


or simply profecturus.

Antequam and piusquam, when they relate to a


or event, are commonly followed by the present

subjunctive.

Before I depart, I wish to see my


children once more.
The storm threatens, before it

Priusquam proficiscar, liberos meos


iterum mine videre ciipio.
Tempestas minatur, antequam siirgat.

rises.

The newspaper.
The accident
The death.
To go to sleep.
To rise, get up.

Acta diurna or publica,

n. pi.

Casus, us, m.

Mors,

tis,

Cubitum

(E

f.
Ire.

lecto) surgo, ere, surrexi, sur-

rectum.

TMorior,

To

<

die.

To be

Iri,

mortuus sum.

Diem suum

(or supremum) obire


(or simply obire).
Dolgo gre ' > itum (^UQUA re

or h
grieved (
1
i
i-
( Ahquid est mihi dolori.
Are you afflicted at the death of Dolesne amici ndstri mdrte ?
our friend ?
/,
,
,,
.r.
fTk
^oleo vero yehementer.
I am very
{
J much afflicted at it.
mi
Est
hi
prorsus
permagno
dolori.
I
afflicted

at v
(anything).
J
y

'

^^7^"^

LESSON

74.]

At what

is

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

your father

Quam

afflicted ?

ob rem vir dptimus,

tiius, in

He

is

afflicted

because he has

something.
to be

astonished

at.

cum Inf. or quod).*


Quern (de quo) quereris

AVhom do you complain of?


I complain of

Of what

my

!Ego amicum
queror).

friend.

(de ainico meo)

re) queritur frater

tiius ?

He complains of your not sending

Queritur

non

super hoc, quod

mittas h'brum.

the book.

They complained of their brother.


Let them not complain of having
been deserted.
He complained of the injustice of

Fratrem suum conquerebantur.

Ne

querantur, se relfctos esse.

De

his adversaries.

injuriis

adversariorum questus

est.

We have

Non

eodem

omnia, quae dolemus,


jure queri pdssihnus.

no right to complain of
everything that afflicts us.
At what are you surprised ?

am

meum

Quid (qua de

does your brother com-

plain ?

prfter

Queror, i, questus sum.


Conqueri (aliquem, de aliquo,
REM, DE RE, QUOD, &C.)
Miror, an, dtus sum.
Demirari (aliquem, rem, Acc.

To complain of some one or

or surprised

dolore est

Doldre affectus est, quod hdminem


sui amicissimum perdidit.

lost his dearest friend.

To wonder,

467

Quid miraris ?
Miror te advenisse (quod adve-

surprised that you have ar-

rived.

nisti).

I wonder what may have been


the cause.
I am surprised that you should
have despised this.

Miror, quid causae

We

Admirati siimus, quid

fiierit.

Miror, te haec sprevisse.

wondered why you should

esset,

nobis Stdicos anteferres.


Admiratus (miratus) sum,

prefer the Stoics to us.


I was surprised that you should
have written with your own
'

tiia

manu

cur

quod

scripsisses.

hand.

Do

you wonder at what I have


done ?
I do wonder at it.
Your fortune (lot) is to be pitied.

Demirarisne factum

Prdrsus demiror.
Fortuna tua querenda
'

To

be glad.

meum ?

Gaudeo,

ere,

est.

gavlsus sum.

Laetor, ari, dtus sum.

(re,
Inf.

de re, in re, Acc. cum


or quod).

cum Inf. or quod).


Dolet, piget, poenitet, miseret (me

Dolere (re, Acc.

To

be sorry.

ALICUJUS REI, HOMINIS).f


* Compare Lesson LIV. H.
t

On

the construction of these verbs, see pages 289 and 298.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

4G8
I

am
am
am

Are you

it.

for

tuum conspiceres
Dolebam ex intimis
f Patris

glad to hear that your


ther is well.

fa-

gaiideo.

Gaiideo,
tiii

me de

certidrem

C Comperio,

Can

the boy pronounce these


words ?
He cannot do it yet.
Did he pronounce the letters cor-

valetudine patris

<

EnuncXo,

fieri.

ire, peri,

pertum.

(aliquid).

( Certiorem fieri

sensibus.

valetiidinem cogndscere

tiii

(learn, understand). 4 Cognoscere

To pronounce.

(_

To hear

dicis.

'?

it.

am

mihi juciin-

Ddleo tiium casum.


Miseret me tiii.
Pfgetne te hiijus injiiriae
Piget me vero.
Dolebasne, cum amicum tiium mdr-

grieved at the death


of your friend ?
I was grieved in my inmost soul.
I

74.

Kline te conspicio libens.


Nihil vidi quidquam laetius.

sorry for this injustice ?

am sorry
Were you

est

dum. Optimo est.


Male
( Molestum est.
Ddleo, quod ita est.
I

glad to see you.


I
I never was more rejoiced to see
any one.
I am sorry for your misfortune.
I am sorry for you.
I

Hoc

Gaiideo hoc.

glad of it.

sorry for

[LESSON

(de aliqua re).

are, avi, dtum.

j Effero,ferre,

extuli,

datum.

Potestne piier verba haec enunciare (efferre) ?

Kondum

potest.

Eectene

litteras

enunciavit ?

rectly ?

No, he pronounced them very

immo perperam

badly.
Could the Austrian pronounce

Potuitne Austriacus

my name ?
He could not.
There are several words which
are pronounced alike in the
same cases.
Dear.
Grateful, acceptable.

Sad, sorrowful.
Disagreeable.

The prince.
The count.
The baron.
The Saxon.
The Prussian.
The Austrian.
The Christian.
The Jew.

enunciavit.

nomen meum

efferre ?

Non

pdtuit.

Plura sunt verba, quae similiter


iisdem casibus efferiintur.
Carus, a, um.
Gratus, acceptus, jucundus, a, um.
Tristis, is, e
moestus, a, um.
;

Injucundus, ingratus, a, um.


Princeps, cipis, m.
Cdmes, itis, m.
Baro, dnis, m.
Saxo, dnis, m.
Borussus (Prussus), i, m.
Austriacus, i, m.
Christianus, i, m.
Judaeus, i, m.

LESSON

REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS.

75.]

The

Homo

negro, Moor.

niger, gen. nigri, m.

OpS, 6pis,

The
The

Indian.
Aborigines.

469
;

Aethi-

711.

i, m.
Autochthones, um, pi. m.

Indus,

Exercise

141.

What

did you do when you had finished your letter ?


I went to
my brother, who took me to the theatre, where I found one of my
friends whom I had not seen for many years.
What did you do
When I had read the
when you had breakfasted this morning ?
letter of the Polish count, I went out to see the theatre of the prince,
which I had not seen before.
What did your father do after getting
What did your
up this morning ?
He breakfasted and went out.
He went to the baron. Did
friend do after he had read the paper.
he cut the meat after he had cut the bread V
He cut the bread after he had cut the meat.
When do you set out ? I set out tomorrow but before I leave, I wish to see my friends once more.
They went
What did your children do when they had breakfasted V
out with their dear preceptor.
Where did your uncle go after he
He went nowhere he stayed at home and wrote his
had dined ?
What are you accustomed to do when you have supped ?
letters.
I usually go to bed.
At what o'clock did you rise this morning ?
I rose at five o'clock.
What did your cousin do, when he (had)
heard of the death of his friend?
He was much (valde) afflicted,
and went to bed without saying a word (non verbum faciens).
Did
you read before you breakfasted ?
I read when I had breakfasted.
When I had
Did you go to bed when you had eatei^supper ?
Are you
eaten supper, I wrote my letters, and then went to bed.
afflicted at the death of your relation ?
I am much afflicted at it.
Of what do you
When did your friend die ? He died last month.
complain?
do you complain of
I complain of your boy.
him ?
Because he has killed the pretty dog, which I had received
from one of my friends.
Of what has your uncle complained ?
Has he complained of
He has complained of what you have done.
the letter which I wrote to him ?
He has complained of it.

Why

Lesson

LXXV. pensum septuagesimum


QUINTUM.
OF THE REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS.

A.

When,

third person

in one and the same sentence, a subject of the


becomes itself the object of the verb, or otherwise

a member of the predicate,

its person (whether singular or pluexpressed by the personal reflexives sui, sibi, se, and its
property by the possessive reflexive suns, a, um.

ral)

is

40

LATIN GRAMMAR.

470

[LESSON

75.

Ipse se quisque dfligit, quod per


se sibi quisque* carus est.

'Every one cherishes himself, bccause every one is naturally dear

Magne-

Themistocles fixed his abode at


Magnesia.
Justice should be cultivated on its

to himself.

Tliemistoclcs domicilium

siae sibi constituit.


Justitia propter sese colenda est.

own
Lento gnidu ad vindictam

sui

divina procedit ira.

account.

Divine indignation advances slowly


(with slow step) to its own defence.

Etiam ferae

sibi injecto

terrore

mdrtis horrescunt.

Suum

quisque ingenium ndscat.

Verres solus cum sua cohdrte re-

Wild

beasts even shrink with horror when subjected to the fear


of death.
Every one should make himself

acquainted with his own abilities.


Verres alone is left with his cohort.

h'nquitur.

Bellum

sua vitia nosse.f

est,

Bestiis homines

suam pdssunt

liti

ad utilitatem

proper to know one's own faults.


use animals for their
own convenience, without any

It is

Men may

sine injuria.

injustice.

Remark.

The reflexives can thus be

put only when the subject


If another sentence with a new subject, or a new
subject representing one, is added, then the demonstrative is takes the
place of sid, &c, and the genitives ejus, eorum, that of suits. E. g.
Tiberius Gracchus ejusque frater occisi sunt,% Tiberius Gracchus and
remains the same.

were killed. Hannibal quamdiu in Italia fuit, nemo ei in


nemo adversus eum in campo castra posuit, As long as
Hannibal was in Italy, no one opposed him on the battle-ground, no
one pitched a tent against him in the field. Athenienses urban suam
aede Minervae omaverunt, eorumque magnificentiam mirata est posterXtas, The Athenians adorned their city with the temple of Minerva,
and posterity has admired their magnificence.

his brother

acie

restitit,

B.

The

reflexives sui, sibi,

se,

and

situs, a,

um, belong

to

an

oblique case of the same sentence, when they determine the


subject-nominative itself, or when from a difference of person
or number, or from the sense of the predicate, they cannot be
referred to the nominative.
Hannibcilem sui cives e civitate
ejecerunt.
Cae'scirem
facit.

sua natura mitiorem

Hannibal was banished by his own


countrymen.
His natural disposition makes Caesar more humane.

* When quisque is thus connected with the reflexive, the latter commonly
precedes; as, se quisque, sibi quisque, suum cuique, &c.
t I. e. allquem nosse, " that one should know his own faults."
j This may be resolved into Tiberius Gracchus occlsas est, ejusque frater
occisus est.
So also, Antigonus et hujus^fo'ws Demetrius, &c.

LESSON

REFLEXIVE TRONOUNS,

75.]

claque mores fingunt fortu-

Siii

nam.
Recte dici potest seientiam suam

his

tribuit.

Co'nsules ho'stem in sua sede


in
Algklo inveniunt.
Miilta sunt civibus inter se
comnninia.

Quid

est aliud, dliis

sua eripere,

alns dare aliena ?

p
Kemark.

session of their

Reason

Ve

beC

and

men among

shaped by

own.

language

conciliate

themselves.

Justice gives (to) every one his own.


I he consuls found the enemy in
his own residence at Algidum.
Citizens have many things in common with each other.
What else is giving to others what
is not one's
own, but robbing
others of their own ?

When a new sentence


nSt

is

I return (restore) their produce


to
the bees.
I kept the Volaterrani in the
pos-

Volatcrrdnos in sua possessione


retinebam.
Ratio et oratio conciliat inter
se
homines.

suum culque

lot in life
character.

art may correctly be said


to
have a science of its own.
Preserve the lives and happiness
of
those dear to your friends.

tuts suos.

Jpibus fructum restituo suum.

Justitia

own

Every

cujusque art is esse.

Conserva

471

Every man's

is

added, or a word representing

necessa
?
as-in A. Rem
Eg!
Z:ito!JX7 m dlSC ?
r{fnue ejus* I omit Isocrates and his disciple!
A "xand,! 1
Alexander
momens anulum suum dederat
ieS

Perdiccae ex quo omm>


eum return ei commendasse, quoad
Mer! ^us iTsuanZ
tdampervemssent, The dying Alexander
had given his ring
conjecerant,

S7

to Perd iccas
that he had commended the
to his charge, until his children
might become

Y^t^*

taEnSrf
eminent
of his empire

%7

In

O-

dependent clauses, in which the languase,


thoughts
sentiments, or purpose of the
leading subject are expressed^
eS
OT
Se and mus refer t0 that
abject, and nit to
7'- t'- \
the one contained
in the dependent clause.

W ^I

wUlced b t^ Ace. cum


by interrogates,
rlthJzTJ
and conjunctions, especially by
ne, quo, qui,
&c? E.
!n '

Inf.,

7.

relatives,

ut,

Xn^^r

qUl 5e"-,Dem "

stnems similem esse noht.

Homerum

Colopho'nii civem esse

dicunt suum, Smyrnaei ve'ro


esse confirmant.

suum
Me'us

me

si,

Nooneisanorator W I,oisunwillmg to

be like Demosthenes.

The

inhabitants of Colophon say,


that Homer is their citizen, but
those of Smyrna prove him to be

theirs.

oravit filius, ut tiiam

sororem po'scerem uxorem sibi.


Paetus dmnes h'bros, quos frater
suus reliquisset, mihi donavit.

* This may be resolved

My

son has charged me to demand


sister in marriage for him.
Paetus has made me a present of
all the books which his brother
had left him.

your

into Onutto Isocratem, discipulosque ejus omitu

'

LATIN GRAMMAR.

472
Quid

est

am are,

nisi velle bonis

aliquem affici quam maximis,


etkhnsi ad se nihil ex his recleat ?

[LRSSOX

75.

What

is love, but a desire that another might enjoy the highest


possible good, even though no
advantage to one's self should re-

sult

from

it

D. If in this construction the person of the speaker comes


in collision with another subject nominative, the sense of the
predicate must determine to which of the two the reflexive
refers.

E.

g.
se

Agrippa besought Atticus to save


himself for himself and his

Scythae petebant ab Alexandra,


ut regis sui filiam matrimdnio

The Scythians besought Alexander

Agrippa Atticum orabat, ut


sibi

suisque* reservaret.

friends.

sibi-\

jiingeret.

Quod sibi Caesar denuntiaret, se


Aeduorum injurias non neglecturum; neminem secum
sine sua % pernicie contendisse.

to unite himself in marriage to

the daughter of their king.


respect to Cassar's message
to him, that he (i. e. Caesar)
would not overlook the injuries
of the Aedui,(Ariovistus replied.)
that no one had ever contended
with him, except for his own

With

destruction.

Remarks.
1. The reflexive is always put when a given person is to be contrasted with another, or its property with that of another (i. e. himself,
Ms own, as opposed to alius, alitnus). It is thus often put, even where

w e might expect
r

the weaker demonstrative

is,

ejus,

a.) When the oblique case, to which it relates, can easily be inferred
from what has gone before. E. g. Ei sunt ndti fid geimni duo, ita
forma simili pueri, uti mater sua {for eorum) non inter nosse posset, se.
<?o.<?, He had
two twin boys, so like each other, that their own mother
could not distinguish them.
Placetne a Carthaginiensibus captivos
nostros, redditis suis (sc. Us), recuperari ? Is it your pleasure to recover
our captives from the Carthaginians, after returning (to them) their

own ?
b.) When the construction admits of it, and the connection requires
a more emphatic indication of the subject. E. g. Cimon incidit in
candem invidiam, quam pater suits (== ejus), Cimon incurred the same
odium which his father had incurred. Non a te emit rex, sed p>rius
quam tu suum sibi venderes, ipse possedit, The king has not purchased
of you, but has himself possessed it, before you could sell his own to

him.

In this sentence se, sibi, and suis all refer to the new subject Atticus.
sui belongs to Scythae, and sibi to Ahxandro.
and secum refer to the speaker Ariovistus (expressed hi a preceding
sentence), se to Caesar, and sua to neminem.
t

Here

Sibi


LESSOX

IS,

75.]

EJUS, IPSE, irsius.

473

2. Is and ejus, on the other hand, are employed where no such


opposition of persons or property is intended, but where the subject
is merely pointed out (i. e. the English him, his). They are thus put,

a.) With reference to an oblique case of the same sentence, someE. g. Pisonem nostrum merito
times merely to prevent ambiguity.
Ackaei Maceejus amo plurimum, I love Piso clearly, as he deserves.
donum regem suspiedtum habebant pro ejus crudelitate, The Achaeans
suspected the king of the Macedonians on account of his cruelty.
Oratio principis per quaestorem ejus audita est, The speech of the
prince was heard by his quaestor.
b.) In dependent clauses, when a noun different from the subject is
referred to; frequently also instead of the more emphatic se.
E. g.
Judaei jussi a Caesdre, effigiem ejus in templo locctre, arma poiius sumsere, When the Jews were commanded by Caasar to place his image
in their temple, they preferred to resort to arms.
Curidne mihi
message was sent me by Curio,
nuntidtum est, eum ad me venire,*

was coming to me.


is and ejus the intensive ipse and ipslus are often used,
especially when it becomes necessary to distinguish subjects different
from those represented by is or sui. E. g. Aedui contendunt, ut ipsis
summa imperii transddtur, The iEdui beg that the chief command
might be transferred to themselves. Parvi de eo, quod ipsis supererat,
aliis gratificari volunt, Children wish to gratify others with what they
Caesar milites suos incusavit : cur de sua
themselves do not want.
virtute, aut de ipslus diligentid desperdrent, Cresar blamed his soldiers
(by asking them), why they despaired of their own valor or his perthat he

Instead of

3.

sonal assiduity.

Far

Lon us

A long way or journey.


From

be far or distant from


anyplace.
To be far apart.

To

How

far

is

Longa via longum iter.


Procul, e longinquo, eminus (adv.).
Quam longe V Quousque ?
Longe or procul ab aliquo loco
;

afar.

How far ?

To be
To be
To be

longinquus, a, urn (adj.).

ff
I
\Longe, procul (adv.).

distant

abesse.

Multum

distare.

equally far apart.


equally far.

Paribus intervallis distare.

farther.

Longius esse or abesse.

it

from here to the

Tantundem

Quam

viae esse.

longe est hinc in

urbem

city ?
It is

It is
It is

Is

it

It

is

very far.
not far.
ten miles.
far from here to Berlin
not far.

How many

miles

is it

Perldnge

Non

est

Longe
?

est.

longe (ldngule).

est milia

Hand
Qudt

longe
milia

est.

passuum sunt

Instead of Curio mihi nuntiavit, se ad

40*

passuum decern.
Berolinum ?

!Estne longe hinc

me

venire.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

474
It

It

is

from Bos-

about two hundred and

fifty

miles.
is nearly a hundred miles from
Berlin to Vienna.
How far did the boy go ?

It

He went
He went
He said,

longe

abest.

ivit piier ?

Ivit ldnge tres passus.

about far and wide.


that he had been two

Perambulavit ldnge lateque.


Dixit, se ab lirbe abfui'sse milia

far has

vanced

He

passuum centum

lia

Quam

passuum ducenta.

city.

Estne progressus nfmis ldnge


ldngius) ?
Ndn tarn ldnge,

as far as you.

How

75.

three steps.

hundred miles from the


Did he advance too far ?

Not

ESSON

Vigfnti circiter milia passuum sunt.


Qudt milia passuum a Bostdnia
abest Novum Eboraeum ?
Abest (distat) milia passuum circiter ducenta et quinquagi'nta.
Yindobona a Berolino circiter mi-

twenty miles.

is

How many miles is it


ton to New York ?

['

your brother ad-

in his studies ?

mile.

The

step, pace.

processit ?

Haud

perldnge

proce'ssit.

Distantia, ae,/.; intervallum, i, n.


Mille passuum (pi. milia passuum),

distance.

miliaiium, i, n.
Passus, us, m.
'
'

To prefer,

til.

Quoiisque fratcr tuns in doctri'na

has not advanced very far.

The
The

quam

(or

Mcdo, malle,

malm (cum

Inf.).

Anteponere,
anteferrc,
praeferre
(rem rei).
Aliquid libentius (potius) facerc,

like better.

quam.

Do

Mavisne scribere qnam loqui

you like to write better than


to speak ?

I like to speak better than to


write.

Scribisne libentius quam ldqueris?


Malo (pdtius) loqui quam scribere.
I

Ego

libentius ldquor

quam

scribo.

fLuditne libentius quam dperam dat

Does he

like to play better than

to study ?

stiidiis ?

J
]

Maviiltne

He

likes to

do both.

liidere

dperam dare

(^

Utriimque

(pdtius)

quiim

stiidiis ?

libenti

animo

facere

sdlet.

Do you

like

bread better than

cheese ?
I like both, neither equally well.

Do you

like tea as well as cof-

fee ?

Mavisne edere pancm quam


seum ?

go

utriimque, neiitrum pdritcr


amo.
Bibisne theam aeque libenter quam
coffeam V
coffeam.

I like coffee better.

!M;ilo

He

Cervisiam

likes

beer better than wine.

ca-

libentius

quam vinum

bibit.
r

Ego biibulam
I prefer beef to veal.

vituh'nae

antefero,

antepdno, &c.
Ego biibulam vitulina
habeo.
(_

potiorem

LESSON
I prefer

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

75.]

Praedpto

reading to writing.

475

legere

pdtius

quam

scribere.

The

Vitulus,

calf.

Quick, fast.

i,

m.

vitula, ae, f.

Celeriter, cXto, feslinanter (adv.).

Tarde, lente (adv.).

Sloiu, slowly.

Do you

quam ego ?
Ego citius (facilius) disco, quam tii.
Manducat citius, lentius, quam ego.
Verba tiia non intelligo, propterea,

learn as fast as I ?
I learn faster than you.
He eats faster, slower than I.
I do not understand you, because
you speak too fast.

Discisne tarn celeriter,

quod nimis

celeriter

(celerius)

ldqueris.

He

Advenit celerius opinione.

He

Potesne respondere lente ?


Possum.
Navigatne tarn tarde quam ego
Tardius navigat.

arrived sooner than was expected.


Can you answer slowly ?
I can.
Does he sail as slowly as I ?
sails

slower.

I trust that
soon.

you

will

Confido, cito te firmum fore.

be strong

Procede lente

Advance slowly

Festina lente
'

Cheap.

Dear.

Does the merchant


as IV

as dear

He
He

does not sell as dear.


sells dearer than you.
Did you buy the horse cheap ?
I have bought it quite cheap.
He has bought the book at the
lowest possible price.
I have bought my hat cheaper
than you yours.
This man sells everything so
dear, that no one can buy anything of him.
I do not know what you wish to

Adj.

VUis, parvi pretii ; non magno parabllis.


Adv. Parvo pretto, acre pauco ;
parvo sumptu.
Adj. Cdi'us, a, um; marjni prtlii.

Adv.
sell

Care, macjno (pretio).

Venditne mercator
ego?

Minus care

tarn care,

quam

vendit.

Carius vendit

quam

tii.

Emistine cquumv ili (parvo pretio)?


Ego eum acre pauco emi.
Libruin quam niinimo pretio emit.

meura

Pileum

quam
Hie

tiium

ego minoris

emi,

tii.

omnia tam care venderc


nemo ab do quidquam

vir

sdlet, ut

emere

Haud

j)6z$it.*

scio (nescio),

quid

tibi velis.

say.

You

speak so fast, that I cannot


understand you.

I assure

you that he wishes

to

Tam celeriter ldqueris, ut intelligerc


non po'ssim.
Affirmo

* Ut preceded by tam,
Lesson LXXXVIII. A. I.)

tibi,

cupidum

speak with you.


talis,

tantus,

&c,

eum tecum colloquendi

esse.

requires the subjunctive.

(Cf.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

476

Be

[LESSON

75.

little

Sis tarn benignus, ut aliquanto len-

Will you be kind enough to give

Yisne esse tarn benignus, ut mihi


librum des ?

so good as to speak a
slower.

rne the

book

tius loquaris.

Exercise

How

142.

It is nearly a hundred
from Paris to London ?
Is it far from here to Hamburg ?
It
miles from Paris to London.
It is almost a hundred and
Is it far from here to Vienna ?
is far.
Is it farther from Berlin to Dresforty miles from here to Vienna.
It is farther from Berlin to Dresden than from Leipzic to Berlin ?
How far is it from Paris to
den than from Leipzic to Berlin.
It is almost a hundred and thirty miles from here to BerBerlin
I do intend to go
Do you intend to go to Berlin soon ?
lin.
Why do you wish to go this time V In order to buy
thither soon.
good books and a good horse there and to see my good friends.
It is nearly two years since I was
Is it long since you were there ?
I do not go thither,
Do you not go to Vienna this year ?
there.
Is it long since you saw your
for it is too far from here to Vienna.
I saw him but a fortnight ago.
Do your scholHamburg friend ?
They do not like to learn by heart
ars like to learn by heart ?
Do
they like reading and writing better than learning by heart.
I like cider better than beer.
you like beer better than cider ?
He likes to study better than to
Does your brother like to play ?
play.
Do you like meat better than bread ?
I like the latter betDo you like to drink better than to eat ? I
ter than the former.

far

is

it

'?

than to drink

my

uncle likes to drink better


than to eat.
Does your brother-in-law like meat better than fish ?
He likes fish better than meat.
Do you like to write better than
I like to do both.
Do you like fowl better than fish ?
to speak ?
I like neither.
Do you like good honey better than sugar ?
like to eat better

but

Exercise

143.

coffee better than tea ?


He likes neither.
in the morning ?
I drink a glass of water
with a little sugar my father drinks good coffee, my younger brother
good tea, and my brother-in-law a glass of good wine.
Can you un-

Does your father like


do you drink

What

derstand me ?
Ko, sir, for you speak too fast.
Will you be kind
enough not to speak so fast V
I will not speak so fast if you will
listen to me.
Can you understand what my brother tells you ?
He speaks so fast that I cannot understand him.
Can your pupils
understand you ?
They understand me when I speak slowly for in
order to be understood one must speak slowly.
Why do you not
buy anything of that merchant ?
I had a mind to buy several dozen
of handkerchiefs, some cravats, and a white hat of him but he sells
so dear, that I cannot buy anything of him.
Will you take me to
another ?
I will take you to the son of the one whom you bought of
Does he sell as dear as this (one) ?
last year.
He sells cheaper.
Do you like going to the theatre better than going to the concert ?

LESSON

I do
do not

REFLEXIVE VERBS.

76.]

477

going to the theatre but


going to the public walk, for there are too many people
there.
Do your children like learning Italian better than Spanish
They do not like to learn either they only like to learn German.
They like to do
Do they like to speak better than to write V
I like beef better than mutton.
neither.
Do you like mutton ?
They like both.
Do your children like cake better than bread ?
He bought so many
Has he read all the books which he bought ?
of them, that he cannot read them all.
Do you wish to write some
letters V
I have written so many of them, that I cannot write any
more.
I

like going to the concert as well as

like

'?

Lesson

LXXVI. pensum septuagesimum


SEXTUM.

REFLEXIVE VEKBS.
A. Reflexive verbs are those of which the action
terminates in the agent himself.
Verbs of a reflexive sense

in Latin are,

1. Transitive and neuter verbs in connection with the accusative or


dative of the reflexive pronouns me, te, se, nos, vos, se, mihi, tibi, sibi,
nobis, vobis, sibi.
E. g. Se amare, to love one's self; sibi nocere, to
hurt one's self; sese fugcie mandare, to betake one's self to flight, &c.

number of passive and deponent verbs, which exhibit more


2.
E. g. crucior, I am tormented, I torment
or less of a reflexive sense.
myself; proficiscor, I get myself under way laetor, I rejoice vchor, I
ride, &c.
;

3.

The impersonal

moves me

verbs

me

to disgust, chagrin,

taedet, piget, pudet, poenltet, miserei, It

shame, regret, pity, &c.

B. The following passive and deponent verbs


garded as reflexive
:

Crucior, I torment myself {I


Delector, I am delighted.
Fallor, I deceive myself (I
Feror, I am impelled.
Gravor, I hesitate.

Inclinor,

I am

am

am

tormented).

deceived).

inclined.

Lavor, 7 wash myself, 1 bathe.

I rejoice.

Laetor,

Moveor,
) T
7

y I am moved, excited.
^
Lommovcor, \
Mutor, I change, am changed.
Pascor, I support myself by, I feed upon.
'

-i

may be

re-

LATIN GRAMMAR.

478

I get myself under


Yehor, I am conveyed, I ride.

Proficiscor,

Yescor,

To

I live

upon,

icay.

eat.

m
To represent to one s self (to
ii? /i.

imagine, suppose).

Mentiri.

(Proponere
\

A ^ mQ

^[^ere.
~

concip re ^qhld.
ari,

Gaudeo,

rejoice.

sibi (aliquid).

Co ^ tRthnQ

Laetor,

To

(re,

atus sura.

ere, gavlsus

sum.

de re, in re, quod).

To be ashamed.

Pudet (ere, puduit) me,


(alicujus rei).

To

Blandiri alicui

flatter

76.

C Alienam formam capere.


< Larvam sibi aptdre.

disguise one's self.

[LESSON

any one.

eum.

te,

adulari aliquem.

Sibi ipsi blandiri.

To

Spem habere

flatter one's self.

Ace.
f

To

fear, to feel afraid of.

To

or behind

back

look

one's

self.

do not.
Does he not disguise himself?
He does do it.
Of whom are you afraid ?
I am not afraid of any one.

We

ui,

lii,

Vereor,

veritus sum.

eri,

(altquem, rem, ke, ut, &c.)


Kespicio, ere, spexi, spectum (ad
aliquem, rem).
te ?

video.
Yulneravistisne vos ciiltro ?
Yero, nos vulneravimus.
Niimquid nobis ipsi blandimur
Non blandimur.
Ndnne sibi larvam aptat ?

We

am

(cum

Ego me non

We

Timeo, ere,
Metuo, ere,

Yidesne

Dost thou see thyself?


I do not see myself.
Have you cut yourselves ?
have cut ourselves.
Do we flatter ourselves ?

or in spe esse

et Inf.).

not afraid of him.


must fear (reverence)

Factum

est.

Que'ui metuis (times) ?

Xeminem metuo.
Ego eum non timeo.
the

Deuni nos vereamur opdrtct.

deity.

am afraid of hurting myself.


He is afraid of cutting his finger.

We were afraid

that

you would

Timeo, ne nu'hi noceam.


Metuit, ne sibi digitum vulneret.
Metiiinius, ne non (or ut) * venires.

not come.

You were

afraid that I

would not

Timebas,

ut scriberem.

write.

We
*

Sine timore siimus.

are not afraid.

After verbs of

fearing;,

not" bv ne non

or ut.

LXXX'YIH.

III.)

A.

'

that " or " lest "

The verb must be

is

expressed by ne, and " that


(See Lesson

in the subjunctive.

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

76.]

To pass away the


any tJdng).
To enjoy something,
>

o?ie s self

The

time (in

j"

l
to

amuse

with anything.

pastime, diversion.

479

Tempus

(ottwri) traducere, consumere, or terere (aliqua re).


Tempus or horas fallere (fefelli,
Jhlsum) aliqua re.

Lucius,

m.

i,

oblectatio, onis, /.

oblectamentum,

Qua
Qua

In what do you amuse yourself?


I

amuse myself

re

n.

fallis ?

re taedium temporis minuis ?

Hdras

in reading, in

tempus

i,

fallo

legendo, sermdnibus.

conversation.

He

Tempus (dtium)

diverts him with playing,


with writing.
They amused themselves in banqueting and feasting.

Each, each one;

Quisque, unusquisque

every, every

non.

Each one of you.


Each of you two.
his

omnes, nemo

Tempus suum quisque

time as he

sibi

Every one amuses himself

way he

scri-

Quisque or unusquisque vestrum.


Quisque or uterque vestrum.

pleases.

best

ludendo,

Otium conviviis commissationibusque inter se terebant.

one.

Every one spends

fallit

bendo.

6tium suum quisque

in the

terit,

ut

placeat.
fallit

quam

optime potest.
6mnes de re loquuntur.

can.

Everybody speaks of it.

In ore

omnium

Nemo est,
Nemo est

Every one knows.


Everybody thinks.

est.

qui nesciat.
quin (= qui non)

exi'sti-

met.

Every man

is

liable to err.

\
I have nothing to
with.
It

is

for

amuse myself

amusement,

for

pas-

time.

The

Nemo non
HumSnum
Non

errat.

est errare.

hdbeo, quo fiillam tempus.

Est ad tempus fallendum.


Est animi caiisa.

Gustus (gustatus), us, m.


us, m. judicium, i, n.

taste.

se?isus,

A man

of taste, of none

To have

To have no

taste.

To

mistake, to be mistaken.

To

soil,

To

deceive, cheat.

To

cheat, defraud

stain.

of anything.

Homo

elegans, inelegans.
intelligentem ; esse praeditum sapore.
Esse inelegantem, non sapere.
Erro, are, avi, atum.

Esse

taste.

i, falsus sum.
Inquino, are, avi, atum.
Maculo, are, avi, atum.

Fallor,

Fallo, ere, fefelli, falsum.

any one

Decipio, ere, cepi, ceptum.


or defraudare aliquem
aliqua re or rem.

Fraudare

LATIN GRAMMAR.

480

Credo,

To

ere, didi, d'itum.

Puto, are,
believe anything or
one.

any

believe in dreams.
believe in ghosts.
believe one's eyes rather
than one's ears.
To believe in God.

The God.

man

Deum esse credere Deum putare.


Deus, i, m. : numen, inis, n.
{ Mentior, iri, Itns sum.
;

Mendacium dicere.
Mendax, acis, m. & f.
Credi'sne (tribuisne fidem)

mini
I do not believe him.
Do yon believe what I

yon

Non

am

credo.

Egdne

You

Kon

are not mistaken.


Did he cheat you out of anything ?
He has cheated me out of my pay.
Do you believe that he has soiled

your book

man

he a

not (a

taste

is

ftillor ?

falleris.

Vero, me honorario fraudavit.


Credisne eura librum tiium inquinavisse ?

Minimi credo.

it.

Praeditiisne est sapore ?


Homo elegans
sapit.

of taste ?
man of taste).

Non

non

est.

Siium cuique judicium est.


^ De giistibus non disputandum est.
Ego dperam litteris dare atque
I like) to study
(

Every man has

My

dico

Fraudavitne te aliqua re ?

I clo not believe


is

tribuo.

tibi

Puto.

it.

Am I mistaken ?

He

Fidem non

Putasne veruni, quod

telling

hd-

l'lli

I do believe

Is

fldem habere or

Somniis credere or fidem tribuere.


Credere de umbris.
Oculis magis quam auribus credere.

the story-teller.

you believe that

alum.

} Alicui or alicui rei


tribuere.
I

Do

avi,

( Alicui rei or alicui credere.

To
To
To

liar,

76.

Arbitror, an, atus sum.

believe.

To

The

[LESSON

his taste.

(=

and to ride on horseback.


To rejoice at anything.

equitare delector.

Gaudere, laetari aliqua

re,

de or in

aliqua re.
I rejoice at your happiness.

Gaiideo

At what does your uncle

Qua

He

rejoice ?

delighted and rejoiced at


recovery.
I am greatly rejoiced at your
diligence and industry.
is

my

To go
To

to bed.

get up, rise.

tiia felicitute.

re patruus tuus laetatur ?


Gaudet vehementerque laetatur
valetudlne mea confirmata.

Magnae

laetitiae

mini est diligentia

tiia et indiistria.

Culntum ire: dure se somno


ferre se in ledum.

(E

lectd)

con-

surgo, ere, surrexi, sur-

rectum.

The bed.

Lectus, lectulus,

Sunrise.

Ortus

i,

m.

solis, sol oriens,

prima

lux.

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

76.]

Sunset.

Occasus

Early (in the morning).


Late (at night).

Bene mane, matutme, mature.

At midnight.
At a quarter

Media
past eleven.

-}

quadrantem hdrae post


undecimam.
Surgisne bene mane ?
Solesne bene mane e lecto siir;

gere

Ego

I rise at sunrise.

At what time do you go

to

bed

multa nocte.

nocte.

Ci'rciter

early ?

rise

occidens.

solis, sol

Sero, tarde

Do you

sole oriente siirgere sdleo.

lecto siirgo

Qua hdra

cum

ortu

solis.

sdmno

te das

(te in le-

ctum confers) ?
Ego media ndcte cubitum ire sdleo.
Lectulum se cdnfert cum occasu

go to bed at midnight.
goes to bed at sunset.

I usually

He

481

solis.

At what time did you go


last

night

to

Quo tempore sdmno

bed

vesperi

In lectum me contiili hdra deciina.


Surrexitne maturius quam tu ?
framo vero tardius surrexit.

went to bed at ten.


Did he rise earlier than you.

No, he rose

later.

The hair (of the head).

To

is

pull out any one's hair.


pulling out his hair.

has cut his

have had

my

Nothing

He

P'dus,

i,

m.

or

pi. plli ; crlnes, pi.

Pilos recidere (cidi, cisum).


\ Pilos tondere (totondi, tonsum).
Alicui pilos evellere (velli, vulsum).
Pilos sibi evellit.
Pilos sibi recidit (totdndit).
( Ego mihi pilos recidendos curavi.
( Pili mihi tdnsi sunt,
(

cut one's hair.

To

He
He

te dedisti heri

hair.

hair cut.

j"

Nihil praeter

Non

but.

drinks nothim but water.

(cum Ace).

nisi.

Nihil praeter

aquam

bibet (bibere

sdlet)

He
I

has nothing but enemies.

saw no one but him.

To run away,
Are you
I
Is

afraid to

Aufugio, ere, fugi.


Profugere (aliquo).

flee.

remain

Timesne manere

am

not afraid.
he afraid to write to you ?

He

is

( Neminem nisi sibi inimieum habet.


\ Praeter inimicos habet neminem.
Praeter ilium vidi neminem.

Non

Timetne (metuitne)
ad te?

Non

not afraid.

timeo.

Exercise

litteras diire

timet.

144.

I have written (both)


Have you written long or short letters ?
I have so many
Have you many apples ?
long and short ones.
Do you wish to give anyof tliem that I do not knoAV which to eat.
They have studied so badly, that I do not
thing to these children ?

2E

41

[LESSON

LATIN GRAMMAR.

482

76.

I rejoice
What dost thou rejoice at ?
wish to give them anything.
What do your chilat the good fortune that has happened to you.
Do you rejoice at
They rejoice at seeing you.
dren rejoice at ?
Do you flatter my
I do rejoice at it.
the happiness of my father ?
Does this master flatter his pupils ?
brother V
I do not flatter him.
He is
Is he pleased with them ?
He does not flatter them.
much pleased (contentus) with them when they learn well but he is
Do you flatter
not pleased with them when they do not learn well.
Do you see yourself in
me ?
I do not flatter you, for I love you.
Why do you not remain
I do see myself in it.
that looking-glass ?
Does this
Because I am afraid of burning myself.
near the fire ?
I do not fear
Do you fear those ugly men ?
man make his fire ?
Why do those children run away ?
them, for they hurt nobody.
Do you run away
They run away, because they are afraid of you.
from your enemies ?
I do not run away from them, for I do not fear
I can write
them.
Can you write a Latin letter without an error ?
No one corrects them.
one.
Does any one correct your letters ?
How many letters have you already written
I have already
written a dozen.
I have not hurt myHave you hurt yourself?
self.
Who has hurt himself? My brother has hurt himself; for he
has cut his finger.
He is better.
I rejoice to
Is he still ill ?
hear that he is no longer ill for I love him, and I pitied him from
my heart. Why does your cousin pull out his hair ? Because he
cannot pay what he owes.
I have not
Have you cut your hair ?
cut it myself, but I have had it cut.

'?

Exercise

145.

In what do your children amuse themselves


selves in studying, writing,

and playing.

In

They amuse themwhat do you amuse

yourself?
I amuse myself in the best way I can, for I read good
books, and I write to my friends.
Every man has his taste what is
yours ?
I like to study, to read a good book, to go to the concert,
and the public walk, and to ride on horseback.
Has that physician
done any harm to your child ?
He has cut his finger, but he has
not done him any harm.
do you listen to that man ?
I listen to him, but I do not believe him for I know that he is a storyteller.
does your cousin not brush his hat ?
He does not
brush it, because he is afraid of soiling his fingers.
What does my
neighbor tell you ?
He tells me that you wish to buy his horse but
I know that he is mistaken, for you have no money to buy it,
What
do they say at the market ?
They say that the enemy is beaten.
Do you believe it ?
I do believe it, because every one says so.
Do you go to bed early ? I go to bed late for I cannot sleep, if I
go to bed early.
At what o'clock did you go to bed yesterday ?
Yesterday I went to bed at a quarter past eleven.
At what o'clock
do your children go to bed ?
They go to bed at sunset.
Do they
rise early ?
They rise at sunrise.
At what o'clock did you rise
to-day ?
To-day I rose late for I went to bed late last evening.
Does your son rise late ?
He must rise early, for he never goes to
bed late.
What does he do when he gets up ?
He studies and
then breakfasts.

Why

Why

LESSON

GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES.

77.]

Lesson LXXVII.

pensum

483

septuagesimum

SEPTIMUM.
OF THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES.
A.
Gender originally depends upon the signification
of words, and is in so far called natural gender or sex.
1. In substantives denoting living beings, i. e. men or animals, the
natural gender is either masculine or feminine, according to the sex.
Inanimate objects do not properly admit of any distinction of sex, and
are hence said to be of the neuter gender.

The Latin

language, however, attributes life to many inanimate


distinction of sex to them, i. e. represents
them likewise as masculine or feminine. E. g. hie mons, liaec arbor.
2.

objects^

and extends the

When

the gender of a substantive is not, already determined by


it is indicated by its form (or termination).
This is
called the grammatical gender, and is either masculine, feminine, or
neuter.
E. g. hie liber, haec mensa, hoc umbraculum.
3.

its

signification,

NATURAL GENDER.
B.
e.

(i.

The natural gender of substantives denoting living beings


men or animals) coincides with the sex of the individual

designated.
Hence, names and appellations of male beings are
masculine, and those of females feminine.
E. g. Caesar, Cleopatra, vir, mutter, pater, mater.

Remarks.
line

and gentiles of the plural number are considered mascuRomdni, Carthaginienses, &c. So also lemures, ghosts, and

Patrials

1.
;

as,

manes, departed
2.
is

spirits.

The names

neuter.

E.

g.

of

women

are feminine, even where the termination


tua Phanium.

mea Glgcerium,

The only

exception to this law are certain secondary appellamen, which retain their original grammatical gender as determined by their form. Such are: Fem. copiae, military forces deli3.

tions of

favorite, darling

operae, operatives
sentinels.
Neut. auxilia, auxiliary troops
pium, a slave acroama, a jester.*
ciae,

excubiae, watch,
servitia, servants
?nanci-

vigiliae,

is

The natural gender of living beings of the


C.
indicated in three different ways
:

I.

There

* But

optio,

is

a separate word for each gender.

a lieutenant,

is

masculine, though derived from

same species
E.

g.

oplio,

vir

f.,

choice.

484
midier, pater

LATIN GRAMMAR.

[LESSON

amita, ma-

mater, frdter
vacca..
taurus
comparatively few.

ritus

uxor,

soror, patruus

kind

Instances of this

77.

are

II. The noun is of the same root, but has a separate termiarnica,
E. g. films
nation for each gender.
film, amicus
serva, praeceptor
praeceptrix,
magistra, servus
magister
lupus
lupa.

Remark.

Substantives thus admitting of two terminations are


called mobilia, and are most commonly of the first and second declenMobilia of the third declension form
sions (Masc. er or us, Fem. a).
their feminines in a, trix, ina, issa, and is ; as, caupo
caupona, innleo
leaena, lion,
keeper, hostess leno
lena, pander, procuress
lioness
cantor
tiblcen
tiblctna, flute-player (male and female)
galllna, cock,
eantrix, singer ; rex
regina, king, queen g alius
hen; Threx
Thre'issa (or Thressa), a Thracian (man and woman)

nepos

neptis,

grandson, granddaughter.

One and

the same noun is indifferently applied to both


any change of termination, and the gender is
determined by the context (i. e. by the adjective in agreement
III.

sexes, without

with

it,

&c.)

as, hie

or haec civis, this citizen (male or female)


(man or woman). Nouns of this
;

hie or haec heres, this heir


class

common gender

are said to be of the

Such are
1.

The

following

names of persons

Antistes, priest (or -ess).


Artifex, artist.

(or

Incola, inhabitant.
Index, informer.
Judex, judge.

Auctor, author.

Augur, augur.

Martyr,

Civis, citizen.

Miles, soldier.

Comes, companion.
Conjux, spouse.

icitness.

Municeps, burgess.
Parens, parent.
Praesul, chief priest.
Sacerdos, priest (or -ess).

Custos, keeper.

Dux,

communia).*

leader.

Exul, exile.
Haeres, heir.
Hospes, guest.
Hostis, enemy.

Satelles, attendant.

Testis, witness.

Vates, prophet (or -ess).


Vindex, avenger.

Among these are included adjectives of one termination used substantively; as, adolescens, afflnis, juvenis, patruelis, princeps, &c.
2.

Many names

of animals

Anser, goslin or goose.


Bos, ox or cow.

as,

Canis, dog or bitch.


Elephantus, elephant.

* Names of inanimate objects, which are sometimes of one gender and sometimes of another, are said to be of the doubtful gender as, finis, m. & f.
;

LESSON

GENDER OF NAMES OF INANIMATE OBJECTS. 485

77.]

Grus, crane.
Lepus, hare.

Perdix, partridge.
Serpens, snake.

Limax, snail
Mus, mouse.

Thynnus,

Sus, swine.
tunny-jish.
Vespertilio, bat.

Ovis, sheep or ram.


1.

E.

Some nouns

g. antistes
2.

From

of the

Remarks.
common gender

antistita, cliens

the nouns of the

are mobilia at the same time.

clienta, liospes

hospxta.

common gender we must

distinguish,
a) Masculine appellations of entire classes of persons in
the plural,
including also the other sex.
E. g. hi liberi, children filli, sons and
f

daughters fratres, brothers and


;

sisters

reges, the royal family

pa-

rentes, parents.

b) Epicoena, or those which,

though including both sexes, are always of the same grammatical gender (i. e. always either masculine
or
feminine).
Such are: Masc. corvus, the raven; milvus, the kite;
passer, the swallow; turdus, the thrush.
F em. alauda, the lark;
aquila, the eagle felis, the cat; rana, the frog
vulpes, the fox * &c.
;

3.

The communia and

mobilia occur most frequently as masculine


nouns; as, hie amicus, equus, canis, civis, &c. Exceptions are sus,
grus, serpens, Umax and perdix, which are more commonly
feminine.
4. Amona the general names of animals, animans, in the sense
of
"rational animal," or "man," is masculine, and when applied to
other
animals, feminine or neuter.
Quadrupes is generally feminine, sometimes neuter or masculine. Ales and volucris, "bird," is commonly
feminine (always so in the plural) sometimes, however, masculine.
;

GENDER OF NAMES OF INANIMATE OBJECTS.


D. Besides the substantives which designate living beings,
there are many others whose grammatical gender is likewfse
determined by their signification
I.

Masculines.

(cf.

A.

The names of

2).

Such are

the winds and months, and


generally also those of rivers and mountains, are masculine.f E.
g.
Aquilo, Auster, Boreas, Etesiae,

N6tus

The north wind,

south wind, northwind, the Etesian winds,


south wind.
January, April, July, November.
east

Januarius,

Aprilis,

Julius,

No-

vember.
Euphrates,

Ister,

Tamesis, Tigris.

The Euphrates,
Thames, the

Athos, Eryx, Helicon, Pangaeus.

* When

Athos,
Pangseus.

Eryx,

Helicon,

becomes important to distinguish sex, it is customarv to


add mas
and femina ; as,fehs mas, vulpes mascula, porcus femina.
Because the generic terms venius, mensis, Jluvius (amnis),
" and mons are of
it

or masculus
t

Mount

the Danube, the

Tigris.

that gender.

41*

[LESSON

LATIN GRAMMAR.

486

77.

Exceptions.

Of

1.

names of rivers, Albula, Allia, Duria, Matrdna, Sagra,


and Lethe are feminine Eldver, Jader, Muthul, and others

the

Sura, Styx,
of barbarous origin, neuter.

Of the names

2.

of mountains, Aetna, Alpis, Calpe, Carambis. O/lare feminine and Pelion and Soracte, neuter.

lene, Ida, Oeta, BJiodope,

II.

trees

The names of countries,


Femixixes.
and plants are generally feminine.* E. g.

islands,

cities,

Aegyptus. Gallia. Persis, Troas.


Delos, Rhodus, Salamis, Sicilla.

Egypt, Gaul, Persia. Troas.


The island of Delos, Rhodes, Sala-

Carthago, Corinthus, Pylos, Roima, Troezen.


Abies, pirus, quercus, papyrus,

The

mis, Sicily.
city of Carthage, Corinth,

los.

The

Pr-

Rome, Troezen.

fir-tree, pear-tree,

the oak, the

papyrus, the rose.

rosa.

Exceptions.
the names of countries and islands, Pontus, Hellespontus,
Those in tan,
Bosporus, Isthmus, and Sason (island) are masculine.
and plurals in a, are neuter; as, Latium, Samnium, Bactra, &c. So
1.

Of

the islands Dianium

Of the names

and

Delta.

those in us, antis, plurals in i, and some


of those in us, i. in o and on, are masculine as, Sellnus, Delphi, CanoThose in um, on, e, ar, and plurals in a,
pus, Croto, Marathon, &c.
So
are neuter; as, Tarentum, Iilion, Praeneste, Tibur, Arbtla, &c.
are also a number of indeclinable barbarous names as, Geidir, HUpal, Xepet, &c.
2.

of

cities,

3.

Of the names

of trees and plants, oleaster, pinaster, styrax

thus, asparagus, asphodtlus, calamus, carduus, heUeborus, intubus,

acanjun-

rhamnus, and scirpus are masculine; amardcus, ci/tisus, lapathus,


All of the
raphanus, rutms, spin us, larix, vepres, and sentis, common.
second declension ending in wn, and those of the third in er, are
neuter; as, balsdmum, ligustrum; acer, papdver, piper, siser, tuber,
cus,

robur, &c.

The gender of all substantives denoting


III. Neuters.
inanimate objects, and not included in Case I. or II. of this
rule, is not determined by their signification, but by their terAmong these, howmination.
(Cf. Lesson LXXVUI. A.)
ever, there are several classes of words which are invariably
neuter.
1.

Such

are,

All indeclinable nouns, whether singular or plural.


gummi, Tempe,pondo.\ (Cf. page 61.)

E. g-fas,

nefas, nihil, cornu,


2.

All words and expressions used as substantives, without properly

* Because
I

the generic terms terra, insi'da. urbs, arbor, are so.


of indeclinable names of persons; as, Adam, Ruth, &c.

With the exception

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

77.]

487

being such, and linked to an adjective or pronoun of the neuter genE. g. A longum ultimum vale ; eras hesternum illud nosce te
der.
ipsum ; scire tuum pater.est dissyllabum (^4 long the last farewell
yesterday, which once was called "to-morrow"; the injunction,
" Know thyself" thy knowledge
the word "father" is a dissyllable).
;

To

take a walk.

To

take a drive out of the

sum.

( Spdtior, dii, atus

\ Ambulcire, deambulare.
To go out to take a walk.
Ire or abire deambulatum.
To take any one a walking. Aliquem deambulatum ducere.
Vehiculo extra urbem vectari.

city.

To

take a ride on horseback


through the city, into the

country.
take a pleasure excursion into the country.

To

Equo per urbem,

rus vectari.

Excurrere rus animi causa.

Do you wish to take a walk with Visne mecum deambulatum


me ?
I am not willing to go with you.
Nolo tecum abire.
I

would rather take a drive out


of the city with you.

Where was your

master accus-

tomed to walk ?
He was accustomed to walk in
the garden every morning be-

ire ?

Ego tecum vehiculo extra lirbem


vectari malim.

Quo

loco magister tiius spatiari so-

lebat

Quotidie mane ante jentaculum in


hdrtulo deambulare solebat.

fore breakfast.

Do you

often walk ?

walk every morning.

I take a

Ambulasne saepe

Ego vero quotidie mane ambulatum


abeo.

Do you

take

walking

your children a

tiios

ambulatum

I take them a walking every


evening.
He takes a walk every day.
Is he taking a drive or a ride ?
He is taking a drive.
Where do you intend to go to-

morrow morning

Diico eos ambulatum quotidie vesperi.

Nuilo non die spatiatur.


tltrum carpento vectatur an equo
Carpento.

Quo

mane

ire eras

edgitas?

I intend to take an excursion


into the country.
Do you wish to see your brother

work

Ducisne liberos

Excurrere rus

edgito.

Cupisne videre fratrem tuum operari ?

I do.

Ciipio.

When

Quo tempore

I take a walk

Ambulatum ego

do you take a walk ?


whenever I have
nothing to do at home.

ciinque

abis

ddmi

ambulatum

quandofaciendum

ire sdleo,
nihil

invenio.

To

teach.

Doceo,

ere,

id,

aliquid).

doctum (aliquem

LATIN GRAMMAR.

488

To

(any one in

instruct

anything).

To

77.

Ire, ivi, iturn.

Instituo, ere, ui,

utum.

(aliquem aliqua re).*

give one lessons (in an

Trado, ere,

ditum (alicui

didi,

ALIQUAM ARTEM).

art).

To

What

Erudio,

[LESSON

take lessons, to receive


instruction (from any one).

Doceri,

does your master teach

Quid

erudiri, institui

(ab ali-

QUO).
ddcet ?

te magister

you. ?

He

teaches

me

to read

and

to

Ddcet

me

legere et scribere.

write.

Did he teach you the Latin


guage

He did teach me.


Do you give lessons
!No,

lan-

te

linguam Latinam

Ddcuit.
in dancing ?

on the contrary, I give

sons in writing.
is instructing your

les-

Who

little

brother ?
His master, the Englishman,

is

in-

structing him in the liberal arts.

He

is taught grammar, the art


of dancing.

Are you

taking lessons in elocution ?


I am not taking any.

The
The

Docuitne

Tradisne tu artem saltandi ?


pdtius scribendi artem trado.

Immo

Quis fraterculum tuum


ifcjus

magister, Anglus,

instituit ?

eum

artibus

liberalibus instituit atque erudit,

Docetur grammaticam, artem


Instituerisne arte dicendi ?
JSTon instituor.

instruction.

Institutio, onis,

art, science.

Ars, gen. artis, f.


Saltare, saltationem agere.
Ratiocinari numeros tractare.

To
To

dance.
reckon, cipher.
Ciphering (act of).
Arithmetic.
The Latin master.

sal-

tandi.

disciplina, ae, f.

Ratiocinatio, onis,/!
Ars ratiocinandi, arithmetica, ae,/!

Linguae Latinae doctor sen magister.

The dancing-master.
The clergyman.
The scholar, savant.
To remember,

recollect.

Magister saltandi.
Clericus, ecclesiasticus,

i,

m.

(Vir) eruditus, doctus.

Memini, meminisse.
Recorder, ari, atus sum.
Reminiscor, i,
.

To remember, recollect (any

Meminisse alicujus or aliquem.f

one).

To remember
anything.

or recollect

Meminisse, recordari or reminisci


alicujus rei or l-em.J

* On the government of these verbs, see Lesson LX. A.


f On fheconstruction of these verbs, compare Lesson LXVII. B.
\ Meminisse is " to have still in one's memory," reminisci, " to i*ecollect
upon reflection what had already been supplanted "in the memory," recordari,
" to remember or think of with interest and sympathy."

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

77.]

To remember

(recollect) (
<

anything very well.

Commeminisse

to

me, comes

to my mind.
Do you still remember that man

rei.

Venit mihi in mentem alicujus

still

Meministine ilium hdminem

remember him very

He

runi promissorum)

does not recollect them.

(illius

Memini eum bene.


Rocordatiirne sua promissa

well.
recollect his promise ?

Does he

rei

or res.
'?

hdminis)
I

alicujus rei.

Bene, praeclare meminisse alicujus

Something occurs

489

Ea (eorum) ndn

(sud-

recordatur (remi-

ni'scitur).

remember

my

Memini me

reading, seeing

hearing.
I

remember having

suffered the

Recdrdor

legere, videre, audire.

me eadem

same.
I wish to

know, whether you

Velim

re-

member anything concerning


yourself

\
[

Do you recollect that ?


1 do not remember it.
I remember you.

Memineris mei.

me memineris.
Reminiscerisne hoc ?
Facito, ut

Hand

reminiscor.
te or tiii.
Praeclare eos memini.
Ndstri reminiscitur.

recollects us.

have remembered him.


One must love and praise one's

Recordatus sum (memini) ejus.


siius cuique amandus atque

Amicus

friend.

laudtindus

must we

punish

despise

and

amus opdrtet

Exercise
lou must

est.

Quern nos dispiciamus atque puni-

Do you

ecquid de te recor-

Memini

I remember them very well.

Whom

scire,
?

Remember me.

He

dere

perpessum.

call

me?

rise, for it is

do

call

already

146.

you.

late.

What

is

your pleasure?

What do you want

me

for?
I have lost all my money at plav, and I come
to be^ you to lend
me some.
What o'clock is it? It is already a quarter past six,
and you have slept long enough. Is it long since you
rose?
It
is an hour and a half since I rose.
Do you often go a walkino- ?
I go a walking when I have nothing to do at
home.
Do you wish to
take a walk ?
I cannot take a walk, for I have too much to do.
Has your brother taken a ride on horseback ?
He has taken an
airing in a carriage.
Do your children often go a walking ?
They
go a walking every morning after breakfast.
Do you take a walk
after dinner
After dinner I drink tea, and then I take a walk.
Do you often take your children a walking ? I take them a walking
every morning and every evening. Can you go along
with me?
I cannot go along with you, for I must take
my little brother out
a walking.
Where do you walk ?
walk in our uncle's garden

We


LATIN GRAMMAR.

490

[LESSON

77.

Do you walking
walking better than
take a
on horseing and drinking. Does your father
a carriage better than on horseback He
take a
back. Must one love children who are not good One ought, on
punish and despise them. Who has taught you
the contrary,
of (ab or apud) a French master. Has he
have learnt
read
read and
write He has taught me
taught you
arithmetic A German master has
brother
your
taught
"Who has
take a walk with us cannot go
taught
him. Do you wish
my German master. Does your
am waiting
a walking,
he
taking
take a walk He cannot,
brother wish
and

like

fields.

I like

eat-

ride

like to

ride in

likes to

to

to

it

to

also

to

to write.

to

it

for

for I
to

for

lessons

is

in dancing.

Exercise

147.

We have
Does he
He does not know
but

Have you an English master ?


give you lessons in

Italian ?

one.

Italian

What

also

we

has become of your


He has taken orders (has become a clergyold writing-master ?
What has become of the learned man whom I saAv at your
man).
And Avhat has
He has set up for a merchant.
house last winter
He has turned a soldier.
Do you still recolbecome of his son ?
I do still recollect him
what has
lect my old dancing-master ?
He is here, and you can see him if you like (si
become of him ?
Hast thou a German master ?
placet, si commodum est).
I have a

have an

and Spanish master.

Italian

'?

who gives me
my
in German
very good (one),
know Polish He does
English. Does your father
and
learn
but he intends
summer. Do you
not know
What did you
remember your promise do remember
give you
promise me promised
German and
Will you begin morning
do
begin
evening,
Do you
or
the man whose
you please
no longer
son taught us dancing
him. Do you
them very well
my brothers do
when
Berlin,
saw them every day. Does your uncle
was studying
me assure you that he
you. Do
you speak German better than my cousin I do not speak
better than many Germans. Which of
well
he speaks
the best The one that was walking with me
your pupils speaks
your
yesterday speaks
the best of them
house
higher than my
high
but my
ours Yours
the highest house that
have ever seen Has your friend as many
You have more of them than he but my brother has
books
more of them than both of you together. W Inch of us has the most
money You have the most,
have but
crowns, my friend
for

father,

it is

lessons

also

in

it

yet,

to

lessons in

to

recollect

if

recollect

still

recollect

this

recollect

at

recollect

I will

I will

colUbet).

still

it.

this

(si tibi llbet

this

it.

it

for

recollects

still

as he, for

all.

uncle's

Is

uncle's,

is

as I ?
?

as

it

it

it

it

as

for I

has but ten, and you have five hundred.

thirty

cousin's

as

is

;;

LESSON

GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES.

78.]

Lesson

LXX V.JJLL PENSUM

491

DUODEOCTOGE-

SIMUM.
GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES AS DETERMINED BY THEIR
TERMINATION AND DECLENSION.
First Declension.

A.

Substantives of

sion ending in a or e are feminine,

and those

the

first

declen-

in us

and

es

mas-

culine.

E.

g.

ment

Aula, a hall; stella, a star; aloll, aloes; epitome, an abridga turban dynastcs, a ruler.

tiaras,

are damn, m. & f., a doc, deer lalpa, f. & m., a mole.
lludna, m., the Adriatic Sea; and jplanetae, m. pi., the planets. ] ) andectae, plural, is feminine, but the singular, pandecles, is masculine.
Manna, in the sense of " grain " or "crumb," is regularly feminine,
but the manna of the Israelites indeclinable neuter.

Exceptions

Second Declension.

B.

Of the

declension, those ending in us (os, os, us)


and those in urn and on * neuter.

nouns of the second

and

er are masculine,

E.g. animus, the mind; scorpios, a scorpion; Athos, a mountain;


circumnavigation ager, a field
antrum, a cave colon,

perljilus,

the colon.

Exceptions.
1. Feminine are alvus, carbdsus, coins, domus, humus, and vannus.
So also the Greek aretus, apostroplius, dialect us, diametrus,dip>hfhou(/us,
exodus, methodus (and other compounds of r) odos), lecyihus, miltus, and

paragraph us.

Common, but more

2.

frequently feminine, are atdmus, an atom

a lute f'lcus, the fig grossus, an unripe fig lotus, the lotusSometimes also faselus, a sort of boat,
flute phdrus, a lighthouse.
and pampinus, a vine-shoot. Haec melius signifies the apple-tree, and
Hie epbdus is a shorter verse haec epbdus, an
hie mdlus, the mast.
epode.
barbltus,

3.

Neuters are peldgus, the sea

virus, juice, poison

and vulgus,

the vulgar.f

Third Declension.
The third declension exhibits
C.
the greatest variety of terminations, and includes nouns of every
gender.
I. Nouns of the third declension ending in
are masculine.

* Those
|

and on are Greek nouns.


sometimes also masculine.

in 6s, 6s, us,

But vulgus

is

o,

or, os, er, or

;
;

LATIN GRAMMAR.

492

[LESSON

E. g. sermo, speech honor, honor jios, a flower


pecten, a comb; canon, a rule, canon.
;

78.

career, a prison

Exceptions.

Feminines in o are,
a) caro, echo; Argo, and those in do and
go, except ordo, cardo, ligo, harpdgo, and margo ; b) abstract and
collective terms in io ; as, actio, lectio, portio, legio, &c.
Pondo, a
pound, is an indeclinable neuter.
1.

Of those

2.

in or, arbor

is

Cor, marmor,

feminine.

commonly indeclinable.
3. Of those in os, cos and dos are feminine
are neuter.
So are also the Greek nouns cetos,
Ador

neuter.

and aequor are

is

os, oi*is

and os, osshs


and melos.
ver, and the

chaos, epos,

4. Of those in er, cadaver, iter, spinther, tuber, ube.r,


plural verbera are neuter.
Linter is more frequently feminine than
masculine.

5. Of those in n, aedon, halcyon, sindon, and icon are feminine.


Gluten, inguen, unguen, sanguen, carmen, and others in men, are neuter.

Nouns of

II.

x,

and
E.

the third declension ending in as,


preceded by a consonant, are feminine.

g. pietas,

bow;

piety

mis, ys,

is, a rock
quies, etis, rest
iris, the raina cithern; pax, peace; hiems, winter; pars,

rupes,

laus, praise; chelys,

es, is,

part.

Exceptions.
those in as, the name of the Roman pound, as (gen. assis) is
masculine.*
So are also Greek nouns in as, antis; as, elephas, &c.
Neuter are vas (gen. vasis), fas, nefas, and Greek nouns in as, atis
as, e?'ysipelas, &c.

Of

1.

Nouns

and Greek nouns

are masculine as,


a caldron. So are also
Palumbes
acindces, coles, gausapes, paries, pes, and praes (surety).
is f. or m., and ales, m. or f.
Neuters are aes and Greek nouns, as
2.

limes,

in

limitis,

es, ids,

a cross-road

in

es, etis,

;f lebes, lebefis,

cynosarges.
3.

Masculines in

is

are amnis,

assis, axis, caulis, collis, crinis, ensis,

fustis, ignis, mensis, orbis, panis, piscis, sanguis,

others.

unguis, vomis,

and

Common

More commonly

are aqucdis, clunis, corbis, and {pollen} pollinis.


masculine are anguis, callis, ca?ialis, earns, cinis,Jinis,

funis, lapis, pedis, pulvis, scrobis (scrobs),


rarely clunis, scobis (scobs), and volucris.

tigris,

and

torquis

more

4. Masculines in x are Greek nouns in ax, and many in ex ; as,


thorax, judex, pontifex, rex, &c.
So also calix, fornix, phoenix, saurix,
varix ; diox, esox, volvox, calyx, coccyx, and oryx.
Common are imbrex, obex, and bombyx.
More frequently masculine are grex, irpex,

latex,

and tradux. More frequently feminine, lodix,


and calx (the heel, and lime).

hystrix, perdix,

natrix, sandyx,

* Masculine

are also all the parts of this weight; as, sextans, quadrans,
quincunx, semis, &c.
merges,
Ms, " a sheaf," is feminine.
But
t

ens,

tri-

LESSON

GRAMMATICAL GENDER.

78.]

403

5. Of those ending in s preceded by a consonant, dens, fans-, mons,


pons, chalybs, and hydrops are masculine.
So are the Greek names
Common are adeps, seps, lens, from,
of animals as, gryps, epops, &c.
Neuters are the philosophical terms
forceps, scobs, stiips, and serpens.
ens, accidens, antecedens, consequens, animans.
;

Nouns

III.
c,

t,

I,

of the third declension ending in a,

ar, ur, us, are

e, i,

y,

or in

neuter.

E.g. diadema, a crown; sedlle, a seat; hydromeli, mead; misy,


lac, milk; mel, honey; caput, the head; par, a pair;
corpus, a body.
fulgur, lightning

mushroom;

Exceptions.

Masculine

are sol, mugd, sal ; furfur, turtur, vuland other compounds of ttovs. Feminine are
those in us, gen. udis or utis ; as, palus, fulls ; salus, utis ; to which
add tellus, uris ; and pecus, udis. The feminine of the common nouns
grus and sus is the gender of the species.
tur ; lepus, mus, tripus,

Fourth Declension.

D.

Nouns

sion ending in us are masculine, those in

E.

fructus, fruit

g.

Exceptions.

cantus, a song

of the fourth declen-

u neuter.

cornu, a horn

gelu, ice.

Feminine

are acus, manus, portions, tribus, and


the plurals Idus and Quinqudtrus.
Common are penus and specus.
The obsolete genus (for genii), secus (for sexus, m.), and specus occur
as neuters only in the Nominative and Accusative.

Fifth Declension.

E.

Substantives

of the

fifth

de-

clension are feminine.


E. g.

res,

Except
f.,

a thing

acies,

an edge

To

be cold, to feel cold.

spes,

MyJ feet,
,

To

hands, are cold.


'

'

be

warm,

to

feel warm,

fides, faith.

the gender of dies, m.

&

Frlgus potior.

Frigeo v
pedibus, manibus.
-\- c
ir>'P
( Pedes, manus mi hi fngent.
(

Caleo, ere,

*.

id,

\ Aestum sentio, aestudre (to be hot).


Frlgus, oris, n.
Aestus, us, ?n.

hot.

The
The

hope

On

(Frigeo, ere,frixl,
} Algeo, ere, alsi,
(

,T

which is masculine.
compare Lesson VIII. B.
meridies,

cold.

heat.

Obs. Calere, " to be warm," is opposed to frigti^c, " to


F.
be cold"; and aestudre, "to feel warm, hot," to algere, "to
feel cold."

Are you cold ?

am very cold.
I am not at all cold.
Was your father cold

Frigesne (algesne)
Vero, valde algeo.

42

Nihil frigoris patior.


Alsitne pater tiius 5*

494

LATIN GRAMMAR,

[lesson

He was not cold.


Ndn alsit.
he warm ?
Cale'tne (aestuatne)
He is warm. (He feels warm, hot.) Calet. (Aestuat.)

Is

Are they warm or cold ?


Thev are neither warm nor

Who is (feels) cold ?


My brother is (feels)
My hands are cold.

Neque

fingers are

Your boy

felt

Aiires
<

warm.

and

thirst, cold,

in

rendo, esuriendo, sitiendo, algendo, aestuando.

heat.

Utor,
-j

father used

meo

libro ?

trtor.
it

Usiisne est eo pater tiius ?


usus est.
Licetne mihiequum tiium usurpare

Non

it.

for riding

ad equitandum

into the city ?

You may

use it.
Did he use your books for reading ?
He did not use them.
He has frequently used my ink,
pen, and paper for writing.

Usurpavitne

awmy

from.

to the fire ?

do come to it.
He has approached the fire.
They have withdrawn from the

tiios h'bros

ad legen-

dum?
Non usurpavit.
Atramento, penna atque cluirta
meis ad sen bend una usitabatur.

"I

To withdraw, or go

lirbemV

in

Licet.

To approach, draw near.

Do you come

sum (re).*
(rem).

usus

uti,

Usitdri (re), usurpare

Uterisne

He has not used


May I use your horse

aestuabat.
'?

of, to use.

Do you use my book


am using it.

digitis.
tii us

Quis frixit (alsit)


Sutor frixit (alsit).
Enidiunt juventutem veniindo, cur-

hunting, running, in suffering

Has your

Caleo
Piier

was cold (felt cold) ?


Tlie shoemaker was cold.
They instruct their youth

To make use

ei frigent.

Di'giti mi'hi calent.

warm.

Who

hunger,

aestuant neque frigent

Quis alget ?
Frater mens alget.
Mtinus mini frigent.

cold.

His ears are cold.

My

"Utrum aestuant an frigent


cold.

78.

Prope accedo, ere, cessi, cessum


(rem, ad rem).
Appropinquare (rei, ad rem).
Discedo, ere, cessi, cessum (re, de
RE, EX LOCO).
AJnre (ab aliquo, a re, ex
loco).
Accedisne ad fdcum (ad carbdnes)
Accedo.
Appropinquavit fdeo (ad fdcum).

De

loco discesserunt.

fire.

Why

does that

from the

He
is

man go away

fire ?

vir

file

a fdeo

disc-edit

(abit) ?

goes away from


not cold.

* On

Quamobrem

it

because he

De

fd,-o

non

disc-edit

propterea, quod

aliret.

the government of utor, see Lesson

LXXII. A.

LESSON

What

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

78.]

do you recollect

Quid recordaris ?
Nihil recdrdor.

I recollect nothing.-

For what ? Whereto


what purpose

495

Quo

For

Quorsum

Ad quamnam

rem

(Ad) quid ?
?
Culnam

rei ?

What am
money

I to

do with

much

so

Quo

mihi tiintam pecuniam

For what purpose do

engage in

Quorsum

lgitur

haec dispute

this discussion ?

What do you want

(need)

money

for?
I

want

buying a carriage.
wish wine for r
want some) to drink, to sell.
it

for

What do you
(I

What

does this horse serve you

Quid (cuinam

re'i) tibi opus est


pecunia ?
Opus est mihi ad eme'ndam rhedam.
Ad quid vis vinum V
Ad bibendum, ad vendendum.
Ad quid (cui lisui) est tibi hicce

eqiius?

for V

to philosophize

Adhibco eum ad equitandum.


Quid opus est in hoc philosophiiri ?

about the matter V


Man>- things arc not applied to
the use for which they were

Miilta non ad eum iisum adhibentur,


cui destinata sunt.

make use of it

What

use

is

for riding.

it

intended.
quill docs not subserve the
purpose of a knife.
To employ, use (for a certain
purpose).

To

ride out.

To

drive out.

Cui

lisui ciilter, ei

Adhibeo, ere,

non

ui,

est

penna.

itum (aliquid

ad rem).
Avehi or evehi equo.
vectari extra urbem.
Carpento (vehiculo) vectari or geExcurrere.
stari.

Equo

Exercise

148.

way (via prpxima or brevisstma) to go to your


This way is shorter than the one we took yesteruncle's castle V
Do you
day but my father knows one which is the nearest of all.
Has your father used my horse V
1 do use it.
use my carnage V

Which

is

the nearest

What does this horse serve you for?


It serves
lie has used it.
Do you use the books which I lent you '?
me to ride out upon.

May

Thou
I
(licetne mihi) use your knife?
May my brothers use
but thou must not cut thyself.
They may use them, but they must not tear them.
your books ?
You may use it, but you must not
May Ave use your stone table ?
They
For what purpose do your brothers want money V
spoil it.
What does this knife serve us for V
It
want some to live upon.
Is it cold
serves us to cut our bread, our meat, and our cheese with.
Will you draw near the fire V
I canIt is very cold.
to-day ?
Why does your
not draw near it, for I am afraid of burning myself.
He goes away from it because he is
friend go away from the fire V
Art thou coming near the fire V
I am
afraid of burning himself.
I

do use them.

ma vest

use

it,

LATIN GRAMMAR.

40 C

[LESSOX

79.

coming near it, because I am very cold.


Are thy hands cold ?
hands are not cold, but my feet are.
Do you go away from the
fire ?
I do go away from it.
Why do you go away from it ?
Because I am not cold.
I am neither
Are you cold or warm?
cold nor warm.
Why do your children approach the fire ? They
approach it, because they are cold.
Is anybody cold ?
Somebody
is cold.
The little boy, whose father has lent you a
"Who is cold ?
horse, is cold.
Why does he not warm himself
Because his faAVill you tell him to come to me to
ther has no money to buy wood.
warm himself?
I will tell him so.
l)o you remember anything ?
I remember nothing.
What does your uncle recollect ? He recollects your promise.
What have I promised him?
You have
promised him to go to Germany with him next winter.
I intend to
do so if it is not too cold.
Are your hands often cold ?
My hands
are scarcely ever (nunquam fere) cold, but my feet are often so.
Why do you withdraw from the fire ? I have been sitting near the
fire this hour and a half, so that I am no longer cold.
Does your

My

'?

friend not like to sit near the fire ?


lie likes, on the contrary, much
to sit near the fire, but only when he is cold.
May one approach

your uncle ?
One may approach him,
( jan ua neminem proMbef)

he excludes nobody

for

Lesson

LXXIX. PENSUM UXDEOCTOGESIMUM.


DECLENSION OF GREEK NOUNS.

Many

substantives of the Latin language are derived from the


consist partly of general terms (or common nouns),
and partly of proper names of persons and places. These Greek
nouns generally retain more or less of their original inflection, but are
nevertheless referred to the first, second, and third declensions of

A.
Greek.

They

Latin nouns.

B.

Greek nouns of the

First Declexsiox.
and in

first

declen-

In the plural
masculine.
they are inflected like Latin nouns, but in the singular they
deviate according to the following paradigms
sion end in e feminine,

as, es

Crambe, cabbage./

Nom
Gen*.

Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.

Boreas, the north-wind,

crambo
crambes
crambae
cramben
crambe

Borea

crambe.

Borea.

in.

Boreas
Boreae
Boreae

Boream

or -an

dynasles, a rider, m.

dvnastes
dynastae
dynastae
dynasten
dynaste
dynaste.

LESSON

DECLENSION OF GREEK NOUNS.

79.]

497

Like crambe, decline aloe, aloes epitome, an abridgment and the


proper names Circe, Danae, PJwenice ;
like Boreas : tiaras, a turban
and the proper names Aeneas, Andreas, Midas, Perdiccas
like
chjnastes : cometes, the comet pyrites, a species of stone
satrapes, a
satrap and the proper names Anchlses, Thersltes, &c.

Remarks.
The

majority of these words are proper names. Many of them


have a Greek and Latin termination at the same time. E. &. musica
or musice, Europa or Europe, Marsyas or Marsya, Sophisles or So1.

phista.*

The

genitive es (from the nom. e) belongs especially to proper


Araclines, Penelopes.
So also musices, rhetorXces. But
with common nouns the genitive in ae is more frequent.
2.

names;

as,

3. The accusative of those in as is sometimes an instead of the more


common am as, Aenean, Pythagdrdn. So that of nouns in e and es
is occasionally am instead of en
as, Andromacham, Anchisam, &c.
4. The vocative of proper names and patronymics in es is sometimes
:

(though rarely) a instead of e; as, Ancldsa.


Latin termination a ; as, Atridd, Polydectd.
5.

E.

g.

G.

The

ablative of words in e and es


Semeld, Anchisa.

is

Sometimes

also the

sometimes a instead of e.

Geographical names sometimes form their genitive plural in on


as, Aduliton.
Patronymics often have um instead

(instead of arum)

of drum;

as,

Ausonidum, Dardanidum.

7. Many nouns in es, especially those which were originally patronymics, pass over into the third declension as, Alcibiades, Euripides,
Miltiades (gen. is), &c.
;

Second Declension.
C.
Greek nouns of the second
declension end in os or as masculine, and in on neuter.
They
are thus declined
:

Scorpios, m., a scorpion

Athus, m.,

Mount Athos

symposYon,

n.,

a banquet.
Singular.

Nom.
Gkx.
DAT.

Athos

symposion

scorpn

Atho
Atho
Athon or

symposii

symposia
symposion

symposio
symposion
symposion

symposia
symposia

symposio,

symposiis.

A oc.

scorpio
scorpion
scorpi

Abl.

scorpio.

Acc.

Plural

scorpios

Athos
Atho.

-o

symposiis

So decline barbi/os, a lute phaselos, the phasel (bean) and the


proper names Andros, Paros, Tityds : Ceos, Teds: Illon, PeUon, &c.
;

* The older Roman authors, Cicero included, prefer the Latin form of the
most current of these words. E. g. gramimatica, dialectlca, rhetorica ; Hecuba,
Yet Cicero has also Archias, Epaminondas, Pythagoras,
Supkista, Philodela.
The Greek forms Europe, Helene, Pehelqpe, rather belong
J'trsit, mid ISc<jtit(_6.
to noetrv.
.

42

latin grammar.

498

[lesson

79.

Remarks.

Many

of the Greek nouns become Latinized, and assume the


E. g. caminus, cycnus ; tKeatrum,
regular terminations us and urn.
antrum ; Aeschylus, Codrus, Homerus, &c. The Greek ros is often
changed into er ; as, Alexander, Menander, Teucer, instead of Alexan1.

dras, &c.

Among

2.

is often on, even in words which


Menelaon, Noton, instead of Mene-

the poets the accusative

have assumed the Latin us

as,

laum, &c.
3. The genitive plural of these nouns is generally the Greek an,
which sometimes occurs even in those otherwise inflected like Latin
words. E. g. Epodon, Georgtcbn, Satyricon, &c. The genitive singular sometimes ends in u, and the nominative plural in oe ; as, Menandru (== Menandri) Canephoroe (= Canephori).
;

Greek nouns

4.

in us generally retain this os, but sometimes

change

Athos, Androgens, or Androgens, Tyndareiis (gen. i and


Sometimes they pass over into the
the remaining cases regular).
as, Athos, Androgens, gen. onis.
third declension

it

into

its :

as,

Nouns, which in the original have


Latin sometimes mis and sometimes us;
plils.
6.

as,

Hence the vocative Panthu of Virgil.


Nouns in eus are often inflected according

sion (as if they


o.

contracted olts, have in


Alcinous, Panthus, peri-

oos,

5.

ended

But words of this

D.

in the dissyllable eus)

class also

to the second declen-

as,

Orpheus,

i,

o, tun, eu,

belong to the third declension.

Third Declension.

1.

Greek nouns of the

clension are all those ending in ma,


ys, eus, yx, inx,

ynx, and plurals in

an, in, on,

i,

(Cf.

D.)

third de-

er, y,

yn, yr,

e.

E. g. poema, a poem hydromeli, mead Paean, Apollo; delphln, a


crater, a basin
dolphin agon, a contest
misy, vitriol Phorcyn
Orpheus ; calyx, a cup syrinx,
martyr, a witness chldmys, a cloak
a reed; lynx, a lynx; cete, pi., a sea-monster.
;

2.

Greek nouns are

terminations as,
E.

g.

also

es, is, ds, o,

many
and

of those ending in the Latin

en.

lampas, a torch Demosthenes


; echo ; attagen, a woodcock.
;

basis,

a pedestal

Minds

rhinoceros

3. The majority of these words follow the declension of those


E. g. canon, canonis ; calyx, calycis ;' chlamys,
of Latin origin.
chlamydis ; poema, po ematis ; * gigas, gigantis, &c.
4.

Many, however,

retain their original terminations in

of the cases, especially among the poets.


serve as examples of their declension
:

* The

dative and ablative plural of this

than poematibus.

The

word

is

following

some

may

more frequently poematis

LESSON

DECLENSION OF GREEK NOUNS.

71).]

Lampas,/., a torch; lamp.


Singular.
Plural.
lampades
lampas
Nom
(

Gen.

<
(

Dat.
Ace.

lampadis

lampados
lampadi

lampada

lampas
lampade,
Chelys,/, a
Singular.

Nom.
I
(

Dat.
(

Ace.

Abl.

lampadibus
lampades
lampadas
lampades

Gen.

Ace.

chelym

poesim

aeri

chal^ bus -

poesi.

Orpheus, m.

Achillis

Achilleos

Achilli

poesi

poesin j
poesi

Achillem or en
Achillea
Achilles or e
Achille or i.

Orpheus
Orpheos

Orphea

Orpheum

Orpheo.*

aera

aer
aere.

Chremes, m.

Orphei or i
Orphei or o

Orpheu

aeris

poeseos

halybus

Voc.
Abl.

chalyes
chalyas
c halyes

Achilles

heroibus.

aer

poesis
poesis

chalyum

y
j

chelyos
chelyi

heroe,

,^

,i

{tt}

Dat.

Voc.
Abl.

Plural.

Achilles, m.

Nom.

Ace.

Poesis, /., poetry. Aer, m., the air

cithern.

\ chelyn
chely

Voc.

Dat.

chalyes

chelyis

Gen.

Plukal.

heroes
herois
hero am
heroi
herolbus
( heroem ( heroes
\ heroa
\ heroas
heros
heroes
lieros

lampadibus.

ehelys
(

Gen.

Singular.

Nom.

lampadum
l

lampadem

AliL.

lleros, m., a hero.

Voc.

>

499

Dido, /.

Chremes

Dido

Chremis
Chremetis
Chremi or

Didus
Didonis

Chremem or en

Dido or oni
Dido

Chemetemorta
Chremes or e
Chreme or eU

Dido
Dido or one.

eti

Didonem

Remarks.
The

genitive in os belongs chiefly to roots in d, y, and i; as,


But it occurs far less frequently
Pallddos, Tethyos, baseos, matheseos.
than the Greek accusative, and rather in poetry than in prose. With
roots in o the os of the genitive becomes us ; as, Echus, Clius, Didus,
Sapphus, from echo, &c.
number of proper names in es form their
genitive in is or i ; as, Demosthenis or i, Neoclis or i, Periclis or i, from
Demosthenes, &c.
So also Achilli, Ulyxi.
1.

2.

The Greek

en, instead of the

a)

The

accusative singular exhibits the terminations a, in, yn,


common Latin em or im.

accusative in a occurs in the words aer

aera, aether

names; as, Pan


Pana, &c. Some words
have either a or em : as, Babylona or Babylonem.
b) The terminations in, yn, and en are often used by the poets, to
aethera,

and

in proper

Proper names in eus frequently pass over into the second declension.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

500
avoid a hiatus

as, basin,

[LESSON

79.

Halyn, Zeuxin, instead of basim, Halym, &c.

Some nouns in is, idos have im or idem, and feminines also ida : as,
Durim, DorXdem, or Dor'ida.
Pans
Parim or Paridem Duns
as, Aeschinen,
c) The termination en belongs to nouns in es

Achdlen, Demoslhcnen, most of which also admit the Latin em.

The

vocative singular of nouns in s differs from the nominative


a) Those in as, anils have a; as, Palla, Atla, Caleha,
from Padas, &c
b) Those in is and ys have i and y, as, Phidi,
Tiphy, from Phillis, Tiphys.
c) Those in eus have eu ; as, Orplieu,
from Orpheus, d) Those in es have e ; as, Achdle, Socrate, Pylade.
3.

as follows:

In the ablative singular roots in i generally have i : as, basi, Nethose in id have ide, and sometimes i ; as, Adonide, Parlde ;
Osiri, from Adonis, Mis, &c.
4.

apoli

5.

epos
6.
titles
7.

mele
The nominative plural of neuters in os is e ; as, melos
epe.
To which add the indeclinable plural Tempo.
The genitive plural in on occurs only in names of nations and

of books

as,

Chalybon, metamorphosedn

The termination

si

and

sin, for

rarely occurs, and only in the poets


nominative Charlies, Lemniddes.
8.

The

is often used in poetry,


phalangas, Macedonas, AUobrogas, &c.

accusative plural in as (instead of es)

sometimes also in prose

m
To

shave,

as,

7
/r
shave
off

r
(any

Rado,

To
To
To

When

your father in the habit

sum.

'

Barbam radere or tondere

self.

get shaved (by any one).


get shaved commonly.
shave every day.

is

_'

(alicujus barbam).*

shave one's

ere, si,

,1

ones beard).

To

libri.

the dative and ablative plural,


as, Charlsin, Lemnidsi, from the

barbam

p5nere.
Radi, tonderi (ab aliquo).
Tonsori operam dare.

Faciem quotidie

rasitare.

Quo tempore barbam

abradere

sd-

of shaving ?
He shaves every morning, as
soon as he gets out of bed.
Do you get shaved by the bar-

pater tiius ?
Barbam ponit quotidie mane, simul
ac surgit.
Tonderisne a tonsore ?

ber?
No, I am in the habit of shaving

Non vero

let

myself.

The
The
To

To

razor.

barber's shears.

dress,

put
1

on

clothes.

undress, put off clothes.

* Radere
shave,"

in

or shears."

ego ipse barbam tondere

consuevi.

Novacula, ae,/.
Forfex, icis,/.

ff

e S

or

culter tonsorius.

^em vesRbus

ali

\ ;
i
Inauere sibi or
I
Exuere sibi or

'

alicui vestes.

alicui vestes.

or abradere is "to shave with the novacula or razor," or "to


the mudem sense; tondere is "to take oil" the beard witli tbeforftx

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

79.]

To wake, wake up (anyone).

( Expcrgofacio, ore, feci, factum.


} Excito, are, avi, atum.

(aliquem e somxo).

factus sum.
experreetus sum.
solvor, solvi, solutus sum.
fieri,

JExpergefio,

To awake

Expergiscor,

(out of sleep).

Somno

Have you

Induistine

dressed yourself?
1 have not yet dressed myself.
Who has dressed the child ?
Its mother has dressed it.
When do you undress ?
I undress before I go to bed.

jNdndum

morning

tibi vestes (te

vestibus) ?

l'ndui.

Quo

ejus

vestes induit.
tempore tibi vestes exuis ?
ei

Vestes mihi exuo, ante quam me


in lectum cdnfero.
Expergefecistine fratrem tuum hddie

wake him up.


At what time do you wake up

i,

Quis infanti vestes induit

Mater

Have you waked up your brother


this

501

mane

Eum

ndn expergefeci.
Quo tempore mane expergisceris

I did not

in

the morning ?

wake up at daybreak.
Did I wake up earlier than you

prima luce expergiscor.


Experrectusne sum ego hodie mane

~kgo

You woke up later than I.


Were you waked at eight ?

quam tu ?
vero tardius experreetus es.
Expergefactiisne es hdra octava ?

I was.
I wake

Factum est.
Ego quotidie mane sdmno

this

morning

up

matiirius

at seven every

morn-

not

wake me up

so early

Ne me

Stop making a

noise, lest

wake me out of sleep


To behave, conduct one's

you

me

experge-

Gei'o, ere, gessi,

self.

male,
show or
prove one's self (a man, &c).
like,

Desiste tumultuari, ne
faceres

To behave

bene mane excites e

tarn

sdmno

to

C Praebeo, ere, ui, ltum.

Towards.

How

does he behave (conduct


himself) ?
He behaves well, respectably.
They behave badly, very badly,

impudently.

Did the boy behave well towards


his master ?
No, on the contrary, he behaved
very badly.
How did he behave to his fellow-

scholars ?

did not behave any better.


behaved too impudently.

gestum (se bene,

&c.).

< Praesto, are,

He
He

solvor

hdra septima.

ing.

Do

mmo

(SE
Erga,

stiti,

stitum.

VERUM, PROBUM,
in,

&C.)
c. Ace.)

adversus. (Prep.

Qudmodo

Qualem

se gerit ?

se praebet ?

Bene, honeste se
Male, perperam,

gerit.

contumaciter se

gerunt.
Gessitne se piier honeste erga prae-

ceptdrem
imino pdtius perperam se
'?

Qudmodo

se

gessit.

gerebat adversus con-

discipulos ?

Gerebat se ndn melius.


Gerebat se contumacius.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

502

He

conducts himself like a

citi-

[LESSON

Se pro cive

gerit.

Praebuit

virum.

79.

zen.

He showed himself a man.


He has shown himself a scholar.
To come down, to descend.
To ascend, mount, embark, &?c.

To

alight,

dismount from a

horse.

<

Descendere (de or ex aliquo loco).


Ascend ere (locum, in or ad locum).
Descendere ex equo.
Ex equo desilire (-silui or silii,
sultum)

To

alight

Descendere ex curru.
Degredi ad pedes.
I
Descendere or egredi e nave.
down) the Devehi nave per fluvium.

from a carriage.

To disembark.
To descend (sail

se

Praestitit se do'ctum.

river.

To come down the hill.


To ascend the hill.
To embark.
To mount a horse.
To mount the rostrum.
The dream.
The beard.

Descendere de colle.
Ascendere collem, in collern.
Ascendere navem, in navem.
Ascendere (in) equum.
Escendere in rostra.

A long, large beard.


A rough, grisly beard.

Barba longa, promissa, magna.


Barba horrida, hirsuta.
Bene barbatum esse.
Tabulatum supremum
coenacu-

To have a strong
The garret.

Somnium,

beard.

He

is

is

your brother

Will you ask him to come down ?


"Who has ascended the walls ?
The soldiers have ascended
(scaled) them with ladders.
Did you ever go on board ship ?
I have never gone on board.
Do you not wish to get upon the
It

In coenaculo est.
Yisne eum rogare, ut descendat ?
Quis muros ascendit ?
Milites eos scalis ascenderunt.
Ascendistine

unquam

in

navem ?

Xunquam

ascendi.

Ndnne

equum ascendere

in

vis ?

Ita est.

is so.

can

n.

You must ascend

He

i,

tJbi est frater tiius ?

in the garret.

horse

n.

lum,

"Where

i,

Barba, ae, /.

(rise) higher.

rise to the highest

honors

of the state.
Let us go down to our boats.
Did your cousin go down into
the well ?
He did not do it
What time was your father in the
habit of going down to the

Te ad majora ascendere
In

summum locum

opdrtet.

civitatis

ascen-

dere potest.

Descendamus ad nostras navi'culas.


Xiim patruelis tiius in puteum descendit ?

Non factum est.


Quo tempore ad forum

descende-

bat pater tuus ?

market ?

He

usually

went down there

eleven o'clock.

at

Descendere solebat hdra undecima.

LESSOX

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

79.]

They dismounted.
The queen dismounted from her

503

Ex
Ab

equis deseende'runt.

Ex

coelo descendit ndsce te ipsum.

equo regina

desiluit.

charger.

From heaven descended


junction, "

To

Know

the in-

thyself."

be worth ivMle,

^ P
f fpretium.
ae

retXum

'

( Jbst

Melius or sathis

It is better.

Is

it

It is
Is it
It

is.

Is

it

worth while to do this ?


not worth while.
worth while to write to him

est,

praestat.

Estne dperae pretium hoc facere ?


Non est dperae pretium.
Estne pretium dare litteras ad eum ?

Est.

better ?

Estne melius

Satiusne est

Prae-

stiitne ?

It

is

better.

It is better to

melius, &c.

[Est

do

than

this

Melius (satius)

that.

est facere hoc,

quam

illud.

here than to

It is better to stay

Praestat hie

go a walking.

mane re, quam ambula-

turn ire.

Exercise

149.

Have you shaved

to-day ?
I have shaved.
Has your brother
shaved ?
He has not shaved himself, but has got shaved.
Do
you shave often ?
I shave every morning, and sometimes also in
the evening.
When do you shave in the evening ? When I do
not dine at home.
How many times a day does your father
shave?
He shaves only once a day, but my brother has such a
strong beard, that he is obliged to shave twice a day.
Does your
uncle shave often ?
He shaves only every other day (tertio quoque
die) for his beard is not strong.
At what o'clock do you dress in
the morning?
I dress as soon as I have breakfasted, and I breakfast every day at eight o'clock, or at a quarter past eight.
Does
your neighbor dress before he breakfasts ?
He breakfasts before he
dresses.
At what o'clock in the evening dost thou undress?
I
undress as soon as I return from the theatre.
Dost thou go to the
theatre every evening ?
I do not go every evening, for it is better
At what o'clock dost thou unto study than to go to the theatre.
I then undress as soon
dress when thou dost not go to the theatre ?
Have you already
as I have supped, and go to bed at ten o'clock.
dressed the child ?
I have not dressed it yet, for it is still asleep.
It gets up as soon as it is waked.
At what o'clock does it get up ?
Do you rise as early as I ? I do not know at what o'clock you rise,
Will you tell my servant to wake me
but I rise as soon as I awake.
I will tell him.
Why have you risen
to-morrow at four o'clock ?
children have made such a noise that they wakened
so early ?
I have not slept well, for you made
Have you slept well ?
me.
To-morrow
At what o'clock must I wake you ?
too much noise.
At what o'clock did the good
thou mayest wake me at six o'clock.
He awoke at a quarter past five in the morning.
captain awake ?

My

501

LATIN GRAMMAR.

Exercise
"When did

this

man go down

[LESSON

80.

150.

He went down

into the well ?

into

morning.
Has he come up again ?
He came up an hour
ago.
"Where is your brother ?
He is in his room.
Will you tell
him to come down
but he is not dressed yet.
I will tell him so
Is your friend still on the mountain ?
He has already come down.
it this

*?

Did you go down or up


"We went down Has
your brother dined already He dined
he had alighted
soon
your uncle already asleep believe
from
he
Did my
he went
bed
soon
he had
He spoke me before he
cousin speak
you before he
got
the coach. Have you seen my brother?
saw him be How did my
went on board the
behave He
How did my brother behave towards you
did behave very
He behaved very well towards me,
he behaves well towards everybody.
not worth
worth while
write
that man
while
write
him.
order
buy a
worth while

cake
we
not worth
not long
worth while
give something
dismount from my horse
order
that poor man Yes,
but you can give
he seems
want
him something without dismounting from your
better
go
the theatre than
better
do the
study
than the former.
better
bed than
go a walking
go
better
better
do the
than the former.
get
not worth while get
a coach than
go on board the
this river ?

it.

his horse.

is

as

as

Is

as

to

to

that

asleep, for

alighted.

as

to

started ?

into

fore I

child

ship.

well.

for

Is

to

it

to

to

Is

since

it is

to

for

to

to

to

Is

It

to

is

into a coach or to go
travel.

Is

it

to

It is

latter

to

latter

Is it

ship ?

it

it;

to

to

it

to

Lesson

Js

to

horse.

to

to

ate.

to

in

It is

to alight in

while, for

It is

to

it

into

to

to

It is

on board the ship when one has no wish

to

LXXX. PENSUM OCTOGESIMUM.


DERIVATION OF ADJECTIVES.

A.

Adjectives are either primitive or derivative as, bonus, wialus ;


Derivatives are formed from verbs (verbals), from
nouns (denominatives), from other adjectives, and sometimes from
adverbs (adverbials) and prepositions (prepositional*). All these are
subdivided into various classes, and characterized by peculiar termi;

puerllis, amabUis.

natirms.

B.

Adjectives derived from verbs end in bundas, cundus,

tdus, uus, ilis, bills, ax,


1.

and

ulus.

Those in bundus are formed chiefly from verbs of the

jugation,

first

con-

and generally agree

in sense with the present participle.


they convey the accessory notion of fulness or

Sometimes, however,
abundance.
E. g. errabundus, pojndabun/lus, wandering, pillaging

LESSON

DERIVATION OF ADJECTIVES.

80.]

505

(from crrare, populuri).


So also hesltabundus, lacrimalfundus, mlrabundus, full of hesitation, of tears, of wonder.
few verbs in cundus
have a similar sense
Iracundus, given to
as, rubicundus, ruddy
anger verccundus, bashful, respectful.

2. Those in idus are generally from intransitive verbs, and simply


express the quality implied in the verb.
E. g. ealidus, warm alc/ulw,
cold rub td us, red, reddish rapidus, rapid (from calere, algere, rubere,
rapere).
few in uus have a similar signification as, asdduus, conBut those in uus
f/ruus, nocuus (from assldere, congruere, nocere).
from transitive verbs have a passive sense as, consplcuus, visible in;

dlclduus, indivisible.

have a passive sense, and denote possibility


easy (to be done) fragills, fragile amabllls, amiable
delebtlls, easy to destroy
placabilis, easily appeased.
Some of them, however, are active as, IwrribXUs, tenibilis, fer fills, &c.
3.

Those in

ilis

or capacity.

E.

and

g.

bills

facills,

Those in ax denote an inclination or propensity, frequently a


vicious one.
E. g. edax and vorax, voracious furax, thievish audax,
audacious; rapax, rapacious (from edere, vorare, &c). The few in
4.

ulus are analogous

as, blbulus,

given to drinking

credulus, credulous

querulus, querulous.

The substantives from which derivative adjectives are


0.
formed are either common nouns or proper names of men and
places.
1.
ills,

Adjectives derived from


ciceits

or ictus,

(nosus),lentus, wus,

alis,

common nouns end


nis,

atilis,

inus (inus),

emus, urnus, itimus,

ster,

in eus, icus,
cirius,

citus,

itus,

osus

and

utus.

The termination

eus designates the material of which anything


also resemblance.
E. g. aureus,
ferreus, plumbeus, made of gold, iron, lead; igneus, vkreus, igneous,
Some of this class end either in neus or nus ; as, eburneus or
glassy.
eburnus, of ivory quemeus or quernus, of oak.
1.

consists or

is

made, and sometimes

2.

Those in icus and

ills

signify " belonging or relating to," the for-

mer

E. g. aullcus, bellicus,
in a general, the latter in a moral sense.
rust icus, relating to the court, to war, to the country puerdls, senilis,
;

belonging (peculiar) to the age of boyhood, old age, manhood.


Sometimes both from the same noun as, clincus and clvllls, hosficus

vlrllls,

or

hoslilis,

3. The terminations aceus and ictus sometimes denote the material,


and sometimes descent. E. g. chartaceus, membranaceus, cementlcnis,
made of paper, membrane, cement patnclus, trlbuniclus, patrician,
;

tribunitial.

Those in alis, drls, and atills are formed not only from nouns in
but also from those of other terminations. E. g. ancortdis, relating
to an anchor convivCdls, convivial ;. regalls, royal, regal vlrglncdls,
4.

a,

43

LATIN GRAMMAR.

>0G

[LESSON

80.

The termination oris is generally put when the letter I


virginal.*
Stilts conprecedes as, considaris, puellaris, vulgaris, Apollinaris ;
veys the sense of fitness as, aqudtiUs, volutilis.

5. The termination ius belongs principally to substantives in or: as,


amatorlus, censorius, imperatortus, pertaining to love (or lovers), to the
Sometimes also to other substantives as,
censor, to a commander.
;

reglus, patrius, royal, fatherly.


C. Adjectives in Inus are chiefly derived from names of animals,
E. g. anallnus, anserlnus,
especially to denote the flesh of the same.
asininus, canlnus, equlnus, ferlnus, taurlnus, of a duck, goose, ass, dog,

Sometimes also from names of other beings


Those in inus are demascullnus, femlnlnus, divlnus, libertlnus.
rived either from names of plants or minerals, or from words denoting
time as, cedrlnus, faginus, adamantlnus, of cedar, beech, adamant
crasllnus, annotmus, hornotinus, of to-morrow, of last year, of this year.
horse, wild beast, bull.f
as,

Those in arms properly denote a trade or profession, sometimes


a more general relation. E. g. carbonarius, coriarius, ostiarius,

7.

also

statuarlus, a collier, tanner, porter, statuary; J aeranus, argentarius,

relating to copper, to silver (or

money).

The

terminations osus and lentus express fulness or abundance.


E. g. aerumnosus, artificiosus, tenebricosus, full of misfortune, of skill,
of darkness corpulentus, fraudulently, pulverulenlus, &c. Nouns of
the fourth declension commonly have uosus ; as, actuosus, full of action portuosus, saltuosus, abounding in ports, in woods.
8.

The terminations Ivus, emus, urnus, itimus, and ster denote qualmanner, descent, time, place, &c. E. g. furtivus, aesllvus, natlvus,
secret, of the summer, native; externus, maternus, paternus, external,
9.

ity,

maternal, paternal diurnus, noctunius, hibernus, vermis, of the day,


legitimus, maritimus, legitimate, maritime;
night, winter, spring:
campester, of the plain; pedester, pedestrian.
;

An

extensive class of adjectives, ending in dtus (sometimes itus


have the form and sense of the perfect participle, but are
derived from nouns. Eg. barbdtus, denfatus, galedtus, falcatus, fur10.

or

fttus)s

nished with a beard, with teeth, with a helmet, with scythes aurltus,
provided with ears pelliius, covered with skins; cornutus, horned;
nasutus, having a large (or acute) nose.
;

11.

The

adjectives derived from proper

ed into those formed from,


of

cities

c)

a) names of

names of nations

names may be
individuals

b)

divid-

names

d) names of countries.

Adjectives derived from names of men end in ianus, anus, eus,


and Inus; as, Caesaridnus, Catonidnus, Ciceronianus ; Cinndnus, Sullanus ; Caesareus, Herculeus ; JugurOunus, Plautlnus, &c. The last
1.

* So also from proper names; as, Augustcdis, Flavialis, Trojandlis, &c.


f When these adjectives denote the flesh of animals, the feminine is used
with caro understood;

as, anserlna, anat'ma, ferlna, taur'ina, &c.


X In this sense they stand substantively; but as adjectives proper they signify "relating to charcoal, leather, a door or doors, statuary."

LESSON

DERIVATION OF ADJECTIVES.

80.]

507

of these terminations belongs more especially to derivative family


as, Paulinus, Rufinus, Agnppina, Planclna, &c.

names

To

add the adjectives


Greek names of men. E. g.
these

in eus, ius, icus,

and mews, derived from

Achilleus, Sophocleus

Antiochlus, Ari-

Sometimes there are


Homericus, Isocraticus ; Archiacus.
two of them (one in eus, the other in icus) from the same noun as,
Philippeus and Philippicus, Pythagoreus and Pytliagoricus.
stotelius

Adjectives derived from names of cities end in ensis, Inns, as,


E. g. Cannae
Canensis, Antiocliia
Antiocliensis ; Florentia
Florentlnus, Latium
Lallnus ; Arplnum
Arpinas, Privernum
Pnvernas ; Roma
Romdnus, Sparta
Spartdnits.
To
these add those in ws and aeus derived from Greek names of cities
as, Corinlhus
Coriniliius, Ephesus
Ephcsius ; Larissa
Laris2.

and anus.

saens,

Smyrnaeus.

Smyrna

Primitive names of nations give rise to adjectives in tens and ius.


Galticus, Seytlia
Afrlcus, G alius
Scytlncus ; Syrus
Syrius, Tkrax
Thracius, &c.
Some of them are patrial
substantives and adjectives at the same time as, Graecus, Etruscus,
Sardus.
3.

E.g. Afer

The names of countries

are generally themselves derivatives; as,


lights, Thrax).
Some of these,
however, give rise to adjectives in ensis and cuius ; as, Graeciensis,
Ilispaniensis ; Africdnus, Germanicdnus, &c.
To these add two in
iacus : Aegyptiacus, Syridcus.
4.

Gallia, Italia,

D.

Thracia (from Gallus,

Derivatives from other adjectives end in ulus, olus, cuand emeus.

ius, ellus,
1.

All of these except those in aneus are diminutives.

vulus, primulus

pauperciilus, leviculus

have even a double diminutive


(pauxillus and pauxil'lulus) bonus
;

as,

E.

novellus, pulchellus

paucus

paulus

par-

g.
;

some

and paululus

bellus, belliilus.

aneus are formed from adjectives in us, and denote


E.g. rejectaneus, to be rejected; collecta?ieus,
collected subitaneus, sudden.
And after the analogy of* these, consentaneus, praecidaneus, succidaneus.
2.

Those

in

similarity of quality.
;

To

( Conduco, ere, duxi, ductum.


1 Mercede conducere (aliquid

hire, rent.

To

hire a house, a room.

To

live in a hired house.

The

ab

aliquo).
Domicilium, conclave (mercede)
conducere.
In conducto habitare.
Pretium conducti, pretium habita-

rent.

tionis.

To
To

let,

rent.

part with any one

thing.

To

get rid of

any one.

or any

Locare, elocare (alicui aliquid).


Demittere, missum facere, vendere
aliquem or aliquid.
Absolvere, dimittere aliquem.

508

To

[lesson

LATIN GRAMMAR.
Extrudere

get rid of anything.

To get rid of debts.


Have you already hired a room

(trusi, triisum) aliquid

vendere.
Debita dissolvere.
Conduxistine jam conclave ?
Vero, conduxi unum.
Nrini in conducto habitat ?
Non in conducto habitat.
Solveriintne pretium habitationis

Yes, I have hired one.


Does he live in a hired house ?
He does not.
Have they paid their rent ?
They have not yet paid it.
Have you a room to let ?
I have none.
Do you intend to part "with your
horses

80.

Nondum

solverunt.

Habesne cubiculum ad locandum

Non

habeo.
Cogitasne submovere

equos

Ego

I have already parted with them.

eos

(vendere)

'?

jam pridem submdvi (ven-

didi).

He

We

Pilentum suum dimisit (vendidit).


Servum nostrum missum feclmus.

has parted with his carriage.


have parted with our ser-

vant.

Did you get

rid of your damaged


sugar ?
I did get rid of it.
Did he get rid of his old horse ?
He did not get rid of it.

To hope,

Extrusistine saccharum

perditum
Extriisi.

Non

Sperare, spem habere, in spe

expect.

me

Spero, spes

Ut

expect (hope) to find

my

spem ponere

come

(
(

Our brother
I hope

will

come, I hope.

that our friendship will

invenire (in-

ibi

esse) ?

fore.

Spero, fore, ut ego


I

hope that I

may meet

Spero,

me

turum

Do vou

put 'your trust in

God

I hope no longer.

You have no

Xon

reason to hope.

To change.
To exchange, change.

dbviam

dbviam venire (ven-

tibi

esse).

Ponisne spem in Deo


Pdno.
Spero non amplius.

tibi

veniam.

you.

I do.

(in ali-

re).

Spero.
Spes me tenet.
Spero, patrem esse venturum.

Spero, fore, ut pater veniat.


Frater, ut spero, veniet.
Frater, spero, veniet.
Spero, aeternam inter nos amiciti-

am

last for ever.

eum

Sperasne, te

venturum
father will

esse.

tenet.

spero, spero.

Exspectare

him there ?
I do expect it.

vendidit.

quo or in aliqua

I hope that

de-

Vendiditne equum suum vetulum

I hope.
As I hope.
To wait, tarry.

Do you

tuum

est,

quod

speres.

Miilo, are, del, alum.

Commutare, permutare.

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

80.]

To

one

To
To
To
To

exchange (mutually).
change masters.
exchange names.
change one's clothes,

change, exchange
thing for another.

oOO

Mutare or permutare
!'

(cum)

aliquid

aliqua re.

Commutare

aliquid

cum

aliqua re.

Res inter se mutare or permutare.


Dominos permutare.

Nomina

inter se permutare.

Mutare vestem, pileum, &c.

one's hat, &c.

To change

one's horse.

To change (draught-)
To change money.

Mutare equum.
equo injici.
Jumenta mutare.
Pecuniam (nummum) permutare.

( Alteri

horses.

f Litteras dare et accipere.

To exchange

letters, to

cor-

respond with any one.

(^

To put on

one's hat.

To put on
The
The

cravat.

linen.

cravat, neckcloth.

Will you change your clothes ?


I do not wish to change them.
Has he changed his linen, hat,
cravat V
He has changed

it.

my

It

proper that you should do

is

litteras

cum

aliquo colloqui or

agere.

Pileum imponere capiti.


Caput tegere (texi, tectum)

pileo.

Induere collum focali.


Circumligare collum focali.
Lintea,
Focale,

n. pi.
is,

n. ;

pannus

colaris.

Visne mutare vestem ?


Nolo mutare.
Mutavitne sua lintea, pileum,

fo-

cale ?

Must

change

Per

Incluere sibi lintea (se linteis).

linen.

To put on a

Litterarum commercio u/L

shirt ?

Mutavit.
Oportetne me mutare indiisium
Opdrtet tu hoc facias.

so.

Have they exchanged anything ?


They have exchanged wine for
and oil for wine.
They have exchanged a correct
state of the republic for a
oil,

Commutaveriintne aliquid

Commutaverunt vinum pro

dleo et

oleum pro vino.

Commutaverunt statum
ex vero

reipiiblicae

in falsum.

false one.

They

are bartering away honor


and religion for money.
Do you wish to change hats with
I

me?
am not

Fidem

Visne pileos

Non

unwilling.

They have exchanged gloves.


Can you change me an aureus?
I cannot.

I have exchanged a florin for


sixty kreutzers.
The color has changed from
black to white.

43*

et religionem peciinia

com-

miitant.

mecum permutare ?

nolo.

Digitabula inter se permutaverunt

Potesne mi'hi permutare aureum ?


Non possum.
Ego florenum sexaginta kreiitzeris
permutavi.
E nigro color ejus mutatus est in
album.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

510

his horse ?

He

has not changed

Do you exchange

Mutavitne equum

?
Injectiisne est alteri

cum amico tiio ?


Yero, ago (cdlloquor).
!Ego litterarum commercio
amicis mei's omnibus utor.

(Misceo,

To mix, mingle.

}
(

among

mistum or mix-

Insero, ere, ui, rlum.

Se immiscere or inserere hominibus

{(kit.).

Se admiscere or interponere

mix, meddle with any-

ali-

cui rei.

thing.

Not

ere, viiscui,

cum

turn.

men.

To

mutavit.
Agisne (colloquerisne) per h'tteras

letters (corre-

or mingle

equo

Xon

it.

spond) with your friend ?


I do correspond with him.
I correspond with all my friends.

To mix

80.

Omnia mutantur.

Everything undergoes change.

Has he changed

[LESSON

meddle with, to
from anything.
Does he meddle with your
to

re-

Abesse or se abstinere ab aliqua

af-

Admiscetne

re.

frain

se negdtiis

tiiis

fairs ?

He

Niinquam

never meddles with other

Have you mixed much, among


men ?
I have mixed much and often
among them.

He

mixes with the


rr
lo
recognize
J

to

7
7
acknoidedqe.

'

(
<.

recognize this man ?


It is so long since I saw him,
that I do not recollect him.
TVe ought to recognize God
from his works.

acknowledge

my

negdtiis alienis

miscui.

Do you

se

Miscet se mih'tibus.

soldiers.
7

ille

admiscet (interponit).
Immiscuistine te miiltum honu'nibus ?
Ita est, me miiltum ac saepe im-

people's affairs.

Recoqnosco,
ere, non, ndum.
u ~
.
;
Agnoscere (ALiQUE^r, rem).
.

Recognoscisne hiinc hdminem ?


Tarn dm est, ex quo eum non vidi,
ut (eum) non recogndscam.
Kos Deuin ex operibus suis agndscere opdrtet

Errorem meum

error.

Exercise

ajindsco.

151.

whom has your father hired a room He has hired one


son
who has
get
of that
arrived from Germany. Did you
man did get
of him. Why has your father parted with
horses Because he did not Avant them any more. Have you
charged your servant have discharged him, because he served
Why have you parted with your carriage?
me no more
Have you already hired a room ?
I have already hired one.
Where have you hired it ? I have hired it in William Street,
number one hundred and fifty-one.
At whose house have you hired
it
For
At the house of the man whose son has sold you a horse.
'?

for his

just

at last

dis-

well.

Because

rid

his

rid

do not travel any more.

Has

vour merchant succeeded

LESSON

THE FUTURE TENSE.

81.]

511

at last in getting rid of his damaged sugar ?


He has succeeded in
getting rid of it.
He was able to sell it
Has he sold it on credit ?
for cash, so that he did not sell it on credit.
Do you hope to arrive
early in Paris ?
I hope to arrive there at a quarter past eight, for
my father is waiting for me this evening.
For what have you exchanged your carriage which you no longer made use of?
I have
Do you wish to exchange
exchanged it for a fine Arabian horse.
your book for mine ?
I cannot, for I want it to study German with.
do you take your hat oiF ?
I take it off, because I see my old
writing-master coming.
Do you put on another hat to go to the
market ?
I do not put on another to go to the market, but to go to
the great concert.

Why

Exercise

Why

152.

does your father put on other clothes ?


He is going to the
king, so that he must put on others.
Have you put on another hat
to go to the English captain ?
I have put on another, but I have
How many tildes a day
not put on another coat or other boots.
dost thou put on other clothes ?
I put on others to dine and to go
to the theatre.
Do you often put on a clean shirt (change your
shirt)?
'I put on a clean one every morning.
When does your
father put on a clean shirt ?
He puts it on when he goes to the
ball.
Does he put on a clean cravat (change his cravat) as often as
you ?
He puts one on ofcener than I, for he does so six times a day.
Did you often take fresh horses when you went to Vienna ?
I
Will you change me this gold
took fresh ones every three hours.
coin V
what money (Quid nwnI am going to change it for you
moruni) do you wish for it ?
I wish to have crowns, florins, and
kreutzers.
I do correspond
Do you correspond with my friend ?
with him.
How long have you been corresponding with my brother ?
Why
I have been corresponding with him these six years almost.
I mix among them in order to
do you mix among those people ?
Have you recognized your father?
know what they say of me.
I had not seen him for such a long time, thatl did not recognize him.
It is so long since I spoke it, that I
Do you still speak Latin ?
have nearly (fere) forgotten it all (omnlno).

Lesson

LXXXI. pensum unum et

octo-

GESIMUM.
OF THE FUTURE TENSE.

The future tense represents an action or event


A.
that will take place hereafter. This action may be considered either as incomplete or going on at some time

LATIN GRAMMAR.

512

come

to

(First or

(Future Perfect).

[LESSON

81.

Simple Future), or as completed


E.

g.

Seribam, / shall write (shall be engaged in writing).


Amabitur, He will be loved (will be the object of love).
Scripsero, I shall have written.
Amfitus erit, lie will have been loved.

FORMATION OF THE FIRST FUTURE.

B.

The

1.

tive
3.

first

future active

by changing,

am

(lam),

mm.

(3.)
4.

lego legam, I
capio capiam, I
audio audiam, 1

The

first

love.

remind.

will

shall or will hear.

m into

amabor, I
monebor, 1
legam
/
or
capiam
/
or
audiam
I
or
shall or

(3.)

The

active,

by

be loved.

capiar,

reminded.

will be read.

shall

shall

audiar,

4.

ivill

shall or will be

legar,

3.

formed from the

is

As,

r.

monebo

2.

shall

will be taken.
will be

heard.

future of deponent verbs follows the analogy of the

As,

passive.

hortabor, I

1.

hortor

2.

vereor
loquor
blandior

3.

4.

Remark.
the

dbo, 2. ebo,

shall or will take.

future passive

changing the final


1. amabo

On

to, into, 1.

shall or will read.

3.

3.

o {to), 4.

As,

amabo, I shall or loill


amo
monebo, / shall or
moneo

1.
2.

2.

4.

formed from the present indica-

is

o, 2. eo, 3.

1.

shall or will exhort.

verebor, I
loquar, I

shall or will fear.

shall or

blaudlar,

ivill

shall or

speak.
ivill

flatter.

The

manner

subjunctive mood wants both the future tenses.


of indicating future contingent action, see F.

INFLECTION OF THE FIRST FUTURE.


C.

of the

The following paradigms


first

future, active

and

exhibit the inflection


passive.

Active.

Passive.

First Conjugation.

Amabo, I shall
Sing,

or will love.

amabo
amabts
amabit,

Amabor, I shall or
Sing,

ivill be loved.

amabor
amfiberis or -re
timabitur,

LESSON

INFLECTION OF THE FIRST FUTURE.

81.]

Active.

513

Passive.

Plur. amfibimus

Plur. amablmur
amabimini
amabuntur.

amabitis

amabunt.

Second Conjugation

1".

I shall

Monebo,

Monebor,

or will remind.

shall or will

be

reminded.

Sing,

monebo

Sing, monebor
moneberis or -re
monebitur,
Plur. monebhniir

monebis
monebit,

Plur. monebimtis
monebitis

monebimmi

monebunt.

monebimttir.

Third Conjugation.

I shall or

Legam,

Sing,

Legar,

will read.

legam

I shall

Sing,

or will be read.

legar

leges

legeris or -re

legetur,

leget,

Plur. legemus

Plur. legemur

legetis

legemini

legent.

legentur.

Fourth Conjugation.

I shall

Audiam,
Sing,

Audiaf, I shall or ivill be heard.


Sing, audiar
audieris or -re

or will hear.

audiam
audles

audiet ur,

audiet,

Plur. audiemur

Plur. audiemus

audiemini

audietis

audientur.

audient.

So conjugate apportdbo,

I shall bring; curabo, I shall order; dabo,

I shall give; laudabo, I shall praise; lavabo, I shall wash; regnabo, I


secabo, I shall cut stabo, I shall stand vocabo, I shall call
shall rule
audebo, I shall dare docebo, I shall teach gaudebo, I shall rejoice

habebo, I shall have


tenebo, I shall hold

jiibebo, I shall

command

again, I shall act (do)

studebo, I shall study

facutm, I

shall

pmam, I shall place (put)


aperlam, I shall open
take
reperiam, I shall find
shall punish
shall finish
shall feel
veniam, I shall come inveniam, I shall find, &c.
To the above add the impersonal futures constabit,
(do)

mittam, I shall send

shall write;

sumam, I
puniam, I

shall

scrlbam, I

make

Jiniam, I
sentiam, I

gelabit, grandinabit, juvcibit, praestabit, restabit

debebit, dolebit, nocebit, pertinebit, placebit, solebit


lucescet, ninget, pluet, referet

son LV.)

2G

conveniet,

fulgurdbit,
apparebit, attinebit,

accidet, incipiet,

expediet, &e.

(Cf. Les-

LATIN GRAMMAR.

514

[LESSON

81.

FUTURE OF DEPONENT VERBS.


D. The future of deponent verbs
Thus
passive voice.
:

Hor tabor, I shall

inflected like that of the

Loquar,

or will exhort.

loquetur,

Plur. loquemiir

Plur. hortabimur

loqueniini

hortabimini
hortabuntur.

I shall

loquentur.

or will fear.

Blandiar,

I shall or

Sing,

blandiar

Sing, verebor
vereberis or -re

will flatter.

blandieris or -re
blandietiir,

verebltfir,

Plur. verebimur

Plur. blandiemur

verebiniini

blandiemini

verebuntur.

So

will speak.

loqneris or -re

hortabitur,

"Verebor,

I shall or

Sing, loquar

hortabor
hortabens or -re

Sing,

is

blandientiir.

arbitrator, I shall think

comitabor, I shall escort morabor, I


merebor, I shall earn miserebor, I shall pity tuebof, I
shall delay
obliviscar, 1 shall forget
labar, I shall glide (fall)
shall defend
sequar, I shall follow
experiar, I shall
prqficiscar, I shall depart
experience larguir, I shall lavish, &c.

FUTURE OF IRREGULAR VERBS.


sum is irregular ; volo, fero, edo, and fio
follow the analogy of the third conjugation, eo and queo that of
E.

The

E.

g.

I shall

or

the fourth.
1.

Ero,

future of

Sing,

be.

icill

Plur.

ero, eris, erit;

erimus,

eritis,

erunt.

So adero, I shall be present potero, (from possum), I


and all the remaining compounds of sum.
2. Volam, I shall wish or be willing.
;

shall

be

able,

Plur. volemiis, voletis, volent.


and nblam, I shall be unwilling.
shall bear (camy), edam, I shall eat, and flam, I shall
become, are regularly inflected like legam.
So also their compounds
Sixg. volam, voles, volet

So malcim, I
3. Feram, 1

shall prefer,

afferam, corned am, calefiam, &c.

as,

4.

Ibo,

I shall

or will go.

Sing. Ibo,

So
&c.

all its

And
The

ibis, ibit;

compounds

Plur.

as, adibo,

ibimus,

iriibo,

ibitis,

Ibunt.

praeterlbo, sublbo, translbo,

in the passive impersonally ibttur, inlbitur, &c.

future of queo and nequeo is defective, qulbo, qiabunt,


nequibunt being the only persons in use.
5.

and

LESSON

FUTURE SUBJUNCTIVE.

81.]

515

Num

Shall you love ?

Amabisne

I shall not love.

Non amabo.

Will he have money ?


He will not have any.

Habebitne peciiniam

Shall
you command him to
leave ?
I shall command him.
Shall you send me the book ?

Jubebisne

Non

send it.
Shall ye write letters ?
We shall write some.
Will they come or go away
They will come.
Will he be contented ?
I shall

He

habebit.

eum

abire ?

Jubebo.
Mittesne mini librum
Mittam.

Vero, scribemus nonniillas.


IJtrum illi venient an abibunt
Venient.
Eritne contentus ?

Erit.

will.

will not

Will

snow to-day ?
you exhort him to speak

Shall

amabis

Scribetisne epistolas ?

They

it

Non

be contented.

rain or

I shall exhort him.

Will he defend us ?
He will not defend us.
Will they forget their duty ?
He will not forget them.
Shall ye squander any money ?
shall not squander any at all.
Will we be loved ?
You will not be loved.
Will our books be read ?
They will certainly be read.

We

erunt contenti.
Pluetne hddie an ninget ?
Hortaberisne eum, ut verba faciat
Hortabor.
Num nos tuebitur ?

Nos non

tuebitur.
Obliviscentiirne officia sua ?
Non obliviscentur.
Niimquid pecuniae largiemini ?
Nullam omnino largiemur.

Amabimiirne

Non

Nosne amabimur ?

amabimini.

Legenturne

li'bri

Leo-entur sine

ndstri ?

lilla

dubitatione.

FUTURE SUBJUNCTIVE.
Latin verbs have no special form for the future subjuncin dependent clauses, it becomes necessary to
express future contingent action, the Romans proceed as follows

F.

When,

tive.

I. If the main clause contains a verb of the future tense, the


present or imperfect subjunctive supplies the place of the first
E. g.
future subjunctive in the dependent clause.

Aifirmo tibi, si hoc beneficiam


mihi tribuas. me magnopere
gaoisurum.

Amrmubam
cium mihi

me

tibi

si lllud

iribueres,

benefi-

magnopere

gavisurum.

Afifirmo

tibi,

si

mihi tribudtur,
savisurum.

hoc beneficium

me magnopere

If you will do me this favor, I assure you that I shall be greatly


delighted.
I assured you that I should be
greatly delighted, if you would
do me that favor.
I assure you, that, if this favor is
done me, I shall be greatly delighted.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

516

He

Eum,

ni pdreat patri, habiliirum


infortunium esse dixit.

Ex

his

quidam

he

that

said

(i. e.

81.

the son)

would be unfortunate, unless he


obeyed his father.
One of these is reported to have
said, that Rome would in a short
time be taken by the Gauls.
If you perchance shall write me, I
will see that you shall not think
that you have written to uo pur-

dixisse dicltur,

Roma

fore, ut brevi a Gallis

[lesson

caper etur.
Tu si quid forte ad me scripseris,
perficiam, ne te friistra scripsi'sse arbitrere.

pose.

"When no verb of the future tense precedes, and the con-

II.

requires a future subjunctive, the participle in

struction

still

rus, with

sim or essem,

Kon

employed.

is

dubito, quin rediturus

sit.

E.

g.

do not doubt but that he

will

return.

dubitabam, qiun rediturus

!Non

I did not

doubt but that he would

return.

esset.

His de rebus, quid acturus

you to write to me, what


you intend to do about these

I wish

sis,

reseribas mi'hi velim.

matters.

Kon

debes dubitare, quin


turus, qui esse debes.

Kon

dubito,

sis

You

fu-

should not doubt but that you

be what you ought to be.


do not doubt but he will be

will

quinftdurum

sit,

ut

laudetur.

praised.

Many

non dubitabant, quin futurum esset, ut Caesar a Pompejo

were convinced (did not


that Cffisar would be
conquered by Pompey.
I do not know whether he will
have returned to-morrow at this

Miilti

doubt)

vinceretur.

num fuiurwn sit, ut eras


hoc ipso tempore jam redierit.

jSTescio,

time.

The

dust; the
smoke.

mud

Pulvis, eris, m.

the

i,

Dustv.

Is it

Fumosus,

very dusty.

muddy

Ortus est.
Vis piilveris
(

out of doors ?

it

smoke

?
(

quite

smoky

(it

smokes

Eequid

is

too

much).

smoky

(it

smokes too

Junius,

magna

est fdris

est.

lutum

Sunt vero admodum lutdsae.


Vis liiti permagna est.
Ortusne est fumus V

Fumatne ddmus
Orta

est vis fiimi

much).
It

um.

\ Siintne viae lutdsae

very muddy.

is

a.

Ortiisne est pulvis

Is

It

n.

Smoky.
dusty ?

Does

i,

Pulverulentus. a, urn.
Lutosus, lutulentus, a, um.

It is

It is

lutum,

Muddy.

It is dusty.

it

m.

Est

fiimi.

magna.

LESSON

THRASES AND EXERCISES.

81.]

To go

or

in

(any

into

Imre,

place)
enter.

To

sit.

ingredi

introire,

Sum)

To

517

(IN,

Intrare, introire
(
(

To

sit

down,

To

sit

down by

to take

seat.

the side

of

Sedeo, ere,

(ingressus

AD LOCUM, LOCUM).
(locum).

sedi,

sessum (in re,

AD REM).

f Assido, ere, sedi, sessum.


Consido, ere, sedi, sessum.
Residere, subsidere.

-I

(in sella, humi, &c.)


Assidere aliquem.

any one.

To be

seated

by

the side of

Assidere

alicui.

any one.

To sit

still,

keep one's

seat.

To be over, left.
To have left.
It

remains
do this).

To

(sc. that I

should

Residere, quietum sedere, non surgere (surrexi, surrectum).


Restare, relinqui, reliquum esse.
Reliquum habere.
Restat, reliquum est, ut hoc faciam.
Impleo, ere, evi, etum.
Complere, explere, replere.

Jill.

(ALIQUID ALIQUA RE.)


Shall you go in ?
I shall not go in.
I shall sit down upon this chair.

Will you sit down by my side ?


Let me sit down upon the
ground.
Will you please to sit down in
the chair

Ibi'sne intro ?

Non

lbo.

Ego hac

in sella assidam.

Visne me assidere ?
Considamus hiimo.
Placetne

tibi assidere

in sella ?

No, I have no time to sit down.


Where is your scholar sitting ?
He is sitting over his books in

Non,

dtio

ad assidendum careo.

XJbi sedet discipulus tiius ?

Assidet

libris in schdla.

school.

We sat down in the library.


Will you sit down by the fire ?
No, I am not cold.
Will your boy come into the
house ?
He will (shall) come in immedi-

In bibliotheca consedimus.
Visne assidere apud carbdnes
Nolo nam non algeo.
Venietne piier tiius intro ?

Sane, veniet intro e vestigio.

ately.

Shall

me

you go

into the city with

mecum

Inibisne

in lirbem ?

Non

I shall not go.

How much money

have

you

in lbo.

Quanta

tibi

pecunia reliqua est ?

left?

I have three florins left.


I have but one florin left.

Reliqui sunt milii tres floreni.

Unum

tantum florenum reliquum

habeo.

44

LATIN GRAMMAR.

518

Mm,

pay

If I

have but

SI

little

[LESSON

81.

debitum sdlvam, reliquum


nisi parum.

illi

non habebo

left.

The conjunction si, " if," and nisi, " if not," or


G.
Obs.
" unless," is followed either by the indicative or subjunctive,
according to the sense to be conveyed. (Cf. Lessons LXXXIV.

LXXXVI.)

and

If he comes, I shall speak to him.

Si veniet (venit or veniat),

cum

eo

cdlloquar.
Si tempestas crastina est (== erit)

If the weather is fine to-morrow,


I shall take a walk.
I shall pay you, if I receive my

bona, lbo ambulatum.


si pecunias meas
accipiam.
Si me alloquetur, respondebo.

Sdlvam tibi debita,

money.
If he addresses (speaks to) me, I
shall answer him.
If you will promise me to keep it
secret, I shall tell it to you.
I have spent all my money, so

Si mihi polliceberis

rem

tacere, te-

cum communicabo.
Pecuniam meam dmnem

have none left.


Do you fill your goblet with
wine
I do fill it with pure wine.
Did he fill his purse with money?

expendi,

ut nulla relinquatur.

that I

Implesne pdculum tuum vino

fmpleo id mero.
Explevitne marsiipium siium

pecii-

nia?

He

Explore non pdtuit.


!Ecquid lagenam implebis vino

was not able to fill it.


you fill the bottle with
wine?
No, I shall fill it with pure waShall

mmo

pdtius earn aqua piira im-

plebo.

ter.

Exercise

153.

Will your father go out to-day ?


He will go out if it is fine
weather.
Will your sister go out ?
She will go out, if it is not
windy.
Will you love my brother ?
I shall love him with all my
Will your parents go into the
heart, if he is as good as you.
They will not go, for it is too dusty.
country to-morrow ?
Shall
we take a walk to-day ?
We will not take a walk, for it is too
Do you see the castle of my relation behind
muddy out of doors.
yonder mountain ?
I do see it.
Shall we go in ?
We will go in,
if you like.
Will you go into that room ?
I shall not go into it,
for it is smoky.
I wish you a good morning, madam.
AVill you
not come in ?
Will you not sit down ?
I will sit down upon that
large chair.
Will you tell me what has become of your brother ?
I will tell you.
Here is the chair upon which he sat often.
When
He died two years ago. I am very much (vehemendid he die ?
Hast thou spent all thy money ?
ter) afflicted at it.
I have not
How much hast thou left of it ? I have not much left
spent all.
How much money have thy sisters
of it ; I have but one florin left.
left ?
They have but three crowns left.
Have you money enough

LESSON

THE FUTURE PERFECT.

82.]

519

pay your tailor ?


I have enough of it left to pay him
but if
pay him, I shall have but little left.
How much money will your
brothers have left ?
They will have a hundred crowns left.
Will
you speak to my uncle if you see him ? If I see him, I shall speak to
him.
Will you take a walk to-morrow ?
If it is fine weather, I
shall take a walk
but if it is bad weather, I shall stay at home.
I shall pay him, if I receive my
Will you pay your shoemaker ?
money to-morrow.
Why do you wish to go ? If your father comes,
Why do you
I shall not go; but if he does not come, I must go.
If you will stay with me, I will sit down
but if you
not sit down ?
Will you love my children ?
If they
go, I shall go along with you.
are good and assiduous, I shall love them but if they are idle and
naughty, I shall despise and punish them.
Am I right in speaking
left to

thus

You are not wrong.

Lesson LXXXII.

pensum

alterum et

OCTOGESIMUM.
OF THE FUTURE PERFECT.
A. I. The future perfect of the active voice is formed from
the perfect indicative by changing i into ero.
E. g.
1.

2.

amavero, I have
monuero, I have reminded.

have
I
have heard.
audlvi audivero, I
amavi
monui

II.

The
1.
2.

3.

4.

read.

shall

shall

future perfect passive

and

participle

shall

legero,

3. legi

4.

loved.

shall

ero, "

I shall be."

is

compounded of the

E.

perfect

g.

amatus ero or fuero, I shall have been loved.


monitus ero or fuero, I shall have been reminded.
lectus ero or fuero, I shall have been read.
auditus ero or fuero, I shall have been heard.

INFLECTION OF THE FUTURE PERFECT.

and

B. The inflection of the future perfect, active


passive, is exhibited by the following paradigms :
Passive.

Active.

First Conjugation.

Amavero,

I shall have

loved.

Amatus

ero,

I shall have

been

loved.

Sing,

amavero
amaveris
amaverit,

Sing,

amatus ero or fuero


amatus eris or fueris
amatus erit or fuerit,

[LESSON

LATIN GRAMMAR.

520
Active.

82.

Passive.

>

Plur. amati erimus

or fuerimus
amati eritis or fueritis
amati erunt or fuerint.

Plur. amaverimtis
amaveritis *
amaverint.

Second Conjugation.
Monuero,

I shall

Monitus

have reminded.

I shall have

ero,

been

reminded.

monitus ero or fuero


monitus eris or fueris
monitus erit or fuerit,
Plur. moniti erimus or fuerimus
moniti eritis or fueritis

Sing,

Sing, monuero
monueris
monuerlt,

Plur. monuerimus
monueritis
monuerint.

moniti erunt or fuerint.

Third Conjugation.
Le^ero,

I shall have

Sing,

Lectus

read.

ero,

I shall have

been read.

Sing, lectus ero or fuero

legero
legeris

lectus erit or fueris

legerit,

lectus erit or fuerit,

Plur.

Plur. legerimus

lecti

erimus or fuerimus
or fueritis
erunt or fuerint.

legeritis

lecti eritis

legerint.

lecti

Fourth Conjugation.
Audivero,

Ishall have heard.

Auditus

audiveris
audlverit,

Plur.

Plur. audlverimus

Ishall have been heard.

ero,

Sing,

audivero

Sing,

auditus ero or fuero


auditus eris or fueris
auditus erit or fuerit,
audlti erimus or fuerimus

audlverftis

audlti eritis or fueritis

audlverint.

audlti erunt or fuerint.

So conjugate apportavero, I shall have brought curavero, I shall


have ordered laudavero, I shall have praised vocdvero, I shall have
secuero, I shall have cut stetero,
called dedero, I shall have given
docuero, I shall have taught habuero, I shall
I shall have stood
have had jussero, I shall have commanded tenuero, I shall have
egero, I shall have acted fecero, I shall have done (made)
held
posuero, I shall have put scripsero, I shall
m'isero, I shall have sent
have written sumpsero, I shall have taken
finwero, I shall have
finished punlvero, I shall have punished sitlvero, I shall have thirsted
iperuero, I shall have opened
reperero, I shall have found vmero, I
;

shall

have come, &c.

* The i of the imits and ids of this tense (as of the perfect subjunctive)
ither long or short, perhaps more frequently long. The is of the second perse

LESSON

FUTURE PERFECT OF DEPONENT VERBS.

82.]

521

To these add the irregular verbs fuero, I shall have been poiuero,
I shall have been able
voluero (noluero, maluero), I shall have been
willing (unwilling, more willing)
tulero, I shall have carried
Ivero
(ciblvero, prodlcero, &c.), I shall have gone (gone away, gone out).
;

Remark.
The future perfect active is liable to syncopation, like
the perfect (cf. page 239).
E. g. amaro, delero, consuero, instead of
amavero, delevero, consuevero.
That of the fourth conjugation is
frequently derived from the secondary perfect in ti; as, audiero, finiero, puniero, prodiero, &c.
Will you have loved

Amaverisne

have loved.
If you and I shall have loved.
Will you have reminded ?
AVe will not have reminded.
Will they have read the book ?
He will have read it.
Shall we have heard ?
You will not have heard.
Shall I have been loved ?
You will not have been loved.
Shall Ave have been punished ?
You will not have been punished.
Will the letters have been written ?
They will not have been written.
I shall

'?

Vero, amavero.
Si ego et tu amaverimus.

Niim vos monueritis ?


Nos non monuerimus.
Legerintne librum

Legerint.

Audiverimiisne

Non

audiveritis.

Egon' ero amatus

Non

amatus.
Erimiisne puniti ?
Puniti non eritis.
Scriptaene erunt epistolae ?
Non erunt scriptae.
eris

FUTURE PERFECT OF DEPONENT VERBS.


C.
The future perfect of deponent verbs
of the passive voice.
E. g.

Hortatus

ero,

I shall

have ex-

is

the same as that

Blanditus ero,

I shall have flat-

horted.

tered.

Sing, hortatus ero or fuero

Sing, blanditus ero or fuero

hortatus eris or fueris


hortatus erit or fuerit,

Plur. hortati ermiusorfuerimus

blanditus eris or fueris


blanditus erit or fuerit,

Plur. blanditi

erlinus or fue-

rimus
hortati eritis or fueritis

blanditi eritis or fueritis

hortati erunt or fuerint.


So,

2.

veritus ero, I shall

have feared

blanditi erunt or fuerint.


;

3.

locutus ero, I shall

To

have

these add, according to the respective conjugations


arbitratus ero., I shall have thought ; comitatus ero, I shall have esmeritus ero, I shall have
corted; moratus ero, I shall have delayed ;
earned miseritus ero, I shall have pitied tuitus ero, I shall have
defended lapsus ero, I shall have glided oblitus ero, I shall have
forgotten profectus ero, I shall have departed
secutus ero, I shall
expertus ero, I shall have experienced ; largltus erOj
have followed
I shall have lavished.

spoken.

44*

LATIN GRAMMAR.

522

Lave exhorted ?
have exhorted.
Will you have departed ?
Yes, I shall have departed.
Shall we have flattered ?
You will not have flattered.
Will they have forgotten their
Will

He

lie

will not

[lesson

82.

Eritne hortatus ?
!Non erit hortatus.
Erfsne profectus ?
Ve'ro, profectus ero.

Niim nos

blandfti erimus ?

Blanditi non eritis.


Oblitine erunt officiorum suoruni ?

duties ?

They

have

not

will

forgotten

(Eorum) non

dbliti erunt.

them.

ON THE USE OF THE FUTURE PERFECT.


D. The future perfeet declares that an action or event will
be completed at or before the time of another future action or
event.
Hence it can only be used in connection with another
future verb, with an imperative, or with a verb involving the
notion of futurity.
E. g.
Si

in omnibus innocens fiiero,


quid mini inimicitiae nocehunt $

De

Carthagine vereri non ante


desmam, quaui illam excisam

(shall

everything,

in

of

cognovero.

am

have been) innocent


what harm can
enmity inflict on me ?
shall not cease to be afraid of
Carthage, until I shall have heard

If I

its

destruction.

Morati melius erimus, quum didicerlmus, quae natura desideret.

We shall

Respondeto ad ea, quae de te ipso

Reply

shall

be better men, when we


have learnt what nature

requires of us.
rogdro.

to what I ask (shall have


asked) with reference to your-

self.

Da

mini hoc, jam

tibi

max imam

partem defensionis praecideris.

Ego de venditione

villae

meae

quid, quod
delectet, invenero.

nihil

cogito,

magis

me

nisi

me

this one point, and you


have cut off the best part of
your defence.
I do not (shall not) think of the

Grant
will

sale of

my

villa,

unless I

shall

have found something that can


afford

me

greater pleasure.

Remarks.
The

by the future perfect is always obfrequently put where the English idiom substitutes the first future, the present, or the perfect.
E. g. Ut sementem
feceris, ita metes, As you have (shall have) sown, so you will reap.
Si invenero, tecum communicabo, If I find it (shall have found it), I
will communicate it to you.
And so frequently in conditional clauses,
where the result is dependent on the previous fulfilment of a condition
as, si voluero, si potuero, si licuerit, si placuerit, si otium habuero, where
in English we commonly put the present or first future.
1.

distinction expressed

served in Latin, and

is

2.

The

future perfect

is

often elegantly put for the simple future,

LESSON

SUBJUNCTIVE OF THE FUTURE PERFECT.

82.]

an

in order to impart

523

air of rapidity or certainty to the event.

E.

g;

you proceed, I am off. Quid inventum sit, paulo


post videro, I shall see presently what has been found.
Respiraro, si
le videro, I shall breathe again, if I have seen you.
Pergratum mild
feceris, si dederis operam, ut, &c, You will oblige me very much, if
Qui Antonium oppresserit, is hoc helium teteryou see to it that, &c.
rimum confecerit, He who puts down (shall first have put down) Antonius, will put an end to this destructive war.*
Ah,

pergis, abiero, If

si

SUBJUNCTIVE OF THE FUTURE PERFECT.


E. The subjunctive of the future perfect, like that of the
simple future, is wanting. (Cf. Lesson LXXXI. F.) Its place
is supplied by the perfect and pluperfect subjunctive.
E. g.
si

hoc beneficium

tribueris,

me quamciinque

Aflfirmo

mihi

tibi,

pdssini gratiam tibi relaturum.

Affirmabat mihi,

cium

si

illud benefi-

ipsi tribuissem, se

quam-

gratiam mihi

ciinque posset
relaturum.

Quis hoc non perspicit, praeclare


nobiscum actum iri, si pdpulus

Romanus istius unius


contentus fuerit

supplicio

De Rosciorum

audacia turn me
dicturum pollicitus sum, quum
Enicii crimlna diluissem.

I shall have written


before you return.

my

letters

When I shall have paid


my horse, I shall have but

for

ten

florins left.

have

to do.

shall

have

all the thanks in my


power.
I assured you, that, if you should

have done me that favor, I would


render you all the thanks in my
power.
does not see, that

Who

fare nobly, if the

we

Roman

shall

people

shall have been contented by the


punishment of this one individual.
I have promised to discourse on the

audacity of the Roscii, as soon as


I shall have refuted the charges
preferred against Erucius.
Epistolas meas,

antequam

redibis,

Quum

equi pretium persdlvero,


decern tantum florenos re'liquos
habebo.
Quid facies, quum coenaveris ?

until,

In publicum prodibo.
Quum ad fratrem tuum lociitus ero,
turn sciam, quid mihi faciendum
sit.

Priusquam, antequam, antea quam.


Non prius quam, non ante (antea)
quam.
Potius quam.

Before {sooner).

Not

you

this favor, I shall ren-

I shall go out.
When I shall have spoken to
your brother, I shall know

what

done me
der you

scripsero.

What will you do when you shall


have dined

I assure you, that, if

not before.

Sooner (rather) than.

* Thus frequently, when another clause already contains a future perfect,


The future perfect videro appears in the
as in several of the examples given.
same sense in expressions like mox, post, alias, alio loco videro, I shall see (or
examine) presently, hereafter, elsewhere, in another place.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

524

it, before you


have told me).

I shall not do

me

(shall

Id non prius fuciam,

tell

quam

82.

jiisse-

ris.*
r

Eum

I shall not see him, until I go

have gone)

(shall

Did you
I

[LESSON

see

thither.

him before he

Vidistine eum,

left ?

Factum

did see him.


Outside

stands

l'lluc

Templum

the

outside

antequam

discessit ?

(est).

Extra (Prep, cum Ace).


Extra dppidum (urbem).

out of, without.

of,

Outside of the town, city.

The church

non videbo, antequam

l'ero.

extra urbis miiros si'tum

est.

city.

Te

you before the

I shall wait for

extra urbis pdrtam exspectabo.

city gate.

The

city gate.

To go

out.
(

To come

out.
(

Seldom, rarely.

Porta, ae,
{so. urbis, oppidi).
Exire, egredi (e.g. per portam),
foras Ire.
Exire, egredi, prodire.
Raro, non saepe
perraro (very
;

rarely).

( Pergo, ere, perrexi, perrectum (in

To

EE, FACERE REM).


(Persequi, continuare (rem).

continue, proceed with.

Will you continue as you began

<

Yisne pergere, ut coepisti ?


Yolo.
Persequitur dicendo, quaerendo.

I will.

He

with

(proceeds)

continues

his speech, with his inquiry.

You must continue to speak loud.


The appetite.

Clara voce ldqui pergas opdrtet.


Cibi appetentia o?-cupiditas (atis,/.).
Edacitas, atis,

A keen appetite.
A want of appetite.
To have an

appetite.

To have a good appetite.


To have no appetite.
Have you an

\ Alicui cibi cupiditas est.


Cibum libenter sumere,

Cibum
(

appetite ?

have one.

He had no

appetite at
narrative, tale.

The

The shore
The bank,

On
Is

The same.
The very same.
* Compare

f;

expositio, onis,

Ripa, ae,/.

under the tree

the sea-shore ?
sitting there no longer.

cibi.

fastidivit.

Juxta ripam, ad (apud, juxta)

the bank, shore.


sitting

libenter
[coenare.

/. ; fabella, ae,/*.
Litus, oris, n.

(coast).

by
is

Cibum

Narratio, onis,

shore.

still

fastidire.

Appetisne cibum ?
Esne appetens edundi ?
Appeto. Appetens sum

all.

he

He

Fastidium, i, n.
Cibum appetere.

litus.

Residetne etiam mine sub arbore


juxta litus ?
Residet ibi non amplius.
Idem, eadem, idem.

Idem
Lesson

ipse, is ipse,

LXXXIX.

A. vn.

eadem

ipsa, &c.

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

82.]

One and the same.


The same thing, things.
Of the same kind.
Of the same color.
To be the same (to make no

525

Unus et idem.
Idem eadem.
Ejusdem generis.
Ejusdem coloris.
;

dif-

ference).

(Nihil differre.
\ Nihil interesse.

one (the same).


one (makes no difference) to me.
makes no difference, whether
yon go or stay.

It is all

Nihil interest (differt).

It

Mea

It

all

is

am

constantly obliged to hear

the

same

He

same

interest,

refert.

(Cf.

Nihil interest, lilrum abeas an more ris.


Semper ista audire eadem coactus

sum.

thing.

constantly driving at the

is

nihil

page 411, C.)

tJno dpere

eandem inciidem diem

noctemque

thing.

Such.

Tcdis, e

Such a man, woman,

child.

tiindit.

hujusmodi, ejusmodi.

homo, mulier,

Talis

infans,

homo

hujusmodi, &c.

Such men deserve esteem.


There

Here

is

is

Tales homines (homines ejusmodi)


observantia digni sunt.

there are.

here

( lbi

are.

Hie

est

ibi

sunt

en,

(cum Nom. or Ace).


adest

est,

Adsi

hie sunt, adsunt

(cum Nom. or Ace).

en, ecce

Here I am
Here he is.
Here is your letter.
Here they are.
Here is my book.

(istic, illic)

ecce

c<

Eccum*

En

adest.

hie est

ille.

^Ecce tuae litterae.


!Eccos adsunt.

En

Therefore, for that reason,


that account.

on

tibi liber

En hie
me us.

sunt

illi.

Eo, ea re, ob earn rem, ob earn


causam.
Ideo, idcirco, proptcrea.

For which

reason,

on which ac-

Quocirca, quapropter.

count.

For the

reason, that

because.

Why

do you complain

This

is

the reason

why

com-

Eo, quod
quod.

Quid
Haec

ideo,

est igitur,
est causa,

quod

proptcrea,

cur querarc ?
cur (propter quam)

queror.

plain.

see the reason why he left.


Here is the reason why he has
changed his opinion.

En

abierit, causam vides.


causa, cur sententiam mutavit.

Therefore I say

lta

de causa hoc dico.

You

so.

Quamobrem

/ have

cause for laugh- f Est quod ridearn, fleam.


ing, weeping, %c.
\ Est mihi causa ridendi, fiendi.

* Compare pages

37,

Rem.

2,

and 344.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

526
The father has no cause

for

Non

weep-

[LKSSON

quod pater

est,

82.

fleat.

ing.
, r

My

cold.

Venatum
(

read again.

milnus>

esse.

ire.

Rnn j^

it g

rum

leggre<

llursus (rursum),
de integro.

sec-

Mendum,

mistake, error.

um,

m
To

m6dQ

Remitto, ere, misi, missum.


Relego, ere, le^i,
c lectum.

Again (once more), a


ond time, anew.

The

alget manibus.

^^

j Pedes ejus frigent.


Venari, in venatione

To hunt.
To go a hunting.
To send back.

m
To

mea

j Frfgent
( Alget pedibus.

Tr
His
feet are cold.
.

Sdror

hands are

sister s

i,

iteruni,

denuo,

erratum, peccatum,

viti-

n.

( Pecco, are, avi, atum.


l
i
make
a mistake or mis- )
Qffend
d[
takes (in anything).

^JQ^ re
'

(m

um.

Full of errors.

Mcndosus,

Free from

Vitiis carens, vitio purus, a,

To be

errors.

free

from mistakes

vitiosus, a,

Vitiis care re

sine

"vitiis

um.

esse.

or errors.

Exercise

When

154.

go as soon as I have learnt


They will go
Germany ?
When will they learn it ?
thither as soon as they know German.
How much
They will learn it when they have found a good master.
When
money shall we have left when we have paid for our horse ?
we have paid for it we shall have only a hundred crowns left.
Have
you told my brother that I have been obliged to sell the carriage ?
Have you written to the same man to whom
I have told him so.
my father wrote ? I have not written to the same, but to another.
Not yet, but I hope to reHave they already answered you V
Have you ever seen such a person ?
ceive a letter next week
I
Have you already seen our church ?
have never seen such a one.
Where does it stand ?
I have not seen it yet.
It stands outIf you wish to see it, I will go with you in order to
side the town.
Italian.

will

you

When

go to Italy ?

will

I shall

your brothers go

to

Who are those men


there
show
you. Who
They are foreigners who wish to speak
you. Of what country
are they They are Americans. Where have you been since I
saw you We sojourned long on the sea-shore,
a ship
which brought us
France. Will you continue your narrative? Scarcely had we arrived
France when we were taken
the king, who received us very well (nos benigne
and sent
am lookus back
our country. Whom are you looking
brother. If you wish
ing
my
him, you must go
there. The garden
he
the garden,
and I
not be
you do not
him,
me
which part (qua
able
parte) of
He
under the large tree under which we
the garden he
were
yesterdav. Now
him.
it

to

is

It is I.

to

ar-

until

rived,

to

in

to

excepit),

to

for

for ?

for

to find

sitting

is

is

if

is.

to find

little

tell

is

in

sitting

shall find

large,

into

shall

in

LESSON

THE CONSECUTIO TEMPOKUM.

83.]

Exercise

Why do

527

155.

France ?
They wish to learn
English, that is the reason why they live in England.
Why do you
sit near the fire V
My hands and feet are cold, that is the reason
why I sit near the fire.
What do the people live upon that live on
the sea-shore ?
They live upon fish alone.
Why will you not go
a hunting any more V
I hunted yesterday the whole day, and I
killed nothing but an ugly bird, that is the reason why I shall not go
Why do you not eat ? I shall not eat belbre
a hunting any more.
I have a good appetite.
Why does jour brother eat so much ?
lie has a good appetite, that is the reason he eats so much.
If you
have read the books which I lent you, why do you not return them to
me
I intend reading them once more, that is the reason why I
have not yet returned them to you but I shall return them to you as
soon as I have read them a second time.
Why did you not bring me
my clothes V They were not made, therefore I did not bring them
but I bring them to you now; here they are.
You have learnt your
lesson
why has your sister not learnt hers ?
She has taken a walk
your children not

live in

'?

my

mother, that is the reason why she has not. learnt it but she
will learn it to-morrow.
When will you correct my exercises ? I
will correct them when you bring me those of your sister.
Do you
think you have made mistakes in them ?
I do not know.
If you
have made mistakes, you have not studied your lessons well for the
lessons must be learnt well, if you wish to have them free from errors.
It is all the same, if you do not correct them (for) me to-day,
I shall not learn them before to-morrow (ante diem onstinum non
discani)
You must make no mistakes in your exercises, for you
have all you want to write them without any errors.
with

PENSUM OCTOGESIMUM
Lesson LXXXIII.
TERTIUM.
OF THE CONSECUTIO TEMPORUM.
A. The tenses of the indicative mood may be connected
with each other, according to the requirements of the speaker,
and are subject to no limitation. E. g. Ego, qui lieri ludebam,
hodie scribo, eras mane autem, qiium litteras ad te dedero, in
urbem proficiscar. But in dependent clauses, introduced by a
conjunction or a pronoun, the tense of the subjunctive is always
determined by that of the verb in the leading clause. This
order or connection of tenses is called consecutio tempo rum, and
is subject to the following laws
:

LATIN GRAMMAR.

528

[LESSON

83.

I. The Present, the Perfect Definite, and the Future Tenses


of the leading clause, are followed by the Present or Perfect
Subjunctive in the dependent clause.
E. g.

Video

I see (have seen, shall see, shall

egerit.

have seen) what you are doing,


or what you have done.
Tell me what he is doing, or what

or quid egeris.

Die mihi, quiddgat or quid

Rdgo

quid

(vidi, videbo, videro),

clgas

(rogavi, rogabo, rogavero),

ut scribas.

Hoc

ideo facio

faciam, fe-

(feci,

cero), ut intelttgas.

Nemo

eaecus est

ita

fue'rit), ut

non

erit,

(fiiit,

he has done.
you (have begged, shall beg,
shall have begged yon) to write.
I do (have done, shall do, shall
have done) this, in order that
I beg

you may understand.


one is (has been, will be, will
have been) so blind, as not to
comprehend or to have compre-

No

intelligat or in-

tellcxerit.

hended.

Nemo
non

Nemo

est

(fiiit, erit, fiierit),

qui

intelligat or intellexerit.

est,

qui noniniellectiirus

sit.

There is (has been, will be, will have


been) no one, but what comprehends or has comprehended.
There is no one, but what will comprehend.

The

Imperfect, the Perfect Indefinite, and the Pluperfect


of the leading clause, are followed by the Imperfect or PluperE. g.
fect Subjunctive in the dependent clause.
II.

Videbam

(vidi, vide ram),

quid

ageret or egisset.

Rogabam

(rogavi, rogaveram), ut

scriberes.

Hoc

ideo faciebam (feci, feceram), ut intelligeret.


Nemo ita eaecus erat (fiiit, fuerat), ut non intelligeret or iniellexisset.

Nemo

erat (fuit, fiierat), qui non

intelligeret or intellexisset.

w as seeing

(I saw, had seen),


what he did, what he had done.
I begged (did beg, had begged)
you to write.
I was doing (I did, had done) this,
that you might understand.
No one was (had been) so blind,
as not to comprehend or to have
comprehended.
There was (had been) no one, but
what comprehended or had com-

prehended.

Nemo

There w as no one, but what would


comprehend.
e'sset.
Note.
The dependent clauses in which this construction occurs
are,
a) those containing an indirect question b) those introduced
by ut or ne c) those introduced by a relative pronoun, or by one of
erat, qui

non

intellecturus

the relative conjunctions quo,

examples

quin,

quominus, &c.

will illustrate this still further

Quaeritur, Corinthiis bellum indicdmus, an nun.

The

The

following

question is, whether we shall


declare war against the Corinthians, or not.

LESSON

THE CONSECUTIO TEMPORU3I.

83.]

Quaesivi, e'cquis esset venturus.


Difficile dictu

est,

iitrum hdstes

magis virtutem ejus pugnantes


timiierint, an mansuetiidinem
yicti dilexerint.

Te

hdrtor, ut oratidnes

didse

meas

stu-

529

inquired, whether any one was


about to come.
It is difficult to say, whether his
enemies dreaded his valor more
in battle, than they cherished his
clemency after being conquered.
I exhort you to read my orations
I

carefully.

le'r/as.

Obsecro vos, ut diligenter atten-

I beseech

you

to attend diligently.

ddlis.

Mihi opus

It is

Equidem

I could wish, that

est, ut Idvem.
vellem, ut aliquando re-

dires

In eo

dbsecras, ne obliviscar vigi-

lare.

Timdleon oravit dmnes, ne ilfd-

wash.

soldier was on the point of


escaping within the walls.
You conjure me, not to forget to
watch.
Timoleon requested them all, not

to

ment! cdperet.
his delecti Delphos delibera-

Ex

missi sunt, qui consulerent

Apdllinem.
Stiilti

to

The

eerent.

Decrevit senatus, ut consul videret, ne quid respublica detri-

tam

me

you might return

at last.

erat, ut in miiros evdderet

miles.

Me

necessary for

siimus, qui

Drusum cum

Clddio conferre audedmus.


Teneri non pdtui, quln declardrem.
Nihil impedit, quo minus id, quod

maxime

pldceat, facere jmssl-

do

that.

The

senate decreed, that the consul should see that the republic
sustained no injury.
select number of these were sent
to Delphi, for the purpose of
consulting Apollo.
are fools for venturing to compare Drusus with Clodius.
I could not be prevented from de-

We

claring.

Nothing prevents us from being


able to do what we like best.

mus.

1.

The

tenses,

which

Eemarks.
may thus enter

into connection with each

Similar are,
a) the present, the
peifect definite, the futures, and the periphrastic tenses in sim and
fuerim ; b) the imperfect, the perfect indefinite, the pluperfect, and the
Tenses, of which one beperiphrastic tenses in essem and fuissem.
longs to the first, and the other to the second of these classes, are called
other, are called similar tenses.

dissimilar

as,

the present and the imperfect, &c.

in historical narration, the present tense is used instead


of the perfect indefinite, it is sometimes followed by the present and
sometimes by the imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive. E. g. Scribit
2.

When,

ad quosdam Melitenses, ut ea vasa perquirant, He writes


(wrote) to certain inhabitants of Malta, to inquire after those vases.
Nulli, quid scriptum esset, enunciat (= enuntiavit), He discloses (dis-

(= scripsit)

closed) to
l>it

his

(=

no one what had been

written.

Ad

propinquum suum

a Verre venissent, responderet,


relative to reply to those who had come from Verres.
scripsit), ut Us, qui

II

45

He

scri-

writes to

LATIN GRAMMAR.

530

[LESSON

83.

present indicative is followed by the imperfect subjunctive,


intended to convey the idea of duration in the past. E. g.
Hujus praecepti tanta vis, tarda sententia est, ut ea non homini cuipiam,
sect Delphico deo tribueretur. The force and moral weight of this injunction are so great, that it teas attributed not to any man, but to the
Delphic deity. Scitote, oppidum esse in Sicilia nullum, quo in oppido
non isti delecta mulier ad libidinem esset, Know, then, that there is not
a town in Sicily in which this fellow had not an object of his lust.

The

3.

when

it is

4. The imperfect or pluperfect indicative may be followed by the


perfect subjunctive, when the result of a past action is represented as
extending into the present. E. g. Ardebat autem Hortensius cupiditctte dicendi sic, ut in nullo unquam flagrantius sludium viderim, Hortensius was so fond of speaking, that (up to this time) I have never
witnessed a more ardent passion in any one.
5. The perfect definite requires the imperfect subjunctive, whenever it is intended to represent the action as in operation, and not
merely as a result. E. g. Quoniam, quae subsidia novitatis haberes, et
habere posses, exposui, nunc de magnitudine petitionis dlcam, Having
shown what resources you have, or can have, I will now speak of the
importance of the demand. Adduxi enim hominem, in quo satisfacere
exteris nation'ibus possetis, I have produced a man, through whom you
can satisfy the demands of foreign nations.
6. The imperfect and perfect indefinite are sometimes followed by
the present subjunctive, to denote that the contents of the dependent
clause are not limited to the time of the leading verb, but universally
E. g. Nesciebat, quid sit philosophid, He did not know
applicable.
what philosophy is (i. e. was and still is). Ad priores conditiones nihil
additum (est), "African o praedicante, neque Romanis, si vincantur, ani-

mos minui, neque, si vincant, secundis rebus insolescere, No additions


were made to the former conditions, Africanus declaring, that the
Romans neither lost their courage when conquered, nor ever grew
insolent in their success
7.

its

When the verb of a

tense

is

when

victorious.

subordinate clause depends upon an

determined as follows

infinitive,

) The present infinitive is followed by the tense required by the


verb, on which the infinitive depends. E. g. Incipite deinde mirari, cur
panel jam vestram suscipiant causam, Begin then to wonder why so
few now defend your cause. Ipse metuere incipies, ne innoccnti periculum facesseris, You will you rself begin to be afraid of having accused
an innocent man. Praedixerat his, ut parati essent facere, quod ipsum
vidissent, He had directed them beforehand to be ready to do whatever they might see himself do.
b) The perfect infinitive is commonly followed by the imperfect or
pluperfect subjunctive, but when it represents the perfect definite,
sometimes also by the present or perfect. E. g. Satis mild multa verba
fecisse videof, quare esset hoc beflum necessarium, I think I have said
enough to show why this war is necessary. Nisi docet, ifa se possedisse, ut nee vi, nee clam, nee precario possederit, Unless he shows that

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

83.]

531

he has taken possession in such a manner, as to have employed neither


force nor secrecy nor entreaty.
Dissimilar tenses sometimes occur in the

8.

E.

different shades of signification.

g.

Summa

same construction, with


difficultate rei frumcn-

.... usque eo, ut co?nplures dies milites frumento


caruerint, et extremam famem sustentarent, nulla tamen vox est ab
iis audita^ Although the army labored under the greatest difficulty in
procuring its necessary supplies, to such an extent, that for several days
tarii affecto exercitu

word of

the soldiers had no corn and were famishing, yet not a


content was heard from them.

To find
or

one's

am

Qudmodo te habes ?
Qudmodo vales ?
Ego me admodum bene habeo.
Qudmodo patruelis tuus se habebat?

very well.
was your cousin

How

Se habere, valere ; agere.

he (well

ill).

Plow do you do
I

self, to

?
j"

He

was not very

well.
I

Is

your father well

?
j"

No, he

is

in

bad health.

How

goes it with him, her ?


It goes badly with him.
All is well with me.

To

sojourn (in any place,

stay,

with any one)

At

Male

se habebat.

Parum

vale bat.

Habetne se pater tuus bene


Non mala conditione est.

^-Conditio ejus mala est.


Quid agitur cum eo, cum ea ?
Male agitur cum eo.
Bc'ne agitur mecum.

Morari, commorari, deversari, habitare (aliquo loco, apud ali-

quem).
Nunc, in praesenti.

present, now.

carptum (ali-

f Carpo, ere, carpsi,

To

dis-

carp
at (any one or anything).
censure,

criticise,

quem).
Cavillari

aliquem

or

aliquid

vellicare aliquem.
f Illudo, ere, lusi,

To

laugh

any

deride, ridicule
one.
at,

lusum (rem, rei,

ALIQUEM, IN ALIQUEM).
Deridere aliquem

aliquem

ludi-

brio habere.
stay long in Vienna ?
No. I stayed there only three

Did you

Moratiisne es diu Vindobo'nae

Immo

tres

tantum

dies

moratus

days.

Where

is

your brother staying

"Ubi in praesenti deversatur frater

tuus

He

is

staying in

London

at pres-

Deversatur mine Londini.

ent.

How

long did you remain with

your uncle

in

New York ?

I stayed with him for two years.

Did he censure (carp at) any one ?

Quam

diu apud patruum tiium No-

vo in Ebonico commorabaris
Commorabar apud eum per
ennium.
Carpebatne aliquem ?

V
bi-

LATIN GRAMMAR.

.32

He
a
I

Nullum carpebat.
Cur non istum aliquantisper

carped at no one.

Why do

you not deride

this

man

enough.
Are we derided by our accusers

Eum jam
Non

he accustomed

to

make

was

not.
r

earn, get.

procure, get.

illudimur.

Facere non

solebat.

Illuseras id,

quod dixeram.

Lucrumov quaestum facere (ex he).


Lucrdri, lucrifacere (rem).
Consequi, naucisci (nactus

To gain, win.

To

satis.

gistri ?

derided what I said.

To

jocose

Solebatne illudere praecepta ma-

of the precepts of his


master ?
light

He

liisi

Illudimurne ab accusatdribus

are not.

You

ludis

have already laughed at him

Was

83.

(illudis)?

little ?

We

[LESSON

sum)
ALIQUID.
Mereo, ere, Hi, itum (rem).
Mereor, eri, Itus sum.
Parare, comparare (aliquid).

To

earn one's bread, get one's


living by.
does he get his living ?

Victum

How
He supports

himself poorly by
working.
They supported themselves by

Victum

sibi parare or quaeritare


(aliqua re facienda).
Qua re sibi victum parat ?

sibi

aegre queritat labo-

rando.

Victum

sibi

scribendo quaeritave-

runt.

writing.

Has your brother earned any-

Meruitne frater

thing ?
He has earned a large

Grandem peciiniam

sum of

tiius aliquid ?

meruit.

money.

He

has

won

Immortalitatem

immortality.

meruit

(meritus

est).

To

To

Effundo, ere, fudi, fdsum.


Profundere (aliquid).

spill, j) ur out-

stand, to be standing.

Ready.

Sto, stare, steti,


]

statum esse (ali-

QUO).
a, um (ad rem,
rem, re).
Parare, praeparare (aliquid).
Se parare (rei, ad rem).

Paratus, promptus,
in

To make ready, to
To prepare one's

prepare.
get

self,

one's self ready.

To keep

one's self ready.

What did he spill ?


He spilt wine upon

Se tenere paratum (ad rem).

Quid
the table.

His father was shedding tears.


Our servant is spilling water under the table.
The Ganges empties into the
Eastern Ocean.

effudit ?

Vinum super mensam

effudit.

Pater ejus lachrimas profundebat.


Pamulus ndster aquas sub mensas
profiindit.

Ganges

se in

fiindit.

Eoum oceanum

ef-

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

83.]

any wine on the table


There is none.
Is he preparing to speak ?
Is there

He

is

Estne vinum super

Non

Paraverunt se proelio

for

He

is

et mdrti.

for death.

he preparing war against any


one ?

Is

Parat.

They prepared themselves


and

mensam

est.

Paratne se ad dicendum ?

preparing.

battle

533

preparing to

Paratne bellum

alicui ?

command

all

Parat imperare o'mni Eussiae.

ready to

set

Parasne

Russia.

Are you
out

getting

am

Ego

preparing to go into the


woods.
he ready to depart ?

I
Is

Ego ad omnem eventum, ad omnia

every emergency,
undergo every danger.

To

pericula subeiinda paratus sum.


(

split,

cleave.
I

To pierce,

transfix.

in silvam ire paro.

Estne paratus ad proficiscendum ?


Paratus est.

He is ready.
I am ready for
to

proficisci ?

Findo,

ere, fidi, Jissum.


Diffindere (aliquid).
Transflgo, ere, fixi, jfixum.
Transfodio, ere,fodi,fossum (ali-

QUEM, REM).

To break any
To

To hang

one.

one's self.

hang, to be suspended.

The
The
The

thief.

robber, highwayman.
patient.

Tolerably well.
rather late.
He is rather severe.
She is rather tall.
It is rather far.
Was my hat hanging
It

animum

alicujus vulne-

rare, percutere.

Suspendo, ere, di, sum (aliquid


rei or de re).
AfFigere aliquem patibiilo.
Suspendere aliquem arbori infelici.
Se suspendere, induere se in. la-

hang, suspend.

To hang any

To

one's heart.

Pectus or

is

on the

queam.
Pendeo, ere, pependi,
(ab,
ex, IN, DE re).
Fur, gen. fiiris, m.
Praedo, onis, m., latro, onis, m.
Aeger, gen. aegri, m., agrotus, i, m.
Mediocriter, modlce, sic satis.
Sero, serius est.
Severior est.
Grandiiiscula est.
Longiiisculum est.
Pendebatne de clavo pileus meus ?

nail ?
It

was hanging on

it.

Who has hung the basket on


one.

The

thief has

Sane quidem, pendebat.


cdrbem suspendit arbori (de

Qui's

arbore)

tree.

No

the

been hanged.

felici

45 *

Nemo.
Fur est patibulo

aff ixus (arbori insuspensus est).

LATIN GRAMMAR.

534
I

hang

You

my

are

man's

this

84.

Ego tdgam nicam

coat on the nail.

breaking

[LESSON

clavo (de clavo)


suspendo.
Pectus hujusce viilneras.

heart.

The

Corbis,

basket.

is,

f.

&

m.

dim. corbula,

ae,/.

Exercise

Ho

156.

only so so.
How is your patient ?
He is a little better to-day than yesterday. Is it long since you
How were they
saw your brothers ?
I saw them two days ago.
How art thou V I am tolerably well.
They were very well.
How long has your brother been learning German ? He has been
Does he already speak it ?
learning it only three months.
He
already speaks, reads, and writes it better than your cousin, who has
been learning it these five years.
Is it long since you heard of my
uncle ?
It is hardly three months since I heard of him.
Where
He was staying at Berlin, but now he is in
was he staying then ?
London.
Do you like to speak to my uncle ? I do like very much
to speak to him, but I do not like him to laugh at me.
Why does
He laughs at me, because I speak badly.
Why
he laugh at you ?
He has none, because he criticises
has your brother no friends ?
everybody.
What do you get your livelihood by ?
I get my livelihood by working.
Does your friend get his livelihood by writing ?
Do these gentlemen get
He gets it by speaking and writing.
their livelihood by working ?
They do not get it by doing anything, for they are too idle to work.
Do you see what he has done ?
Did he know that you had arrived ?
He did not
I do see it.
know it.
Have I advised you to write ?
You have not asked
No one is
me.
Is any one so blind, as not to understand that ?
Did he exhort us to read his book ?
He did exhort us
so blind.
to read it diligently.
Was he on the point of (in eo, at) escaping ?
He could not be prevented from escaping (euadere).
He was not.
Nothing could prevent him from escaping.

How

is

your father

Lesson

'?

is

LXXXIY. PENSUM OCTOGESIMUM


QUARTUM.

OF THE INDICATIVE MOOD.


A. By the Indicative Mood the speaker asserts the action
or state expressed by the verb as an absolute existence or a
positive fact.
Hence this mood is used,

I.

In leading and subordinate clauses,

to denote that

some-

LESSON

THE INDICATIVE MOOD.

84.]

535

thing really takes place, has taken place, or will take place

E.

hereafter.
Nihil

2f.

Nothing

amabilius virtute.

est

worthier of esteem than

is

virtue.

Omnia mutdntur ;

Everything changes;

nihil interit.

nothing

is

what you desire me

to

lost.

Ut

voles

as

me

esse, ita

I shall be

e'ro.

quas Caesar recitdvit,


tiilit, nos evertendas putdbimus ?
leges,

be.
Shall

we

imagine, that the laws,

which Cassar has read, proclaimed, and enacted, are to be abol-

pronuntidvit,

ished ?
iEcce bibit arcus

pluet, credo,

hd-

up the water),

die.

Quam non

est facilis

Ut saepe siimma

virtus

ingenia in oc-

culta latent
II.

Behold the rainbow drinks (draws


I think it will
rain to-day.
How easy the practice of virtue is !
How often the most distinguished
talents lie buried in obscurity
!

In direct questions,
E. g.

i.

e.

which require an imme-

in those

diate answer.

Ciijus hie liber est

Quis homo est


philus.

tJnde dejectus

Meus.

Ego sum PainCinna Ex


?

est

Whose book

Who

non mdrtuum
Nemo.

Quis Aristidem
diligit f

Mine.
am

Paniphi-

lus.

From what

place was Cinna ex-

Out of the
Who does not love
dead No one.
pelled

lirbe.

is this ?

are you ?

city.

Aristides,

though

Remark.
In indirect questions, on the other hand, the verb is in
E. g. Die mi hi, cujus hie liber sit, Tell me whose
the subjunctive.
book this is. Nescio, quis homo sis, I do not know who you are. (Cf.
Lesson

LXXXVII.

D.)

In conditional clauses, when the case is asserted as a


E. g.
real, and not as a hypothetical or doubtful one.
Poma ex arbdribus, si cruda Unripe fruit is plucked from the
trees by force if ripe and melsunt, vi auelluntur ; si matura
III.

low,

et edeta, decidunt.

Si quis oriente Canicula ndtus


est, in mari non morietur.
Ista Veritas, etidmsi jucunda non
est, mihi tamen grata est.

Qui possum putare

me

restitu-

tum, si distrahor ab iis, per


quos restitutus sum V
Nulla alia in civitate, nisi in qua
jidpuli potestas siimma est, lillum domicilium hdbet libertas.

If

it falls

any one

is

of

its

Own

accord.

born when the dog-

star rises, he will not die at sea.


This truth, although it is not a

nevertheless
is
pleasant one,
agreeable to me.
How can I consider myself restored,
if I am distracted by those through
whom I was restored ?

Liberty can have no abode in any


state, except where the power
of the people is supreme.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

536

go, ni piigna restituitur, fortunam cum omnibus, infamiam


solus sentiam.

[LESSON

84.

Unless the contest is renewed, I


shall feel our misfortune in cornmon with all, and the disgrace
alone.

Remark.
real,

When the condition expressed

but merely a hypothetical one, the verb

which see Lesson

by

si

and

nisi is

not a

in the subjunctive,

is

on

LXXXYI.)

PECULIAR USE OF THE INDICATIVE.

The Romans sometimes

B.
tions in

use the indicative in construc-

which the English idiom requires the subjunctive.

With verbs and expressions denoting

I.

and the

ability,

permission,

the present indicative is commonlyput instead of the imperfect subjunctive, and the imperfect, the
perfect indefinite, and the pluperfect indicative instead of the
duty, necessity,

like,

pluperfect subjunctive.

Such verbs are p> ossum licet, debeo, decet, oportet, necesse est ; Iongum, aequum, par, consentaneum, satis, satius, melius, optimum est, erat,
fuit,fuerat, and the like. So also the participle in dus with sum, eram,
&c. In all these cases the present is rendered by the English might,
could, would,, or sliould, and the past tenses by might, could, icould, or
->

E. g.

should have.

Possum persequi nrulta oblectamenta re rum rusticarum, sed

enumerate the many pleasures of agriculture, but, &c.

I could

&c.

quam

num

facile erat drbis impe-

occupare

how easy
obtain the
tire

Perturbatidnes animorum po'teram ego mdrbos appellare


sed non conveniret ad omnia.

Oh, regem me esse opdrtuit.


Jeci fundamenta reipiiblicae,
rius

omnino,

Liberos tuos

quam

se-

decidt.

institiiere

atque eru-

it

icould have

command

been

to

of the en-

world

1 might have called the disorders of


the mind diseases, but the name

would not have been applicable


to all cases.
I ought to have been king.
I have laid the foundation of the
republic, later doubtless, than I

should have done.


ought to have instructed and

You

utilius fait, angiistias aditus occupare.


Haec via tibi erat ingredienda.

educated your children.


should have done this.
It would have been far better to
occupy the defile.
You should have entered upon this

Non

Murena

dire debuisti.
faeere debebas.

Hoc

You

Ldnge

road.

Asiae

Murenae

nomen
fait,

objiciendum

ex qua laus

lmliae constituta

est.

fa-

ought not
taunted with the
from which the
family is derived.

to

have been

name

of Asia,
glory of his

LESSON

84.]

PECULIAR USE OF THE INDICATIVE.

537

Remarks.
In condititional sentences the historians sometimes likewise employ one of the past tenses of the indicative, instead of the more usual
pluperfect subjunctive, to denote that something would have taken place
under certain conditions. E. g. Jam James quam pestilentia tristior
erat (= fuisset), ni annonae foret subvention, The famine would have
been a sadder calamity than the pestilence, unless additional supplies
had been procured. Temere fecerat (= fecisset) Nerva, si adoplasset
alium, Nerva would have acted inconsiderately, if he had adopted
1.

another.
2. In like manner, the imperfect indicative sometimes (though less
frequently) stands instead of the imperfect subjunctive, when the verb
of the conditional clause is of the same tense.
E. g. IStultum erat
(= esset) monere, nisi fieret, It would be folly to admonish, unless
your advice were heeded. Omnlno supervacua erat
esset) doclrlna, si natura sufficeret.

(=

II.

In general relative expressions,

e.

i.

in those introduced

by quisquis, quotquot, quicwique, quantiiscunque, quantuluscunque, utut, utcunque, and other compounds of cunquc, the verb
is more commonly in the indicative than in the subjunctive.
E.g.
Whatever that may be.
Quidquid id est.
Quoquo mddo res se lidbct; or However that may be.
Utcunque se luibet res.
Quicwique is est.
Quidquid liabuit, quantumciinque
fuif, illud totum habuit ex (lisciplina.

Quern sdrs dierum cunque dcibit,


lucro appone.
Quidquid id est, tiraeo Danaos et

dona

Whoever he may

be.

Whatever property or greatness he


possessed, he owed it all to his
discipline and skill.
Mark as clear gain, whatever day

may grant you.


may be, I dread the
even when they offer

your destiny

Whatever
Greeks,

ferentes.

that

presents.

Homines benevolos, qucdescunque


sunt,

grave est insequi contu-

melia.

It

is

hard to pursue benevolent

men

of any description with in-

suits.

Utcunque sese res

lidbet,

tua est

However

may

that

be, the fault

is

yours.

culpa.

Remark.
The words above enumerated are sometimes also followed by the subjunctive, especially among the later Roman authors.
E. g. Quibuscunque verbis uti velis, Whatever words you may wish to
employ. In quacunque parte sit tiiubatum, In whatever part there
may have been a failure.
III.

In clauses introduced by sive


E. g.

sive,

the verb

is

gener-

ally likewise in the indicative.


Sive tacebis 1 sive

periude

est.

Idqueris,

mihi

Whether you

are silent, or whether

you speak, it is all the same

to

me.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

538
verum

S'tve

quideni ita renuntiatuni est.


Veniet teuipus mortis, et quidem
et

celeriter,

retractdbis,

sive

84.

"Whether it is time or false, it has


been so reported to me.
The time of death will come, and
that quickly, whether you resist

falsum, mihi

est, sive

[LESSON

sive properabis.

it

or accelerate

it.

Instances

of the subjunctive also occur. E. g. Nam


sive ilia defensione uti voluisses, sive hdc, qua uteris, condemneris nccesse est, For, whether you had intended to use that defence or the
one you are using now, you must be condemned.

Remark.

To

To

Dubitare, dubium or in dubio

doubt, to be uncertain.

question

doubt,

thing.
I doubt whether.

I doubt,

whether ....

or.

do not

esse.

any- j Dubitare de aliqua re or aliquid.


( Rem in dubium vocare.
Dubito, in dubio sum, num (with
the subj.).
Dubito, utrum .... an (with the

doubt, that (but

subj.).

Xon

dubito, quin (with the subj.).

that).

Do you

doubt that

"(

do not doubt

it.

It

is

doubt

Vo iSsne re'm
Non dubito.

Rem

in

what that man has told


me.
I doubt whether he has arrived.
AY ho doubts that mv father has
I doubt

dubium

potest.

Quid dubitas I
In dubium vdco

id,

quod

llle mihi.

narravit.

Dubito,

num

advenerit.

Quis dubitat, quia pater meus profectus

left?

in

dubium non vdco.

Dubinin non

not to be doubted.

What do you

Dubitasne hoc

sit ?

do not doubt but that he will ( Xon dubito, quin venturus sit.
come.
\ Xon diibito, eum venturum esse.
Xon dubitat, quin non venturus sit.
lie is sure that he will not come.
AYho doubts that man is mortal ? Quis dubitat, hdminem mortalem

esse?

Xo

Xemo rem

It

Dubium

one can question it.


is doubtful whether the judges
or the lawyers are to blame.

/ am

inclined

to,

vituperandi

sint.

perhaps,

Dubito an, hand scio


an (with the subj.).

an,

him the

Dubito an hiinc

probably.
I

am
first

inclined to give
place.

man of consummate wisdom,


and perhaps the most distinguished of them all.

It is

To agree or consent

consiilti

to

nescio

primum omnium

ponam.
Yir sapientissimus atque haiid scio
an omnium praestantissimus.

Haud

perhaps enough.

thing.

dubium vocare possit.


utrum judiccs an juris-

in

est,

scio (nescio')

Consentio,

an

ire, sensi,

satis sit.

sensum.

Convenit mihi (cum


ALIQUA RE).

aliquo DE

LESSON
To

We

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

84.]

Discrepare, dissentire.
5 Cdnvenit inter nos.

disagree, differ.

agree.

Peace

has

539

been

agreed

Nos convenimus.
Piix cdnvenit.

upon.
Fateor,

To

admit, confess.

To

concede, grant.

To

agree, or to compose a

difference.

De

safety

De

?
(

did agree.

We

of the republic.
Did you agree in praising him

of

Homer

in

illo

laudando consensistis ?

Non

consensimus.
\ 1 mmo vero dissensimus.
(

is

not agreed

upon.

Do you

reipiiblicae salute consensimus.

Yds

We did not agree.


The age

(egi,

Convenitne tibi eum eo de pre'tio


Convenitne tibi pretium ?
Convenit mini cum eo.
Convenit pretium.
Qua de re consensistis inter vos ?

Did you agree about the price

upon
were agreed upon the

transigere

aliquo in gratiam redire.


Consentlre,
assentiri
(facere,
REM FIERI, UT FIAT).

thing).

did you agree

controversiis

actum).

Cum

To become reconciled to one.


To consent (to do any-

What

sum.

(aliquid alicui).
Concedo, ere, cessi, cessum (alicui aliquid).
Componere. In gratiam redire.

We

eri, fessus

Confiteri

Super Homeri aetate non consentitur.

consent to

my

doing

Consentisne, ut hoc faciam ?

that ?

do consent.
Do you confess (admit) that to
be a fault
I admit it.
Do you confess your error ?
I do confess it.
How much did you pay for that
I

hat ?
I paid three dollars for
At Avhat price did he
horse ?

He

bought

it

for*

Kon

dissentio.

Faterisne illud esse vitium

Fateor.
Confiterisne tiium errorem
Confiteor.

Quantam peciiniam

isto

pro pileo

solvisti ?

buy the

Tres thaleros.
Quanti emit llle equum

hundred

(Emit eum) quingentis

thaleris.

it.

five

dollars.

Did they compose

their differ-

ence ?
They have composed it.
They have become reconciled.
He has become reconciled to me.

" For " with the price

is

Transegeriintne de controversiis

Composuerunt et transegerunt.
In gratiam inter se redierunt.
In ;ratiam mecum rediit.

not expressed, according to Lesson

LXXI. A.

LATIN GRAMMAS.

.40

[lkssox

( (i~r<>. ere, o>

To vrar

(clothes^

a ring, "c).

To wear
To wear

or

black

Cinctum

He
He

anulum, &c).

m.

><

ss<

$u

&

ease togg, pallio.


esse gladio.

It nun vestem gerebat nigram an

white

candidam ?
C&ndidam gerebat

clothes ?
lie wore white ones.

he boots or shoes on ?

IIa<l

Tnduium

gestttm.

-.<!.
-

Amictum

a coat, a cloak.
a sword.

Did he wear

Gesi

si

had shoes on.


habitually wore a

gem on

Cahgisne an ealceis indutus erat?


Indutus erat ealceis.
Gestabat ge'mmam dirfto.

his

finger.
77<e custom, habit

Against

my

Consuetudo,
m.

custom.
my custom.

It is

against

It is

customary.

Contra

Non
(

rods, gen.

mora,

consuetudfnem.

Est moria

(m

...

.).

Consuetudo obtinet (faciendi

ali-

quid).
I

customary.

is

meam

f.

est liie.ie consuetiidinis.

Aids est

As

inis,

nioris

est

(consuetiidinis), ut

tflet

According

To
jii

Do you
I

I
1

Pro (ex) consuetiidlne, ex more.

to custom.

observe,
ret "'

no

take

perceive that

notice

cernere, animadvertere,

servare, perspicert
'

do perceii e it.
Hd \ Dii take notice of that
did not observe it.
>id you notice what he did
d'nl

17'/. /*.

soiTu thing.

^picfene

<

.'i.

Obeervastine (perspexistSne) hoc?

Ndn observavi (perspexi).


Animadvertistine, quod /lie fceeril

rpect, ho

Exspect8re,*perare(AUQUif>,Ai

Do you

expect to receive a
from your uncle ?

let-

it.

To procure, get

To acquire (procure).
Can you L ct me some money ?
r

to

necessaries of life
He has been able.

procure the

cannot get anything to cat.


lias acquired wealth, honor,

lie

and

influence.

).

fExspectasne li'tteras a p;itruo tiio?


Sperasne fdre, ut littcras a patruo

do expect it.
Did Ave expect it V
YVe did not expect
I

Aniniadw'-iti.

it.

cannot do it.
lias he been able

b<

perspicio.

cum 1m
ter

<>h-

(aliquld).

accipii

Exspecto (spero).
Niim nda exspect&vimtu ?
Non exspectavimus (mfnime aperavimus).
Parti r>-. comparare (sibi, alicui
ajliquid).
Acquiro, ere, Hvi, sUttm (axiquid).

Potesne mihi parare peciiniam?


e non possum.
Potuitne acquirere, quod ad vitae

Qsum pertineat

Pdtuit
K,Lr o. quod edam, comparare nequeo.
Divitias. honores, auctoritatcniquc

acquisivit.

LESSON

POEM OF SENTENCES.

85.]

Exercise

541

157.

"What have you gained that money by ?


I have pained it by
working.
I have spilt it
What have you done with your wine?
on the table.
Where is yours ?
It is on the large table in my little
room; but you must not drink any of it, for I must keep it for my
father who is ill.
Are you ready to depart with me ?
I am so.
Why are you laughing at that man? I do not intend to laugh at
him.
I beg of you
not to do it. for you will break his heart it' you
laugh at him.
Why have they hanged that man? They have
Have they hanged
hanged him, because helms killed somebody.
They have punthe man who stole a horse (from) your brother?
ished him, but they have not hanged him
they only hang highwayfound
men in our country.
I
Where have you found my coat ?
it in the blue
Will you hang my
room; it was hanging on a nail.
hit on the tree ?
will hang it thereon ?
I
Do you doubt what I
)o you doubt what that man
am telling you ?
do not doubt it.
has told you ?
I do doubt it, tor lu- has often told me what was not
know no more
true.
VVhy have you not kept your promise?
what I promised you.
Did you not promise us to take us to tin' concert (on) Thursday ?
confess tint
promised you but the concert
d'nl not take place.
Dors your brother confess his fault ?
lie does
He says that
confess it.
What does your uncle say to that letter ?
it is written very well
but he admits that he has been wrong in sending it to the captain.
confess it
Do you confess your fault now?
to be a fault
Have you at last bought the horse which you wished
to buy?
How could
buy the horse, if 1 am unable to procure
money ?
tnle-s you pay me what you owe me, I shall not be able,
to go.
Ought
to have gone into the country yesterday ?
You
You ought to have educated and instructOught to have done it.
ed your son.
This letter ought to have been written by you.
It would
() how easy it would have been to learn your lesson!
have been far better to remain at home.
Do you know that man ?
However that
Whoever he may be, do not wish to know him.
may be, you have not done your duty (officium tuum non Servaristi).
is all the same to me.
I shall
Whether you go or stay,
have to write, whether 1 am sick or well.

Lesson

it,

LXXXV. PENSUM OCTOGESIMUM


QUINTUM.
OF THE FORM OF SENTENCES.

In respect to their form, sentences are cither absolute or con(Cf. Lessons LXXXIY,

A.

ditioned, positive, negative, or interrogative.

and

LXXXYI.)
4C

LATIN GRAMMAR.

542

[LESSON

85.

I.
positive or affirmative proposition asserts the existence
of a state in a given subject as present, past, or future by means
Its force may be augmented by an
of a finite verb only.
adverb.

Adverbs of this class are called adverbia asserendi. The principal


are nae, surely sane, profecto, really ; utique, to be sure ; vero, in
to which add the (generally) ironical scilicet, videlicet,
truth, truly
nimirum, nempe, and quippe, of course, certainly, forsooth. E. g.
;

Nae

l'lli vehementer errant, si lllam meam pristinam lenitatem


perpetuam sperant futuram.
Terra profecto lniindi pars est.

Estne ipsus an non est

1s

est, eerie is est, is est profecto.

tllud scire utique ciipio.

Ego
Ego

me

vero ciipio, te ad

venire.

pecudis consilio scilicet aut praesidio uti volebam ?


istius

Hie de

ndstris verbis errat vide-

licet.

apud

Demosthenes

videlicet didieerat,

tum

alios

ldqui

non

miil-

ipse seeum.

Non omnia nimirum eidem


dedere.

Quos ego drno


qui

ipsi

Nempe

dii

eos,

sunt ornamenta rei

piiblieae.

Sol Demdcrito magnus videtur,


quippe hdmini erudito, in geo-

metriaque perfecto.
II.

A negative

in the subject,

and

They

are certainly very much mistaken if they expect that former


,

mine to be perpetual.
earth is doubtless a part of the
universe.
Is it he himself or not ?
It is he,
certainly it is, it is the very man.
I desire to know that at all events.
I certainly wish you to come to me.
Did I forsooth desire to use the advice or help of a beast like this ?
He is manifestly mistaken about
our language.
Demosthenes had learnt to speak
with others, I suppose, not much
by personal effort privately.
The gods have certainly not grantlenity of

The

ed everything to one man.


do I honor ? Those certainly who are themselves the
ornaments of the republic.
The sun seems large to Democritus, he being a learned man and
perfect in geometry.

Whom

sentence asserts the non-existence of a state


is thus directly opposed to an affirmative one.

Negative sentences are formed by means of the adverbs non, not


hand, not at all minime, by no means ne, lest, that not. Also by
nemo, nullus, nihil, nunquam, nondum, nee, neque, &c. To these add
the negative verbs nescio, nolo, necjo, and veto.
E. g.
;

Nives in

alto

mari non cadunt.

Snow

does not

fall

on the main

sea.

Pausanias 7/aud ita magna


Graecia fugatus est.
Potestis eff'ieere, ut

ar

ne mdriar,

non

manu

male mdripotestis.

Pausanias was put to flight by not


so very large a Grecian band.
You can make me die a cruel
death, but you cannot prevent

my
tta siim

quam.

afflictus,

ut

nemo un-

am

dying.
so distressed as

was

before.

no one ever

LESSON

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES.

85.]

Non unquam

Never

alias ante tantus


terror senatum invasit.
Nemo vir magnus sine aliquo afflatti

divmo unquam

Epicurus

at any time before did such


a terror invade the senate.
There never was a great man without a certain divine enthusiasm.
Epicurus denies that there is any
time at which a wise man is
not happy.
The twelve tables prohibited the
practice of wailing at funerals.

fiiit.

liiyat, lillum

esse

tem-

quo sapiens non beatus

pus,
sit.

Fletum duddecim tabulae

54;

in fu-

neribus adhiberi vetuerunt.

When two negations occur in the same sentence, the


or emphatic one generally destroys the second.

III.
first

Such are non nemo, some one non nihil, something non nunquam,
non nisi, not except, i. e. only non icjnoro, I know very
well; non possum non loqui, I cannot but speak.
So also nemo noli,
every one nihil non, everything nullus non, each, every nunquam
non, always nusquam non, everywhere.
E. g.
;

sometimes

Hdstis est in urbe, in

nemo etiam

in

1II0

piiblicae, in ipsa,

ria

non nemo

fo'ro

non

The enemy

non

non aliquando

videtur, qui

in

the city, in the


v

an enemy e veil
in the sanctuary of the republic
;
in the senate-house itself, I say,

inquam, cu-

hdstis est.

Milii liber esse

is

forum; there

sacrario rei

is

there is an enemy.
does not seem to me to be a
free man, who is not sometimes

He

nihil agit.

disengaged from business.

Non sum

ne'scius,

quanto pericu-

vivam in tanta multitudine


improborum.
Non ii nemini, sed non semper

lo

ilni

parere voluerunt.

It

am

not unaware of the great danger in which J live, in the midst


of such a multitude of rascals.
was not their wish to obey no
one, but not perpetually the same

individual.

Qui mortem

in malis ponit,

non

potest earn non timere.


Ne'mo potest non beatissimus esse,
qui in se lino sua ponit omnia.

He who

considers death an evil


cannot avoid fearing it.
No one can avoid being the happi-

man in the world, who makes


everything depend upon himself
est

alone.

Athenienses Alcibiadem nihil non


efFicere posse ducebant.
Nihil agere animus non potest.

Alexandra

nullius

seciinda fortiina

piignae non
fiiit.

non possum.
Nusquam esse non pdssunt.
Diiitius nesclre

The Athenians thought

that Alci-

biades could do everything.

The mind cannot be inactive.


Alexander had fortune in his favor
in every battle fought by him.
I can be ignorant no longer.
They cannot be nowhere ( they
must be somewhere).

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES.

B.
sentence becomes interrogative, when the speaker asks another person for information, for instruction, or assent to his opinion.
A sentence of this kind is complete only in connection with the answer.

LATINT GRAMMAR.

544

[lesson

s;

is made merely for information, the emphatic


"
put at the beginning, and the expected answer is " yes
or "no."
If assent is required, then the answer to a positive
inquiry is " no," and to a negative one " yes."
E. g.

If the inquiry

I.

word

is

Appium censorem

Sets

hie

omen-

ta faeere ?

sor, is

Non patrem ego te ndminem, iibi


tu tiiain me appelles filiam
TZn unquam cuiquam contumelidsius audistis lactam injuriam,
quam haec est mi'hi ?
Quid ? Si te rogavero illiquid,
non respondebis ?
Infc'Iix est Fabricius, quod rus

suum

Do you know

Non.

fodit ?

Non

vdbis videor cum aliquo declamatore disputare ?


Edam.

that Appius, the cendoing wonders here


'?

Shall I not call

you

father,

when

you call me your daughter ?


Did ye ever hear of an injustice
practised upon any one more insolently, than this is upon me?
What? If I have asked you anything, will you not reply ?
Is Fabricius unhappy, because he
digs his farm ?
No.
Do I not seem to you to be disputing
with some declaimer V
Yes.

Questions requiring a more definite explanation or assent


are introduced by interrogative pronoun-;, adjectives, and adverbs.
II.

Such are
quot,

quis,

how many

qiti, who ? quid, quod, what ? quantus, how great ?


quotas, which, what (of a certain number) ? qufdis,

what kind of? qnoties, how many times V quam, ut, how? quondo,
when ? ubi, where ? quo, whither ? qua, which way ? wide, whence ?
To these add cur, why ? qucire, wherefore ? qui, or quomodo, how ?
quni, quidni, why not? &c.
E. g.
Quia homo est ?
Ego sum Piim- Who is the man
T
Pam-

philus.

Qui

philus.

status,

fiierit
ilia,

quod discrimen, quae

in re publico, tempestas

quis nescit ?

Ecquis

Ileus, acquis in villa est ?

hoc rccludit

"Who does not know, what a

door
Qualis est istorum onitio

What

Qua/ is oratoris et qudnti hdminis


in dicendo putas esse, historian* scribere ?

Unde

iste

amor

tarn improvisus

ac tarn repentinus ?
Cur Africa num domestic! parietes

Deus

non texerunt
falli

qui potest ?

Qubi, quod est ferendum, fers

Quidni pdssim

state

of things, what a danger, what a


stormy time that was in the republic ?
Holla! Is there any one in the
house ? Is any one opening the
?

is

the character of the lan-

guage used by these ?


"What sort of an orator, and how
great a man in the use of language, do you suppose it requires
to write a history ?
Whence this love of yours so un-

expected and so sudden ?


did his domestic Avails not
protect Africanus ?
How can the Deity be deceived ?
Why do you not bear what has to
be borne ?
Why should I not be able ?

Why

LESSON

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES.

85.]

545

III. Questions in Latin are frequently modified by particles;


such as ne, perhaps ? then ? nonne, not ? is it not so ? num,
numne, then ? an, or perhaps ? anne, annon, or not ?

To nonne and annon the expected answer is always " yes " to num
and an, commonly " no." The enclitic ne is always subjoined to the
emphatic word. When this word is the verb of the sentence, the
answer may be "yes" or "no"; when another word, it is commonly
"no.''
E.g.
Pergisne earn artem illiidere, in Do you persist in deriding the very
art in which you yourself excel ?
qua excellis ipse ?
Where or what is the nature of
"Ubi ant qualis sit tiia mens?
your mind ? Can you tell ?
Potesne chcere ?
Quam rem agis ? Egone ? Ar- What are you driving at ? I ?
I am coining silver, to give to you.
gentum ciido, quod ti'bi dem.
Is it not true, that you are to be
Satisne est, nobis vos timendos
feared by us ?
esse ?
Itdne
Do you really say so ?
Men' rdgas
AirC tu ?
Do you
;

Quid nunc

Qua

negfire aiides ?
diias habetis patrias ?
sentitis, in qiuinto

con-

te'mtu vivatis ?

Quid

Deuni ipsum numne

vi-

An

Can any one be angry without

quiscpiam potest sine pert


baticme mentis inlsci ?

est lillum nuijus

malum

est

l'ritus

Piimphilus ?

IV. Questions, to
be answered,

dis-

honor ?
Pamphilus is not in the house, is he
Did I not say that this would be so
Is not fear of every kind servitude

An von di'xi esse hoc futiirum ?


An non est dmnis metus servitus?

u yes " or " no "

which a mere

may

mind ?
any greater evil than

agitation of the
Is there

tur-

pitiidine ?

Anne

Deity himself?

disti ?

An

so V

qui'dnam, inquam, ndvi?

Ecquid *

it

With what expectawhat purpose do we


come hither ?
What are you
after, Thraso ?
I ?
Do ye not perceive ?
Is there anything new, I say?
Do you dare to deny it ?
Have you two native countries ?
Do you perceive iu what contempt
you live ?
What? Hast thou beheld the

Numquid

Is

tion or for

Nonne animadvertis

Num
Num

spe aut quo

hue imus ? Quid coeEgone ?


Thraso ?

consilio
ptas,

me ?
What now
ask

(sc. est) ?

is

?
?
?

expected,

the repetition of the emphatic word of the question, with or


without the addition of an intensive word.
2. " Yes," by sane, etiam, verum, vero, ita, ita est, ita enim vero.
E. g.
3. " No," by non, non vera, inhume, minime vero, nihil nanus.
1.

By

ifestne

pdpulus Collatinus in sua

potestate ?

After numquid and


sometimes "yes."

21

Is the

people of Collatia master of

itself ?

Est.
ecqtiid the

46*

answer

is

It

is.

generally

"no";

after ecquid,

LATIN GRAMMAR.

546
Dasne hoc nobis
Tune negas
Virtiites

Do sane.

Do vou concede

Nego
Meas
Solus

he'rcle ve'ro.

'?

ro.

n;

Tims.
Abiit Clitipho.

Sn-

lus.

2Sun irata

Aon sum

es

irala.

Non est.
Estne frater intus ?
2son existiinas. eadere in sapienProrsus
tem aegritiidinem ?
nun drbitror.

Haeceme

tiia

ddmus

est ?

[lf.SSOX

deny
Mine Yours.
I report
Alone?
Clitipho
has
Alone.
Are you not angry am not
angry.
He
your brother
Do you deny

Veram.
sermdni reliouo denius
Seine quidperam sedentes?
dem.
Cur non introeo in ndstrani dd^uid doinun vemum ?
It a enim
strarn ?
Die mihi. eiijum peeus ? an MoeNon, veruni Aegdliboei ?

Facies

nis.

2son

virtues.

left.

opus

est ?

Non

An

non

tu hoc

me

credis V

he'rcle

in

Is

You do

'mi-

An

Gallos existimfitis hie versari


aniino demisso atque hiimili ?
NOiil ixro mi us.

not.

is

not suppose that a philos-

opher can be affected by misfortune ?


I do not think it possi-

Is this

your house

It

is.

you do it ?
Yes.
your wi>h that we attend to

Shall
Is

it

the rest of the discussion sitting?


Certainly.
do I not go into our house ?

What,

Why

into your house ?


Ay. to be sure.
Tell me, -whose flock this is ? that

of

Mcelibceus

It is not

2so,

but

of

Xo, by my
By
believe

necessary?

troth, no.

ve'ro.

iEgon.

ve'ro.

I verily

it ?

it.'

inquam.

Yisne

do.

ble.
Ita,

us?

to

this

So.

Or do you

not

this ?

no means.
Do you think the Gauls remain
here humble and submissive ?
Far from it.

Remarks.
Becte and optime are either "yes" or "no." according to the
Scilicet, -doubtless." "to be sure," affirms
nature of the question.
ironically.
E. g. Satin salve ? die mihi.
Recte. Are you very well ?
tell me.
Quid estt
NUiU, recte perge. What is it?
I am.
Nothing.
Thucgdidem, inquit, imilamur.
Optime. "We imitate Thucydides, he says.
Very well. Ego tihi irascerert tibi ego possem
irasci 1
Scilicet ! I angry -with you ?
Could I be angry with you ?
1.

Forsooth

Tmo or immo always

corrects the preceding question, and either


doubt or opposes something else to it (sometimes the very opposite).
Hence it is sometimes "yes,'' "to be sure," and sometimes
"no." "O no." E.g. Credisne ?
Tmo certe (Ay, to be sure).
7". Non patria praestat omnibus officii?
Immo vera (certainly).
naxne est ?
Imo pertinax (Nay, even pertinacious).
Sdtbkne Jiltus ?
2.

raises

LESSON
Immo

DISJUNCTIVE QUESTIONS.

85.]

547

vera (on the contrary) obsecrabit patron, ne faciat.

orare, ut veniat.

Ad

te ?

Imo

Die, me

ad Philumenam (No, but

to Phi-

lumena).
3. If the answer is given with a noun, adjective, or pronoun, its
case must be the one required by the verb of the question.
E. g.
Caesaris.
Cujus liber est ?
Mene vis ?
Te.
Quanti emisti ?

Parvo.

DISJUNCTIVE QUESTIONS.
C.
I. An interrogative sentence may be composed of two
more members, in such a manner that one excludes the other.
Such questions are called disjunctive or double, and are of two

or

kinds, viz.

1. The second member is simply the negation of the first.


E. g. Is
ambition a virtue, or none (i. e. or is it not a virtue) ?
2. The second member contains another question opposed to the
first.
E. g. Has he conquered, or you (i. e. or have you conquered) ?
If, in the answer to a double question, one of the cases is affirmed, the
He has conother is denied, and vice versa. E. g. It is not a virtue.
quered, and not you.

II.

The

as follows

particles
:

employed

in such disjunctive questions are

1. The first member is either introduced by utrum, num,


ne, or
stands without any particle.
2. The " or" of the second member is generally an, but when the
first member is without a particle, the enclitic ne may take the place
When the question contains more than two members, the forof an.
an ... an, &c.
mula is utrum, &c
3. The " or not" of the second member is annon (or an non), and
more rarely necne.
.

The use of these particles gives rise to five different formulas for
They are as follows
disjunctive questions.
:

utrum,

num,

no

utrumne
numquid

an,
an,
an,
an,

ne,

anne,
annon.
annon.
annon.
necne.

annon.

Examples.

Num

tabulas habet, annon ?


Utrum animos sociorum ab re
publica abaliemibas, an non ?
ts?ie est, quern quaero, annon ?

Has he

Siint haec tiia verba, necne ?


huic, an non dicam ?

Are these your words, or not ?


Shall I tell him, or shall I not tell ?

Dicam

the pictures, or not

Did you alienate the minds of our


allies from the republic, or not
'?

Is

he
not?
it

whom

am

looking

for,

or

LATIN GRAMMAR.

548
Utrum

has

igitur

Pythagorae

corporis,

an

then rather have,


physical strength like this, or the
intellectual powers of Pythago-

o-dnii dari ?

ras
pcrspicuis??e dii-

bia aperiiintur, an diibiis perspicua tolluntur?


Numquid duas habetis patrias, an
est ilia patria communis ?
Aristdteles ipse^e errat, an alios
viilt errfirc ?

Recto itinere duxi'sti exercitum


ad hdstes, an per anfractus
viarum ?
Utrum hoc tu parum commeministi, an ego non satis intellexi, cm mutasti sententiam

Eomamne

venio, an hie rnaneo,

an Arpimun

things elucidated by
those that are clear, or are the
clear corrected by the doubtful?
Have you two countries, or is that

Are doubtful

your common country

himself mistaken, or
does he wish others to be so ?
Aristotle

Did you march the army directly


against the enemy, or by a circuitons route

Do you

r.ot

recollect this very well,

or did I not sufficiently comprehend it. or have you changed


your opinion ?
Shall I go to Home, or remain here,

or flee to

fiigio ?

65.

Which would you

tibi nialis vires in-

Ulrum tandem

[LESSOS

Arpinum

Remarks.
the very outset that a second question is to
follow.
In flu-ret double questions beginning with num, the first member is expected to be denied, and the second affirmed. (Cf. Lesson
In double questions otherwise introduced, either
B. in.)
member may be affirmed or denied.

Utrum indicates

1.

at

LXXXV.

ne of the second member is almost entirely confined to indi. g. Sine sciam. capfiva materne in castris tuis sun, I
wish to know whether I am a captive or your mother in your camp.
Albus a/erne fueris, ignorat, lie knows not whether you were white
or black.
On the use of these particles in indirect disjunctive questions generally, see Lesson LXXXYII. J>.

The

2.

rect questions.

3. When "or" introduces no second question, but only another


word of the same question, it is expressed by am. E. g. Tibi ego aut

tu

mild servus

virion

es ?

Volupias

melioremne

cjjicit

aut laudabtliorem

4. If the second member of a double question is introduced by the


English " and not," the Romans put simply non.
E. g. Ergo hislrio
hoc videbit in scena, non videbit vir sapiens in vita ? Will the actor
see this on the stage, and the philosopher not in life ?
I[itjus vos
animi monumenta retinebis, corporis in Italia nullum sepulcrum esse
patiemini ? Will you retain the monuments of his genius, and not suffer
a sepulchre for his body in Italy ?

The form, figure.


The woman
The wife.
The married woman.

Forma, figura, ae, f. Species, ci,


Femina, ae,/: mulier, eris,/
Conjux, ugis. f. : uxor, oris,/
Nupta, marita, ae,/.

f.

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

85.]

The

lad}'

of the house, mis-

549

Materfamilias, /.
ae,/.
Mater, tris,/
Filia, nata, ae,/.
Puella, ae,/.

tress.

The mother.
The daughter.
The girl.
The door.
The bottle.
The phial.
The fork.
The spoon.
The plate.

domina,

hera,

Ostium, i, n. ; janiia, ae,/


Lagena, ae,/
Ampulla, ae,/
Furca, ae,/
Cochlear,

is, ??.

m. {pi. catilla, n.)


m. {large pla(e).
Pocilluni ansfitum (i, n.).
Catillus,

scus,

The cup.
The saucer.
The towel.
The napkin.
The soup.
The butter.
The dessert.

i,

Butyrum,

Mensa

serve the dessert.


eat (sip) soup.

To

wipe.

To speak through
The nose.

di-

ae,/

Scutella,

Mantele, is, n.; mantelium,


Mappa, mappula, ae,/
Jusculum, i, n.

To
To

i,

i,

n.

n.

i,

secuiida

(ae,

/)

bellaria,

orum, 7i.
Meiisam secundam apponere.
Jusculum sorbere (-biii).
Tergeo, ere, tersi, tersuin.
Extergere (aliquam rem).
I)e naiibus loqui.

the nose.

Nasus,

i,

m.

nares,

ium,/

pi. {nos-

m.

serica,

orum,

trils).

Bombyx,

The silk.
Made of silk.
The
The

silk stuff.
silk stocking, cravat,

ycis,

&c.

num.

My

Lintea mea bona {pi ).


Indusia ejus lintea pulchra.

good linen.

His beautiful linen

The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The

room

shirts.

Diaeta,

(parlor).

ae,/

Cubiculum, i, n.
Conclave, is, n.
Conclave vestiarium.

sleeping-room.
eloset,

chamber.

wardrobe.
dining-room.

Coenaciilum, triclinium,
Cubiculum anticum.
Cubiculum posticum.

front-room.

back-room.

Museum,

study.

To

live in,

To

live in the front (or first

occupy.

(
I

i,

n.

i,

n.

bibliotheca,

ae,/

Habitare (in) aliquo loco.


Ten ere locum.

Primum locum aedium

tenere.

part of the house).

The sister.
The young lady
The tongue.
The lammase.

(virgin).

n.

Sericus, bombycimis, a, urn.


Serica, bombyclna, orum, n.
Tibiale sericum, focale bombycl-

Soror, oris,/
Virgo, inis,/

Lingua, ae,/
Lingua, ae,/; sermo,

onis,

m.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

5 >0

The

street.

The

city,

[LESSON

S3.

platea,
Via, via publica (ae, f.)
ae,/. (wide street).
Urbs, gen. urbis,/ ; oppidum, i, n. ;
;

town.

civltas, atis,/. (inhabitants).

The hand.
The right hand.
The left hand.
The nut.
The

and

father

Manus, us,/.
Dextra, ae, /.
Sinistra, laeva,

Nux,

his son or

his

with her son

or

ae,/

gen. nucis,/

Pater et ejus

filius vel

fi'lia.

daughter.

The mother
The

ejus

fi'lio

seu

fi'lia

(nata).

and

child

cum

Mater

daughter.
its

brother or

its

Infans ejiisque frater sive sdror.

sister.

To
To
To

manum

In

take into one's hand.


hold in one's hand.
write with one's own hand.
He thinks he will be praised.
I hope that I shall be loved.

sumere.

(In) inanu tenere.


Manu propria seribere.
Credit, se laudatum

Spero,

Exercise

me amutum

iri.
iri.

158.

my

friend has done ?


I am much
At what is your son surprised V
surprised at it.
He is surprised
Are you sorry for having written to my uncle ?
at your courage.
At what art thou afflicted ?
I
I am, on the contrary, glad of it.
am not afflicted at the happiness of my enemy, but at the death of my
friend.
How are your brothers V They have been very well for
Are you glad of it ?
I am glad to hear that they
these few days.
Do the PrusAre you a Saxon ?
No, I am a Prussian.
are well.
They do like to learn it.
Do the Prussians like to learn French ?
The Saxons and the
sians speak German as well as the Saxons ?
Prussians speak German well but the Austrians do not pronounce it
Which day of the week do the Turks celebrate (agere or
very well.
They celebrate Friday ; but the Christians celefestum habere) ?
brate Sunday, the Jews Saturday, and the negroes their birthday

Are you not

surprised at

what

Has

(natalis, sc. dies).

Who

my

your

sister

my

She

Who

gold ribbon?

has

it

Your sister has it.


large bottle V
Do you
sometimes see your mother ?
I see her often.
AVhen did you see
your sister V
I saw her three months and a half ago.
has my
fine nuts ?
Your good sister has them.
Has she also my silver
forks ?
She has them not.
does your brother complain ?
He complains because his right hand aches.
Which bottle has your
little sister broken ?
She broke the one which my mother bought
yesterday.
Have you eaten of my soup or of my mother's ?
I have
eaten neither of yours nor your mother's, but of that of my good sisHave you seen the woman that was with me this morning ?
ter.
Has your mother hurt herself.
I have not seen her.
She has not
Have you a sore nose ?
hurt herself.
I have not a sore nose, but
Have you cut your finger V
No, my lady, I have
a sore hand.
not.

has

Why

LESSON

THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

86.]

551

my hand. Will you give me a pen ? I will give you one.


Will you (have) this (one) or that (one) ?
I will (have) neither.
Which (one) do you wish to have ?
I wish to have that which your
sister has.
Can you write with this pen V
I can write with it.
Shall you remain at home, or ride out or drive out ?
I shall remain
Has he washed his hands or his feet ?
at home.
He had done
both.
Has he learnt his lesson or not ?
He has learnt it. He has
not learnt it.
You certainly are mistaken, if you suppose that you
will be praised, unless you are assiduous.
cut

Lesson

LXXXVI. PENSUM OCTOGESIMUM


SEXTUM.

OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

By the

mood the speaker does not absolutely


an action or state, but represents it as he
conceives it, as dependent upon other circumstances, and as possible only in consequence of them.
Hence this mood serves to
express that which is contingent, conditional, or hypothetical
or, in general, that which may, can, might, could, ivould, or should
be or be done.
A.

subjunctive

assert the existence of

The

subjunctive is used more extensively in Latin than in English,


often put where the latter idiom requires or prefers the indicative
It most commonly occurs in subjoined or dependent clauses, as
its name implies, but frequently also as the leading verb of an inde-

and

is

pendent

clause.

THE SUBJUNCTIVE

IN

HYPOTHETICAL PROPOSITIONS.

B. An hypothetical sentence is composed of two members, called


The former contains the condition, and is
the protasis and apodosis.
commonly introduced by one of the conjunctions si, nisi, etsi, etiamsi,
The subor tametsi ; the latter denotes the inference or conclusion.
junctive may occur in both these members of an hypothetical proposition, and represents an action or state as the possible consequence of
other circumstances; in other words, that something would take place
or would have taken ]Mtc.fs if or unless something else were so or had
In this use of the subjunctive (as conditionalis), the Latin
been so.
language makes an important distinction between the present and the
past tenses of that mood.
I.

In the protasis of a hypothetical proposition, the imperfect

and pluperfect subjunctive imply that the

fact

or reality does

LATIN GRAMMAR.

Oo2

[lrsson

sg.

not or cannot correspond Avith the supposition made, and in the

apodosis that something would be or would /tare been, if the fact


supposed were or had been a real one. E. g.
Si

semper optima ten ere possebaud sane consilio miil-

If

m us,

tum egeremus.

we were always able to keep


what is best, Ave surely would
Mind in need of much de1

liberation.

Non

possem vivere,

nisi In h'tteris

viverem.

live,

unless

lived in

letters.

Si Neptunus,

quod Theseo pro-

non fecisset, Theseus


Hippolyto 7t6/i orbdlus 4s-

mi'serat,
filio

could not

If

Neptune had not done what he


had promised Theseus, Theseus
would not have lost his son Ilippolytus.

sel.

Aiirum

argentum, aes, fe'rrum


fnistra natura divina genuiset

set, nisi

e*adem docuisst

i.

quem-

admodum ad eorum venas

per-

veniretur.
!Nec tu, si Atheniensis esses, clarus unquamfuisst s.
Id, nisi hie in tiio

non

regno essemus,

tulissem.

N6n, si redisset fdius, ei pifter


veniam dan ?
Hade, si, bis bina qudt essent,
t

didicisset, eerte

non

diceret.

])i\ ine

Nature would have produced

gold and silver, brass, iron, to no


purpose, unless she at the same
time had taught us how to get
at their veins.

Nor would you ever have been


distinguished

man,

if

you had

been an Athenian.
would not have submitted to
that, unless we were here in your
kingdom.
If the son had returned, would not
his father give him leave ?

We

If he
are,

knew how much

twice two

he would certainly not say

this.

Remarks.
The

and apodosis both generally contain

either the imperfect or the pluperfect subjunctive.


The imperfect, however, frequently takes the plaee of the pluperfect in one of the clauses, as in
several of the preceding examples.
When thus used, it serves to
transfer a past action, partly at least, into the present time.
E. g.
Quod ccrte non fecisset, si suum numerum nautarum naves habererit
habuisseyU), Which he would certainly not have done, if the ships
had had (lit. were then possessed of ) their usual complement of men.
And in the apodosis Cimbri si statim infesto agmine urban petisscnt,
f/rande discrimen esset (== fuisset), If the Cimbri had at once invaded
the city, there icould have been a desperate struggle.
1.

protasis

(=

2. The mood of the verb in the apodosis is sometimes the indicative


instead of the subjunctive.
A. III.) E.g.
(Cf. Lesson
Quern hominem, si qui pudor in te fuisset, sine supplicio dimitlere non
debuisti, If there had been any shame left in you, you ought not to
have dismissed the man without punishment.
uod si Pompeius priviVus esset hue tempore, tamen erat mittendus, Even if Poaipey were at

LXXXIV.

LESSON

THE SUUJl'XCTIVE 3IOOD.

86.]

time a private man,

it would still be necessary to send him.


caslra exscindere parabant
paravissent), ni Mucianus sextant ler/ionem opposuisset, And now they "would have already begun
to destroy the camp, unless Mucianus had opposed the sixth legion to
them.
vicissemus), nisi Lcpidus reeipisset
Praeclare viceramus
Antonium, AVe would have won a signal victory, unless Lepidus has

this

(=

Jamque

(=

received Antony.

This usage

is

confined chiefly to the pluperfect.

The

present and perfect subjunctive in the protasis indiany rate may, correspond
with the supposition made.
The apodosis to such a clause then
contains, either one of the same tenses of the subjunctive, or a
tense of the indicative mood.
E. .
II.

cate that the reality either does, or at

Meindria minuitur,

nisi earn cx-

Your memory grows weaker, unless

Aequabilitatem vitae servare non


possis, si aliorum virtutem inntans oinittus

tiiara.

you exercise

it,

or if

you by

nature are somewhat slow of


comprehension.
You cannot preserve consistency
of life, if while imitating the virtues of others you neglect your

own.
Dies deficiat, si velim numerare,
quibus bonis male evenerit.
*S7

injuriae

non

sint,

baud saepe

auxilii ('yeas.

Si exsuttat hddie ab inferia Lyciirgus, gaudeat

murdrum Sp&rtae

The day would

fail me, if I wished


enumerate the good men that
have suffered evil.
If there were no injuries (inflicted),
you would not otten stand in
need of help.
If Lyeurgus were to-day to rise
from the dead, he might rejoice

to

in the ruins of the walls of Sparta.

minis.

Sua impnidens,

quam hdmini

si

plus postidem,

would be imprudent,

deconfrom the nature of


if

manded more than can be

a rerum natiira

ceded to

tii'bui potest.

man

things.

laudarc
Thucydidis oratidnes ego

...
.,

>

imitare netpie possim,


soleo
si velim, nee velim fortasse, si
;

possim.
Si scieris aspidem occiilte latere
lispiam, improbe feceris, nisi
monueris alterum, ne assideat.

am

accustomed to praise the orations of Thucydides, but imitate

them I neither could, if I would,


nor would I perhaps, if I could.
If (for example) you should know
of an asp lying concealed anywhere, you would do wrong, if
you did not caution another not
to

Nemo

do nobis unus exeellat

tin quis cxslilcrit, alio in loco


et

apud

alios sit.

St a corona relictus
que'am dicere.

sim,

non

down

there.

47

sit

Let no one of our number excel


alone but if any one has won
distinction, let him be among
others and in another place.
If I am deserted by my audience,
cannot speak.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

554

[LESSON

86.

Remarks.

From

the above examples it will be perceived, that in conditional clauses the present and perfect subjunctive may generally be
rendered by the corresponding tenses of the indicative, from which
Sometimes, however, it is better to translate
they differ but little.
them by the imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive. In Latin, however,
the distinctions, already laid down, respecting the different tenses of
the subjunctive, are never disregarded, and the present tenses (i. e.
the present and perfect) always imply the reality or possibility of the
fact supposed, while the past tenses (i. e. the imperfect and pluperfect)
E. g. Haec si tecum patria lorepresent it as wanting or impossible.
quatur, nonne impetrare debeat ? If your country should thus talk to
you (an event which the speaker considers possible), ought it not to
But, Si universa provincia loqui
obtain what it requires of you ?
posset, liac voce uteretur, If the entire province could speak (an event
which the srjeaker deems impossible), it would use this language towards you. And so in every instance of the kind.
1.

When

the clause introduced by nisi, nisi forte, or nisi vero stands


what has gone before, its verb is commonly in the
Nemo fere saltat sobrius, nisi forte insanit, No one
scarcely ever dances when he is sober, unless perchance he is insane.
Erat autem nihil novi, quod scriberem, nisi forte hoc ad te putas pertinere, I have nothing new to write you, unless perhaps you consider
On the Indicative after si, ?iisi, &c, genthis of importance to you.
erally, see Lesson LXXXIV. A. in.
2.

as a correction of
indicative.
E. g.

If
If

But
But
If
If
If
If
If

Si

(conj.).

non.
si

si

vero.
si aliter.

Si (nisi) forte.
Si quis (or aliquis).
Si quid (aliquid).
Si quando (aliquando).

mM et

e niai f.
(Si pecumam
haberem.

had money.
J

Si eum viderem.
Nisi ego essem.
Si hoc (or hoc si) faceret (faciat).

If any one should say this.


If perchance he were to lose his

money.
he at any time to beat

si

minus,
Si quidem.
Si non,

if not.

Tf I saw him.
If I were not.
If he should do this.

Were

Sin, sin autem,

if.

indeed.
(unless) perchance.
any one.
anything.
at any time.

If I

(cum Ind. or Subj.).

Nisi, ni

not, unless.

Si quis hoc cheat (di'ceret).

Si

pecuniam siiam

forte perdat

(percleret).
his

dog.

If you were rich.


If he is not ill, why does he send
for the physician ?

Si aliquando ennera siiam perciiteret (perciitiat).


Si tu dives esses.

non est, quid causae


cur medicum accessat ?

Si aeger

est,

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

86.]

(= if you should) still


receive my letter to-day, I beg
you to call on me instantly.
Should he
if he should) be
Should you

(=

must

hungry, something
given him to eat.
I should do it.

meas si hddie etiam accipiqs, a te quac'so et peto, ut statim ad me venias.

Litteras

Had

money enough

Nos eo iremus.

Eo

ivissent.

Litteras ad nos dedissent.


Gratias
mihi aliquando
(agas).

had money.

hoc,

pay

Had

for

would

peciinia mihi es-

si

emerem

hoc.
sdlve-

sufl'iceret,

rem pro hoc.


Si mihi esset peciinia, tibi de ea

it.

darem.

it.

thither,

Si eo irem

I should see

him.
If I should give this to him, he

would keep

mihi

Si peciinia

money, I would give you

some of
went

If I

>

ageres

set
Si mihi esset peciinia,

aliquid

Fecisset.

Emerem
if I

est ei

ad manducanduin.
Facerem.

would have done it.


We would go thither.
They would have gone thither.
They would have written to us.
You would thank me once.

buy this,

dandum

Si esuriat,

be

He

I would

00O

(earn),

eum viderem

(videam).

Hoc,

si

ei

darem, teneret.

it.

If I should give that to him, he

f stud,

would not return it.


If you had come a little sooner,
you would have met my broth-

si

darem, mihi non

e'i

resti-

tiieret.

aliquantulo

Si

fratrem

meum

matiirius venisses,
convenisses.

er.

knew what you have done,


he would scold you.
If there was any wood, he would
make a fire.
If I had received my money,
I would have bought a new
If he

llle

Si

tibi in-

pecuniam mihi debitam

si

ac-

cepissem, novum calceorum par


eniissem.
Disceresne sermonem Latinum, si

ego discerem ?
Discerem, si tu disceres.
Didicissesne Ansli^e,

sem

si

c;io didicis-

Didicissem,

si

tu didicisses.

Faceresne iter in Germaniam,


ego tecum proficiscerer ?

should go there with you ?


I should go there, if you would
go with me.

had gone there ?


I would have cone.

factum tiium,

lignum adesset, ignem accende-

Ego,

pair of shoes.
learn Latin, if I
learnt it?
I would learn it, if you learnt it.
Would you have learnt English,
if I had learnt it ?
I would have learnt it, if you
had learnt it.
Would you go to Germany, if I

if I

sciret

ret.

Would you

Would you have gone

si

creparet.

Facerem

sane,

si

tu

mecum

&i

profi-

ciscereris.

to Italy,
,

Fecissesne iter in Italiam,


profectus essem ?

Vero, fecissem.

si

ego

LATIN GRAMMAR.

556

Would you

write a note, if I had


written a letter ?
I should write a book, if you had
written a letter.

Would you remain


I

went out ?
should remain

The
The

home,

at

ego

lit-

si

teras scripsissem ?

Scriberem ego librum,

si

tu h'tteras

scripsisses.

Teneresne te ddmi, si ego


cum prodirem ?
Sane, tenerem me ddmi.

if I

in publi-

*Perspicillum, i, n.
Senex, gen. senis, m.
Optice, es,/!
Optices gnarus.

(pair of) spectacles.

man.

old

86.

Scriberesne schedulani,

home.

at

[LESSON

Optics.

The optician.
The son-in-law.
The daughter-in-law.
The step.
To make a step.
The progress.

Gener, eri, m.
Nurus, iis,/
Gradus, us, m.

Gradum

passus, us, m.

facere.

Progressus, us, m.

progessio, onis,

To make progress

Procedure.
Progredi.
Proficisre.
Progressus facere.
(in aliqua

(in anything).

RE.)

To

Progressionem facere ad virtutem.


\ Procedere et progredi in virtute.
(

progress in virtue.

Multum proficere
Parum proficere.

To make
To make

great progress.
but little progress.
Does he make progress in learning Latin ?
Really.
Once, at some future time.
I should like to know.
Would you have the goodness ?

Proficitne

scenda

Vere

so

good

He
He
To

might

me

the favor

about

any-

thing.

To keep

one's bed.
(

Perhaps you are mistaken.

re vera, re.

esse
.

(af/<;.).

ea

benignitate

tarn

bem'crnus

v
?

Cadat (caderet).
Fieri potest, ut cadat.
pdssit.

Interrogare aliquem aliquid or de


aliqua re.
Lecto teneri, lecto affixum esse.
Nescio (dubito) an erres.
Fortasse erras.

Exercise

Would you have money,

0?

Facere hoc

it.

any one

edi-

Velisne mihi dare (tribuere) hoc

ask

Velisne

'?

fall.

might do

(adv.~)

Scire velim.
Velisne
esse

(ut

A Vould you do

lingua Latina

Aliquando, olim

(tat

Would you be

in

(in aliqua re).

159.

your father were here ?


I should
Would you have been pleased, if I
have some, if he were here.
I should have been much pleased, if you had
had had some books ?
Would you have praised my little brother, if he had
had some.
If he had been good, I should certainly not only have
been good?

if

LESSON 87.] SUP.JUNCTIVE IN INDEPENDENT PROPOSITIONS. 557

praised, but also loved, honored, and rewarded hirii'.


Should -\ve
If you did them without a
be praised, if we did our exercises ?
fault, you would be praised and rewarded.
Would my brother not
He would not
have been punished, if he had done his exercises ?
Would your sister have
have been punished, if he had done them.
been praised, if she had not been skilful ?
She would certainly not
have been praised, if she had not been very skilful, and if she had not
AVould you give me someworked from morning until evening.
thing, if I were very good ?
If you were very good, and if you
Would you have writworked well, I would give you a fine book.
I would have written
ten to your sister, if I had gone to Dresden ?
and sent her something handsome, if you had gone thither.
Would
I would speak, if you listened to
you speak, if I listened to you ?
me, and if you would answer me.
Would you have spoken to my
mother, if you had seen her ?
I would have spoken to her, and
have begged of her to send you a handsome gold watch if I had seen
her.
If the men should come, you would be obliged to give them
If he could do this, he would do that.
something to drink.
A
peasant having seen that old men used spectacles to read, went to an
optician and asked for a pair.
The peasant then took a book, and
having opened it, said the spectacles were not good. The optician
put another pair of the best which he could find in his shop upon his
nose but the peasant being still unable to read, the merchant said to
him: " My friend, perhaps you cannot read at all ? " " If I could,"
said the peasant, "I should not want your spectacles.''
I have
always flattered myself, my dear brother, that you loved me as much
as I love you
but I now see, that I have been mistaken. I should
I have heard,
like to know why you went a walking without me ?
my dear sister, that you are angry with me, because I went a walking
without you.
I assure you that, had I known that you were not ill,
I should have come for you but I inquired at your physiciau's about
your health, and he told me that you had been keeping your bed the

last eight days.

Lesson

LXXXVII. PENSUM OCTOGESIMUM


SEPTIMUM.

THE SUBJUNCTIVE

IN

INDEPENDENT PROPOSITIONS.

A. The present and perfect subjunctive are frequently used


independently in a potential sense, and rendered by the English
may, can, &c. In this construction the perfect is generally
E. g.
equivalent to the present.
Fdrsltan quacmtis.

You may

Quis dubXlet

Who

47*

perhaps inquire.
can doubt V

LATIN GRAMMAR.

558
Velim (nolim, malbii)

sic existi-

I wish
to,

nies.

so.

No

conceded.
Fdrsitan temere fecerim.
istud

87.

you to (I do not wish you


would rather you would)

think

Nemo

[lesson

ti'bi

Hie quaerat quispiam, cujiisnam


causa tanta reruin molitio facta
sit.

Ita facillime sine invidia laudem


invenias et amicos pares.

one can concede this to you.


I may perhaps have acted rashly.
Here some one may inquire, on
whose account so great exertions
were made.
You may thus easily win glory
without any envy, and gain
friends.

Fdveas tu

lidsti ?

bonorum

spe'm

virtutemque debilltes ? et te
consularem, aut senatoreni,
aut denique civem pules ?

Can you

favor the

enemy?

Can

you deject the hope and courage


of the patriotic ? and still con-

man of consular
a senator, or even a

sider yourself a

rank,

or

citizen ?

At non

histdria cesserlm Graecis,

ncc oppdnere Thucydidi Sal-

But still I cannot surrender the


palm in history to the Greeks,
nor

liistiuin ve'rear.

am

I afraid to

to Thucydides.

Hoc

sine dubitatione confirmdverim, eloquentiam


rem esse
omnium difficillimam.

I can assert

most

this

that

itation,

difficult

oppose Sallust

without any heseloquence is the

of

all things.

Remarks.
The use

of the present subjunctive instead of the perfect is an


energetic expression, by which an unfinished action is represented as
already completed. It is confined chiefly to the active form of verbs,
but sometimes also occurs in the passive. E. g. Ne iUi quidem se nobis mcrito praetulerint gloriatique sint, Not even they can justly call
themselves better than us, and glory in it.
1.

2. The imperfect subjunctive is rarely used in this potential sense,


except where the idea of unreality or impossibility is to be conveyed.
Thus of wishes to which no fulfilment is (or can be) expected Vellem,
mallem, I should rather
I could wish noUem, I should be unwilling
wish.
To these add the second and third persons singular of dico,
piito, credo, video, cerno, and discerno, which frequently occur in a
potential sense, instead of the pluperfect subjunctive.
E. g. Reos diceres, You would have called them guilty (i. e. if you had seen them).
Signum datum crederes, ut vasa colligerent, You would have supposed
that a signal had been given to collect vases.
Haud faci/e disccreres,
You could not have easily distinguished. Quis unquam crederet (or
arbitraretur') ? Who could ever have believed (or supposed) ?
:

B. The present and perfect subjunctive are often used in


independent clauses to express a wish, an asseveration, a request, command, or exhortation, and also a concession or permission.
E. g.

LESSON

THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

87.]

559

With the subjunctive thus used, the English "not" is expressed


by ne, and not by non. When a wish or request is conveyed, one
of the verbs velim. suadeo, or censeo
Dii bene verlant
Dii prohibeant a nobis

mentes

is

often added.

]\Iay the gods grant success to

impias

Vdleant cives mei, vdleant; sint


incdl times, sint florentes, sint

May

the gods

it

defend us against

impious minds
Farewell to my

fellow-citizens,

May

they be safe,
they be prosperous, may
they be happy
Let this noble city remain unfarewell

may

beati

haec

Ste'l

xirbs praeclara,

mihi-

shaken, and
land

que patria carissima

my

dearest father-

Ne

^ssediim aliquod suadeo cdpias.

Let me perish, if I write differently


from what I think.
I wish you to pardon (or excuse) me.
I want you to write whatever comes
into your mind.
I advise you to take some travel-

Treviros

I think you

salvus

ac

sim*

aliter

si

scribo,

se'ntio.

Velim mi'hi irjndscas.


Quidquid veniat in

mentem,

scribas velim.

ling
vites,

audio ca-

censeo

pitales esse.

Fdcias.

viri

Rclinquas.

Ad

nos ve-

in as.

Desinant.

ne feet

Nihil ignoveris.

Miserico'rdia ne commotus sis.


Nihil
incdmmodo valetudinis

tuae feceris.
JZmas, non quod opus est, sed
quod necesse est.
Immitemus ndstros Briitos, Cii/

millos, Decios
amemus patriam, pareamus senatui, consulamus bdnis.f
Meminerlmus etiam adversus m;

fimos

justitiam

esse

servan-

dara.

Ne

against us.
Do so. Relinquish.

Come

to see

us.

Aiidiat, videat.

Hoc

conveyance.
should avoid the TreI hear that they are mortal

desperemus
receddmus.

a legibus non

Let him hear, let him see. Let


them cease.
Do not do this. Do not pardon
anything.
not be moved by compassion.
not do anything to the detriment of your health.
Buy not what you want, but what
is absolutely necessary.
Let us imitate our Brutuses, onr
Camilli, our Decii
let us cherish our country, obey the senate,
and provide for the patriotic.
Let us remember, that the requirements of justice must be observed
towards the humblest even.
let us not
Let us not despair
swerve from the laws.

Do
Do

Remarks.
1.

The

subjunctive instead of the imperative

in the third person

is

as, dicat, faciat, scribant, let

especially frequent
say, let him do,

him

also moriar, inteream, peream, Let me die, perish (if that


In exhortations the subjunctive is commonly in the plural.

* So
|

is so).

LATIN GRAMMAR.

5G0

[LESSON

S7.

them write. The second person thus used is commonly connected


with a negative, and the perfect is put in the sense of the present as,
The subne dixeris, ne hoc fecerltis, do not say, do (ye) not do this.
junctive implies a gentleness of command, which is sometimes increased by the addition of words like quaeso, oro, I beseech you dum,
now, pray and sis (= si vis), please. E. g. Quaeso, parens mihi, I
beg you to spare me. Taceas (lace), sis, Please be silent.
let

2. In prescriptions which relate to the past, the imperfect and pluE.g. Pater ejus fortasse aliquanperfect subjunctive are employed.
do iniquior erat', pateretur, His father was perhaps at times unjust;
he was obliged to bear it. Forsi/an non nemo vir fortis dixrrit. restibrave man may say, perhaps, you ought to have resisted.
tisses,

In exhortations non is sometimes used instead of ne.


(for ne) despertmus, Let us not despair.
3.

The

C.

subjunctive

g.

Non

also used in doubtful questions, to

is

which no positive answer

E.

is

expected, and which imply the idea

of the contrary.

These negative questions are commonly rendered by can,

The subjunctive

could, &c.

of this connection

Quo cam?

Qaidfdclamt

Quo

Qxridfdcerem

Quid fdciamf

rdge r,

"What can

anne ro'gem?

Quern te appe'llem ?
Qaidfdceret aliud ?
Cur forturiam periclitaretur ?
Nam, quern ferret, si parentem
non ferret siium ?

Cum

tempestate

lose pdtius,

rem

et

pugnem

quam

pdrtam

illi

perieuoblempc-

Apud exercitum

mihi fiieris, inannos ? forum non


attigeris? abfuerls tamdiu ?
quit,

called the dubitative.

do?

so V
"What could I do
go ?

xreni ?

tot

"What shall
be asked

What
What

shall,

is

do

AVhere can I
AVhere could

Shall I ask or

shall I call

you?

could he do?
"Why should he try his fortune ?
"Who could he bear, if he could
not bear his own parent ?
Shall I fight with the storm at my
own peril, rather than yield to
and obey it ?
You have been with the army, said
he, for so many years ?
You
have not come in contact with
else

the forum ? You have been absent so long ?

Remark.

In

these questions the answer implied is eonnnonly


"Who can (could) ?
Xo one. Quis
Every one could. Hoc non noceat ?
non possit ? "Who could not ?
This is not hurtful ?
It is certainly so.

the opposite.

E.

g. Quis possil,

SUBJUNCTIVE IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS.

D.
quoted,

When
its

a question is stated indirectly, or merely


verb is in the subjunctive.

LESSON

SUBJUNCTIVE IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS.

87.]

clause containing an indirect question

is

561

generally dependent

upon another verb. The verbs on which an


depend are not only those of asking, but many

indirect question mayothers, especially those


(Cf. Lesson LIII.)

requiring the accusative with the infinitive.


All the words and particles used in direct questions may also introduce an indirect one. They are quis, quid ; qui, quae, quod: quot,
quantus, quam, uhi, unde, quare, cur,uter, quo, quomodo ; utrum, an,
ne, num.
(Cf. Lesson
B. u.)
When the question is double, it follows the construction of direct
questions of the same class.
(Cf. Lesson LXXXV.)

LXXXV.

Examples.
The question

Quaeritur, quid faciendum sit.


Mors ipsa quid sit, primurn est

videndum.
Qudlis

sit

sit

diesfe'rat,

Quaeritur, cur doctissimi homines de maximis rebus disstntiant.


Difficile dictu est,

quaenam cau-

sa sit.
!N6n, quantum quisque possit, sed
quanti quisque sit, ponderan-

dum est.
Non est, cur

eorum

spes

infrin-

gdtur.

Yidcamus

piimum, deoruimze
providentia miindus regdtur.

Inter se rogitabant, num* quern


plebei consuls poeniteret.

ndndum

statiierat,

Eiimenem, nee

ne.

senatus, captivos
hdstibus rtdimat, an non.

ab

conservdret

Deliberat

Ipse qui
id

Quod

utrum

sit,

an non

sit,

nescit.

nescire

nius,

an

sit,

qudque

is,

first

malum

utrumne

The mind

what is to be done.
what death itself

see

itself is

mind is.
Learn what

vivere.

Quid quacque ndx aut


incertum est.

Antigonus

must

is.

animus, ipse animus

nescit.

Disce, quid

We

est,

divitiis

agite-

homines,

sint virtute beati.

it is

ignorant of what

to live.

what every night


or day may bring.
The question is, why the most
learned differ on the most important points.
It is difficult to say, what the reason is.
are not to consider what any
one can do, but what he is morally worth.
There is no reason why their hope
should be dejected.
Let us see first, whether the world
is governed by the providence
of the gods.
They inquired of each other,
whether any one was tired of
the plebeian consul.
Antigonus had not yet determined
whether he would save Eumenes
or not.
The senate is deliberating, whether
to redeem the cajDtives from the
enemy, or not.
He himself does not know what he
is, nor whether he is or is not.
Let us discuss what it is a misfortune not to know whether men
are made happy by riches, or by
It is

uncertain

We

virtue.

* The
;

particle

num

in direct questions.

in indirect questions

2 J

does not imply a negative answer,

LATIN GRAMMAR.

562

[LESSON

87.

Eemarks.
"When the question

regarded as direct, the indicative is sometimes used, especially after imperatives like die, vide.
E. g. Die,
quacso, num te ilia terrent? Pray tell me, whether those things
frighten you ?
Quaerdmus, ubi maleficium est (for sit), Let us inquire where the mischief is.
But instances like these are compara1.

is

tively rare.
2. The expressions nescio quis, nescio quid, in the sense of aliquis
or quidam, aliquid or quiddam, are not linked to any particular mood
of the verb. E. g. Nescio quid
paululum) turbatus esse mihi
vidtris, You seem to me to be somewhat agitated.

Animum

To propose.

I have

made up my mind

to

do

Stat mihi sententia (or simply stat


mihi) facere hoc.
fter lllud facere edgito.
Stat mihi abire hinc.

this.

I propose going on that journey.


I have made up my mind to
leave here.

He proposes

inducere (ut ....).


Cogitdre (facere aliquid).

Animum

to write.

inducit

scribere

or

ut

scribat.

To

endeavor,

Operam dare or navdre.

Nui or eniti (nisus sum).


J
1 Labordre, contendere.

strive.

(.111

with

ut

Omnibus viribus contendere.


\ Omnibus nervis conniti.
Operam et oleum perdere frustra
j"

To make

great

To make

a fruitless

effort.

effort.

nlti.

I wish

do

you would endeavor

Operam des

to

velim, ut hoc facias.

this.

I shall endeavor to accomplish

Take care of your

Id ut perficiam, enitar
dam.
Da operam, ut valeas.

it.

health.
(

I endeavor to succeed in

To

aspire

after

it.

(any-

thing).

To

aspire after honors, riches,


pleasure.
To aspire after praise, after one's

money.

Rem

et conten-

eo perdiicere labdro.
rem prdspere agam, con-

< Ego, ut
tendo.
(

or aspirare (ad rem).


Pet ere or appetere (rem).

( Niti, annlti,
I

Petere honorcs,

divitias,

volupta-

tem.

Ad

laudem, ad alicujus pecuniam

aspirare.

The honor.
Places of honor.
For the sake of honor (honorary).

Honor, oris, m.
Honores, munera honorifica.
Honoris causa.

The

Divitiae, arum,/.

riches.

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

S7-]

The

563

Appellatio, onis,/; nonien,

title.

inis, n.;

dignitas, atis,/.

The reputation.
To be for (redound
one's

Existimatio, onis,/

Honori

to)

dignitas.

esse alicui.

honor or reputation.
~

To

inj\
mre

any
J

one.

{
I

To) be an injury to any


To plunge, precipitate.

one.

0C
c ^*0
^
Damnum
ahem.
ere (

alicui.

infcrre

Damno seu detrimento esse alicui.


Praecipitare, dejicere (aliquem
DE LOCO, IN LOCUM).

To throw any one

into the

Dejicere aliquem in mare.

sea.

To

plunge any one into a

pit,

into destruction, into

Praecipitare aliquem in foveam, in


exitium, in mala (miserias).

misery.

To
To

Ligare

bind.

tie,

tie

handkerchief a-

alligare, deligare, illigare.

Sudarium

ligare

circum collum.

round the neck.

To

tie

the horse to the tree.

Equum

ad arborem
or

'Alligare

To

oblige

To

oblige

(any one), to lay


one under obligations.

any one by kind

alligare.

(sibi

obligare

ali-

quem).
Obstringo, ere, nxi, ctum.
Devincio, ire, vinxi, vinctum.
(sibi aliquem aliqua re.)

Obligare or

obstringere

aliquem

officiis.

offices.

To

oblige

To

lay one under perpetual

any one

greatly.

Perforatum seu gratissimum facere


alicui.
sibi in

perpetuum devin-

cire.

obligations.

To

render a service to
one.
The obligation (duty).

The

Aliquem

any

Gratum

facere alicui
praestare.

Omcium,

i,

officia alicui

n.

Usus, us, m.

use.

oblige me very much,


you would do me this favor.
If you would render me this service, you would lay me under

You would
if

Gratissimum mini fades, hoc si


beneficium mini tribuas.
Hoc si mihi officium praestes, me
tibi in

perpetuum devincies.

lasting obligations.

Since you are happy, why, pray,


do you complain ?
I should not have complained of
what he has done, if he had
injured me alone but in doing it, he plunged many fami;

lies

felix es, quid, quaeso,


quereris ?
Nihil de eo, quod fecerit, conquestus essem, si mihi soli nocuisset,
sed hoc faciens miiltas familias

in

mala

praecipitavit.

into misery.

What do you
this

Qudniam

wish to say with

(= what

do you mean)

Since you have nothing to

tell

< Quidnam hoc dicis ?


\ Quidnam hoc vis intelligi ?
Qudniam, quod ei niinties, non ha-

LATIN GRAMMAR.

564

him, why then do you wish to


see

Who

vis ?

Quis eorum peciinia sua usus est

use of his money ?


I should do it, if it were possible.

your place.
If I were in your place.
Had he (= if he had) the treasI in

87.

tamen eum convenire

bes, cur

him ?
of them has made the best

Were

[LESSON

sapientissime.

Facerem
'

hoc,

posset.

si fieri

Si tiio loco esseni.


Si e'go essem, qui tu es.

Croesi divitiae

mihi essent.

si

ures of Croesus.

That man would be happier, if Felicior esset ille, si missam faceret


aleam.
he left off gambling.
He would have been happier, if Felicior fuisset, si missam fecisset
aleam.
he had left off gambling.
He would not have done it, had Id non fecisset, si exitum praevidisset.
he (= if he had) foreseen the
result.

I should think myself ungrateful,


did I not
if I did not) con-

(=

sider

you

as

my

benefactor.

The French would not have

I
I
I
I

gained the battle, if they had


not had superior forces.
wish you would do this.
wish you would go there.
wish you had done it.
wish you had gone there.
should have wished to see him,

had

it

been

possible.

her.

You would have been


pher,

if

you

had

me putarem

esse, nisi te

mihi benefieiorurn auctorem judicarem.


Francogalli in proelio non vicissent, ni hdstibus niimero superidres fuissent.

Velim, ut hoc facias.


Velim, ut llluc eas.
Vellem, ut illud fecisses.
Vellem, ut eo ivisses.
Convenire eum voluissem,

si fieri

potuisset.

I should like to read, if I had


only leisure.
If I could, I would do it.
If she were amiable, he would

marry

Ingratum

a philosoobserved

Legerem ego

libentissime,

si

mddo

mihi dtium esset.


Facerem hoc, si pdssem.
si amabilis esset,
sumeret.

Illam,

uxorem

sibi

Si tacuisses, phildsoj)hus fuisses.

silence.

Polite.

Urbanus
um.

Impolite.

Inurbanus, a, um.
Surdus, a, um.
Timidus, a, um.
Cum cura accurate, diligenter.

Deaf.
Timid, bashful.
Carefully.
The occasion

Opportunity.
I have occasion, the opportunity for doing anything.

The
The
The

modestus

benignus,

a,

Occasio, onis,/. locus, i, m.


Opportunitas, potestas, atis,/.
Est mihi occasio, potestas faciendi
;

aliquid.

insensibility.

Inhumanitas, immanitas, atis,y.

supplication, request.
career (in life).

Preces, pi. ; nagitatio, onis,/!


Vitae curriculum.

LESSON
To

EXERCISE

87.]

follow one's advice.

ui aUcujiis consilium.
.

Ahcujus consiho temperare.

To experience

505

160.

In miseria esse or versari.

misery.

Exercise

160.

Well, does your sister make any progress ?


She would make
some, if she were as assiduous as you.
You flatter me.
Not at all
I assure you that I should be highly (piagnopere) satisfied, if all my
pupils worked like you.
Why do you not go out to-day ? I would
go out if it were fine weather.
Shall I have the pleasure of seeing
you to-morrow ?
If you wish it, I will come.
Shall I still be here
when you arrive ?
Will you have occasion to go to town this evening ?
I do not know, but I would go now if I had an opportunity.
You would not have so much pleasure, and you would not be so
happy, if you had not friends and books.
Man would not experience so much misery in his career, and he would not be so unhappy,
were he not so blind.
You would not have that insensibility towards
the poor, and you would not be so deaf to their supplication, if you
had been yourself in misery for some time.
You would not say that,
if you knew me well.
Why has your sister not done her exercises ?
She would have done them, if she had not been prevented.
If
you worked more, and spoke oftener, you would speak better.
I assure you, sir, that I should learn better, if I had more time.
I do not
complain of you, but of your sister.
You would have had no reason
to complain of her, had she had time to do what you gave her to do.
What has my brother told you ?
He has told me that he would be
the happiest man in the world, if he knew the Latin language, the
most beautiful of all languages.
I should like to know why I cannot speak as well as you.
I will tell you: you would speak quite
as well as I, if you were not so bashful.
But if you had studied your
lessons more carefully, you would not be afraid to speak for, in order
to speak well, one must learn
and it is very natural, that (necesse or
par est, ut) he who does not know well what he has learnt should be
timid.
You would not be so timid as you are, if you were sure to
There are some people who laugh when I speak.
make no mistakes.
Those are impolite people; you have only to laugh also, and they
will no longer laugh at you.
If you did as I (do), you would speak
well.
You must study a little every day, and you will soon be no
longer afraid to speak.
I will endeavor to follow your advice, for I
have resolved to rise every morning at six o'clock, to study till ten
I wish your son would be more assiduo'clock, and go to bed early.
Let them listen to the advice of
ous.
Let us be more diligent.
Let us imitate
their friend, and not be deaf to the words of wisdom.
I
Do you know what that is V
the best and wisest among men.
I do not know whether he will go out or
do not know what it is.
Do you know whether he has finished his letter
remain at home.
Please be
I beg you not to write.
or not ?
I do not know.

silent.

48

LATIN GRAMMAR.

566

Lesson

[lesson

LXXX VJJJ. PENSUM

88.

DUODEXOXA-

GESIMUM.

THE SUBJUNCTIVE AETER CONJUNCTIONS.


A. Dependent clauses denoting an intention, purpose, object, or
These clauses are commonly inresult are put in the subjunctive.
troduced by the conjunctions ut, ne, quo, quin, and quominus. The
tense of the subjunctive

according to Lesson

is

determined by that of the leading verb,

LXXXIII.

Ut or uti, " that," " in order that," " so that," indicates


I.
the purpose, object, consequence, or effect of another action.
When it expresses a result, it is commonly preceded by one of
E. g.
the words sic, ita, tarn, talis, tantus, ejusmodi, Sec.

Legum

idcirco servi sumus, ut


beri esse jjosslmus.

li-

We are

therefore the servants of


the law, that we may be able to

be
Esse opdrtet ut vivas, non vivere,

free.

You

should eat to

live,

and not

live to eat.

ut e'das.

Romani euni ab

aratro abduxe-

The Romans
plough,

runt, ut dictator esset.

called him from the


that he might be dic-

tator.

Pylades quum sis, dices te esse


Orestem, ut moridre pro amiSi

co?
omnia fecit, ut sandret, peregit
medicus partes siias.

Since you are a Pylades, will you


say that you are Orestes, in order to die for your friend ?
If the doctor has done everything
(he could) to cure, he has per-

agemus, ut pertdtum me futurum sii-

formed his duty.


Let us treat with Antonius in such
a manner, that he may see that

Siciliam Verres it a vexavit, ut


ea restitui in pristinum stdtum
nullo mddo possit.

I will be entirely in his favor.


Verres has harassed Sicily to such
an extent, that it cannot by any
means be restored to its former

Adeo aequa

Your demands

Cum Antonio
sjriciat,

sic

um.

condition.
postulatis,

ut liltro

vdbis deferenda fuerint.

that

it

are so reasonable,

was necessary

to accede

them voluntarily.
Pompey's valor and success is such,
that he has always been able to
accomplish what no one else
to

Pompeius ea

est virtiite ac forea potuerit semper,


quae nemo praeter ilium.

tiina,

ut

could.
Talis

est

drdo actionum adhi-

bendus, ut in vita omnia sint


apta inter se et convenientia.

We

should observe such an order


of our actions, that everything
in

life

may be harmonious and

consistent.

LESSON

88.]

SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER CONJUNCTIONS.

567

Remarks.
The adverbs

before the verbs and adjectives preceding ut are sometimes omitted, and the latter then is rendered by so
1.

ita, sic, tarn

(See examples on page 387.)


is originally an adverb of manner and the correlative of ita,
so
as.
E. g. Uti initium, sic finis est. In this sense it is not followed by any particular mood, but has either the indicative or subthat.
2.

Ut

junctive, as the construction may require.


When, in the sense of as
soon as, it indicates a relation of time, it generally takes the indicative
perfect.
E. g. Ut primum loqui posse coepi, As soon as I could speak.
On ut with the sense of would that and supposing that, see Lesson

LXXXIX.
II. Ne always

implies a purpose or intended


equivalent to the English " lest," or " that not."
ne deniio in

Ciira,

mdrbum

met-

See that you do not

effect,

E.
fall

and

is

g.

sick again.

das.
Eificio,

Ne

ne cui molesti

id fieri posset, obsidione fie-

bat.

Timdleon oravit dmnes, ne

id fa-

do

cerent.

Me

dbsecras, ne obliviscar vigi-

lare.

Hortatur

Quod

it, that they do not become


troublesome to any one.
The possibility of that was prevented by the blockade.
Timoleon begged them all not to

I see to

suit.

eos,

ne animo deficiant.

potuisti prohibere, ne fie-

ret.

that.

You

beseech me not to forget to


watch.
He exhorts them not to lose their
courage.
Which you could have prevented
from being done.

Remarks.
Ut non is used instead of ne, when no intended effect, but a
mere consequence, is to be expressed (in the sense of so that not), and
also when the negation does not relate to the entire sentence, but only
to a particular word of it.
E. g. Turn forte aegroiabam, ut ad nuptias
tuas venire non possem, I happened to be sick then, so that I could not
come to your wedding. Confer te ad Manlium, ut a me non ejectus ad
alienos, sed invitatus ad tuos isse videaris, Go to Manlius, so that you
may not have the appearance of having been cast out among strangers
by me, but of having gone invited to your friends.
1.

2. As a continuation of ut and ne in negative sentences the particle


neve is used, which after ne stands in the sense of aut ne, " or lest,"
" or that not," and after ut in the sense of et ne, " and that not."
E. g. Legem tulit, ne quis ante actarum rerum accusaretur neve multaretur, He enacted a law, that no one should be accused of past

offences,

nor (or) punished for them.*

* Instead of neve preceded by ut, neque (or nee) is not unfrequently employed.
E. g. Persuadent, ut pater entur, nee ultima experiri velltnt, Tiiey
exhort them to suffer

it,

and

not to attempt to resort to extremes.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

568
3.

[lesson"

88.

Instead of ne, the double conjunction ut ne is also used, especially


E.g. Operam dant, ut judicia nejS'ant, They are

in legal language.

Ut hie, qui intervenit, ne ignoret,


endeavoring to" prevent judgment.
quae res agcitur, That he who happens to come in may not be ignorant
of what is coins on.
After verbs denoting fear or apprehension, ne is equivalest," and ut or ne non to
that," or

III.

lent to the English


<

that not."

E.

';

';

&.

Timeo, ne phiat.
Timeo, ut phial.
Timeo, ne non * phiat.,}
Yereor, ut apte dicam.
Vereop, ut mature ve'nias.

Metuo, ne fhistra laborem susce-

am

afraid that

it

will rain.

am

afraid that

it

will not rain.

I fear I do not speak correctly.


I fear you will not come in proper
time.
I am afraid that you have worked

in vain.

peris.

Timebam, ne

evenirent ea,

quae

acciderunt.

was afraid that that would come


to pass, which (actually) has occurred.

Verendum

est,

ne brevi tempore

fames in lirbe

6mnes

sit

labdres te exeipere video.

Timeo,

ut sustineas.

to be feared that in a short


time there will be a famine in
the city.
perceive that you are undertakI
ing the whole of the labor.
am afraid that you will not hold

It is

out.

"Veretur Hiempsal, tit satis


sit (foedus) et ratum.

fiV-

mum

Yerebamini. ne non id fucerem,


quod recepissem semel.

Metuebat scilicet, ne indicdrent,


ne dolorem ferre n6n possent.
Pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum csset vulnus Scipionis.

Hiempsal was afraid that the compact would not be sufficiently


firm and safe.
Ye were afraid that I would not
perform what I had undertaken.
He was afraid perhaps they might
declare, that they would be unable to endure the pain.
The terror had invaded the soldiers, that Scipio's wound might
be mortal.

Remarks
This construction includes also substantives denoting fear, appreSo also the
hension, or danger (as the pavor of the last example).
causative verbs terrere. conterrtre, and deterrere. To these add carere,
to beware, and videre and obscrvare, in the sense of " to see, reflect,
consider."
E. g. Cavendum est, ne assentatoribus patefacidmus aures,
Yidendum
^Ve should guard against opening our ears to flatterers.
est, ne qiris nervus laedatur,
must see, that no nerve is hurt.f
1.

We

* Ne non

in this construction is equivalent to ut.


" See whether not or that,''
t In this sense, Vide ne

and Vide ne non

LESSON

SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER

88.]

"

QUO " AND

" QUIN."

5G9

2. When verbs of fearing do not imply a wish (that something


might or might not take place), but merely an emotion of the mind,
they take the infinitive. E. g. Vereor dicere, I am afraid to speak.
Metuit tangi, He is afraid of being touched.

IV. Quo generally occurs only in connection with a comparand is equivalent to ut eo, " that," " so that," " in order

ative,

Non quo, followed by sed,


" not that," " not as if."
E. g.
that."

Ager non semel


vutur et

aratur, sed noquo melidres

ore essetis.

facilius ab

esse oportet, quo

impends

tenedtur.

is

not

ploughed once
and a third

only, but a second


time, in order that

fetus pdssit et grandiores edere.

Legem brevem

equivalent to non quod,

The land

iterfitur,

Cohortarer vds, quo dnimo ford-

is

remembered by the

Ad

te litteras dedi,

non quo ha-

magndpere, quod serfberem, sed ut loquerer tecum


herein

absens.

it

may

pro-

duce better and larger crops.


I should exhort you to be more
resolute in mind.
A law should be brief, in order
that it may be the more easily
I

simple.

have written to you, not that I


had anything particular to eommunicate, but in order that in
my absence I might converse
with you.

Remarks.
1. Quo with the subjunctive always denotes a purpose.
In the
eo or
sense of et eo, " and by this means," and in the formula quo
E. g. Quo plures
hoc (with comparatives), it has the indicative.
eraht, (hoi') major caedes fuit, The larger their number, the greater
the massacre.
2. Instead of non quo in the sense given above, it is more common
to say non quod, non eo quod, non ideo quod, non quia, and negatively
non quin. E. g. Non quod sola ornent, sed quod excellant, Not that
they are the only ornaments, but because they excel as such. Non
quin pari virtule et voluntdte alii fuerint, sed, &c, Not as if others
were not his peers in virtue and resolution, but, &c.

V. Quin (= qui -f- non) is used after negative propositions,


or after general questions involving a negation, and may generally be resolved either into qui non or into ut non.
1. In the sense of qui (quae, quod) non, it occurs principally after
expressions like nemo (nullus, nihil, vix, aegre) est, reperitur, quin, &c,
and after general questions introduced by qids or quid. E. g. Quis
est, quin inteUigat? Who is there (or is there any one), that does not
comprehend? Nemo vend, quin videret, No one came who did not
see (without seeing).

" See whether or that not." E. g. Vide ne hoc tibi obsit, See whether this does
Vide ne non satis sit, See whether this is enough.
not hurt you.

48*

LATIN GRAMMAR.

570

[lesson

88.

2. In the sense of ut non it occurs after expressions like facere non


possum, quin ; fieri non potest, quin ; nulla causa or nihil causae est,
quin, &c.
E. g. Facere non possum, quin miltam, I cannot but send
(cannot do otherwise than send). Nulla causa est, quin hoc faciam,
There is no reason why I should not do this (I am authorized to do it).

moreover used, in the sense of the English but that or that,


and expressions signifying doubt, distance, prevention, or
omission, such as non dubdo, non est dubium, non ambigo, quin ; non
abest, nihil (or paucum, non procul, hand multum) abest, quin ; non
(vix, aegre) abstineo, quin ; temperdre mild (or tcnere me) non possum,
quin ; non impedio, non recuso, non or nihil praetermitto, quin, &c.
E. g. Non dublto, quin profectus sit, I do not doubt that he has left
It

3.

is

after verbs

(his having left).


Nihil abest, quin mise'rrimus sim, I lack nothing of
being a most unhappy man.
4'.
Additional examples of
the following
:

Nihil

Quis
sit

est,

quin possit depravari.

est,

quin cernat, quanta vis

in sensibus ?

Nihil tarn difficile est, quin quaerendo investigari poasit.

all

these constructions of quin are

There

is nothing but what can be


corrupted.
is there that does not perceive what a power there is in
our senses ?
There is nothing so difficult that
cannot be investigated by exam-

Who

ination.

Nulla mora

fuit,

quin decern e-

There was no delay about

their

finishing the war.

rent be'llum.

Facere non pdtui, quin

tibi

sen-

tentiam meam declardrem.


!N6n diibito, quin ddmi sit.

I could not refrain

you

to

my

from declaring

opinion.

ab

do not doubt but that he is at


home.
There is no doubt but that the
Helvetii are the most powerful
and influential.
He had a narrow escape from be-

Teneri non jritui, quin (hoc) tibi


declardrem.
Impediri non potest, quin progre-

ing murdered by the exiles.


I could not refrain from declaring
this to you.
He cannot be prevented from ad-

Non

dubium, quin Helvetii

est

plurimum pdssi)it.
Haiid multum

dbfuit,

qiun

exiilibus interficeretur.

vancing.

didtur.

Non

pdssumus, quin

alii

a nobis

"We cannot
to dissent

dissentiant, recusdre.

Dubitdndum non

quam

est,

pdssit uti'litas

state contendere.

quin nuncum hone-

It

is

refuse to allow others

from

us.

not to be doubted, that utility

can neAer pretend to compete


with honor.

Remarks.
Quin in the sense of qui, quae, quod non commonly is used only
for the nominative
and where it seems to stand for quo non or cid
non, it may be resolved into ut non. Yet it is also found for quod non
1.

LESSON

SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER CONJUNCTIONS.

88.]

571

in Sicilia quidquam fuisse, quin (= quod non)


maintain that there was nothing in Sicily which he has
not tried to rake together.

E.

acc.

g.

Nego

conquisierit, I

Qui non frequently occurs instead of quin ; and so likewise ut


E. g. Quis est, qui hoc non seniiat ? Who is there that does not

2.

non.

Fieri non potest, ut eum tu in tua provincia non


not possible that you should not have made his acquaintance in your own province.*

feel sensible of this?

cognoris, It

is

3. After non dubito, " I doubt not," the Acc. cum Inf. is sometimes
put instead of quin. E. g. Pompeius non dubitat, ea, quae de republics nunc sentiat, mihi valde probari, Pompey doubts not but that his
present sentiments with reference to the republic are acceptable to
me. Dubito and non dubito, in the sense of " I hesitate," are commonly followed by the infinitive, but sometimes also by quin. E. g.
Non dubito respondere, I do not hesitate to reply. Non dubito. ci, id
a te per litteras petere, I did not hesitate (or scruple) to ask that of
you by letter. Dubitdtis, judices, quin hunc vindicetis, Do you hesitate, judges, to defend this man ?

The English "I doubt whether"

4.

num

is

expressed by dubito

sitne,

or numquid, or in double sentences by dubito sitne


an,
dubito utrum
an.
But the expressions dubito an, dubium est an,
have (like nescio an, page 538) the affirmative sense, " I am inclined
to."
E. g. Dubitat an turpe non sit, He is inclined to consider it no
dubXto

disgrace.
5. Quin in the sense of why not ? has the indicative
sometimes also,
with a similar force, the imperative or the first person plural of the
subjunctive.
E.g. Quin conscendimus equos ? Why not mount our
Quin
Quin uno verbo die, Say it in one word
horses immediately ?
experiamur, Let us make the attempt at once
;

VI. Quommus (= ut eo minus, " that not ") is generally put


only after verbs denoting prevention or hinderan.ee, and which
may likewise be followed by ne, or, where a negative precedes,
by quin.

The

principal verbs of this class are defendere, deterrere, impedire,


To these
obstare, ojjicere, prohibere, recusare.
stat or fit per me, quonunus ; non pugno, nihil moror, non con-

intercedere, obsisiere,

add

lineo,

quonunus, and

many

others.

Aetas non impedit, quo minus litterarum stiidia teneamus, usque ad uitimum tempus se-

E.

g.

Age

does not prevent us from adhering to the study of letters,


even to the very end of our lite,

nectutis.

Rebus

terrenis

mxilta

externa,

Many

external circumstances can

* Qui non and ut non, instead of quin. are necessary when no negation precedes, or when non belongs not to the leading verb, but to some other word of
the sentence. E. g. Non adeo imper'dus sum, ut nesciatn, I am not so ignorant
as not to know (where non belongs to imjwitus).

LATIN GRAMMAR.

obstat,

beatus

quominus dens

sit

happy i
Epaminondas

Epamindndas non recusdvit, quominus legis poenam subirct.


Caesar cognovit, per Afrdnium
stare,

88.

act as obstacles to the accomplishment of earthly things.


"What prevents God from bein<r

qudmlnus perjicidntur, pdssunt


obsistere.

Quid

[LESSON

did not refuse to


submit to the penalty of the law.
Caesar was informed, that it was
owing to Afranius, that they did
not engage in battle.
I will not oppose your choosing

quo minus proe'lio dimi-

cdrent.
t

Ego tecum

in eo non pur/nabo,
quominus, utrum velis, eligas.

whichever of the two you please.

Remarks.
After the verbs impedio, dctcrreo, proJiibco, and recuso, the inis sometimes used instead of quominus.
E. g. Pudor impedit
] i rohibmtur exire, They
exquirere, Shame prevents further inquiry.
Quae facere ipse rccuso, Which I myare prohibited from going out.
1.

finitive

self refuse to do.

Quo secius may take the place of quominus. E. g. Impedimento


quo secius lex feratur, It prevents the bill from passing.

2.
est,

The kitchen.
The church.

Cullna, ae,/.

Aedes,

is,

/.

tempi um,

i,

ec-

n. ;

clesia, ae,/. {the assembly).

Divine service.

Sacra publica,

The school.
The high school.
The university.
The dancing-school.
The fencing-school.
The play, comedy.
The drama.
The opera.
The exchange.
The bank.

Schola, ae,/.

To go

to church.

To be

at church.

To go

to school.

To be
To go

to the play.

To
To
To
To
To
To

at school.

be at the play.
be fond of the play.
act a play.
go to the opera.
be at the opera.
go a fishing.

Academia,

n. pi.

ludus,

ae, /.

i,

jr.

gymnasium,

i,

n.

Universltas litterarum.

Ludus saltatorius.
Ludus pugnatorius.
Comoedia, ae,/.

Drama,

fabula,

ae,/

atis, n.

Drama musicum.
Curia mercatoruin.
(

Aerarlum publicum.
In templum ire.

\ Sacra publica adire.


j In templo esse.
Sacris publlcis adesse.
^

In

ludum

litterarum ire or itare.

\ Scholam frequentare.
In ludo (schola) esse.
spectatum comoediam
lam).

Ire

Fabulae adesse.
Libenter fabulam spectare.
Fabiilam agere (dare).
Drama musicum auditum ire.
Dramati musico adesse.
Piscatum ire, piscari.

(fabii-

88.]

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

Fishing.

Piscatio, onis,/.

IJbi est sartdris

uxor?

LESSON

Where

the wife of the tailor ?


She is in the kitchen.
Whose school did he go to ?
He frequented the public school.
Will ) ou go to the opera ?
I am not disinclined to go.
is

Were you

at

church

this

am

Sehdlam piibllcam frequentabat.


Visne audit um ire drama miislcum?

Auditum

morn-

Non

mane

sacris pii-

adfui.

Delectarisne venatidnibus ?

Non

delector.

Totum diem

{Ace.)
integrum.
Hebdomadem integram.

Annum

entire week.

Totum mane.
Totum vesperum.
Totam noctem.

night.

Three entire days.

Totos tres dies, tres ipsos dies, totum triduum.


Totos sex menses.
Tdtus (universus) conventus or

Six entire months.

The whole

nolo.

blicis ?

not.

The whole morning.


The whole evening.
The whole night, all

ndn

ire

Adfuistine hddie

The entire day, all day.


The whole year.

An

piscatus, us, m.

In culm a est.
Ciijus schdlam frequentabat?

ing ?
I was not present.
Are you fond of hunting ?
I

573

society.

circillus.

Hac hebdomade.
Hoc anno.
Hebdomade proxima.
Hebdomade praeterita

This week.
This year.
Next week.
Last week.

or proximo

elapsa.

The person (individual).


The belly-ache.
The stomach-ache.
The fruit.
The peach.
The cherry.
The strawberry.
The plum.
The pear.
The potato.

Persona, ae,y.
Tormina, drum,

Fragum,
Prunum,
Plrum,
Bulbus
Olus,

Vegetables.
Pulse.
(

Pastry.
(

The
The
The
The
The
The

tart.

n. pi.

Dolor stomachi.
Poma, drum, n.
Malum Persicum.
Cerasum, i, n.
i,

n.

i,

n.

n.

i,

(i,

m.) solani.
or pi. olera.

eris, n.,

Legumen, inis, n.
Opus piston um.
Crustula, drum, n

pi.

Scnbhta, ae,/.
lanx, gen. lancis,y!

dish.

Patina, ae,/.

small dish.

Patella, scutula, ae,/.

table-cloth.

Mantele,

maid-servant.
aunt.

Ancilla, ae, f.

Cognata

is,

n.

amita (paternal)

tertera (maternal), a.e,f.

ma-

LATIN GRAMMAR.

574

The cousin.
The niece.
The neighbor (female).
The actor.
The actress.
The countess.
The country woman.
The cook.
The foolish woman.
The sister-in-law.
The merchandise, goods.
The power, might.
The gazette, newspaper.
The cold (in the head).
To have a cold.
To take a cold.

To have

*Coinitissa, ae,/.
llustica, ae,/.

Coqua, ae,/.
Stulta, inepta, ae,/.

Aff inis, is, / glos, gen. gloris, /.


Merx, gen. mercis,/ ; pi. merces.
;

atis,

/
n.

Gravedme

potestas,

laborare.

Gravedlne aifici.
Laborare tussi.

Morbum

sick.

me

Acta publica or diurna, orum,


Gravedo, inis,/

Potentia, ae,

sick.

alicui afferre.

Aliquem valetudlne tentare.


Hoc mini affert morbmn.

This makes

88.

Amitina; consobrlna, ae,/.


Fratris (or sororis) filia.
Vicina, ae,/.
Histrio, onis, m. ; actor scemcus.
Scenica, ae,/.

a cough.

To make one

[LESSON

\ Hoc me dolore

afficit.

The cough.

Tussis, is,/ (ace. im).

Violent.
Violently.
All at once, suddenly.

Valde, graviter.

Gravis,

is,

e.

repentino,

Subito,

derepentlne

(adv.).

At

once, immediately.

Statim,

Exercise

illico,

e vestigio.

161.

Where is your
your cousin ?
He is in the kitchen.
mother ?
She is at church.
Is your sister gone to school ?
She
She goes
Does your mother often go to church ?
is gone thither.
thither every morning and every evening.
She goes thither as soon
At what o'clock does she get up
She gets up at
as she gets up.
Dost thou go to school to-day ?
sunrise.
I do go thither.
AVhat
I learn to read, write, and speak there.
dost thou learn at school ?
She is gone to the play with my little sisWhere is your aunt ?
Do your sisters go this evening to the opera ? No, madam,
ter.
Is your father gone a hunting ?
they go to the dancing-school ?
Do you
He has not been able to go a hunting, for he has a cold.
I like to go a fishing better than a hunting.
like to 2:0 a hunting ?
Is your father still in the country ?
Yes, madam, he is still there.
What does he do there ?
He goes a hunting and a fishing there.
Did you hunt when you were in the country ?
I hunted the whole
How long have you stayed with (apud) my mother. I stayed
day.
with her the whole evening.
Is it long since you were at the
I was there last week.
castle ?
Did you find many people there ?
I found only three persons there.
Who were those three perThey were the count, the countess, and their daughter.
sons ?

Where

is

'?

LESSON
Are

89.]

SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER CONJUNCTIONS.

575

They are better than


They cannot, but they
speak German ?
are learning it.
Have you brought anything to your mother ?
I
brought her good fruits and a fine tart.
What has your niece
brought you ?
She has brought us good cherries, good strawberries,
and good peaches.
I do like them much.
Do you like peaches ?
How many peaches has your neighbor (fern.) given you ? She has
given me more than twenty of them.
Have you eaten many
cherries this year?
I have eaten many of them.
Were there
many pears last year ?
Have you read the
There were not many.
newspaper to-day ?
Is there anything new in it ?
I have read it.
I have not read anything new in it.
Does he eat to live, or does
he live to eat ?
AVhy do you study Latin ?
He lives to eat.
I
study it, in order that I may read, speak, and write it.
Is he so bad,
that he must be punished ?
He is.
Did your father exhort you
not to go to the play V
He begged and conjured me not to go there.
He was sick yesterday so that he could not come to the lesson (ad
scholani).
Are you afraid that it will rain to-day?
I am rather
afraid that it will not rain.
Is your brother afraid to speak Latin ?
He is afraid for he is as yet ignorant of the language.
He
should be more diligent, in order that he may be able to speak more
readily (facilius).
I give you this advice, not that I think you need
it, but in order to encourage (animum alicui addere) you.
I cannot
refrain from writing to you.
There is no doubt but that you are correct.
I do not doubt but that he will arrive to-morrow.
Can he
He cannot prevent me.
prevent you from advancing ?
He could
refrain from weeping, when he heard that you were so unfortunate and unhappy.
What can prevent us from being happy ?
Nothing can prevent us from being as happy as any one ever was.
these girls as good as their brothers ?

they.

Can

your

sisters

Lesson

LXXXIX. PENSUM UNDENONAGESIMUM.

SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER CONJUNCTIONS. Continued.


A. The subjunctive is put after various other particles, besides
those already considered in the preceding Lesson.

After particles denoting a wish, such as utinam, utinam


O that," " would that," the verb is
always in the subjunctive.
I.

ne, ut or uti, o or o si, "

In this construction the present and perfect subjunctives are used


of things considered as possible, the imperfect and pluperfect when the
wish is regarded as a vain or impossible one. E. g.

Utinam lidbeam !
erit

Utinam habu-

may have
may have had

that I

he

wish that

! !

!!

LATIN GRAMMAR.

576
Utinam hdberem

Utinam

liabu-

Would

[LESSON

that I

had

O that he had

had!

issel
t

Utinam mddo conata efficere


possim !
O mihi praeteritos referat si
Jiippiter annos

May I but be able


my endeavors

lllud utinam ne vere scriberem

Would

may

that Jupiter

my

past years
to

God

to

accomplish

restore to

Utinam minus vitae


semus

ciipidi fuis-

that

what I have

Remark.

The

that

we had been

less desirous

of preserving life
the gods destroy you
!

May

perduint!

di'i

me

written were no reality

Ut te

89.

particle

is

sometimes omitted.

E.

g.

Tecum

ludere

possem

sicut ipsa

After the particles of comparison quasi, quam si, and


lit, velut, similiter ac, idem ac, aeque ac, perinde
ac, proinde ac, with or without si, and ceu, "as if," "just as if,"
the verb is always in the subjunctive.
E. g.
II.

tamquam,

after

Sed quid ego


quasi

his testibus utor,


res diibia aut obscura

sit?

But why do

I use witnesses like

were a doubtor an obscure one ?


He was made questor, as if he had
been of the highest rank by
these, as if the case
ful

Quaestor est factus, quam


set siimmo loco natus.

si es-

birth.

primo drtu sic jacent, tdnquam omnino sine amino suit.

JParvi

Crudelitatem ejus, velut si coram


adesset, horrebant.
Similiter facis, ac si me rdges.

Deleta

est

Ausonum

inde

ac

si

gens, perinternecivo bello

Infants,

as if they

out

life.

if

are just born,

were entirely with-

They shrunk from

his cruelty,

as

he were present before them.

You

act just as if you were asking


me.
The Ausonian nation has become
extinct, as if it had engaged in

internecine warfare.

certdsset.

The

when they

lie

non quod, non eo quod, non ideo quod, and


non quia, " not because," non quo, " not as if," and non quin,
"not but that," are followed by the subjunctive, but the sed
quod or sed quia of the subsequent clause requires the indicaIII.

E.

tive.

particles

g.

Non idcirco quorundam amicorum usum dimiseram, quod lis


succenseretn, sed

me

quod eorum

suppudebat.

had given up the acquaintance


of certain friends, not because I

was angry with them, but because I was somewhat ashamed


of them.

Non quo verba unquam pdtius,


quam res, exercuerim, sed quia
assueveram
nus.

militaribus

inge-

that I have ever dealt in words


rather than in substance, but because I had become accustomed
to military minds.

Not

LKSSON

89.]

Crasso

commendationem

sum

SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER CONJUNCTIONS

polh'citus,

non

non quln earn

valituram apud te arbitrdrer,


sed {quod) nn'hi egere com-

mendatione non vklebdtur.

57

did not promise Crassiis any


recommendation, not because I
thought that it would have no
effect with you, but because he
did not seem to me to need any
recommendation.

IV. The subjunctive is likewise put after the conjugations


dum, modo or dummodo, " provided," and dum ne, modo ne or
dummodo ne, " provided not." So also after ut and ne, when
they signify "although," "although not," and after nedum or
ne, " not to say," "

much

less," "

Neque, dum sibi regnum pararet.


quidquam pensi habebat.
Cicero omnia postpdsuit, dummodo praeceptis ptitris pareret.

Dum

ne

ille

nolo, sis

Ut

quern ego esse


causa, qui lubet.

si's,

mea

de'sint vires,

tamen

da voluntas.
id hoc non

est

laudan-

sit,

tamen

ser-

vet rempiiblicam.
sit

siimmum malum

malum

dolor,

certe est.

E.

g.

did he have a regard for any-

thing,

provided

he might win

royal authority.
Cicero disregarded everything, provided he might obey the instructions of his father.
So long as you are not what I do
not wish to be, you ma}' be what

you please, for aught I care.


Although the strength be wanting,
yet the wish

Ye rum
Ne

much more."

Nor

Though

this

to be commended.
be not so, it may
is

nevertheless save the republic.


is not the greatest

Although pain

evil, it is still

unquestionably an

evil.

Nunquam
queat,

sufferre ejus

nedum

sumptus

tu. jjdss'is.

Vix in ipsis tectis Frigus vitatur,


nedum in mari et in via sit facile

abesse ab injuria temporis.

Quippe seciindae res sapientium


animos f itigant ne llli corrumdribus victdriae tempera;

ptis

rent.

He

never can defray

his expenses,

much less can you.


The cold can scarcely be avoided
in the houses themselves
much
;

less

easy

it is

to

be exempt from

the ill effects of the season at


sea and on the roads.
Since prosperity tries the minds of
the wise even, much less could
they who are men of corrupt
morals restrain themselves from
an abuse of the victory.

"however," and
(quantumvis, quantumlibet)
"although," commonly take the subjunctive; but utut,
" however," and quamquam, " although," have more frequently
E. g.
the indicative.

V. Quamvis

licet,

Licet strenuum metum pules esse,


veldcior tamen spes est.

2K

49

may consider fear


rapid in its operation, yet hope
is quicker.

Although you

LATIN GRAMMAR.

578
Quamvis

Mc'nti delubra

licet

et.

Virtiiti-et Ffdei consecremus,

tamen haec

in nobis ipsis sita

videnms.

[LESSON

89.

it be true, that we dedicate shrines to the Intellect, to


Virtue, and to Faith, Ave nevertheless perceive that they reside

Although

in ourselves.

Quod

qudmuis oc-

tiirpe est, id,

culleliir,

millo

tiimen honestum fieri

mddo

potest.

Vitia mentis, qudntumvh, exigua


suit, in miijus exceiunt.

That which is morally disgraceful,


however it may be concealed,
can never by any means become
honorable.
vices of the mind, however
small they may be, increase and

The

spread.

tumen hoc

Utut haec sunt,


ciam.

fa-

excellebat abstinentiimen exsilio decern anno-

rum mul tutus

Remark.

est.

may

these things

shall nevertheless

Qudmquam
tia,

However

do

be, I

it.

Although he was noted for his moderation, he yet was punished


with an exile of ten years.

Tacitus

uses the subjunctive after qiiamqxiam as after


Cicero only occasionally. Later authors reverse the rule,
and put quamquam with the subjunctive, and quamvis with the indic-

quamvis.
ative.

VI. Dum, donee, and quoad, in the sense of " as long as," or
"while," require the indicative; but when they signify "until,"
E. g.
they may have either the indicative or subjunctive.
Aegrdto

dum

uninia

est,

spes esse

dicitur.

as the patient keeps

spirits,

Cato quoad

vixit,

virtutum laude

crevit.

Delibera hoc,

De

As long

comitiis,

dum

ego redeo.
donee redid Mar-

eellus, silentium fiiit.

there

is

said to

up

his

be hope.

Cato advanced in renown for virtue


as long as he lived.
Think this over until I return.
Respecting the election, there was
nothing said until Marcellus returned.

dum

consul aut dictator fiat Kaeso.

Expectfite,

Quoad perventum
siimpta nuvis

sit

eo,

quo

est.

Kaeso becomes consul


or dictator.
Until they may have arrived at the
spot for which the ship was
taken.
"Wait, until

VII. Antequam and priusquctm are commonly followed by


the present subjunctive, when they imply a reference to the
future, and by the imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive when
they imply a causal connection between two past events. But
when these conjunctions express merely a relation of time, the
verb is in the indicative. E. 2.
Tragoedi quotidie, antequam promintient, voceni sensim excitant.

Tragic actors gradually tune their


voice every day, before they
beinn to declaim.

LESSON
Ante

CONSTRUCTION OF

89.]

videmus

fulgurationem,

quam sdnum audidmus.


In omnibus negdtiis prius, quam
aggredidre, adhibenda est prae-

We

venit prills,

579

perceive the lightning before

we hear its voice.


You should make diligent preparations in

you

panitio diligens.

Caesar ad Pompeii castra per-

" QUUM.'

every transaction, before

work

set to

at

it.

quam Pompeius

Ca?sar arrived at Pompey's camp


before Pompey could perceive it.

indoles

It

sentire posset.

Saepe

magna

virtutis,

priiisqaam rei piiblicae prodesse potuisset, exstineta fuit.

Dabo dperam, ut istuc veniam


ante, quam plane ex trio ani-

mo

effluo.

Membris utimur

p7*ius,

quam

di-

dicimus, ciijus ea utilitatis causa habeainus.*

has often been the case, that a


great natural capacity for virtue
was lost, before it could become
an advantage to the republic.

endeavor to come to your

I shall

am

place, before I

entirely for-

gotten by you.
use our limbs, before we have
learnt the end for which we have

We

them.

B.
Quum or cum expresses either a relation of time, and is equivalent to turn quum, eo tempore quum, or ex eo tempore quum, " then
when," "when," "while," "after," or "since"; or it denotes the
relation of cause and effect, and is equivalent to the English " since,"
" although," " because."
The former is called the quum temporede,

and
and

is
is

generally followed b)fthe indicative, the latter the


followed by the subjunctive.

I. The clause introduced by quum temporede


the leading or a subordinate one, and the verb
tense of the indicative.

Facile dmnes,
quum valcmus,
recta consilia aegrdtis damus.

When we

Ager quum

When

quievit,

uberidres eflerre friictus sdlet.

are well,

injiiriam, nesviis,

quum po-

test, injiiste facit.

Quum haec
tur,

in Hispania gercbdn-

eornitidrum

jam appete-

bat dies.

Yds

turn

many

nemo, qui

lie

who

ndluit.

quum pdruit

years,

all

of us

it

left fallow for


usually yields

crops.

does not repel injustice,

nor protect

in

his friends against

it,

Spain, the day of the elec-

was approaching.

You obeyed

at a time when no one


obeyed, that was not disposed to

do
* In the ]ast
relation of time.

we

when he can, acts unjustly.


While these things were carried on
tions

paruistis,

either be

be in any

are sick.

land has been

more abundant
Qui non defendit
que propiilsat a

may
may

cqusale,

can easily give advice to those

who
annos

nuiltos

quum

so.

two of these examples, these conjunetions express merely a

LATIN GRAMMAR.

580

Quum

inimi'ci

ndstri venire di-

Epirum

centur, turn in

When

[LESSON

89.

our enemies will be reported

as coming, then I shall go into

ibo.

Epirus.

Jam

ver appetebat, quum Han-

nibal

ex hibernis

Vix annus

movit.

intercesserat,

quum

Sulpicius accusauit C. Norba-

num.
Miilti anni sunt,

acre

meo

quum Fabius

Trigmta dies erant


has dabam h'tteras.

Remark.
quum

On

ipsi,

the

quum

winter-quarters.
scarcely elapsed when
Sulpicius preferred an accusation
against Norbanus.
It is many years since Fabius is
debtor.
There were thirty entire days,
since the date of this letter.

A year had

my

imperfect and pluperfect subjunctive after

temporale, see III.

Quum

II.

although, and

Quae cum

Quum
Quum

in

est.*

Spring was already approaching,


when Hannibal moved out of his

causcde is rendered by the English since, because,


is followed by the subjunctive.
E. g.

ita sint.

sciam, s'cirem.
intellexerim, intellextssem.

Since these things are so.


Since I know, though I knew.
Since I have understood, had understood.

Socratis ingenium variosque sermones immortalitati scriptis


suis tradidit Plato, quum h'tteram Socrates niillam reliqulsset.

Dionysius

quum

in

communibus
non aude-

suggestis consi'stere
ret,

concionari ex turre alta

solebat.

Coclo sereno interdiu obscurata


liix est, quum luna sub drbem
solis subisset.

Druentia,

quum aquae vim


non tamen

hat inge ntem,

vium patiens

ve-

na-

est.

Ego me saepe nova videri di'cere


intelligo, quum pervetera dicam.

Phocion

quum

fuit

perpetuo pauper,

divitissimus esse jwssct.

Plato in his writings has bequeathed


us an immortal record of the
genius and various discourses of
So.-rates, though Socrates himself had not left a syllable.
Dionysius was in the habit of haranguing the people from a high
tower, as he did not dare to stand
upon the usual platforms.
Daylight has sometimes been darkened, even under a clear sky, on
account of the moon having passed
beneath the orbit of the sun.
The (river) Durance, although it
carries a large quantity of water,
is yet unfit for navigation.
I know that I have often the appearance of saying new thing.;,
when (i. e. although) I say something that is quite old.
Phocion was perpetually poor, when
(1. e. although) he might have

been very

rich.

In narration quum is commonly followed by the imperfect and pluperfect subjunctive, though generally rendered by
the English when or after.
E. jr.
III.

On

this

use of quum, compare Lesson LVII.

LESSON

CONSTRUCTION OF

89.]

Zendncm, quum Athenis


audiebam frequenter.

"

QUUM."

581

e'ssem,

I frequently heard Zeno's discourses, when I was at Athens.

tempus, quum rura c6lerent


homines, neque * urbeni habe-

There was a time when men inhabited the country, and had no

Fiiit

rent.

tbi

cities.

When

eum quiim

nihil

Caesar saw him there, he


said nothing that was harsh, nothing that was bitter.

Caesar vidisset,
aspere, nihil acerbe dixit.

Thucydides

Thucydides is said to have written


his books after he had been removed from public life and

libros suos turn scri-

quum a

psisse dicitur,

repii-

blica remotus atque in exsili-

um pulsus

driven into exile.

e'sset.

Remarks.
The

subjunctive sometimes stands after quum where we might


expect the indicative. E. g. Si tibi turn, quum peteres consulatum,
affui, If I assisted you at the time you were a candidate for the conBut in most such cases there are generally other reasulate, &c.
E. g. Qui dies est, quae nox, quum ego non
sons for the subjunctive.
ex istorum insidiis divino consilio eripiar ? f What day is there, what
night, in which I was not saved from the wiles of these wretches, by a
1.

Divine Providence

In Livy and Tacitus quum is sometimes also followed by the hisE. g. Nee multum erat ])rogressa navis, quum dato
torical infinitive.
sir/no mere tectum loci, Nor had the ship advanced far, when at the
2.

jxiven signal the

deck

fell in.

( Ambulare, incedere.
< Castra movere, movere.
[iter Jacere.

To march.

To
To
To

walk, to go on foot.

To

travel.

Incedere, pedibus Ire, ambulare


Gradior, i, gressus sum.
Progredi, pergere.

step.

advance.

( Proficisci, iter facere.


I

Tendere, contendere (ad locum).

To travel abroad.
To travel through a place.
To travel or pass by a place.

Peregrinari.
Transire, iter facere per locum.
Aliquem locum praetergredi, prae-

To go (leave for) abroad.


The traveller.
The wanderer (traveller on

Abire, discedere, proficisci.


Peregrinator, peregrinus.

tervehi,

non

Viator, oris,

attingere.

in.

foot).

To

travel a mile.

To make a
To take a
ures)

* Neque
f

step.

step

(i.

e.

meas-

Mille passuum emetiri (emensus


sum) or conficere.
Gradum or passum facere.
Agere et moliri consilium inire.
;

here, as frequently,

et

non.

The subjunctive here depends upon the

49*

indefinite general question.

582

LATIN GRAMMAR.

To enter on
To make

a journey.
or

deliver

speech.
transact business.

Se dare in viam proficisci.


Verba facere orationein habere
;

dlcere.

Hem

gerere

ram
of busi-

Negotium,

i,

Oecupatum

To

Otiosum

leisure.

esse aliqua re.

Quo

Vindobdnam

business ?
is

very

occupied (with

tendit viator ?

versus tendit.
Occupatiisne est mereator nejid-

much

res, rei,y!; opus,

esse, vacare.

He is

He

n. ;

eris, n.

TVhere

is the traveller going to ?


going towards Vienna.
Is the merchant occupied with

negotiari, mercatu-

facere.

an affair.
To be engaged in anything.
ness,

be at

89.

To

Business, a piece

[LESSON

tiis ?

Est vero occupatissimus.

*).

He is distracted with business.


How many miles did he travel ?
He has travelled twenty.

Distentus est

Did the clergyman speak

Fecitne verba clericus ?

He

did not.
Hid I transact the business well ?
You have transacted it in the
best possible manner.
Was the master at leisure ?
He was not at leisure.

To

salt,

season with

Qudt

milia
Viginti.

Xon

nego'tiis.

passuum eme'nsus

fecit.

Gessine rem be'ne?


Sane, earn quam dptime

Vacavitne praeeeptor

Kon

gessisti.

vacavit.

Satire, sale condlre


salt.

est ?

(rem).

Salem aspergere (rei).

Salt meat.

Caro

Salt

Salsamenta, 5rum, n.
Caro recens {gen. carnis recentis).
Cibus, i, m. : esca, ae, /. ; cibaria,

fish.

Fresh meat.

The

food, victuals.

The
The
The

dish, mess.

sale condita.

5mm,
milk.

milk-food.

Milk soup.
Salt meats.

To partake

n.

Cibus, i, m. ; ferculum,
Lac, gen. lactis, n.

Cibus lactens
Jus lactens.

Cibaria salsa,
of food, to eat.

i,

n.

lactentia, iuin, n. pi.

n. pi.

Cibum capere

or sumcre.

Altralitre, trax'i, traction.

To

attract.

Ad

se

trahere

(aliquid,

quem.)

To

allure, entice.

To

excite, to delight.

To charm,

enchant.

Allicio, ere, lexi, lectum.

Allectare

(aliquem ad

Delectare oblectare.
Uapio, ere, pui, ptum.
Permulceo, ere, si, sum.
;

Admiratione

To

enrapture, ravish.

afficcre.

Suavissime afficere.
Voluptate perfundere.

se).

at.i-

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

89.]

The beauty.
The harmony.
The voice.
The power, force.
The power, authority.
To have power (influence)
over ony one.

To occupy

one's self with

anything.
To meddle with anything.

f.
us,

m.

Vis, plur. vires, f.


Potestas, atis,/

Multum
quem

plurimum) apud

(or

ali-

posse or valere.
Versari or occupari in aliqua re.

Se immisCere

(tii,

mixtum

or

mi-

To

The quarrel, contest.


The commerce, traffic.

Lis, gen. litis,/. ; rixa, ae,/.


Mercatiira, ae,/. ; negotia, oruin, n.

do not meddle with other people's business.

alienis negdtiis

non

imrai-

Chymica, ae,f.
Chymicus, i, in.

Chemistry.

To

Ego me

se

Minibile dictu est.


Ars pingendi, ars pictoria.

art of painting.

The
The

sceo.

It is strange.

The

inis,

Harmonia, ae,/; concentus,


Vox, gen. vocis,/

stum) alicui rei.


Curare rein
laborare de re
immiscere rei.

trouble one's head about


anything.

Pulchritudo,

583

chemist.

Ars, arris,/!
Adspicere, adspectrire, intueri

art.

look at some one.

ali-

quem.
Attingo,

To concern (some

"What

is

that to

me ?

What

is

that to

you

have nothing

to

one).

tactum

tigi,

(ali-

Pertinere (ad aliquem or rem).


Spectare ad rem.

Quid ad me ?
Quid id mea refert or interest
Quid tibi cum ilia re ?
Quid id tiia refert ?

do with

ere,

quem).

that.

far as I am concerned.
This concerns (has reference to)
you.
What has that to do with the
matter ?
I do not like to meddle with
things that do not concern me.
Did the song of the maiden at-

As

you ?
It truly enchanted me.
The magnet attracts iron.
Is he engaged in the art of paint-

Id nihil ad me attinet.
Id mea nihil interest.

Quod ad me
Res ad

De

attinet.

te spectat.

te fabula narratur.

Quid hoc ad rem

Ego me

alienis litibus

non

nisi in-

vitus immisceo.

Allexitne te cantus puellae

tract

ing ?
No, "he occupies
chemistry.

himself

with

fmmo me

suavissime affecit.

Magnes ferrum ad
Versaturne

Non

in

se allicit et trahit.

in arte

pingendi

chymica versatur.

584

[lesson

LATIN" GRAlfMAPi.

The

Cantus, m.

singing (song).

To

The
The

S9.

Rcpeto, ere. wi (w), Mum.


Itcrare, retractare (aliquid).

repeat.

Repetitio, iteratio, onis. f.

repetition.

beginning,

commence-

Initiiun

principium,

i,

n.

inent.

The wisdom.
The study,

Sapientia, ae. f.

application

Tractiitio litterarum.

to

Litterarum studia, orum, n.


Dea, diva, ae,/!

letters.

The goddess.
The nightingale.
The Lord.
The Creator.
To create.

The

Luscinia, ae./.

Domlnus, Deus,

i,

in.

Creator, auctor, oris, m.


Creare. efficere.
(Creatio, onis, f. (act.y.
4 Mundus, i, m.
rerun) natura (rf-

creation.

The heaven.
The earth.
The solitude.
The goodness.
The cleanliness.
The uneleanliness.
The government.

fict).
.

Coelum,
Terra,

i.

n.

ae./.'

Solitudo, inis,/!

Benignitas, humanitas, at is,/'.


Munditia, ae, /!, or mundities,

Immunditia,

ae,

Magistratus, us,

ei,

f.

f.
///.,

or pi. magistra-

tus; senatus, us, m.

Sensible, reasonable.

Sanus, piiidens, modestus.


tua. nostra causa or gratia.

For my. thy, our sake on


my, thine own account.

Mea,

On

Ejus causa, patris causa or gratia.

his,

on the

father's ac-

count.

Not only not hut not even.


Not only

hut alio.

sed (or verum)


sed
sed

Non modo
Non tantum
Non solum

etieim.

etiam.

etiam.

Non modo (non) *

sed ne

quidem'.

lie was not only unlike the preceding king, but even more
cruel than Romulus.
Such a man will never venture

not only to do, but not even


to think, anything that is not
honorable.

Non

solum proximo regi dissimilis,


sed ferdcior etiam Rdmulo iiiit.

Talis vir non modo face re, sed ne


cogitare quidem quidquam uc/cbil,

quod non honestum

sit.

* In this construction the first non is generally omitte<l, when both members
of the sentence have a common predicate, as in the second of the following
examples, where audtbit is the common verb, and ne
quidem equivalent to
etiam non.

LESSON

EXERCISES

89.]

585

1C2, 163.

Exercise

1G2.

Will you dine with us to-day ?


AYith much pleasure.
What
have you for dinner'?
have good soup, some fresh and salt meat,
and some milk-food.
Do you like milk-food ? I like it better than
all other food.
Are you ready to dine?
I am ready.
Do you
intend to set out soon ?
I intend setting out next week.
Do you
travel alone ?
No, madam, I travel with my uncle.
Do you travel
on foot or in a carriage ?
travel in a carriage.
Did you meet
any one in your last journey (idtuno in itinere tao ad) to Berlin ?
We met many wanderers. What do you intend to spend your time
in this summer ?
I intend to take a short journey.
Did you walk
much in your last journey ?
I like very much to walk, but my uncle
likes to go in a carriage.
Did he not wish to walk V
He wished to
walk at first, but after having taken a few steps, he wished to get into
the carriage, so that I did not walk much.
What have you been
doing at school to-day ?
have been listening to our teacher,
who made a long speech on the (qui verba faciebat midta de) goodness
of God.
What did he say ?
After saying, " God is the creator of
heaven and earth; the fear of the Lord is the beginning of all wisdom"; he said, " Repetition is the mother of studies, and a good memory is a great benefit of God."
Why did you not stay longer in
Holland ?
When I was there, the living was so dear that I had not
money enough to stay there any longer.
What sort of weather was
It was very bad weather;
it when you were on the way to Vienna V
May I have
for it was stormy, and snowed, and rained very heavily.
Would that I had an opportunity
leisure to read through the book ?
O that he had never writto do (faciendi) what you have done
You act as if you were sad what is the matter with
ten that letter

We

We

We

you (quid

tristis

es) ?

Exercise

1G3.

am walking
singing of the
There are some
me. Are there any nightingales
singing enchants me. What does
and the harmony of
She reads a good
her
your niece amuse herself with
her mother. What does your uncle amuse
deal and writes
He employs himself painting and
himself with
chemistry. Does he no longer do any business He no longer
do
Why does he meddle with your
he
too old
does any,
business He does not generally meddle with other
but he meddles with
immiscere non
ness
me. Has your master made you repeat your
mine, because he
Did you know
to-day He has made me repeat
Have you done some exercises
pretty
did know

What are you doing all the day in this garden ?


The
it. What is there in it that attracts you?

in it?

attracts

in

in
birds

their

it,

in

solitude ?

letters to

in

in his solitude ?

for

to

is

it.

people's busi-

assolel)

(alienis negpiiis se

loves

lesson

it

it ?

it.

well.

also

I do not generhave done some, but what is that to you, I beg ?


but I love you so
ally meddle with things that do not concern me
much (tantopere), that I concern myself much about what you are
No one troudoing.
Does any one trouble his head about you ?
Not only
for I am not worth the trouble.
bles his head about me


LATIN GRAMMAR.

58G

[LESSOX

90.

but also for the sake of health, prudent


people avoid (vitare) uncleanliness, and wash themselves often.
Shall you buy that horse ?
I shall buy it, although it is not an
English one.
Though he is my cousin, he nevertheless does not
come to see me. - Although they are not rich, they are nevertheless
very benevolent.
I do not know, whether he is at home or not.
The question is (quaeritw), whether he will do it or not.
for the sake of cleanliness,

Lesson

XC PEXSUM

XOXAGESIMUM.

SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER RELATIVES.


Relative pronouns and adverbs are followed by the subjuncthe clause introduced by them contains the consequence or
or the cause, reason, purpose, or j/wtice of what has gone before.

A.

when

tive,

result,

When

B.

the relative

is

preceded by

is,

hie,

ille, talis,

tan-

ejusmodi, hujusmodi, adeo or lam, so as to denote a consequence or result, its verb is in the subjunctive.

tus,

In this construction qui becomes equivalent to ut ego, tu,


cui to ut mihi, iibi,
cuius to ut mei, tui, sui, Ulius, ejus ;
and so through all the cases. E. g.

Ego is sum, qui nihil tinquam


mea pdtius, quam meorum civiura causa fee e rim.

Romana

est

(jens,

quae victa

quiescere nesciat.

Non

tu

is fa, qui,

iVon ego
tris

sum

ille

qui

nescias.

ferreus, qui fra-

moerore non movear.

Mi,

character is such, that I have


never done anything on my own
account rather than on that of

Such

fellow-citizens.
is

race,
sis,

&c.

sibi, ei,

My

my
Ea

ille,

the character of the Roman


that it cannot rest when

conquered.
are not such a man as to be
ignorant of what you are.
I am not so heartless a man as not
to be moved by the sorrow of

You

my

brother.

Innocentia est affectio talis animi, quae noceat nemini.

Innocence is that disposition of the


mind which does nobody any
harm.

Est hujiismodi reus, in quo hdmine nihil sit, praeter siimma

He

peccata.

In cdrpore si quid ejusmodi est,


quod reliquo cdrpori noceat,
liri

secarique patlmur.

is so guilty, that there is nothing in the man but the most culpable otfences.
If there is anything in our body of
such a character as to injure the
remaining parts of it, we suffer
it to be burnt or cut.

LESSON

90.]

SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER RELATIVES.

Nulla gens tdmfera, nemo dmniurn tdm immdnis est, ciijus


mentein non imbuerit deorum

587

no race so savage, no man


whose mind is not
imbued with the idea of a God.

There

is

so monstrous,

opinio.

Remarks.
The demonstrative to which the relative refers is sometimes to
supplied.
E. g. Nunc diets aliquid (sc. ejusmodi), quod ad rem

1.

"be

pertineat,

Now

you say something

to the point.

This rule includes relative expressions containing a limitation or


restriction.
Such are,
Quod sciam or intelligam, As far as I know
or understand.
Quod commodo tuojiat, So far as it can be done without inconvenience to you.
Quod sine alterius injuria fiat or jieret, As
far as it can be done without injury to another.
Quod salvo, Jide jjossirn, So far as I can honorably.*
2.

When a comparative precedes, the clause introduced by quam


(quam cujus, cui, quorum, &c.) requires the subjunctive. E. g.
Major sum, quam cui possit fortuna nocere, I am superior to the injuries of fortune. Majura dcliquerant, quam quibus ignosci posset, They
had been guilty of too grave offences to be pardoned, f
3.

qui

When

the relative is preceded by an indefinite expresor negative, or by an indefinite question involving


a negation, its verb is in the subjunctive.
O.

sion, positive

Such expressions are est, su?it, existunt, inveniuntur, reperiuntur


(with homines understood)
nemo, nullus, nihil est ;
quis est ? quid
est ? qui, quae, quod (sc. negotium, &c.) est f quantum est ? quotusquisque est? &c.
E. g.
;

There are those who

Sunt, qui dicant, censeant.

say, those
suppose.
There are those who have heard,
those who have seen.
There was one found who put his
hand into the flames.
There were those who said.
There is something which does not
behoove us, although not un-

who

Sunt, qui dixerint, viderint.

Inventus
ret

est,

qui flammis impdne-

manum.

Fuerunt, qui dicerent.


Est aliquid, quod non opdrteat,
etiiimsi licet.

lawful.

Multi erunt, quibus recte


dare pdssis.

litteras

est orator, qui se Demosthenis si'milem esse nolit.


Non dderunt, qui Cassii et Briiti

Nemo

meminerint.

There

will

be those

whom you

properly trust with

There

is

can

letters.

no orator who

is

unwilling

to be like Demosthenes.

There

be wanting those who


Cassius and Brutus.

will not

remember

* So frequently with quidem ; as, Quos quidem aut invenerim aut lec/erim,
As far at least as I have been able to find or read. But quantum in this construction has the indicative; as, Quantum possum, As much as (as far as) I can.
f For the same reason quam, even without a relative, is sometimes followed
by the subjunctive. E. g. In his litteris lonyiorfui, quam aut vellem (instead
of velle), aut quam meputdvi fore.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

588
Helvetiis

mem
Quis

ddmi

nihil erat,

quo

fii-

est,

qui

util'ia,

Quo'tus quvtqiie

Ilelvctii

qui volupta-

bdnum

had nothing
to

still

at

90.

homo,

their hunger.

Who

fiigiat ?

est,

tern nc'get esse

The

wherewith

tolerdrent.

[LESSON

Plures auetdres invenio,* qui Romanos Horatios vocent.


Kiim amplius quid desideras,
quod respondeat ?
Nihil habebain ndvi, quod post
accidisset, quam dedissem ad
te litteras.

is there that seeks to avoid


the useful V
How many are there among men,
that deny pleasure to be a good?
I find several authors who call the
Horatii Romans.
There is nothing else that you desire to reply V
I have nothing new to communicate, that occurred after my
writing this to you.

Remarks.
This rule includes also the expressions non est quod, nihil est
quod (quare or cur), u there is no ground or reason why " and est ut
(when it
est cur), " there is ground, reason."
E. g. Est quod gauNon est, quod te pudeat, You need
deas, You have reason to rejoice.
not be ashamed. Nihil est, quod pertimescat, He has no cause to
dread. Non est, cur eorum spes infringdtur, There is no reason why
they should be dejected. I lie erat ut odisset defensorem salutis meae,
He had reason to hate the defender of my safety. Non est igltur ut
mirandum sit, There is consequently nothing to be wondered at. Quid
est, cur virtus ipsa per se non efficiat beatos ? What is the reason that
virtue of herself does not make men happy ?
1.

The subjunctive also follows habeo quod, non liabeo quod. E. g.


Quid habes, quod rehabeo, quod dicam, I have nothing to say.
qua re)
prehendas f What fault have you to find ? Non habeo, qui
2.

Non

have nothing to live on.


knew not where to turn to. f
utar, I

Quo

se

verteret,

non habebat,

He

When,

in connection with the expressions sunt qui, a particular


subject is expressed, the verb is in the indicative.
E. g. Sunt autem bestiae quaedam, in quibus inest aliquid simile virlutis,
There are certain animals in which there is something that resembles
But when the subject is merely a general one, such as multi,
virtue.
3.

and determinate

pauci, nemo, &c, or

is entirely suppressed, the subjunctive is the comconstruction, and the indicative in these cases is generally employed by poets only.

mon

D. When the relative clause denotes the purpose, object, or


motive of what has gone before, it may be resolved into a clause
with ut, and the verb is in the subjunctive.
* This rule extends to the active verbs liabeo, reperio, ihvenio, nanciseor]
desidero, quaero. and relinquo, after all of which the relative
take the subCf. note 2.
t But this last example more properly belongs to Lesson LXXXVIi. D.
So likewise, Non habeo quid dicam, I know not what to say. Quid facerct, non
These are indirect questious.
habtbat, lie knew not what to do.

may

junctive.

LESSOX
e

SUBJUNCTIVE AETEll RELATIVES.

90.]

58'J

'

tIve

thcn eIther 1 1 in the sense of


'
V
* &i or m>, In order
fl T n
?
that
(before
a comparative), or qua, ubi, wide, where,"
whence "
in the sense of "in order that there,
or thence."
The verbs on which such clauses depend are
especially
those of
1
J
0.^,1:
choot or. nrriprino- Joi^f,'
devoting, sending-,
coming, going, and receiving
0l

Litterae posteritatis causa repe'rtae sunt, quae subsidio oblivio'ni esse pdssent.

Letters were invented for the benefk of posterity, as a protection


against oblivion.

Dolabella. venerat ipse, qui e'sset


in consi'lio, et primus senten-

tiam diceret.

Sunt nnilti, qui eripiunt


quod aliis largldntur.

tiliis,

Cohortarer vos, ^oanirno/wY/ore essetis.

Dolabella had appeared in person,


so that he might take a part
in
the deliberation, and gave his
opinion first
There are many who rob some of
that

which they wish

upon

others.

to lavish

I should exhort you to be more


resolute.

Darius po'ntem fecit in fstro flumine, qua co'pias traductret.

Darius constructed a bridge over


the Danube, over which he hn'o-ht

Themistocli Artaxerxes Lampsacum lirbem donarat, wide vi-

Artaxerxes made Themistocles a

lead his forces.

num

sumeret.

present of the city of Lampsa-

cum^froni which he might

o-et

his wine.

E. When the clause introduced by the


relative contains the
ground or reason of what has gone before, the
verb
is

subjunctive.

The

relative

then either

rendered

"

in the

" "

by that
because
or
"since," or quippe qui, ut qui, utpote qui,
as one who," ''Inasmuch

as ne,

Magna
non

is

qui,

\h. \

ccc.
e'st
^

Pe'lSpis

culpa,

qui

erudierit filium,

nee dociierrt, quatenus esset


quidque
curandum.
Actio maliihnus iter facere pedibus, qui

"

incommode

nauigaxxS-

mus.

candor illustrior est, quippe


in imme'nso miindo tam
ldnge lateque colluceat.

Solis

qui

Sunt homines natiira curidsi, ut


qui sernninculis etiam fabelh'sque ducdntur.
A Catilina Antdnius non procul
aberat, utpote qui in fugii seque7'ctur.

50

The

great fault of Pel ops

he did not educate

is,

that

his son,

nor

teach him to what extent to carry everything.


preferred to start from Actium
on foot, because we had had a
bad passage at sea.
The light of the sun is brighter
(than any other), inasmuch^ it

We

shines so far and wide in the immensity of the universe.

Men

are naturally curious, since


they are influenced even by idle
talk

and

fables.

Antonius was not far from Catiline


as he pursued him in his flight.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

590

fortunate adoleseens, qui tiiae


inue'neris

Me

Homerum praeconem

virtutis

infelicem, qui per tot annos

te videre

[LESSON

90.

lucky young man, for having


found a* Homer to proclaim thy
valor
unfortunate I am, that I have
not been able to see you for so
many years

How

non potuerim ! *

and idoneus,
After the adjectives dignus, indignus, aptus,
the relative with the
by
answered
is
?
what
question
for
the
infinitive.
subjunctive, and sometimes by a simple
unworthy of being
worthy,
is
He
Dignus, indignus est, qui ametur.
F.

loved.

Iddneus est, qui imperet.


Qui modeste paret, videtur, qui
aliquando imperet, dignus esse.
Livianae tabulae non satis dignae
sunt, quae iterum legdntur.
(Mentem) solam censebant idon earn (esse), cui crederetur.
Nulla videbatur dptior persona,

quae de aetate loquerelur.

He is competent to command.
He who modestly obeys seems

to

be worthy of commanding at
some future time.
The dramas of Livy are scarcely
worth reading a second time-

They

held that the intellect alone

was fit to be relied upon.


There seemed to be no person better qualified to discourse on old
age.

Lyricorum Horatius

fere

solus

le'gi dignus
Uterque' dptimus erat, dignusque

est.

alter eligl alter e'ugere.

Of

the lyrical poets Horace

is^

al-

most the only one worth reading.


They both were men of the first
order; and worthy the one to
be chosen, and the other to
choose.

subjunctive
In narration, the imperfect and pluperfect
G.
pronouns and adverbs, when a
are sometimes put after relative
E. g.
repeated action is spoken of.
The elephants formed a safe prohdstibus,
Elephanti tutum ab
tection against the enemy, wherquacumque incederent, agmen
ever they might march.
praebebant.
himself with diceDomitianus, qudties dtium e'sset, Domitian amused
playing, whenever he was at
alea se oblectabat.

leisure.

Socrates

tu-

Socrates was confessedly the first


in everything to which he had
applied himself.
Nor could any one stand against

impetum, sustinere va-

Pyrrhus, where he had charged

quam

tem

dedisset,

fiiit

princeps.

se

cunque in pardmniuni facile

Nee quisquam Pyrrhum, qua


lisset

luit.

Remark.

The

subjunctive

is

upon the enemy.


thus sometimes put after quum,

student should notice the person


In this and the preceding example, the
the antecedent of the relative.
of the verh, which adapts itself to that of

LESSON
"

when

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

90.]

"

ubi

and

ut, in

the sense of " as soon as,"

591
and

after

si.

E.

g.

Id ubi dixisset, liastam in fines eorum emittebat, When (or as soon as)
he had said that, he sent the javelin within their limits. But in all
the cases of this rule, the indicative is even more frequently used than
the subjunctive.

To

of a

die

MorXor

disease.

(inori,

mortuus suni) aliquo

morbo.

The
The
The

Variolae, arum,/)?.
Febris, \s,f.
Febris remittens, tertiana, quartana, quotidiana.
In febrim incidere (incidi, incasum).
Febri laborare, febrim habere.

small-pox.
fever.

intermittent,

tertian,

quartan, continual fever.


To get the fever.

To

An

haA e the fever.


attack of fever
r

Accessus febris; motus febriculo-

fit.

sus.

The fever comes


The fever stops.
The apoplexy.

To be struck

Febris accedit.
Febris decedit.
Apoplexia, ae,/.
Corripior (i, reptus sum)

on.

with apoplexy.

apo-

plexia.

To open

(active).

To

unlock, unbolt.

To

open, be open (iieut).

-j

To

stand or

lie

open.

To

close, shut (act).

To
To
To

cover (shut).
well,

readily

disease did your sister

once.
the old

struck with

apoplexy ?
He was struck.
Did the wine sell well

last

Ire,

iii,

rtum.

Quo morbo mdrtua


Mortua

year

est sdror tiia ?

est variolis.

linquam in febrim ?
in febrim tertianam quon-

lncidistine

Sane

dam

man

sum.
Obsero, are, avi, atum.
ere, si,

Claudi, obserari ; operlri.


(o/| Vendibllem (or -bile) esse.
facile invenire.
I Emptores

die?
She died of the small-pox.
Did you ever get the fever ?
Yes, I had the tertian fever

Was

Recludi, reserari.
Pateo, ere, patiii,

Operio,

goods).

Of what

Recludo, ere, si, sum.


Kesero, are, avi, atum.
Aperior, Iri, ertus sum.

Claudo,

shut, close (neut.).


sell

Aperio, ire, eriti, crtum.


Patefacio, ere, feci, factum.

incidi.

Correptusne est senex apoplexia


Correptus est.
Invenitne vinum

facile

anno prdxime elapso


I do not

know how

it

sold.

Will you shut the door ?


No, I will open it (wide).

Haud

sci'o,

emptores

qudmodo venderetur.

Visne ostium claiidere ?


finmo id potius patefiicerc malo.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

592
Has he already locked

[lesson

Obseravitnc jam ostium

(bolted)

the door ?
has not yet bolted it.
the door (fits the

90.

Xondum

He

obseravit.
Clavis ostium aperit.

The key opens


lock)"

The
The
The
The
The

Ostium facile aperitur.


Fores hi'ant.
Fenestra ex to'to claiisa est.
Fenestra non facile operitur.

door opens easily.


door does not shut.

window
window does not shut

easily.

temple

stood

shuts well.

door of the

Janua templi

patebat.

open.

Nature opened the way.


They opened their ears to

Natura

Aiires sxias assentatdribus patefecerunt.


Litterae aut interire, aut aperiri,
aut intercipi pdssunt.

flat-

terers.

can either be lost, or


opened, or intercepted.

Letters

From afar, afar


Summer clothes.

To

is

E longinquo

off.

procul

eminus.

Testes aestlvae.

conceive, comprehend.

That

iter patefecit.

not said.

That cannot be comprehended.

Comprehendo,

sum.

ere, di,

^Mente complector (i, plexus sum).


Hoc non dicitur.
( Hoc comprehendi non potest.
\ Hoc in intelligentiam non cadit.
Est planum, evidens, manifestum,

It is evident, manifest, clear.

in aperto.
Constat, liicet, liquet.*

According to the circumstances of the case.


According to circumstances.

Pro

Under these circumstances.


To proceed according to circum-

Ex

re,

pro

tempore, pro tempore.

His rebus

Ex

re nald.

quae cum

ita sint.

re consulere (ui, turn).

stances.

According

Pro

as, as.

eo

ut,

proat (cum Indie).

As
As
As

Pro ut res
Fro eo ut

postal at.

Quantum

in

According as I deserve.
It depends upon circumstances.
Everything depends upon you

Pro eo ut mereor.
Hoc ex re et ex tempore pendet.
In te uno pdsita sunt omnia.

the circumstances admitted.


the case may demand.
far as the difficulty of the case
admitted.
As far as I can.

Prdut

facilitates hourinis

difficiiltas

me

ferebant

temporis

si'tum est.

tiilit.

Ut

pd-

tero.

alone.
It all

depends on

To
* On

Hoc caput rei est.


Omnia hlic redeunt.

this.

put, place, lag,

set.

Punere, locdre, statuere (aliqtjid


IN ALIQUO LOCO).

the construction of these expressions, see Lesson LIII. D. Rem.

2.

LESSON

To
rr

phrases AM) EXERCISES.

90.]

put anything before the

Apponcre

fire.

111

igni

10

put, or place upon.

To

put anything in

-{

proper

its

propdnere

or

>93

aliquid

(ad ignein).

Imponere aliquem or aliquid


in rem.
1
,,
(

r
aliquid
in

olio; arc,

re.

Aliquid sub loco ponere.

place.

To

Imponere puerum

upon the

put (seat) the boy

in

equum.

horse.

To

upon the

set the glass

Seyphum

table.

in

mensa statuere

(ui,

utura).

To put back anything


To

( Infigo, erc,fixi,jixum.
< Insero, ere, serui, scrlum.

fix, insert.

slick;

Aliquid suo loco repdnere.

to its place.

(aliquid REI or in REM.)

To

thread

the

insert

Inserere ilium in acum.

the

into

needle.

To put the ring on the finger.


The javelin sticks fast in the gate.

Anulum

Do

Ne

not

table

To

be

To

digito inserere.
Ilasta infigltur portae.
scyphuin in mensa

the glass upon the


for it will break.

j)ut

angry

be

(at

angry

any-

lira/urn esse (alicui).


Gravlter or moleste ferre

(ali-

quid).

thing).

To pretend

statuas.

frangetur.

( Irascor, i, ircttus sum.


< Succenseo, ere, ui, sum.

some one).
(about

Nam

be angry with any

to

Se annulare

alicui iratum.

one.

What are you angry about?


I am angry with you, for having

Quid suecenscs

Are you sorry


lor having
J
done
T

r
sorry
for
J

Nihil

fecit,

do not regret having

quod succenseas.

eum non venisse (or


quod non venit).*

Iratus siim,

it.

me
Ud -w
i

am

quod mihi librum

abstulisti.

o ( Poenitetne te facti ?
it i \ ^
., ,,
A . .
c
( roenitetne te hoc tecisse

(inisceris) ?

Tibi succenseo,

earned away my book.


He has done nothing for you to
be angry about.
I am angry that he did not
come.

Non

lived.

Are the women handsome ?


They are so.
The}- are well-bred and hand-

poenitet

me

vixisse.

Suntne mulieres formo'sae ?


Sunt vero.
Et bene moriitae et formdsae

some.

"What countrywoman
c,
She

is

is

she?

c
from -n
I ranee.

1
\

<
(

* On

r*T

"r?

Ddino Francoaalla

^ h^ rancogalha
M f_
Lx

est.

.
.
venit.

the government of these verbs, see Lesson LIV.

50 *

poenitet.
-r-k
-n
Dolet mihi valdc.

//.

stint.


LATIN GRAMMAR,

594

What

sort of a

Qualem pennam

pen have you

A gold one.
ter

Good

To

90.

pennae)

(quid

amisisti ?

lost ?

What

[LESSON

sort of

pens has your

Aiiream.
Quales pennas

sis-

sdror

fidit

tiia ?

made ?
Bdnas.

ones.

Pennam

cut a pen.

or

calamum findere

(fidi,

fissum).

Pennam or calamum temperare.


Calamum sumere se ad scriben-

To mend a pen.
To put pen to paper.

dum

Happy.
Unhappy, miserable.

conferre.
Felix, icis beatus, a, urn.
Infelix, icis
miser, a, um.

Polite, courteous.

Urbanus, benignus, modestus,

a,

um.
Inurbanus,

Impolite, uncivil.

Exercise

Of what

a,

um

rusticus, a,

um.

164.

did your sister die ?


She died of the fever
brother is no longer living.
How is your brother?
He died
I am surprised at it, for he was very well last
three months ago.
Of what did he die ?
summer when I was in the country.
He
How is the mother of your friend ? She is not
died of apoplexy.
well she had an attack of ague the day before yesterday, and this
Has she the intermitting fever ?
morning the fever has returned.
What has become of
I do not know, but she often has cold fits.
She died this morning
the woman whom I saw at your mother's ?
Did the wine sell well last year ?
It did not sell
of apoplexy.
very well but it will sell better next year, for there will be a great
Why do you open the door ?
deal of it, and it will not be dear.
I do not see it
but you must
Do you not see how it smokes here ?
The window does
open the window instead of opening the door.
not open easily that is the reason why I open the door.
When will
I will shut it as soon as there is no more smoke.
you shut it ?
do you not put those beautiful glasses on the small table (mensulci) ?
If I put them upon that little table they will break.
Did
you often go a fishing when you were in that country ?
often
If you will go with us into the counwent a fishing and a hunting.
try, you will see the castle of my father.
You are very polite, sir;
but I have seen that castle already.
Are you such a man, as to be
capable of doing that (hoc facade possis) ?
I am by no means so
heartless
nor are you such a man as not to know who I am.
Such is
our character, that we cannot be contented with anything but liberty.
Are there any who affirm that this is not true ?
There are none.
Is there any one who does not understand ?
There is no one.
There were many who said that you were mistaken.
Had your
brother anything new to write to you V
He had many things to
Are you not fortunate for having found such a book ?
write to me.
I am as happy as any man in the world (for it).
Did he begin to
He could not begin, because he had no ink.
write this morning?
illness

My

Why

We

LESSON
Is

91.]

SUBJUNCTIVE IN INTERJECTED CLAUSES.

your brother competent

(idoneiis) to teach ?

He

is

595

not competent

He
worthy
any one. Did your teacher
go out walking He took

Has my son been


a walk
often
he was
to teach, but to write.

Is lie

worthy

as

command

often

as

as

He

to

first

in everything to

which he applied

XCL pensum unum et

Lesson

as

diligent ?

at leisure.

was confessedly the

is

himself.

nona-

GESIMUM.
OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN INTERJECTED CLAUSES.
A. Interjected clauses, in which the language or thoughts of
the person spoken of are conveyed, or which are essential to
the definition of what has gone before, have a verb in the subjunctive.
Clauses of this kind always occur in sentences, which are themselves
dependent upon another proposition e. g. in the construction of the
Ace. cum Inf., or in sentences dependent on a conjunction, &c. They
are commonly introduced either by a relative (pronoun or adverb), or
by a conjunction. E. g.
;

who was the wisest of the


seven sages, said that men ought
to consider all things beheld by
our senses as full of divinities.
Caesar exhorted his soldiers not to
be chagrined at ivliat had happened.

Thales, qui sapientissimus in septem fuit, homines existimare


dixit oportere, omnia, quae cernerentur, deorum esse plena.
Caesar hortatus est milites, ne
ea, quae accidlssent, grdviter

Thales,

fe'rrent.

Rkmark.
Sentences, in which the language or sentiments of
another (or of one's self) are stated indirectly, are said to be in the
oratio obllqua, in contradistinction to the oratio directa, in which they
Thus the above clauses stated in
are quoted as they were uttered.
the oratio directa are " Omnia, quae cernuntur, deorum plena sunt."
u Ne ea, quae acciderunt, ferte graviter " (Do not be chagrined at what
has happened).* Thus also in English: I wrote, him, " I shall come
to-morrow " (oratio directa) and / wrote him that I would come tomorrow (oratio obi i qua). And in the third person He said, "I have
The
conquered"; and indirectly: He said that he had conquered.

following rules will elucidate these cases

B.

When

more

fully.

an interjected clause occurs in the construction of


cum infinilivo, either as an expression of the

the accusativus

* The student will notice here the change of mood and tense in the direct
statement: quae acciderunt instead of quae accidlssent ; quae cernuntur instead
ferentur.
ferte instead of ne
of quae cernerenlur, and the imperative ne

LATIN GRAMMAR.

596

[LESSON

91.

language or sentiments of the person spoken of, or otherwise as


an essential part of that which is advanced in the statement,
E. g.
the verb of that clause is in the subjunctive.

Mos

est

cione

Athenis, lauddri in coneos, qui sint in proeliis

interfecti.

Socrates dicere solebat, omnes in


eo,

quod

scirent, satis esse elo-

quentes.

Eleus Hippias,
venisset,

quum Olympiam

gloriatus

est,

nihil

esse ulla in arte re rum

dmninesclret; nee

quod ipse
solum has artes, quibus liberales doctrinae atque ingenuae
sed anulum,
continere'ntur ;
pallium, quo
haberet,
quern
urn,

amictus, sdecos, quibus indutus


esset, se

sua nianu confecisse.

customary at Athens to depublic eulogies on those


who have fallen in battle.

It is

liver

Socrates was in the habit of saying, that all men were eloquent
enough in what they knew.
Hippias of Elis, having come to
Olympia, boasted, that there was
nothing in any one of all the
arts, which he himself did not
understand and that these arts
were not only those, in which the
liberal sciences were contained,
but that he himself had manufactured with his own hand the ring
which he wore, the cloak which
he had on, and the shoes that
;

were on
Prmcipes Aeduorum, non dubilure se, dkebant, quln, si Helsuperdverint Romani,
vetios
tin a cum reliqua Gallia Aeduis hbertatem sint ereptu.ru

The

his feet.

leaders of the

Aedui

said, that

they had no doubt but that,

if

Romans conquered

the II elvetii, they would deprive the


Aedii, together Avith all the rest
of Gaul, of their liberties.
the

Remarks.
1. When the interjected clause is an addition of the speaker or
writer himself, and not the language or sentiments of the subject
spoken of, the verb is in the indicative. E. g. Cave tibi am'icos esse
credas, quos vicisti, Beware of regarding those whom you have con-

quered as your

friends.

If the interjected relative clause is merely explanatory of a fact,


or a circumlocution for a noun or adjective, its verb is sometimes in
the indicative.
E. g. Caesar per exploratores certior /actus est, ex eti
parte vici, quam Gallis concesserat, omnes noctu discessisse, Csesar was
informed by his scouts, that during the night all had left that section
of the village which he had conceded to the Gauls.
sic habetdte,
mqgistratihus iisque, qui praesunt, rempublicam contineri, For these shall
be your sentiments, that the republic is maintained by its magistrates
and by those who are at the head of it.
2.

Aam

C.

"When the

interjected clause occurs in a sentence intro-

duced by a conjunction, as an essential part of the purpose, request, precept, command, or supposition cf the same, the verb
of that clause is in the subjunctive.
E. g.

LESSON

91.]

SUBJUNCTIVE IN INTERJECTED CLAUSES.

orabant, ut si'bi Caesar auxilium ferret ; vel, si id facere


prohiberttur, excrcitum inddo

TJbii

Rhenum transportdret.
Rex imperavit, ut, quae
opus

essent,

The Ubii besought

Caesar to come
to their assistance, or, if he was

prevented from doing


at least his

bello

pararentur.

597

army

so, to

The king ordered such


tions to

bring

across the Rhine.

prepara-

be made, as might be ne-

cessary for the war.

Eo

simus animo, ut nihil in malis


ducamus, quod sit vel a deo
immortali vel a natiira constitution.

Let us be so disposed, as to consider nothing an evil, that may


have been appointed either by
the immortal God or by nature.

Remarks.
1.

When

the subjunctive clause introduced

command, &c, but merely a

piupose,

by

ut does not denote

result or definition (as after

&c), the verb of the interjected clause is in the indicavis efficit, ut ea, quae ignoramus, discere, et ea,
quae schnus, alios docere posslmus, The power of speech enables us to
learn the things we are ignorant of, and to teach others what we know.
Asia tarn opima est et fertilis, ut muliitudine earum rerum, quae exportantur, facile omnibus terris antecellat, Asia is so rich and fertile, that
tarn, ita, talis,*

E.

tive.

g.

Eloquendi

in the multiplicity of exportable products


countries.

it

easily excels all other

The verb

of the interjected clause is sometimes in the indicative,


the speaker adds it on his own account.
E. g. Xerxem litteris
certiorem feci, id agi, ut pons, quern in Hellesponto fecerat, dissolveretur, I informed Xerxes by letter, that a plan was on foot to destroy
the bridge ivhich he had constructed over the Hellespont.
2.

when

D.

Dependent clauses generally, introduced by

conjunctions, take a verb in the subjunctive,

the sentiments of the person or party spoken

speaker himself.

E.

of,

and not of the

g.

non censet, lugendam


mortem, qicam immortali-

[Ennius
esse

relatives or

when they convey

tas consequdtur.

Ennius does not think that death


is to be regretted, which (in his
opinion) is followed by immortality.

quod corruinperet juventutem et novas

Socrates accusatus

est,

superstitidnes induceret.

Socrates was impeached, because


(as his enemies alleged) he corrupted the youth, and introduced

new

superstitions.

Ndctu ambulabat in publico Themistocles, quod somnum capere


non jidsset.

Themistocles was in the habit of


walking abroad at night, because
(he said that) he could not get

Plmius major perire dmne tempus arbitrabatur, quod stiidiis

Pliny the elder considered all the


time lost which (he said) was not
devoted to his studies.

any

non

impertiretur.

sleep.

Compare Lesson LXXXVIII.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

598
Aristi'des

mddum Justus

91.

Was

ndnne ob cam caiisam


quod prae-

not Aristidcs expelled from


because (it was alleged) that he was too just

his country,

expiilsus est patria,


ter

[LESSON

esset ?

'?

Remarks.
In

1.

all

the above examples the writer himself does not indorse or


advanced in the dependent clause if he

positively affirm the opinion

On

2.

verb would be in the indicative.

did, the

the use of the reflexives

Lesson

struction, see

LXXV.

and suus

se, sui, sibi,

in this con-

C.

Instead of the subjunctive of the verb

itself, the expressions quod


quod arbitraretur, " because he said," " because he thought,"
are sometimes put, and the verb is made dependent upon these. E. g.
Ab Atheniensibus, locum scpulturae intra urban ut dtlrent, impelfdre
non potui, quod religione se impediri dicerent,* I could not prevail
upon the Athenians to grant me a burial-place within the limits of the
city, because they said that they "were prevented from doing so by

3.

diceret,

religious scruples.

The
Tlie

Utditas,

utility, use.

(itis

f.

usus, us,

m.

Commodum, emolumenlum, lucrum,

adcantage.

m.

?',

["Utilitatem or usuni afferre

To be

of use.

To be

F X>

Usui esse, prodesse,


(alicui).

Magnam

of areat use.

or

utilitati esse

To be

of

little

Parum

use.

valde

magnae

(alicui).
afferre

utilitatis

esse utilitati

To be

conduccre

utilitatem afferre

plurimum prodesse

(ali-

parvae

parum (non mul-

tum) prodesse (alicui).


Xihil prodesse (alicui)
longe
abesse (ab aliquo).
Utilitatem, fructum, commodum capere or percipere ex aliqua re.
Aliqua re uti aliquid in rem suam
convertere lucri facere aliquid.

of no use.

To

profit by, derive profit from


anything.
To turn anything to one's advantage or profit.
To turn everything to one's own

Omnia ad suam

utilitatem referre.

profit.

To

look to

one's

own advan-

Commodis

suis consulere or servire.

tage.

To

benefit
one.

Of what

use

(be useful) to any

Alicujus

commodis

consulere

or

servire.
is

<

Cm

Quid

this ?

usui est hoc ?


refert ?

Quid prddest ?

* Instead of the quod religione se impedirctur of the rule, or the quod religione se impediri dicebant, when the speaker himself is the authority for the
truth of the assertion. This construction, although grammatically incorrect,

is not uncommon.

LESSON
That

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

91.]

of no use.

is

me

It is of use to

it is

to

my ad-

Hoc
Hoc
Hoc

500

est milli usui.


nihil prtidest.

mihi prddest (mini utile

est).

Est e re mea; est in rem meam.

vantage.
It is for the advantage of the

Hoc

est e re publico.

state.

Ex

Of use, of advantage.
Useful advantageous.
Useless of no use.
proper (to do anything).
not well, unjust, wrong (to
(do anything).
I consider it proper, right, fair.
It

is

Aequum

esse censeo (e. g. te

Aequiiinne est facere hoc

right to do this ?

it

It is

not right

Is

useful to write

it

it is

carens fructu.

utilitate;

wrong.

Non aequum

est

much

Estne

(prodestne)

hoc

&c).

facere,
Is

(alicujus).

fructuosus.

Aequum, par, jus, fas est (aliquid


facere).
Injustum, imquum, nefas est (aliquid facere).

well, right, fair, just,

is

salutaris

In uti lis; sine

It

rem

usu, e re, in

Utilis

utile

nefas est.

miiltum

scribere ?

very useful, of great use.

It is

Did he derive much advantage


from

his

books

for

it

It is not

AVhat

is

it is

for

my

your name

libris

Immo

not much from them.


your advantage ?
;

utile.

Plurimum prddest.
Cepitne multum fructum ex
siiis

He derived
Is

fet sane maxime

ei non miiltum profuerunt.


Estne e re tua ?

Non est
Quod est

Ciuinam vocaris

father.

est e re patris.

nomen

tibi

TEst mihi nomen Carolus (Cardli,

My

name

is

Charles.

Cardlo).*

( Appellor Carolus.

AVhat do you

call this

this called) in

AVhat

does

(how

is

Latin ?

this

signify

in

signifies

parler in French.

Quid

vocatur)

hoc

significat)

hoc

(dicitur,

est

Latin e

French?
This

Quid

(sdnat,

est

Francogallice ?
Hoc Francogallice parler est (sdnat, significat).

not easy to tell.


Do they call him king, philosopher, Frederic ?

Non

They do.
To name,

Factum.
Nominare,

It

is

call.

facile est dictu.

Appellantne

eum regem,

phildso-

phum, Fredericum V
appellare,

vocare,

di-

cere.

To

give one a name.

Nomen

alicui

dare (indere, impo-

nei-e).

The name,

appellation (of a per-

Nomen |

aj^pcllatio

vocabulum.

son or object).

* Compare page
t

The nomen

is

3G7.

properly the middle of the three names of a free

Roman

citi-

LATIN GRAMMAR.

600

Komen

The name of emperor.


William;

Called

William

by

Qui

imperatoris.

Guilielmus.

Wilhehnus (Guilielmus),
Franciscus, i, m.

William.
Francis.

Wilhelmine.

Jacobus, i, m.
Elisabetha, ae,/.
Leonora, ae,/.
Wilhelmina, ze,/.

Schiller.

Schillerus,

Goethe.

Goethius, i, ?m.*
Euripides, is, m.

James.
Elizabeth.
Eleanor.

Euripides.

91.

dicitur (voeatur) Guilielmus.

Xdmine

name.

[LESSON

i,

m.

m.

i,

m.
Georgius Tertius.
Henricus Quartus.
Carolus Magnus.
Ludovicus Quartus Decimus.
Plato, onis,

Plato.

George the Third.

Henry

the Fourth.
Charles the Great.
Louis the Fourteenth.

To speak a language.
Fluently, with facility.

Aliqua lingua loqui or uti.


Expedite, facile profluente
;

celeri-

tate.

Charles the Fifth spoke several


European languages fluently.

Lingua Latina facile loquitur.


Linguae Latinae peritus est.
Carolus Quintus linguarum Europensium pluribus profluente ce-

Have you

leritate utebatur (loquebatur).


Audivistine unquam tale quid V

He

speaks Latin fluently.

thing

ever heard

such a

Never.
I have never seen or heard such
a thing.

Nunquam.

Such a

Aliquid tale, tale quid.


Exercitus, us, m.

thing.

The army.
The camp.
Europe.

He

(of

an author).

Sooner
than.
Bather
than.
arrived sooner than.

I will rather pay

him than go

zen.

n.
}>

Prim
Prim
Citius,

(citius,

ante)

quam.
quam.

(potius, citius)

quam

Debitum
eo

burn the coat than


wear it.
Rather than squander my money,
I will throw it into the river.
will rather

orum

audivi.

Europa, ae, f.
Europensis, e
Europaeus, a, mn.
Opera scripta, orum, n.

thither.

ego aliquid tale neque

neque

vidi

Castra,

European.

The works

Xunquam

ire,

ei

ego, advenit.
solvere pdtius,

Comburam

pdtius,

quam

gestiibo,

vestem.

In

conjicere pracdpto,
dilapidare peciiniam.

fliivium

quam

who had a praenomen, nvmen, and cognomen (family name). Sometimes,


it stands generally for any one of these names.
Modern proper names are either indeclinable without any change (e. g.

however,
;

quam

malo.

Schiller, Goethe), or they

assume analogous Latin terminations.

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

91.]

Sure, certain.

Certus, exploratus, a, urn.


(

To be

sure of a thing.

<

Are you
I
I

am
am

quite sure of it ?

sure of it.

(or go) to

Rem

exploratam habere.
Certo or pro certo scire.

Exploratum mi hi est.
Satin' hoc tibi exploratum
Exploratum habeo.
Pro certo sci'o hoc.

Hoc

sure that he has arrived.

To repair

601

any

eum

certo scio,

'st ?

ad\enisse.

Se conferre aliquo.

place.

Ire, projicisci aliquo.

To

Concedere

withdraw, retire anywhere.


I went to my room.
He repaired to that town.
He repaired to his army.

Ego me

aliquo.

meura

in conclave

cdntuli.

XJrbeoi in lllam se cdntulit.


Ad exercitum siium profectus est.
In locum ilium profectus siim.

I repaired to that place.

lie retired into the country to

Rus habitatum concessit.


quo tibi collibeat.

live.

Go where you please.


To go to any one, to meet any

I,

Accedere, se conferre ad aliquem.


Adire, convenire aliquem.

one.

Exercise

When

my

165.

I saw it when I was


It is one of the finest castles that I have ever
travelling last year.
is that said ?
That is not said.
seen ; it is seen far off.

did you

see

father's castle ?

Cannot everything be expressed


your language Everything can be expressed, but not
Will you early to-morrow
depend upon circumstanbed
but
bed
I
ces
go
go
Will you love my children? If they are good, I
you
love them. Will you dine with us to-morrow
apparare) the food
dine with you.
get ready
which you received
morning
Have you already read the
When you read
have not opened
read
Of what use
of no
have
soon
Why have you picked up? have picked up, order show
cannot you,
me what
do
you. Can you
who
but
ask my
you. Where
not know
have found on the bank of the
near
have you found
from afar? did not want
perthe wood. Did you perceive
Have you
passed by the
of the
from
ceive
speak much
ever seen such a thing Never.
learn a foreign language,
speak a great
If one wishes

write
speak
more
order
learn a
write but
language, one
speak than

write
one says That
must do
He walks every morning be Does your uncle walk
Why
wholesome
because (he
bewas he expelled from the academy He was expelled from
How

That cannot be comprehended.

in

as in yours.

rise

if

It will

early, I shall rise early,

to

if I

to

late,

shall rise late.

shall

letter

it

it

time.

as I

as

is

it is ?

in

to

tell

for I

river,

to

side

afar, for I

Is

it

river.

useful to
useful to

it is

as to

Is it as useful to

to

both.

use.

It is

it

to

deal.

I shall

will tell

it

it

it

it ?

that

brother,

shall

it

tell

to

will

this

will

yet.

it

it

If

I like, I shall

(si vis

in

Is

it

useful to

all

often ?
says) it is

less.

fore breakfast,

51

It

useful to

is

foreign

to

that

is

(sahrfare).

it,

use-

LATIN GRAMMAR.

602

[LESSON

92.

What did he boast of?


cause (it was alleged that) he was sick.
He boasted that he had not only learnt all the lessons which are
contained in this book, but that he himself had with his own hand
written all the exercises, belonging to every one of them.
What did
your master command you to do ?
He commanded me to bring him
the book which he had lent me.

Exercise

166.

"Where did you take this book from ?


I took it out of the room
of your friend (fern.).
Is it right to take the books of other people ?
but I wanted it, and I hope that your
It is not right, I know
friend will not be displeased for I will return it to her as soon as I
have read it.
What is your name ?
My name is William. What
Why does Charles
is your sister's name ?
Her name is Eleanor.
complain of his sister ?
Of whom
Because she has taken his pens.
do those children complain ?
Francis complains of Eleanor, and
Eleanor of Francis.
Who is right ? They are both wrong for
Eleanor wishes to take Francis's books and Francis Eleanor's.
To

whom have you


the
volume
works have
William and the second
Elizabeth. How
French?
That not
French. How
German
that
Has the
already brought you your new coat
Will he make
He has brought
me, but
does not
me
rather than wear
you another He must make me another

give
away. Will you use that horse
not use
I
Because does not me. Will you
Why
you not use

To whom do those
pay
rather pay
than use
books belong They belong
William. Who has given them
Will he read them He tear
him His good
them rather than read them. Are you sure that he
not read
them? I am sure of
he has
me
;

lent Schiller's

to

is

said in

is

is

said thus.

said in

is

it

to

will

it

fine

for
?

will

it ?

well.

fit

it

for

it ?

for

it,

I shall

it.

it

to

father.

it.

suit

it

I will

It

tailor

to

first
lent
that said in

to

will

will

it,

Lesson XCII.

for

told

pexsum

so.

alterum et nona-

GESIMUM.
OF THE IMPERATIVE MOOD.
A. The imperative of Latin verbs has two forms, called the
imperative present and the imperative future.
Both of these
serve to express a command, sometimes also a ivish, an advice
or exhortation, that something should be done. But the imperative present requires the immediate performance of an injunction, whereas the future implies that something should be done in
connection with (i. e. in consequence of, after, or simultaneously
with) some other act.
E. g. Pres. Discede ! Leave (be off)
!

LESSON

THE IMPERATIVE MOOD.

92.]

Quum

Fut.
! Leave ye
Leave, after you have read

Discedite

603

legeris,

discedtto

turn

Note.

The

second action, on which the imperative future demay generally be supplied from

pends, is not always expressed, but


the context.
Compare F. II.

FORMATION OF THE IMPERATIVE.

B.

The

imperative present active is formed from the present


infinitive, by dropping the termination " re."
As,
1.

1.
2.
3.

(3.)
4.

ama,
mone, remind
legere
read
capere cape,
audire
hear
amare
monere

love tliou.

lege,

iliou.

thou.

tale thou.

audi,

thou.

The

imperative present passive has the same form as the


present infinitive active in all the conjugations.
As,
2.

2.

amare, be thou loved.


monere, be thou reminded.

3.

legere, be thou read.

1.

(3.) capere, be thou taken.


4.

audire, be thou heard.

The

imperative future active is formed from the present


by changing, 1. a, 2. e, 3. e, 4. ?, into, 1. cito, 2. eto, 3. ito, 4.
ito, and the passive, by adding r to these terminations of the
active
As,
3.

1.

2.
3.

(3.)
4.

amato, amator, thou


moneto, mone thou
thou
lege
thou
cape
auditor, thou
audi
ama
mone

shalt love, be loved.

tor,

shalt remind, be

reminded.

shalt read, be read.

legito, legitor,

capito, capitor,

shalt take, be taken.

audito,

shalt hear, be heard.

INFLECTION OF THE IMPERATIVE.

The

following paradigms exhibit the inflection


of the imperative, active and passive.
C.

First Conjugation.
Passive.

Active.

Present.

Present.

S.

ama,

P.

amate, love ye.

love (thou).

amare, be thou loved.


amamini, be ye loved.

S.

P.

Future.

Future.

S. 2. amato, thou shalt love.


S. 3. amato, let

P.
P.

him

love.

2.

amatote, ye shall

3.

amanto,

let

them

love.

love.

S. 2. amator, thou shalt be loved.

S. 3. amator,

P.
P.

let

him

be loved.

amiiminor, ye shall be loved.


3. amantor, let them be loved.
2.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

604

[LESSON

92.

Second Conjugation.
Active.

Passive.

Present.

Present.

mone, remind (thou).


monete, remind ye.

S.

P.

monere, be thou reminded.


monemini, be ye reminded.

S.

P.

Future.

Future.

S. 2. moneto, thou shalt remind. S. 2. monetor, thou shalt be re-

minded.
S. 3.

moneto,

him remind.

let

S, 3. monetor,

him

let

be

re-

minded.
P.

2.

P.

3.

monetote, ye shall remind. P.

monento,

them remind. P.

let

2.

monemmor,

3.

minded.
monentor,
minded.

ye shall be re-

let

them be

re-

Third Conjugation.
Present.

Present.

read (thou).
legite, read ye.

S.

lege,

P.

S.

legere, be thou read.

P.

legimlni, be ye read.

Future.

Future.

S. 2. legito, thou shalt read.


S. 3. legito,

P.
P.

let

2. legitote,

him

S. 2. legitor, thou shalt be read.

read.

S. 3. legitor,

P.
P.

ye shall read.

3. legunto, let

them read.

2.

3.

let

him

be read.

legimmor, ye shall be read.


leguntor, let them be read.

Fourth Conjugation.
Present.

Present.

S.

audi, hear (thou).

S.

audire, be thou heard.

P.

audite, A ear ye.

P.

audimini, be ye heard.
Future.

Future.

S. 2. auditor, thou shalt be heard.

S. 2. audito, thou shalt hear.


S. 3. audito, /e

P.
P.

Aim

audito te, ye

2.

audiunto,

3.

fe

S. 3. auditor, let

Aear.

s/2a/

P.

hear.

heard.
P. 3. audiuntor,
heard.

them hear.

So conjugate apporta, bring

him
ye

2. audiniinor,

let

be heard.

shall

be

them

be

recjna, rule ;
da, give lauda, praise
jube, command
habe, have
stude,
pone, put scribe, write ;
strive
mitte, send
age, come on (stir)
sume, take
aperl, open purii, punish ; reperl, find
senti, feel

aade,
;

dare
;

vera,

gaude, rejoice

come.

imperative of deponent verbs.


D. The imperative of deponent verbs follows the analogy
Thus
of the passive voice.
:

LESSON

IMPERATIVE OF IRREGULAR VERBS.

92.]

Third Conjugation.

First Conjugation.

Present.

Present.

hortare, exliort (thou).


hortamini, exhort ye.

S.

P.

loquere, speak (thou).


loquimini, speak ye.

S.

P.

Future.

S.

S. 3. liortator,

P.
P.

2.

3.

Future.

thou shalt exhort.

2. liortator,

him

let

S.

S. 3. loquitor,

exhort.

hortaminor, ye shall exhort.


hortantor, let them exhort.

P.
P.

S.

Fourth Conjugation.
Present.

verere, fear (thou).


vercmini, fear ye.

2.

shalt speak.

him speak.

let

loquiminor, ye shall speak.


loquuntor, let them speak.

2.

3.

Present.

P.

^om

loquitor,

2.

Second Conjugation.
S.

005

blandire, flatter (thou).


blandimini, fatter ye.

S.

P.

Future.

Future.

veretor, thou shalt fear.

S. 2. blanditor, thou shalt fatter.

him

S.

3.

veretor,

P.
P.

2.

3.

vereminor, ye shall fear.


verentor, let them fear.

So

inflect comitare, escort

let

remember

recorddre,

fruere, enjoy
utere, use

S.
P.

fear.

P. 3.

morare, delay (stay) laetdre, rejoice


merere, earn miserere, pity tuere, defend
;

morere, die

for (expect)

ordlre, begin

revenge

obliviscere, forget; ulciscere,

experire, experience (try)


;

blanditor, let him flatter.


blandimmor, ye shall flatter.
blandiuntor, let them flatter.

3.
2.

spend

largire,

opperlre, wait

partire, divide.

IMPERATIVE OF IRREGULAR VERBS.


E. Of the irregular verbs, possum, volo, malo, qneo, nequeo,
and jio want the imperative mood. That of the rest is as
follows

Pres. es
Esse, to be.
estote, thou shalt be, ye shall be
1.

3. esto

sunto,

let

2.

esto

be, let

them

be.

Fut.

este, be thou, be ye.

him

So the compounds abes, ades, dees, &c. Some of which, however,


possum, do not admit of an imperative.
edite or este.
Fut. 2.
Pres. ede or es
2. Edere, to eat.

like

edito or esto

editote or estote

3.

edunto.

edlto or esto

So the compounds adede, ambede, comede, &c.


ferte.
Act. Pres. fer
3. Ferre, to bear.
Pass. Pres. ferre
ferunto.
3. ferto
fertote

feriminor

2.

fertor

3. fertor

feruntor.

also affer, confer, perfer, &c.

So
4.

Nolle,

to

Pres.

be unwilling.

noli

nolunto.
Pres.
Fut.
prodi,
So the compounds
Pres. inque
Inquam, I

nolitote

3.

5. Ire, to

go.

ite.

2. ito

Fut.

wanting.

That of aio,

51*

I say, is ai,

itote

rcdi, &c.

inquite.

say.

6.

is

2.

ferto

ferimini.

2.

nolito

abi, exi, peri,

rest

nolite.

Fut.

Fut.

but obsolete.

3. ito

Fut.

nolito

eunto.
The

inquito.


LATIN GRAMMAR.

GOG

[LESSON

Memini, I remember, has only the forms memento

7.

remember

92.

mementote,

thou, ye.

8. A few verbs occur in the imperative alone.


They are apcige,
away, begone ave, hail salve, hail (good morning, &c.) vale, fareThe remaining forms of these
well and cedo, say, tell me, let see.
!

are avete, aveto

salvete, salveto

valete, valeto.

Remarks.
The verbs

and fe.ro drop the final e of the imperative present singular, and have die, duc,fac,fer. So also the compounds of those verbs; as, educ, calefac, ejfer, perfer, &c. The only
exceptions are the compounds of facio, which change the radical a
into i; as, conflce, perfxee, &c.
Of the verb scire, it is customary to
say sclto
scitote instead of sci
scite.
1.

dlco, duco, facio,

2. In an imperative clause, the English "not" is always ne instead


of non, and the English "nor" neve instead of neque.
E. g. Ne crute, Do not torment yourself.
Ne saevi tantopere, Do not be so
fierce.
Ne audeto accedere neve loqultor, Let him not venture to approach nor speak.

cia

3. Instead of the simple imperative, it is not uncommon to employ


the formulas cura (or curdto) ut, fac ut (or fac without ut), with the
present subjunctive. E. g. Cura, ut quam primum venias, Try to come
as soon as you can.
Fac (ut) ammo forti magndque sis, Be brave

be brave) and magnanimous.

(strive to

So

also in prohibitions,

ne, cave ne (or cave without ne), with the subjunctive,

and

noli

fac
with

the infinitive.
E. g. Fac ne venire praetermittas, Do not fail to come.
Cave (ne) putes, Do not suppose (Beware of supposing). Noli existi-

Do

mclre,

not think.

Nolitote dubitare,

Be

unwilling to doubt.

Instead of the imperative, the Romans frequently employ


They are,
certain tenses of the indicative and subjunctive.
4.

future indicative
as, Fades (=fac ito), ut sciam, Let
Sed valebis (= vale), meaque negotia videbis (= vide),
But farewell, and attend to my interests. Tu non cessdbis (== ne cessa)
nosque diltges (= dihge), Do you not cease from your efforts, and
preserve your regard for us.
a)

The

first

me know.

b) The second person of the present subjunctive.


E. g. Quum te
bene confrmdris, ad nos venias (= venlto), When you shall have
properly established your health again, you must come to see us.
Tud quod nihil refert, ne cures (= ne cura), Do not meddle with
Quod boni datur, fruare (=fruere),
things that do not concern you.
dum licet, Enjoy the proffered good while it is lawful.
E. g. Audiat, Let
c) The third person of the present subjunctive.
him hear. Videat, Let him see. DesXnant furere. Let them cease to
Donis impii ne placare audeant deos, The impious shall not
rage.
dare to appease the gods with presents.*

* The
proper.

subjunctive for this person is even more common than


Compare Lesson LXXXVII. B. Eem.

the imperative

LESSON

USE OF TIIK IMI'KRATIVF.

92.]

C<>7

The second person of the perfect subjunctive, chiefly in negative


commands with ne. E.g. Hoc ne feceris (= ne factto), You shall
not do this.
Nihil ignoveris (= ignoscito). Do not pardon anything.
Mm /-icon/id commdius ne ittSi Do not be moved with compassion.
d)

of the use of the imperative.

r.

The imperative

present and its equivalents (cf. F,. Rem.


are used in direct commands or prohibitions, addressed by
E. g.
the speaker himself, and on his own authority.
I.

1)

8,

Servo, obsecro, haee nobis bona.

Preserve these blessings unto


pray thee.

Justitiam cole et pietatem.


Subvenite misero lie obviam in-

Cultivate justice and piety.


Come ye to the rescue of an unhappy man; face the injustice
Away away Keep oil' from the
entire grove
Do not trust beauty too much.
Do not, I pray you, give up your
courage.

jiiriae.

Procul, o prdcul

este,

totoque ab-

sktlte h'u-o

Nimium

Farewell

Ciira, id vdleas.

Magnum

ne crede eoldri.
ne desponde.

anlmum

Quaeso,

us, I

fdc animum habeas

et

Keep up your courage and

hope.

spem bdnam.
Fdc,

tie

quam

quid aliud cures, nisi lit


coniniodisshne convale-

seas.

Care,

me

si

abjeci'sse

Noli

amas, existimes,

curam

te oblioisci

Nol'ite

id

vclle,

me

reipublicae.

Ciceronem esse.
quod fieri 11611

See that you attend to nothing else,


except the most suitable recovery of your health.
Beware, I beseech you, of supposing that 1 have thrown aside the
cares of public life.
not forget that you are Cicero.
not desire that which is impos-

Do
Do

potest.
Tit

sible.

nihil

invita

dices

faciesve

Minerva.
Si certum est face re, fdc ia s: ve-

rum
in

ne post ciilpam cdnferas

me.

Ne (/uae'ras ; ejferant, quae


cum hue attulerunt.
Quod

diibltas,

se-

Say or do nothing but what you


are

fit for.

you are determined to do it, do


so; but do not afterwards cast
the blame on me.
Do not ask me let them take away
what they have brought here
If

with them.
Do not perform what you are in

ne feceris.

doubt about.
II. The imperative future is used in indirect commands or
and wills, but also as
E. g.
the form of a request, demand, advice, or moral precept.

prohibitions, especially in contracts, laws,

Amicitia his legibus


ce'dito

esto

urbibus, agris,

Ex-

vi'eis,

ca-

There

shall

ditions

be peace on these conhim evacuate the

let

LATIN GRAMMAR.

608
cis

stellis

Taurum usque ad

fields,

cities,

on

Tanairn aninem.

[LESSON

this side

as the river

Regio imperio

There

villages,

and

92.

forts

of the Taurus as far

Don.

be two persons of royal


authority, and they shall be called
Consuls
they shall have the
chief command in war, shall be
obedient to no one the welfare
of the peoj>le shall be their high-

diio siinto, iique

Cdnsules appelldntor, militiae


siimmura jus liabe'nto, nemini
parento ; l'llis salus pdpuli suprema lex tsto.

shall

est law.

tmpius ne aude'to placare ddnis


iram deorum.

No

Hdmlnem mdrtuum

Thou

impious man shall dare to aj>pease the anger of the gods with
presents.

sepelito,

Non

satis

emata;

in lirbe ne

est

pulchra esse poet quo-

It

animum

audi-

toris agunlo.

Coelestia

humana

semper

spectdto,

bury or burn a dead

in the city.

enough that poems be


they must be sweet,
and must carry the minds of the
hearer wherever they list.
not

is

beautiful;

diilcia suhto,

ciinque vdlunt,

shalt

man

neve unto.

You

ilia

conlannXto.

should always observe celesand despise the things

tial things,

of earth.

Quum
ris,

When

you shall have provided for


your health, then provide for
your voyage.
You shall wash, if you choose,
where we have washed.
Send a gift to Pythian Apollo,
guard against insolence.

valetudini tuae eonsulueturn consultto uavigatidni.

Ubi nos laverimus,

si

voles, la-

vdtOt

Pythio

Apdllini .... ddnum


lasciviam a vdbis pro-

miittto'e,

hibetote.

quo hie gradietur,

Si

progrediminor.
Jacta alea c-sto (= Jacta

man advances anywhere,


proceed ye at the same time.
Let the die be cast

pariter
sit

alea)

If this

To

obey, to render obedience.

Parco,

ere, id.

< Obedio, Ire, u,

Hum.

( Oblemperdre (alicui).

To obey any

one.

To obey any

one's

To obey any

one's precepts.

Alieui parere, obtemperare.


Alicui parere atque imperata fa-

commands.

cere.
Alicui dicto audientem esse.
Alicujus praeceptis parere or obedlre.

To
To

comfort, console

offend

any one.

Consolari aliquem.

Solatium

any one.

To borrow
one).

(anything

of

any

alieui

praebere or

Aliquem injuria aflicere.


Aliquem olfendere, laedere.
Mutuari, mutuum sumere
QUID Ali ALIQUO).

afferre.

(ali-

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

92.]

To

lend (anything to any one)

To

lend

money

any one (on

to

GOO

Mutiium dare, comrnodare (alicui


aliquid).
Pecuniam alicui foenori dure.

interest).

To borrow money

any one).

(of

The
The

patience.
impatience.
To have patience.
Have patience
Be patient (wait)

Be
Go

attentive

Patientia, ae,f.; aequus animus.

Impatientia morae or spei.


Patientia uti
aequo amino esse.
;

Aequo

Attendite

thither

Give

to

it

me

Adestote dnimis

Ite illdrsum

Da* mihi

Be

(ye) good.
Know (ye) it.
give

Mane

Da mihi hoc
Cdmmoda mihi

Lend me the book


Lend me some money
Obey your

l'llo

ammo

sis

Exspecta

(pi)

Pecuniam mutuam sumere, pecuniam petere (ab aliquo).

instructors

them any

and never

trouble.

librum
miituam pecuniam

Este bdni.
Scitote hoc.
Praeceptdribus vestris parctote, neque lis unquam molestiam exhibctote.

Pay what you owe, comfort

the
afflicted, and do good to those
that have offended you.

Debita solves,

eos, qui aegri aniconsolaberis, ii'sque, qui


te injiiriis affecerint, benigne lii-

mi

sint,

cies.

Love God, and thy neighbor

as

Dcum

proximiimquc tiium

ama,

tamquam temetipsnm.

thyself.-

Let us always love and practise


virtue and we shall be happy
both in this life and in the
;

next.
Let us see which of us (two) can
shoot the best.

Virtiitem semper colamus et cxercitemus; haec quum fiunt, beati

erimus

ct in

hue et

ilia in

Videamus, liter nostrum scientius


mi tat sagittas.
l

Sadness.

Tristitia, moestitia, ao,f.

The creditor.
The watch.
The snuffbox.

Horologium

Creditor, oris, m.
portabile.

Pyxis, Idis,/

Addo,

To

vera

vita.

ere, didi,

ditum.

Adjicio, ere, jeci, jeetum.

add.

(aliquid rei, ad rem.)

To

build, construct.

To embark,

embark

To

to

for

go on board

Europe.

set sail.

2M

ship.

Aedifico, are, avi, atum.


Exstruo, ere, xi, ctum.
Conscendere navem (or

simply
conscendere).
Conscendo, ut in Europam transmittam.
In Europam conscendo.
Velum in altum dare.
Solvere (i, solutum), sc. navem.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

610

To

set sail for

He

is

To

sail

any

[LESSON

92.

Vela (navem, cursum) dirigere

ali-

quo.

place.

Xavigare ad locum.
sailing for

with

Cursum

America.

in

Americam

dirigit.

Plenissimis velis navigare or vehi.


jSavem conscendit sexto deciino

full sails.

He

embarked on the sixteenth


of last month.
He set sail on the third instant.
I am out of danger.
Flee with thy utmost speed
must do our utmost to avoid

mensis prdximi.

Tela dedit

tertio hiijus mensis.

In pdrtu navigo.
Remigio veloque fuge
Res remis veh'sque fugienda

We

est.

that.

To

Mandatum

execute a commission.

exsequi or perseqid (se-

cutus sum).

To

Alandare alicui aliquid.


Alicui negotium dare.

give one a commission.

Mandatuni tiium

I have executed your commis-

To do

(or

fulfil)

Officium

one's duty.

set

non

or negli-

gere.

Pensum

one a task.

fungi.

deesse.

( Officio suo deesse.


} Officium praetermittere

neglect one's duty.

To

executus

Officio

facere.

Officio suo

To

fideliter

sum.

sion.

alicui praescribere or

im-

perare.
(

To do

(or perform) one's task.

<
(

It is

my

duty.
(

deemed

man

This

He

it

my

duty.

always

fulfils his

never swerves from

Opus suum facere (conficere).


Pensum imperatum absolvere

Meum est.
Meum esse

putavi.

Hie

vir officium siium


sequi tur.

duty.

Ab

his duty.

or

peragere.
3.1eum oificium (or miinus) est

officio

minquam

semper ex-

discedit (rece-

dit).

Have you done your


Kot vet.

m
To

rely or

Absolvistine

task ?

7
7
depend
upon some-

Juno.
ng.

Xoudum

pensum imperatum

absdlvi.

( Fldo. ere, fisus sum


L
)
n l jr?e .'/x ALICUI, REI Or RE).
-,~ J
5
( Nitor, i, nixus sum (re).

tli

Relying or depending upon any-

Fretus or nixus aliqua

re.

thing.

I rely

upon you.

I rely

upon your humanity.

You may

rely

He

upon

relies

upon him.
it.

Confido tibi.
In fide tiia requiesco.
In humanitate tiia causam meam
repdno.
| Confidere ei pdssis.
| In ejus fide requiescere tibi licet.
Coniidit hoc.

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

92.]

You may depend upon


To

Ne

it.

suffice, to be sufficient.

611

Factum

dubita.

Satis esse.

piita.

Suffice re, feci, fectum.

(ad rem, quod


.)
Contentum esse aliqua re
.

To be

contented with something.

nihil

ultra desiderare.
It

abundantly

is

Hoc mihi

me.

It is sufficient for

sufficient

me.
Will

this

money be

pecunia haec

sufficient for

Sufficietne

l'lli

Sufficiet.

Satis erit.

sufficient for

Num

It will.

It

est.
siifficit.

man ?

that

Has

satis est (siiffieit).

Mihi abiinde
\ Mihi abiinde

for C

this

him
was

sum been

haec suuima

ei suffecit ?

Non

not.

suffecit.

contentus.
| Nihil ultra desiderabat.
would be contented, if you Contentus esset, si paucos tantum
only add a few imperials.
adderes imperiales.
Little wealth suffices for the
Parvo (paucis) sapiens contentus

He
He

was contented with

( Fiiit e'a

it.

wise.

That

And
Say

est.
is to

say

so on,

(i. <?.).

and

Hoc est id est scilicet, nempe.


Et cetera, cetera ; et sic de ceteris.
;

so forth

(#"(?.).

Age

on, go on.

Perge

Otherwise, differently.

Aliter, secus (followed by ac, atque,

In another manner.

should

Alio modo, aliter.


Aliter, aut
alioqui.
Sin aliter, sin minus.
Quid aliud ? Quid praeterea ?
Num quid praeterea ti'bi dicendum
est?
fd si scirem, me alia ratione (alio
mddo) gererem.
Id si cdgnitum habuissem, me aliter

have behaved differently.


I cannot do it otherwise.
Mend, else you will be punished.
If you go, very well if not, I shall

Alia ratione facere hoc non possum.


Resipisce, sin minus, punieris.
Si abis, bene est; sin minus, ti'bi

quam).
Else, otherwise.
If not.

What

else ?

Have you anything


If I

knew

else to say ?

that, I should

behave

differently.

If I had

known

that, I

command

mandabo.

you.

To mend,

gessissem.

pui (plvi).
\ In meliorem frugem redlre.
( Resipisco, ere,

reform.

A man polite towards

every one.

Homo

erga omnes humanus

(offici-

osus).

A father who

loves his children

most affectionately.
You have to learn the twentieth
lesson,

and

to translate

exercises belonging: to

it.

the

Pater filiorum suorum amantissimus.

Ediscendum

est

ti'bi

pensum

vice-

simum, et vertenda sunt Latme


ad id pertinentia dictata.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

612
I

have received with the greatest pleasure the letter which


you addressed to me, dated

the 6th instant.


I think he must have

been

92.

Litteras, quas sexto hiijus me'nsis

me

ad

dedi'sti,

cum maxima

vo-

luptate accepi.

Credo eum aegrotum

sick,

alio-

fuisse,

quin speciem tarn pallidam non

otherwise he would not look

praeberet.
Vertere, convertere, reddere.*

so pale.

To

[LKSSON

translate.

Exercise

167.

Have you executed my commission

I have executed it.


Has
He has
your brother executed the commission which I gave him ?
Would you execute a commission for me ?
I am
executed it.
under so many obligations to you, that I will always execute your
Ask the horsecommissions when it shall please you to give me any.
dealer {mango, onis) whether he can let me have the horse at the
I am sure that he would be satisprice which I have offered him.
fied, if you would add a few florins more.
I will not add anything.
If he can let me have it at that price, let him do so; if not, let him
Have you done your task ?
keep it.
Good morning, my children
You well know that we always do it for we must be ill not to do
it.
What do you give us to do to-day V
I give you the ninety?

third lesson to study, and the exercises belonging to it to do,


that
Endeavor to commit no errors.
is to say, the 168th and 169th.
Is
this bread sufficient for you ?
It would be sufficient for me, if I was
not very hungry.
When did your brother embark for America ?
He sailed on the thirtieth of last month.
Do you promise me to
speak to your brother ?
I do promise you, you may depend upon it.
Will you work harder for next lesson than you
I rely upon you.
have done for this?
I will work harder.
May I (licctne milii)
rely upon it V
You may.
Have patience, my dear friend, and be
not sad for sadness alters nothing (nihil emendaf).
Be not afraid
of your creditors be sure that they will do you no harm.
You must
have patience: I will pay all that you have advanced me {mutuuni
dedisti).
Do not believe that I have forgotten it, for I think of it
every day (in animo verso quotidie).
Do not believe that I have
had your gold watch, or that Miss Wilhelmine has had your silver
snuffbox, for I saw both in the hands of your sister when you were
at the concert.
What a beautiful inkstand you have there pray,
lend it to me.
What do you wish to do with it V
I wish to show it
to my sister.
Take it, but take care of it, and do not break it.
Do not fear.
What do you want of my brother ?
I want to borrow some money of him.
Borrow some of somebody else.
If he

me any,
Do not

borrow some of somebody else.


You
will do well.
wish (for) what you cannot have, but be contented with what Providence (prouidentia divlna) has given you, and
will

*
nem

not lend

I will

Thus, in Latinum convertere, Latine reddere, ex


&c.

convertere,

-Gi'aeco in Lat'aium

sermo-

LESSON

ADVERBS.

93.]

613

consider (et repula) that there are many men who have not what you
have.
Life being short, let us endeavor to make it as agreeable as
possible.
Have you done your exercises ?
I could not do them,
because my brother was not at home.
You must not get your exercises done by your brother, but you must do them yourself.

Lesson

XCXXL pensum nonagesimum


TERTIUM.
ADVERBS.

A.
Adverbs are indeclinable particles, which serve
to qualify verbs, nouns, adjectives, participles, and
other adverbs.
E. g.
Bene,

You have spoken

recle, egregie dixisii.

well, correctly,

nobly.

Natura ratioque cavet, ne quid

homo

indecore

effeminateque

fdciat.

Nature and reason enjoin that man


should do nothing that is unbecoming or effeminate.
C. Flaminius, a second time consul.
many things. Very great.

C. Flaminius, consul iterum.


Nunis mi'dla.
Vdlde mdgnus.
]\fdxime idoneus.

Too

In odium adducentur adversarii,

Our

quod eorum superbe, crudeliter, malitidse factum profere-

if

Most competent.
adversaries will incur odium,
haughty, cruel, or
malicious shall be alleged of

si

anything

them.

tur.

Nimis fcrdciter lcgatos

ndstros

They

are too ferocious in their


clamors against our ambassadors.

increpant.

Adverbs are divided into various classes, acB.


The principal relations
cording to their signification.
expressed by them are those of space, time, quantity,
quality, measure, number, degree, manner, &c.
I. Adverbs expressing determinations of space
vided into those denoting,

may be

di-

ibi, istic, illlc, there; ubl, where (for


1. Place. E.g. Inc, here
intus, within
subtus, below
a complete list of these see IV.)
retro, backwards
in/ro, in, into the house
alibi, elsewhere
porro, farther; 2)ro ^nus forward; sursum, upwards recta, right on;
;

up and down

desuper, down, from above

indXdcm,

atrimque, from both sides


prope, near longe,
usplam,
praesto, at hand
passim, here and there

from the same place


procul, far

'>

ultro citrbque,

usquam, somewhere

nusquam, nowhere.

52

;;;;

LATIN GRAMMAS.

CI

[LESSON

93.

or Measure. E. g. multum, much


minis, nimium, too much
too little
alte, high
c?-asse, thick
arte,
late, wide

Quantity, Dimension,

2.

paulum, little
satis, enough

tight

parum, but

longe, long

little,
;

modlce, moderately

largiter,

abundantly

breviter, shortly.

Order

or Rank. E. g. prlmo, secundo, tertio, quarto, &c, in


the first, second, third, fourth, &c. place;* postrtmo, in the last place;
deinceps, one after another.
3.

II. Adverbs expressing determinations of time may be divided into those denoting,
E. g. dlu, long paidisper, parumper, for a lit1. Time proper.
jam, now; nuper, lately; prldem, long
tle while; usque, incessantly;
ago heri, yesterday eras, to-morrow olim, once quondam, at some
nondum, not yet alias, at another tune ante, antea,
time, once

interdum, sometimes; interim, interea,


meanwhile; dudum, long since; unauam, ever ; nunqaam, never, &c.
To these add the correlatives of IV.

before

post, postea, afterwards

E.g. saepe, often quotidie, daily;


2. Multitude or Number.
idenfidem, repeatedly deinde, after that subinde, directly after that
semel, once; bis, twice; ter, quater, quindenique, finally, briefly;
(On these numeral
ques, sexies, &c, three, four, five, six, &c. tunes.
;

adverbs see Lesson

XXI.

E.)

Order

or Division. E. g. primum, iterum, tertXum, quartum,


postrcmum, for the first, second, third, fourth, last time ;*
dupliclter,
doubly bifariam, in two parts, on two sides trifariam, threefold, on
three sides quadrifariam, fourfold, on four sides multifariam, pluri3.

fariam, omnifariam, on many, on several, on


tripartlto, quadripartito, in

III.
ing,

all sides;

bipartite,

two, three, four parts, twofold, &c, &c.

Adverbs of quality may be subdivided

into those denot-

E.g. bene, well; male, badly; perperam,


1. Quality proper.
incorrectly; frustra, in vain; gratis, for nothing; sedalo, busily; subicerio, certainly
tuto, safely
raro, seldom crebro, freto, suddenly
quently; vulgo, generally; plerumque, for the most part, &c.
;

Manner.

2.

gantly

E. g. facile, easily; docte, learnedly eleganter, eleprudenter, prudently, &c.


;

gregatim, in flocks \felicXter, happily

Limitation

3.

or

Degree. E.g.

prope, propemodum, nearly;

praesertbn, particularly
fere, ferme, almost, about
precipue, especially saltern, at least
dumtaxat, only vix, scarcely

paene, almost

quidem, indeed, at least ne


omnlno, altogether, wholly.
;

quidem,

not even

prorsus, entirely

4. Comparison or Similitude.
E. g. sicut, as, just as perinde,
just as if; aliter, sec us, otherwise
aeque, equally;
divinXtus, from
God, divinely humanXtus, after the manner of men (and others in
simul, una, together.
Xtus)

5.

Assent, Affirmation, or Negation.


* And

so on

from

all

E.

the ordinals.

g.

ita,

etiam, yes

LESSON

ADVERBS.

93.]

615

hand, not at all nae, surely sane, profecto ( pro facto)


indeed; utique, undoubtedly; vero, truly, really nimirum, scilicet, videlicet, nempe, of course, certainly, forsooth, namely
quippe,
indeed, to wit; alidquln, otherwise, if not; imo (immo), nay, rather;
nequaquam, haudquaquam, by no means neutiquam, minime, not at all.
non, no

really,

Interrogation.

6.

then

why

? cur,

E.

num, whether

g.

why

? quln, quidni,

not

perhaps

an,

-ne,

7. Possibility, Reality, Necessity.


E. g. forte, by chance,
perchance forsan, fortan, forsitan, forlassis, fortasse, perhaps utuiam,
would that certo, certainly necesse, necessarily.
;

IV.

number

of adverbs are correlative, i. e. they have a


and correspondence of form and signifi-

certain mutual relation


cation.

Correlatives correspond with each other as demonstratives, relatives,


and generals, and denote either a place, time,
quality, or degree.
The following is a list of the most important of
interrogatives, indefinites,

them

Demonst.

Relat.

hie, ibi, istic


ic,|

Lnterr.

ubi?

quo

quo?

illuc

hac, ea, istac,


inde,

qua

unde

unde

turn,

undecunque,

undeunde
quandoque,
quandocunque

siquando, nequan-

quum

quando

quoties

quoties ?

aliquoties

quotiescun-

quam

quam

aliquam

qnamquam

ut, uti

ut?

do, aliquando

nunc, nunc
toties

quacunque,
quaqua.

sicunde, necunde, )
alicunde
|

istinc, illinc

tunc,
dum, etiam-

quoquo

quo
siqua, nequa, ali-

iliac

hinc,

ubiubi

quocunque,

siquo, nequo, ali-

qua?

qua

ali-

cubi

illic

hue, eo, istuc,

General.
ubicunque,

Tndef.
sicubi, necubi,

ubi

que
tarn

(dam, nam)

ita, sic

utcunque,
utut.

Remarks.
The relation denoted by adverbs
cases with or without prepositions.

1.

by

carefully, with care


lihenter,

= Mc,
2.

=f
eo tempore =

cum fide

with pleasure

may
E.

frequently be expressed

g.

cum

euro,

del iter, faithfully


turn, at

cam

diligenter,

voluptdte

that time, then

hoc loco

in this place, here, &c.

Adverbs of quality ending

in e or ter (vide C. 1),

and many of

(C

E. g.
6), are susceptible of comparison like adjectives.
docte, doctius, doctissime ; fortiter, fortius, fortissime ; into, tutius, tutis-

those in o

(See Lesson XLII.)


few diminutives as, longe

sime.

cule, saepiuscule,

better;

primum

somewhat

primule,

Among
longule,

comparatives

somewhat

far

often, oftener; melius


first, firstly.

may be
off'

included a
sacpe
saepi-

meliusculc, a little

LATIN GRAMMAR.

GIG

[lKSSON

93.

DERIVATION OF ADVERBS.

Adverbs are

C.

either primitive or derivative, simple

or compound.
Primitive adverbs are irregular in form, and have consequently no definite terminations. E. g. jam, nunc, turn, bis,
semcl, vix, sic, non, &c.
Derivative adverbs, on the other hand, assume regular terminations, such as e, ter, um, e, itus, tirn, sim, &c.
Derivatives are formed either from nouns, adjectives, proThey are as follows
nouns, or participles.
:

denote a quality, and are formed from adjectives


first and second declensions.
Those in ten denote manner, and are formed from adjectives and participles of the
third declension.
E. g. alte, high late, wide longe, long, far Mere,
freely docte, learnedly libenter, willingly eleganter, elegantly jideHence redundant adjecUter, faithfully; prudenter, prudently, &c.
tives give rise to adverbs of both these terminations.
E. g. hilare and
1.

and

Adverbs in

participles of the

from

liilariter,

liilarus

and

Inldris

luculenter, opidenter, iurbulenter,

luculente, opulente, turbulente,

from luculentus and luculens, &c.

and
So

humane and humaniter, Jirme and Jirmiter,* &c.


Irregular are bene, male (with short e), and omnl.no, from bonus,
malus, and omnis.
also

2. Adverbs in um and e are derived from neuter adjectives of the


second and third declensions, without any change of form. E. g. mulimttim, paulum, parvum (from parvus), primum, secundum, &c.
jnme, sublime, facile, difficile (instead of the more common facill'cr,
So those in a from neuters plural; as, crebrd, frediffiicillter), &c.
quently acerba, fiercely.
;

Adverbs in itus convey the notion of origin, source, or manner,


and are derived from nouns and adjectives. E. g. fundVus, radicitus,
slirpltus, from the foundation, by the root, root and branch
dirindus,
from God, divinely humandus, after the manner of men, human
pemtus, from or in the inmost part,
antiquXtus, of old, anciently
3.

inwardly.f
4.

state

Adverbs

nouns.

E.

g.

and sim denote the manner of a condition or


and are derived from supines, adjectives, and

in tim

distributivehj,

conjunctim, inclsim, ordindtim, separdtim, strictim, con-

jointly, in short clauses, in regular order, separately, closely (briefly)

gregddm, in flocks

acervdlim, in heaps

* Only a few adjectives


which are redundant.

in us, a,

um have

furlim, stealthily

and vwrdicua.

virilim,

thus a double adverb, like tbose

f So, after the analogy of these, cominus, close at


tance; intus, within; subtus, below, from below; to

trinsecus,

hand; eminus, from a diswhich add extrinsecus, in-

LESSON

So

vately.

DERIVATION OF ADVERBS.

93.]

man by man

singulatim, singly

also statim, at

;;

617

pauldtim, by degrees

privatim, pri-

once; raptim, rapidly; cautim, cautiously


caeslm, with the edge (opposed to punctim,

carptim, by parts or bits


"with the point)
divlsim, separately; sensim, gradually, &c.
;

An

5.

extensive class of adverbs are accusatives (singular or plu-

pronouns, adjectives, and participles. E. g. bifariam,


partem), in two parts, on all sides; partim (= partem), partly, in part; examussim, exactly; affdtim, abundantly
foras,
versum (or -ws),
(fores), out of doors (motion); alias, elsewhere
towards, in that direction rursum (or -us), again.* Pronominals are
June, islinc, Mine, hence, thence; hue, istuc, illuc, hither, thither;
ulrimque, on both sides interim, meanwhile quam, how, how much ;
quin, quidni, why not
nequidquam, in vain, to no purpose.
ral) of nouns,

omnifariam

(sc.

'?

6. Others again are ablatives (singular or plural) of nouns, pronouns, &c. E. g. forte (from fors), perchance, perhaps pridie (from
pris
dies), postridie, perendie, on the day before, the day after, the
day after to-morrow fieri, yesterday luci, by day temperi, in time
rite (== ritu), properly
frustra, in vain; dextrd (sc. manu), on the
right hand; laevci, sinistra, on the left certo, with certainty; crebro,
repeatedly oppido, very, exceedingly merito, deservedly, &c. Pronominal ablatives are hie, istic, illic, here, there ibi, there alibi, elsewhere ubi, where ublque, everywhere utrobique, on both sides

qui,

how

?f

Adverbs derived from verbs are dumtaxat

7.

merely, at least

scilicet

(= scire -\~ licet),

it is

(= dum

(=

To these
videre -f- IXcet), you can see, plainly.
cus, with the teeth, tooth and nail (from mordeo).
licet

8.

Many

-\- taxed),

and videadd mordi-

plain, verily

adverbs of the Latin language are compounds.

These are formed,

a) By the union of two adverbs, or of an adverb and another part


of speech.
E. g. sicut, velut, tamquam, as if; quousque, how far?

nequaquam, by no means
alicubi, elsewhere
jamdudum, long ago
undel Ibet, from any place you please ublvis, wherever you please
;

adltuc, thus far; deinde, thence,

then

necubi, lest

anywhere.

By

E. g. liodie, to-day
the union of other parts of speech.
postridie, the day after; quomodo, how; denuo (== de novo), again;
poslea, afterwards alioqui, otherwise, &c.
scilicet, forsooth
b)

Dulcis, e
Sweet.

saCwis,

e.

Adv.

Lenis, mitis, mollis, e

Mild,

soft,

gentle, placid.

-\

dulclter,

suavlter.
;

placidus, a,

um.
Adv.

leniter, molliter

placide.

* To these may be added jnidlum, tantum, solum, primUni, secundum, and all
those enumerated in Case 2.
f Similar to these are the old datives of motion, eo, thither; eodem, to the
same place; hoc, isto, istoc, Mo, hither, thither; quo, whither; al'upio, somewhere;

alio, in

another direction.

52*

'*

LATIN GRAMMAR.

618
Agreeable, grateful.

Sweet wine, honey.

sweet song
a sweet voice
sweet flowers.
mild air, breeze.
gentle zephyr.
;

A
A
A soft

93.

Gratus, jucundus, a, um; suavis.


Adv. jucunde, suavlter.
Ylnum, mel dulcc.
Suavis cantus suavis vox suavae
;

flores.

Aer mollis; ventus


Zephyrus

lenis; aura, a.e,f.

mollis.

(i, ???.)

Somnus placidus

(placid) sleep.

Sow,

[lesson

(suavis)

Ac id us ;

acerbus, a, um.
Acididus
sourish).

acid.

(=

Nothing can make

more agreeable than the society of and


life

intercourse with our friends.

Yitae ndstrae suavitati melius consulere nihil pdssit, quam usus


consuetudocme cum amicis nostris.

To

Clamdre : conclamare (of several).


Clamorem edere or lollcre.

cry, scream, shriek.

Yociferdri.

To

raise

To

cry out for help.

To

Altum clamorem

a great clamor.

Yoeare aliquem

aid (any one in any-

help,

thing).

To
To

Juvo, are,

Adju rare,

jiivi,

(clamitare).

in auxilium.

jutum.

opil uldri.

(ALIQUEM IX ALIQUA KE.)

help, succor

tress)

tollere.

Maxima voce clamare

(any one in

dis-

Succurrere (curri, cursum).


Subvenire, praesidio venire (ali-

cui).

assist

one in doin<r anything.

you

I will help

lie assists

me

to

do

Operam suam alicui commodare or


praebere (ad rem, ix re faciexda).
Adjuvabo te facere hoc (hoc

in
faciendo).
6peram siiam mihi praebet in scri-

it.

in writing.

bendo.
Shall I help

you

to

work

Adjuvabone

te in laborando (labo-

rare) ?

To

inquire after some one.

Quaerere percontdri, seise ittiri de


aliquo.

To

reach,
one).

To

hand (anything

to

any

Porrigere, rexi, rectum.


Praebere, ui, ltmn.

(alicui aliquid.)
Offero, erre, obtuli, oblatum.

offer (proffer).

that

Deferre (alicui aliquid).


Benignus, officiosus, liberaiis, humanus.
Esse tarn benignum, ut
Sis tana benignus, ut mihi scutulam

Will you be so good as to come

Vis (visne) esse tarn benignus, ut

Complaisant, pleasing.

To be so good,
Be so good as

as,

to

hand me

plate.

early in the morning ?

illam pdrrigas.

bene mane venias

LESSON

Do me

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

93.]

Da

the favor to write, as soon

you can.

as

Quam primum

quam primum

(=

libruin.

Quaeso, parcas mihi.


Si tibi placet; sis
j

beseech you

Ex

please)

tiia
ie

(= si

voluntate.

quaeso, a

quaeso et peto,
(ut, or subj.

te

Pulsare januam (fores, ostium)


Pulsantur fores.

at the door.

Somebody

is

knocking at

vis).

tibi libet.

peto quaesoque
without ut).

To knock

po-

pdtes redeas quaeso.

Quaeso mihi des

Prout

please.

I ask,

mini hoc, ut

tes scribas.

Please return as soon as you can.


Please band me the book.
Be pleased to spare me.
If you please.

As you

619

the

door.

To come

Evenio,

to pass, to occur, hap-

ire, veni,

ventum.

pen.

Accido, ere, idi,


Contingo, ere, tigi, tactum.
.

To happen,

(any one).

to befall

(alicui aliquid; ut, ne.)


It

came

to pass,

happened by

Forte evenit, ut

chance, that, &c.


It

commonly happens,

Did anything happen

that, &c.

-j

Plenimque
Usu venire

evenit, ut

sdlet, ut

Acciditne aliquid

Nuinquid ac-

cidit ?

Nothing (has happened).


great misfortune has happened.
misfortune has happened to

Nihil.

A
A

Accidit (evenit) magna calamitas.


Accidit ei malum.

him.
I had a misfortune.

One

misfortune
another.

happened

after

If anything serious should happen to me (to you, to him),

what
If

my

will

life

We have

you do

now more

we have had

for

leisure

a great while.
at the door?

fill

(tibi, ei)

malo.

alio

aliquid

humanitus

accidat, quid facies ?

mihi vita contigerit.

Tan turn habemus dtii, quantum


jam diu nobis non contigit.
Pulsatne allquis ostium

Nemo

piilsat.

Fundo, ere,fudi, fusum (rem


RE, IN REM).

To pour.

To

Si mihi

Si

than

any one knocking


No one is knocking.

To pour into.
To pour away

Accidebat aliud ex

should be spared.

Is

Accidit mihi malum.


Accepi calamitatem.

*,

to shed.

one's cup.

ex

Infundere (aliquid rei).


Effundere, profundere (sc. aquam,
sanguinem).

Poculum alicui infundere.


Poculum alicui temperare, vino implere.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

G20

To shed
With
I

tears

to

weep.

<

Lacrimas eflundere.

Lacrimare,

93.

flere.

Lacrimans ociilis lacrimantibus.


Lacrimas tenere non possum.
Quid fundis in pdculum V

tears in one's eyes.

cannot refrain from tears.


are you pouring into the

What

cup ?
Wine.
He was pouring grain

[LESSON

Yinum.
into the

Frumentum

sacco infundebat.

sack.

Will you

my

fill

Yisne

glass ?

Yes, I shall (will) fill it with


pure wine.
I pour away the wine for it is

Yinum

good

Who

mini

poculum

temperare

(infundere) V
Sane, id me'ro implebo.

Nam

eifundo.

nihili est.

for nothing.

crying ?
has been crying

is

The mother

Qui's lacrimat ?

Mater tdtum diem lacrimas

all

effudit.

day long.
(

Full (of anything).

A full glass of wine.


A book full of errors.

Scyphus vini plenus.

Integer scyphus vini.


Liber scatens vitiis.
Scipw, ere, ivi

(li).

Aliquo sapor e

esse.

Suavi esse sapore.

Amaro

bitter taste.

esse sapore.

Yoluptate carere.
Libenter sumere (edere, bibere)

to taste well.

like, relish

Jucunde sapere.

a pleasant taste.

To have a

To

taste

relish.

To have
Not

have a certain

taste, to

or

(aliqua re).

Plenus, integer, tStus.

Full, entire, whole.

To

Plenus (alicujus rei or re).

\ Repletus

anything.

aliquid appetere.
Aliquid fastidire.
;

To

(the

dislike

any-

taste of)

thing.

How
How
I like

does this wine taste

do you
it

like this

wine

very well.

It tastes bitter.

He

dislikes cheese.

have no

relish for food or drink.

He knows what

is

good.

the

to afford.

means,

Amaro sapore est.


Ego minquam juciindius bibi.
Caseum fastidit.
Cibum potiimque fastidio.
Sapit ei palatum.

The lady, mistress.


The means.
To have

sapit ?

Jucundissime (sapit).
Suavissimo est sapore.

I never tasted any better.


I

Qudmodo hoc vinum

Domina, hera, ae,/.


Facilitates, ura,/.
to be

able,

Habere

facilitates.

Sunt mihi

fa-

(ad aliquid terficiexdum).


cilitates

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

93.]

I have not the

means

621

Facultates mihi desunt.

(I cannot

afford).

Can you

afford to

buy a horse

Suntne

facultates

tibi

companindum
I cannot.
I have the

Non

He

Non

sunt.

Habeo

means to live.
has not the means to live.

To laugh

ad e'quum

(at anything).

linde vivam.
habet linde vivat.

Rldeo,

ere,

rlsi,

visum (aliquid,

DE RE).

To laugh

at,

deride any one.

Ridere, deridere, irridere


habere aliquem.
Rideor. Risui sum.

am

laughed at.
are laughing at something.
You are laughed at.
Do you laugh at that ?
I

They

"What are you laughing at

am

Ridetur aliquid.

Ridesne hoc ?
Rideo.

Quid

Te

laughing at you.

To meet

with,

meet

to

find.

rlsum

Rideris.

I do.

rides ?

irrideo.

( Ojfendo, ere, di, sum.


} Inculo, ere, di,
.

( Invenire, reperlre.

To meet

with any one (by


chance)
To find or catch any one in any-

Off'endere aliquem

thing.

was caught in theft.


"When have you met him ?
I met him in the market.
We met them going to church.
I do not know what to do.
I do not know where to go.
He does not know what to an-

In

Nescio, quod faciam.


Nescio, quo me convertam.
Nescit (non habet), quod respon-

Nescimus (non
emamus.
(

trust one.
I

confide, rely

To unbosom

on any one.

one's self to

any

one.
distrust, mistrust

do not

He

est.

offendisti ?

deat.

To

ali-

In fd ro in eum incidi.
Offendimus eos ad templum exintes.

swer.

To

deprehensus

fiirto

Ubi eura

We do not know what to buy.

Bo you

incidere in

re.

He

To

quem.
Deprehendere aliquem in aliqua

trust this

any one.

Fido, ere, fisus sum.


Confidere (alicui).

Fiduciam j^onere

F re turn

in aliquo.

esse aliquo.

( Se totum alicui committere.


\ Omnia consilia alicui credere.

Diffidere alicui.

man ?

Confidisne huic hdmini ?

Non

trust him.

We

me.
must not trust everybody.

Let

this

trusts

be said in confidence

habemus), quod

Mihi

Non
< Hoc
( Hoc

confido.
confidit.

cuivis confidere licet.


tibi soli

lapidi

dictum puta

dixerim

LATIN GRAMMAR.

622

word with you

[LESSON

93.

Tribus verbis te vdlo.

in confidence.

As to, as for, with respect to.


As to me, you, him, the book.

Quod

attinet

ad.

Quod ad me, ad

te,

ad

ilium,

ad

li'brum attinet.

Quod ad

With

respect to the book which


you demand, I do not know
what to write you.
To speak Hungarian, Bohemian,

The
The

net,

librura,

quern pdscis,

non habeo quod

llungarice,

tibi

litti-

scribam.

Bohemice loqui

Anser, eris, m.
*Diabolus, i, m.

goose.
devil.

Exercise

168.

Do

They will rathyour scholars learn their exercises by heart ?


er tear them than learn them by heart.
What does this man ask
He asks you for the money which you owe him. If he
me for ?
will repair to-morrow morning to my house, I will pay him what I owe
him.
He will rather lose his money than repair thither.
Charles
the Fifth, who spoke fluently several European languages, said that
we should speak Spanish with the gods, Italian with our mistress (amicida), French with our friend, German with soldiers, English with
geese, Hungarian with horses, and Bohemian with the Devil.
Why
does the mother of our old servant shed tears ? What has happened
She sheds tears because the old clergyman, her friend, who
to her ?
was so very good to her (qui ei tarn multa benejicia tribuerat), died a
He was struck with
few days ago.
Of what illness did he die ?
apoplexy.
Have you helped your father to write his letters ?
I
Will you help me to work when we go to town ?
have helped him.
I will help you to work, if you will help me to get a livelihood.
Have you inquired after the merchant who sells so cheap ? I have
inquired after him but nobody could tell me what has become of
him.
Where did he live when you were here three years ago?
He lived then in Charles Street, No. 55. How do you like this wine ?
but it is a little sour.
Have you already reI like it very well
ceived the works of Csesar and Cicero?
I have received Caesar's
only as for those of Cicero, I expect to receive them next week.
How does your sister like those apples ? She likes them very well
but she says that they are a little too sweet.
Will you have the

goodness to pass that plate to me ?


With much pleasure.
Do you
wish me to pass these fishes to you ?
I will thank you to pass them
Shall I pass the bread to your sister ?
to me.
You will oblige me
How does your mother like our food ? She
by passing it to her.
likes it very well
but she says that she has eaten enough.
AVhat
Will you be kind enough to give me a little
dost thou ask me for ?
bit of that mutton ?
Will you pass me the bottle, if you please ?
Have you not drunk enough ?
Not yet for I am still thirsty.
Shall I pour out some wine for you?
No, I like cider better.
Why do you not eat ? I do not know what to eat. Who knocks
It is a foreigner.
Why does he cry ? He cries beat the door ?
What has happened
cause a great misfortune has happened to him.

LESSON
you

PREPOSITIONS.

94.]

G?3

-- Nothing has happened to me.


Where will you go to tins
I don't know where to go to.
?
Where will your brothers
I do not know where they will go to
as for me, I shall oto the theatre.
Why do you go to town ? I go thither in order 1o
purchase some books. Will you go thither with
me? I will <r
with you but I do not know what to do there.
Must I sell to that
man on credit ?
You may sell to him, but not on credit; you must
not trust him, for he will not pay you.
Has he already deceived anybody ''-lie has already deceived several merchants
who have trusted
him.
Must I trust those ladies ?
You may trust them but as for
me, 1 shall not trust them; for I have often been deceived
by the women and that is the reason why I say, we must not trust
everybody
Do those merchants trust you? They do trust me, and I trust
them. A\hy do those people laugh at us ? They laugh at us
because we speak badly.
What are you laughing at ?
I am lau-hino
at your hat.

to

evening
go to i

Lesson XOIY.

pensum
QUARTUM.

nqnagesimum

PREPOSITIONS.
A. Prepositions are particles, placed before
certain
cases of nouns or pronouns, in order to point
out

their

relation to

some other word of the

sentence.

Prepositions primarily express either motion or a


certain direction
towards or from a place or object, in answer to the
questions whither *
icnence ? or else rest or motion in a place or
object, in answer to the

question ichere ?
These purely local determinations are, however, frequently
transferred to other ideas, and prepositions also
express relations of time
and causal relations.

B. Some Latin prepositions govern the accusative,


others
the ablative.
Several are followed by either, according to the
sense to be conveyed.
I.

ad,

The

to,

prepositions which govern the accusative are,

towards;

adversus,

at,

near.

adversum, towards,

against.

ante, before.

apud,

at, with, in,

circa, circum,

near.

around, about.

circiter, about, towards.

c is, citra,

on

this side.

contra, against, opposite.


er
towards, in respect
extra, without, beyond.

infra, below.

intra, within.
inter, between,

among.

to.


LATIN GRAMMAR,

C24

juxta, near, close by.


ob, for, on account of.
penes, icith, in the power of.
per, through, by, during.
pone, behind.
post, after, behind.
praeter, beyond, by, before, except,
II.

The

a, ab, abs,

from, from the part

of.

coram, before, in the presence of.


cum, with, together with, beside.
de,fro?n, down from, concerning,
e, ex, out of, from, after, since.

The

III.

[lesson

prepositions,

and sometimes the

in, in, into, toicards,

94*

prope, near, clone by.


propter, near; on account of.
seeundum, along, next to ; according to.
supra, above, over, upon
trans, beyond, over.
ultra, beyond.

prepositions which govern the ablative are,

absque, without.

tive,

prae, before, for, on account of


pro, before, for ; in the place of: in
consideration of, according to.
sine, without.

tenus, as

far

as,

up

to

(after its

case).

which sometimes govern the accusa-

ablative, are,

upon.

subter, under, beneath.

super, upon, above.

sub, under, near, towards.

Remarks.
1.

2.

by them, ex-

Prepositions generally precede the cases governed

cept tenus, which

is

is

placed after them.*

put before consonants only, ab before vowels and sometimes

The same rule applies to e and ex.


Abs
seldom used except in composition and before words beginning
with c, t, q. E. g. abscindo, abstrdho, absque.
also before consonants.

is

3. Compound prepositions either retain the case of the second component, or are converted into adverbs. E. g. in ante diem, until the
day before ex ante diem, from the day before ex adversum Athenas,
But adverbs are circum circa, all around; deopposite to Athens.
super, from above
insuper, above, besides praeter propter, about,
more or less protinus, onward, further on.
;

the only preposition compared, and retains its case


and superlative. E. g. propius urbem, nearer
the city proxime Italiam, nearest to Italy.
But the adverb prope is
followed by the dative ; as, propius Tibcri, nearer to the Tiber.

Prope

4.

is

after the comparative


;

number of the above prepositions are originally adverbs, and


used as such without a case. Such are ante, before, in front
circum or circa, around citra, on this side contra, on the opposite
side
intra, within
extra, on the outside
infra, below juxta, close
by post or pone, behind prope, near. E. g. Ante et post moveri, To
be moved forward and backward. Ingredi ante, non retro, To enter
forward, and not backward. Prope, propius accedere, To approach
near, nearer.
Ut supra, infra scripsi, As I have shown above (i. e.
before), below.
Juxta consistere, To stand near.
5.

still

* On

the exceptions to this rule, see Lesson

XCVII. B. vn.

;:

LESSON

PREPOSITIONS IN COMPOSITION.

94.]

625

Poets and later prose-writers employ also the adverbs clam, paand procul as prepositions with the ablative. E. g. Clam
vobis, Without your knowledge.
Palam populo, Before the eyes of
the people.
Simul his, Together with these. Procul urbe, Far from
the city. Procul dubio, Without any doubt.
6.

lam., simul,

PREPOSITIONS IN COMPOSITION.
Prepositions are frequently compounded with
C.
other parts of speech, especially with verbs.

The regular prepositions thus employed are called separable, in


contradistinction to others which occur in composition only, and are
hence called inseparable. In composition, the final consonant of prepositions frequently is assimilated or otherwise modified.
(Cf. Lesson

XXVII. A. Rem.

2.)

Prepositions generally add their proper signification to that of the


word to which they are prefixed. Not unfrequently, however, they
impart other shades, and sometimes even a different sense, to the
original word.
I.

The

separable prepositions used in composition are,

1
The following, which also occur either as adverbs or with cases
ad, to, towards, at, near, by; ante, before; circum, around, about, all
around post, after, behind prae, before, very (with adjectives)
praeter, past, by, beyond, besides super, above, over, left, remaining
subter, beneath, under, privately.
E. g. advenio, I arrive adduco,
I fetch, adduce antepono, I prefer circumduco, I lead around postpraecedo, I go before praecldrus, very celeliabeo, I esteem less
praeterquam, besides
superjacio,
brated praetervehor, I ride by
(Cf. Lessons
I throw over or upon subterjacio, I throw beneath.
;

LIX. A. and LXII. B.)


2. The following, which

also occur separately, but with cases only:


away, from, down, un-; de, away, from, off, down, entirely
in, in, on, at, into, against;
e, ex, out, forth, upward, very, completely
inter, between, among; ob, towards, against, before, around; per,
through, much, very, thoroughly pro, before, forth, for sub, under,
from below, secretly, somewhat, rather trans, beyond, over, across.
E. g. abeo, I go away; abjungo, I unyoke; abscldo, I cut off; depello,
descendo, I descend defungor, I discharge, get
I drive down, away
a, ab, abs,

rid of; edormio, I sleep away or out; effero, I carry forth or out;
ineo, I go in (into)
impicio, I look
exhaurio, I draw out, exhaust
into, inspect; intercalo, I interpose, insert between; intersfo, I stand
;

between or among

obtendo, I spread before or against obturo, I stop


occumbo, I sink down, fall into perfero, I carry through
perficio, I accomplish, carry to an end procedo, I go forth prodlco,
surrlgo (or surI foretell proconsul, a proconsul; subeo, I undergo
go), I lift or raise up subrfifus, somewhat red, reddish; transcendo,

or close

up

I pass over, I cross

2N

transversim, across, crosswise

53

and many

others.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

C2G

[LESSON

91.

The following, which are compounded with adjectives only


on this side extra, outside, beyond intra, within, on the inside
E. g. cisalplnus, on this side of the
ultra, beyond, on the other side.
3.

cis,

Alps, Cisalpine extraordinarius, extraordinary


the walls ultramunddnus, ultramundane.

intramurdnus, within

inseparable prepositions, employed in composition

The

II.

only, are,

an), around, about, on both sides. E. g. ambifariam,


ambigo, I drive about amplector, I embrace anqulro, I send
anfractus, a bend (in a road)

Ambi (amb,

1.

double
after

Dis (or

2.

disperse

Re

3.

E.

(red), re-, again, back.

cludo, I unlock, unbolt

Se (for sine),

4.

dissipo, I scatter,
g. discedo, I leave
dirlmo, I part, separate.

E.

di), asunder.

dlmitto, I dismiss

g. redeo, revertor, I

rejicio, I reject

return

re-

send back again.

remitto, I

E. g. secedo, I step aside, retire;


sepdno, I lay aside or apart securus, se-

aside, apart.

seduco, I lead aside, astray


cure, without care.

E. g. suscipio, I undertake suscito, I raise up,


5. Sus, upward.
I rouse suspendo, I hang up sustineo, I hold up, sustain.
;

6. To these may be added ve, which denotes a faulty excess or deE. g. vegrandis, ill-grown, diminutive; vecors,
ficiency (male).
vesdnus, insane, frantic.
So also the negative prefixes ne
heartless
and in, in compounds like nefas, not right, wrong inhumdnus, inhu;

man,

ill-bred.

Wlio

is

here ?

Quis hie est


sum.

Numquid

Is

it

you ?

Tun'

It

is

not

Non

T
Is

I.

T
tI?

.,

is

Hi

they.

Are they your brothers ?


They are.
Are these your books ?
They are not.
Is this
It

is.

Is

it

my

father ?

tu

es.

(ii, illi)

Siintne

illi

sunt.
fratres

tiii

Sunt.

Niim

Kon
fist

hi libri

tiii

sunt ?

sunt.

hicce pater

meus

Est.

he, or not ?

Are you the man, pray

am

Are you

an non dst ?
Quaeso, an tu is es ?
Is sum enimvero.
Esne tu is, qui medlcus appellaris

Is est,
?

the man.
the man who is called
doctor ?
You are the man who has honored me most frequently.

tu es ?

ts est, ea est.

It is he, she.
It

es ?

ego sum.
Numquid ego sum
Dixisti

you.

is

JE,? dnesum^

It

Quis ddest

Ego

It is I.

Tu

es

sti.

is,

qui

me

saepissime ornfi-

LESSON
I

am

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

94.]

the same that I was as an


and as a young

Ego idem sum, qui

infant, as a boy,

man.
be agreeable

It will

who
Is

it

It

is

It

is

to us at least,

you who laugh ?


you who have done
you, gentlemen,

Tun'
this.

who have

Tu
Vos

qui rides ?
qui hoc fecisti.

(is) es,

es

is,

estis

viri ndbiles,

li,

companion.
I am towards him what you wish

Ego sum

is,

Niimquid

Haec

qui ldquor.

sunt, qui loquiintur ?


is feci, qui sodalis eram.
li

Is in ilium

f dne estis auctdres

We

Non

esse

vis.

that advice ?
are not of the number of
those who hold to no truth.
Nor are you such a man as not

know who you

are.

verum
ne-

sis,

scias.

Ego

You and

Tu

sister

mini

suinus ii, quibus nihil


videatur.
Neque tu is es, qui, quia

I and my brother are going to


write letters.

your

me

sum, quern tu

me to be.
Do you give me

were at

et frater

meus

litteras daturi

siimus.

church.
I

qui haec

dixistis.

they

You and

erit

grfitum.

who speak.
who speak ?
have done this, who was a

to

et

fiii,

Nobis quidem, qui te amamus,

love you.

It is I
it

et infans

pxier, et adolescens.

said that.
Is

027

et sdror tiia sacris piiblicis ad-

fuistis.

have written this.


Spartan legisla-

Lycurgus, the

Ego

et tu

haec scripsimus.

Spartanorum

Lycurgus,

legum

sanctor.

tor.

Religion, that daughter of heaven,


is the most faithful companion
of men.
The duty of a father, as the
natural tutor of his children,
is to provide for them.

This honor is due to my friend,


who is a brave man.
I gave the father, the honest old
man, the model of his family,

Coeloilla nata, religio,

comes

hdminum

est

fidelissima.

Officium patris

est,

quippe tutoris

filiorum naturalis, saluti

suorum

consiilere.

Hie hdnos amico meo, viro egregio,

debetur (tribuendus

Dedi hoc

consilii

ptitri,

est).

seni

illi

probissimo, familiaeque suae exemplari egregio.

that advice.
tine the Great, the first Chris-

Evenerunt haec sub Constantino


Magno, Christianorum illo im-

tian emperor.
friend, the

peratore primo.
Kefert (interest)

That happened under Constan-

It concerns

my

Coun-

N.
I have been well acquainted with
him, who was the father of his

consildrii

sellor

Ego

illo,

familiaris

mei,

N.

qui patriae siiae pater

familiariter usus

fuit,

sum.

country.
thee, my dearest friend, I
give this ring.
Of me, who am his nearest rela-

To

amico milii carissimo, hiinc


ego anulum tribuo.
me, qui propinquissima ei cognatione conjiinctus siim, nihil pd-

Tibi,

stiilat.

;;

LATIX GRAMMAR.

628

philosophy, thou guide of our


that leads us to virtue,
delivers us from vice.
life,

TJie duty

vitae philosdphia dux, virtutis


indagatrix, expultrixque vitio-

Officium,

i,

munus,
This

is

pi.

tiiae partes.

socius,

i,

m.

socia, ae,/.
oris,

m.

i, n ; exemplar, aris, n.
specimen, Inis, n.
Yir recti exempli.
Uxor singultiris exempli.
Temperantiae jjrudentiaeque specimen.
Auctor (exemplar) omnium virtutum.

example of moderation and

A model of every virtue.

Familia, ae,/!; domus, us,^


Katio, onis./!; genus, eris, n.
pulus, i, m.
Probus, bonus, a, urn.

(nation).

Honest.
True, faithful.

po-

Fidelis, fideli animo.

A faithful

Servus

servant.
Faithful children.
true picture.

Filii

fidelis

pi'i

like, to

domino.
memores).

(officii

Pictura veritati

CAliquam
hole

partes, ium,

hoc est munus,


Comes, itis, m. tiff. ;
Tutor,

prudence.

To

Exemplum,

A model of a man.
A model of a woman.

The family.
The people

n.

eris, n.

Tuum

your duty, your part.

The guardian.
The model.

An

94.

rum.

part.

The companion.

[LESSON

appear.

J
,

(_

similis.

(alicujus) spectem habere,

praebere or prae se ferre.


Aliquot specie esse.

Alicujus (or alicui) similcm esse.

To

look white, black, red, pale.

Albo, nigro, rubro, pallldo esse co-

To

look well (healthy).

Plenum

lore.

et

speciosum et coloratum

esse.

To

look respectable

(in

dress,

&c).

How does
He

<"

he look

Forma

esse.

esse honesta et liberali.

j Quali est specie ?

\
looks gay, sad, contented

Decoro habitu

Quam fdrmam
Speciem

prae se fert

hilaris,

tristis,

contenti

praebet.

He
He

looks modest.
looks like a girl.
You look terribly.
He looks like a slave.
You look like a doctor.
He has the appearance of an

honest man.
are more stupid than you

You

Modestiam prae

se

fei't.

Virginis 6s habltiimque gerit.


Terribili es facie.

Apparet hiinc servum esse.


Speciem praefers medici.
Speciem viri bdni prae se fert.
Praeter speciem stultus

es.

look.

This beer looks like water.

Cerevisia haec aquae similis

6^,1

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

94.]

'Homines mei

629

(sui, nostr'i) generis

or

ordinis.

My

(his,

Homines meae

our) equals.

(suae,

nostrae) fa~

rinae.

One

He

of our number.
has not bis equal.

To resemble any

Aequi

et

Unus

e nobis.

pares mei

(sui, nostri).

Parern habet neminem.


Similem (consimileni) esse alicui or

one.

alienjus.

To resemble one

in features.

To

resemble one in manners.

Facie alicujus similem esse.

Os vultumque
Mores alicujus

alicujus referre.
referre.

C Alius alii or alium.

Each

other

Alter alteri or alterum.


Inter se ; inter ipsos.
l^Invlcem ; muluo.

mutually.

They

love each other.

They chided each

We

other.

Amamus

love each other.

They

assist

Alter alterum amat.


Inter se amant.
Alius alium increpabant.
inter nos.

Alter alterum adjiivat.


\ Alius alii subsidium ferunt.
Inter se aspieiebant.
Inter se (invlcem, miituo) dissen^

each other.

They look at each other.


They quarrel with each other.

tiunt.

You

Alter alterum verberibus caecldi-

struck each other.

stis.

Neither

party

could

see

Neiitri iilteros cernebant.

the

other.

He

Facie mini

resembles me.

similis est.

I resemble your brother.

Eo;o fratri tiio similis sum.

You

Tu mihi similis es.


Inter se consimiles sunt.
Inter nos consimiles sumus.
!N6n ovum tarn simile dvo,

resemble me.

They resemble each

We resemble

other.

each other.

He

resembles him, as one egg


does the other.
The brother and the sister love
each other.
Are you pleased with each
other ?
are so.

hie

to

any

one.

drink anything to any one.

To

drink to any one's health.

Siimus.
( Proplnare alicui.
< Provocdre aliquem bibendo (or

ad

bibendum).

T Proplnare
aliquid.
1
(

53*

quam

est.

Estisne inter vos contend ?

To

Frater et sdror inter se amant.

We

To drink

ill

Poculum

(or

praebibere)

alicui tradere.
Alicui salutem propinare.

alicui

LATIN GRAMMAR.

630

I drink to your health.


He drank a cup to him.
He challenged him repeatedly
to drink.

To make
of any

Crebris

eum

propinatidnibus laces-

sivit.

Nosco, ere, novi, notum.


Cognosco, ere, ovi, itum.

one.

To have made any one's


quaintance to know one.
To know any one very well,

94.

Salutem tibi propi'no.


Calicem siiam ei propinavit.

acquaintance

the

[LESSON

ac-

(aliquem.)
Aliquem nosse, cognosse,

in-

Aliquem bene, probe, pulchre,

vidisse.

To know each
To have

other.

(or enjoy) the acquaint- j

ance of any one.

cedit)

cum

aliquo.

mihi intercedit

1 Familiaritas

Ego eum cogndvi


Perlibenter

They know each other.


They know each other very

Ndti sunt inter se.


Notissimi sunt inter

himself thoroughly.

To know any one by


Not

know any

to

well.

sight.

one.

Do you know him ?


I do not

know

him.

cum

aliquo.

I have made his acquaintance.


I was glad to make his acquaintance.

He knows

opti-

me, penltus nosse or cognosse.


Se inter se nosse.
f Usus mihi et consuetudo est (inter-

timately.

eum

(vidi).

vidi,

eum cogndvi.

se.

Penltus ipsum se novit.


Aliquem de facie nosse.
( Aliquem non nosse {or ignorare).
\ Aliquis mihi est ignotus.
Novistine eum ?

itEum

igndro.

Est milii ignotus.


I am intimately acquainted with Familiaritas mihi cum eo intercedit.
him.
\ Utor eo farniliariter.
He is an acquaintance of mine. Notus est mihi.
He is an old acquaintance of Usus mihi vetus et consuetudo cum
mine.
eo intercedit.
He is not a friend, he is but an Notus tantum, non amicus, est.
acquaintance.
She is an acquaintance of mine.
Nota est mihi.
The acquaintance (knowledge ( Notitia usus, us, m.
of each other).
\ Consuetudo, inis,y.
Our acquaintance is quite re- Notitia inter nos nuper ddmodum
;

cent.

est.

Again, once more.


Since, seeing that, as.

Since you have not done your


exercises well,
them again.

As he

you must do

did not come, I sent for

him.

As

it is

Iterum, denuo, rursus (adv.).


Quoniam (conj. c. Ind. or Subj.).

Qudniam pensa tua perperam


solvisti,

absolvenda sunt

ab-

tibi ite-

rum.

Qudniam non

venerat,

eum

arces-

est,

in ve-

sivi.

already night, go ye to

your homes.

Yds, qudniam jam ndx


stra tecta discedite.

LESSON

EXERCISE

94.]

Exercise 1G9.
Where have you become acquainted with
come acquainted with her

who

G31

169.

at the house of

my

that lady ?

one of my

have be-

relations.

Is

book ?
It is not I, it is your
little sister who has soiled it.
Who has broken my fine inkstand?
It is I who have broken it.
Is it you who have spoken of me ?
It is we who have spoken of you, but we have said of you nothing but
good (nihil nisi bonwri).
Why does your cousin ask me for money
and books?
Because he is a fool; of me, who am his nearest relation and best friend, he asks nothing.
Why did you not come to
dinner?
I have been hindered, but you have been able to dine
without me.
Do you think that we shall not dine, if you cannot
How long did you wait for me ? We waited for you till
come ?
a quarter past seven, and as you did not come, we dined without you.
Have you drunk my health ?
We have drunk yours and that of
your parents.
A certain man was very fond of wine, but he found
" If I put water to it," said he,
in it two bad qualities (qualitates).
" I spoil it, and if I do not put any to it, it spoils me."
How does
your uncle look ?
He looks very gay for he is much pleased with
his children.
They, on the
Do his friends look as gay as he ?
it

thou, Charles,

hast soiled

My

contrary, look sad, because they are discontented.


uncle has
no money, and is very contented, and his friends, who have a great
deal of it, are scarcely ever so.
Do you like your sister ? I like
her much, and as she is very complaisant towards me, I am so towards
love each other, because we
her ; but how do you like yours ?
Does your cousin resemble you ?
are pleased with each other.
Do your sisters resemble each other ?
He does resemble me.
They do not resemble each other ; for the eldest is idle and naughty,
and the youngest assiduous and complaisant towards everybody.
will you open it ?
knocks at the door ?
It is I
What do
you want?
I come to ask you for the money which you owe me,
If you will have the goodness to
and the books which I lent you.
Do you perceive yonder
come to-morrow, I will return both to you.
It is an inn (deversohouse ?
I do perceive it, what house is it ?
rium) if you like, we will go into it to drink a glass of wine for I
am very thirsty. You are always thirsty when you see an inn. If
Rather than go into an inn,
we enter it, I shall drink your health.
When will you pay what you owe me ? When
I will not drink.
I have money it is useless to ask me for some to-day, for you know
very well that there is nothing to be had of him who has nothing.
When do you think you will have money ? I think I shall have
I will do it,
Will you do what I shall tell you ?
some next year.
do you laugh at me ?
I do not laugh
if it is not too difficult.
Does it not look like yours ?
It does not
at you, but at your coat.

Who

We

look like it for mine


yours is green.
;

Why

is

short

and yours

is

too long,

mine

is

black and

LATIN GRAMMAR.

C32

L8SS0I1

[LESSON

XCV. PENSUM NONAGESIMUM

95.

QUIN-

TUM.
CONJUNCTIONS.
Conjunctions are particles, which serve to desA.
ignate the relation between one predicate and another,
and to effect the connection of sentences.
The relation of one predicate to another may be either equal or
unequal. Hence there are two kinds of conjunctions, of which one
connects similar sentences, or, when the repetition of the predicate is
unnecessary, similar parts of a sentence, and the other dissimilar sentences.

The connection of dissimilar sentences


necessary one.

is

either a possible, real, or

I. The following classes of conjunctions connect similar sentences or parts of them


:

1.

-que
2.

Copulatives, or those which join or unite:


et, ac, afque,
(enclitic), and
et, etiam, quoque, also
nee, neque, and not, nor.
Disjunctives, or those which separate or disjoin:
aut, vel,
;

~ve (enclitic), sive, seu, or

neu, neither nor.

those which indicate opposition:


aut

aut, either

3. Adversatives, or
verum, vero, enimvero, autem, sed, but, however

The

II.

follows
1.

but

at qui,

neve,

neu

at, ast,

but yet.

conjunctions connecting dissimilar sentences are as

Conditionals, or
if;

or; neve

those which express a condition


si, if; sin,
unless; modo, dummodo, provided, so that;
ne, provided that not.
:

ni, nisi, if not,

dumne, dummodo

2. Causals, or those which indicate a cause, ground, or reason


nam, namque, enim, etenim, for quia, because quod, that, because
quando, quandoquidem, quoniam, quum or cum, siquulem, since.
:

3.

Finals, or those denoting an

that, in

object, end, or purpose


ut, uti,
quo, that, that the (with comparatives) ne, that
neve, neu, and that not, nor that quominus, that not.

order that

not, lest
4.

Consecutives, or

that, so that

those which denote a consequence


ut,
quin, that not, but what.
:

ut non, that not, so that not

Concessives, or those which denote a concession


etsi, tameven though, although; quanquam, quamvis, although,
however and their corresponding adversatives, tdmen, yet, still attd5.

etsi,

etiamsi,
;

men, veruntdmen, yet, nevertheless.


6.

Illatives, or those which denote an inference or conclusion

ergo, igitur, itaque, therefore


fore,

ideo, idcirco, proinde, propterea, there-

on that account quare, quocirca, quapropter, wherefore, on which

account.


LESSON

THE USE OF CONJUNCTIONS.

95.]

Among

7.

conjunctions

may

also

particles denoting a relation of time,

Such

tions or comparisons.

C33

be included a number of
and others used in ques-

are,

The

temporal conjunctions quum, ut, ubi, when quum primum,


ut prlmum, simulac, simulatque (or simply simul), as soon as postquain,
after; antequam and priusquam, before
quando, when, at what time;
dum, usque dum, donee, and quoad, until.

a)

The interrogative conjunctions num, utrum, an, and the enclitic


To these may be added ec and en in words like ecquid, ecquando,
and en unquam, and also numquid, when it stands for num.
c) The comparative conjunctions ut or uti, sicut, velut, proid, praeid,
b)

ne.

the poetical ceu, quam, tamquam (with or without si), quasi, ut si, ac si,
ac, and atque, all of which are rendered by the English as, just as,
as if.

OF THE USE OF CONJUNCTIONS.


B. Copulative, disjunctive, and adversative conjunctions
generally connect the same cases of nouns, pronouns, and adjectives, the same moods of verbs, and particles belonging to the

same word.
Mater

Cur

tua

tibi

et

E.

g.

sdror a

me

diligitur.

fasces ac secures,

et

tan-

vim imperii tantdque ornamenta data censes ?


tarn

!Ea esse dico,

quae cerni tdngive

pdssunt.

Vive

dm

ac feliciter.

Non mddo
bellum

prmceps, sed et solus

indi'xit.

Peteres vel potius rogdres, stupo-

rem hominis

vel

dicam pecudis

videte.

Your mother and


by me.

sister

are loved

Why

do you suppose the fasces


and the axes,* and such great
power of office, with so many
marks of honor, were given you ?

I maintain the existence of those


things, which can be seen or
touched.
Live long and happily.
He was not only the principal man
that declared the war, but even
the only one.
You might ask or rather entreat
us look at the stupidity of the
man, or I should rather say of
the brute.
;

Eemarks.
This rule extends also to comparative conjunctions, and to all
such as introduce clauses which are not subordinate or dependent on
the preceding sentence, but co-ordinate or in the same construction
with it.
1.

2.

be

The words connected with

in the

these conjunctions need not always


sustain the same relation

same case or mood, provided they

* These were

the

emblems

of office of the

Eoman

consuls, &c.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

634

E.

to the general construction of the sentence.

Tua iwn magis quam

reipublicae refert.
queniius etiam venisset, nisi, &c.

The

3.

conjunction

is

[LESSON
g.

Mea et

Veniebat

95.

patris causa.

quotidie, etfre-

E.

often emphatically omitted.

g.

Velim

nolim, Willing or unwilling. Ire red-ire, To go backward and forward.


Qui indicabantur, eos vocari, custodlri, ad sendtum addaci jussi, Those
who were indicated I ordered to be summoned, put into custody, (and)
brought before the senate.

On

4.

the construction of the remaining conjunctions, which introclauses, compare Lessons LXXXVI. -

duce subordinate or dependent

LXXXIX.
DOUBLE CONJUNCTIONS.
Copulative and disjunctive conjunctions are frequently
i. e. expressed in both members of the sentence, so as
Such combinations are,
to connect them more emphatically.
C.

doubled,

que,

et

que.*
nee nee,
neque neque,
neque
nee neque.
nee (neque).
neque (nee)
nee (neque)
Y
aut

seu
-que
-que

both

and, as

well

as, at

once

and.

et,

~\

neither

nee,

f J

both

et

et,

>

-que.

j"

and

not only not

aut,

vel
sive

either

vel. )
sive,

seu.

nor.

either

not.

but even (also),

or.

or,

whether

or.

Examples.
Te et mdneo et hdrtor.
Et mari et terra.
servata praetermissa-

I (both) admonish and exhort you.


Both by sea and by land.
Duties both observed and omitted.

MiHtiae(jwe diomique.
Non possum reliqua nee cogitare

Both abroad and at home.


The rest I can neither think of nor

Officia et

que.

nee scribere.

Et rem

write.

agndscit, nee

hdminem

ignorat.

He
is

not only knows the thing, but


besides not ignorant of the

man.

Nee miror

et

I not only do not wonder, but re-

gaudeo.

joice.

Nee

tu interfmsti,

et

ego id

egi.

Nor had you anything


the

In poetry only.

affair,

but I did

to

it.

f Rarely used.

do with

LESSON

DOUBLE CONJUNCTIONS.

95.]

Aut disce aut

035

Either learn or leave (one of the


two)

discede.

Vel imperatore vel milite me utimini.


Sive casu sive consilio deorum.

Use me

either as your

commander

or as a soldier (as you please).


Either by chance or by divine appointment (I know not which) *

D. Adverbs are sometimes doubled in the same way, and


used to connect words or clauses like conjunctions. Such are,

modo, \
partim part im
simul simul
qua qua.
modo

turn

quum

now, now then again, one


partly
and, as
and one
as
only but
now

at

turn.

partly.

both

well

both

turn.

time

at another,

as.

time

at

so especially

at another.

not

especially.

Examples.

He

Modo

hoc,

Modo
Nunc

hue, modo llluc vdlat.


singulos provocat, nunc

dmnes

modo

at one moment says one


and then again another.

lllud dicit.

increpat.

Simul sui purgandi causa, simul


ut, si quid pdssent, de induciis
impetrarent.

me amici deseruerunt,
partim prodiderunt.
Qua ddminus, qua advocati sibi-

Partim

lis

conscissi.

Turn Graece turn Latine.

Fortuna quum in
turn

reliquis rebus,

praecipue in bello, pluri-

mum potest.

thing,

He now flies hither, now thither.


He sometimes challenges them individually, and sometimes provokes them as a mass.
Both in order to excuse themselves,
and that they might, if possible,

obtain some concessions respecting an armistice.


My friends have partly deserted

and partly betrayed me.


Both the master and the advocates
were put down with hisses.
Both Greek and Latin.
The power of fortune is supreme,
as in other things, so more especially in war.

E. Two conjunctions of different classes are sometimes


placed in correlation with each other, or a conjunction with an
adverb.
E. g.
tametsi, etiametsi, ut, quam^
yet, nevertheless.
tamen, atta- > although
quam, quamvis
men, veruntamen, nihilominus.
,
non modo, non solum, non tan- }>
,
,
7
not only
out also.
j
sed etiam, verum etiam. j
turn
sed.
I will not say
but only.
non dicam (or dico)
etsi,

* The
and

sive.

student will notice here the distinction between the words aut,
Cf.

page 388.

vel,

LATIN GRAMMAR.

G3G

sed

non modo (non)

quidem.
non modo sed
non minus
non magis

[LESSON

not only not

>

not only not

vix.

hut not even.


but scarcely,

than as much
than; as much

no less
no more

quain.

quana.

95.

as.

as.

Examples.
Although

I ought to have conquered, I will nevertheless surrender part of my right.


Though the ability be wanting, yet

Tametsi vicisse debeo, tcimcn do


meo jure dec e dam.
Ui desint vires, tdmen est laudan-

the will is to be commended.


Tullus Hostilius was not only unlike the preceding king, but even
more warlike than Romulus.
I am not only not angry with you,
but I do not even reprehend
what you have done.
But virtues of this description are
not only not found in our practice, but scarcely now in books.

da voluntas.
Tullus Hostilius non solum proximo regi dissimilis, sed ferdcior
etiam Rdmulo fiiit.

go non modo

tibi

non

iraseor,

sed ne reprehendo quidem

ctum

fa-

tiium.

Verum

haec genera virtutum


non solum* in mdribus ndstris,

sed vix

jam

in libris reperiiin-

tur.

Quid

est

For what

enim minus non dico

oratoris, sed

hdminis

is less becoming, I will


not say to an orator, but to a

man
Alexander non ducis mdgis quam
milltis miinia

a scrape.

get into

perform

to

the duties of a soldier, no less


than those of a commander.

exequebatur.

( Jurgia

To

Alexander was wont

cum

aliquo incejjtdre.

< Rixas in se conflare.

{In anguslum venire.


( Aliquem jurgiis (or rixis) implicare

To bring

or get one into a scrape. 4


(

To be involved
To get out of a

in a scrape.

scrape (any one,

angustiis.

one's self).
The quarrel, scrape.
The snare.
Always, perpetually.

I have got out of the scrape.

He
He

getting into a scrape.


in a bad scrape.
That man perpetually gets into
bad scrapes but he always
helps himself out again.
is

is

or illaqueare.
incitas redigere.
Rixis implicari or illigari.
Expedire, extricare (aliquem, se)

Ad

Jurgium, i, n. ; rixa, ae,/.


Laqueus, i, m.
Semper, perpetuo.
(

Me

expedivi.

\ Salvus evasi.
Rixas in se cdnflat.

Ad incitas
Homo llle

redactus

implicat,

semper tamen

expedit.

Instead of non solum non.

Cf.

est.

perpetuo fere jurgiis se

page 584.

se nirsus

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

95.]

Inter (Prep,

Between.

There

is

The
The

form, aspect.

face, sight.

To have

Videor,

the appearance, to appear, seem.

(^

<

look well (healthy).


I

To
To

look sad.
look ugly.

To

look good.

look

angry,

Arridere alicui.
Torvis oculis aliquem intueri.
Accipere (excipere) aliquem humaniter, counter, benigne.
Vir forma honesta (specie insigni).
specie teniii.
specie tenui (or humili).
< Speciem bdnam praebes.
\ Vigoris speciem prodis.

Viiltum iratum prae


Videtur esse irata.

be angry.
They appear to be contented.
to

Vultu

look pleased.
When I go to see that man, instead of receiving me with
pleasure, he looks displeased.
The man whom you see appears
desirous of approaching us.

To
To

go

pay one a

visit

to see

some one

visit.

se fert.

Contenti esse videntur.


hilari atque laeto stint.
Cum istum visito, tantum abest, ut
benigne me excipiat, ut torvis

They

visit, to

contenti, hilaris prae

Homines

look very well.

to

irati,

se ferre.

looks angry

To

Videri esse bonum, benignum.


Speciem boni viri prae se ferre.

Homo

Bad-looking people.

She appears

Vigoris speciem prae se ferre.


Valetudinem vultu prodere.

Speciem

contented,

A good-looking man.
A bad-looking man.

He

oculis
file,

me

intueri sdleat.

quern vides, nos adire velle

videtur.

( Aliquem vlsere

(si,

sum).

< Invlsere, visitdre aliquem.

(Ad

aliquem

Ire vlsere (ire et vlsere').

Aliquem adire

one on business.

Obire,

frequent, visit (a place).

adire,

or con venire.

frequentare,

brare.

To

visit

Vi-

esse.

deri.

Tristi esse vultu.

pleased.
To look pleased with one.
To look cross at one.
To receive one kindly.

You

visus sum.

Deformem habere aspectum.


I

To

eri,

or pre se ferre.
Aliqua specie or forma

To

ei,

Speciem aliquam habere, praebere

f
J

look, appear.

Vultus, us, m.
Oris habitus or lineamenta.
Os vultusque.

mien, look.

The countenance, physiognomy.

To

cum Ace).

Est (intercedit) discrlmen inter.


Aspectus, visus, us, m., species,
/. ; forma, ae, f.
Os, oris, m.

a difference between.

The appearance,

637

a sick person.

54

Aegrotum

Ad

vise re (or visitare).

aegrurn Ire visere.

cele-

LATIN GRAMMAR.

038

To

frequent any one's house.

[LESSON

domum

Alicujus

95.

frequent are or ce-

lebrare.

To frequent a society.
The society assembly.

Conventum
Conventus,

To be

in society.

(circiilum) celebrare.
m. ; circulus, i, m.

us,

Circulos frequentare.

\ Multum inter homines esse.


Conventus visitantium (salutanti-

We have society to-day.

um) apud nos

To

associate with

To

imagine.

some one.

est hddie.

f Aliquo multum or familiariter iiti


(usus sum).
-j
(Est mihi cum aliquo consuetudo
(familiarltas)

Opinari, putare

in

opinionem ve-

nire.

He

In opinionem venit,

imagines that you will not


come.
Does he often visit you ?
He visits me every day.
Did you ever associate with that

man

non

fore, ut

venias.

Venitne saepe ad

Immo me
Fuitne

te visere ?
quotidie visitat

cum

tibi

lllo

linquam con-

suetiido ?

Yes, I have associated much


with him.
Did you frequent society, when
you were in the city ?
I did frequent it.
He is perpetually in society

eo multum et familiariter
usus siim.

Sane

Celebrabasne conventus (circulos),

quum

in lirbe esses ?

Yero, celebrabam.
Perpetuo fere inter homines

est.

(among men).
It is all over with

me

am un- Actum

est

de

me

Perii

done!
It is all

over

Actum

est

Actum jam de

isto

est!

Factum

It is too late to consult to-day

infectum non potest.

fieri

about what was done yesterday.

The

spite, displeasure.

The

grief, sorrow.

Stomcichus,
(

To

vex,

To

hurt any one's feelings.

spite, irritate one.

oris,

m.
m.

i,

molestia, ae,

f.

aegritudo, mis,

sollicitudo, mis,

f.

f.

TMolestiam exhibere alicui.


Stomachum alicui movere.
( Yexare, irritare aliquem.
( Aegre facere alicui.
(or alicujus animum)
-j Aliquem
<

To wound any one's feelings.


To hurt any one's honor.
To detract from any one's repu-

Dolor,

fendere (in

of-

aliqua re).

Aliquem mordere.
Alicujus existimationem offendere.
ahcujus detrahere.

De fama

tation.

To

feel hurt.

5 Dolere, in maerore esse.


( Aegre or moleste ferre (aliquid).

LESSON

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

95.]

This hurts

my

Hoc nn'hi aegre est.


Hoc me mdrdet.

feelings.

You have vexed that man.


You have hurt that man's

Molestiam exhibuisti

Virum istum

feel-

d6traCted

honor

fr

hIs

jittimwith

Tnn

words
I did not wish to offend you.
{
"'"'*.
',
TT *
i
11
68
7 U did n0t

"

come

YoU

an one s
any

ever off d a ainst


S

K
honor
or liberty.

illi.

offendisti.

ings.

639

ExIs timationem ejus offendisti.


dignitatem ejus labefactavisti.
Tu eum voce vulneravisti.

^ offensum
-^ ace

no'lui.

tu^ dixerim.

Adgre

f6rt ' td

'

n6n veni sse

'

Nihil ex cujusquam dignitate, nihil


ex libertate decerpslris.

( No, m
ndre, navi,
.
X NatOj are, avi, atum.
Ars nandi.

To swim.

The

art of

A good
I

know

swimming

(fit)

place for swimming.

Locus ad nandum idoneus (or opportune)


Locum ad nandum iddneum co'o-ni.

a good place for swim-

ming.

To
To

tum

To

experience.

To

suffer, endure.

Perpetior, i, pessus sum.


(Perferre, tolerare (aliquid).

-j

feel (experience).
suffer,

habeo.

Expenor, iri, pertus or perltus sum.


( Potior, pad, passus sum.

Sentio, Ire,

experience pain.

si,

sum.

Dolere, sentire clolorem.


Miilta ego expe'rtus sum.

I have experienced (suffered) a


great deal.
I have experienced a great many

Mala

e'go permiilta perpe'ssus

misfortunes.

He

endures and suffers every-

Perfert et patitur omnia

thing easily.

His sick mind can neither suffer


nor endure these things.
can endure neither our
vices nor their remedies.
I know this rather from experience than from instruction.
I had the misfortune to fall.
He had the misfortune to lose all

Animus
neque

We

his
ns children.
1 feel a pain in

heart

m
10

lecL

my head,

sum.

facile.

ejus aeger haec ne'que

piiti,

pe'rpeti po'test.

Nee

vitia nostra, nee remedia pati


pdssumus.
Hoc magis experiendo quam discendo cogndvi.
Accidit mihi, ut edderem.
Accidit ei, ut liberos siios dmnes

amitteret.

in

my

Ddlet mihi caput, pe

i Capite, pede labdro.


(Non curare (aliquid).
] Necjltgo,
(

ere, lean,

ledum (aliquid,

eacere aliquid).

[LESSON

LATIN GRAMMAR.

C40

To

miss (neglect).

To

omit.

(rem,
praetennittere
opportunitatem, &c.).
Omittere, praetermittere, praeter-

Nedifere,

Ire (ALIQUID).
Promissa tua neglexisti.

neglected your prom-

You have

95.

ise.

You have

come

neglected to

In seholam venire neglexisti (prao-

to

termisisti).

your lesson.
He never neglects or omits any-

Nihil tinquam

nee prae-

negligit,

termittit.

thing.

Did he neglect the opportunity

Numqnid occaadnem

of defending himself?
So far from neglecting it, he has

dendi praetermisit

sei/ed

it

To yu

Tantum

BDest, ut praeternn'serit,

avidiime amplexns

eagerly.

Cedo,

Id.

defea-

siii

>"/v.

cessi,

lit

Bit

cessum (alicot

de be).

To

yield to

morem

Cedere,

any one.

gcrere,

obsequi

alicui (aliqui re).

To
To

up

yield, give

one's place.
to acqui-

yield to something

esce in

re loco

it.

issitati

To

yield to necessity.

Veniam dare

To make

We

a virtue of necessity.
musl ) ield to necessity.
his

parere (cedere).

"

J)id

or ex loca

rei; Be accoinmodSre rei


acquiescere (evi, etum) re, in re.

Cedere

<ea

in

Cedendum

brother acquiesce in his

fate?
but he
lie did not acquiesce
has resolved to yield to neces;

Niim

necessitatL

consilium verl
est

necessitatL

frater ejus fortdna sua acquic-

vit?
acquievit;

Ndn

nihilcmlnus vem-

ain necessitati dare statuit

sity.

the copyist omit anything?


lie has omitted only a few words.

Did

Omisitne transcriptor aliquid

Pauca tantum verba

omi.-it

(prae-

teriit).

Exercise

L70.

If I laugh at your coat I


everybody ?
Is it right to laugh
Does your son resemble anyone?*do not laugh at everybodv.
He resembles no one. Why do you not drink? do not know
vinegar.
what to drink for 1 like good wine, and yours looks like
the cellar (doliaIf you wish to have some other, 1 shall go down into
You are too polite, sir; I shall drink no
rium) to fetch you some.

thus at

more to-day.
him lon, for

Have

you known

my

father

long?!

have known

acquaintance when I was yet at school (quum


often worked for one another,
scJiolam adhuc frequentdbam).
believe it. for you resemI
and we loved each other like brothers.
When I had not done my exercises, he did them
ble each other.
them for him. \\ hv
for me, and when he had not done his. I did
He is ill, and as the physidoes your father send tor the physician ?
angry with you ?
cian does not come, he sends for him. Is that man
I

made

his

We


LESSON

INTERJECTIONS.

96.]

Gil

angry with mc, because I do not go to see him but I


go to his house for when I go to him, instead of reYou must not believe
ceiving me with pleasure, he looks displeased.
that he is angry with you. for he is not so bad as he looks.
lie is the.
best man in the world (homo omnium praestantissimus)
but one must
know him in order to appreciate him (diligere carumque habere).
There is a great difference between you and him you look pleased
with all those who come to Bee you, and he looks cross at them.
Why do you associate (uteris) with those people? I associate with
It" you continue
to associate
them because they are useful to me.
with them you will get into bad scrapes, for they have many eneHow docs your cousin conduct himself? lie docs not conmies.
duct himself very well lor he is always getting into some bad scrape.
into bad scrapes?
It is time that I
Do you not son
always get out of them again.
Do
sometimes get into them, but
you see those men who seem de-iron- of approaching us?
I do
them, but I do not tear them for they hurt nobody.
We must go
away, for I do not like to mix with people whom I do not know.
I
perceive my uncle among
beg of you not to be afraid of them, tor
them.
Do you know a good place to >wim in ?
I do know one.
On that side Of the river, behind the wood, near the
Where is it ?
When -hill we go to swim?
This evenhigh-road (viapubtica).
Will VOU wait tor me before the city-gite ?
ing, if you like.
You know
shall wait for you there: but I begofyou not to forget it.
never forget my promises.
that
Have you reminded your brother
have both reminded and exhorted him.
not to write to-day ?
I
Who has conquered ( j mrii) ? Caesar has conquered both by sea
lie has not only conquered, but even triumphed (iriand by land.
Docs he speak Latin?
umphdre).
He speaks both Greek and
lie not only cannot write a letter,
Latin.
Can he write a letter'.''
but he can scarcely read one.
think he

do not

is

like to

Lesson XCVI.

PENS1

M NONAGESIMUJJ SEXTUM.

INTERJECTIONS.
Interjections are particles denoting natural
A.
sounds, expressive of certain emotions of the mind.

The nature of these emotions, and their


indicated by the tone or force with which
Interjections thus take the place
effected.
which the verb would express the emotion,
of intensity.

20

54*

degree of intensity, are


natural utterance is
of an entire sentence, in
and an adverb its degree
this

LATIN GRAMMAR.

642

[LESSON

96.

B. Interjections are classified according to the character of


They denote,
the emotion expressed by them.

1.

Delight

as, io, iu,

oh

ah

euax or evax, euoe or

hurrah

evoe,

huzzah

Laughter

as, ha ha, ha ha he, ha! ha


Grief, pain; as, ah, ah alas! aw, hold! stop! hei, heu, eheu,
woe o, oh, proh, oh alas
hoi, vae, alas
4. Surprise; as, aha, aha! atat, attate, strange! ha! hem, ehem,
ho away papae, strange indeed
hui, ha
ho Io how ? there
wonderful vah, hah zounds
tatae, strange
there
bravo
vah, vaha, iohia, ha
5. Derision
as, hem, ha
2.

3.

bravo
6.

Praise, applause

Encouragement

as, ela,

Answering

as,

hem*

ehem, well

11.

Imprecation; as, vae, woe


Directing attention; as,

12.

Aversion

13.

Silencing

10.

hark you (ye)

9.

done
and the imperatives

euge, eagepae, heia, well

as,

up come on
come now
age, agedum, pi. agtte, come on
soho
8. Calling
as, heus, eho, ehodum, ho
7.

very well

as,

as,

behold!

en, ecce, lo!

apage (an imperative), begone


'st,

hush

away

fie

tush

Remarks.

number of

and verbs are


Such are Pax, peace be still
sometimes used like interjections.
Malum, indignum, nefas, infandam, miserum, miserablle ! as expresMade, pi. macti, bravely
sions of disgust or impatient astonishment.
So apage, begone cedo,
prosper Nae profecto, surely certainly
give here fetch hither (and also, pray tell me !) sis (= si vis), hear
do you hear? agesis, agedum, agitedum, come on well sodes (= si
To these add rjuaeso, precor, obseaudies), do you hear ? hark you
cro (sc. ie or vos), I pray, I beg, prithee pray and amabo (sc. le and
pray do
si me amas), I pray you
1.

substantives, adjectives, adverbs,


:

Among

interjections may also be included the invocations of the


which frequently appear intercalated between the regular
Such are mehercule, hercule, mehercle, hercle,
parts of a sentence.
mehercules, hercules, by Hercules so help me Hercules pro Juppiier,
per Jovem, by Jupiter pol, edepol, by Pollux ecastor, mecaslor, by
Castor medius fidius, by my faith so help me God pro deumjidcm,
per jidem, by my faith faith !f &c.
2.

deities,

* Some

interjections, like

hem! vah

&c,

are used to express several differ-

ent emotions.
expi'essions mecastor and meliercules may be resolved into, Ita me Casf
tor or Hercules juvet, So help me Castor or Hercules and mehercule into, Ita me
Ilercule (vocative) juves, So help thou me, Hercules!

The

LKSSON

!! !

USE OF THE VOCATIVE CASE.

6.]

t;i;

C.
Interjections cither stand alone, or are followed by the
nominative, genitive, dative, accusative, or vocative.

With
With
With
With
With

the nominative, en, ecce,


(cf. page 344).
the accusative, 0, ah, heu, en, Item, pro, bene (cf. page 343.)
the dative, rue, hci, lieu, ecce. (cf. page 869).
the genitive, o, //< it, proh, ike. (cf. page 383, Rem. 8).

the vocative, see 1>.

Sed eece

Behold the messengers

nuntii, ecce Utterae I

letter

En

There

dexlra Jidesque

Ofortundta mors, quae pro patria


est potissimum reddita
En miserum homlnem!
Efteu me miserum
!

hdminem forlunatum, qui

ejiis-

niodi niintios habeat

See

tin.

is

01

>ht

hand and our

plighted faith
Happy the death incurred especially for one's fatherland!
Lo there a wretched man
Wretch that I am
!

lucky man, to have messengers


like those

Sed bene Messalam ! sua quisque


ad pdcula dicat.
Hei (or vae) misero mihi!
Vac victis esse
mihi nuntii bead (gen.)
paterni generis oblite (voc.)

The

Let each

health of Messala
one say so to his cup
!

Woe is me
Woe to the conquered
O blessed harbinger to me
O thou forgetful of thy ancestry
!

OF THE USE OF THE VOCATIVE CASE.

The vocative case is the special form for calling


_D.
or invoking the person or object addressed.
The

vocative constitutes in itself an entire sentence, like an interand frequently occurs in connection with one. But if the
sentence in which the vocative occurs contains a finite verb or an
E. g.
imperative, these must agree with it in number and person.

jection,

quid

dii bo'ni!

vita

Quae

est in

hdminis

dm ?
res

linquam,

pro sancte

Juppiter ! non mddo in hac


lirbe, sed in omnibus terris est
gesta major ?

Vmcere

sets,

lid ne'scis

Hannibal;

victoria,

said to

What
piter

greater exploit,
holy Juwas ever achieved, not
!

only in
land ?

this

citv,

but in any

You know how

to conquer, Hannibut not to use your victory


not trust the horse, Trojans

bal,

Do

quo

ne credite, Teucri
Quinctili Vare, legidnes redde

Good gods
What can be
last in human life ?

Return the

legions, Quinctilius

Va-

rus.

tlrbem, lirbem, ml Rufe, cole et


in ista luce vlve
Jlufe, mihi frustra ac nequidquam credite amice !

Keep

my

Rufus, to the
sun of yours
O Rufus, in vain and to no purpose called my friend
city,

to the city,

and

live in that

! !

!!

!!

LATIN GRAMMAR.

644

Primus note meo nomine


puer

96.

by

my

son, the first boy, called

name

primus omnium parens pa: primus in toga


triiimphum linguaeque laure-

triae appellate

ain merit e

[LES50N

Hail first of all called parent of thy


country the first, who in the
toga earned a triumph and the
wreath of eloquence
:

Remarks.
Participles sometimes occur alone in the vocative, but only in
E. g. Proud, dicte inihi. sum ma dicende Camena. (O tliou)
And the two last of the
sung in my first ode, to be sung in my last
1.

poetry-.

above examples.
Poets, in imitation of the Greeks, thus frequently put the vocaand adjectives where we might expect the nomina-

2.

tive of participles

E. g. Quo moriture mis f Whither art thou hastening so precipThus may you come
ready to perish?
Sfc venias hodierne
to-day
So the common expression Macte virtute esto
Success to
you
Go on and prosper
tive.

itately,

.'

3. The nominative, on the other hand, sometimes occurs instead of


the vocative, especially in poetry.
E.g. I
popuhts! OdeHail, genius of the city
generate people
irbis genius
S
novus anne, veni! Come Janus, come new year, come
>

What a Joy

What

How
How

man

Quod gaudium !
Qui vir! Quantus (quulis) vir!
Quani bene fecisti
Quain miser e'?t homo
Qui dolor

you have done


wretched the man is
well

.'

E. Ob*. In exclamation*, the Latin qui. quae. quod, or quid corren


or - what " Quomodo, ut or quam
sponds to the English " what a
(with verbs and adjectives), to the English '-how!"
Sentences of
this kind may also be introduced by quantus. qttalus, quo-'.-. &c
!

What men
How many men
What a fine book
What fine weather
What good people they
What a happiness

Qui homines
Quid hominuni

Quam

piilcher liber

Quam

illi

are

Quanta

How fortunate (how lucky)


How good you are
How stupid she is
How rich this man is
How handsome that woman is
How kind you are to me
How happy you are
What an affliction to my mind

What

language, what precepts,


what a knowledge of antiquity

how

in-

credible misfortunes he has un-

dergone

great,

Quam fe'lix
Quam fortunutus
Quam boons
Quam stiilta
Quam dives iste est
Quam fonndsa e'st mtilier ilia
Quam es erga me benevolus
Quam felix es
Qui moeror afnigit animum meum
-

many, how

How

benevoli

stint

felicitas

Qui sermo. quae praecepta, quanta


notitia antiquitatis

Qudt. quantus.

quam

hausit calaniitates

incredibiles

!!

LESSON

trusted

!!

!!

PHRASES AND EXERCISES.

96.]

To what

a friend I have
property

my

in-

is

mea commendavi

Qualine amico

bona

How much

645

conveyed in so

Quam

miilta

Quam
Quam

nihil est tdtus

quam

paiicis

few words

How
How

insignificant

fair

How

man

is

really troublesome the afis

minute you are in impart-

ing advice

Quam

nihil praetermittis

silio

How changed
How much she

dando

in con-

Quantum mutatus
Quantum in smu filiae
!

wept on the bo-

som of her daughter


Plow those who are fond of

praise

are unwilling to accuse themselves

homiincio
vero molesta est res

Ut

flevit

se accusare no'lunt, qui eiipiunt

laudari

How

blind I was not to see that


before

Me

caecum, qui haec iintea non


viderim
!

How much I am indebted to you Quam miilta tibi debeo


How much I am obliged to you Quantum tibi sum devinctus
How many obligations I am un- Quam miiltis beneficii vinculis
!

der to you
See how the matter has changed
You remember how popular the
law seemed.
Think of the shortness of life
!

How

valuable knowledge

To run up

to

is

or towards (any

one).

sum devinctus

tibi

Vide, quam conversa res est


Meministis, quam popularis lex videbatur.
Vita quam sit brevis, cdgita
Quanti est sapere
!

Accurro,
ri),

accurri (or accucur-

ere,

accursum (ad aliquem, in

locum).

To

any

Approperare, advolare (ad aliquem, in locum).


In alicujus auxilium accurrere, ap-

any one

properare, advolare.
Servare, conservare.
Eripio, ere, pui, eptum (aliquem
A RE, EX RE).
Liberare aliquem ab aliqua re.

hasten up.

To run

to the assistance of
one.
To save, preserve.
To deliver, rescue.

To

liberate, free, save

from anything.

To

try to save one's

Salutem petere

self.

suae consu-

saluti

lere.

To
To

Aliquem salvum

wish any one safe.


hasten, hurry.

esse velle.

Festinare,
properare,
maturare
(rem, or NEUT.).
Praedari (in general).
<
To plunder, rob.
Pilare, expilare (aliquem, rem).
Eripite nos ex miseriis
Deliver us from misery
Eripe me a periculo
Save me from danger, from death <
Serva me a mdrte
Festina lente
Hurry slowly
!

LATIN GRAMMAR.

646

He

you

desires

to

They sought their

be

[LESSON

Te salvum

safe.

viilt.

Salutem siiam fuga petiverunt.


Miilti advolaverant
flammas vero

safety in flight.

Many

esse

96.

people had hastened up


but instead of extinguishing
the fire, the wretches set themselves to plundering.

non mddo non extinxe-

perditi

runt, sed praeduri etiarn coeperant.

(ali-

(Incipere, coepisse, inchoare


quid).
Tobegin, commence (anything). <
( Initium facere (rei)
.

To

set

Aggredior,

about something.

i,

gressus

sum (rem,

ad rem, facere rem.)


I begin to

work.

Incipio (coepi) laborare.


Initium fecit scribendi.
Aggressus est ad scribendum.

He has commenced to write.


He has set himself to writing.
I am beginning to speak.
Have they been
guish the

Dicere aggredior.
Num extingui potuerunt

able to extin-

Have they succeeded

Contigitne

in extin-

guerent

guishing the fire ?


They have not succeeded.

To

Non

ut flummas exti'n-

lis,

cdntigit.

Lid iccire, ostendere,

indicate, show.

To quarrel (with any one, with

Rixari, jurgare

signijicdre.

altercdri

(cum aeiquo, inter

each other).

To

fliimraae ?

fire V

chide, reprove (any one).

Objurgare,

litigare

se).

reprehendere

(ali-

quem).

To

scold one.

To

Inerepare aliquem.

<

Aliquem asperioribus verbis

gare.
Certare, disputare, dimicare, con-

dispute, contend about any-

tendere (cum aliquo, inter


SE DE RE.
Kixa, ae,f. ; jurgium, i, n. ; lis, li-

thing.

The

casti-

quarrel, dispute.

tis,/.

Did your master ever scold you

Num

te magister tuus
crepuit ?
Niinquain.

Never.

What

are

Quiim ob rem inter

they quarrelling a-

unquam

in-

se rixantur ?

bout?

They

are

quarrelling

De

about a

servo inter se rixantur.

slave.

They

are

shall

By

By

go

all

disputing about

who

Disputant, quis
debeat.

first.

means, obstinately.

every means in one's power,


might and main.

ivith

To pursue (any

one).

0h
j

Omni

vl ;

anXl7U>>

summa

eorum primus

P******
ope

ire

P~

marubus pe-

dlbusque.

Persequi, insequi
sectari

consectari,

(aliquem).

in-

LESSON

PHRASES AXD EXERCISES.

96.]

To follow (any one, or neut.').


To come next in order.
The following words.
It follows

from

Sequi, consequi (aliquem).


Sequi, excij>ere (rem).
Haec verba.
Hinc sequitur (or consequitur),
ut
(Mente capior (captus sum).
-} De mentis potestate exire.

&c.

this, that,

To

lose one's wits.

The proverb.
The difference.
There

What

is

Insanum fieri.
Verbum, proverbium, adagium, i, n.
Discrlmen,

a difference between.

a difference

647

inis,

n.

differentia,

Aliquid interest (or differt) inter

\ Est quod differat inter ....

Quantum

The officer.
The ass.
The hare.
To accept anything from any

differt

Praefectus militaris.
Asinus, i, m.
Lepus, oris, m.

Accipere

one.

(cepi,

ceptum) aliquid ab

aliquo.

To our disgrace.
To my misfortune

(ill

Cum
Cum

luck).

Exercise

ignominia nostra.
meCi calamitdte (or pernicie).

171.

But,

Ah, it is all over with me


bless me ( pro Juppiter ! ) why
do you cry thus?
I have been robbed of my gold rings, my best
that is the reason why I cry.
clothes, and all my money
Do not
make so much noise, for it is we who have taken them all in order to
teach you to take better care of your things (tud), and to shut the
door of your room when you go out.
Why do you look so sad ?
I have experienced great misfortunes after having lost all my money,
and to my still greater ill-luck I
I was beaten by bad-looking men
hear that my good uncle, whom I love so much, has been struck with
You must not afflict yourself so much, for we must yield
apoplexy.
" It is too late to conto necessity and you know well the proverb
sult to-day about what was done yesterday."
Can you not get rid
I cannot get rid of him, for he will absolutely (utique)
of that man ?
He must have lost his wits. What does he ask you for ?
follow me.
He wishes to sell me a horse, which I do not want. Whose houses
They are mine.
Do those pens belong to you ? .No,
are these ?
Are those the pens with which she writes
they belong to my sister.
Which is the man of whom you
They are the same.
so well ?
"What is the differIt is he who wears a red coat.
complain?
ence between a watch and me ? " inquired a lady (of) a young officer.
" My lady," replied he, " a watch marks the hours, and near you one
A Russian peasant, who had never seen asses, seeforgets them."
ing several in Germany, said: "Lord (mehercule) what large hares
How many obligations I am under to
there are in this country!"
you, my dear friend you have saved my life without you I had been
They have beaten
Have those miserable men hurt
lost.
!

LATIN GRAMMAR.

G48

[LESSON

97.

and when you ran to my assistance they were about


and kill me.
I am happy to have delivered you
How good you are! Will you
from the hands of those robbers.
And will your
I shall perhaps go.
go to your friend's to-night?
Was you pleased at the concert
They will perhaps.
sisters go ?
yesterday ?
I was not pleased there, for there was such a multitude
I bring you a pretty
of people there that one could hardly get in.
What is it
It is a
present with which you will be much pleased.
Where is it?
I have it in my pocket.
Does it
silk cravat.
It pleases me much, and I thank you for it with all
please you ?
my heart. I hope that you will at last accept something of me.
I will not tell you yet, for if I do
What do you intend to give me ?
Why do
tell you, you will find no pleasure when I give it to you.
They quarrel because they do not know what
those men quarrel ?
They have
to do.
Have they succeeded in extinguishing the fire ?
but it is said that several houses have been
at last succeeded in it
burnt.
Have they not been able to save anything?
They have
not been able to save anything for, instead of extinguishing the fire,
the wretches who had come up set themselves to plundering.
Why
They waited for you till twelve
did our friend set out without me ?
o'clock, and seeing that you did not come, they left without you.
and robbed me

to strip (exuere)

'?

Lesson XCVII.

pensum

nonagesimum

SEPTIMUM.
OE THE ORDER OF WORDS IN SENTENCES.
A. The order or succession of words in Latin sentences is determined by their degree of relative importance, which depends upon
the intention of the speaker.
The general principle of this order is,
that the most important word should occupy the first place, and that
those modifying, expanding, or defining it should follow each other in
regular succession, according to their relative weight in the construction.
This is called the natural order.

B. In unconnected sentences, the word which the speaker


intends to make prominent is placed at the beginning.
But
words limiting or defining others are placed after them. E. g.
Ratio praeest, appetltus obtem-

Reason commands,

desire obeys.

perat.

Hdbet res publica adolescentes


nobili'ssimos, paratos

defensd-

The

republic has noble


its defence.

young men,

ready for

res.

Semper

oratorum
moderatrix
fait
prudentia.

eloquentiae

auditorum

The

intelligence of the audience


has always been the regulator of
the eloquence of orators.

LESSON

97.]

ORDER OF WORDS

Lacedaemone

fiiit honestissimum
domicilium senectutis.
Be Hum socidle. Senatus populusque Romdnus.
D. Brutus Imperdtor, Consul desi-

Dv* Ciceroni.
Lex naturae. Pemilitdris.
Paratus ad

rei

At Lacedaemon there was the most


honorable home for old age.
The social war. The senate and
people of Rome.
D. Brutus commander, consul

nature.

periculum.

elect,

The law of

in military af-

Skilled

Ready

fairs.

Divina natura dedit dgros, ars

humana

649

to Cicero greeting.
The law of nations.

gndtus, S.
Jus gentium.
ri tus

IN SENTENCES.

for danger.

Divine nature gave us our lands,


and human art has built our

aedificavit urbes.

cities.

I.

According

to the natural order, the subject precedes the

The oblique cases, and other words serving to expand the predicate, are commonly put before the verb, which
predicate.

then occupies the last place in the sentence.


Cdnsules niinquam

fiterant;

g.

re-

There had never been any consuls;


they were created after the ex-

se-

gibus exdctis creati sunt.

Vidi Catonem in bibliotheca

E.

pulsion of the kings.


sitting in the library.

saw Cato

de'ntem.

They

Habent opinionem, Apdllinem


mdrbos depe'llere, Jdvem imcoelestium
tenere,
perium
Martem bella re'gere.
Hdminem natura non solum celeritate

mentis

battles.

Nature has not only endowed

satelli-

senses as its satellites and messengers, and given him a suitable bodily form, adapted to the

mintios, figucorporis habilem et

tes attribuit ac

ramque
aptam ingenio humano

Remark.

dedit.

The copula sum

man

with quickness of intellect, but


has also furnished him with the

sed

orndvit,

etiam sensus tanquam

believe that Apollo cures disis the ruler of


the gods, that Mars presides over
eases, that Jupiter

human mind.

put either at the end or between


the subject and the predicate.
E. g. Haec vita mors est.
Numa
Patres there auctores.
Pompilius rex creatus est.
Claudius erat
somni brevissimi.
Facta diciis sunt exaequanda.
II.

An

noun

its

is

adjective denoting a quality is commonly put after


when that quality is represented as the leading

but

or distinctive characteristic,

it

precedes

it.

The same applies to the genitive, which may either follow the word
E. g.
limited by it, or, as the emphatic word, precede it.
* I. e. Salutem dicit, Sends greeting. In superscriptions to letters, the name
The abbreviation S. D. then either precedes
of the writer usually comes first.
Thus equallyor follows the person addressed, which is always in the dative.
Among the later writers, however, the order is
correct: Cicero Trebatio S. D.
person
addressed
is
the
put
first.
and
reversed,
55

LATIN GRAMMAR.

650
Yir dptimus.

na

me'rita.

Civis bonus. PoeDii immortdles.

Jiippiter Optimus

Mdxbnus.

Magister e'quitum.
Curatdres viarum*

Ornamentuni

vir or civis.

Siinvna res
consilium.

piiblica.

Tuum

Atlieniensis

Demosthenes.

Persarum
Sendtus consiiltum.
rex Darius. Euddxus, Platonis auditor.

97.

most excellent man. A good


Merited punishment.
The immortal gods.
Jupiter
the Supreme.
The master of cavalry.
citizen.

The inspectors of roads.


The ornament of the state.

civitdtis.

Auditor Platonis.

Bonus

[LESSON

Miltiades, Cimo-

nls filius.

A hearer of Plato.
A good man, citizen. f
lour advice.

state,

nian Demosthenes.'
of the senate.

A decree

The whole
The AtheThe king

Eudoxof the Persians, Darius.


Milus, the hearer of Plato.
tiades, the son of Cimou.

Remarks.

An

adjective or noun limiting the meaning of two or more nouns


is placed either before or after them. E. g. Nostro incommodo detrimenZeno
taque doleCunus, Let us lament over our misfortune and loss.
non tarn reruni inventor fuit, quam verborum novdrum, Zeno "was not
so much an inventor of new things, as of new words.
1.

When

an adjective is limited by other words, it is put first, and


E. g. Tua erga
its noun by the words thus limiting it.
me benifjnitas, Your kindness towards me. Maxima post hominum
memoriam classis, The largest fleet since the memory of man. Brevissimus in Britanniam trajectus, The shortest crossing into Britannia.
2.

separated from

demonstrative pronoun before its noun directs the


but when placed after it, it merely
E. g.
points out its relation to the predicate.
III.

attention to the latter

Hie

Ilia

mea

est

princi'pia

rerum

recentes

Haec

Hoc

Haec mensa.

vir.

culum.

ba-

et Id

exitus.

et hujus frdtris

mei germana patria.


Virginem ego lidnc sum ducturus.
Caedem hdnc ipsam contra rempublicam senatus factam esse

The

senate has declared, that this

very carnage was made against


the republic.

decrevit.

Tumulus

This man. This table. This staff.


Those beginnings and this recent issue of things.
This is my proper country and
that of this brother of mine.
I am going to marry this virgin.

is ipse,

in

quo cdndita

The very

hill

was

built.

IV. Quisque is commonly put after


E. g.

sibi,

lirbs est.

on which the

city

suus, superlatives, or

ordinals.

In

I. e.

titles

the genitive

is

one whose leading

posed to malus.

thus

commonly put

trait is

goodness.

last,

Vir bonus

only in genei-al op-

LESSON

ORDER OF WORDS

97.]

Sua cinque

virtiiti laus propria


debetur.
Sua cujusque animantis natura

IN SENTENCES.

Every

virtue
er praise.

is

651

entitled to

Every animal Las

its

its

prop-

peculiar na-

ture.

est.

Mini me

sibi

quisque notus est, et


de se quisque sentit.

difficillime

Every one knows least of himself,


and every one experiences the
greatest

difficulty

in

observing

himself.

Epicureos

doctissimus
quisque
contemnit.
Decimus quisque fusti necatur.

Optimi quique expetebant a


doctrinam.

Remark.

Sibi

me

The

wisest

men

all

despise

the

Epicureans.
Every tenth

man was beaten to


death.
The best men have all sought instruction from me.

and suus before quisque thus acquire a

distribu-

When

the distribution is already contained in other


words of the sentence, quisque precedes the reflexive. E. g. Quanti
Gallos Hannibal
quisque se ipse facit, tanti fat ab amicis.
... in
civitates quemque suas dimxsit.
The same order is observed in alius
ullus ; e. g. Neque alia uM&fuit causa.

tive signification.

V. Adverbs before the words qualified by them denote that


which is distinctive or characteristic after them they merely
;

limit or restrict their

Bene

si jrnifi cation.

facta male locata male facta

arbitror.

Accidit, ut reliquae (sc. naves)


fere dmnes rejicerentur.

Flumen Dubis paene tdtum


pidum

dp-

cingit.

Histdria exiguo tempore absdlvi

non

potest.

Laelius semper fere

ne solebat

cum

Scipio-

rusticari.

Legem

eisdem prope verbis in


decimam tabulam conjccerunt.

Quddsi Cneus Italiam relinquet,


faciei

omnino male.

I consider ill-bestowed acts of kind-

ness injuries.
happened that nearly all the
rest of the ships were driven
back.
The river Dubis surrounds nearly
the entire town.

It

History cannot be despatched in a


short time.
Laelius generally was accustomed
to rusticate with Scipio.
They have expressed the law in
nearly the same words in the
twelfth table.
But if Cneus will leave Italy, he
will act very unwisely.

VI. The same applies to the oblique cases determining the


before the verb they indicate the sense in which it
predicate
is to be taken, after it they only specify or limit it (cf. I.). E. g.
;

Medici ex quibusdam rebus et advenientes et crescentes morbos


intelligunt.

Epedorix

et Viriddmarus, insi-

understand both approaching and growing diseases


from certain symptoms.
Epedorix and Viridomarus, having
Physicians

LATIN GRAMMAR.

G5
proditionis

muliiti

nis

indicia

Roma-

ah

causa

any

sunt.

humana sunt ad suam


cutque levdndam culpam nimio
plus faciinda.

97.

been accused of treason, were


killed

interfecti

Ingenia

[LESSON

Men

by the Romans without

trial.

are naturally too eloquent in

palliating

every

one

his

own

guilt.

VII. Prepositions, as their name implies, are generally


Tenus and versus
placed before the cases governed by them.
alone follow them.
So also cum in mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, vobiscum, quocum, quibuscum. E. g.

Ab

dtium

hdste

Manum

There was

fvi.it.

de tabula!

Germani

statim e

rest

from the enemy.

Hands off from the picture


The Germans bathe immediately
!

somno lavantur.

after sleep.

Vix sum apud

me.

Antiochus Tailro tenus regnare


jiissus est.

Pompeio

dissidebat,

quocum

junctissime vixerat.

Curandum est, ut eos, quibuscum


sermonem eonferemus, et vereri et diligere videamur.

my

scarcely in

senses.

He

Post mdntem se occultavit.

am

concealed himself behind the


mountain.
Antiochus was commanded to rule
as far as the Taurus.
He was at variance with Pompey,
with whom he had been on terms
of intimacy.
must endeavor to have the
appearance of respecting and
cherishing those with whom we

We

engage in conversation.

Remarks.

An

1
adjective or relative pronoun is often emphatically put before the preposition, so that the latter stands between it and its noun.
Hanc ob causam.
Qua in urbe.
E. g. Mac/no cum metu.
Quern

ad modum.

Nulla in

re.

2. Relatives, and sometimes also the demonstrative Jiic, are frequently put before their preposition, although no substantive follows.
E. g. Socii putandi, quos inter (= inter quos) res communicata est.
So also Hunc adversus
Res, causa, qua de (= de qua) agttur.
hunc circum; \\x\no, juxta ; quern penes ; quam super ; quern ultra, &c*

Prepositions are sometimes separated from their cases, generally


attributive genitive or an adverb, sometimes also by some other
Post autem Alexandra
word. E. g. Post vero Sullae victoriam.
Propter vel gratiam, vel dignitatem.
Magni mortem.
Ilonore
dir/ni cum ignominid dignis non sunt comparandi.
In suum cuique
3.

by an

tribuendo.f

* Poets and later prose-writers extend this transposition to personal pronouns and to substantives. E.g. Se erga ; te propter ; me penes; te sine;
Scythas inter ; Misenum apud et Eavennam; thalamo svb fluminis.
E. g. Per ego te deos oi*o.
Vis
f Poets extend this liberty much further.
animi pervlcit et extra processil longe flammantia moenia mundi, &c.

LESSON

97.]

ORDER OF WORDS

IN SENTENCES.

653

VIII. When two terms arc opposed to or contrasted with


each other, they are placed as near together as possible.

word may thus be opposed to itself in a different form, or to one


of kindred signification; as, Manns manurn lavat.
Aliis aliunde est
Or else two different terms may form an antithesis to
periculum.*
each other; as, Fragile corpus animns sempiternus movet.

Homines hominibus m;ixime

liti-

les esse

pdssunt.
Anna drmis propulsantur.
Nihil est unum uni tarn simile,
tarn par, quam dmnes inter
/

Men

can become eminently

ser-

viceable to each other.


Arms are repelled by arms.

Nothing resembles another so closely as we all do each other.

nosmetipsos siimus.

ambo, alter
causam ednferunt.

No'xii

dlterum

in

aliis

cast the

blame

U])on each other.

Ute'rque ulrique est cdrdi.

Aliud

Both mortal, they

videtur optimum.

They like each other.


One thing seems best

to one, an-

other to another.

Ties

It

fratres videre video):

Quae me moverunt,
dem te profecto.

movissent ea-

seems to
brothers.

me

as if I

saw three

The same

things which affected me


would certainly have affected

you.

Mortdli immortalitatem. non arbitror

contemnendam.

Ratio nostra
o ratio.

Est genus

conscntit,

piignat

do not

think that immortality


should be despised by a mortal.
Our reason assents, but language

opposes.

hdminum

falliicium,

ad voluntdtem loquentium 6mnia, nihil ad veritdtem.

There

a class of deceitful men,


speak as others
would have them, and never according to the truth.
is

who always

This rule includes formulas


Dii deaeque. Dies
Domi

Die ac node. Domi


&c.
Terra marique. Ultro
REMARK.

like

noctesque.

bellique.

militiaeque.

citroque,

I. In sentences containing two or more connected clauses,


C.
the connecting word generally occupies the first place in the
clause introduced by it.

The connecting word may be either a relative, a demonstrative


pronoun or adverb, or a conjunction. Sometimes also another word,
and always the one which bears the closest relation to what has gone
before.

If the connective refers to a particular word of the preceding clause


a relative to its antecedent), the latter stands as near to it as

(e. g.

possible.

quantus, &c.)
Correlatives (e. g. tantus
position in their respective clauses.

I. e.

"

To some

there

is

occupy the same relative

danger from one quarter, to others from another."

LATIN GRAMMAR.

654

The
et,

ac,

[LESSON

97.

conjunctions usually put at the beginning of their clause are


at que ; sed, at, verum ; vel,.aut; nam, namque, and etenim.

Generally also itaque.

Ldquimur de

lis

E.

g.

amicis, quos no-

communis.
Consul, qui unus supererat, mdvit vita

We

speak of such friends as are


in ordinary life.

known
The only

surviving consul dies.

ritur.

Hannibal

tres exercifus

Ex

comparavit.

his

mdximos

unum

in

Africam misit.
Tdntum
tribuendum,
cuique
quantum ipse efficere pdssis.

Hannibal raised three very large


armies.
One of these he sent
into Africa.

You

should assign to another no


more than what you can per-

form

yourself.

orator tarn mvlta scripsit,


quam midta nostra sunt.
Furor in sapientem cadere poSed
test, non potest insania.
haec alia quaestio est.
Non est in parietibus res piiblica, at in aris et fdcis.

No orator has written


my writings amount

Alcibiades ad dmnes res iiptus

Alcibiades was fit


of business, and
for he was the
chief by sea and
I ask of you not

Nemo

pi en us.

imperator

fiiit

Namque

siimmus mari et

terra.

te peto, ne temcre ndvir/es.


Solent naiitae festinare questus

Pausanias non mores patrios solum, sed etiam cultum vestitumque mutivit.
Appardtu regio
utebatur, veste

Medi

Media

satelli-

Aegyptii sequebantur ejndabdtur more Persarum .... superbe rcspondebat et crudeliter imperabat.
tes

et

Spdrtam redire nolebat.

as

philosopher is susceptible of
rage, but not of madness.
But
that is another question.

The

republic is not in the walls of


our homes, but upon our hearths
altars.

about

sailing.

for
full

every Kind
of sagacity;

commander-inland.

be too rash
the custom
to hurry for

to

It

of seafaring men
the sake of gain.

sui causa.

much

The

and
consiliique

as
to.

is

Pausanias changed not only the


established customs of his country, but also his entire mode of
life.
He kept up the state of a
king and wore a Persian drcs.-;.
Medes and Egyptians constituted his retinue; he dined after the fashion of the Persians
his

replies

commands

were haughty
his
He was un;

cruel.

willing to return to Sparta.


II. The conjunctions quoque, autem, vero, enirn, quidem, and
the enclitics que, ne, and re, always follow the emphatic word of
the sentence.
So frequently etiam, igitur, tamen, ergo, deinde,
and praeterea ; sometimes also itaque and idcirco.

These words then generally occupy the second or third place in the
When the copula est or a verb is the emphatic word, then
auiem, enim, igitur, and ergo often stand in the third, fourth, or fifth
clause.

place.

E.

g.

LESSON

ORDER OF WORDS

97.]

Gyges a niillo videbatur ipse


autem omnia videbat.
Quid est enim libertas ? Potestas
;

vivendi, ut velis.
Sensit in se iri Brutus.
Avide
itaque se certamini dffert.

Nulli est ir/itur naturae obediens


aut subjectus Deus.
Ilulc liomini parcetis icjitur, jiidices, ciijus tanta peccata sunt ?

Scimus musicen ndstris mdribus


abe.?se a prmcipis persona

salture vero in vitio pdni.

Scire velim, quid cdgites, de totdque re quid existimes.

Quid sipiente
stiintius,

pdssit esse prae-

quum

utatur

tot, tarn

variisque virtutibus ?

Nostra corpora vertiintur, nee


quod fi'dmusve, sumusve, eras
e'rimus.

IN SENTENCES.

655

Gyges was not visible to any one.


But he himself saw everything.
For what is liberty ? The power
of living as you please.
Brutus perceived that he was assailed.

Hence he

at

once

of-

fered to engage in the contest.


God is therefore obedient or subject to no nature.
Will you then spare this man,
judges, whose
crimes are so
great ?

We

know that, according to our


manners, music is incompatible
with the character of our prince,
and that dancing is considered a

vice in him.
I should like to

know what your

plans are, and what you think of


the entire business.
What can be superior to the philosopher, when he enjoys so
many and such a variety of virtues ?
Our bodies undergo perpetual
change, nor will we be to-morrow what we have been or arc
at present.

inquam, aio, dico, nego,


quaeso, obsecro, ccnseo, credo, spero, opinor, existimor, and arbiIII. In

quotations, the

formulas

tror are placed after the emphatic words.

E.

So

also the vocative.

rr.

Caesar, prolapsus in egressu navis, Tcneo te, inquit, Africa !


Virtus, virtus,
ni,

inquam, Cdii Fdn-

conciliat

et

amicitias,

conscrvat.
Vide, quaeso, satisne rectum

nos in

et

sit,

istis ldcis esse.

advancing from the ship,


exclaimed Africa, I have you
Virtue, virtue, I say, Cains Fannius, is at once the conciliator and
the preserver of friendships.
Pray see whether it is exactly
right, that we should be in plaCaesar,

ces like these.

Attica me'a, obsecro

te,

quid agit

Pray

tell

doing

In edsdem
bitror,

solitiidines tu ipse, dr~

venies,

in quibus

consedisse aiidies

nos

me, what

is

my

Attica

You

will, I think, get into the same


retirement, in which you will
hear that we have settled down.

IV. Conjunctions, relatives, interrogatives, and interjections


which commonly occupy the first place of a clause, are someE. g.
times supplanted by the emphatic word.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

656

Nemo

est, tibi qui suadere, sapientius pdssit te ipso.


Ndn queo, Vetera ilia populi Ro-

mdni gaudia quanta

fiierint,

judicare.

Quid ? liberdlitas gratidtdne


an mercenaria ?

est,

is no one that can give 3-ou


better advice than you yourself.
I am unable to judge how great
those former pleasures of the Ro-

man people were.


What ? Is liberality
It

ndn deceat leporem humanitatemque

Tu quum

in.

tantum librdrum

habeas, quos hie

tandem

yourself have so many


books, which, pray, are you
searching for here ?
I came to
take off certain commentaries of
Aristotle, which I knew were

As you

re-

Commentdrios quosdam, inquam, Aristotelios, quos


hie sciebam esse, veni ut auferrem, quos legerem, dum essem
quiris ?

here, in order that I might read

them while I am at leisure.


quod etsi, quod nisi, quod quoni-

otidsus.

Remark.

gratuitous or

is really so, that there can be no


time of life, in which pleasantry
and urbanity cannot be indulged

versari.

ipse

97.

There

mercenary

Sic profecto res se habet, nullum


ut sit vitae tempus, in quo

[LESSON

So frequently quod

si,

E. g. Sunt qui dicant, a me in exsilium


Quod ego si verbo assequi possem, istos ipsos
ejectum esse Catilinam.
ejicerem qui haec loquuntur.

am, quod quia, quod quum, &c.

Y. Words properly belonging together according to the natuby others, to which

ral arrangement, are frequently separated

the speaker attaches greater importance.

Words thus crowded out of the first place in the sentence are often
emphatically put at the end. E. g.
Justitia est

una omnium ddmina

et regina mrlutum.

Aedui

equites

ad Caesarem dmnes

revertiintur.

In

licic

sunt insula domicilia Ae-

gyptiorum.
Recepto Caesar Orxco, nulla interpdsita

mora,

Apolldniam

Justice is pre-eminently the queen


and mistress of all the virtues.
The cavalry of the Aedui all re-

turn to Cassar.
This island contains abodes of
Egyptians.
After retaking Oncum, Cassar,
without any delay, advances into
Apollonia.

proficiscitur.

Cimon barbarorum lino conciirsu


mdximam vim prostravit.

Cimon defeated

in

one engagement

Sit hoc a principio persuasum


civibus, dominos esse omnium
rerum ac moderatores deos.

a very large force of Barbarians.


The island of Malta is separated
from Sicily by a tolerably deep
and dangerous sea.
Let the citizens first of all be persuaded of this, that the gods are
the masters and governors of all

Quis potidne

Who

Insula est Melita satis lato ab


Sicilia ?ndii, periculosoque disjiincta.

things.
uti

aut cibo

diilci

diutius potest 1

Hanc

perfectam

philosdphiam

can use drink or sweet food

any longer ?
have alwavs considered that

to

LESSON

ARRANGEMENT OF SENTENCES,

97.]

semper judiciivi, quae de maximis quaestidnibus copidse posset,

Hoc

ornateque dicere.

quam

G5'

be perfect philosophy which can


discourse with copiousness and

on questions
highest interest.

elegance
po-

No

data est Eumeni


Cappaddcia.
Propterea quod aliud iter haberent nullum.
Omnes miindi partes lindique
medium locum capessentes nituntur aequdliter.

At

melius,

test

ETC.

tu, facere

nemo.

Hoc tempore

one could do
you can.

of the

this better

than

time Cappadocia was given


Eumenes.
Because they had no other road.
this

to

All parts of the world tend from


every direction towards the central spot with equal forces.

ARRANGEMENT OF SENTENCES AND CLAUSES.


D. Clauses which mutually determine each other follow an
rangement similar to that of the words composing them.

ar-

Periphrastic clauses, or such as represent a noun, adjecadverb, occupy precisely the place in which the word
for which they stand would be.
I.

tive, or

Clauses of this kind generally commence with a relative. But they


include also those containing an infinitive with a case, and participial
clauses.

Homines
stulte

imperiti facilius, quod


dixeris,

reprehendere,

quam, quod sapienter

tacueris.

laudare pdssunt.

Lauddre

quanta
exprdmere, quan-

eloque'ntiam, et,

vis sit ejus,

lis, qui suit earn consedignitatem dfferat, neque


propdsitum nobis est hoc loco,
neque necessarium.

tctmque

cuti,

Profecto stiidia nihil prdsunt


perveniendi aliquo, nisi lllud,
quod eo, quo inte'ndas,fe'rat d.eduedtque, cognoris.

Ignorant men can more easily find


fault with a foolish remark of
yours, than they can praise the

wisdom of your

To

silence.

praise eloquence,

and

to

show

the greatness of its force, and the


dignity it bestow's on those who
have followed it, is neither our

purpose in

this

place,

nor

is

it

necessary.

Your

studies are of no avail in arriving at any result, unless you

become acquainted with


which carries and guides
where you intend to go.
have
that

II. Relative clauses precede those of their antecedents when


they contain the leading idea of the proposition but when they
merely expand or explain, they follow them. The same applies to clauses containing a comparison or an indirect question.
;

E.g.

Non

fecissem hdminis paene inmentionem, nisi judicarem, qui suspiciosius aut crimi-

fimi

2P

not even mention the


well-nigh lowest man, unless I
thought that I had never heard

I should

LATIN GRAMMAR.

658
ndsius

dicer et,

audivisse

me

any one that spoke more


ciously and criminally.

neminem.

Tempus

est

quisque

hujusmodi,
ibi

est,

esse

ut,

ubi

relit.

ddeunt,

intempestive

Quo major

dnimls praestdneo majore indi-

est in

iia et divinior,

gent
Verres

diligentia.
ita se gessit in his rebus,

quasi reus

nunquam

esset

futu-

suspi-

times are such now, that every


one wishes to be least where he
happens to be.
believe there is no one who does
not know how much your brother
thinks of me, and has always

thought of me

As

who come

those

ence

molesti

saepe sunt, sic epistolae offen-

97.

The

minime

Frater iuus qudnti me fciciat


semperque fecerit, esse hdminem, qui ignorat, arbitror neminem.
Quemddmodum coram qui ad nos

[lesson

at

into our presimproper seasons are

often troublesome, so letters are


offensive to us, that are not delivered at the proper time.
The greater and diviner the superiority of intellect, the greater
diligence it stands in need of.
Verres has conducted himself in
this business, as if he never were

going to be impeached.

rus.

III. Clauses containing a determination of time or place, and


those denoting a cause, condition, or concession, occupy the first
place, when they contain the conditions necessary to produce
the given result ; but if they merely limit or explain, they are

put

E.

last.

Alexander,

g.

quum

interemisset
Clitum, familiarem siium, vix

a se manus abstinuit.
Cogitare debebas, ubicunque
fore *m ejus
quern fugis, potestate.

ses,

te

es-

ipsius,

Ut consuetudinem dicendi mutdrem, ea causa mihi in Asiam

When

Alexander had killed Clihe could scarcely


refrain from violence to himself.
You should have considered, that,
wherever you might be, you
would be in the power of the
very man from whom you endeavor to escape.
tus,

The cause

pilblicam causam, tile suam defenderet.


Scipidni erat magna gloria propdsita,* si Hannibalem in Afri-

cam

relraxisset.

of

my

going into Asia

that I might
manner of speaking.

was,

proficiscendi fuit.

Fabula etiam nonnunquam, etsi


est incredtbilis, tamen homines
cdmmovet.
Contendi cum Clddio, quum ego

his friend,

this erat proposita ,

my

fiction even sometimes affects


men, although it be an incredi-

ble one.
I fought with Clodius when I defended the cause of the public

and

his

own.

Scipio would have had great glory


before him, if he could have

drawn Hannibal back


rica.

On

change

compare Lesson

LXXXIV.

A.

into Af-

LESSON

97.]

ARRANGEMENT OF SENTENCES,

659

ETC.

IV. The union of several clauses, harmoniously joined


gether, so as to express a complete thought,

is

called

a,

to-

period.

Periods are divided into several kinds, according to the style of


The principal are the historical,
composition to which they belong.
the didactic, the epistolary, and the oratorical.
Of these the epistolary
is characterized by the greatest ease, freedom from restraint, and
naturalness, while the oratorical aims at the severest symmetry,
euphony, and harmony of all its members. E. g.

De mea

in te voluntate sic velim


me, quibusciinque re-

With

bus opus esse intelligam, quanquam videam, qui sim hoc


tempore et quid pdssim, opera

tamen

dem

am

saluti

at

The

at present,

with

tuae praesto futurum.

witness.

my

any

Testis, is,

An

assistance

The

intimate friend.

Necessarius,

The
The

Labrum, i, n.
Balneum, i, n.

To depart this life.


To recommend any one.
To recommend any one

Hospes,

ear-

report anything to any one.


been so reported to me.

It has

hold, possess.

hold openly or publicly.


Under another name.
To esteem or think much of any
one.
To treat any one generously.
To write more fully and more

frequently.
To be affected by anything.
I think I shall come to Rome.
I suppose you are aware.
See that you take proper care
Take care of your health.
Out of respect for me.

most earnestly request you.

advice,

itis,

m.
m.

i,

Aliquem commendare (alicui).


Aliquem in majorem modum com-

Alicui aliquid deferre.


ad me delata res est.
Possideo, ere, edi, essum.
Publice possidere (aliquid).

Ita

Alieno nomine.

Aliquem magni

facere.

Aliquem liberaliter
Et pluribus verbis

tractare.
et saepius scri-

Affectum esse aliqua

Te
of.

re.

Romam me venturum

In

piito.

scire arbltror.

Fac, ut cures (cum Ace).


dperam, ut valeas.
Honoris meae causa.
Id mihi vehementer gratum erit.
Te vehementer etiam atque etiam

Da

rdgo.

Adieu.

and

endeavors.

bere.

You will do me a very great favor.


I

my

mendare.
Commendatio, onis,/!

The recommendation.

To
To

A vita discedere.

nestly.

To

little

m.

Testis gravis.

tub.

disposition to-

and how

rate with

important witness.
The guest (host).

bath.

my

can do, I shall nevertheless be


ready to defend your interest,
your reputation, and your welfare

et consilio, studio qui-

certe, rei, famae,

respect to

wards you, I wish you to think,


that although I am aware what I

jiidices,

Vale.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

660

Exercise
1.

172.

[LESSON

97.

(Letters.)

Marcus Tullius Cicero to * *


am deprived of an important witness

* greeting.*

of my high regard (amoris


of your father, of distinguished memory (clarissimo
summi) for you,
viro), who with his honors (laudibus), and especially with a son like
you (turn vera te flio), would have overcome the destiny of (us) all
(superasset omnium fortunam), if he had been so fortunate as to see
you before he departed this life. But I hope that our friendship does
not stand in need of any witnesses. May the gods prosper (fortunare)
You will at any rate {eerie) have me (as one), to
your patrimony
whom you may be as dear and agreeable (jucundus) as you were to

your
2.

father.

M.

Adieu.

T. Cicero to * * # greeting.

I hope you are very well (si vales, bene est) I am well.
"We have
thus far no reliable information (quidquam certi) either (neque) concerning Csesar's arrival or (neque) concerning the letter, which Philotinus is said to have.
If there is anything certain (si quid erit certi), I
shall let you know (certiorem face re) immediately.
See that you take
good care of your health. Adieu.
;

3.

M.

T.

Cicero to * * * greeting.

we

come

to Tusculanum either by the Nones


after (postridie).
Let everything be (id
Perhaps there will be several with us, and
sint) ready (for us) there.
we shall, I think, remain there for some length of time (diutius). If

I think that

(Nonis).-f or

shall

on the day

not in the bath, let it be (put) there (ut sit)


(Item cetera, quae sunt) necessary for
and health. Adieu.
the tub

is

ever else

4.

may be

So also what(ad virtum)

life

M. T. Cicero to * * * greeting.

I earnestly recommend to you Hippias, the son of Philoxenus, of


Calacta (Calactlnus) my guest and intimate friend. His property
(bona), as (quemadmoduni) the matter has been reported to me, is
publicly held under another name, contrary to the laws of the Calactini.
If this is so, the case itself (res ipsa) ought to prevail on your
impetrare debet), that you
sense of justice (ab aequitate tud
should help (subvenlre) him. But however that may be, I ask of you
to relieve him (expedlre) out of respect for me, and to render him
such assistance (tantumque ei commodes), both in this matter and in
other respects (et in ceteris), as (quantum) your honor (fides) and
dignity will admit (patietur).
You will do me a very great favor.
,

* For

greeting put either 8. D., i. e. Salfitem dlcit, or S. P. D., Sah'dem pludlcit.


The name of the person addressed in the dative. E. g. Planco,
Trebatio, Metello, Curioni, Terentiae suae.
In March,
f The Romans called the fifth day of the month Nonae, arum.
May, July, and October, this was the seventh day. Consult Lexicon.

rimam

LESSON
M.

5.

EXERCISE

97.]

T.

172.

661

Cicero to * * * greeting.

you are aware how greatly I esteemed Cams Avianus Flacand I had learned from himself (ex ipso audieram), (who was) a
most excellent and agreeable (gratus) man, how generously he had
been treated by you. The sons of this (man), worthy in every respect (dignissimos) of that father, and my intimate friends, whom I
greatly cherish (unice diligo), I recommend to you as earnestly (sic)
as I can recommend any one (ut majore studio nullos commendare possim).
Caius Avianus is in Sicily. Marcus is with us. My desire is
(te rogo), that you should honor (ornare) the merit (dignitas) of the
one present with you (illlus praesentis), and defend the interest (rem)
of both (of them).
You can do nothing in that province (that will
be) more agreeable to me. I most earnestly request you to do so.
I think

cus

6.

M. T. Cicero to * * * greeting.

I hope you are very well I am well. If I had anything to write


to you, I should do (so) in more words and more frequently.
You
see how matters stand at present (nunc quae sint negotia). As to how
I am personally (ego autem quomodo) affected, you will be able to ascertain (cognoscere) from Leptas and Trebatius.
See that you take
proper care of (Tufac ut
. cures)
your health and that of Tullia.
;

Adieu.
7.

M.

T. Cicero to * * * greeting.

I have read your letter from which I understand that Caesar conYou have reason to rejoice, that
siders you very learned in the law.
you have come to those places where you might have the appearance
(ubi viderere) of knowing something (aliquid sapere). But if (quodsi)
you had also gone into Britannia, there certainly would have been no
one in that great island more experienced (peritior) than you. And
yet (verum tameri) I envy you somewhat (subinvideo), for having been
called, of his own accord (ultro), by one to whom others cannot even
aspire (aspirare), not on account of his pride, but on account of his
;

But in that letter of yours you have written me nothing


about your affairs, which, I assure you (mehercule), are no less an
object of concern to me (mild non minori curae sunt) than my own.
I am very much afraid of your feeling cold in your winter-quarters
(in hibernis)
on which account I advise you to keep up (utendum
Mucius and Manilius are of
censeo) a good fire (camino luculento).
the same opinion (idem placebat with the dat), especially as you are
but sparingly supplied with military cloaks (qui sagis non abundares).
I hear however (quamquam audio) that you feel warm enough where
you are (istic) on account of which intelligence (quo quidem nuntio)
I was, I assure you, very much concerned about you (de te timueram).
But you are more cautious in military affairs than in the law (in advocationibus), since you desired neither to swim in the ocean, (though)
extremely fond (studiosissimus homo) of swimming, nor to see the esseoccupation.

56

LATIN GRAMMAR.

662

[LESSON

97.

darii,* (though the man), -whom before we could not even cheat blindfolded {quern antea ne andabatam quidem\ defraudare poteramus). But
jesting aside {jam satis jocati sumus), you yourself know how earnestly (diligenter) I have written to Caesar about you ; how often (I have
done so), I (myself know). But I had already ceased to do so {jam
intermiseram) lest I might seem to distrust the disposition {voluntas)
And yet {sed
of a man most generous and affectionate towards me.
tamen) I thought that it was necessary to remind the man {esse liominem commonendum) in the letter (dat.) which I sent him last. I
accordingly did so {Id feci). I wish you to inform me of the result
{quid profecerim) and, at the same time, of your entire condition {de
ioto statu tuo) and of all your plans.
For I am anxious {cupio) to
know what you are doing, what you expect, (and) how long you
suppose this absence of yours from us {islum tuum discessum a nobis)
will be (i. e. last).
For I assure you, that it is one consolation to me,
which enables me to bear more easily {quare facilius possim pati)
your absentment from us {te esse sine nobis), if it is an advantage to
you (to be so) ; but if it is none, (then) nothing can exceed the folly
of both of us (nihil duobus nobis est stultius) of me, for not drawing
you to Rome of you, for not flying hither (at once)
Let me
know therefore {quare at the beginning of the sentence) about all
(these) matters, as soon as you can.
I shall certainly help you ( juvero), either with my sympathy {consolando), or with advice, or with
substantial assistance {re).
,

* An

essedni-ius

was

either a soldier or a gladiator, that fought

from a war-

chariot or essedum.
f

An

andabata was a sort of gladiator,


like a blind man.

and thus fought

who wore a helmet without

visors,

LATIN VERBS.

A.

Paradigms to the regular Conjugations op Latin

B.

Anomalous Verbs.

Verbs.

C.

Defective Verbs.

D.

Verbs Irregular

in

the Formation of the Perfect

and Supine.
I.

IE.

First Conjugation.

Second Conjugation.

ITJ.

Third Conjugation.

IV.

Fourth Conjugation.

E.

Deponent Verbs.

F.

Inchoative Verbs.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

664

A.

PARADIGMS TO THE REGULAR CONJUGATIONS OF


LATIN VERBS.
XXVLU. A-E.)

(To Lesson

Active Voice.
Pees.

INFIN.

Perf.

Supine.

1.

Amo,

2.

Moneo,

amare,
monere,

amavi,
monui,

amatum,
monitum

3.

Lego,
Audio,

legere,
audire,

legi,

lectum,

to

admonish,
read,

audivi,

auditum,

to

hear.

4.

Indicative Mood.

to

Subjunctive Mood.

Present, that I may love, admonish,


read, hear.
P. amus, atis, ant.
S. mon-eo, es, et ; P. emus, etis, S. am-em, es, et; P. emus, etis, ent.
S. mon-eam, eas, eat; P. eamus, eatis,
ent.

Present, I

admonish, read, hear.

love,

1. S. ara-o, as, at

2.

to love,

4. S. aud-io, is, it

Imperfect, /

eant.

P. imus, itis, unt.


P. imus, itis, iunt.

3. S. leg-o, is, it;

S. leg-am, as, at; P.


S. aud-iam, ias, iat;

amus, atis, ant.


P. iamus, iatis,

iant.

admonished, read,
heard.

loved,

Imperfect,

I might

that

admon-

love,

ish, read, hear.


aba, iibat; P. abamus,
S. am-arem, ares, aret; P. aremus, areabatis, abant.
tis, arent.
2. S. mon-ebam, ebas, ebat
P. ebaS. mon-erem, eres, eret ; P. eremus,
mua, ebatis, ebant.
eretis, erent.
3. S. K-g ebam, ebas, ebat; P. ebamns,
S. leg-erem, eres, eret ; P. eremus,
ebatis, ebant.
eretis, erent.
4. S. aud-iebam, iebas, iebat; P. ieba-

1. S.

am-abam,

mus,

S.

iebatis, iebant.

aud-Irem,
tis,

Perfect, / have

loved,

admonished,

Perfect,

read, heard.
1. S.

amav-

3. leg- 4.

isti,

I may have

that

it

1. S.

amav-

3. leg- 4.

2.

loved,

monu- Serim,

admon-

ritis,

admonished,
admonished

eris,erit;

P. erimus, e-

audiv-

Pluperfect,
ved,
loved,

P. iremus, ire-

ished, read, heard.

2. monvi
ii,imus, istis, e
audivrunt or ere.

Pluperfect, / had

ires, iret;

irent.

erint.

that Imirjht have loved,

admonished, read, heard.

read, heard.
rd.
1. S.

eras,erat;
P. eramus, eratis, erant.

fissem,
set

amav- 2. monu- Seram,

3. leg- 4.

audiv-

L,

I shall

issent.

love,

admonish, read, hear.

am-abo, abis, abit; P. abimus, abitis, abunt.


S. mon-ebo, ebis, ebit; P. ebimus, ebitis, ebunt.
S. leg-am, es, et; P. emus, etis, ent.
S. aud-iam, ies, iet; P. iemus, ietis, ient

1. S.
2.

3.

4.

Future

II.,

I shall have

I S^-

4.

auSv-""

P. isse-

mus,

Future Tenses Indicative.


Future

isses, is-

loved,

admonished, read, heard.

gr0 ' gris ' 6rit 5

P erimus
'

grint

eritis
>

>

issetis,

664*

LATIN GRAMMAR.
Active Voice.

Continued.

Imperative Mood.
Present.
1. S.

am-a; P.

2. S.

mon-e

ate, love thou, love ye.

P. ete, admonish thou, admonish ye.


P. ite, read thou, read ye.
aud-I; P. ite, hear thou, hear ye.
;

3. S. leg-e;
4. S.

Future.
1. S.

P.
2. S.

P.
3. S.

P.
4. S.

P.

am-ato, ato, thou shalt, let him, love.


am-atote, anto, ye shall, let them, love.
mon-eto, eto, thou shalt, let him, admonish.
mon-etote, ento, ye shall, let them, admonish.
lt'g-ito, ito, thou shalt, let him, read.
leg-itote, unto, ye shall, let them, read.
aud-ito, Ito, thou shalt, let him, hear.
aud-Itote, lunto, ye shall, let them, hear.

Infinitive Mood.
Present.
1.

2.

Perfect.

am-are, to love.
mon-ere, to admonish.

3. leg-ere, to
4. aud-Ire, to

1.

2.

read.
hear.

3.

4.

have loved.
have admonished.
leg-isse, to have read.
audlv-isse, to have heard.
amav-isse,
monu-isse,

to

to

Future.
1.

amat-urum

2.

momt-urum

3.

lect-iirum esse,

4.

audlt-urum

esse, to be about to love.


esse, to be about to admonish.
to

be about to read.

esse, to be about to hear.

Participles.
Present.
1.

2.

am-ans, loving.
mon-ens, admonishing.

reading.
aud-Iens, hearing.

3. leg-ens,
4.

Future.
1.
2.

amat-urus, about to love.


monlt-urus, about to admonish.

3.

4.

lect-urus, about to read.


audlt-urus, about to hear.

Gerunds.
1.

2.

am-andi, of loving.
mon-endi, of admonishing.

4.

of reading.
aud-iendi, of hearing.

3.

lect-um,

4.

audlt-um,

3.

leg-endi,

Supines.
1.
2.

amat-um, to love.
monit-um, to admonish.

to

read.
hear.

to

REGULAR CONJUGATIONS OF VERBS.

665

Passive Voice.

1.

Pees.
Amor,

2.

Moneor,

amari,
moneri,

3.

Legor,
Audior,

audiri,

4.

Infin.

legi,

Perfect.
amatus sum,

to he loved,

monitus sum
lectus sum,
auditus sum,

to he

Indicative Mood.
Present, I am

3.
4.

Subjunctive Mood.
that I may he loved, admonished, read, heard.

am-or, aris or re, atur; P. amar, S.


amini, antur.
S. mon-eor, eris or re, etur; P. emur, S.
emini, entur.
S. leg-or, eris or re, itur; P. imur, S.
imini, untur.
S. aud-Ior, Iris or re, Itur; P. Imur, S.
Imini, luntur.

Imperfect, I was

admonished,

loved,

read, heard.

admonished,

be read,
heard.

Present,

admonished, read,
heard.

loved,

1. S.

2.

to be
to

am-er, ere or ris, etur


P. emur,
emini, entur.
mon-ear, eare or ris, eatur
P.
eamur, eamini, eantur.
leg-ar, are or ris, atur ; P. amur,
amini, antur.
aud-iar, lare or ris, latur; P. lamur,
lamini, lantur.
;

that I mirjht be loved, admonished, read, heard.

Imperfect,

am-abar, abaris or re, abatur; P.


S. am-arer, arere or ris, aretur
abamur, abamini, abantur.
aremur, aremini, arentur.
mon-ebar, ebaris or re, ebatur;
S. mon-erer, erere or ris, eretur
P. ebamur, ebamini, ebantur.
eremur, eremini, erentur.
S. leg-ebar, ebaris or re, ebatur; P.
S. leg-erer, erere or ris, eretur
ebamur, ebamini, ebantur.
eremur, eremini, erentur.

1. S.

2. S.
3.

4. S.

aud-iebar, iebaris or re, iebatur;


S. aud-Irer, Irere or
P. iebamur, lebamlni, leban-

ris,

P.

P.
P.

Iretur; P. Ire-

mur, Iremini, Irentur.

tur.

Perfect, I have been

loved,

admonished,

that I may have been loved,


admonished, read, heard.

Perfect,

read, heard.

{sum
or
or

or fui, es
fuisti,

fuit,

fsim or fuerim,

est 1.

&c.

amatus,

2.

3. lectus, 4.

monitus,

auditus,

(Cf. p. 243.)

Pluperfect,

2"

had been

Pluperfect,

ished, read, heard.

1.

amatus,

2.

\^
^^at, &c!
g^

sit

&c.

I might

have been

Tessem or

gr

monitus,

auditus,

that

or fueris,
or fuerit,

sis

loved, admonished, read, heard.

feram or fue
3. lectus, 4.

admon-

loved,

1.

amatus,

2.

3. lectus, 4.

monitus,

auditus,

fuisses,
J

(Cf. p. 464.)

(^

fuis-

sem, esses or
esset

or fuisset, &c.

Future Tenses Indicative.


Future

I.,

I shall he

loved,

admonished, read, heard.

am-abor, aberis or re, abitur; P. abimur, abimini, abuntur.


S. mon-ebor, eberis or re, ebitur; P. ebimur, ebimini, ebuntur.

1. S.

2.

or re, etur; P. emur, emini, entur.


aud-iar, leris or re, letur; P. lemur, lemini, lentar.

3. S. leg-ar, eris
4. S.

Future
1.

amatus,

3. lectus.,

II.,

2.
4.

shall have been loved, admonished, read, heard.

monitus,

auditus,

56*

Sro or fuero, eris or fueris, erit or fuerit,


(Cf. p. 519.)

&c

REGULAR CONJUGATIONS OF VERBS.


Passive Voice.

665*

Continued.

Imperative Mood.
Present.
am-are; P. amini, be thou, be ye, loved.
S. mon-ere P. emini, be thou, be ye, admonished.

1. S.

2.

P. imini, be thou, be ye, read.


aud-ire; P. imini, be thou, be ye, heard.

3. S. leg-ere;
4. S.

Future.
1. S.

P.
2. S.

P.
3. S.

P.
4. S.

P.

am-ator, ator, thou shalt, let him, be loved.


am-aminor, an tor, ye shall, let them, be loved.
m5n-etor, etor, thou shalt, let him, be admonished.
mon-emlnor, entor, ye shall, let them, be admonished.
leg-itor, itor, thou shalt, let him, be read.
leg-iminor, untor, ye shall, let them, be read.
aud-itor, itor, thou shalt, let him, be heard.
aud-iminor, iuntor, ye shall, let them, be heard.

Infinitive Mood.
Present.

Perfect.

am-ari, to be loved.
2. mon-eri, to be admonished.
3. leg-i, to be read.
4. aud-iri, to be heard.

1.

amat-um

4.

audit-um

esse, to have been loved.


2. monit-um esse, to have been admonished.
3. lect-um esse, to have been read.

1.

esse, to

have been heard.

Future.
2.

amat-um iri, to be about to be loved.


monit-um iri, to be about to be admonished.

3.

lect-um

4.

audit-um

1.

iri, to

be about to be read.
be about to be heard.

iri, to

Participles.
Perfect.
1.

2.

amat-us, loved.
monit-us, admonished.

3. lect-us,

read.
heard.

4. audit-us,

Future.
1.

2.

am-andus, to be loved.
mon-endus, to be admonished.

3.

4.

leg-endus, to be read.
aud-iendus, to be heard.

Supines.
1.

2.

amat-u, to be loved.
monlt-u, to be admonished.

read.
be heard.

3. lect-u, to be
4.

audit-u,

to

LATIN GRAMMAR.

666

B.

ANOMALOUS VERBS.

The anomalous verbs


volo, nolo,

Sum,

1.

of the Latin language are sum, possum,


mdlo, edo,fero,fio, eo, queo, and negueo.

esse, fui, futurus, to be.

Subjunctive.

Indicative.
Present.

Sing, sim, that I may be


sis, that thou mayst be

Sing, sum, Tarn


es,

thou art

est,

he

that he may be,


that we may be
sitis, that ye may be
sit,

is,

Plur. simus,

Plur. sumus, we are


ye are
sunt, they are.
estis,

sint,* that they

may

be.

Imperfect.
Sing, essem, that I might be

Sing, eram, Iicas

esses, that thou mightst be

eras, thou icast


erat, he was,

esset, that he

Plur. eramus, we were

might

be,

Plur. essemus,

that we might be
essetis, that ye might be

erat is, ye were


erant, they were.

essent,t that they might be.

Perfect.
Sing,

fui,

I have been

that I may have been


fueris, that thou ?nayst have been
fuerit, thai he may have been,

Sing, fuerim,

been
he has been,
Plur.
Pluk. fuimus, we have been
fuistis, ye have been
fuerunt (fuere), they have been.
fuisti, thou hast

fuit,

fuerimus, that we

may have been

fueritis, that ye may have been


fuerint that they may have been.

Pluperfect.
Sing, fueram, I had been
fueras, thou hadst been
fuerat, he had been,

Plur. fueramus, we had been


fueratis, ye had been
fuerant, they had been.

Sing, fuissem, that I might have been


fuisses, that thou mightst have been
fuisset, that he might have been,
Plur. fuissemus, that we might have been
fuissetis, that ye might have been
fuissent, that they might have been.

Future Tenses Indicative.


Future
Sing,

ero,

eris, thou icilt


erit,

Plur.

he will

be

be,

we

shall be,
eritis, ye will be
evunt,' they will be.

eriraus,

Future

I.

1 shall be

II.

Sing, fuero, / shall have been


fueris, thou wilt have been
fuerit, he will have been,
Plur. fuerimus, we shall have been
fueritis, ye will have been
fuerint, they will have been.

Imperative.
Present. Sing,
este, be ye.

es, be thou.

Plur.

Future.
shall be

*
f

Sing,

him

esto, let
;

esto,

be.

sunto,

thou shalt be;

Plur.
let

them

estote,
be.

Obsolete forms are siem, sies, siet, sient, and fuam, fuas, fuat, fuant.
for the imperfect subjunctive is for em, fores, f&ret, &c.

Another form

ye

ANOMALOUS VERBS.

Present,

Infinitive.
Perfect, fuisse, to have

esse, to be.

(am, urn) esse or simply

667

Future, futurum

been.

fore, to be about to be.

Participles.
Present,

Future, futurus,

(ens), being.

a, urn,

about to be.

Remarks.
The

not used except as a substantive (the philosophical


" being," " entity"), and in the compounds absens and praesens.
2. Like sum are conjugated the compounds absum, adsum, desum, insum, intersum, obsum, praesum, subsum, and supersum. The preposition pro of prosum
1.

participle ens

becomes prod when an

is

e follows; as, prodes, prodest, proderam, prode.ro, prodes,

&c.
2.

Possum, posse,

potui,

I am

able,

lean.
Subjunctive.

Indicative.
Present.
S.

possum, potes, potest;

S. possim, possls, possit;


P. posslmus, possltis, possint.

P. possumus, potestis, possunt.

Imperfect.
potSram, poteras, poterat,'
P. poteramus, poteratis, poterant.

S. possem, posses, posset;


P. possemus, possetis, possent.

S.

Perfect.
S. potuerim, potueris, potuerit;
P. potuerimus, potueritis, potuerint.

S. potui, potuisti, potuit;

P. potulmus, potuistis, potuerunt.

Pluperfect.
potueram, potueras, potuerat;
P. potueramus, potueratis, potuerant.
S.

S. potuissem, potuisses, potuisset;


P. potuissemus, potuissetis, potuissent.

Future Tenses Indicative.


Future

Future

I.

S. potero, poteris, potent;


P. poterimus, poteritis, poterunt.

Imperative

II.

S. potuero, potueris, potuerit;


P. potuerimus, potueritis, potuerint.

Infinitive.
Perf. potuisse.

(wanting).

Pres. posse.

Participle Pres. potens

{only used adjectivehj).

Volo, velle, volui, I am willing, I wish.


Nolo, nolle, nolui, I am unwilling.
5. Malo, malle, malui, I would rather, Iprefer.
3.
4.

Indicative Mood.
Present.
S. volo, vis, vult;
P. volumuS, vultis, volunt.

non vis, non vult;


nolumus, non vultis, nolunt.
nolo,

malo, mavis, mavult;

malumus, mavultis,
malunt.

Imperfect.
S.

volebam,

as, at;

P. volebamus, &c.

nolebam,as, at;
nolebamus, &c.

malebam, as, at;


malebamus, &c.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

cos

Perfect.
S. volui,

nolui,

isti, it;

malui,

isti, it;

P. voluimus, &c.

noluimus, &c.

volueram, as, at;


P. volueramus, &c.

nolueram,

volam, es, et;


P. volemus, &c.

nolam, es, et;


nolemus, &c.

S. voluero,

noluero,

isti, it;

malulmus, &c.

Pluperfect.
S.

Future
S.

Future
is, it;

P. voluerlinus, &c.

malueram,

as, at;

nolueriimus, &c.

as, at;

maluerainus, &c.

I.

malam, es, et;


malemus, &c.
II.

maluero, is, it;


maluerimus, &c.

is, it;

noluerlmus, &c.

Subjunctive Mood.
Present.
S. velim, is, it;

nolim, 5?, it;


nollmus, itis, int.

S. vellem, es, et;

P. vellemus, &c.

nollem, es, et;


nollemus, &c.

S.

voluerim, is, it;


P. voluerimus, &c.

noluerim, is, it;


noluerlmus, &c.

S. voluissem, es, et;

noluissem. es, et;


noluissemus, &c.

malim,

Is, it;

Imperfect.
mallem, es, et;
mallemus, &c.

Perfect.
maluerim, is, it;
maluerimus, &c.

Pluperfect.
P. voluissemus, &c.

maluissem, es, et;


maluissemus, &c.

Imperative Mood.
(

Wanting.)

nollto noluuto.
noli

noil to

nolite
nolitote

Wanting.'

Infinitive Mood.
Pres.

Pkkf

velle
voluisse.

nolle
noluisse.

volens.

nolens.

malle
maluisse.

Participle.
(

Wanting.)

Wanting.)

Gerund.
volendi
volendo.
6.

Edo, ere or

nolendi.

esse, edi,

esum, leaf.

Pres. Ixdic. S. edo, edis or es, edit or est; P. edimus, editis orestis, edunt.
Imperf. Subj. S. ederem or essem, ederes or esses, ederet or esset; P. ede-

remus or essemus, ederetis or essetis, ederent or essent.


Imperat. Pres. S. edeores; P. edite or este.
Lmperat. Fut. S. edlto or esto, editooresto; P. editote or estote, edunto.
Infix, edere or esse.
Passive Forms, edltur or estur
;

ederetur or essetur.

The remaining tenses of this verb are regular.


The compounds of edo, inflected like it, are
peredo.

adedo, ambedo, comedo, exedo,

ANOMALOUS VERBS.
7.

Fero, ferre,

I carry,

latum,

tuli,

669

hear.

Active Yoice.

Passive Yoice.
Indicative.

Fres.

S. feror, ferris or re, fertur;


P. ferimur, ferimini, feruntur.
ferebar, axis or re, atur, &c.
latus sum or fui, &c.
latus eram or fueram, &c.
ferar, eris or re, etur, &c.
latus ero or fuero.

S. fero, fers, fert;

P. feiimus,

ferunt.

fertis,

Imperf. ferebam, as, at, &c.


Perf. tuli, isti, it, &c.
Pluperf. tuleram, as, at, &c.
Fut. I. feram, es, et, &c.
Fut. II. tulero, is, it, &c.

Subjunctive.
Pres. feram, as, at, &c.
Imperf. ferrem, es, et, &c.
Perf. tulerim, is, it, &c.
Pluperf. tulissem, es, et, &c.

ferar, are or ris, atur, &c.


ferrer, ere or ris, etur, &c.
latus sim or fuerim, &c.
latus essem or fuissem, &c.

Imperative.
Pres. S. fer; P. ferte.
Fut. S. ferto, ferto; P.

fertote, fe-

S. ferre; P. ferimini.
S. fertor, fertor; P. feriminor, ferun-

runto.

tor.

Infinitive.

Pres. ferre.
Perf.
Fut. laturum esse.
Pres.

ferendi, do,

Participles.
Perf.

Gerund.
dum, do.

latum.

Perf. latum esse or


Fut. latum Iri.

ferri.

fuisse.

Fut. laturus.

ferens.

Pres.

tulisse.

latus.

Fut. ferendus.
Supines.

latu.

So also the compounds ctffero, antefero, an fero (= ah + fero), circumfero,


Instead of susiuli, the proper perfect of suffero,
conferd, clefero, diffefo, &c.
the form sustima (from sustineo) is commonly employed, and sustiili, as well as
the supine subldtum, are considered parts of the verb tollo, I pick up, take away.

<.

8.

Flo, fieri, factus sum,

I become, am

made.

Subjunctive.

Indicative.
Present.
S. flo,

S. flam, fias, flat;


P. fiamus, fiatis, fiant.

fis, fit;

P. ilmus,

fitis,

fiunt.

Imperfect.
S. fierem, es, et;
P. fieremus, etis, ent.

S. fiebam, as, at;

P. fiebamus,

atis, ant.

Future.
S. flam, es, et;

P. fiemus,

etis, ent.

The remaining

parts of this

dus, factus sum, eram, ero,

Among

the

Eo,

&c

of fo are the defective infit, he begins; deft (defunt,


wanting, and conft (conferi), there is made.

compounds

clef at, deferi), there is

9.

Infinitive.
Perf. factum esse.
Pres. fieri.
Fut. factum Iri.
verb are from facere. Such are factus, facien-

Ire, ivi (li),

itum,

I go.
Subjunctive.

Indicative.
Present.

S. earn, eas,_eat;

S. eo, Is, it;

P. Imus,

Itis,

eunt.

P. eamus, eatis, eant.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

G70

IMPERFECT.
Ibam, Ibas, ibat;
P. ibamus, ibatis, Ibant.
S.

S. Irern, Ires, Iret;

P. iremus,

iretis, Irent.

Perfect.
Iverim (ierim),

S. Ivi, ivisti, ivit;

S.

P. iviruus, &c.

P. iverimus, &c.

iveris,

&c.

Pluperfect.
Iveram (ieram),
P. iveramus, &c.
S.

S. ivissem, ivisses, ivisset;


P. ivissemus, &c.

as, at;

Future Tenses Indicative.


Future

Future

I.

S. Ibo, Ibis, Ibit;

P. ibimus,

Ibitis,

P. iverimus, &c.

Ibunt.

Imperative.
Pres.
Fr _
r

S. I
S. Ito

_j

S. Ito

P.
P.
P.

Infinitive.

Ite.

Pres.

Ire.

itote

Perf.

ivisse or isse.

euuto.

Fut. iturum (am, um),

Gerund.
eundi, do,

dum,

II.

S. ivero, iveris, iverit;

esse.

Participles.
Pres. iens, gen. euntis.
Fut. iturus, a, um.

do.

Supines.
Act. Itum,

Pass.

Itu.

So the compounds abeo, adeo, coeo, exeo, ineo.intereo, pereo, praetereo, prodeo,
redeo.
But all these have generally ii instead of Ivi in the perfect; as, abi i,
exii, pern, prodii, &c.
To these add veneo (= venum + eo), I am sold. Ambio,
I go around, is the only compound regularly conjugated like audio, and has
consequently ambiebam, ambiens, ambiendi, &c.
The only passive forms of eo are the impersonal Uur and Hum est. But the
compounds of eo which have acquired a transitive sense have a regular passive
voice; as, adeo,ineo, praetereo.

future in earn, ies, let, ient (instead of


is confined to the compounds.

ibo, ibis,

&c), occurs only

in later

authors, and

10. Queo, quire, quivi, quitum,

I can.

11. ISequeo, nequire, nequivi (neqirii), nequitum,

I cannot.

Present Indicative.
S. nequeo, nequls, nequit;
P. nequimus, nequitis, nequeunt.

S. queo, qui*, quit;


P. qulmus, quids, qucunt.

Imperfect.
quibam, as, at;
quibamus, &c.

S.

nequibam,

as, at;

P. nequibiimus, &c.

Perfect.

quivit;
qmverunt.

qui vi

S. nequivi, nequisti, nequivit (nequiit)

P.

nequiverunt (nequierunt).

Pluperfect.
S.

P.

Future.
S.

P.

quibo


quibunt.

S.

P.

nequierat.
nequitrant.

nequlbunt.

Present Subjunctive
S.

queam, queas, queat;

P. queamus, queiitis, queant.

nequeam, nequeas, nequeat;


nequeamus, &c.

DEFECTIVE VERBS.

071

Imperfect.

quirem

S.

S.

nequlrem

P. nequiremus

nequlret;
nequlrent.

Perfect.

S-

qulret;
quirent.

quiverit.

S.

nequiverim

nequierit;

nequiermt.

Pluperfect.

S.

nequissent.

p.


_ _

nequisset;
nequissent.

Infinitive.
Pres. quire.

Terf. quivisse

Pres.

(quisse).

Perf.

nequire.
(nequisse).

nequivisse

Participle.
Pres. quiens, gen. queuntis.
These verbs are both conjugated

Pres. nequiens, gen. nequeun.tis.

Many of the forms, however, are


seldom used, except those of the present.
Nepos and Caesar never employ
any of them. Instead of nequeo Cicero frequentlv puts rum queo.
1 assive forms are quitur, nequltur, guila est, nequUum est,
but these are rarelv
used, and only in connection with an infinitive passive.
E.
non quita est, The form could not be distinguished.

C.

like eo.

DEFECTIVE VERBS.

Defective verbs are those which occur only in certain forms

and connections.
The principal verbs of

this class are aio and inquam, I say


fori,
to speak the prapteritives coepi, I have begun memini, I remember;
novi, I know ; odi, I hate
the imperatives "~apage, ave, salve, and vale.
So also cedo, quaeso, axidforem.
;

Aio,

1.

I say.

Indic. Pres.

aio, ais, ait;

P.

aiunt.

Imperf. aiebam, as, at; P. aiebamus, atis, ant.


Perfect.
ait.
Subj. Pres.
aias, aiat; P.
aiant.
Imper. ai {obsolete).
Part, aiens (only as adject).
Instead of the interrogative aisne the contracted am' frequently
occurs.
"
"

2.

Inquam,

I say.

Indic. Pres. inquam, inquis, inquit; P. inquimus, inquitis, inquiunt.


Imperf. inquiebam, &c.
P. inquiebamus, &o.
"
Perf.
inquisti, inquit;
P.
inquistis,
"

inquies. inquiet;
inquias, inquiat;

Future.

Subj. Pres.

P.
P.
inquiatis, inquiant.
P. inquite.

Imperat. S. inque, inquito;


The present inquam sometimes supplies the place of the
which is wanting.
3.

first

person perfect '

Fari, to speak, say.

Indic. Pres.

Imperat.

fatur;

P.

Part,

fare.

fantur.
fatus, a, urn.

Ger. fando.

So the compound forms affdmur, affarMni, affabar, efdbor, efabcris. This


verb rarely occurs except in poetry. The first person for, and" the subj.
fer,
jctur, are never used.

2Q

57

LATIN GRAMMAR.

G72
4.

Coepi, coepisse. coepturns,

5.

Memini, meminisse.

6.

Xovi, novis se

7.

Odi, odisse, Of urns,

I have begun.
I remember.

II- now.

I hate.

Indicative Perfect.
memini
nGvi

s. coepi
coepisti,
coepit,
p. coeplmus
coepistis

meministi
merainit,

odit,

meminimus

novimus

odimus

meminisl

novistis (nostis)
noverunt (norunt).

odistis

meminerunt.

coeperunt.

odi

novisti (nosti)
novit,

odisti

ode runt.

Pluperfect.
noveram (noram),
memineram,

coeperam,
as, at, &c.

oderam.

as, at, See.

as, at, Sec.

as, at, Sec.

FUTURE.
meminero,

coepero,
is, it,

&c.

is, it,

novero,

&c.

is, it.

odero,
Sec.

is, it,

Szc.

SuBjuwcnvB Perfect.
merainerim,

coeperim,
is, it, Sec

is, it,

novt-rim (nurim).

Sec.

is, it,

oderim,

Sec.

is,

it.

Sec.

Pluperfect.
meminissem,

coepissem,

es, et,

es, et, Sec.

Wanting.)

S.

novisem (nossem,

es,
&
Imperative.
3.

odissem.

et, Sec.

memento,

es, et,

&c

Wanting.)

P. mementute.

Infinitive,
memimsse.

coepisse.

Perf. Pass, coeptus.

novisse.

odisse.

Participles.

Fit. Act. coepturus.


Of the above verbs memini.

perusu?, exr^us
[active}.

osuros.

no'-i, and rrli have a present signification.


TTenee
the pluperfect has the sense of the imperfect, and the second future that of the

first

Instead of coepi the passive coeptus est is al-o used, especially in connection
E. g. Oppugndri coeptum ett oppkhtm, The town

-with the infinitive passive.


began to be besieged.

Apfige,

8.

away!

Ave, Salve,

Yale, farewell.

hail.

has sometimes an accusative after it


as, Apage te, Away with you!
also occurs in the present indie, salveo.
Vale and are are regular
imperatives of the verbs raleo, I am well, and aven, I am desirous, and are
defective only in consequence of the change of signification.
All of these imperatives have also a plural and a future form; as,
.:

F. av-7to.
S. ave.
P. avete.
S. salve.
F. salveto.
P. salvete.
vale.
F. valeto. P. valete.
S.

Future forms with the imperative force are


Infinitives are solvere, valere.
9.

Cede...

give me, or say,

Th!^ verb

may

salc'.bis, val'bis.

tell.

stand either as the singular or plural. Special plural forms


are cedite and cette. Its sense is similar to that of the French ienez.

VERBS IRREGULAR IN THE PERFECT AND SUPINE.

I pray,

10. Quaeso,

C73

pray.

This verb is most commonly interjected in the sentence, like the English
"pray," "please." Its plural is quaesumus.

11.

Forem,

I might

be.

From

the obsolete root fuo, and contracted for fuerem. It is otherwise regulaiyand the infinitive is, fore, "to be about to be." (Cf. page 666.)

D.

VERBS WHICH ARE IRREGULAR IN THE FORMATION


OF THE PERFECT AND SUPINE.

Many Latin verbs are irregular in the formation of the second and
third roots, "which frequently assume the characteristics of another
These will be enumerated and examined in the followconjugation.
ing lists, according to their respective conjugations.
First Conjugation.

I.

Regular verbs of the


citztm.

E.

first

conjugation end in

are, avi,

o,

g.

Ambiilo, ambullire, ambulavi, ambulfitum, to walk.


Celo, celare, celavi, celatum, to conceal.
Impero, imperare, imperavi, imperatum, to command.
Vulnero, vulnerare, vulneravi, vulneratum, to wound.

Several verbs of the first conjugation follow the analogy of


the second, and form their perfect in ul and the supine in itum.
few more are otherwise irregular in these parts. They are

Crcpo, are, creptii, crepitum,


ring, clatter, resound.

to

Frico, are, fricui, fricatum or

ctum,

fri-

to rub.

Compounds are concrepdre, discrepare, and increpare.

j)erfricdre,

Cubo,

Jtivo, are, jiivi, jutum, juvaturus,

are, cubui,

cubitum,

to lie,

recline.
So the compounds acciibo, excubo,
in cubo, seciibo, and others.
But the
compos, of cubo which take an
before b are of the third conjugation
The regular per(c. g. diseumbere).
fects cubdvi and incubdvi also occur.
-.^
j -jx>._
I-.
Do, dare, dedi, datum, to give.

So the compos, defricdre, infricdre,


and refricdre.
to assist, help.

So also adjuvdre, adjuvi, adjutum,


adjutants or adjuoatums.

m Luv0
T

So circumdare, pessunddre, satisddand venunddre. But the remaining


compos, belong to the third conjugation; as, addi're, condere, reddere, &c.
re,

Obsolete

forms of the pres. subj.


a.rekdm,duiS,duit, from the second*.
ry duo.

Domo,

are,

domui, domitum,

to

tame, curb.
So the compos, edomdre and perdumare.

- ^
ire

'

i-

'

laV1 '

-.
^atum,

and lotum, to wash:


An infinitive lavcre occurs

in the

and
poetrv.
_..
are, micui,

older Latinitv

ALico,

lautum,

in

to glitter,

shine.
So emico, ore, emieui, emiedtum. But
dimico, I contend, fight, has the reguJar perfect dimicdvi.

a
avj at
f
regular, but the
Compos, enecdre has am, alum and

enecui, enectum. The participle is commonly enectus ; internecdre has interneedtus.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

674
and

PIico, are, avi

ltum

atum and

ui,

So the compos". qpBcfire, ampfeflre, explicdre,

compounds have Ui

as '

to fold

But

and implicdre.

rfa-

pica, multiplico, and no**, which


ire derived" fn/m. adjectives in
aw. d^m.
have regularly
&
_/.
Poto, are, avi, potatum ana more
commonly potum, to drink.
The participle is /><5<hs, which is both

in the perfect;
constdre, perf. adstiti, con-

st ^ re i

^' Sf^Sf^ffi
ana
borne

**J P**'^
"f>
of these

resa

e.

compounds want the supine.

^, .rroestare
nas
autnors oni\
gSSS^^ffitaff^S^fflS

'

"drunk," and active, "having


drunk." The compos, op/tfte is active, "having drunk sufficiently";
an? epotus, passive, "emptied "by

(in later

praestaturus.

T6no?

resondre.

Sto, stare,

steti,1

statum,
..

'

to

stand.
..

c
an^^^re, circujnstare, mterstare,
So
But the remaining
and superstore.
'

'

II.

V^rt.

E.

to

'*
attmitm),

into-

^e

eto, are, vetiii, vetitum, to jarohibit,

forbid.
,

05^ Among the irregularities of the


a
first conjugation maybe included the
Participles of the verbs coenare
6
P

and

ware, which are used in an

" having
coendtus,
ac tiv*e sense
dined" jwdtus, " having sworn." So
the compounds conjwdtus, " having
conspired," and in jwdtus, "one who
m0 " g Jater authors
has notfrorn."
conspiratus is used activelv like co;;

'

^ ^f
fa

same

Second Conjugation.

Regular verbs of the second conjugation end


itum.

(tonitum,)

^re (part mtomv/ S ); but crutowants the third root,


"V

rus, to sound.
So consondre, dissondre, persondre,

tonui,

"_

Seeo, are, secui, sectuin, secaturus, to ci^.


Compos, desecare, dissecare, perseBut praesecdre and resecdre
care.
have cdtum or ctum in the supine.
_
.
bono, are, sonui, sonitum, sonatu-

^re,

thunder
',
So attonare
_

passive,

drinking."

sup. praeslitum, but very frequently

in eo, ere, ui,

g.

Debeo, debere, debui, debitum, to owe.


Habeo, habere, habui, habitum, to have.
Mereo, merere, merui, meritum, to earn.
Taceo, tacere, tacui, taciturn,

to be silent.

The verbs of

the second conjugation, which deviate from the forms


exhibited in these examples, may be divided into,
1. Those which are irregular or defective in the formation of the
perfect or supine roots, but yet remain within the limits of the conju-

gation.
2.

Those which follow the analogy of the third conjugation in the

formation of those parts.


3.

Those which want the second and third roots

4.

Semideponentia.

entirely.

1. The verbs of the second conjugation which are irregular


or defective in the second or third root, but still do not transcend the limits of the conjugation, are,

a)

Those which have

vi instead of vui, or evi instead of ui,

in the perfect.

Caveo, ere, cavi, cautum, to beware.


So praecavere.

Conniveo, ere, nivi and nixi,


to close the eyes, to

wink.

VERBS IRREGULAR IN THE PERFECT AND SUPINE.


Deleo, ere, delevi, deletum,

abolesco, I cease

to ex-

Faveo, ere, favi, fautum, to favor.


Ferveo, ere, fervi and ferbui,
glow, to be hot.
Obsolete are the forms fervit,fervat,
fervere, according to trie third conj.
The double perfect (in vi and bui) ex-

grow out of use all of which


have em in the perfect.
I

to

tends also to the inchoatives defervescere, effervescere, and refervescere.

But confervescere has generally conferbui.


Fleo, flere, flevi, fletum, to weep.
Foveo, fovere, fovi, fotum, to

The supine of aboleo is abolitum. The


want this part entirely, but have

given rise to the adjectives adultus,

and obsoletus.
Paveo, ere, pavi,
exoletus,

ere, movi, motum, to move.


So the compos, amovere, admovere,
commovere, permovere, &c.

root ol, to grow, gives rise

to

fear,

From this the inchoative expavesco,


expcivi, of which the perfect is
especially frequent.
ere,

root ple,

to fill,

gives rise

to the compos, compleo, expleo,

and impleo, I fill, fill up all of


which have evi, etum.
Voveo, ere, vovi, votum, to vow.
5

to the compos, aboleo, I abolish

Those which have

tremble.

The

cherish.

b)

rest

Moveo,

The

and

adoleo

adolesco, I grow up exoleo or


exolesco and obsoleo or obsolesco,

tinguish, destroy.

G75

So the compos, devovere, to curse.

turn or

sum

instead of itum in the

supine.
Censeo, ere, censui, censum,

to

The

participle census occurs with an


So also census sum, from
a deponent censeor. Percenseo wants

active sense.

Accenseo has accensus ;


the supine.
successurus ; and recenseo,
two supines recensum and recensitum.

succtnseo,

Doceo, ere,

dociii,

doctum,

to teach.

So the compos, dedocere, edocere,


and perdocere.

Misceo, ere, miscui,

mixtum,
c)

to

The supine mixtum

mon and

suppose, think.

mistum or

correct.

Teneo,

Those which have ui

immiscere, ptr-

(tentum,)

tenui,

ere,

to

hold.

Compos, absfmcre,
re,

detinere,

allincre, contine-

distinere,

retinere,

and

of which have tentum in


the supine. Pertinere wants the supine, and the simple tentum rarely oc-

siistinfre, all

curs.

Torreo, ere,

mix.

is the more comCompos, are ad-

misccre, commiscere,
miscere.

torriii,

tostum,

in the perfect regularly,

to roast.

but no

supine.
Arceo, ere, arcui, to drive away.
But the compos, coercere and exercere have a supine in itum.

Horreo,

Calleo, ere, callui, to be callous.


Candeo, ere, candui, to shine, to

choatives.

glow.

Langueo,

to ivant,

need.

to

Compos, indigere.
ere,

eminiii,

horriii,

to

shiver,
in-

ere, langiii, to languish.

Luteo, ere,

Egeo, ere, egui,

Emineo,

ere,

shudder.
So abhorrere and a number of

lutui,

to

be concealed,

be hid.

Compos, mterlatere, perlatere, and


to

project,

rise aloft.

svblatere.

Madeo,

Floreo,ere,florui, to bloom, flourish.


Frondeo, ere, frondui (and effron-

ere, madiii, to be wet.

Niteo, ere,
Compos,
praenitt re.

dui), to have leaves.

57*

nitiii, to

shine.

enitere,

internitcre,

and

LATIN GRAMMAR.

676
Oleo, ere,
Compos,

oliii, to

smell.

and

obolire, redolere,

sub-

olere.

Splendeo, ere, splendiii, to sliine.


Studeo, ere, studui, to strive.
Stupeo, ere, stupui, to be aston-

Palleo, ere, palliii, to be pale.


Pateo, ere, patui, to stand open.

Timeo,

Pigeo, ere, rigui,

Torpeo, ere, torpui,

Rubeo,

to be stiff.

ere, rubui, to be red.

Yigeo,

perfect sorpsi rarely occurs.


Compos, are absorbere and exsorbere.

Remark.

Besides

to

to be torpid.

ere, tumui, to be tumid, to

swell.

to sip.

The

Sordeo, ere, sordui,

ere, timui, to be afraid.

Tumeo,

Sileo, ere, silui, to be silent.

Sorbeo, ere, sorbui,

amazed.

ished,

ere,

vigui,

to

be

lively,

strong.

Vireo, ere, virui,

be green.

to

be filthy.

here enumerated, there are a number of


in the form here
presented, and are generally inchoatives.
Cf. F.
others, derived

The

2.

fect

the verbs

But these occur more rarely

from adjectives.

verbs of the second conjugation which form the perafter the analogy of the third, are as follows

and supine

a) Those which have i in the perfect and

Mordeo,

momordi, morsum,

ere,

to bite.

ere, pependi, pensum, to


hang.
The compos, dependeo and impendeo

Pendeo,

lose the reduplication: dependi,

sum

in the supine.

Strideo, ere, stridi,


to hiss.
This verb wants the supine.
In
infinitive
often
stridere.
poetry the
is
,

Spondeo, ere, spopondi, sponsum,


vow, promise.

to

Compounds drop

impen-

the reduplication;
respondeo, re;

di.

as, despondeo, desponsi

Prandeo, ere, prandi, pransum,

sponse.

to

Tondeo,

dine.

The

participle pransus has

ere, totondi,

sense, " having dined."

Compounds without

Sedeo, ere, sedi, sessum, to sit.


So the compos. assldPre, circumsedcre or circumsidere, desidere, insid<~re,
obsidere, possidere, and supersedere.
But dissidere and pratsidcre want the

tonsum,

to

shave.

an active

are attondeo, attondi

reduplication

detondeo, dttun-

di.

Video, ere, vidi, visum, to see.


So the compos, inrid're, pervidcre,
praevidere, and providere.

supine.

b)

Those which have

Ardeo,

ere, arsi,

arsum,

si in the perfect

to

be

on

fire, to burn.

Denseo,

ere,

densi,

in the supine.
to

soothe, caress.

densus (ad-

Haereo, ere, haesi, haesum,

to

ad-

here, stick.
Compos, are adhaerere, cohaerere,
inhaerere.
jussi, jussura, to

Compos, demulcere and permulcere.

The

jective), to thicken.

Jubeo, ere,

and sum

Mulceo, ere, mulsi, mulsum,

com-

mand, bid.
Maneo, ere, mansi, mansum,
remain.
Compos, permancre, remanere.

sus

participle permulelus for permul-

is

doubtful.

Mnlgeo,

ere,

mulsi,

mulsum,

to

milk.

Comp. part, emulsus.


Rideo, ere, risi, risum, to laugh 4
Compos, arridtre, deridere, irridtre,
subridere.

to

Suadeo, ere,

suasi,

suasum,

to

vise.

Compos, dissuadtre, persuade re.

ad-

VERBS IRREGULAR IN THE PERFECT AND SUPINE.


Tergeo, ere,

tersi, tersum, to wipe,


This verb is even more frequently of
the third conj., iergo, ere, si, sum. But

c)

Those which have

si or

G77

the compos, abstergere, detergere, extergere, are more commonly of the


second.

xi in the perfect, and turn in the

supine, or supine wanting.

Augeo,

ere, auxi,

auctum,

to

in-

crease.

Frigeo,

ere,

frixi,

be

to

cold.

Indulgeo, ere, indulsi, indultum,


to indulge.

d) Those which have


Algeo, ere,

Luceo, ere, luxi,


Lugeo, ere, luxi,
Torqueo, ere, torsi,

Fulgeo, ere (in poetry also fulge-

to

Turgeo,

mourn.

tortum,

turn, twist.
Compos, contorquere,
extorqucre.

to

distorqucre,

but no supine.

si in the perfect,

be cold.
The supine is wanting, but an adjective alms, a, urn, coo^cold, exists.
alsi, to

to shine.

ere,

tursi

(rarely),

to

swell.

Urgeo (urgueo ),

ere, ursi, to urge,

impel.

re), fulsi, to glitter.


3.

Aveo,

Those which have neither perfect nor supine.


ere, to desire. (Cf. p. 672.)
to be bald.

Calveo, ere,

Hebeo,

Caneo, ere,

to be gray.
Cieo, ciere, to move, rouse.
An obsolete form of this verb

Flaveo, ere,
Foeteo, ere,

be yellow.

ere, to be dull.

Humeo,
is eio,

to

to stink:

ere, to be moist.

Llveo, ere,

to be livid,

Both have the common perfect


elm, supine citum (from cteo) and citum
(from cio). Compos, are concieo, excieo, incieo, per cieo. Participles in use
are concitus, excitus, moved, excited;
but excitus, called out. So incitus and

hang over.
imm inere,*prominere.
Moereo^ere, to mourn, to be sad.

percitusm the sense of "to move

^M

cire.

';

but accire, to call, has only acettus.


From citum the frequentative citdre,

and the compos, excitare,

incildre,

and

The

Audeo,

Polleo, ere, to have power.


Renldeo, ere, to shine to smile,
;

sum,

to

dare,

venture.

An

obsolete perfect is ausi, from


which the future subjunctive ausim,
The poets use the
ausis, ausit, ausint.
participle ausus and mausus
a passive sense.

TIL

A(sometimes

'

swarm
^

scat ere), to
/'

with.

Squaleo, ere,

following semideponentia.

ere, ausus

ere, to

Com ^

Yegeo,

suscitdre.

4.

Mlneo,

to

be filthy,

ere, to be active.

(Cf.

Gaudeo,

page 161, Rem. 4.)


sum (Part.

ere, gavisus

Fut. gavisurus), to rejoice.


Soleo, ere, solitus sum, to be ac~

customed,
impers.
Compos,
x
r

assolet.

Third Conjugation.

The verbs of the third conjugation exhibit the greatest diversity in


The regular formation of
the formation of their perfect and supine.
the perfect has already been explained on page 23 7, Rem. 3, notes f
and J, and that of the supine on page 246, Rem. 3. For the sake of
clearness on this point, we will here enumerate the different classes of
regular verbs, arranged according to the termination of their first root,

LATIN GRAMMAR.

678
and then add

each

to

class the

verbs which deviate from the estab-

lished rule.

Verbs which have a vowel or a v before the final o of the


and the supine in turn. E. g.

1.

present, form their perfect in i

Acuo,ere,acui,acutum, to sharpen.
Compos. exacuere, peracuere, and
praeacuere.

Arguo,

ere,

argiii,

argutum,

to

accuse.

Compos, coarguere, redarc/uere. The


perf. part, is

Congruo,

commonly

ere,

convictus.

congrui,

to

agree.

Supine wanting.

So also ingruere

Pluo, ere,

pliii, generally impcrsonal pluit, it rains.


Compos, compluere, impluere, and
perpluere, commonly likewise impersonal and without supine.

Ruo,

ere,

inibui,

ruiturus, to fall.

to

loos-

en, untie.

imbutum,

to

dip, steep.

Induo, ere, indui, indutum,

to

put

on.

So

riii,

Solvo, ere, solvi, solutum,

(primitive root not in use).

Imbuo,

ere,

Compos, have supine in rfdum ; as,


diruere, obruere, and prortiere.
But
corruere and irruere want the supine.

also exuere.

Luo, ere, lui, lutum (luiturus), to


pay, atone for.
From another luo, I wash, are de-

Compos, absolvere, dissolvere, exsoVvere,j)ersolvere.

Spuo, ere, spui, sputum, to spit.


Compos, conspuere and despuere.
Statuo, ere, statui,
place, establish.

Compos,

statutum,

to

constitucre, desfitvere, instiand substituere.

tuere, restituere,

rived the compos, abluere, eluere, diluere, and polluere, all of which have
a supine in lutum.

Sternuo,

Metuo, ere, metiii,


to fear.
The supine metutum rarely occurs.
Minuo, ere, minui, minutum, to

tdre.

ere,

sternui,

to

sneeze.

From

this the frequentative sternu-

suere.

diminish.

Compos, eomminuere, deminuere,


minuere, and imminuere.

(Nuo,

to

beckon,

Compos, abnuo,

Suo, ere, siii, sutum, to seiv.


Compos, consuere, dissuere, and re-

is

cli-

Tribuo, ere,

tribiii,

tributum,

to

bestow, impart.

Compos,

not used.)

ere, abnui, abniiiurus,

to deny, refuse.
Others are annuere,
innueve, and renuere, all without supine.

attribuere, contribuere,

and

distribuere.

Yolvo, ere, volvi, voliitum, to roll.


Compos, evohere, involvere, and^ervolvere.

Frequentative votutare.

Irregular verbs of this class are,


Capio, ere, cepi, captum, to take.
So antecapere. But other compounds
change a into i, and the supine a into
accipere, excipere, deciper.e, percipere, praecipere, recipere, suscipere,
all of which have ceplum in the supine.
e

as,

Cupio, ere, cupivi, cupitum,

to

desire.
An imperf. subj. cuplret occurs.
Compos, discupere and percupere.

Facio, ere, feci, factum,

to

do,

make.
Sonref'icere, calefacere, consuefacere, frigefacere, labefacere, patefacere,

satisfacere,

have

and tepefacere,

fio, fieri,

factus sum

all

of which

in the pas-

Other compounds change a into


and have a passive in icior, supine

sive.
i,

ectum

; as, officio, afficior, affectum.


also con fi cere, defie ere, interficere,
officere, perficere, proficere, and reficere.

in

So

Fluo, ere, fluxi, fluxum, to flow.


Compos, affluere, conjiuere, effluere,
inter-fluere.

Fodio, ere, fodi, fossum, to dig.


Compos, eonfodeve, effodere, perfodere, suffodere.

IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION.


Fiigio, ere, fugi, fugitum, to flee.
Compos, aufugere, confugere, effugere, and perfugere.

Jacio, ere, jeei, jactum, to throw.


So superjacere, which however has
also superjectam.
Other compounds
change a into i, and in the supine into
e ; as, abjicio, abjeci, abjectum. So also
adjiccre, dejicere, ejicere, injicere, objicere, rejicere, iransjicere, or trajicere.

Compos, conditio,
So discutio, excutio,

at-

hire, obsolete.)

Compos, in use are alUcio.ere, allexi.


aUectum, to allnre; and so ilficere and
pellicere. But elicio has elicui, elicitum.

cussum.

incutio, percutio,

reperculio.

Rapio, ere, rapui, raptum,

to seize,

rob.

Compos, arripio, arripfd, arveptum.


So abripere, deripere, eripere, surripere.
Sapio, ere, sapivi
to taste

So
(Laeio, frequentat. lactare,

for,, ejtssi,

679

s ipere

and sapid,

to be ivise.

But de-

resipere, to smell after.


has no perfect.

Specio, ere, spexi, spectum, to see.


Compos, aspicio, spexi, spectum. So
also completive, despicere, dispicere, inspiceve, perspicere, respiceve, and suspi-

Pario, ere,
pariturus), to bring forth.
An infinitive pariri instead of pari

ceve.

occurs.

So construere, exstruere, destruere,


and instruere.

peperi, partum (but

Quatio,

ere,

quassum,

to

Verbs ending
the supine in ptam.

in bo or

2.

Carpo, ere, carpsi,

E.

po form

glupsi,

ere,

struxi,

structural,

to

victum,

vixi,

to live.

their perfect in psi

and

g.

carptum,

to

pluck.
Compos, concerpo, concerpsi. concerptum. So decerpere and discerpere.

gluptum,

to

Scalpo, ere, scalpsi, scalptum, to


carve, engrave.
Scrlbo, ere, scripsi, scriptum, to
ivrite.

So the compos, adscribere, describeand praescvibere.

re, inscribere,

peel.

Nubo,

ere, nupsi,

nuptum,

to veil,

Sculpo, ere, sculpsi, sculptum,

ere, repsi,

Compos,

Compos, exsculpere and

reptum,

to creep.

Serpo,

ere, cubui,

cubitum,

serpsi,

insculpere.

serptum,

to

So inserpere, proserpere.

and subvepere.

Irregular verbs of this class are,

Accumbo,

ere,

creep.

adrepi're, ivrepere, obrepe-

re,2>rorepere,

to

cut, sculpture.

marry.
Compos, obnubcre.
to

Repo,

ere,

build.

Vivo, ere,

shake.

Glubo,

Struo,

to

recline.
So all the

compounds of citbdre,
which assume an m; as, discumbere,
ineumbere, occumbere, procuinbere, and
succiunbore.

Rumpo,

ere,

rupi,

to

rumpcre, prorumpere.

Scabo, ere, scabi,

Bibo, ere, bibi, bibitum, to drink.


Compos, ebibere, imbibere.
Lambo, ere, Iambi, lambitum, to

ruptum,

burst, break.
Compos, abrtnnprre, cormimpeve, ervmpere, iriterrumpere, irrumpere, per-

to

scratch,

rub.

Strepo, ere, strepui, strepitum,


rumble, rattle.

to

lick.

3.

Verbs ending

supine in sum.
Claudo, ere,
7

s,ult -

E.

clausi,

in do or to

form their perfect in

si

and the

g.

clausum,

to

The compos

are derived from an

form, dado; as, concludere,


cludere, includere, secludcre.
otlior

ex-

LATIN GRAMMAR.

680
Divido, ere,

divisi,

divlsum,

to di-

vide.

Laedo, ere,

laesi,

laesum,

to hurt,

Eado,

ere, rasi, rasum, to scrape.


So abradere, circumradere, corradere, deradere, and eradere.

Eodo,

illldere.

ere, rosi, rosum, to gnaiv.


Compos, abrodere, arrodcve, circumrodere, derodere, and perrodere.

Ludo,

Trudo,

injure.

Compos,

all'idere,

elldere,

collidere,

ere, trusi, trusum, to push.


Compos, detrudere, extrudere, pro-

ere, liisi, lusum, to play.


Compos, alludcre, colludere, deludere,
eludere, and illudere.

trudere.

Plaudo, ere, plausi, plausum,

Vado,

clap, beat.
So applandei

to

The remaining com-

pos, have odo, osi, osum; as, coinplodere, exploder e, supplodere.

The
a)

sum.

,
ere,
to go, icalk.
,
Perfect and supine wanting. But
evado, evasi, evdsum.
So also mvadere
and pervadere.

irregular verbs of this class are,

Those which form


E.

their perfect in di

and the supine

in

g.

Accendo, ere, accendi, accensum,


to set on fire.
So incendere and succendere.
Ciido, ere, cudi,

cusum,

to

pound,

forge.
Compos, excudere, procudere.

Defendo, ere, di, sum, to defend.


Edo, ere, edi, esum, to eat.
So exedere and comedere,

edi,

esum

Mando,

ere, mansi,

(rarely}

man-

sum, to chew, masticate.


OfTendo, ere, di, sum, to offend.
Prehendo (prendo), ere, di, sum,
to lay hold of.
Compos, apprehendere, comprehendere, deprehendere, and repi^ehendere.

Scando, ere,

di,

sum,

to climb.

So ascendere, conscendere, descende-

(hut also comestus).

re, inscendere.

Fundo,

Strido (also strideo), ere, strldi,

ere, fudi, fusum, to pour.


Compos, are affundere, confundi're,
diffundere, ejf'nndere, infundere, off'undire, and profundere.

b)

Those which have reduplicated

Cado, ere, cecidi, casum, to fall.


Compos, ineido, inchli, incasum. So
occtdere and reeidere. But the remaining compos, want the supine; as, accidit, concido, decido, and excido.
Caedo, ere, cecidi, caesum, to cut.
Compos, absc'ido, abscidi, absclsum.
So conc'tdrre, decldert, excldere, incldere, occ'tdere, praec'tdere,

Condo,

ere, coudidi,

&c.

conditum,

to

construct.

So the remaining compos, of dare,


except those mentioned on page 673
as, abdtre,

adder e, dedere, edere, perde-

re, reddere, tradere, and vendire. But


abscondere has generally perf. abseondi
instead of abscondidi; and instead of
the passive vendi, it is common to say

venire.

to

creak, grate.

perfect.

E.

g.

Credo, ere, credidi, creditum,

to

believe.

So accredere, accredidi.

Pedo, ere, pepedi, peditum,


break wind.
Pendo, ere, pependi, pensum,

to

to

weigh.

Compos, appendo, appendi,appcnsum.


So likewise without reduplication dependere, expcndere, impendere, perpendere, susp>endere.

Tendo,

ere,

tetendi,

tensum

or

tentum, to stretch.
Compos, extendo, extendi, externum
and extentum; and so with hoth supines detendere, ostendere, protendere,
reiendire.
The rest have supine
\n tuni on\x ; as, attendere, contendere,

and

IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION.

GS1

more
commonly extent um, protentum, and

Compos, have only tusum, and no


reduplication ; as, contundo, contftdi,
cpntusum. So extundere, obtundere, and

vice versa ostensum.)

retundere.

distendere, intendere, obtendere,


tendere, and subtendiire.
( But

Tundo,

ere,

tusum,

tutudi,

tunsum and

to beat, strike.

Those which have

c)

prae-

ss

in the supine, or are otherwise

Irregular.

Cedo, ere,

cessi,

cessum,

to

cedo, concedo, decedo, discedq, excedo,


incedo, intercedo, recedo, and succedo.

Fido, ere, fisus sum, to trust.


So confldere, diffldere ; but these
have sometimes perf. confkli, diffkli,
instead of conflsus sum, &c.
Findo, ere, fidi, fissum, to cleave,
split.

So

diffindere, diffldi.

Frendo, ere,
fresum,

fressum and

crush, grind.
Instead of this 'Ahofrtndere,frendui.
to

Meto, ere, messui, messum,

to

Compos, are appcto, compete,


and repeto.

give

place, to retire.
So the compos, abscedo, accedo, ante-

reap.

Scindo, ere, scidi, scissum,

Compos, conscindo, eonscidi, conscisSo also diseindere, intersc hide re,


perseindcre, proscindere, and rescindeBut abscindo has only abscindere,
re.
abscidi, and exscindo only exscindere.
sum.

Sido, ere, sidi or sedi, sessum, to


take a seat, sit down.
Perfect and supine commonly from

mitted demitte, dimitto, emitto, immitto,

omitto, permitto, praetermitte, promitto,


reviiltOfiLiid submitto.

ere, pandi, passum {more


rarely pansum), to lay open, set
open.
Expandere has expansum and expassum ; but dispandere, only dispansum.

Pando,

Peto, ere, petivi or petli, petitum,


to ask.

4.

Compos, consldo, consedi, conSo assldere, desldere, ins'idere,


and subsldere.

sedcre.

sessum.
resldere,

Sisto, ere, stiti (obsolete), statum,


to

put,

But
are

all

tum
So

set.

sisto in

has

still"

Mitto, ere, mlsi, missum, to send.


So the compos, admitto, amitto, com-

to split,

to tear.

Compos, demetere. Instead of rnessui


and demessui more commonly messem
feci.

expeto,

oppeto,

the sense of " to stand


statum.
The compos.

steti,

intransitive
as,

consisto,

and have
constiti,

stiti, sti-

constitum.

adsisto, desisto, existo, insisto, obsisto,

Circumsto
persisto, and resisto.
either circumstlti or circumsteti.

has

Sterto, ere, stertiii (obsolete sterti),


to snore, snort.
,

Verto, ere, ti, sum, to turn.


So the compos, adverto, animadverto,
averto, converto, everto, perverto, and
Divertere, praevertcre, and
subverto.
revertere are more frequently deponents in the present and imperfect.

Verbs ending in go, co, cto, quo, and guo form


and the supine in ctum. E. g.

their per-

fect in xi

Cingo, ere, cinxi, cinctum, to gird,


surround.
Compos. accine/ere and discingere.

So the compos, abducere, addfuere,


cireumducere, conducere, and a number of otners -

Coquo,

Fligo, ere, flixi, flictum, to strike


(obsolete)

ere, coxi, coctum, to cook.


So concoquere and decoquere.

Dlco, ere, dixi, dictum, to say.


So the compos, addieo, contradlco,
edico, ind'ico, interdlco, and praedico.
Diico, ere, duxi, ductum, to lead,
conduct.

Compos,
Te

'

? ut

affligere, confiigere, infilgc-

PfW

is

of the

first

cou "

j ligation.

Fligo, ere,
frixum),

frixi,

frietum (rarely

to roast.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

682
Jungo,

ere, junxi, junctum,


join together.
So compos, adjungo, conjungo,
jungo, sejungo, and subjungo.

Lingo, ere, linxi, linctum,

Mungo,

to

ctum.

dis-

to lick.

mimxi, munctum,

ere,

to

blow the nose.


Compos, emungere.

Plango, ere, planxi, planctum,


strike

Rego,

to

rectum,

to

Sugo, ere, suxi, suctum, to suck.


Tego, ere, texi, tectum, to cover.
Compos, contegere, detegere, obtegere,protegere, and retegere.
Tingo (tinguo), ere, xi, ctum, to
dip

to

lament.

ere, rexi,

which have regularly inxi, inSo also distinguo and iusiinguo,


but from another root.
stinguo,

guide,

7(0,

direct.

Stinguo, 6re,
to extinguish (rarely used).
Compos, in use are extinguo and re,

The

Ango,

subtrciho.

Ungo

(or unguo), ere, unxi, tinctum, to anoint.


Compos. perungere and inungere.

Velio, ere, vexi, vectum (frequent.


vecto), to carry, convey.
The passive
So advehere, invehere.
is vehor, vehi, rectus sum, to drive, ride.

So circumcihur,

irregular verbs of this class are,

a) Those which
assume xum.
anxi,

ere,

reject the

to

choke.

(Supine wanting.)
Clango, ere,
Flgo, ere, fixi, fixum,
fasten in.
So afflgere, transfigere.

to
to

sound.
or

fx

moisten.

ext raho, ])ertruho,prolrdho, retrdho,

and

Compos, arrigere, corrigere, dirigere, erigere, porrigere.


To these add
pergo (tor per ri go), perrexi,perrei turn,
and surgo (for surrigo), surrexi, surrectum.
Compos, of surgo are assurgo,
consurgo, exsurgo, and insurgo.

in,

Traho, ere,traxi, tractum, to draw.


So compos, attrdho, contralto, detru-

n before ctum

invehor, praetervehor.

in the supine, or

to snow
(commonly impers. ningit, Sec.).
Pecto, ere, pexi, pexum, to comb.

Xingo, ere, uinxi,

Pingo, ere, pinxi, pictum, to paint.


Compos, appingere, depingere, and
expingere.

form,

(commonly
Plecto, ere,
only passive plector,) to punish.

Compos. ajfingere,conJingere,eJingeand refingere

Another plecto, to braid, is obsolete,


but exists in the deponents amplector

Fingo, ere,

finxi, fictum, to

fashion.
re,

Flecto, ere, flexi, flexum, to bend.

Compos,

Mingo

inflective.

(or

me jo),

ere, minxi,

mi-

ctum, to make water.


Necto, ere, nexi or nexui, nexum,

and complector, plexus sum.


Stringo, ere, strinxi, strictum, to
drain tight.

Compos, adstringere,
distringere, obslringere,
gere.

const ring? re,

and

pertstrin-

to tie, bind.

b)

Those which do not change the

characteristic consonant

in the perfect.

Ago,

ere, egi, actum, to drive; to do.


Compos, cogo (for codgo), cdegi, coSo also abigire, adigere, exiactum.
gere, perdgere, redigere, subigere, and
Prodigere wants the sutransigere.
pine; ambi gere and salagere have nei-

ther perfect nor supine.


.
w
DegO, ere, degi,

spend (vitam,

life,

Frango, ere,fregi, fractum, to break.


Compos, con fringe re, effringere, perfringere, and r efringer e.
^

IeO (or ieio), ere,


s/r ^- e

fyc).

to

pass,

to

WenUi\
Cm
" "
Jk
J

ma e
.

lei,

re

ictum, to
foedus,

ere, legi, lectum, to read.


So compos, perlegere, praelegrre,
and with i in the root colligere, d'ellge-L/eijo,

IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION.


and seligere. But
and negligo have lexi

re, eligere,

diligo,

So

intelligo,

in the

re.

perfect.

Vinco, ere,

Linquo, ere,

liqui,

to leave.

pactum,

pepigi,

ere,

derelinque-

victum,

vici,

to

con-

Compos, convincere, devincere, and

relinquo, reliqui, relictum.

Those which reduplicate

c)

Pango,

and

quer, vanquish.

(Poetical.)

Compos,

to

make a compact.
But pango, I set or fix in, has panxi
The compos, comor pegi, panctum.
pingo, impingo have pegi, pactum.
So
also oppango, oppegi.
But depango
and repango have no

perfect.
to

spare, save.
perfect parsi

obsolete,

is

evincere.

in the perfect.
the supine parcitum uncertain.
P os - compareere.

Pungo,

Com-

pupugi, punctum,

ere,

to

stab.

Compos, compungo, punxi, punctum.


So dispungere and interpungere.

Tango,

Parco, ere, peperci, parsum,

The

delinquere

also

683

and

ere, tetigi, tactum, to touch.


attingo, attlgi, attactum. So
contingo, contigi, and the impersonals

Compos,

contingit, contlgit

obtingit, obtigit.

d) Those which form their perfect in si and the supine in sum.


Mergo, ere, mersi, mersum, to im- spergere, and respergcre, all with spermerse, dip.
So demergere, emergere, immergere,
submergere.

Spargo, ere, sparsi, sparsum,

to

Compos, adspergere, conspergere,

Verbs ending

The
Como,

in

following in

lo,

mo may be

comptum,

ere, cornpsi,

ex-

to

dempsi, demptum, to
take away.
Promo, ere, prompsi, promptum,
to take out, to draw.
So compos, deprdmere, expromere.

The

mo, no, and ro are mostly irregular,

adorn.

Demo,

spersum.

Tergo, ere, tersi, tersum, to wipe.


But also tergeo, ere (compare p. 677).
Yergo, ere,
to incline
or turn.

scatter.

5.

si,

ere,

regarded as regular
Sumo, ere, sumpsi,sumptum,totae
:

Compos, absumere, adsumere, consamere, aesumere.

Temno,

ere,

to despise.

(Poetical.)

Compos, contemnere, contempsi, contemptum.

irregular verbs of this class are,

a) Those which have vi in the perfect.


Ccrno, ere, crevi, cretum, to sift.
In the sense of" to see," the perfect
and supine do not occur. Compos.
decerno, decrevi, decretum ; and so
discernere, excernere,

and secernere.

Lino, ere, levi (or

livi),

smear

on,

Smo,

litum, to

daub on.

are of the fourth conj., as allinlre, cir-

and

illinlre.

Sero, ere, sevi, satum,

But

to soiv.

sero, I join, connect,

sertum.

The compos,

ere,

has

consero

seriii,

and

58

in-

sivi,

situm,

to

allow,

permit.

From

So compos, collino, illino, oblino (part.


Other compos,
oblitus), and perlino.
cumlinlre,

have either set


si turn or serui,
sertum, according to the sense. Desero, dissero, and exsero have serui,
sertum only.
sero

this perhaps also situs, situate.


desino, desii, desitum. Instead

Compos,

of perf. also desitus

Sperno,

est.

ere, sprevi,

disdain.
Sterno, ere,
prostrate.

stravi,

spretum,

to

stratum,

to

LATIN GRAMMAR.

684
So compos, eonsterno,

insterno,

and

prosterno.

Tero, ere,

Cano, ere, cecini, cantuni,

to sing,

sound.
Compos, succino, succinui, succentum.
But accino,
So also oca.no or occdno.
inter cino, and recino (or reca.no) want
the perf. and supine.

Curro, ere, cucurri, cursum, to


run.
The compos, accurro, decurro, excurro, incurro, percurro, and praecur-

attero

has either

in the perfect.
ro have more frequently curri than cucurri in the perfect.

Fallo, ere, fefelli, falsum, to deceive.


Compos, reftllo, refelli without suPello, ere, pepuli, pulsum, to drive

away.
Compos, appello, appiili, appuhum.
So the rest, compeUo, depello, expello,
impello,perpello 2>roj)ello, and repello.
f

Those which follow the analogy of the second conjugation.

;)

Alo, ere, alui, alltum or altum,

to

nourish.
Altus in Cicero

and

Sallust,

ciliius

in later writers.

Colo, ere, coliii, cultum, to cultivate.


So excolere, incolere, mwa percolire.

Consulo, ere,

Gemo,

Perf. and supine from the obsolete


geno.
So ingigncre and progignt re.

Molo, ere,

ui,

Itum,

grind (in a

to

mill).

Cello (not in wse), but


Compos, antecello, excello, and praecello, I excel, perf. celtid, supine wantBut percello, perculi, percuhum,
ing.
to strike down.

ui,

ere,

ultum, to consult.
itum, to sigh,

ui,

groan.
Compos, congrmo or congemisco,

gemo

But

trlvi, tritum, to rub.

Those which reduplicate

b)

So conterere.
ottrivi or atterui.

or ingemisco,

perf.

iii,

ultum,

to conceal,

hide.

Pono,

ere, posiii, positum, to lay,

place.
Obsolete perf. poslvi. Compos, antepono, appdno, compono, depdno, dispono,
expono, oppono, praepbno, postpono, and
sepono.
\

Tremo,

ere, ui,

to

tremble.

Compos, coniremere.
in-

supine

ui,

Occulo, ere,

Yomo,

ere, ui, itum, to vomit.


Compos, tvomere, revomere.

wanting.

Gigno, ere, genui, genitum,


get, produce.

to be-

Those which are otherwise irregular

d)

in the perfect

and

supine.

Emo,

ere, emi,

emptum,

to

Premo,

buy.

Compos, adimo, adcmi, ademtum.


So coetnere, dirimere, eximere, inlerimere, perimere, and redimere.
Fero, ferre, tuli, latum, to bear,
carry.

(Cf.

page 669.)

to rage.
(Furo), furere,
So also
Perf. and supine wanting.
perf.
the
For
singular.
first person
,

commonly insanlvi.
Gero, ere, gessi, gestum,

to carry,

bear ; perform.
Compos, congerere, digerere, and
gerere.

in-

ere,

pressi,

pressum,

to

press.

Compos, comprimere, deprimere, exprimere, opprimere, and suppri?nere.


to play on
a stringed instrument.
Quaero, ere, quaesivi, quaesitum,

Psallo, ere, psalli,

to inquire, to seek.

So compos, acqulro, conqulro, exqu'iro, inqu'iro, perqulro, and requlro.

Uro, ere, ussi, ustum, to burn.


So adurere, comburere, exurere,
inurere.

and

IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE FOURTH CONJUGATION. 685


Yello, ere, velli or vulsi, vulsum,
to pluck, pick.

Verro,

So

nvello,

evello,

convello and divtllo


the perfect.

Verbs

6.

and revello. But


have only velli in

in so

and

rro are,

ere,

versum,

verri,

to

sweep.

Compos,

everrere.

Depso, ere, depsui, depsitum and


depstum, to knead.
Pinso, ere, pinsui or pinsi, pinsitum or pisturn, to pound, grind.
Texo, ere, texui, textum, to weave.

Viso, ere,

visi,

to

go

to see,

to visit.

supine visum

is

borrowed from

viclere.

Compos, are attexo, contexo, obtexo,


pertexo,p>raetexo, and relexo.

Some
tion

of this class follow the analogy of the fourth conjuga-

Arcesso (or accerso), ere, arcesslvi, arcessltum, to send for.

Incesso, ere, incesslvi (or incessi),

Capesso, ere, capesslvi, capessitum, to take up, lay hold of.


Facesso, ere, facessivi, facessltum,
to perforin, accomplish.

Lacesso, ere, lacessivi (or


cessituni, to provoke.

7.

Verbs

Compesco,

in sco

ere,

to

curb,

restrain.

and succresco want the supine.

ii)

So

also

lum.

Pasco, ere, pavi, pastuni,

to

pas-

Posco, ere, poposci,

Dispesco, ere, dispesciii,


divide, separate.

to

de-

ask.

So deposco, exposco, both with popoand reposco without perfect.

sci,

ediscere

to

Quiesco, ere, quievi, quietum,

to

rest.

to begin,
,
,
spread.
Hisco, ere,
,
,
to yawn
to mutter.
Nosco (gnosco), ere, novi, notum,

Glisco, ere,

become acquainted with.

IV.

la-

So iynosco and diynosco. But aynosco, coynosco, and rtcoynosco have supine aynitum, coynUum, and recnyni-

mand,

learn.

Compos, addisco, addidici.


and dediscere.

ture, feed.

Disco, ere, didici, (disclturus), to

ti,

to attack, assail.

form their perfect and supine as follows

compescui,

Cresco, ere, crevi, cretum, to grow.


So the compos, concresco, decresco,
and excresco. But accresco, incresco,

to

Compos, acquiescere, conquiescere,


and requiescere.
Suesco, ere, suevi, suetum, to accustom one's self.
Compos.
Part, suetus, accustomed.
c.ssuesco, consuesco, desuesco, and insuesco.

Fourth Conjugation.

Regular verbs of this conjugation form their perfect in


and the supine in itum. E. g.
Audio, audire, audlvi or audii, audltum, to hear.
Erudlo, erudlre, erudivi or erudii, erudltum, to instruct.
Munio, munire, munlvi or munli, munitura, to fortify.
Yestio, vestire, vestivi or vestii, vestitum, to clothe.

ivi or

LATIN GRAMMAR.

686

Irregular in one or both of the characteristic parts are the


following
Amicio,
clothe,

ire, iciii

ictum,

or ixi

to

put on.

The pert", amicui, amixi, and amiclvi


scarcely ever occurs.
Aperio,

apertum,

aperui,

Ire,

to

open.
So operio and cooperio. But comperlo and reperio have peri, pertum.
Cio, Ire, clvi, cltum, to move, excite.
This is the old and regular form for
cieo, clvi, cltum,

on which see

p. 677. 3.

Eo, Ire, Ivi, ltum, to go.


(See
page 669.)
Farcio,Ire, farsi, fartum (farctum),
to stuff.

Com-

Supine more rarely farsum.


pos, confercio

lum.

and

refercio, fersi, ferOthers are infercio and effercio.

Ferio, Ire,
to strike.
In the perf. active percussi, and in
the passive ictus sum, are commonly
,

sense.

Queo, quire, quivi or quii, quitum,


(Cf. page 6 70.)
to be able.
Raucio, Ire, rausi, rausum, to be
hoarse.

Compos, irraucio.
Salio, Ire, salui or salii, saltum, to

spring, leap.

Compos,

desitire,

exsillre,

insil'ire,

&c,

generally perf. sih'd, rather than


But satire, to salt, is
or sillvi.
regular.
silii

Sancio, Ire,
sancltum,

sanctum and

sanxi,

appoint.

to o?rlain,

Sancltus is generally participle,


sanctus adjective.

and

Sarcio, Ire, sarsi, sartum, to patch,

mend.
Compos, resarclre.
Sentio, Ire, sensi, sensum, to feel,

used.

Ferocio, Ire,
-

Regular, except that its passive


forms sometimes occur in a deponent

to

be in-

think.

So

solent, wild.

Haurio,
draw.

hausi,

Ire,

haustuni,

Supine more rarely Jiausum;

to

but

frequently hausurus.

Punio,

Ire, Ivi

or n, itum,

to punish.

and praecom-

consentlre, dissentlre,

But instead

sent'ire.

Fulcio, Ire, fulsi, fultum, to prop.


The perfect of fulcio has the same
form as that of fulgeo.

monly

of assentio,

assentior deponent.

Sepelio, Ire, Ivi, sepultum,

to

bury.

Sepio, Ire, sepsi, septum, to hedge in.


Venio, Ire, veni, ventum, to come.

Compos, advenlre, convenlre,


and pemenlre.

inve-

nire, obvenlre,

Yincio, Ire, vinxi, vinctum,


So compos, devinclre.

to bind.

Desiderative verbs in urio generally have neither perfect nor,


Remark.
supine
as, dormiturio, Ire, I desire to sleep; coenaturio, Ire, I desire to dine.
The only exceptions are esurio, esurlvi, esuriturus, I am hungry nupturio,
nupturlvi, I wish to get married, and parturio, parturlvi, I wish to bring forth.
;

E.

DEPONENT VERBS.

I. Deponent verbs of the first conjugation are


and conjugated like hortor (page 173, A). E. g.

Adverser,

ari,

atus sum,

to oppose,

re-

sist.

Arbitror,

ari,

atus sum,

to

suppose,

think.
ari, atus sum, to despise.
Auxilior, ari, atus sum, to help.
Calumnior, ari, atus sum, to calumni-

Aspernor,

ate.

all

regular,

Criminor, ari, atus sum, io accuse.


Cunctor, ari, atus sum, to hesitate.
ari, atus sum, to rule.
Epiilor, ari, atus sum, to feast.
Feneror, ari, atus sum, to lend on in-

Dominor,

terest.

Glorior, ari, atus

sum,

to boast.

Hospitor, ari, atus sum,

to

be a

DKI'ONKNT VERBS.
Iimtor,

ari,

atns sum,

Katiocinor, ari, atus sum, to reason,


compute.
Bustieor, ari, atus sum, to rusticate.
Sciscitor, ari, atus sum, to inquire into.
Stipulor, ari, atus sum, to stipulate.
Susplcor, ari, atus sum, to suspect.
Testit'jcor, ari, atus sum, to loitness,

to imitate.

Jaoiilor, ari, attis sum, to throw.


Licltor, ari, atus sum, to bid.
Luctor, ari, atus sum, to struggle.
Medlcor, ari, atUS sum, to heal.
ari, atus sum, to moderate.
Negotior, ari, atus sum, to do business.
Odoror, ari, atus sum, to sun U.
Osculor, ari, atus sum, to itass.
Parasltor, ari, atus sum, to (< ^e

Moderor,

attest.

Tutor, ari, atus sum, to protect.


Urluor, ari, atus sum, to dive.
Yiigor, ari, atus sum, to ramble.
YeiuTor, ari, fitus sum, to venerate.
Vooiferor, ari, atus sum, to vociferate.

parasite.

Philosophor,

ari,

atus sum,

to

philoso-

phize.

Proelior, ari, atus

To

sum,

087

tofiyht.

the above might be added

many

others equally regular.

The following occur only in certain authors as deponent, and more commonly as active verbs communicor, commurmuror, Jluctuor,fruticor, lacrimor,
:

luxurior, nictor,

and

Cicero employs
as passive verbs.

velificor.

The deponent verbs

II.

criminor,

adt'dor, drbitror,

of the second conjugation are,

Fatcor, eri, fassns sum, to confess.


Compos, coufteor, confessus sum;

But

professus sum.

])ro/ilt'or,

dijfiteor

-wants the participle.

Liccor,

eri, licitus

sum,

to offer

So compos, polliceri.
eri,

Participle
medicari.

Mereor,

Frequently impersonally miseretur

meritus sum,

Heor, reri, ratus sum, to suppose.


Tueor, eri, tuitus sum, to guard,
protect.
obsolete form of this is tuor of
the third conjugation, from which the
Compos, are contueri
adjective tutus.

An

to heal.

commonly mediedtus from

eri,

to merit,

earn.

Compos, commereri, demereri, and

and

intueri.

Vereor, eri, veritus sum, to fear.


Compos, revereri and subvereri.

j)romereri.

III.

The deponent verbs

of the third conjugation are,

Apiscor, apisci, aptus sum, to gain,


(Obsolete.)
acquire.
Compos, adipiscor, adept us sum, and
indipiscor, indeptus sum, with the

same

sense.

Divertor,

to

turn aside; praever; and reverter, to

tor, to outstrip

return.

The

perfect of these verbs

from the active form verto

monly

reverti, reverteram,

vei*sus

sum.

ever, has

is

derived

hence com-

&c,

for re-

pergefactus.

part, txpergitus,

Fruor,

But the verb expergere,


is

obsolete.

fnii, fruitus

or fructus sum,

enjoy.
Compos, perfruor, perfructus sum.
to

Fungor, fungi, functus sum,

to

perform.
Compos, defungi, perfungi.
Gradior, gradi, gressus sum,

to

step, icalk.

how-

Compos, aggredior, aggredi, aggres-

an active sense, "having re-

So also congredi, digredi,


sus sum.
egredi, ingredi, progredi, and regre-

The

part, reversus,

turned."

Expergiscor, expergisci, experrectus sum, to awake.

From

Misereor, eri, miseritus or misertus sum, to pity.


or miser et me.

hid.

Medeor,

and dignor both as deponent and

this expergefacere, part, ex-

58 *

Invehor, invehi, invectus sum,


inveigh against.

to


LATIN GRAMMAR.

688

to he angry.
(Inchoative.)
lratus sum has the sense of the present, "I am angry." For the perf. suc-

Irascor, irasci,

censui

is

Labor,

used.

lapsus sum,

labi,

to glide,

slip, fall.

Compos, collubi,
hi, and reldbi.

delubi, dildbi, p>rold-

Loquor, loqui,

locutus

sum,

to

speak.

Obliviscor, oblivlsci, oblitus sum,


to

forget.

sum,

Paciscor, paclsci, pactus


bargain, stipulate.

to

Compos, compacisci or compecisci, depacisci or depecisci, all with pactus sum.


Pascor, pasci, pastus sum, to feed,
graze.
Patior, pati, passus sum, to suffer.
Compos, perpetior, perpeti,perpe&ta
sum.

Compos, aMqui,

colldqui, eloqui, in-

terloqui, obluqui.

Miniscor {not used).

From it the compos, eomminkcor,


comminisci, comment us sum, to devise,
and reminhcor, reminisci,
imagine
with the perf. recordatus sum, to re-

Pleeto,

plectere, to plait, braid,


gives rise to the
Compos, amplecior and complcclnr,
compleams sum, to embrace.
Proficiscor,

proficisci,

profectus

member.

The part, comim

it/as

has a

sum, to travel, to depart.


Queror, queri, questus sum,

devised," "invented."

plain.

mori, mortuus sum, fut.


part, moriturus, to die.
Obsolete infinitive mortru Compos.

Ringor,

passive sense,

'

jVIorior,

common, demori, and

emori.

Nanciscor, nanrisci, nactus sum,


to obtain.

nasci,

natua

sum,

to

be

Original form gnascor, which still


exists in agnatus and cognatus.
Compos, enascor, innascor, and renascor.
niti,

nlsus or nixus sum, to

strive, to rely

Compos,

upon.

adnlti, conriiti, eniti,

and

oft-

niti.

IV.

The deponent verbs

to

show ones

chafe.
Sequor, sequi, secutus sura, to follow.
;

to

Sul>.<~qui.

to assent.

Also active,
adsensi,

r< ni//\

Utor,
(

punish.
Qsus sum,

uti,

enjoy.

to use,

lompos. abuti, deuti.

Vescor, vesci,
upon.

The place
by edi.

eat,

to

of a perfect

is

feed

supplied

of the fourth conjugation are,

Adsentior, adsentiii, adsensus sura,

sent in,

conqueri.

ringi,

Ulciscor, ulcisci, ultus sum, to re-

horn.

Nltor,

teeth

com-

Compos, assiqtd, consiqui, exsiqui,


insAqui, obsiqui, persequi, prosequi, and

Fart, sometimes written nanctus.

Nascor,

Compos,

to

Mentior, mentiri, mentltus sum,


to lie, to tell falsehoods'.

in

the

same

sense, nd~

adsensum; but more

commonly deponent.
Blandior, blandiri, blandltus sum,
to flatter.

to experience.
I learn, am informed,
only used in the present; perf. cumperi from compt rio.

But comperior,

is

lavish.

Compos, dtlaryior.

iin fin",

Molior, mollri,

Experior, experiri, expertus sum,

Largior, largiri, largitus sum,

Metior, metiri, mensus sum, to


measure.
Compos, dimetlri, emetiri, andjper-

to

molitus

sum,

to

labor, strive, toil.


Compos, amollri and demollri.

Opperior, opperiri, opportus


opperitus sum, to wait for,

or
ex-t

peci.

Ordior, ordiri, orsus sum,

commence.

to begin,

INCHOATIVE VERBS.
Compos, exordlri and
Orior, oriri, ortus

redordiri.

sum

(Jut- part.

G89

So also impertior or imparlior.


All
these also active, pariio, dispertio, and
impertio.

oriturus), to rise.

The

Pres. Indie, follows the third

conjug. oreris, oritur, orimur.


But
imperfect either or'irer or orerer.
So
the compos, coorior and exorior.
But
ddorlor has commonly adorlris and
adortiiir, instead of adoreris and adoritur.
The fut. part, oriundus has the
peculiar sense "sprung or descended

Potior, potlri, potitus sum, to take


possession of.
The Pres. and Imperf. Subj. sometimes follow the third conjugation, poiitur, potimur, poteretur, poteremur.

Punior, puniri, punitus sum, (instead of the active punio,) to

punish

from."
Partior, partlri, partltus sum,

to

Sortior,

draw

divide.

Compos,

sortltus

sortlri,

sum,

to

lots.

dispertior, dispertitus sum.

F.

INCHOATIVE VERBS.

Inchoative verbs end in sco, and arc formed either from


nouns or adjectives, or from other verbs.

The verbs from which inchoatives are formed are commonly of the
second conjugation, but the inchoatives themselves are invariably of
the third.
The inchoatives derived from verbs generally have the perfect, and
sometimes also the supine, of their primitives.
The inchoatives derived from nouns or adjectives cither want the
perfect entirely, or assume ui, like those derived from verbs.
The following lists exhibit the most important verbs of this class.
1. Inchoatives derived from verbs, with the perfect and supine of their primitives
:

abolc-

Exolesco (olco), ero, exolevi, exoletum, to grow out of use.

Adolesco (oho), ere, adolevi, adultum, to grow up.


Coalesco (/o), ere, coalui, coalltum,

Indolesco (doleo), ere, indolui, indolltum, to feel pain.


Inveteraseo (///re A'/-o), Ore, invcteravi,

Abolesco

(nleo),

ere,

abolevi,

tuin, to be annihilated*

to coalesce.

Concupisco (eupio), ere, concuplvi,


concupitum, to desire.
Convalesco (valeo), ere, convalui, convalitum,

to convalesce.

Exardesco
arsuni,

(ar'dca),

grow

to

ere,

hot,

to

exarsi,

become

exin-

to revive,

Scisco

came

(scio),

to life

ere,

again.

sclvi,

scltum,

to

Inchoatives derived from verbs, with the perfect of their

primitives

Acesco (acco), ere, ami, to grow sour.


So also coacesco and peracesco.
Alhesco and exalbcsco (albeo), ere,
exalbui, to grow white.
Aresco (areo), ere, arui, to become
dry.

ere, obdormivi,
Itum, to fall asleep. (So also edormisco, to take one's I'dI of sleep.)
Revivisco (vivo), ere, revixi, revictuin,

decree, ordain.

jlamed.
2.

atum, to grow old.


Obdormisco (dormio),

Calosoo (caleo),
wa rm.

Canesco (caneo),

ere,

calui,

to

ere, canui, to
gray.
Conticesco (taceo), ere, couticui,

come

silent.

grow
turn
to be-

LATIN GKAM3UR.

GOO
Coniremipco (tremn),
to

begin

contremui,

ere,

Liquesco

(liqueo), ere, licui, to begin to

melt.

tremble.

to

be con-

Madesco (madeo), ere, madui, to become wet.


Marcesco and com- or emarcesco (mar-

cealed.
Effervesce* (ferveo), ere, efferbui, to be-

ceo), ere, emarcui, to decay, wither.


Occallesco (calleo), ere, occalui, to be-

Defervesco (J'erveo), ere, deferbui,


cease fermenting.
Delitesco (lateo), ere, delitui,

gin

to

to

come

to boil.

Excandesco (candeo), ere, excandui,


to grow hot.
Extimesco and pertimesco (iimeo), ere,
extimui, to become frightened.
Floresco and de- or effloresce- ( floreo),
ere, efflorui, to begin to blossom.
Haeresco and ad- or inhaeresco (haereo), ere, inhaesi, to adhere to, to in-

and expallesco

reo), ere, exhorrui, to be terrified.

Ingemisco (gemo),

ere,

ingemui,

to be-

to sigh.

Intumesco (tumeo),

ere,

begin to swell.
Irraucisco (raucio),

intumui,

to

irrausi,

to

(palleo), ere,

pallui, to turn pale.

Putresco (putreo),

ere, putrui, to decay.


Resipisco (sajrio), ere, resipui, to recover one's senses again.

Rubesco and erubesco

(rubeo),

ere,

erubui, to become red, to redden.


Senesco and consenesco (seneo), ere,

consenui,

here.

Horresco and ex- or perborresco (hor-

gin

callous.

Pallesco

to

grow

old.

Stupesco and obstupesco (stupeo), ere,


obstupui, to become astonished.
Tabesco (tabeo), ere, tabui, to wither;
pass away.
Tepesco {tepeo), ere, tepui, to become
tepid.

ere,

grow hoarse.
Languesco and

Viresco and con-, e-, or reviresco


reo), virui, to turn green.

(vi-

e- or relanguesco (langueo), ere, elangui, to become languid.

3.

Inchoatives derived from nouns and adjectives, without a

perfect

Aegresco (aeger),

ere, tofallsich.

to become rich.
Dulcesco (dulcis), ere, to turn sweet.
Grandesco (grandis), ex*e, to grow up.
Gravesco and ingravesco (gravis), ere,
to become heavy ; to grow icorse.
Incurvesco (curvus), ere, to become

Ditesco (dives), ere,

crooked.

Integrasco (integer), ere,


or afresh.

Juvenesco

to

(juvenis), ere, to

begin anew

grow young

Mitesco (mitis), ere, to grow gentle.


Mollesco (mollis), ere, to become soft.
Pinguesco (pinguis), ere, to become fat.
Plumesco (pluma), ere, to become
fledged.

Puerasco and repuerasco (puer),


to grow up to be a boy.
Sterilesco (sterilis), ere, to become

ere,
ster-

ile.

Teneresco and tenerasco (tener),


to become tender.

ere,

again.
4.

Inchoatives derived from nouns or adjectives, with a per-

fect in id

Crebresco and in- or percrebresco (creber).

ere,

crebrui,

to

increase,

to

grow frequent.
Duresco and obduresco (durus), ere,
durui, to grow hard.
Evanesco (vanus), fire, evanui, to vanish.

Innotesco (notus), ere, innotui, to become known.


Macresco (macer), ere, macrui, to be-

come lean.
Mansuesco (mansuetus),
xi, to grow gentle.

ere,

mansue-

Matnresco (maturtis),
become ripe.

ere,

maturni,

Nigresco (niger), ere, nigral,

to

to

turn

black.

Obmutesco (mutus), ere, obmutui,


become dumb or mute.

to

Obsurdesco (surdus), ere, obsurdui, to


become deaf.
Recrudesco (crudus), ere, recrudui, to
break open afresh (of wounds).
Vilesco and evilesco (vilis), ere, evilui,
to become low, of trifling value.

INDEX
N. B. The figures of this Index refer to the pages of the hook the letters or figures
after the page-reference, to the divisions or remarks of the lesson contained on that
page.
indicates the repetition of the word at the head of the article.
The dash
The abbreviation constr. stands for construction of ; id. for the same page.
;

A, ab,

abs,

how

used, 624, Eem.

With passive verbs. 165,


ab adoleseentia, 319, Rem.
abest, in the expressions

ut . ut, 197, C, and


abest quin, 570.
abhinc, how used, 317, D.
.

2.

II.

5.

iantum abest
non mullum

Accusative, terminations of, 50, C; of


gerunds, 116, c ; of place, 308, A, and
309-310; of time, 315, A ; denoting
extent of space, 440, D; after transi-

tive verbs, .324,


omitted, 325,
;
Rem. 4 ; after verbals, 326, Rem. 7 ;
after neuter verbs, 326,
and 327,
C; after compound verbs, 332,
;
after impersonal verbs, 334,
and C;
in the sense of as to, with respect to,
; after interjections and in ex335,
clamations, 343, D; after prepositions,
as the subject of an infini344, II. ;

Ablative, terminations of, 50, C; of


gerunds, 116, d ;
after comparaatives, 224-225
of place :
where? 308,7?; whence, id. C;
of time when'! 316,
; within what
timet 317, C;
of cause, 418,
of the means or instrument, 419
of mode or manner, 425,
C;
signifying with respect to, in
point of, 426, B; of quality, 427, C
of the price or value, 434,
after
;
verbs of plenty or want, 435,
after verbs denoting separation, difference, or distance, 436, C; after
utor, fruor, fungor, &c, 443,
after dignns, indignus, contentus, &c.
after natus, prognatus, &c
;
444,
445, C; after prepositions, id.
after verbs compounded with a, de,
or ex, 446,
;
after verbs of placing.
putting, sitting, &c, 446, F.
Abla
tive Absolute, 451 - 455. Ablat. of the
perf. part, used absolutely, 455, E.
absolvere, with the gen., 40 ; A.

exchanging with ut, 294 and


295 Avith quod,^298, H.
ac si, with the subj., 576, II.
Active voice, 110
regular conjuga-

Abstract Nouns, 88. 3.


abundare, constr., 435, B.
abunde, with the gen., 381, A. 4.
-abus, ablative pi. in, 46, note f
accedit ut, 297, F. 1
accedit

tion of, 664-665.


ad, constr., 156, note f
adeo, followed by ut, 566.
aclhuc locorum, 382, Rem. 2.
adesse, constr., 157.

299,

Rem.

2.

Accents, 5, I.
Accentuation,

A; omitted, 292, Rem. 12.


Accusatives, two, after docere and celare, 340,
after verbs of asking,
;
tive, 287,

inquiring,

naming,

sensuum

accidit ut, 297, F. 2.


accusare, with the gen., 408,

A.

es-

et

affectuum, 288,

II.

as

the object of a volition, 289. 2


after
verba declarandi, 290. 3 ; as the apposiium of a noun, &c, 290, C; in
impassioned exclamations, 290, D;
;

Adjectives, declined, singular, 18 and


21 plural, 49 and 50
agreement
of, 186-189; used instead of adverbs,
187, Rem. 6 ; belonging to two or more
nouns, 188, Rem. 10 ; to a collective
;

1-6.

B;

teeming, &c, 342, C.


Accusations cum Infinitivo, as the subject of a finite verb, 287, B;
as the
object of a finite verb, after verba

6, I.

341,

calling,

and demanding,

after verbs of

INDEX.

G92

noun, 188, Rem. 11


used substantively, 193
in the neuter gender,
194, 'Rem. 4
used partitively, 188,
;

Rem. 12

instead of the genitive of


derivation of,
nouns, 374, Rem. 6
;

504-507; used adverbially, 616, C. 2,


comparison of, 212and 617. 6
;

Adjectives followed by the da351-353; by the genitive, 390393; by the ablative, 444-445; by an

217.

tive,

in the con283, C;
struction of the ablative absolute,
place
the
sentence,
in
649, II.
453,
;
ad id locorum, 382, Rem. 2.
admonere, with Ace. cum Inf. or tit,
295, D; with the gen. 399, B.
adspergere, constr. 368, D.
Adverbs, 613, A ; of place, 613, B. 1
of time, number, and order, 614, II.;
of quality, manner, &c, 614, III.;
correlative, 615, IV.;
numeral
adverbs, 94,
; ordinal adverbs, 614.
3 (of I.) and 3 (of II.);
with the
genitive, 383, Rem. 6, and 385, Rem.
prepositions,
as
^624, Rem. 5;
4; used
infinitive,

comparison of, 220-221.


Adverbs, derivation of, 616, in

um and

and

2; in Has,
3
4
in lim ami sim,
formed from the accusative of nouns,
&c, 617. 5 from ablatives, id. 6 ;
from verbs, id. 7
compounds, id. 8.
aedes, omitted, 375, b.
aequaliSj constr., 351. 1.
aeque etc, 212, B. 1.
aestimare} with the genitive, 398, A.
affatim, with the gen. 383, Rem. 6.
affinis, constr., 352. 6.
Agent, after passive verbs, expressed
by the ablative with a or ah, 165, II;
by the dative, 117,
and 365, A.
Agreement, 149,
; of verbs, 153,
;
of adjectives, adjective pronouns, and
participles, 186-189; of relatives, 200
ier, id. 1

id.

in

e, id.

id.

-202 and 206-208.


airC for aisne, 182.
aio, inflected, 671, C. 1.
olii-nare, constr., 437, Rem. 2.
alienus, constr. 352, note *.

65,

Rem.

545, IV.
ante, denoting relations of time, 318, E.

Antecedent, 201, Rem. 1; commonly


precedes the relative, id. Rem. 5 ;
understood, id. Rem. 7; entirely suppressed, 202, Rem. 8
attracted into
the case of the relative, id. Rem. 9;
double antecedent, 206, A, 1.
Antepenult, 6
its accent, 6. 3.
anteguam and prvusquam, constr., 578.
-anus, adjectives in, 506, II. 1.
apage, 606. 8.
Apodosis, 551, B.
Aposiopesis, 326.
oj>j>< lb ire, with two accusatives, 342, C.
appetens, with the genitive, 392, B.
Apposition, 179,
in the oblique
;
cases, 180, Rem. 2; of a pronoun and
a noun, id. 3
between nouns of different genders, id. 4 ; to two or more
nouns, id. 5 between adjectives, 181,
Rem. 9 to an entire clause, itl. Rem.
10; genitive instead of, id. Rem. 11 ;
between a genitive and an ablative,
;

id.

Rem.

12.

constr. 352. 8 ; aptus qui, with


the subjunctive, 590, F.
apud, 157.
aqua, understood, 193, Rem. 3.
ap1>it,

nouns in, 13, note \.


arguere, with the genit., 408, A.
-arias, adjectives in, 506, 7.
-a/-,

nouns

compoRem. 2.
At home " and " home," how ex-

sition, 124,

"

pressed, 132, G.
Alhos, declined, 497.

1.

at'jue, 76,

adjectives in, 505, C, 4.


atius and alter, difference between, 92,

Attraction, 202,

B.
alium, alter
alteram, with
verb in the plural, 154, B, Rem. 2

place

of,

653, VIII.

Assimilation of consonants in

-alls,

alter, declined; 92.

a?ius, 507. 2.

34 and 64.

Greek ace. plur.


adjectives in as and

in, 16. 8

Rem.

aliquo, adverb, 138.

alius

4.

an non, how used, 547, II. 3.


Anomalous, comparison, 213 verbs,
666-671.
Answers to questions, how expressed,

in, 500,

aliquantum, with the gen., 66, Rem. 6.


with the gen. 22, C; distinct

from aliquod,

animans, gender of, 485, Rem.


animi for animo, 392, Rem. 2.

-as,

illiquid

aliquis, declined,

inseparable preposition, 626, II.


ambire, conjugated, 670, Remarks.
ambo, declined and defined, 97.
arnicas, constr., 351, note f.
Amplificatives, 89. 8.
amplius, with quam omitted, 105, E.
an, in disjunctive questions, 547, II. 2.
anibi,

U.

Rem.

169. 6

367,

note.
-atus, participles in, 259,
in, 506. 10.

A;

auscultare, 197, note j.


ausim for ausus sim, 239, e.
aut and vel, defined, 388, C.

adjectives

INDEX.

aut, 388 and 634.


aut
aviem, place of, 38, B.

avarus and avidus, with the genit.,


391. 1.
are, 606. 8.
-ax, verbals in, with the genit., 393,

Rem.

2.

093

commiscrari, constr., 401, Rem. 1.


communis, with dative, 352. 6.
Comparative degree, 212, A. 3 formation of, 213, C; expressed by minus,
magis, 212, B. 2, 3 by ante, prae,
praeter, and supra, 227, Rem. 5 ;
rendered emphatic by magis, minus,
;

Rem.

poiius, id.

B.
helium, construed like names of towns,
310, b, c.
bene te, 343, note.
benedicere, with the dat., 358, Rem. 3.
biduum, triduum, 322.

adjectives in, 505; with the dat.,


353. 10 ; with the supine in u, 250,

-bills,

Rem.

2.

bonifacio or consulo, 399, Rem. 2.


bos, declined, 16, note ||.
brevi, with tempore understood, 194,

Rem.

3.

-bundus, verbal adjectives in, 504, B.

6.

Comparatives, inflected, 217, A ;


construction of: with the ablative, 224,
A ; with ablative omitted, 225, Rem.
with quam. 225, B ; with quam
1
omitted, 227, C; two comparatives
connected bv quam, 228,
; modified
by adverbs/229, F.
Comparison, of adjectives, 212-217;
regular, 213, C; anomalous, 213, D;
defective, 214, E; by aeque
ac,
minus
quam, 212,
by magis,
;
;

maxime, 216, F;
adjectives
which admit of none, 216, G.
Comparison, of adverbs, regular, 220,
A ; anomalous, id. B ; defective, id.
C.

with

compertus,

Rem.

C.
C,

sound

canere
367,

of,

Rem.

to

sound a

retreat,

2.

capitis or capita

damnare, 410, note.

Cardinal numbers, 73,

list of,

76 -

78.

caro, omitted, 193,

Rem.

3.

Cases of nouns, 7, K.
Cause, ablative of, 418 various other
modes of expressing, 419, Rem. 1-6.
causa and gratia, with mea, iua, sua,
;

584; omitted, 375, b.


cave, form of imperative, 606, Rem. 3;
with the subjunct. without ne, 297, G.
-ce and -cine, enclitic, 37, Rem. 1.
cedo, imperative, 672. 9.
celare, with two accus., 340, A.
ceu, with the subjunctive, 576, II.

Ch, sound

of, 3,

E.

cio or cieo, 677. 3

410,

2.

and 686.

345.

clam, adv. and prep., 625, Rem. 6.


Clauses, co-ordinate and subordinate,
149, E; arrangement of, 657, D.
coenare and habitare, with the genit.,
399, Rem. 2.
coepi, conjugated, 672. 4.
Collective nouns, 88, E. 2 ; with a
plural verb, 154, B.
collibet or coltibitum est, 404.

com, for cum, in composition


verbs, 125, note 4.

107.

compos, with the genitive, 391. 4.


Compound, substantives, (50, D; verbs,
sub124-126; adverbs, 617. 8
predicate, id.; senject, 148,
;
tences, 149, D; words, how divided,

5,

</.

conducit, with the dative, 356, A.


confidere, constr., 358, Rem. 4.

Gmjugatio Peiiphrastua, 261, D.


Conjugation of verbs, 110, B; of regular verbs, 664-665; of anomalous
of defective verbs,
verbs, 666-671
671-673
of impersonal verbs, 371
verbs of the four conjugations
alphabetically arranged, 673-689.
Conjunctions, classified, 632-633; copulative, disjunctive, and adversative,
how used, 633; double, 634, C; omit;

circumdare and circumfundere, constr.,


368, D.
cis, citra,

genitive,

complere, constr. 435, B, and Rem. 1.


complttres, declined, 104, C; sense of,

Z,E.l.

recej)tui,

the

5.

with

ted, id. Rem. 3


each other, 635,

in correlation

with

E; adverbs repeated

like conjunctions, id.


; place of in
sentences, 653, C, and 654, II.
ablat.,
426, note.
conjunctus, with the
conscius, constr., 391, note f
Consecutio Temporum, 527 - 531.

consentaneiim

est,

288,

Rem.

consenlire, constr., 359 and


considere, constr., 446, F.

2.

538-539.

2-3.
Rem. 2.
Construction, of sentences, 147-150;
of the comparative, 224 - 230 of the

Consonants, sounds
Constructio

of,

ad syne sin,

168,

GO

INDEX.

of names of
superlative, 231 - 234
place?, 308-310; of time, 315-319.
consulere, constr., 358, Rem. 5.
cendentus, with the ablat., 441, B.
contingit ut, 297, F. 2.
Contracted syllables, their quantity,

ond, 17-18; third. 21-22


declension of the plural of nouns and
adjectives, 44-51;
declension of

5, //. 2.

Contraction of

the

second

root

of

verb?, 239.
_

Rem.

ctmxen.it mild, constr., 358,

4.

Correlatives 201, hem. 3, and 208. 11;


adverbs, G15, IV.
credere s, you would have supposed,
558,

Rem.

2.

Crime, expressed bv the genit., after


verbs, 408, A.
crimine, omitted, 409, Rem.
cujus, a, urn, 41, Rem. 4.

1.

vm, diminutives in, 89. 7.


cum, with tbe abl., 133; annexed to
pronouns, id. note; place of, 052, VII.
-cunque, pronoun in, 41, C; adverbs,

-cuius, a,

615.
cupere, constr., 128, note.
cupidus, with the gen., 391. 1.
cum ut, for the imper., 606, l!em. 3.
curare, constr., 256-257, and 294, C.

Greek nouns, 496-500.


dedocere, constr.. 340, A.
gse, with the dat., 350, Rem. 2.
Defective, nouns, 61, 67, and 70-72 ;
adjectives, 62. 7 and 72, C;
verbs, 671-673.
defii, with the dat., 350, Rem. 2.
dtfungiy constr., 443. A.
Decrees of comparison, explained, 212.
delectari, constr., 298, //, and 37G.
dehetnl me, 334, C.
Demonstrative pronouns, 36-37; plural of, 54; used as determinatives before relatives, 201, Rem. 2; as partiives, 381, A. 3 ; in the ace. after
neuter verbs, 327, Rem. ; for reflexives, 473. 2; omitted, 22, I), and 153,
Rem. 1; place of, 650, III.
Denominative, verbs, 137, C; adjecdt

'

tives, 5<J4, .1.

Dependent clauses, 149, ]'; containing


an indirect question, 5G1 containing
the opinion of another, 5'j7, D.
Deponent verbs, 110. 3; present, 173174
perfect, 245
imperfect, 270:

277; pluperfect, 464, E;


514; second future, 521

D.
damnare,

constr., 408, A.
dare, with a short, 111, note \ , construction of, 113, G.
Dative, terminations of, 50, C; of
as the remote obgerunds, 11G, b
alter
ject of transitive verbs, 349
neuter verb-, 350, C; denoting possession or want with esse or aeesse,
350, Rem. 2 ; after adjectives, 351353; after various intransitive verbs,
; after verbs componnded with
356,
satis, bene, and nude, or with certain
prepositions, 358-360;
dative of
the agent, after participles in dus,
3G5,
passive
after
verbs,
;
366,
Rem. 3
after adverbs and interjections, 369, F; used instead of
the genit., 374, Rem. 7
constructions instead of, 368, D.
Datives, two, after sum, fin, do. Szc,
366, B; by attraction with mild est
nomen, 367", C; by attraction with
licet esse, 169, Rem. 6.
;

debebat, indie, instead of the subjunctive, 536.


deed and dedecet, constr., 335, Rem. 2.

Declension of nouns, first, 7-8


seeon 1, 10-11
third, 12-13
genitive
of the third, 15-17; fourth, 24; fifth,
2G
of adjectives, first and sec;

first

future,

imperative,

253-254; participles, 260, C; lists of, 686Derivation, of substantives, 88-89; of


verbs, 130-137
of adjectives, 504507; of adverbs 61G-017.
Desi lenitives, 130, B. 2, and 6&
designare, with two accusative-.
Determinative pronouns, 42 and 54G04-GU5;

infinitive,

."

<i.

5
U

rrere with quominus and ne, 571,

die, imperative, Gno,

Rem.

1.

diiin, omitted, 154, Rem.

5.

Rem.

9.

dicitur, constr., 292,


dii s,

gendec

of,

20,

A.

Difference, degree of, expressed bv


the abl., 229, Rem. 3 and 4.
dij'uilis, with supines, 249, C ; with
the inf. or ad, 250, Rem. 4.
dignari, with the abl., 443, ,1.
diynus, with the abl., 444,
;
with
supine?, 249, C; with qui and subj.,
590, F.
Diminutive, nouns, 89. 7 verb?, 137.
4: adjectives, 507, I).

Diphthongs,

1,

C; quantity

of, 5, II. 2.

dis or di, prefix to verbs, 125, B.


distare, constr., 43G, C, and 473.

Distributive numerals, 74,


id.

K;

list of,

doctre, constr.,

use

of,

76-78.
340, A, and Remarks.

095

IXDF.X.
dolere, how used, 190,
dotnus, declined, 24,
of, 132.

and

298,

77.

construction

dona re, constr., 368, D.


dunce, constr., 578, D.
Doubtful gender, 484, note.
dubito, constr., 571, Rem. 4; non dubito,
570. 3, and 571, Rem. 3 ; dubito an,
571, Rem. 4.
due, imperative, 606, Rem. 1.
duim, for dem, 141, Rem.
dum and dummodo, with the subj., 577,

duum,

for

duorum,

73,

Rem.

2.

declined, 73, B.
-dus, participles in, 117.
(/?/",

161, note f ; thrown out in the past


tenses, 239, e.
-ere for -erunt, 238, note.

-errimus, superlative in, 213, D. 1.


esse, omitted, 292, Rem. 11.
est qui, est quod, est ut, with the subj.,
587, C, and 588, Rem. 1.
et, et
neque, &e, 634, C.
et
etiamnum, 100.
-ens, adjectives in, 505, C. 1.
evenit ut, 295, F. 2.
expedire, constr., 437, Rem. 1.
cxpe7-s, with the genit., 391. 4.
ex quo (tempore), 429 and 431.
exuere, constr., 368, D.

F.

E.

Greek nouns in
in, 12,
;
496, B; adverbs in, 616. 1.
e or ex, use of, 14, K.
ec<e, with Nom. and Ace, 343, D. T.
in pronouns like cecum, ecciUum, &C.,
E, nouns
e,

Rem.

37,

2.

ecquid in questions, 8, note.


tcquis, declined, 64 sense of, 65,
;

Rem.

3.

edepol, 642, Rem. 2.


edim for edam, 141, Rem.
editus,

with the

abl., 545, C.

cdo, conjugated, 668.


ej/iccre ut] 296,

E.

eaere, constr., 113, 77.


e/'its for suus, 470, Rem., 473,

with

2.

Elision, 4, F.

of nouns, 193, Rem. 3


of
subject, 153, Hem. 1 and 2 ; of the
pronominal subject ace, 292, Rem.
of the verb, 154, Rem. 5, and
12
325, 5; of the object of verbs, 325, 4;
of is, en, id, 14,
of nnn, 584, note;
;
of conjunctions, 634, Rem. 8.
Emphatic word, in sentences, 648,
;

and B.
Enclitics, their influence on the accent, 6, Rom. 5.
emere, constr., 398, A, and 434, A.
en, interjection with the nom., 344.
-end/is and -undus, participles in, 117,

Rem.
enim and nam, place of, 388 and 654.
emmverd, in answers, 545, IV.
-ensis, adjectives in, 507. 2.
-enfissimus, superlative in, 213,

D.

3.

with comparatives, 230, Rem. 4


with the genit., 382, Rem. 3.
(to
go), conjugated, 609. 9.
eo
Equality, comparison of, 212, B.
eo,

annexed

the subj., id. Rem. 3.


facere, passive of, 163, F.
facer*, eertiovem, 343, Rem. 2.
fact re ui, 2.92, A', and Bern. 1.
j' a His, with supines, 24'J, C; with the
infin. or ad, 250, Rem. 4.
fallit me, 334, C.
fari, defective, 671. 3.
fas, with supines, 249, C; with the
infin., 27, note f
ftxo,faxim, 239, E.
febris, omitted, 393, Rem. 3.
Feminine, gender, 4^3
nouns, 486,

U.; 491,

Rem.

Ellipsis,

-ev,

fae, imperative, 606, Rem.

to the infinitive passive,

59

and B, Except.

493, E.
fcr, imperative, 606,
492,

II.

and

Rem.

1.

with the genit., 393, Rem.


conjugated, 66 J. 7.
ftrtilis, with the genit., 391. 4.
j'ri-nx,
;*(

2;

2.

ro,

Jidcre, constr., 444, Rem. 3.


Jicri non potest quin, 570, Rem. 2.
'jilitis and filio., omitted, 375, b.
Jio, conjugated, 669. 8; with the genit.,
410, B.
fl'xjitare, with two accusatives, 341, B.
Jlneci habere, 398, A.
fonts and foris, 152.
forem, 666, note.
fore ut, how used, 255, Rem. 1, and

292,

Rem.

8.

Frequentative verbs, 136, B.


fretus, with the abl., 444, B.
frui, with the abl., 443, A.
fwjit me, 334, C.
fungi, with the abl., 443, A.

1.

Future tense, first, 511-514; subjunctive, 515-516


second or perfect, 519-523; subjunctive, 523.
futnruni esse ut, 255 ; Rem. 1, and 292,
;

Rem.

8.

006

INDEX.

G, sound of, 3, E. 3.
gaudeo, 161, Rem. 4

graium or j)crgratum facere, 504.


Greek nouns, 496 1st declension, /</.
.5; 2d decl., 497, C; 3d decl., 498,
;

with the abb,


419, Hem. 2; with Ace. cum Inf. or
quod, 298, H.
Gender, 483, A ;
natural render,

gender

of,

4U 1-493.

Gutturals, 2, D.

of living beings, 483,


and C; mohdta, 484, II.
communia, III.
epicoena, 485,6
of inanimate objects, masculines 485, I.
feminines,
486, II. neuters, id. III. ;
grammatical gender, first decl., 491, A ;
second dec!., id. B; third decl., id. C;
fourth decl., 493.
;
fifth deed., id. E.
Genitive, terminations of, 50, C; singular of the third declension, 15-17
plural, of the 2d decl. contracted, 47, note; of the 3d decl., 4S, Rem.
2;
after nouns. 373
subjective
and objective, id. Kern. 2; oY pronouns,/-/. Rem 4; adjective used instead of, id Rem. 0; the noun before
it omitted, id. Hem. S
of quality and measure, 375,
;
of the
whole, 381, J,- of neuter adjectives
after hoc, id, aUqtdd, Sic., 282, Rem.
1; after neater adjec
Rem.
5; after adverbs, id. Rem.
and 282,
Rem. 2-4
after tenia and interjections, 383, Rem. 8;
plural, after
;

II.

<".,

partitives,
after nouns denoting a part of a genus, 886, Rem. 2:
place
its
supplied by ex, de. int< r, id.
Rem. 6
genitive, after adjec:

H, sound of, 3, E. 4.
habere, with two accusatives, 342. (7;
with the genit., 398, A; with two dative. 366, if.

%0&eo or won habto quod, with the subf..

Rem.

588,

7<"W
ftef

//e

2.

scib an, 538.

with the dat., 369, 77. 2.


with the ace, 343, D.

Hiatus
and

4, E.
iUe, declined, 30
tinguished, 37. Rem. 3.

hie

and 54

Historical, infinitive, 268, 4


riod, 659, IV.

hoc with the gen., 381,

_!.

dis-

pe-

3; hdc, with

comparative-. 230, Hem. 4.


hnna and homines omitted,
Rem. 1 and 2.

193,

J,

hortor with ut, 295, D.


hortus and horti, 71, l>.
ha- witli the gen.. 882, Hem. 3.
hujus nonfacio, phrase, :;'.:, linn. 2.
humus, constr., 810. 6. c
Hypothetical propositions, 5:, 1-554.

390-392; after participles in


392-393; of the price or value,
898-399; after verba of reminding,
remembering, .and forgetting,
tives,

I.

ns,

4ul
after poenitet, piget, &c., 401;
of the crime, 408-410; after esse and
Jieri with resor negotinm understood,
;

410-411
411-412:

gt nitus,

after

referi

place

of,

and

abl., 445, I
after ubi, &c., 382,

gentium,

interest.

849,

with the

II.

2.

^entu for generis, 375, Rem. 2.


Gerundives, constr., 118, E; genit. singular of, in agreement with a plural.
'

119, F.

Gerunds, 115,

constr., id. B; cases


of, how- used, 116.
ghriari, constr., 444. Hem. 2.
;

gnarus, with genit., 391. 2.


Grammatical gender, 483 and 491493.
gratia

Rem.

in,

c<7?/.s-7, with the genit.,


419,
with the genit. of gerunds,

116, a; omitted, 375,

h.

with quod, 298,

constare, 399,

Rem.

5.

//.

of.

2;

nouns

in,

13; vocative

-icus. adject
/'/ witli the genit., 881,
to*w, 836, /;.

J.

3.

?'</-/,

id agere ></, 294, C


idem, declined, 42, /", and 55,
the genit., SSI, A. 3; Wewi

atom

<

inn.

4-;.

r;

with
t

/'.

idoneus with the dat., 352. 8; with qui


and the subj., 5:<ij, E.
id /> ii<]><>n.<, 338, 6.
-/'A/.-;, adjectives in, 504. B.
i</itur, place of. 654, II.
ignarus. with the genit., 391 2.
-J/ta and t&s, adjectives in, 504, B, and
505,
iUe, declined, 36 ami 54; sense of, 37,

Hem.
and

(/rating agere,
<////<>

sound

qui, ac

'.

Rem.

I,

2.

-itlimus, superlative in, 213, D. 2.


titud with the gen., 31 1, A. 3.

4m, adverbs in, 616 4.


immo, sen-^e of, 540. Hem. 2.
impatiens, with the gem, 392, B.

INDEX.
impedire, constr., 571, VI. and "Rem. 1.
imperare, constr., 292, Rem. 3.
Imperative mood, formation and inflection of, 602-605
various formulas for, 606, Rem. 3
its place supplied by other moods, id. Rem. 4 ;
use of imp. present, 607, I.
future, id. II.
Imperfect tense, formation and inflection of, active, 268-271 ; passive,
274-276; deponent, 276-277;
;

its use, 266-268.


imperitus, with the gen., 391
Impersonal verbs, defined and classified, 301-304; with the ace, 334,
and C; with the dat., 356,
with
;
the gen., 401, C and 411, C; with
the abl., 411,
i in ]>i-r(ire, constr., 368, D.
imponere, constr., 447. Rem.
'
I must," "I am obliged," how expressed, 171, D.
in, constr., 151, 7/.

lists

of

them, 689-690.
Indeclinable, nouns,

61, E; adjecE. 7.
Indefinite, pronouns, 34 and 64
adverbs, 615, IV.
Independent sentences, 149, E.
Indicative mood, u^cd in absolute assertions, 534, 1.
in direct questions.
in conditional clauses, id.
535, II.
III.; peculiar use of, 536,
in general relative expressions, 537, II.
tives, id.

site

sire.

id.

III.

jected clauses, 596, Rem.

in inter-

and 2

597, Rem. 1 and 2.


indigere, constr^ 113, IF.
indignus, with the ablat., 444,
; with
qui and the 9UDJ., BIO, F.
Indirect, questions, 500,/); discourse,
595, Rem.
induere, constr., 368, D.
Inferiority, expressed by minus,
quam
and minimi-, 212, B. 2.
Infinitive, different forms and tenses

of, 253-255
future expressed by
fore ut, 255, Rem. 1, and 292, Rem.
8
used substantively, 61, Rem. 6
;

Rem.

4 ; instead of
as the subject of a
296,
verb, 281, I.; as the object of what
verbs, id. II. and 282, Remarks; with
a subject in the ace, 287,
used
;
after certain nouns, adjectives, and
verbs, instead of the gerund, 282,
historical,

tit,

268,

Rem.

the sense of the perfect, id. Rem. 4


instead of the future, id. Rem. 6.
Infin. perf. in the sense of the
pluperf., 291, Rem. 3 ; in the sense of
Infin.
the present, id. Rem. 5.
passive used impersonally, 292, Rem.
7 ; esse omitted, id. Rem. 11.
;

K.

Inflection, 7,

inimicus with the dat., 351. 4.


" In order to," " for the purpose of,"
how expressed, 143,
and 248, A
249, Rem. 4.
inquam, inquit, conjugated, 671, C. 2;
place of, 655, III.
inscius with the genit., 391. 2.
inscribere, constr., 447, Rem.
insolitus, with the dat., 352. 7.
inspergere, constr., 368, D.
'Instead of," how expressed, 197, C.
Instrument, ablat. of the means and,
419, C; expressed bv per, opera, Sec,

420, Rem. 1 and 2.


insuetus, with the gen.. 391. 3.

Inceptive or
Inchoative verbs, 136, B. 3

with

GOT

Rem. 2.
Infin. present instead
of the participle, 291, Rem. 2 ; in the
sense of the imperfect, id. Rem. 3 j in

Intensive, pronoun {ipse), 29,


; used
for the (lemonst. is, 473, Rem. 3 ;
verbs, 137. 5.
inter with the gerund, 116, c.
inti rdicere, constr., 438, Rem. 4.
interea luti. 382, Rem. 2.
interesse, with the dat., 157 and 358,

B.
interest, constr., 411, C.

Interjected clauses, in the subjunct.,


595-597; in the indie, 596, Rem. 1
ami 2, and 597, Rem. 1 and 2.
Interjections, 642-644; construction
of, 643.
inti rrof/'tre, constr., 341, A.
Interrogative, pronouns, 39-41; adverbs, 644, II. and 015
sentences,
;

543-548.
verb*, with

Intransitive

the

of
with

ace.

kindred signification, W>, 11;

the ace. generally, 327, C; with the


dat., 850,CV made transitive by composition, 332. A.
-tnus, adjectives in, 506. 6.
inn niu/i/ur qui, with the subj., 587, C.
-io, verbals in, 89. 9.
ipse, declined, 30 and 53 ; used for the
reflexive, 473- 3.

with the dat., 356, -1.


with the supine, 248, Rem.

irasci,
ire,

the fut.
and 249, Rem.
is, declined, 36,
reflexive, 473.
and 292, Rem.
iri,

is

in

qui. 42, J),

-is for

-ibw, 48,

pi., id.

Rem.

4.

1.

infin. passive, 132. 7,


3.

A, and 54,
2

;
for the
omitted, 31, note,

12.

and

55, G.

Rem.

-'is

for -es, ace.

INDEX.

698

declined, 36,
fined, 37, Kern. 4.

isle,

and

isllc

and

54,

de-

Itmgum

for the snbj., 536, B. I.


to when f 317. Kern. 3,

est,

answer

ludis, in

lum, diminutives

-las, la,

with the gen. 381, A.

istu/1,

D;

37, Kern. 6.

illic,

in, SO. 7.

3.

itaque, place of, 654, II.

M.

gen. itineris, 16, note .


1.
adverbs in, 616,
-, adverbs in, 616, C. 3.
-liis, genitives in, 40, note J.
zVe/

-fter,

sound

Jf,

verse,

of,

and

id.

made and

E. 7;

3,
4,

silent in

final,

note.

mat
68, d\ and 642, Rem. 1.
with comparatives, 216, F; superfluous, 227, Rem. 6.
magnam pari*
m. 2.
vi>ti/iii, pnrvi, Ike, alter verbs of valuti,

viii'jis,

J.

value

J,

of, 3,

5.

jamdudtm^jampridem^ 428 and

429.

note .
jubere, constr., 296, Bern. 3.
juctmdvs, with the dat., 351. 3, and
_/i

gen.jt

///,

tin trtSf 16,

248,

iwiUi m, sense of, 55s,

47, note #.

junctus, with the abl., 426, note.


Jujmiter, gen. Jopm, 16, note .

mnlit,

consoltus, 891, not.- f.


declined, 60*
constr.. :;::i.
////

prep.,

Bern.

628,

i>'.

III. 2.

Masculine gender, 483,


adv.,

624,

J'.

I.:

cept

5.

of, 3.

/.'.

491,
i-;,
:

.1

6.

tive of,
vi'

'/>

.1'.'::.

ill.

Rem.

nnd

l,

:;

in, 606. B.
classification and sounds of,
value a- numerate, 70- 77.

liberate, constr., 437. Rem. 1.


libel and libitum tst, with the dat., 802,

Rem. 1.
linn, with the
and 434, A.

genit. or

abl..

as conjunction, 575, V.
Liquids, 2, D.

mi

/;,

Rem.

1.
constr., 668-,
urn, /num. shuhi, &c. Ut, 41

in,

7///,

voc. ofmeiw, 10, note t

SO, />'.
militia, constr. 310. 6,

and

rnilin,

",:,,

1,

Item.

2.

tor mihi,

('.

with the gen.,


without tjiuim, 105, /
with '/mxl or infin., 208, /A
mieereor ami mi$eretco constr., 401,
/',

lot);

74,

and
and

Long

-/./, Buffix, 2:'.

vu

Sera.

with distributives,

E.
loci

mii-fr,

licet

loci

3.

2.

minus, declined, 106,

6.

tilterae, 71, 1);

/).

.1.

mill,-

lint esse, with the ace. or dat., 169,

Rem.

lii

in, lias

adjectives

Ex-

vi,

C and >>>, liera. 3.

Letter-,

II.,

null 642, Rem. 2 and note f.


rut, for/utMef, 686, B. I.
mini, with the infin. pres. 291, Rem.
4
constr., :;!''', />', and 400, Rem. 2-3.
vu mnr. with the gen. 891. 2.
in mt at, in ,-, nit, 401, Rem. 4.

in,

tourm, declined, 81, /. 2.


Leading sentences, i-t'.. /.'.
-I< it/ii.<,

ii".

Hem.

ari, constr., 868,

me/ins ji, litis. 642, Rem.

-I

nouns, 486,

I).

with the dat., 866,

//,

medu

L.
Labials, 2, D.
lo&orare, constr., 190.
la.tnri, with the :iM.,
lai, i m, ormihi, 834,

B, and C; 402,

.1,

materfamiltas, declined, 60.


Mean's, ablat. of. 41'.'. C; expressed by
/in; &c., 420, Rem. 1-2.
Measure, genitive of, :)7">, II; accusa-

K.

K, power and use

2.

614,

juxta,

4.

Rem.

conjugated,
matufestuB, with the gen., 410, Rem. 8.
Manner, ablat. of, 425, ,1 ; adverbs of,

ju.<)Hraii<lniii,
'///(''/

mafedicere, constr., 850.

malim, with the snbj., 657, A.

jvgerwn,

yni

18, A.
magna, parvo, Sec, after verbs of buying and selling, 434, .1.

foeorttm, 882, Rem. 2.


loca distinguished, 83; F. 1.
syllables, ',, //. 1, 2. and note.

longe with superlatives, 23:;, E,


hmi/us, with the aec, 375, Rem.
440, D.

l,

1,

and

l.

mi.ont, with the ace, 344,7?; with


the gen. 401,
with the

C.

moofo,

vi'xln

/</'/",

.-iihj.
;:;:,.

577, IV.

/,.

moner&, constr., 295,


Monosyllables, ". 4.

J),

and 299, B.

indicative, 584Moods, HO. 5


53b; subj., 551-598; imperat. 602:

INDEX.
GO?;

infinitive,

253-255, and 281-

293.
trios or moris est. constr., 2S8, Rem. 2,
and 298, Kern. 2.
Motion, verbs of, with ad or in, 150, .E.
multo, with the compar., 230, Rem. 4
with the superb, 233, K. 1.
multum, with the genit., 381, ..4. 2.
mutant and COmmutare, COnstr., 508.
;

Mutes,

C99

nouns with the prenlt., 381, A 3


possessives used for genit. of person.
;

pron., 411, Rem. 2 ;


verbs, with
the ace., 326, B, and 327, C; participles of, 260, Rem. 3
adverbs,
With the genit., 381, A. 4.
nihil with the genit., 22. and 3S1, A. 1.
;

Rem.

nihili aestimare, 399,

4.

nihil non, 543, III.

nikilominits, 635, E.

2, Z>.

with the indie, 535, III.; with


the subj.. 551 -554.
with the indie, 554, Rem. 2.
niti with the abl., 443, A.
nocte and noctu, 316, B, and 317, Rem.
nisi,

N.
542,

ftae,

nisi forte

I.

?wm and emm,

388 and 654.


Names, proper, of persons and place?,
v
-.
/. 4; adjectives derived from,
506, II.
Greek names, 196-500
;

427, note.

ace,

816,

2; "bom of," with the abl., 545, C


nauci habere, 308, A.
e, conj. with the subj., 507, II.; after
verba of fearing, 668, III.: omitted,
with the imperat., ouo,
;

Bern. 2.

nee, 634,
'

(it

quod, 688,

".77, I\'.

'

/-.'.

9.

51)

g<

d.

1.

quam,

227,

686, EL

non modo, for non modo non, 584, note.


nonne, 545, II.
n< n in mo, non nihil, 543, III.

nunquam, 533,

III.

nonmtUus, 03, and 0">, Rem. 2.


von nisi, only, 543, III.
non ijno. mm <juo<I, 676, III.
nOStri and nostrum, distinguished, 53,
h'fin.

Nouns, cases of, 7 j

deolension of:

2d deed., 10; 3d deel., 12


- 17; 4th decl., 24 6th deel., 20; plural of all declensions, 44-51;
l^t decl., 8.

compound, 60;
clinable, 61,

F;

irregular
indedefective in case, 61,
number, 07 and 70:

Ef

defective

in

72; redundant, 81-84;


cation of: common, 88. K. 1
abstract, id. 3
tive, id. 2
;

id. 4

patronymic,

gentiles,

4.

Neuter, nouns, 486, III.


of the 2d
decl., 401, B; of the 3d, 403, III.;
of the 4th, 403, IV.;
adjectives,
used substantively. 193, A, and 194,
Rem. 4, 5, and 6 with the genit., 881,
proA. 2 as adverbs, 610, C 2:

Rem.

magis (or minus)

non moxlo

constr., 171, D.

nefat, with supine, 240, C ; with subject infin., 288, Rem. 2.


vc sentences, 542, II.
Negations, two, 543, III.
negligent with the gen., 302, Ji.
in </(i, for non dico, 353.
negotium, understood, 4b> B.
in mo, declined, 85,
7/ mo est </ui, with the subj., 587,
nemo ">', 648, III.
/r no, for f, 5G8, III.
neo/tfe
neeiM, 684, <'.
nequeo, conjugated, 670, 11.
vc
guidem, 423.
nc/uis, 04 and 66, Rem. 5.
nest io an, 638.
nescius, with the gen., 891. 2.
ru 'r, how used, 507, Kern 2, and 606,
Rem- 2

Rem.

Rem.

nedum, with the subj.,

ni eder, 98,

tst

A;

n<i

17, II. 8.
est,

4.

mihi, constr., 367, C.


nominare, with two ace, 342, C.
Nominative, 7, A',- subject, 153,
omitted, id. Rem. 1 and 2
two or
more of different persons, 165, 1>;
after verb<. 107-100
after interject
"43, C.
nomine, 409, Kern. 1.
non, "no," 44o, IV.
before and after
a negation, 543, III. place of, 051, V.
nondum, 325.

non

-ne, enclitic, 545, III.

nee

conjugated, 667.

nomen

naius, "old," with the

nolo,

of winds, months, &c., 486, D. L;


of trees, islands, plants, &c, 486, II.
natu, with major, minor, 214, note t,

and

2.

with the subj., 557. A.


noUem, sense of, 55b. Rem. 2.
ntilim,

id,

id.

classifi;

collec-

proper,

patrials or

diminutives. 80. 7
verbals, id

amplificatives, id 8

gender of, determined by their


signification, 483-486; determined
by declension, 401 -493;
496-498.
nubere. with the dat., 850, C, and note.

700

INDEX.
oppidum in appos. with names of
towns, 181, Rem. 12, and 309. 4, c.
opus with supine in u, 249, C.

nndius tertius, 240.


nullius for neminis, 35, E.
nullus est qui, with the subj., 587, C.
nullus non, 543, III.

num, how used, 545,

III.

K;

of verbs,
Number, of nouns, 7,
;
of the verb with sev112,
eral subjects, 154, C; with one subject and cum, 155, Rem. 5.
Numerals, cardinal, 73,
distribu;
tive, 74, C; list of both classes, 76ordinal, 94,
adverbial,
;
78;
id. E; list of both classes, 94-96
adverbs from, 614. 3, and II. 2, 3.
numquid, in questions, 8, note *.
numquis, how used, 68, A.
nunc
nunc, 635, D.
nunqunm mm, 543, III.
nusquam, 613, B. I.

opus est, constr., 436, Rem. 4.


orare, constr., 295, D.
Oratio Obliqua, 595, Rem.
orbare, constr., 435, B.
Order or rank, adverbs of, 614.

Ordinal numeral-. 94, I) ; list, of, id. E.


oriundus, sense of, 689 [orior).
with the abl., 445, C.
-os, nouns
in, 16. 13
quantity of
ortus,

Rem.

final, 51,

with the subj., 575,

si.

-1.

1.

-osns, adjectives in, 5oU. 8.

paene and prope, 310.


palam, 625. 6.
Paradigms of declension,

0.

1st decl., 8;

0. quantity of final, 11, Rem. 2.


o, interj., 642, B. 3
with num.,
643,
ob, 623, B. 1
place of, 652, VII.
;

-13

&c,

Rem.

and

1.

A.
Object, of active verbs in the ace,
/',
remote in the dat., 113, G.
112,
Objective genitive, 373, Rem. 2.
Oblique cases, place of, 649, I.

obire, constr., 332,

oblimsci, 399,

an.! 402.

/>'.

obstare with quominus and ne, 571, VI.


occurrit ut, 297, F.
odi, conjugated, G72. 7.
oe,

diphthong,

2d

decl., 10;

to

nouns

3d

decl., 12

4th decl., 24
5th decl., 20
to the plural of nouns, 46-49;
to compound nouns, 60-61;
to
Greek nouns, 496, 497, and 4'.;i
to adjectives, IS and 21; plural,
49-50
to pronouns, personal,
29-30; demonstrative, 36; interdeterminative, 42 ; inrogative, 40
t-t;"
to the plural of prodefinite,
nouns, 53-55.
Paradigms of conjugation, to regular verbs, 664-665;
;

to anomalous verbs, 666-671; to


defective verbs, 671-678.
On the
special tenses, Bee Present, Imperfect)

&c.

~i.

officers with quominus and ne, 571, VI.


were, constr., 327, < 2.

parcere, with the dat., 356,

.1.

par

B.

Omission, of quam after plus, See, 227,


C; "I" persona] pronouns before verbs,
of the antecedent, 202,
153, Rem. 1
Rem. S; of the ace. after verbs, 325.
4; of the subject ace, 292, Rem. 12;
of the reduplication in compounds,
676, u ; 680, b ; 684, b and C ; of nouns
before the genit., 375, b; of ut before
the subj., 297, G ; of nt> after cur,-,

<\ 212, /;. l.


pariter
pars, omitted, 198, Rem. 3.
pars
pars with a plural verb, 154, B.
particeps with the gen., 391. 4.
Participles, in 7w declined, 21 ami 50.
with the genit., 392, B
3, Rem.
in
how
this how used, 117-119;
formed, 259-260; in rus seldom
used in the genit. pi., 261, Rein. 7 ;
used as adjectives or nouns, 260,
Rem. 2; of neuter verbs, id. Hem. 3;
of deponent verbs, id. Rem. 4
perfect pass, with active sense, id. Rem.
5
perfect active participle, how rendered, 261, Rem. 6
in the Conjugatio Ptripthrasdca, 261,
agreement, use, and government of. 262 ;
used instead of clauses, 263. E ; instead of verbal nouns, id. Rem. 2
instead of the infin., 262, Rem. 3 ;
perfect part, with habto, ieneo, &c.,

'.

606,

Rem.

3.

Compare

Ellipsis.

omnium, with superlatives, 218.


plur. of Greek nouns, 500,

-on, gen.

Rem,
<;

6.

One," "people," " th^v," how expressed, 330.

opera alicujus, for per aliquem, 420,

Rem.

1.

operant dare ut, 294, C.


opart ebut and oportiut, for the subj.,
536, B. 1.
oportet, constr., 334, C, and 335, Rem. 2.

,,-<it.

tor the BUbj., 536,

I.

INDEX.
id.

Rem.

4; part, in rns after verbs


id. Rem. 5
part, in dus

of motion,

used to denote an intended

Rem.

effect, id.

in the ablative abso6


fupres. and perf., 451-452
lute
ture active, 452, Rem. 2 future pas;

sive, id. Rem. 3 ; perfect alone, 455.


Particles, 7. 2.
parti m, 336. 2, a.
partim, 635, D.
partita
Partitives, with the genit. pi., 383384 ; with the gen. sing, of collective
nouns, 385, Rem. 1 with ex, de, inte>\

&c,

Rem.

id.

6.

A
A

165, H; nominative after, 167,


;
168, B; 169. 2 ; 170. 3 ; with rewith the accus.,
flexive sense, 477
341, Rem. 4; in the constr. of the
Ace cum Inf., 292, Rem. 9.
patiens, with the genit., 392, B.
Patrials or gentiles, 88. 6.
;

Patronymics,

88. 5.

habere, 398, A.
penum and penus, 82. 4.
Penult, 6
when accented, 6. 2 and 3.
percontari, constr., 341, B.
perduim, forperdam, 141, Rem.
Perfect tense, definite and indefinite,
active, formation of, 236
236, A ;
pas-238; inflected, 238-239 ;
sive, 243-244;
deponent, 245.
perjicere ut, 296, E.
/u rii/'/e ac, with the subj., 576. II.
Periods, 659, IV.
Periphrastic, forms of the verb, 131,
and
; conjugations, 261, D.
peritus with the genit., 391. 2.
permittere, constr., 294. B.
Persons of verbs, 110, B ; with nominatives of different persons, 155, D.
persuadere, constr., 295, D.
pfrtaesus, in an active sense, 260,
B.x\A.pili

Rem.

5.

and 342, Rem.

petere, constr., 295, D,

B.

99,

PluraUa iantum, 70-72.


C; with the genit.,
id. D ; without quam, 105, E.
poenitel, constr., 334, B, and 401, C.
Ubram, 375, Rem. 2.
pondo, 61. 5;
phis, declined, 104,

p>$cere, constr., 341, B.


Position, syllables long by, 5, H. 1.
Positive degree, 212. A. i
with comparative force after prepositions, 227,
Rem. 5 for the superb after quam,
234, Rem. 4.
Possessive pronouns, 29 ; declined, 8,
10, and 80
used for subject, genit.,
374, Rem 4.
jwsswn, conjugated, 667.
post, 623. B. I.;
or pone, as adverbs, 624, Rem. 5.
postea loci, 382, Hem. 2.
postquam, with the pert', indie, 465.
potens, with the genit., 391. 4.
poteratj for the subj., 536, B.
potior, constr., 343, A.
jwtius superfluous, 227, Rem. 6.
praebere, with two ace, 342. C.
Predicate, 147, A ; modified or expanded, 148, C; simple or compound,
after neunouns in the
149,
;
ter and passive verbs, 167; adjective,
pronoun, or participle, 168, B.
praeditus, with the abl., 444, B.
prat sse, with the dat., 359. 3.
Prepositions, ti J:>, J
with the ace,
with the aid., 624. II. with
id. B. I.
ace. or abl., id. III.
in composition,
;

witli the

genit., 401,

ace, 334,

with the

Place, whither, ace. of, 308, A ; where,


gen. and abl. of, id. B ; whence, abl.
of, id. C; adverbs of, 613, B. 1.
plenas, with the genit., 391. 4.
pleriqtte, wants the genit., 62. 7, b.

Pluperfect tense, use

of,

tion of, 462,


;
active, id. C; passive

464-465.

461; formainflection of,

and deponent,

625-626, and 124-126

change of

final consonant in, 124, Rem. 2


inseparable, 626, II.;
compounded
with verbs governing tin; dat., :>^x,
the ace'., 332, A ; the abl., 360,
;
Rem. 2
place of, in sentences,
652, VII.
Present tense, active indicative, 112,
subjunctive, 141, A ; passive,
;

161-163

2.
jii'jef,

Plural, of nouns and adjectives, 4450


of pronouns, 52-55
of verbs
after collective nouns, 154, B; of abstract nouns, 67, note
of the adjective belonging to two or more nouns,

Parts of speech, 6, J.
parum, with the gen., 87, D.
parri, parvo, see magni, magno.
Passive voice, 160; paradigms of, 665;
verbs, construction of, 160,

pensi

701

deponent, 173-174.

Preteritive verbs, 271, Rem. 9, and


672.
Price, genitive of, fanti, quanli, Sec,
398,
; ablative of. 434, A.
primus for primnm, 187, Rem. 6.
priusquam% constr., 578, VII.
pro se qirisque, with a plural verb, 154,

B, Rem.

2.

procul, with the abl., 625,


]>foltibcre,

Rem.

6.

with guominus or ne, 571,

'02

pro

INDEX.

nihilo putare, 399, Eem. 4.


classified, 28-29; personal,

Pronouns,

29; possessive, 28, A. 4

36-37

tive,

relative, 41

demonstra-

interrogative,

39-40

determinative, 42
inplural of all
;

64-66

definite,

these, 52-55.
prope as prep, and adv., 624, Eem. 4.
Proper nouns, 88, E. 4.
propmum, understood, 410, B.
proprius, with the genit., 391. 3.
prosum, how conjugated, 667, Eem. 2.
Protasis, 551, B.
prudens, with the gen., 391. 2.
-pie, suffix, 33, note *.
pudet, with the ace, 334,
genit., 401, C.

B; with

the

pugnam pugnare,

326, B.
punior, as deponent, 689.
jmrgare, with the gen., 408, A.
Purpose, indicated by ut and subj.,
negatively by ne, 567, II. ;
566, I.
by quo, 569, IV. by the relative with
the subj., 588, D; by the supine in
;

by an infinitive, gerund,
;
or participle, 249, Eem. 4.
putare, with two ace, 342, C
um, 248,

Q, sound of, 3, E. 8.
qua, correlative, 615, IV.
qua, 635, D.
qua
quaeso, 673. 10.

qualis, defined, 80,

B.

qualis

Eem.

quam

after

587,

Eem.

talis,

208,

11.

comparatives, 225-226
omitted, 227, C; with the superlapro, 227,
tive, 233,
and
;
qui with the subj.,
Eem. 7
;

quam

est,

3.

sunt,

&e,

225,

Eem.

3,

and

226, notes.

quamquam and quamvis, constr., 577, V.


Quantity, of syllables, 5, H; of the
terminations 6f nouns, 50-51
adadjectives and
verbs of, 614. 2
nouns of, with the genit., 381, A.
quanto with comparatives, 230, Eem. 4.
quantum with the genit., 381, A. 2.
quantum possum, 587, note *.
quasi, with the subj., 576, II.
-que, enclitic, how used, 76, H.
-que
et, 634, C.
queo, conjugated, 670. 10.
Questions, how asked, 544-546
disjunctive, 547-548; doubtful, 560, C;
;

indirect,

560-562.

qui interrogative, 39, A ; relative, 41,


B; plural of, 54, E; agreement of,

A;

200,

with the subj., 586-591


note

abl., for quo, 143,

quicumque, 41, C;
537,

t.

with the

indie,

II.

quid with the genit., 381, A. 3.


quidem, declined, 64, A ; defined, 65,

Eem.

2.

quid plural 154, Eem. 5.


quidquam, how used, 19, note *.
quin with the subj., 569, V. with the
;

indie and imper., 571, Eem.


quippe qui, 589, E.
quis, declined, 40
ting., 40,

Eem.

5.

and qui

dis-

2.

quis est qui, with the subj., 587, C


quisnam and quinam, 40, Eem. 1.
quisquam and quispiam, 34.

with comparatives,
quisque, 455-456
used distributively, 650, IV.
232,
;
quisquis with the indie, 537, II.
quo, correlative, 615, IV. ; with comparatives, 230, Eem. 4 ; with the
genit, 382, Eem. 2 and 3 ; for ut eo,
;

569, IV.
quoad, constr., 578, VI.
quocum, quacum, quibuscum, for cum
quo, 652, VII.
quod for id quod, 202, Eem. 8; referring
to res, 207, Eem. 8 ; to an entire
clause, 208, Eem. 9 ; in restrictive
clauses, 587, Eem. 2 ; with the genit.,
381, A. 3.
quod, conj., "because," 320 ; "that"
or "because," 298, //,- in explanatory
clauses, 299, Eem. 3 ; "as to," "as
far as," "since," id. Eem. 5.
quominus, with the subj., 571, VI.

quoniam, constr., 630.


quo secius, 572, Eem. 2.

tot, 208, Eem. 11.


quolies or quotiens t 94, E.
quotus? 94, D.

quot

quum

or cum, with the indie, 579, B. I,


with the subj., 580, II. and III.; with

the historical

inf.,

581, Eem. 2.
the perf. indie,

quum primum, with


278.

quum

turn, 535,

D.

R.
eunt, for eripiunt, 248, Eem. 1.
-re, for -ris, 2d person sing, of passive

raptum

verbs, 162, note,


-re, insepar. prep., 626, II. 3.
recordari, with the genit., 399,

r-ecusare,

B.
with quominus and ne, 571,

VI.
redolere, with the

ace, 327,

Redundant nouns, 81 - 84.

C. 2.

703

INDEX.
Reduplication, 237, Rem. 6
dropped
in compos., 676, a ; 680, b ; 684, b
;

and

c,

&e

refert, constr., 411, C.


refertus, constr., 391. 1.

D. 2 ; denoting a purpose, 143, D, and 249, Rem.


with
sum,
&e,
4;
fiat,
261, D; in the

-rus, participles in, 131,

ablat. absol., 452,

Reflexive, pronouns, construction of,


469 - 472 ; instead of demonstratives,
verbs, 477,
472, Rem. 1 ;
and

Rem.

2.

S.

B.

S,

54 55
agreement of, 200
person of,
antecedent repeated
201, Rem. 4
with, id. Rem. 6
anteced. expressed
with the relative only, id. Rem. 6
relat. without antecedent, 202, Rem.
8
attracted into the case of the an-

Relative, pronouns, 41

plural

of,

tecedent, id. Rem. 9 ;


referring
to two or more nouns, 206. 1 ; to a
collective noun, id. 2 ; to a proper
name and a generic term, id. 3 in
agreement with a descriptive noun,
207. 4; in agreement with an adjec;

in agreement with a noun


of a different gender, id. 6
referring
to an antecedent implied, id. 7; referring to a noun of different gender,
tive, id. 5

id. 8 ; referring to an entire clause,


208. 9 ; in the sense of such, in consideration of, id. 10
adjectives,
id. 11;
used instead of demon;

stratives, id. 12 ;
the subj., 586-590

followed
place

by
of,

653, C;
clauses, after and before those of the antecedent, 201,
Rem. 5, and 657, II.
relinquitur and reliquum est tit, 297,

F.

1.

reliqua,

"as

for the rest," 336,

Rem.

2. a.

reminisci, constr., 399, B.

reperiuntur qui, with the subj., 587,

C
repugnare with qztominus and we, 571,
VI.

declined, 26,
how used, 29,
;
note.
respublica, declined, 61.
rested ut, 297, F. 1.
revertor, how used, 321, note.
reus, with the gen., 410, Rem. 5.
-rinnis and -ritis of verbs, quantity of,
520, note.
rogare, with two ace, 341, B; with ut
or ne, 295, D.
Roots, of nouns and adjectives, 213,
note *
of verbs,' 111, Rem. 1
second, of verbs, 237-238; third, 243,
Remarks lists of verbs irregular in
the 2d and 3d roots, 673-6S6.
rudis, with the gen., 391. 2.
rus, constr., 157, F, and 310. 6, b.
res,

2S

power

note.
saepe,

of, 3,

E. 9

final, elided, 4,

compared, 220, A.

salve, defect, verb, 672. 8.

sapere, with the ace, 327, C. 2.


satis or sat, with the genit., 86. C;
compounds of, with the dat., 359. 4.
satus, with the abl., 545, C.
scilicet, 546, Rem. 1.
scito, for sci, imperat., 606, Rem. 1.
se and suits, construction of, 469-473;
se before infinitive omitted, 292, Rem.
12.

inseparable prefix, 626. 4.


secus for sexus, 61, E. 5, and 375,
se,

Rem.

2.

sed and autem, 38, B.


Semi-deponentia, 161. 4.
Sentences, construction of, 147 - 150 ;
simple and compound, 149, E; form
of, 541
affirmative, 542, I. negative,
conid. EL; interrogative, 543-548
;

and 551-554
657-659.

ditional, 535, III.

rangement

of,

sequitur ut, 297, F. 1.


sett or sive, 632, 1. 2, 550,

and

ar-

388.

Short syllables, 5, 77".


si and nisi, with the indicat., 535,

III.

with the subj., 551-554.


with the subj., 576, II.
similis, constr., 351, D. 1.
sicut,

Simple, subject and predicate,

148,

sentences, 148.

shmd, with the abl., 625. 6.


si mid
simul, 635, D.
siniul ac or atque, with the perf. indie,

278.
sin, sin autem, 554.
sin minus, 554.

Singular of nouns for the plur., 68. 6.


Singularia tantum, 67, B.
and tend, always distributive,
74, note .
siqui, siquis, 64 and 554.
s'uiguli

sis, for si vis, 642, Rem. 1.


sive
sive, with the indie, 537, III.
sodes, for si audies, 642, Rem. 1.

and 241.
solum, tantum, only, 79.
soleo, 161. 4,

note J.
the ace, 440, D.
stare, to cost, with the gen., 3U8, A;
with the abl., 434, A.
solus, declined, 40,

Space, extent

of, in

'

'04

INDEX.

studere, with the dat., 356,


; with
the inf. or ut, 294, C.
sludiosus, with the gen., 391. 1.
suadeo, constr., 295, D.
sub, constr., 151, H.
Subject of a sentence, 147,
how
;
expanded, 148,
;
simple and compound, id.
place of, 649, I.
;
Subject-accusative, 2S7,
of pro;
nouns omitted, 292, Eem. 12.
Subject-nominative, agreement of verb
with, 153, A; omitted, id. Rem. 1
and 2 its place supplied by an inbefore the hisfinitive, 154, Rem. 3
two or
torical infinitive, id. Rem. 4

more

C; with
two
a singular verb, 155, Rem. 1-5
persons,
155,
D.
or more of different
vrith a plural verb, id.

Subjective genitive, explained, 373,


Rem. 2 represented by the possessive pronoun, 374, Rem. 4.
Subjunctive mood, 110. 5
present,
141-142 use of, 142-143, and 551
first future, how expressed, 515 - 516
future perfect, 523
in hypothetical propositions, 551-554
in a
potential sense, 557
expressing a
wish, command, request, permission,
558, C-560
in doubtful questions,
560, C; in indirect questions, id. D. 562; after conjunctions, 566-572 and
;

after relatives, 586-591;


in interjected clauses, 595-598 ; ex-

575-581;

changing with the Ace.


294-298.

cum

Infin.,

Superlative degree, 212 regular formation of, 213';


construction of,
231-234; superl. of comparison, 231,
with quisque
I. ; of eminence, id. II.
and quique. 232,
; two superl. conut, 232, C; in connected by ita
nection with quam, quantus, qui, &C,
233, D; its force, how increased, id.
E.
;

superstes, constr., 353. 10,

and note.

Supines, 110. 8, and 664-665


wanting in many verbs, 249, Rem. 4
in am after verbs of motion, 248, A ;
govern the cases of their verbs, id. B;
in u after fas, nefas, and adjec;

C; after verbs, 250, Rem.

tives, 249,

constructions instead

Rem.

of, id.

4.

supplicare,
note.

with the

and

dat., 350, C,

from sufferre, 669, under


fero.
suns distinct from ejus, 33, A, and 470,
sustuli not

Rem.; construction
Syllables, 4,

G
a-d ;

of,

469-472.

division of

words

quantity of, 5,
H.
Syncopation offenses derived from the
second root, 239, Remarks.
Synaeresis, 4, F.
Synecdoche, 336, Rem. 1.
Syntax, of the accusative, 324-344
of the dative. 349-369; of the genitive, 373-412
of the ablative, 417into, id. 3,

455.

Substantives, plural of, 44-49 classification and derivation of, 88 - 89 used


as adjectives, 187, Rem. 5; expressed
by a participle, 263, Rem. 2 verbal,
with the case of their verb, 326. 7, a.
:

T.

See under Xouns.

with the ace, 334, i?; with the

genit., 401, C.

succensere, with the dat., 356, A; with


quod, 298, H.
sui, declined, 29, B, and 53, C.
sui, sibi, se, how used, 469-473.
sum, conjugated, 666 compounds of,
6G7; with the dat. of the possessor,
350, C, Rem. 1
with two datives,
with the genit. of the value,
;
366,
A
;
with
the
genit. of quality
398,
and measure, 375, ; with the genit.
and res, negotiant, &c. understood,
410, B; with the abl. of qualitv, 427,
C; with the abl. of the value, 434,
;

Rem.

taedet,

1.

sunt qui with the subj., 587, C.


siqyer and suiter, bv what cases followed, 344, II. Rem. 2.
superest ut, constr., 297, F. 1.
Superiority*,
relation of,
how expressed, 212, B. 3.

talis,

defined, 80, B.
&c. before qui, 586, B.
quails, constr., 201, Rem.

talis, tarn,

and 208.
quam.

talis

3,

11.

tarn
in comparisons, 212, B. 1.
t'lmen. 632, II. 5.
tamouam, with the subj., 576, II.
tanti, quanti, &c, as gen. of price,

398.
tanto with comparatives, 230,

tan/am with the gemt., 103


the sense of "only," 79.
tantum abest, ut
ut, 197, C.
tantus before qiri, 586, B.

Rem.

4.

adv. in

quantus, constr., 201, Rem.


iantus
and 208. 11.
taxare, constr., 398, A, and 434, A.
29, B, Rem.
tempore and in tempore

3,

-te, suffix,

B, Rem.

disting.,

omitted, 193,

316,

Rem.

3.

INDEX.
Tenses, 110
derivation of, 129-132
of the indicative how used, 527
of the subjunctive, in dependent
;

clauses, 528-530
similar and dissimilar, 529, Rem. 1; of the indie, for
the subj., 536, B. I. and 537, Rem. 1
of the subj. in hypothetiand 2
cal sentences, how used, 551, B. I.
and II. used one for another, 552,
Rem. 1 ; present and perfect subj.
and future indie, for the imperative,
606, Rem. 4; of the infinitive mood,
see under Infinitive.
Compare also
Present, Imperfect, &c.
tempus traducere, fatter e, &c, 479.
tenax, with the genit., 393, Rem. 2.
tentare, constr., 370.
tenus, after its case, 175, B.
-ter, adverbs in, 616, C. 1.
Terminations of nouns and adjectives,
50, C; of verbs, 664-665.
;

and ci, sound of, 3, E. 10.


Time, construction of how long? 315,

ii

when? 316, B ;
C; how long ago?

within which, 317,

D
E

id.

how long

before or after ? 318,


other relations of, 319 ;

various
adverbs

and

tola,

without

abl.

309,

of.
See Places.
with the part, in dus, 264,

6.

tribuere with the ace. and dat., 349, B.


declined, 29 ; plural, 52, A.

tu,

turn

turn, 635,

Rem.

sound of, 2 quantity of final, 24,


A, Rem.
vbi and ubicunque, with the genit., 382,
;

2.

ullus declined, 65 ;
ultra, prep., 623,

use of, id. Rem. 4.


B. I.
in compos.,
;

626. 3.
ulttim ire, for ulcisci, 248,

Rem.

1.

ulum, diminut. in, 89. 7.


orum, 47, note * .of distributives, 74, note f
adverbs in, 616. 2.
uncle with the genit., 382, Rem. 2.
-Hindus for endus in participles, 117,
-ulus, ula,

-urn, for

Rem.
uni, unae, una,

15, G.

14

24,

tisquam and uspictm, use of, 139,


with the genit., 382, Rem. 2.
constr., 175.
usus est, constr., 436,
usque,

Rem.

5.

with the subj., 566 and (instead of


the Ace. cum Inf.) 294-295; in the
sense of so that, 567, Rem. 1
after
verbs of feai-ing, for ne non, 568;
as adverb of manner, 567, Rem. 2 in
the sense of as soon as, id. ; in the
sense of woidd that, 575 ;
omitted, 297, G.
utcunque, with the indie, 537, II.
ut,

declined, 39, A.
xiterque and ambo, defined, 97,
the genit. pi., 383, B. 2; with
liter,

verb, 154, B,

See

uti.
trtilis,

Rem.

; with
a plur.

2.

id.

constr., 351. 2

the gerund, 116,

with the dat. of

b.

utiliusfuit, for subj., 536,


utinam, constr., 575, A. I.
ut ne, 568, Rem. 3.

Rem.

B.

for qidn,

571,

2.

with the abl., 343, A.


utpote qiti, 589, E.
ut qui, 589, E.
utrique, how used, 98, Rem. 3.
utrum, in double questions, 547, II.
uiut, with the indie, 537, II.
uxor, omitted, 375, b.

4.

U.

Rem.

A.

D.

turn teniporis, 382,

U,

10,

in,

tdor,

in,

Towns, names

Rem.

and

nouns

-tis,

Rem.

note *.
tradere

with names of towns,


309. 4, c and d.

urbs, in appos.
181, Rem. 12,

ut non, 567,

of, 614, II.


timens, with the genit., 392, B.
timere, with ne and ut, 568, III.

toto

705

when

used, 73,

Rem.

unquam, 234.
wins, declined, 73
unusquisque, 456.

1,

V, character of, 3, E. 5.
vacare, with the abl., 435, B.
vacuus, without the abl., 436,
vae, with the dat., 369, E. 2.

how

used, 75, F.

3.

Verba sensuum et affectmim with the


Ace. cum Infin., 288, II. 1; verba declarandi with the same, 290. 3.
with the ace,
Verbals, nouns, 89. 9
326. 7
adjectives, in bills with the
dat., 353, 10
in ax with the genit.,
;

Rem.

valere, constr., 531.


vapulo, passive, 160, A. 3.
vel and out, 388, C; vel with the superb, 233, E. 1.
vel, 634, C.
vel
velim, with subj., 557, A, and 558, B.
vellem, how used, 558, Rem. 2.
velut and velut si with the subj., 576, II.
vendere, with the genit., 398,
; with
the abl., 434, A.

393,

Rem.

2.

index:

0(?

Verbs, transitive, "neuter and

depo-

nent, 109-110 ; tenses, moods, and


conjugations of, 110 principal parts
conjugation
and roots of, 111 ;
anomalous,
of : regular, 664 - 665
;

671-673
imcompound,
personal, 301-304;
primary and deriva124 - 126

666-671;

defective,

tive, 136; frequentatives, 136.

1; de-

inchoatives, id. 3
sideratives, id. 2
diminutives, 137. 4; intensives, id. 5;
;

id.
C;
neuter
passive, 160, Rem. 2; semideponent, 161, Rem. 4
preteritive,
672
agreement of, 315, A; nominative after, 167-170; omitted, 325. 5
place of, in sentences, 649, I.
lists of verbs irreg. in the perf. and

denominatives,

want the

supine, 673-686
verbs, 686 - 689
;

689-690.
Verbs signifying

of deponent
of inchoatives,

lists

lists

tvillingness,

desire,

permission, &c., constr., 292, B, and


297, G.
Verbs of resolving or endeavoring,
constr., 294, C
Verbs of requesting, exhorting, com-

manding, constr., 295, D.


Verbs of causing, effecting, &c, constr.,
296, E.
Verbs signifying joy, sorrow, surprise,
and wonder", constr., 298, II.
Verbs of inquiring, asking, demanding,
with two accusatives, 341, B.
Verbs of naming, calling, considering,
&c, with two accusatives, 342, C.
Verbs signifying to benefit, favor,
please, trust" &c, with the dative,
356, A.
Verbs of valuing, buying, selling, &c,

with the genit., 398, A ; with the


ablat., 434, A.
Verbs of reminding, rememberinq, and
forgetting, with the genit., 399," B.
Verbs of plenty or icant, Sec, with the
abl., 435,

"yes," 545, IV. 2; "but," place


of, 654, II.
versus, prep., after its case, 344, Rem.
vero,

1.

verum, conj., place of, 654.


verum est, with the Ace. cum. Inf.,
288, Rem. 2 with tit, 297, Rem. 1.
vescor, with the abl., 443, A.
vestri and vestmm, 53, Rem.
veiare, constr., 296, Rem. 3; with quominus and ne, 571, VI.
;

vicem, for vice, 336, a.


vicinus, with the dat., 352.

5.

videlicet, 617. 7.

videor, I seem, 169, C. 3.


videre ut, 294, C.
vitam vivere, 326, B.
vocare with two ace, 342, C.
Vocative case, 7, H; of proper names
in ius, 10, note f ; use of the, 643644.
Voices of verbs, active and passive,
110. 4; conjugated, 664-665.
volo, conjugated, 667. 3
with the
with the
nomin. and infin., 127,
;
with ut, 294,
Ace. cum Inf., 289. 2
with ut omitted, 297, G.
;
voti or votorum damnari, 410, note.
;

Vowel, before another vowel,

two consonants, id.


a mute and liquid, id. 4.
before

Vowels, sounds

5, //.
;

of, 1, C.

Words,

classification of, 6,
in sentences, 648-657.

J; order

X.
X, sound

of,

nouns

in, 17. 19.

Y.

B.

Verbs denoting separation, difference,


or distance, with the abl., 436, C.
Verbs of placing, putting, standing,
sitting, &c., with in, 446, F.
rerisimile est with the Ace. cum Infin.,
with ut, 297, Rem. 1.
288, Rem. 2
veritum est, impers., 334, B.

Y, sound

of,

nouns

Z.

Z,

power

THE END.

of, 3.

3;

before

in, 16. 4.

of,

EEEATA
Page

40

Line

15

read "fret" instead of "fre."

16

read "

Nom.

NoM.

uter," instead of "

ut."

" puerculus," instead of " puerlulus."

89

12

read

97

27

read " I have them not," instead of " I have

127

28

read " nolo," instead of " volo."

141

34

read " comedim " for "


"

comedam "

commedim" and

for "

it

not."

in the line below,

commedam."

read " occldere" instead of " accidere."

145

167

20

read " novus" instead of " novus"

220

36

read " Lesson XCIII," instead of " Lesson

246

16

read " Quid ei" instead of " Quid eo."

272

36

read " (veniret,)" instead of " (veneret.)"

292

22

read " not lawful," instead of "

315

12

read " Bevertitne" instead of " Bevertdtne."

now

LXX."

lawful."

read " tondere," instead of " tondere."

341

371

14

read " visere," and on the line below, " (visere)," instead

400

11

read " pristmae" instead of "pristinae"

of "visere."

532

15

read " nancisci," instead of " naucisci."

545

31

read " sine perturbatione."

576

41

read " succenserem," instead of " succenserem."

578

26

read " has

585

593

44

life

in

him," instead of " keeps up his

read " in itinere vestro" instead of " itinere

spirits."

tuo"

read " Cujas," instead of " Cujus."

629

23

read " They looked," instead of " They look."

644

56

read " Quot, quantas," instead of " Quot, quantus."

650

18

read " detrimentoque" instead of " detrimentaque."

\-

4006

\, *.
v

.\

-/

'OO1
*

V --V

'

A\

o ox

-V

"%<

w
"

,.

V-

,<'

Deacidified using the Bookkee.


Bookkeeper proce

>

<-y

Neutralizing agent:

Magnesium
aanesium Oxide

Treatment Date: July 2006

PreservationTechnologies
"

-y

WORLD LEADER
111
1 1 1

IN

PAPER PRESERVATION

Thomson Park

Drive
Di

Cranberry Township,

.S

^^

(724)779-2111

f
V

00

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi